This manual links to PowerFlex® Drives with TotalFORCE Control Conditions

Reference Data, publication 750-RD100, for fault, alarm, and condition codes.
Download the spreadsheet now for offline access.

PowerFlex Drives with

TotalFORCE Control
Firmware Revisions 1.xxx…6.xxx

Programming Manual Original Instructions

PowerFlex Drives with TotalFORCE Control Programming Manual

Important User Information

Read this document and the documents listed in the additional resources section about installation, configuration, and operation of this equipment before you
install, configure, operate, or maintain this product. Users are required to familiarize themselves with installation and wiring instructions in addition to
requirements of all applicable codes, laws, and standards.

Activities including installation, adjustments, putting into service, use, assembly, disassembly, and maintenance are required to be carried out by suitably trained
personnel in accordance with applicable code of practice.

If this equipment is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer, the protection provided by the equipment may be impaired.

In no event will Rockwell Automation, Inc. be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment.

The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes. Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any
particular installation, Rockwell Automation, Inc. cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams.

No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation, Inc. with respect to use of information, circuits, equipment, or software described in this manual.

Reproduction of the contents of this manual, in whole or in part, without written permission of Rockwell Automation, Inc., is prohibited.

Throughout this manual, when necessary, we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations.

WARNING: Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment, which
may lead to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic loss.

ATTENTION: Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death, property damage,
or economic loss. Attentions help you identify a hazard, avoid a hazard, and recognize the consequence.

IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product.

These labels may also be on or inside the equipment to provide specific precautions.

SHOCK HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a drive or motor, to alert people that dangerous voltage
may be present.

BURN HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a drive or motor, to alert people that surfaces may reach
dangerous temperatures.

ARC FLASH HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a motor control center, to alert people to potential Arc
Flash. Arc Flash will cause severe injury or death. Wear proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). Follow ALL Regulatory
requirements for safe work practices and for Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).

The following icon may appear in the text of this document.

Identifies information that is useful and can help to make a process easier to do or easier to understand.

Rockwell Automation recognizes that some of the terms that are currently used in our industry and in this publication are not in alignment with the movement
toward inclusive language in technology. We are proactively collaborating with industry peers to find alternatives to such terms and making changes to our
products and content. Please excuse the use of such terms in our content while we implement these changes.

2 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Table of Contents

Preface
About this Publication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Summary of Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Access Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Download Firmware, AOP, EDS, and Other Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Additional Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Chapter 1
Startup Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Supported Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Step 1: Gather the Required Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Step 2: Validate the Drive Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Step 3: Power Up, Configure the Modular Control Profiles. . . . . . . 16
Step 4: Configure the Line Side Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Step 5: Enter Motor Nameplate Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Step 6: Enter Motor Inertia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Step 7: Configure Motor Encoder Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Step 8: Autotune the Motor Side Inverter Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Step 9: Set Up Velocity Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Step 10: Set Up Start/Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Step 11: Special Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Step 12: Verify Drive Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Establishing A Connection With EtherNet/IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Apply and Remove Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Chapter 2
Parameter Organization About Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Parameter Access Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Parameter References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
How Drive Parameters are Organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Chapter 3
Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Port 0 Parameter Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Parameters
Chapter 4
Port 9 Application Parameters Port 9 Parameter Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Chapter 5
Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Primary/Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Secondary Motor Side Control
Parameters Chapter 6
Port 12 Motor Side Power Motor Side Power (Port 12) Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Parameters

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 3

Table of Contents

Chapter 7
Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Line Side Control (Port 13) Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Parameters Line Side Power (Port 14) Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

Chapter 8
Option Module Parameters Safety Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
11-Series I/O Module Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
22-Series I/O Module Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Single Incremental Encoder Module Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Dual Incremental Encoder Module Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Universal Feedback Module Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480

Chapter 9
Troubleshooting Fault and Alarm Code Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
Configurable Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
Viewing Faults and Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
HIM Indication (Fault Display Screen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Manually Clearing Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
Setting Factory Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
Fan Usage by Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
Hardware Service Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
Fault and Alarm Display Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
Common Symptoms and Corrective Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
Testpoint Codes and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
Reset as Shipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
Recovery Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
Secure Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
Configurable LCL Filter Capacitor Failure Response. . . . . . . . . . . . 532
Configurable LCL Filter Capacitor Over Resonance Response . . . 532
PowerFlex 755T Lifting/Torque Proving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
Technical Support Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534

Appendix A
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagram Conventions and Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
Diagrams Line Side Converter Control Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
Motor Side Inverter Control Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603

4 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Preface

About this Publication This publication provides detailed information on I/O, control, and feedback
options, parameters and programming, and faults, alarms, and
troubleshooting. This manual contains the basic information that is needed to
start up and troubleshoot PowerFlex® 750-Series Products with TotalFORCE®
Control.
Firmware revisions 10 and later are documented in the PowerFlex Drives with
TotalFORCE Control Programming Manual (firmware revision 10.xxx and
later), publication 750-PM101.
This publication is intended for qualified personnel.
• You must understand the hazards that are associated with
electromechanical equipment installations.
• You must understand and follow all applicable local, national, and/or
international electrical codes.
• You must be able to program and operate Adjustable Frequency AC
Drive devices.
• You must have an understanding of the parameter settings and
functions.

Rockwell Automation recognizes that some of the terms that are currently used
in our industry and in this publication are not in alignment with the movement
toward inclusive language in technology. We are proactively collaborating with
industry peers to find alternatives to such terms and making changes to our
products and content. Please excuse the use of such terms in our content while
we implement these changes.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 5

Preface

Summary of Changes This publication contains the following new or updated information. This list
includes substantive updates only and is not intended to reflect all changes.

Topic Page
Created and updated the new PowerFlex Drives with TotalFORCE Control Conditions Reference 6, 9, and 501
Data, publication 750-RD100, updated the access instructions, and added the publication to the
Additional Resources table.
Updated the Preface with these changes:
• Moved the About this Publication topic to the beginning of the chapter. 5
• Added information about publication 750-PM101. 5
• Moved information from “Who Should Use This Manual” to “About this Publication.” 5
• Added the new “Access Fault Codes” topic. 6
• Added the new “Download Firmware, AOP, EDS, and Other Files” section. 6
• Removed the obsolete “What Is Not in this Manual” section. —
Added the Oil Well option to the Application Mode section in Chapter 1 - Startup. 18
Noted that Torque Prove is only supported on induction motors. 18 and 120
Updated the description for parameter 0:453 [CapOvrRsncActn]. 153
Updated the description for parameter 9:50 [Trq Prove Cfg], bit 3 ‘Preload.’ 183
Corrected the settings for parameter 10/11:354 [Motor Side Sts 1], bit 2 ‘Command Dir’ and bit 3 231
‘Actual Dir’ from “forward = 0, reverse = 1” to “forward = 1, reverse = 0”.
Updated the parameter references in the Logic Command/Status Words tables. 444
Updated the Fault and Alarm Code Descriptions topic to provide information on how to access the 501
new publication 750-RD100.
Update the Configurable Conditions table to include the “Exceptions” condition type. 502
Updated the descriptions in the PowerFlex 755T Status Indicator Descriptions table. 504
Updated three of the Power Layer Interface (PLI) Circuit Board Status Indicators 7-segment display 505
descriptions.
Added the Parameter 0:457 [Purge Frequency] topic to warn that an unintended value can result 515
in this parameter due to a This Port Only reset.
Added thePeripheral Set Defaults Operation Resets Host Product topic. 515
Added the Reset as Shipped topic. 528
Updated the Recovery Mode topic. 529
Added the Secure Erase topic. 530
Updated the Variable Frequency, SV Overview function block diagram 558

Access Fault Codes TIP This manual links to the PowerFlex Drives with TotalFORCE Control
Conditions Reference Data, publication 750-RD100, for fault, alarm, event,
and exception codes (applicable to firmware revisions 6.xxx and earlier).
Download the spreadsheets for offline access.

Download Firmware, AOP, Download firmware, associated files (such as AOP, EDS, and DTM), and
access product release notes from the Product Compatibility and Download
EDS, and Other Files Center at rok.auto/pcdc.

6 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Preface

General Precautions Qualified Personnel

ATTENTION: Only qualified personnel familiar with adjustable frequency AC

drives and associated machinery should plan or implement the installation,
start-up and subsequent maintenance of the system. Failure to comply may
result in personal injury and/or equipment damage.

Personal Safety

ATTENTION: To avoid an electric shock hazard, verify that the voltage on the
bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing. Check the DC bus
voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC
terminals, between the +DC terminal and the chassis, and between the -DC
terminal and the chassis. The voltage must be zero for all three
measurements.
ATTENTION: Hazard of personal injury or equipment damage exists when
using bipolar input sources. Noise and drift in sensitive input circuits can
cause unpredictable changes in motor speed and direction. Use speed
command parameters to help reduce input source sensitivity.
ATTENTION: Risk of injury or equipment damage exists. DPI™ or SCANport™
host products must not be directly connected together via 1202 cables.
Unpredictable behavior can result if two or more devices are connected in
this manner.
ATTENTION: The drive start/stop/enable control circuitry includes solid state
components. If hazards due to accidental contact with moving machinery or
unintentional flow of liquid, gas or solids exists, an additional hardwired stop
circuit may be required to remove the AC line to the drive. An auxiliary
braking method may be required.
ATTENTION: Hazard of personal injury or equipment damage due to
unexpected machine operation exists if the drive is configured to
automatically issue a Start or Run command. Do not use these functions
without considering applicable local, national and international codes,
standards, regulations or industry guidelines.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 7

Preface

Class 1 LED Product

ATTENTION: Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical

transmission equipment. This product emits intense light and invisible
radiation. Do not look into module ports or fiber optic cable connectors.

Product Safety

ATTENTION: An incorrectly applied or installed drive can result in

component damage or a reduction in product life. Wiring or application
errors such as under sizing the motor, incorrect or inadequate AC supply, or
excessive surrounding air temperatures may result in malfunction of the
system.
ATTENTION: This drive contains ESD (Electrostatic Discharge) sensitive parts
and assemblies. Static control precautions are required when installing,
testing, servicing or repairing this assembly. Component damage may result
if ESD control procedures are not followed. If you are not familiar with static
control procedures, reference Guarding Against Electrostatic Damage,
publication 8000-4.5.2 or any other applicable ESD protection handbook.
ATTENTION: Configuring an analog input for 0-20 mA operation and driving
it from a voltage source could cause component damage. Verify proper
configuration prior to applying input signals.
ATTENTION: A contactor or other device that routinely disconnects and
reapplies the AC line to the drive to start and stop the motor can cause drive
hardware damage. The drive is designed to use control input signals that will
start and stop the motor. If an input device is used, operation must not
exceed one cycle per minute or drive damage will occur.
ATTENTION: Drive must not be installed in an area where the ambient
atmosphere contains volatile or corrosive gas, vapors or dust. If the drive is
not going to be installed for a period of time, it must be stored in an area
where it will not be exposed to a corrosive atmosphere.

8 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Preface

Additional Resources These documents contain additional information concerning related products
from Rockwell Automation.

Resource Description
PowerFlex Drives with TotalFORCE Control Conditions Provides the fault, alarm, event, and exception codes for
Reference Data, publication 750-RD100 PowerFlex products with TotalFORCE control for
firmware revisions 6.xxx and earlier.
PowerFlex 750-Series Products with TotalFORCE Control Provides detailed information on:
Technical Data, publication 750-TD100 • Drive and bus supply specifications
• Option specifications
• Fuse and circuit breaker ratings
PowerFlex 750-Series Products with TotalFORCE Control Provides the basic steps to install PowerFlex 755TL low
Installation Instructions, publication 750-IN100 harmonic drives, PowerFlex 755TR regenerative drives,
and PowerFlex 755TM drive systems.
PowerFlex 755T Flux Vector Tuning, Provides guidance on how to tune Flux Vector position
publication 750-AT006 and velocity loops, filters, and other features to achieve
the level of performance that is required for a given
application. This publication is intended for novice
drives users and users with advanced skills.
PowerFlex 20-HIM-A6 / -C6S HIM (Human Interface Provides detailed information on HIM components,
Module) User Manual, 20HIM-UM001 operation, and features.
PowerFlex 755TM IP00 Open Type Kits Installation Provides instructions to install IP00 Open Type kits in
Instructions, publication 750-IN101 user-supplied enclosures.
PowerFlex 755TM AC Precharge Modules Unpacking and These publications provide detailed information on:
Lifting Instructions, publication 750-IN102 • Component weights
• Precautions and recommendations
PowerFlex 755TM DC Precharge Modules Unpacking and • Hardware attachment points
Lifting Instructions, publication 750-IN103 • Lifting the component out of the packaging
PowerFlex 755TM Power and Filter Modules Unpacking
and Lifting Instructions, publication 750-IN104
PowerFlex 750-Series Service Cart and DCPC Module Lift Provides detailed setup and operating instructions for
Instructions, publication 750-IN105 the module service cart and DC precharge module lift.
PowerFlex 755TM Power and Filter Module Storage Provides detailed installation and usage instructions for
Hardware Instructions, publication 750-IN106 this hardware accessory.
PowerFlex 755T Module Service Ramp Instructions, Provides detailed usage instructions for the module
publication 750-IN108 service ramp.
PowerFlex 750-Series I/O, Feedback, and Power Option Provides instructions to install and wire 750-Series
Modules Installation, publication 750-IN111 option modules.
PowerFlex 750-Series Products with TotalFORCE Control Provides detailed setup and programming instructions
Reference Manual, publication 750-RM100 for common applications.
PowerFlex 755TM IP00 Open Type Kits Technical Data, Provides detailed information on:
publication 750-TD101 • Kit selection
• Kit ratings and specifications
• Option specifications
PowerFlex 750-Series Products with TotalFORCE Control Provides detailed information on:
Hardware Service Manual, publication 750-TG100 • Preventive maintenance
• Component testing
• Hardware replacement procedures
PowerFlex 750-Series Safe Speed Monitor Option These publications provide detailed information on
Module Safety Reference Manual, publication installation, setup, and operation of the 750-Series
750-RM001 safety option modules.
PowerFlex 750-Series Safe Torque Off Option Module
User Manual, publication 750-UM002
PowerFlex 750-Series ATEX Option Module User Manual,
publication 750-UM003
PowerFlex 755 Integrated Safety - Safe Torque Off
Option Module User Manual, publication 750-UM004
PowerFlex 755/755T Integrated Safety Functions Option
Module User Manual, publication 750-UM005

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 9

Preface

Resource Description
PowerFlex Drives with TotalFORCE Control Built-in Provides information on how to install, configure, and
EtherNet/IP Adapter User Manual, publication troubleshoot applications for the PowerFlex drives with
750COM-UM009 the built-in EtherNet/IP™ adapter.
Industry Installation Guidelines for Pulse Width Provides basic information on enclosure systems,
Modulated (PWM) AC Drives, publication DRIVES-AT003 considerations to help protect against environmental
contaminants, and power and grounding considerations
for installing Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) AC drives.
Drives in Common Bus Configurations with PowerFlex Provides basic information to properly wire and ground
755TM Bus Supplies Application Techniques, publication the following products in common bus applications:
DRIVES-AT005 • PowerFlex 755TM drive system for common bus
solutions
• PowerFlex 750-Series AC and DC input drives
• Kinetix™ 5700 servo drives
PowerFlex 755T Flux Vector Tuning, publication Provides guidance on how to tune Flux Vector position
750-AT006 and velocity loops, filters, and other features to achieve
the level of performance that is required for a given
application. This publication is intended for novice
drives users and users with advanced skills.
Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for Pulse Width Provides basic information to properly wire and ground
Modulated (PWM) AC Drives, publication DRIVES-IN001 PWM AC drives.
Safety Guidelines for the Application, Installation, and Designed to harmonize with NEMA Standards
Maintenance of Solid-state Control, publication SGI-1.1 Publication No. ICS 1.1-1987 and provides general
guidelines for the application, installation, and
maintenance of solid-state control in the form of
individual devices or packaged assemblies incorporating
solid-state components.
Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell
Guidelines, publication 1770-4.1 Automation industrial system.
Product Certifications website, rok.auto/certifications Provides declarations of conformity, certificates, and
other certification details.
Rockwell Automation Knowledge Base The Rockwell Automation Support Forum

10 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Chapter 1
Startup
The procedure in this Startup chapter is designed to guide you through the 12
basic steps that are required to start up your PowerFlex® 755T AC drive for the
first time for simple applications.
This procedure uses the HIM to configure parameters. You may prefer to use
the PowerFlex 755T Startup Assistant Wizard in Connected Components
Workbench™ (version 10 or later) software for this instead of the HIM.

Topic Page
Step 1: Gather the Required Information 12
Step 2: Validate the Drive Installation 15
Step 3: Power Up, Configure the Modular Control Profiles 16
Step 4: Configure the Line Side Converter 20
Step 5: Enter Motor Nameplate Data 21
Step 6: Enter Motor Inertia 21
Step 7: Configure Motor Encoder Feedback 21
Step 8: Autotune the Motor Side Inverter Control 22
Step 9: Set Up Velocity Reference 23
Step 10: Set Up Start/Stop 24
Step 11: Special Considerations 25
Step 12: Verify Drive Operation 26

Equipment The following equipment requirements apply to the use of this publication.
• The drive is a PowerFlex 750-Series in a standalone installation.
• No load sharing or multiple motors on a single drive.
• The drive is equipped with either a PowerFlex 20-HIM-A6 or a 20-
HIM-C6S Human Interface Module (HIM).

Supported Applications This publication is intended for use on typical applications such as fans,
pumps, compressors, and conveyors. These are simple Velocity applications.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 11

Chapter 1 Startup

Step 1: Gather the Required When you apply power to your drive for the first time, you need to enter
specific information about your application. You need to enter motor
Information nameplate data and set up your I/O. Step 1: Gather the Required Information
helps you to verify that you have the needed information prior to drive
powerup.

Record Motor Nameplate Data

Record the data to be entered into the parameters during powerup. You can
also record data for up to five drive/motor combinations. Use this table to
record a descriptive name for each drive/motor combination and their
respective parameters.

Drive/Motor 1: Drive/Motor 2: Drive/Motor 3: Drive/Motor 4: Drive/Motor 5:

Drive/Motor Name
(example, Main Exhaust Fan)

Port Parameter Parameter Drive/Motor 1: Drive/Motor 2: Drive/Motor 3: Drive/Motor 4: Drive/Motor 5:

No. No. Name

10/11 400 Motor NP Volts

10/11 401 Motor NP Amps

10/11 402 Motor NP Hertz

10/11 403 Motor NP RPM

10/11 405 Mtr NP Pwr Units ❑ kW ❑ Hp ❑ kW ❑ Hp ❑ kW ❑ Hp ❑ kW ❑ Hp ❑ kW ❑ Hp

10/11 406 Motor NP Power

10/11 407 Motor Poles

10/11 900 (1)(2) Motor Inertia

13 30 Nom Line Freq

AC Line kVA A
13 32
(Transformer kVA)

13 34 AC Line Imped% A

13 52 (3) Ext Bus Cap

13 100 Current Limit

13 104 Regen Power Limit

(1) Only needed for Flux Vector control.

(2) This information is not typically on the motor nameplate. If this information is not provided by the motor data sheet, use the equation on PAGEX to calculate motor inertia.
(3) Only needed for PowerFlex 755TM bus supplies.

12 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Startup Chapter 1

Verify Power Wiring

Visually inspect the power wiring connections to each drive. Be sure you are
satisfied that the correct wires are connected to the input terminals and to the
output terminals. See the PowerFlex 750-Series Products with TotalFORCE®
Control Installation Instructions, publication 750-IN100 for more
information on where these connections are made.
Verify Wiring Drive 1 Drive 2 Drive 3 Drive 4 Drive 5
Wiring is Correct Wiring is Correct Wiring is Correct Wiring is Correct Wiring is Correct
AC input power is on L1, L2, L3 / R, S, T. ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑
Output motor connection is on T1, T2, T3 / U, V, W. ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑
Proper ground wire terminations at PE ground studs. ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑

Verify Power Jumper Configuration

PowerFlex 755T drives contain protective MOVs and common mode
capacitors that are referenced to ground. To guard against drive damage and/or
operation problems, these devices must be properly configured.

IMPORTANT The drive power source type must be accurately determined and the
jumpers must be configured for the power source. See the PowerFlex 750-
Series Products with TotalFORCE Control Installation Instructions,
publication 750-IN100 for more information on common power source
types, where power jumpers are in the drive, and the proper jumper
configuration for your power source.

Record that the power jumper configuration for each drive is correct.
Drive 1 Drive 2 Drive 3 Drive 4 Drive 5
Power jumpers are Power jumpers are Power jumpers are Power jumpers are Power jumpers are
configured correctly. configured correctly. configured correctly. configured correctly. configured correctly.
❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑

Verify I/O Wiring

To properly configure a drive, you need to know the source of the velocity
reference and the start/stop commands. There are three places where signal
sources (such as push buttons, potentiometers, or communication network
cabling) are connected to the drive.
1. The main control board.
• Embedded EtherNet/IP™ port on a PowerFlex 755T
• Terminal block TB1 on a PowerFlex 755T main control board (Di0)
2. An expansion I/O module.
3. A communication network module.

IMPORTANT The drive can always be controlled by the HIM for speed, start, and stop
control. If that is the case for operating conditions, proceed to Step 3: Power
Up, Configure the Modular Control Profiles on page 16.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 13

Chapter 1 Startup

Where are Signal Sources Connected?

Use this diagram to help determine where signal sources are connected in each
of your drives. You need this information when you get to Step 9: Set Up
Velocity Reference on page 23.

IMPORTANT The 750-Series drive uses the term ‘Port’ to designate (in software) the
physical location where hardware is located for ease of selecting hardware or
functions to program.

Port Location Labels

Sh
Sh
PTC–
PTC+
Ao0–
Ao0+
Ao1–
Ao1+
1
–10V
10VC
+10V
Ai0–
Ai0+
Ai1–
Ai1+
2
24VC
+24V
DiC
Di0
Di1
Di2
Di3
Di4
Di5
3

Item Description
1 Communication network module (Port 5 installation shown)
2 Expansion I/O module (Port 4 installation shown)
3 Embedded EtherNet/IP
4 Terminal block TB1 on main control board behind the Ethernet port

14 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Startup Chapter 1

Item
1 Are signal sources connected to a communication network module installed in your drive? If yes, note the module’s port number.
Drive 1: Drive 2: Drive 3: Drive 4: Drive 5:
❑ Yes: Port No. ❑ No ❑ Yes: Port No. ❑ No ❑ Yes: Port No. ❑ No ❑ Yes: Port No. ❑ No ❑ Yes: Port No. ❑ No
Which EtherNet/IP configuration is your drive using (BOOTP, DHCP, or manual IP address)? If using a manual IP address, enter the IP address and the subnet address.

Drive 1: ❑ BOOTP ❑ DHCP Drive 2: ❑ BOOTP ❑ DHCP Drive 3: ❑ BOOTP ❑ DHCP Drive 4: ❑ BOOTP ❑ DHCP Drive 5: ❑ BOOTP ❑ DHCP
❑Manual ❑Manual ❑Manual ❑Manual ❑Manual
IP Address IP Address IP Address IP Address IP Address

Subnet Mask (required) Subnet Mask (required) Subnet Mask (required) Subnet Mask (required) Subnet Mask (required)

Gateway Address (required) Gateway Address (required) Gateway Address (required) Gateway Address (required) Gateway Address (required)

2 Are signal sources connected to an expansion I/O module installed in your drive? If yes, note the module’s port number.
Drive 1: Drive 2: Drive 3: Drive 4: Drive 5:
❑ Yes: Port No. ❑ No ❑ Yes: Port No. ❑ No ❑ Yes: Port No. ❑ No ❑ Yes: Port No. ❑ No ❑ Yes: Port No. ❑ No
3 Is there a connection to the Embedded EtherNet/IP port?

Drive 1: ❑ Yes ❑ No Drive 2: ❑ Yes ❑ No Drive 3: ❑ Yes ❑ No Drive 4: ❑ Yes ❑ No Drive 5: ❑ Yes ❑ No
4 Are signal sources connected to terminal block TB1 on the main control board located behind the EtherNet/IP port?

Drive 1: ❑ Yes ❑ No Drive 2: ❑ Yes ❑ No Drive 3: ❑ Yes ❑ No Drive 4: ❑ Yes ❑ No Drive 5: ❑ Yes ❑ No
See the diagram on page 14 for item number locations.

Step 2: Validate the Drive Verify the status of the enable jumper and the safety jumper.
Installation • If the enable jumper is removed, control power is required at Di0 on the
main control board for the drive to be able to accept a Start command.
See parameter 0:100 [Digital In Sts] bit 0 ‘Digital In 0’. For more
information, see PowerFlex 750-Series Products with TotalFORCE
Control Installation Instructions, publication 750-IN100.
• If the safety jumper is removed, see the manual for the safety option that
is installed.
– Catalog number 20-750-S: PowerFlex 750-Series Safe Torque Off
User Manual, publication 750-UM002.
– Catalog number 20-750-S1: Safe Speed Monitor Option Module for
PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Safety Reference Manual,
publication 750-RM001.
– Catalog number 20-750-S3: PowerFlex 755 Integrated Safety - Safe
Torque Off User Manual, publication 750-UM004.
– Catalog number 20-750-S4: PowerFlex 755755T Integrated Safety
Functions Option Module User Manual, publication 750-UM005.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 15

Chapter 1 Startup

Step 3: Power Up, Configure In this step, you power up the drive and configure the Modular Control
Profiles. Modular Control Profiles are parts of the drive that change to match
the Modular Control Profiles your preferences and application needs. A power cycle is required for the new
configuration to work. Modular Control Profiles improve user interface and
performance.

Preparation
Use the following table to keep track of your configurations and preferences.

Drive/Motor 1: Drive/Motor 2: Drive/Motor 3: Drive/Motor 4: Drive/Motor 5:

Drive/Motor Name
(example, Main Exhaust Fan)

Port Parameter Parameter Drive/Motor 1: Drive/Motor 2: Drive/Motor 3: Drive/Motor 4: Drive/Motor 5:

No. No. Name

0 33 VoltageClass Cfg

0 35 Duty Rating Cfg

0 46 Velocity Units

0 65 Pri MtrCtrl Mode

0 70 Application Sel

Voltage Class
Most customers order the drive that matches their incoming voltage. The
voltage class parameter allows some extra flexibility. For example, it allows you
to use the same drive in 400V or 480V operation.
For 400/480V products, Low Voltage selects 400V and High Voltage selects
480V.
For 600/690V products, Low Voltage selects 600V and High Voltage selects
690V.
See page 111 of this publication.

16 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Startup Chapter 1

Duty Rating Class

The duty class parameter allows you to select the continuous and overload
modes of operation.
Normal Duty – Selects the normal continuous rating, with overload ratings of
110% for 60 seconds and 150% for 3 seconds.
Heavy Duty – Provides a lower continuous rating, with overload ratings of
150% for 60 seconds and 180% for 3 seconds.
Light Duty – provides the highest continuous rating, with an overload rating
of 110% for 60 seconds. Not available on all drive sizes.
The value of this parameter affects the continuous current rating of the drive.
See page 111 of this publication.

Velocity Units
This parameter allows you to select either Hertz (Hz) or Revolutions per
Minute (RPM) as the units for velocity (speed).
See page 110 of this publication.

Motor Control Mode

Determine how the drive controls the motor. The selection determines what
parameters are present in port 10, which is the Motor Side Inverter Control
port. You can choose from the following:
• Volts per Hertz – The most basic form of motor control useful for
variable torque applications. These include pumps, fans, and multiple
motors in parallel.
• Sensorless Vector – An enhanced form of V/Hz control useful variable
torque and simple constant torque applications. Sensorless vector
produces better torque at low frequencies than volts per hertz. Motor
Tuning recommended.
• Economize – An enhanced form of Sensorless Vector control designed
to reduce energy consumption when the drive is not accelerating. Motor
Tuning recommended.
• Flux Vector – A control mode that is designed for precise Torque,
Velocity and/or Position regulation. Useful for variable torque, constant
torque, and constant power applications. Provides precise position and
velocity tracking. Provides excellent disturbance rejection. This mode is
needed for position and load sharing applications. Motor Tuning is
required.
Flux Vector is the recommended control mode for both encoder and encoder-
less control of permanent magnet motors.
See page 119 of this publication.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 17

Chapter 1 Startup

Application Mode
You can add Process PID, Torque Prove, or Oil Well application functionality
to determine which application parameters are present in port 9. Choose from
the following options:
• None – leaves port 9 empty.
• Process PID only – provides a PID regulator for process applications in
port 9. Use this for pressure or flow transducers on fan or pump
applications. Use it for tension transducers on winding applications.
• Torque Prove – provides a mechanism for coordinating the motor and
mechanical brake on lifting applications. This selection loads these
parameters as well as the Process PID parameters into port 9.
• Oil Well - provides parameters for pump jack, pump off, and progressive
cavity pump applications.

TIP Torque Prove is only supported on induction motors.

See page 120 of this publication.

Power the Drive

ATTENTION: Power must be applied to the drive to perform the following

start-up procedure. Some of the voltages present are at incoming line
potential. To avoid electric shock hazard or damage to equipment, allow only
qualified service personnel to perform the following procedure. Thoroughly
read and understand the procedure before beginning.

1. Apply AC power and control voltages to the drive. See Apply and
Remove Power on page 29.
2. When prompted, use the or to highlight the desired display
language.

Stopped AUTO
0.000 Hz F
Select Language to Use ▼
English
Francaise
Espanol
Italiano
▼

ENTER

Language Selection Screen

3. Press the ENTER soft key to select the language.

IMPORTANT Language selection only applies to new drives. It is not required if the drive
has been previously used or when resetting from factory defaults. If this
drive was previously powered and configured, and is being repurposed for
this application, reset the drive parameters following the instructions in
Setting Factory Defaults on page 513.

18 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Startup Chapter 1

4. Press the ESC soft key to access the Status screen.

The Status screen is displayed on HIM power up.

5. Use the or key to scroll to port 0.

Stopped AUTO
0.00 Hz F
Host Drive
480V 740A
20G...D740
00
ESC REF PAR# TEXT

Configure the Voltage Class

Navigate to parameter 0:33 [VoltageClass Cfg] and enter the configuration for
Low Voltage or High Voltage. A change to this parameter is needed only when
you are applying a drive on a voltage other than what the catalog number
specifies.

Configure the Duty Rating

Navigate to parameter 0:35 [Duty Rating Cfg] and enter the configuration for
Normal, Heavy or Light Duty. This is only needed when you are not using
Normal duty.

Configure Velocity Units

Navigate to parameter 0:46 [Velocity Units] and enter the configuration for
Hz or RPM. This is only needed when you are using RPM.

Configure the Motor Control Mode

Navigate to parameter 0:65 [Pri MtrCtrl Mode] and enter the configuration
for Volts per Hz, Sensorless Vector, Economize or Flux Vector. This
configuration is only needed when you are not using Sensorless Vector. For
permanent magnet motors, select option 4 ‘IPM FV’ or option 5 ‘SPM FV’.

Configure the Application Selection

Navigate to parameter 0:70 [Application Sel] and enter the configuration for
Process PID, Torque Prove, or Oil Well. This is only needed when you are
using Process PID, Torque Prove, or Oil Well.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 19

Chapter 1 Startup

Cycle Power and Verify the Modular Control Profile Configurations

1. Cycle power or reset the drive (Reset Device) in order to load the
control mode.

IMPORTANT You must cycle power or reset the drive (Reset Device) in order to
load the value of these parameters.

2. Navigate to port 0.
3. Navigate to ‘Actual’ feedback parameters to verify the configuration:
0:34 [VoltageClass Act] 0:47 [Vel Units Act] 0:71 [Application Act]
0:36 [Duty Rating Act] 0:66 [Pri MtrCtrl Act]

Step 4: Configure the Line In this step you configure the line side converter using the HIM.
Side Converter You may prefer to use the Regenerative Converter Setup Wizard in Connected
Components Workbench for this instead of the HIM.
1. Navigate to port 13 (Line Side Converter Control).
2. Navigate to the following parameters and enter that data gathered in
Step 1: Gather Required Information in this order. See page 12 of this
publication.
13:30 [Nom Line Freq] 13:32 [AC Line kVA A] 13:34 [AC Line Imped% A]

3. On a 755TM bus supply, navigate to parameter the following

parameters and enter that data.
13:52 [Ext Bus Cap] 13:100 [Current Limit] 13:104 [Regen Power Lmt]

[Ext Bus Cap] – Enter the bus capacitance of products outside of the
local bus supply or integrated drive that share the common DC bus.
Include the capacitance of Common Bus Inverters and DC input drives
that share the common DC bus. Include any additional capacitor
modules added to the common DC bus. See Drives in Common Bus
Configurations, publication DRIVES-AT002.

20 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Startup Chapter 1

Step 5: Enter Motor In this step, you configure the Motor Side Inverter Control to contain the
motor nameplate information.
Nameplate Data
1. Navigate to port 10 (Motor Side Inverter Control).
2. Navigate to the following parameters and enter the data gathered in Step
1: Gather the Required Information on page 12:
10/11:400 [Motor NP Volts] 10/11:403 [Motor NP RPM] 10/11:406 [Motor NP Power]
10/11:401 [Motor NP Amps] 10/11:405 [Mtr NP Pwr Units] 10/11:407 [Motor Poles]
10/11:402 [Motor NP Hertz]

If the number of motor poles is not on the motor nameplate, use the following
formula to determine the value:
Motor Poles = round [(120 x Motor NP Hertz) /Motor NP RPM]
See page 241 of this publication.

Step 6: Enter Motor Inertia In this step, you configure the Motor Inertia parameter. This is only needed for
proper operation with Flux Vector mode. This parameter does not exist in
other motor control modes.
1. Navigate to parameter 10/11:900 [Motor Inertia]. Then enter the data
gathered in Step 1: Gather the Required Information on page 12. Enter
using the units of kg x m2.

Divide lb x ft2 or WK2 by 23.73 to convert to kg x m2.

If the data is not available on the motor nameplate or data sheet, use the
following equation to estimate motor inertia:
Motor Inertia = Motor Hp/250 x (Motor Hp /500 + 1)
See page 266 of this publication.

Step 7: Configure Motor In this step, you configure the motor encoder feedback.
Encoder Feedback This step is needed only if you are using motor encoder feedback.
1. Navigate to parameter 10/11:1000 [Pri Vel Fb Sel]. Then enter the two-
digit port number for feedback option card, and the four-digit
parameter number for the parameter that displays the feedback.
For example, enter 05 and 0004 when using a 20-750-ENC-1 in slot 5.
This links to parameter nn:4 [Encoder Feedback].
See page 276 of this publication.
2. Navigate to the port that contains the feedback option card.
For example, navigate to port 5 when using a 20-750-ENC-1 in slot 5.
3. Configure the parameters on the feedback option card to match the
encoder you are using.
For example, configure the following parameters if using a 20-750-
ENC-1: nn:1 [Encoder Cfg], nn:2 [Encoder PPR], and nn:3 [Fdbk Loss
Cfg].

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 21

Chapter 1 Startup

Step 8: Autotune the Motor In this step, you perform tuning tests using the HIM.
Side Inverter Control
IMPORTANT During this test, the drive uses an internal reference that is positive
(forward). During operation and other tests, the drive uses an external
reference that you select. An external reference can include the HIM, analog
input, or communicated reference. The direction of rotation depends on the
polarity (direction) of that external reference. Make sure the external
reference moves the motor in the intended direction.

Set Maximum Velocity (Permanent Magnet Motors)

Follow these steps for permanent magnet motor applications only.
1. Before you run autotune tests, configure the maximum velocity and bus
protection parameters. Navigate to Port 10 ‘Primary Motor Side
Control Parameters’ for standard applications. When using the
secondary motor control feature to configure a secondary motor,
navigate to Port 11 ‘Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters.’
2. Set parameter 10/11:691 [PM Bus Prot] and parameter 10/11:699 [PM
Vel Max] to the Motor Nameplate RPM or Hertz according to the
velocity unit selection in 0:46 [Velocity Units]. If unit conversion is
necessary, see the formula in Step 5 ‘Enter Motor Nameplate Data’.

Perform the Direction Test

1. Navigate to parameter 10/11:910 [Autotune] and enter a value of
1 ‘Direction Test’.

2. Press the Start key.

3. Observe if the motor direction is forward or reverse for the application.

4. Press the Stop key.

5. Address the direction.
• If the direction is forward, proceed to next test.
• If the direction is reverse, you have two alternatives:
Set bit 4 ‘Mtr Lead Rev’ of parameter 10/11:420 [Mtr Cfg Options].
This reverses the phase rotation of the applied voltage, effectively
reversing the motor leads.
Or
Power down and physically reverse the motor leads.
6. Run the test again to verify that the motor direction is now forward.

22 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Startup Chapter 1

Perform the Motor ID Test

1. For induction motors, navigate to parameter 10/11:910 [Autotune] and
enter a value of 2 ‘Static MtrID’. For permanent magnet motors, navigate
to parameter10/11:910 [Autotune] and enter a value of 3 ‘Rotate
MtrID’. Permanent Magnet motors require a rotate tune and static tune
is not supported.
2. Press the Start key.
3. When the test is complete, navigate to parameter 10/11:510 [MtrParam
C/U Sel]. Select a value of 1 ‘User Entered’. This selects the measured
results from the Static Motor ID test, instead of the values estimated
from the motor nameplate data.

Configuration Complete
The drive is able to start/stop from the HIM and has been successfully started
up.

Step 9: Set Up Velocity Select the configuration according to the wiring you observed in Step 2:
Validate the Drive Installation.
Reference
Door Mounted or Remote Mounted HIM
1. Navigate to port 10 (Motor Side Inverter Control).
2. Navigate to parameter 10/11:1800 [VRef A Sel]. Then enter a value of
215 ‘Port 2 Reference’.
See page 309 of this publication.

Connections on 11-Series I/O Module - Cat. No. 20-750-11xxx-xxxx

or 22-Series I/O Module - Cat. No. 20-750-22xxx-xxxx
1. Navigate to parameter 10/11:1800 [VRef A Sel]. Then enter the two-
digit port number for I/O option card, and the four-digit parameter
number for the parameter that displays the analog input.
For example, enter 04 and 0050 when using a 20-750-22xxx-xxxx in
slot 4. This links to parameter nn:50 [Anlg In0 Value].
2. Navigate to the port containing the I/O option card. Then enter the
needed parameter values.
In the above example, you would go to port 4 and enter values for these
parameters: nn:45 [Anlg In Type], nn:50 [Anlg In0 Value], nn:51 [Anlg
In0 Hi], nn:52 [Anlg In0 Lo], and nn:53 [Anlg In0 LssActn].

Embedded EtherNet/IP Interface

Navigate to port 10 (Motor Side Inverter Control).

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 23

Chapter 1 Startup

Navigate to parameter 10/11:1800 [VRef A Sel]. Then enter a value of 211

‘Emb Enet Ref’.

Step 10: Set Up Start/Stop Door Mounted or Remote Mounted HIM

The keys on the HIM provide three-wire control.

Use the Start key for start.

Use the Stop key for stop.

Three-Wire Control on 11-Series I/O Module - Cat. No. 20-750-11xxx-

xxxx or 22-Series I/O Module - Cat. No. 20-750-22xxx-xxxx
1. Navigate to port 0, the main product port.
2. Navigate to parameter 0:108 [DI M Stop]. Then enter the two-digit
port number for I/O option card, the four-digit parameter number for
the digital input status, and then the two-digit bit number for the digital
input where the stop button is wired.
For example, enter 04 and 0001 and 00 when using a 20-750-22xxx-
xxxx in slot 4. This links to bit 0 for digital input 0 in parameter nn:1
[Dig In Sts].
3. Navigate to parameter 0:117 [DI M Start]. Then enter the two-digit
port number for I/O option card, the four-digit parameter number for
the digital input status, and then the two-digit bit number for the digital
input digital input where the start button is wired.
For example, enter 04 and 0001 and 01 when using a 20-750-22xxx-xxxx
in slot 4. This links to bit 1 for digital input 1 in parameter nn:1 [Dig In
Sts].

Two-Wire Control on 11-Series I/O Module - Cat. No. 20-750-11xxx-

xxxx or 22-Series I/O Module - Cat. No. 20-750-22xxx-xxxx
1. Navigate to port 0, the main product port.
2. Navigate to parameter 0:120 [DI M Run]. Then enter the two-digit
port number for I/O option card, the four-digit parameter number for
the digital input status, and then the two-digit bit number for the digital
input where the run button is wired.
For example, enter 04 and 0001 and 00 when using a 20-750-22xxx-
xxxx in slot 4. This links to bit 0 for digital input 0 in parameter nn:1
[Dig In Sts].

IMPORTANT Two-Wire and Three-Wire control discrete wired inputs are not
compatible. Select one mode or the other. Configuring a Start and a
Run on the same drive will cause a Digital Input Configuration fault.

24 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Startup Chapter 1

Embedded EtherNet/IP Interface

The logic command word from the controller will handle starting and stopping
the drive without any special parameter settings.

Step 11: Special Acceleration and Deceleration Rates

Considerations The default acceleration rate is 10 seconds (from 0 to Motor NP RPM).
The default deceleration rate is 10 seconds (from Motor NP RPM to 0).
Use the following steps to modify this if needed.
1. Navigate to port 10, the motor control port.
2. Navigate to parameter 10/11:1915 [VRef Accel Time1] and then enter
the desired acceleration rate in seconds.
3. Navigate to parameter 10/11:1917 [VRef Decel Time1] and then enter
the desired deceleration rate in seconds.

Analog Output
1. Navigate to the port that contains the I/O card with the analog outputs
you need to use.
2. Modify the following I/O card parameters as needed:
nn:75 [Anlg Out0 Sel] nn:81 [Anlg Out0 Lo] nn:88 [Anlg Out1 DataHi]
nn:76 [Anlg Out0 Stpt] nn:82 [Anlg Out0 Val] nn:89 [Anlg Out1 DataLo]
nn:77 [Anlg Out0 Data] nn:85 [Anlg Out1 Sel] nn:90 [Anlg Out1 Hi]
nn:78 [Anlg Out0 DataHi] nn:86 [Anlg Out1 Stpt] nn:91 [Anlg Out1 Lo]
nn:79 [Anlg Out0 DataLo] nn:87 [Anlg Out1 Data] nn:92 [Anlg Out1 Val]
nn:80 [Anlg Out0 Hi]

Relay Output
1. Navigate to the port that contains the I/O card with the relay outputs
you need to use.
2. Modify the following I/O card parameters as needed:
nn:10 [RO0 Sel] nn:14 [RO0 On Time] nn:22 [RO1 Level]
nn:11 [RO0 Level Sel] nn:15 [RO0 Off Time] nn:23 [RO1 Level CmpSts]
nn:12 [RO0 Level] nn:20 [RO1 Sel] nn:24 [RO1 On Time]
nn:13 [RO0 Level CmpSts] nn:21 [RO1 Level Sel] nn:25 [RO1 Off Time]

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 25

Chapter 1 Startup

Step 12: Verify Drive Now that you have completed the steps required to start up your drive for the
first time, verify and record that each of your drive/motor combinations is
Operation operating correctly.
Use the information displayed on the HIM, the drive status indicators to the
right of the HIM, and the system operation to assist with verifying drive
operation.
1. Is each drive/motor combination responding correctly to each of the
signal sources?

Signal Command Drive/Motor Drive/Motor Drive/Motor Drive/Motor Drive/Motor

1 2 3 4 5

Start ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑
Stop ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑
Direction (if applicable) ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑
2. Is each drive/motor combination responding correctly to the speed
reference source? (Check only those that apply.)

Speed Reference Drive/Motor 1 Drive/Motor 2 Drive/Motor 3 Drive/Motor 4 Drive/Motor 5

HIM Source ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No

Control Board Analog Input ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No
Expansion I/O Module Analog
Input (Port 4) ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No
Communications over
EtherNet/IP (Port 6 or Port 13) ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No
Communications over Other
Protocol (Port 6) ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No

Configuration Considerations
If any of your drive/motor combinations are not functioning properly, review
steps 1…12 to be sure that the correct information was gathered or calculated
and that parameters were set correctly.
If your EtherNet/IP communications are not functioning properly, verify the
controller/PLC is communicating the expected commands and/or reference.
For more information, see the PowerFlex Drives with TotalFORCE Control
Built-in EtherNet/IP Adapter User Manual, publication 750COM-UM009,
or contact your PLC expert.
To interpret the Drive Status Indicators, see page 504.
If performance problems persist, see the publications listed in Additional
Resources on page 9.
If you feel you need additional technical support, gather the information listed
on page 15 prior to contacting a support representative.

26 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Startup Chapter 1

Establishing A Connection
With EtherNet/IP IMPORTANT If a start up routine is initiated, but must be terminated before the routine is
completed, be sure to press the Abort soft key to completely exit the routine.

There are three methods for configuring the embedded EtherNet/IP adapter’s
IP address:
• Adapter Rotary Switches – Use the switches when working on a
simple, isolated network (for example, 192.168.1.xxx) that has other
products with switches to set their IP addresses, does not need to be
accessed from outside the network, and you prefer a simplified node
addressing method. The three adapter switches are read when the drive
powers up, and represent three decimal digits from top to bottom (see
Figure 1). If set to a valid address (001-254), the adapter will use that
value as the lower octet of its IP address (192.168.1.xxx, where xxx =
rotary switch settings), along with a subnet mask of 255.255.255.0 and
there will be no gateway configured. Also, the setting for adapter 0:300
[Net Addr Sel] is automatically ignored.
See Figure 1 and its accompanying table for all possible switch settings
and their related descriptions.

IMPORTANT When using the adapter rotary switches, set the IP address before power is
applied because the adapter uses the IP address it detects when it first
receives power.

• BOOTP or DHCP Server – Use BOOTP/DHCP if you prefer to

control the IP addresses of devices that use a server. The BOOTP/
DHCP server provides the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway
addresses. If the address is invalid, DHCP is used.
• Adapter Parameters – Use adapter parameters when you want more
flexibility in setting up the IP address, or need to communicate outside
the control network using a gateway. The IP address, subnet mask, and
gateway addresses will then come from the adapter parameters you set.
When using this method, set the rotary switches to 999.

IMPORTANT Regardless of the method used to set the adapter’s IP address, each node on
the EtherNet/IP network must have a unique IP address. To change an IP
address, you must set the new value and then remove and reapply power to
(or reset) the adapter.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 27

Chapter 1 Startup

Figure 1 - Setting the IP Address Switches

Hundreds
Position

Tens Position

Ones
Position

Possible Settings Description

000, 255…887, Adapter uses the setting depending on 0:300 [Net Addr Sel], BOOTP setting, DHCP
889…999 setting, or the adapter parameter settings for the IP address.
001…254 Adapter uses the rotary switch settings for the IP address (192.168.1.xxx, where xxx =
rotary switch settings).
888 Resets the adapter IP address function to factory defaults. This setting also resets most
parameters to factory defaults on a drive or bus supply. Thereafter, the drive must be
powered down, the switches set to a setting other than 888, and then the drive must be
powered up again to accept the new address.

28 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Startup Chapter 1

Apply and Remove Power The following procedures describe how to energize PowerFlex 755T products
in stand-alone and in system installations.

755TL and TR Drives without 24V Auxiliary Power

This procedure covers drives without 24V auxiliary power.

Input Bay Power Bay

(B)

(A)

Three-phase Power

Energize
Energize the product in the following sequence:
1. Energize three-phase power (A).
2. Turn the Fused Disconnect handle (B) to the ‘On’ position.

De-energize
De-energize the product in the following sequence:
1. Turn the Fused Disconnect handle (B) to the ‘Off’ position.
2. De-energize three-phase power (A). This may not be needed.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 29

Chapter 1 Startup

755TL and TR Drives with 24V Auxiliary Power

This procedure covers drives with 24V auxiliary power.

IMPORTANT This procedure assumes that 24V auxiliary power was not removed when the
product was de-energized. If you are conducting an initial power-up, or if
24V auxiliary power was removed, only apply 24V auxiliary power as the
final step in the Energize sequence.

Input Bay Power Bay

(B)

(C)
24V Auxiliary Power

(A)

Three-phase Power

Energize
Energize the product in the following sequence:
1. Leave 24V auxiliary power (C) energized when drive is not in operation.
This keeps up the control and communication.
2. Energize three-phase power (A).
3. Turn the Fused Disconnect handle (B) to the ‘On’ position.
4. After drive boots up, clear faults related to the three-phase outage.

De-energize
De-energize the product in the following sequence:
1. Turn the Fused Disconnect handle (B) to the ‘Off’ position.
2. De-energize three-phase power (A). This may not be needed.
Leave 24V auxiliary power (C) energized when drive is not in operation.

30 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Startup Chapter 1

Systems with 755TM Bus Supplies and Common Bus Inverters

This procedure covers systems without 24V auxiliary power and without
separate 240V control power.
Bus supplies ordered with the –C1 Control Transformer option do not require
separate 240V control power.

Input Bay Power Bay Power Bay Control Power Bay

Bay
(F) (F)
(E)
(B)

(A)

Three-phase Power

Energize
Energize the product in the following sequence:
1. Leave the Control Power switches (E) for the Common Bus Inverters in
the ‘On’ position when drive system is not in operation.
2. Leave the DC Precharge switches (F) for the Common Bus Inverters in
the ‘On’ position when drive system is not in operation. This step is not
required for Common Bus Inverters without DC Precharge.
3. Energize three-phase power (A).
4. Turn the Fused Disconnect handle (B) to the ‘On’ position.

De-energize
De-energize the product in the following sequence:
1. Turn the Fused Disconnect handle (B) to the ‘Off’ position.
2. De-energize three-phase power (A). This may not be needed.
3. Leave the Control Power switches (E) for the Common Bus Inverters in
the ‘On’ position when drive system is not in operation.
4. Leave the DC Precharge switches (F) for the Common Bus Inverters in
the ‘On’ position when drive system is not in operation. This step is not
required for Common Bus Inverters without DC Precharge.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 31

Chapter 1 Startup

Systems with 24V Auxiliary Power and without Separate 240V

Control Power
IMPORTANT This procedure assumes that 24V auxiliary power was not removed when the
product was de-energized. If you are conducting an initial power-up, or if
24V auxiliary power was removed, only apply 24V auxiliary power as the
final step in the Energize sequence.

Bus supplies ordered with the –C1 Control Transformer option do not require
separate 240V control power.

Input Bay Power Bay Power Bay Control Power Bay

Bay
(F) (F)
(E)
(B)

(C)
24V Auxiliary Power

(A)

Three-phase Power

Energize
Energize the product in the following sequence:
1. Leave 24V auxiliary power (C) energized when drive is not in operation.
This keeps up the control and communication.
2. Leave the Control Power switches (E) for the Common Bus Inverters in
the ‘On’ position when drive system is not in operation. This is not
needed if 24V auxiliary power (C) remains energized.
3. Leave the DC Precharge switches (F) for the Common Bus Inverters in
the ‘On’ position when drive system is not in operation. This step is not
required for Common Bus Inverters without DC Precharge.
4. Energize three-phase power (A).
5. Turn the Fused Disconnect handle (B) to the ‘On’ position.
6. After drive system boots up, clear faults related to the three-phase
outage.

32 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Startup Chapter 1

De-energize
De-energize the product in the following sequence:
1. Turn the Fused Disconnect handle (B) to the ‘Off’ position.
2. De-energize three-phase power (A). This may not be needed.
3. Leave the Control Power switches (E) for the Common Bus Inverters in
the ‘On’ position when drive system is not in operation. This is not
needed if 24V auxiliary power (C) remains energized.
4. Leave the DC Precharge switches (F) for the Common Bus Inverters in
the ‘On’ position when drive system is not in operation. This step is not
required for Common Bus Inverters without DC Precharge.
5. Leave 24V auxiliary power (C) energized when drive is not in operation.

Systems without 24V Auxiliary Power and with Separate 240V

Control Power
Bus supplies ordered without the –C1 Control Transformer option require
separate 240V control power.

Input Bay Power Bay Power Bay Control Power Bay

Bay
(F) (F)
(D) (E)
240V Control Power (B)

(A)

Three-phase Power

Energize
Energize the product in the following sequence:
1. Leave the Control Power switches (E) for the Common Bus Inverters in
the ‘On’ position when drive system is not in operation.
2. Leave the DC Precharge switches (F) for the Common Bus Inverters in
the ‘On’ position when drive system is not in operation. This step is not
required for Common Bus Inverters without DC Precharge.
3. Energize 240V control power (D).

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 33

Chapter 1 Startup

4. Energize three-phase power (A).

5. Turn the Fused Disconnect handle (B) to the ‘On’ position.

De-energize
De-energize the product in the following sequence:
1. Turn the Fused Disconnect handle (B) to the ‘Off’ position.
2. De-energize three-phase power (A). This may not be needed.
3. De-energize 240V control power (D).

IMPORTANT Step 3, de-energize 240V control power is required. If three-phase

power is de-energized and re-energized while 240V control power
stays energized, Common Bus Inverter non-resettable functional
safety faults result. To clear these faults, de-energizing and re-
energizing 240V control power.

4. Leave the Control Power switches (E) for the Common Bus Inverters in
the ‘On’ position when drive system is not in operation.
5. Leave the DC Precharge switches (F) for the Common Bus Inverters in
the ‘On’ position when drive system is not in operation. This step is not
required for Common Bus Inverters without DC Precharge.

34 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Startup Chapter 1

Systems with 24V Auxiliary Power and with Separate 240V Control
Power
IMPORTANT This procedure assumes that 24V auxiliary power was not removed when the
product was de-energized. If you are conducting an initial power-up, or if
24V auxiliary power was removed, only apply 24V auxiliary power as the
final step in the Energize sequence.

Bus supplies ordered without the –C1 Control Transformer option require
separate 240V control power.

Input Bay Power Bay Power Bay Control Power Bay

Bay
(D) (F) (F)
(E)
240V Control Power (B)

(C)
24V Auxiliary Power

(A)

Three-phase Power

Energize
Energize the product in the following sequence:
1. Leave 24V auxiliary power (C) energized when drive is not in operation.
This keeps up the control and communication.
2. Leave the Control Power switches (E) for the Common Bus Inverters in
the ‘On’ position when drive system is not in operation.
3. Leave the DC Precharge switches (F) for the Common Bus Inverters in
the ‘On’ position when drive system is not in operation. This step is not
required for Common Bus Inverters without DC Precharge.
4. Energize 240V control power (D).
5. Energize three-phase power (A).
6. Turn the Fused Disconnect handle (B) to the ‘On’ position.
7. After drive system boots up, clear faults related to the three-phase
outage.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 35

Chapter 1 Startup

De-energize
De-energize the product in the following sequence:
1. Turn the Fused Disconnect handle (B) to the ‘Off’ position.
2. De-energize three-phase power (A). This may not be needed.
3. De-energize 240V control power (D). This is only needed to turn off
heatsink fans on LCL filters.
4. Leave the Control Power switches (E) for the Common Bus Inverters in
the ‘On’ position when drive system is not in operation.
5. Leave the DC Precharge switches (F) for the Common Bus Inverters in
the ‘On’ position when drive system is not in operation. This step is not
required for Common Bus Inverters without DC Precharge.
6. Leave 24V auxiliary power (C) energized when drive is not in operation.

36 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Chapter 2

Parameter Organization

This chapter lists and describes the parameters in PowerFlex 750-Series

Products with TotalFORCE® Control. The parameters can be programmed
(viewed/edited) using a Human Interface Module (HIM). See the Enhanced
PowerFlex 7-Class Human Interface Module (HIM) User Manual, publication
20HIM-UM001, for information on using the HIM to view and edit
parameters. You can also use Connected Components Workbench™ (version 10
or later) software. If the drive is connected to a ControlLogix® or
CompactLogix™ controller you can also use Studio 5000 Logix Designer®
(version 20 or later).

Topic Page
About Parameters 37
Parameter Access Level 39
How Drive Parameters are Organized 39

About Parameters To configure a drive module to operate in a specific way, certain drive
parameters may have to be configured appropriately. Four types of parameters
exist:
• Numeric Parameters
These parameters have a single numeric value (such as 1750.0 RPM).
• ENUM Parameters
These parameters allow a selection from two or more items. The LCD
HIM will display a text message for each item.
• Indirect Parameters
These parameters assign or select sources for data. They have a
maximum value of 159999.15. The two most significant digits select the
port of the source. The following four digits select the parameter
number of the source. The two digits below the decimal point select the
bit number of the source.
For example, parameter 0:117 [DI M Start] is an indirect parameter for
selecting the source of the Start digital input function. You may want to
select input 01 on an IO card in port 4. You would enter 04 and 0001
and .01. This assigns bit 01 of parameter 0001 [Dig In Sts] of the card in
port 4 to the Start function.
• Bit Parameters
These parameters have individual bits associated with features or
conditions. If the bit is 0, the feature is off or the condition is false. If the
bit is 1, the feature is on or the condition is true.

Table 1 shows how each parameter type is presented in this manual.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 37

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 1 - Parameter File – Name of the file under which the parameters listed in the table are organized.
Parameter Group - Name of the group under which the parameters listed in the table are organized.

1 2 3 4

FW Revision
No. Display Name Values

Access Level
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
3 DC Bus Volts Units: VDC RO Real 1.x 0
DC Bus Voltage Default: 0
Displays the filtered measurement of DC bus voltage. Min/Max: 0/20 [Rated Volts] x 1.35 x 1.41
30 Access Level Default: 2 = ‘Expert’ RW 8-bit 1.x 0
User Access Level Options: 0 = ‘Basic’ Integer
Select the access level for parameters. 1 = ‘Advanced’
‘Basic’ (0) – Provides the shortest list of parameters. 2 = ‘Expert’
‘Advanced’ (1) – Provides a list of parameters needed to use advanced features.
‘Expert’ (2) – Provides a list of all parameters.
114 DI Clear Fault Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Clear Fault Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to clear faults.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to clear faults.

260 Stop Owner RO Bit 1.x 0

Stop Owner
Indicates which port is issuing a valid stop command.
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Digital In
EmbEnet

Options
Port 6
Port 5
Port 4
Port 3
Port 2
Port 1

Default 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Table No. Parameter File – Name of the file under which the parameters that are listed in the table are organized.
Parameter Group – Name of the group under which the parameters that are listed in the table are organized.

1 No. – The parameter number is listed in this column.

This icon indicates that the parameter value cannot be changed until the drive is stopped.

This icon indicates that the parameter cannot be set to DataLink In.

This icon indicates that an explicit message write cannot change the parameter value while the I/O connection to the controller is active (the controller is in
run mode). The parameter value can be changed by using a datalink.
2 Display Name – Parameter name as it appears on the human interface module (HIM) display.
Full Name – The full parameter name without abbreviations.
Description – The description section provides details about the function of the parameter, the option selections available, and individual bits.
3 Values – Define the various operating characteristics of the parameter. There are four types of Values.
Numeric: Default lists the value assigned at the factory. Min/Max lists lowest (minimum) possible setting. / Lists highest (Maximum) possible setting.
ENUM: Default lists the value assigned at the factory. Options lists the selections that are available.
Indirect: Default lists the value assigned at the factory. The value assigns a port, parameter, and bit.
Bit: Default lists the value assigned at the factory. Options lists the bit selections available.
4 Read-Write – Indicates if parameter is read-write (RW) or read-only (RO).
Data Type – Indicates if a parameter functions as an integer, floating point, or boolean.
FW Revision – Indicates the earliest firmware revision that includes the parameter.
Access Level – Indicates how parameter 0:30 [Access Level] needs to be set for the parameter to be visible in software or on the HIM.

38 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Parameter Access Level Three parameter access level options are selectable by 0:30 [Access Level].
• Option 0 ‘Basic’ is the most limited view that only displays parameters
and options that are commonly used by operators.
• Option 1 ‘Advanced’ is an expanded view of parameters that is helpful to
maintenance technicians and for engineers to access more advanced
drive features when they commission the drive.
• Option 2 ‘Expert’ provides design engineers with a comprehensive view
of the entire parameter set.

Parameter References Parameter references are shown as Port#:Parameter# [Parameter Display

Name] convention. For example, 0:30 [Access Level] tells you that the Access
Level parameter is number 30 in port 0.

How Drive Parameters are Connected Components Workbench programming software displays
parameters in ‘Linear List’ or ‘File Group Parameter’ format. The ‘File Group
Organized Parameter’ format simplifies programming by dividing Files into groups of
parameters that are used for similar functions.

Overview and System Architecture

The PowerFlex 755T architecture is an evolution of the high power (frames

8...10) PowerFlex 755 architecture. There are changes to improve usability and
performance. There are changes to include new functionality and additional
power modules.

Ports, files, and groups are containers for control and parameters. This
architecture organizes the parameters among these containers to make them
easy to find. It also limits which parameters are presented. It only presents the
parameters that are related to the active configuration.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 39

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Figure 2 - System Architecture

Port 0
System (Whole Product) – See page 41
Monitor Embedded ENET
Product Config Protection
Feedback & I/O Diagnostics
Communication

Port 10 Port 11 Port 12

Pri MtrSideCtrl – See page 57 Sec MtrSideCtrl– See page 57 Motor Side Power – See page 86
Monitor System Monitor System MotorSide Common
Dynamic Control Feedback Dynamic Control Feedback Trq Accuracy Mod
Protection Position Protection Position M0…M9 Power Module
Diagnostics Velocity Diagnostics Velocity
Electrical Torque Electrical Torque

Port 13 Port 14 Port 9

Line Side Ctrl – See page 90 Line Side Power – See page 98 Application – See page 52
Monitor Protection Line Side Common Process PID DeviceLogix
Dynamic Control Diagnostics L0…L9 Power Module Torque Prove Diagnostics
AC Precharge Oil Well
F0…F9 LCL Filter

Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8

HIM (Pod) HIM (Door) HIM (Ext.) Option Slot Option Slot Option Slot Option Slot Option Slot

See page 105

40 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Port 0 PowerFlex 755T System Port

This port contains parameters for monitoring and configuring the whole
product (drive or bus supply). It contains parameters for configuring digital
input functions and motor encoder feedback channels. It includes parameters
for the Embedded EtherNet/IP interface.

This port also contains parameters that configure port 9 (the application port)
and port 10 (the primary motor control port). These parameters determine
what ports 9 and 10 contain. Ports 9 and 10 do not display parameters or
software that is related to unused configurations. For example, if you do not
select Torque Prove in the Application Selection parameter then port 9 does
not contain parameters for Torque Prove. If you do not select the Flux Vector
motor control mode, then port 10 does not display Flux Vector parameters or
software.

Parameter descriptions begin on page 107.

Table 2 - Port 0: Monitor File
Metering Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
3 DC Bus Volts DC Bus Voltage 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
5 Elapsed MWH Elapsed Megawatt Hours 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
6 Elapsed kWH Elapsed Kilowatt Hours 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
7 Elapsed Run Time Elapsed Run Time 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
8 Elpsd Mtr MWHrs Elapsed Motoring Megawatt Hours 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
9 Elpsd Rgn MWHrs Elapsed Regenerating Megawatt Hours 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
10 Elpsd Mtr kWHrs Elapsed Motoring Kilowatt Hours 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
11 Elpsd Rgn kWHrs Elapsed Regenerating Kilowatt Hours 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
15 Average Power Average Power 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
25 Ctrl Pod Temp Control Pod Temperature 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

Table 3 - Port 0: Product Config File

Preferences Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
30 Access Level User Access Level 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx Yes
31 Language Display Language 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
46 Velocity Units Velocity Units 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
47 Vel Units Act Velocity Units Actual 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 41

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 4 - Port 0: Product Config File

Control Config Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
32 Enclosure Type Enclosure Type 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes
33 VoltageClass Cfg Voltage Class Configure 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
34 VoltageClass Act Voltage Class Actual 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
35 Duty Rating Cfg Duty Rating Configure 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
36 Duty Rating Act Duty Rating Actual 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
37 Prchrg Control Precharge Control 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
38 Prchrg Delay Precharge Delay 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
39 Prchrg Err Cfg Precharge Error Configuration 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
190 DI Precharge Digital Input Precharge 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
191 DI Prchrg Seal Digital Input Precharge Seal 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes

Table 5 - Port 0: Product Config File

Logic Config Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
41 Logic Mask Logic Mask 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
42 Auto Mask Automatic Mask 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
43 Manual Cmd Mask Manual Command Mask 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
44 Manual Ref Mask Manual Reference Mask 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
52 Manual Preload Manual Preload 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

Table 6 - Port 0: Product Config File

Memory Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
55 Reset Meters Reset Meters 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
56 RemMed EventActn Removable Media Event Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
90 Cfg Status Configuration Status 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
91 Cfg Acknowledge Configuration Acknowledge 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes

Table 7 - Port 0: Product Config File

Start Features Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
59 Energy Status Energy Status 2 ‘Expert’ 3.xxx
60 Auto Retry Fault Automatic Retry Fault 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
61 Auto Rstrt Tries Automatic Restart Tries 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes

42 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 7 - Port 0: Product Config File

Start Features Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
62 Auto Rstrt Delay Automatic Restart Delay 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
63 LS Start Mode Line Side Start Mode 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
64 LS Manual Ctrl Line Side Manual Control 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes

Table 8 - Port 0: Product Config File

Port Mode Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
65 Pri MtrCtrl Mode Primary Motor Control Mode 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
66 Pri MtrCtrl Act Primary Motor Control Mode Actual 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
67 Sec MtrCtrl Mode Secondary Motor Control Mode 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx Yes Yes
68 Sec MtrCtrl Act Secondary Motor Control Mode Actual 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
70 Application Sel Application Mode 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
71 Application Act Motor Control Select Active 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
72 Emb Logic Select Embedded Logic Select 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes Yes
73 Emb Logic Act Embedded Logic Select Actual 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
74 Motor Ctrl Sel Motor Control Select 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx Yes Yes
75 Mtr Ctrl Sel Act Motor Control Select Active 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx

Table 9 - Port 0: Product Config File

Option Cfg Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
80 DCP Option DC Precharge Option 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
81 DCP Option Act DC Precharge Option Actual 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
82 TAM Option Torque Accuracy Module Option 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
83 TAM Option Act Torque Accuracy Module Option Act 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

Table 10 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Command Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
100 Digital In Sts Digital Input Status 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
101 Digital In Cfg Digital Input Configuration 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
103 DI M Enable Digital Input Motor Side Enable 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
105 DI L Enable Digital Input Line Side Enable 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
108 DI M Stop Digital Input Motor Side Stop 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
109 DI M Stop Mode B Digital Input Stop Mode B 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
110 DI M CurLmt Stop Digital Input Current Limit Stop 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 43

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 10 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Command Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
111 DI M Coast Stop Digital Input Coast Stop 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
112 DI L Stop Digital Input Line Side Stop 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
114 DI Clear Fault Digital Input Clear Fault 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
115 DI Aux Fault Digital Input Auxiliary Fault 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
116 DI Regen OK Digital Input Regeneration OK 2 ‘Expert’ 2.xxx Yes Yes Yes
117 DI M Start Digital Input Motor Side Start 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
118 DI M HOA Start Digital Input Hand Off Auto Start 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx Yes Yes Yes
119 DI L Start Digital Input Line Side Start 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
120 DI M Run Digital Input Motor Side Run 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
123 DI L Run Digital Input Line Side Run 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
124 DI M Jog 1 Digital Input Jog 1 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
127 DI M Jog 2 Digital Input Jog 2 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
130 DI M Fwd Reverse Digital Input Forward Reverse 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
132 DI M Manual Ctrl Digital Input Manual Control 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
134 DI EmergencyOVRD Digital Input Emergency Override 2 ‘Expert’ 3.xxx Yes Yes Yes
135 DI Energy Pause Digital Input Energy Pause 2 ‘Expert’ 3.xxx Yes Yes Yes
136 DI AC LineSource Digital Input AC Line Source 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes Yes Yes

Table 11 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Velocity Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
140 DI M Speed Sel 0 Digital Input Speed Select 0 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
141 DI M Speed Sel 1 Digital Input Speed Select 1 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
142 DI M Speed Sel 2 Digital Input Speed Select 2 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
144 DI M Accel Time Digital Input Acceleration Time 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
145 DI M Decel Time Digital Input Deceleration Time 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
147 DI ManRef Sel Digital Input Manual Reference Select 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
151 DI ManRef Sel Digital Input MOP Increase 2 ‘Expert’ 2.xxx Yes Yes Yes
152 DI M MOP Dec Digital Input MOP Decrease 2 ‘Expert’ 2.xxx Yes Yes Yes
883 DI VCAM Start Digital Input Velocity Cam Start 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx Yes Yes Yes

Table 12 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Mtr Ctrl Options Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
160 DI M SpTqPs Sel0 Digital Input Speed Torque Position Sel0 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
161 DI M SpTqPs Sel1 Digital Input Speed Torque Position Sel1 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
163 DI M BusRegMode Digital Input Bus Regulator Mode B 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes

44 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 12 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Mtr Ctrl Options Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
164 DI M PwrLossMode Digital Input Power Loss Mode B 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
166 DI M Pwr Loss Digital Input Power Loss 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
167 DI M TorqueStptA Digital Input Torque Setpoint A 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
169 DI Mtr Ctrl Sel Digital Input Motor Control Selection 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx

Table 13 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Position Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
170 DI Find Home Digital Input Find Home 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
171 DI Return Home Digital Input Return Home 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
172 DI Redefine Psn Digital Input Redefine Position 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
173 DI OL Home Limit Digital Input Open Loop Home Limit 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
176 DI Indx Step Digital Input Index Step 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes Yes
177 DI Indx StepRev Digital Input Index Step Reverse 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes Yes
178 DI Indx StepPrst Digital Input Index Preset Position 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes Yes
850 Prof DI Invert Profile Digital Input Invert 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes Yes
851 DI Hold Step Digital Input Hold Step 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes Yes
852 DI Abort Step Digital Input Abort Step 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes Yes
853 DI Abort Profile Digital Input Abort Profile 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes Yes
854 DI Vel Override Digital Input Velocity Override 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes Yes
855 DI StrtStep Sel0 Digital Input Start Step Select n 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes Yes
… …
859 DI StrtStep Sel4
860 DI Step 1 Digital Input Step 1 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes Yes
… … …
875 DI Step 16 Digital Input Step 16
880 DI PCAM Start Digital Input Position Cam Start 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes Yes

Table 14 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Limits Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
180 DI FwdEndLimit Digital Input Forward End Limit 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
181 DI FwdDecLimit Digital Input Forward Deceleration Limit 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
182 DI RevEndLimit Digital Input Reverse End Limit 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
183 DI RevDecLimit Digital Input Reverse Deceleration Limit 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
184 DI PHw OvrTrvl Digital Input Positive Hdwr Over Travel 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
185 DI NHw OvrTrvl Digital Input Negative Hdwr Over Travel 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 45

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 15 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Precharge Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
190 DI Precharge Digital Input Precharge 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
191 DI Prchrg Seal Digital Input Precharge Seal 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes

Table 16 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Mtr Ctrl Options Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
886 DI TqCAM Start Digital Input Torque Cam Start 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx

Table 17 - Port 0: Communication File

Control Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
200 MS Logic Rslt Motor Side Logic Result 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
201 LS Logic Rslt Line Side Logic Result 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
204 DPI Pt1 Flt Actn DPI Port 1 Fault Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
205 DPI Pt1 Flt Ref DPI Port 1 Fault Reference 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
206 DPI Pt2 Flt Actn DPI Port 2 Fault Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
207 DPI Pt2 Flt Ref DPI Port 2 Fault Reference 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
208 DPI Pt3 Flt Actn DPI Port 3 Fault Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
209 DPI Pt3 Flt Ref DPI Port 3 Fault Reference 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
211 Emb Enet Ref Embedded Ethernet Reference 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
214 Port 1 Reference DPI Port n Reference 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
219 Port 6 Reference
221 Emb Logic Ref Embedded Logic (DeviceLogix) Reference 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx

Table 18 - Port 0: Communication File

Masks Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
230 Write Mask Cfg Write Mask Configuration 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
231 Write Mask Act Write Mask Active 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
232 Port Mask Cfg Port Mask Configuration 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
233 Port Mask Act Port Mask Active 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
41 Logic Mask Logic Mask 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
42 Auto Mask Automatic Mask 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
43 Manual Cmd Mask Manual Command Mask 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
44 Manual Ref Mask Manual Reference Mask 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

46 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 19 - Port 0: Communication File

Owners Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
260 Stop Owner Stop Owner 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
261 Start Owner Start Owner 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
262 Jog Owner Jog Owner 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
263 Dir Owner Direction Owner 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
264 Clear Flt Owner Clear Fault Owner 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
265 Manual Owner Manual Owner 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
266 Ref Select Owner Reference Select Owner 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
267 EnergyPauseOwner Reference Select Owner 0 ‘Basic’ 3.xxx

Table 20 - Port 0: Communication File

User Datalink Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
700 UserData Int 00 User Data Integer nn 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
… …
731 UserData Int 31
800 UserData Real 00 User Data Real nn 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
… …
831 UserData Real 31

Table 21 - Port 0: Communication File

User Scaling Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
900 ScaleBlk Sel 00 Scale Block Select nn 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
… …
928 ScaleBlk Sel 07
901 ScaleBlk Scal 00 Scale Block Scale nn 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
… …
929 ScaleBlk Scal 07
902 ScaleBlk Int 00 Scale Block Integer nn 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
… …
930 ScaleBlk Int 07
903 ScaleBlk Real 00 Scale Block Real nn 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
… …
931 ScaleBlk Real 07

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 47

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 22 - Port 0: Embedded ENET File

Address Config Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
300 Net Addr Sel Network Address Selection 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx Yes
301 Net Addr Src Network Address Source 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
302 IP Addr Cfg 1 IP Address Configuration n 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx Yes
… …
305 IP Addr Cfg 4
306 Subnet Cfg 1 Subnet Configuration n 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx Yes
… …
309 Subnet Cfg 4
310 Gateway Cfg 1 Gateway Configuration n 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx Yes
… …
313 Gateway Cfg 4
314 Net Rate Cfg 1 Net Rate Configuration 1 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx Yes
315 Net Rate Act 1 Net Rate Actual 1 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
316 Net Rate Cfg 2 Net Rate Configuration 2 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx Yes
317 Net Rate Act 2 Net Rate Actual 2 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

Table 23 - Port 0: Embedded ENET File

Datalinks Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
321 DL From Net 01 Datalink From Network nn 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
… …
336 DL From Net 16
340 DL To Net 01 Datalink To Network nn 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
… …
355 DL To Net 16
356 DLs From Net Act Datalinks From Network Actual 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
357 DLs To Net Act Datalinks To Network Actual 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

Table 24 - Port 0: Embedded ENET File

Fault Response Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
360 Comm Flt Action Communications Fault Action 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
361 Idle Flt Action Idle Fault Action 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
363 Msg Flt Action Message Fault Action 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
364 Flt Cfg Logic Fault Configuration Logic 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
365 Flt Cfg Ref Fault Configuration Reference 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
370 Flt Cfg DL 01 Fault Configuration Datalink nn 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
… …
385 Flt Cfg DL 16

48 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 25 - Port 0: Protection File

Ground Fault Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
420 M Gnd Warn Actn Inverter Ground Warning Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
421 M Gnd Warn Lvl Inverter Ground Warning Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
422 L Gnd Warn Actn Converter Ground Warning Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
423 L Gnd Warn Lvl Converter Ground Warning Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
424 L GF Thresh Converter Ground Fault Threshold 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
425 HRG GF Flt Actn HRG Ground Fault Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
426 HRG GF Thresh HRG Ground Fault Threshold 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
427 HRG GF Freq HRG Ground Fault Signal Frequency 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
428 HRG GF Neut Vltg HRG Ground Fault Neutral Ground Voltage 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
429 HRG GF Pk Vltg Peak Ground Fault Voltage of HRG Signal 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

Table 26 - Port 0: Protection File

Overrides Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
452 LCLCapFailActn Capacitor Failure Action 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes
453 CapOvrRsncActn Capacitor Over Resonance Current Action 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes
454 Emerg OVRD Mode Emergency Override Mode 2 ‘Expert’ 3.xxx Yes
455 Emerg Prot OVRD ProtectionsOverridenbyEmergencyOverride 2 ‘Expert’ 3.xxx Yes
456 EmergMode Status Emergency Override Status 2 ‘Expert’ 3.xxx
457 Purge Frequency Purge Frequency 2 ‘Expert’ 3.xxx

Table 27 - Port 0: Protection File

Predictive Main Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
500 Pred Maint Sts Predictive Maintenance Status 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
503 Meas Amb Tmp Measured Ambient Temperature 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
504 PredMaint Rst En Predictive Mantenance Reset Enable 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
505 Pred Maint Reset Predictive Mantenance Reset 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
510 Fan Derate Fan Derating Factor 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
511 PodFan PctLife Control Pod Fan Percent Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
512 PodFan ElpsdLife Control Pod Fan Elapsed Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
513 PodFan RemainLif Control Pod Fan Remaining Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
514 PodFan Event Lvl Control Pod Fan Event Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
515 PodFan EventActn Control Pod Fan Event Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
516 PodFan Reset Log Control Pod Fan Reset Log 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
517 StirFanEventLvl Stirring Fan Event Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 49

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 27 - Port 0: Protection File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
518 StirFanEvntActn Stirring Fan Event Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
521 In FanPctLife Input Bay Roof Fan Percent Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
522 In FanElpsdLife Input Bay Roof Fan Elapsed Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
523 In FanRemainLif Input Bay Roof Fan Remaining Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
524 In Fan EventLvl Input Bay Roof Fan Event Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
525 In FanEventActn Input Bay Roof Fan Event Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
526 In FanReset Log Input Bay Roof Fan Reset Log 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
531 PwrRfFanPctLife Power Bay Roof Fan Percent Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
532 PwrRfFanElpsdLif Power Bay Roof Fan Elapsed Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
533 PwrRfFanRem Life Power Bay Roof Fan Remaining Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
534 PwrRfFanEventLvl Power Bay Roof Fan Event Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
535 PwrRfFanEvntActn Power Bay Roof Fan Event Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
536 PwrRfFanResetLog Power Bay Roof Fan Reset Log 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
541 WrgFanPctLife Power Bay Roof Fan Percent Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
542 WrgFanElpsdLif Wiring Bay Fan Elapsed Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
543 WrgFanRem Life Wiring Bay Fan Remaining Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
544 WrgFanEventLvl Wiring Bay Fan Event Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
545 WrgFanEvntActn Wiring Bay Fan Event Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
546 WrgFanResetLog Wiring Bay Fan Reset Log 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
551 CtrlFanPctLife Control Bay Roof Fan Percent Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
552 CtrlFanElpsdLif Control Bay Roof Fan Elapsed Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
553 CtrlFanRem Life Control Bay Roof Fan Remaining Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
554 CtrlFanEventLvl Control Bay Roof Fan Event Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
555 CtrlFanEvntActn Control Bay Roof Fan Event Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
556 CtrlFanResetLog Control Bay Roof Fan Reset Log 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
562 HSFan EventLevel Heatsink Fan Event Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
563 HSFan EventActn Heatsink Fan Event Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
566 IGBT Event Level IGBT Event Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
567 IGBT Event Actn IGBT Event Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
570 Bus Cap EventLvl DC Bus Capacitor Event Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
571 BusCap EventActn DC Bus Capacitor Event Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
574 MCS Event Level DC Precharge MCS Event Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
575 MCS Event Action DC Precharge MCS Event Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
578 MCB LifeEvntLvl AC Precharge MCB Event Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
579 MCB LifeEvntActn AC Precharge MCB Event Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
582 PCC LifeEvntLvl AC Precharge PCC Event Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
583 PCC LifeEvntActn AC Precharge PCC Event Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
586 LCL Cap EventLvl LCL Filter Capacitor Event Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

50 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 27 - Port 0: Protection File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
587 LCLCap EventActn LCL Filter Capacitor Event Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
590 Hi TR EventActn High Temperature Rise Event Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
591 Lo TR EventActn Low Temperature Rise Event Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

Table 28 - Port 0: Diagnostics File

Status Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
600 Safety Port Sts Safety Port Status 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
603 Start Inhibits System Start Inhibits 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
604 M Last Stop Src Motor Side Inverter Last Stop Source 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
605 L Last Stop Src Line Side Converter Last Stop Source 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
606 M Last StartSrc Motor Side Inverter Last Start Source 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
607 L Last StartSrc Lines Side Converter Last Start Source 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

Table 29 - Port 0: Diagnostics File

Fault/Alarm Info Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
610 Last Fault Code Last Fault Code 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 51

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Port 9 Application Parameters

This port contains parameters and software that is related to specific

applications. The contents of this port depend the setting of parameter 0:70
[Application Sel]. It can contain nothing, Process PID, or Torque Prove.

Parameter descriptions begin on page 175.

Table 30 - Port 9: Process PID File
Control & Cfg Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1 PID Cfg PID Configuration 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
2 PID Control PID Control 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
3 PID Status PID Status 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
4 PID Prop Gain PID Proportional Gain 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
5 PID Int Time PID Integral Time 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
6 PID Deriv Time PID Derivative Time 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
7 PID Upper Limit PID Upper Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
8 PID Lower Limit PID Lower Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
9 PID Deadband PID Deadband 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
10 PID LPF BW PID Low Pass Filter Bandwidth 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
11 PID Preload PID Preload 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
12 PID Error Meter PID Error Meter 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
13 PID Output Meter PID Output Meter 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
14 PID Output Sel PID Output Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
15 PID Output Mult PID Output Multiplier 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
16 PID Mtr Ctrl Sel PID Motor Control Port Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
20 DI PID Enable Digital Input PID Enable 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
21 DI PID Hold Digital Input PID Hold 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
22 DI PID Reset Digital Input PID Reset 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
23 DI PID Invert Digital Input PID Invert 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes Yes

Table 31 - Port 9: Process PID File

Reference Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
25 PID Ref Sel PID Reference Select 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
26 PID Ref Meter PID Reference Meter 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
27 PID Ref Mult PID Reference Multiplier 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
28 PID Setpoint PID Setpoint 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
29 PID Ref AnlgHi PID Reference Analog High 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
30 PID Ref AnlgLo PID Reference Analog Low 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

52 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 32 - Port 9: Process PID File

Feedback Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
35 PID Fdbk Sel PID Feedback Select 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx Yes
36 PID Fdbk Meter PID Feedback Meter 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
37 PID Fdbk Stpt PID Feedback Setpoint 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
38 PID Fdbk Mult PID Feedback Multiplier 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
39 PID Fdbk AnlgHi PID Feedback Analog High 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
40 PID Fdbk AnlgLo PID Feedback Analog Low 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
42 PID FBLoss SpSel PID Feedback Loss Speed Select 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
43 PID FBLoss TqSel PID Feedback Loss Torque Select 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx Yes Yes

Table 33 - Port 9: Process PID File

Sleep Wake Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
90 Sleep Wake Mode Sleep Wake Mode 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx Yes Yes
91 SleepWake RefSel Sleep Wake Reference Select 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx Yes Yes
92 Sleep Level Sleep Level 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx Yes Yes
93 Sleep Time Sleep Time 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx Yes
94 Wake Level Wake Level 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx Yes Yes
95 Wake Time Wake Time 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx Yes

Table 34 - Port 9: Torque Prove File

Control & Cfg Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
50 Trq Prove Cfg Torque Prove Configuration 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes
51 Trq Prove Setup Torque Prove Setup 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes
52 Trq Prove Status Torque Prove Status 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
53 Trq Lmt SlewRate Torque Limit Slew Rate 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
54 Speed Dev Band Speed Deviation Band 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
55 SpdBand Intgrtr Speed Band Integrator 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

Table 35 - Port 9: Torque Prove File

Brake Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
60 Brk Release Time Brake Release Time 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
61 Brk Set Time Brake Set Time 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
62 Brk Alarm Travel Brake Alarm Travel 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 53

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 35 - Port 9: Torque Prove File

Brake Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
63 Brk Slip Thresh Brake Slip Threshold 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
64 Brake Test Torq Brake Test Torque 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
68 DI Brake Fdbk Digital Input Brake Feedback 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes

Table 36 - Port 9: Torque Prove File

Float Micro Psn Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
70 Float Tolerance Float Tolerance 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
71 MicroPsnScalePct Micro Position Scale Percentage 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes
72 ZeroSpdFloatTime Zero Speed Float Time 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
78 DI FloatMicroPsn Digital Input Float Micro Position 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes

Table 37 - Port 9: Oil Well File

Pump Jack Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
100 OilWell Pump Cfg Oil Well Pump Configuration 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx Yes
101 Pump Off Config Pump Off Configuration 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
102 Pump Off Setup Pump Off Setup 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx Yes
103 Pump Off Control Pump Off Control 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
104 OW Pump Status Oil Well Pump Status 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
105 Pump Off Action Pump Off Action 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
106 Pump Off Level Pump Off Level 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
107 Pump Off Speed Pump Off Speed 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
108 Pump Off Time Pump Off Time 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
109 Total Gear Ratio Total Gear Ratio 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
110 Motor Sheave Motor Sheave Diameter 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
111 Pump Cy Str Cmd Pump Cycle Store Command 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
112 Pump Cy Str Sts Pump Cycle Store Status 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
114 Gearbox Limit Gearbox Torque Limit 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx Yes
115 Gearbox Rating Gearbox Rating 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx Yes
116 Gearbox Ratio Gearbox Ratio 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx Yes
117 Gearbox Sheave Gearbox Sheave Diameter 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx Yes
118 SetTopofStrk Cmd Set Top of Stroke Command 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
119 SetTopofStrk Sts Set Top of Stroke Status 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
120 Torque Setpoint Torque Setpoint 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
124 Pct Cycle Torque Percent Cycle Torque 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx

54 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 37 - Port 9: Oil Well File

Pump Jack Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
125 Pct Lift Torque Percent Lift Torque 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
126 Pct Drop Torque Percent Drop Torque 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
129 Stroke Pos Count Stroke Position Count 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
130 Stroke Per Min Stroke Per Minute 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
132 Pump Off Count Pump Off Count 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
133 PumpOff SleepCnt Pump Off Sleep Count 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
134 Day Stroke Count Day Stroke Count 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
136 PumpOffWakeTime Pump Off Wake Time 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
138 DI PumpOff Disbl Digital Input Pump Off Disable 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx Yes Yes
139 DI Pump Baseline Digital Input Pump Baseline 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx Yes Yes

Table 38 - Port 9: Oil Well File

Prog Cavity Pump Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
143 Rod Speed Rod Speed 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx
144 Rod Torque Rod Torque 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx
145 Rod Speed Cmd Rod Speed Command 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx
148 TorqAlarm Action Torque Alarm Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx Yes
149 TorqAlarm Config Torque Alarm Config 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx Yes
150 TorqAlarm Dwell Torque Alarm Dwell 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx Yes
151 Torq Thresh High Torque Threshold High 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx Yes
152 TorqAlmTimeOutHi Torque Alarm Timeout High 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx Yes
153 TorqAlmTOActnHi Torque Alarm Time Out Action High 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx Yes
154 Torq Thresh Low Torque Threshold Low 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx Yes
156 Max Rod Speed Maximum Rod Speed 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx Yes
157 Max Rod Torque Maximum Rod Torque 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx Yes
158 Min Rod Speed Minimum Rod Speed 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx Yes
160 PCP Pump Sheave PCP Pump Sheave Diameter 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx Yes
161 TorqAlmTimeOutLo Torque Alarm Timeout Low 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx Yes
162 TorqAlmTOActnLo Torque Alarm Time Out Action Low 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx Yes

Table 39 - Port 9: DeviceLogix File

Control & Status Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1000 DLX OperationCmd DeviceLogix Operation Command 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1001 DLX OperationSts DeviceLogix Operation Status 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1002 DLX PowerupStart DeviceLogix Start Logic on Powerup 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 55

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 39 - Port 9: DeviceLogix File

Control & Status Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1003 DLX InvldIO Actn DLX Invalid IO Configuration Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx Yes
1004 DLX Prog Cond DeviceLogix Program Condition Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx Yes
1006 DLX DigOut Sts DeviceLogix Output Logic Command Status 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx

Table 40 - Port 9: DeviceLogix File

Intl Registers Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1070 DLX Real SP1 DeviceLogix Real Scratch Pad n 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
… …
1085 DLX Real SP16
1090 DLX DINT SP1 DeviceLogix DINT Scratch Pad n 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
… …
1097 DLX DINT SP8
1100 DLX Bool SP1 DeviceLogix Bool Scratch Pad n 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
… …
1103 DLX Bool SP4
1110 DLX Real In SP1 DeviceLogix Real Input Scratch Pad n 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
… …
1117 DLX Real In SP8
1120 DLX Real Out SP1 DeviceLogix Real Output Scratch Pad n 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
… …
1127 DLX Real Out SP8
1130 DLX DINT In SP1 DeviceLogix DINT In Scratch Pad n 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
… …
1133 DLX DINT In SP4
1140 DLX DINT Out SP1 DeviceLogix DINT Output Scratch Pad n 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
… …
1143 DLX DINT Out SP4

Table 41 - Port 9: Diagnostics File

Testpoints Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1200 Testpoint Sel 1 Testpoint Select 1 0 ‘Basic’ 2.xxx
1201 Testpoint REAL 1 Testpoint REAL Display Value 1 0 ‘Basic’ 2.xxx
1202 Testpoint DINT 1 Testpoint DINT Display Value 1 0 ‘Basic’ 2.xxx
1203 Testpoint Sel 2 Testpoint Select 2 0 ‘Basic’ 2.xxx
1204 Testpoint REAL 2 Testpoint REAL Display Value 2 0 ‘Basic’ 2.xxx
1205 Testpoint DINT 2 Testpoint DINT Display Value 2 0 ‘Basic’ 2.xxx

56 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control

Parameters
These ports contain parameters and software that is related to the primary and
secondary control of the motor side inverter. Port 10 is the primary motor side
control port and port 11 is the secondary port. The contents of these ports
depend the setting of parameters 0:65 [Pri MtrCtrl Mode] and 0:67 [Sec
MtrCtrl Mode]. They can contain Volts per Hertz, Senorless Vector,
Economizer, or Flux Vector control. They contain parameters for configuring
the starting and stopping of the motor side inverter. They contain parameters
for entering the electrical attributes of the motor. They contain parameters for
configuring and monitoring the Position, Velocity, and Torque loops.

Parameter descriptions begin on page 199.

Table 42 - Port 10/11: Monitor File
Metering Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1 Output Frequency Output Frequency 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
2 Output Voltage Output Voltage 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
3 Output Current Output Current 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
4 Output Power Output Power 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
5 Output Pwr Factr Output Power Factor 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
8 Torque Cur Fb Torque Current Feedback 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
9 Flux Cur Fb Flux Current Feedback 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
11 Motor Voltage Fb Motor Voltage Feedback 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
13 DC Bus Memory DC Bus Memory 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1044 Motor Vel Fb Motor Velocity Feedback 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1914 VRef Commanded Velocity Reference Commanded 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
2073 Trq Commanded Torque Commanded 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

Table 43 - Port 10/11: Monitor File

Drive Data Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
20 Rated Volts Drive Rated Voltage 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
21 Rated Amps Drive Rated Current in Amperes 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
22 Rated kW Drive Rated Power in Kilowatts 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 57

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 44 - Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File

Psn Vel Trq Mode Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
30 PsnVelTrq Mode A Position Velocity Torque Mode A 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
31 PsnVelTrq Mode B Position Velocity Torque Mode B 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
32 PsnVelTrq Mode C Position Velocity Torque Mode C 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
33 PsnVelTrq Mode D Position Velocity Torque Mode D 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
34 PsnVelTrq Actv Position Velocity Torque Mode Active 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
39 SLAT Err Stpt SpeedLimitedAdjustableTorque Error Stpt 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
40 SLAT Dwell Time SpeedLimitedAdjustableTorque Dwell Time 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

Table 45 - Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File

Start Config Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
50 Start At PowerUp Start At PowerUp 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
52 PowerUp Delay PowerUp Delay 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

Table 46 - Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File

Flying Start Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
70 FlyingStart Mode Flying Start Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
71 FS Kp CEMF Flying Start Kp for Counter EMF Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
72 FS Ki CEMF Flying Start Ki for Counter EMF Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
73 FS VReg Kp CEMF Flying Start Vel Reg Kp for CEMF Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
74 FS VReg Ki CEMF Flying Start Vel Reg Ki for CEMF Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
75 FS ExciteKp CEMF Flying Start ExcitCurRegKp for CEMF Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
76 FS ExciteKi CEMF Flying Start ExcitCurRegKi for CEMF Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
77 FS RecntDly CEMF Flying Start Reconnect Delay CEMF Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
78 FS Brk Lvl CEMF Flying Start Brake Level for CEMF Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
79 FS Brk Time CEMF Flying Start Brake Time for CEMF Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
80 FSZSpdThreshCEMF Flying Start ZeroSpd Threshold CEMF Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
85 FS ZSpdThreshSwp Flying Start ZeroSpd Threshold Swp Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
86 FS RecntDly Swp Flying Start Reconnect Delay Sweep Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
87 FS Brk Lvl Swp Flying Start Brake Level for Sweep Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
88 FS Brk Time Swp Flying Start Brake Time for Sweep Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
89 FS FreqSwpTm Swp Flying Start Freq Sweep Time Sweep Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
90 FS VHz EndPt Swp Flying Start V/HzEndPtAdjust Sweep Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
91 FS VHz Fixed Swp Flying Start Fixed V/Hz for Sweep Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
92 FS InitVltKp Swp Flying Start Initial Volt Kp Sweep Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

58 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 46 - Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File

Flying Start Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
93 FS InitVltKi Swp Flying Start Initial Volt Ki Sweep Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
94 FS Recvr Ki Swp Flying Start Recovery Ki for Sweep Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
95 FS VReg Kp Swp Flying Start Vel Reg Kp for Sweep Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
96 FS VReg Ki Swp Flying Start Vel Reg Ki for Sweep Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
97 FS SpdDetLvl Swp Flying Start SpdDetect Level Sweep Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
98 FS SpdDtcTim Swp Flying Start SpdDetect Time Sweep Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

Table 47 - Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File

StopDecel Config Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
110 Mtr Stop Mode A Motor Stop Mode A 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
111 Mtr Stop Mode B Motor Stop Mode B 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
116 Bus Reg Mode A Bus Regulator Mode A 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
117 Bus Reg Mode B Bus Regulator Mode B 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
118 Bus Reg Lvl Cfg Bus Regulator Level Configuration 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes
119 Bus Reg Level Bus Regulator Level 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
120 Bus Reg Kp Bus Regulator Proportional Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
121 Bus Reg Ki Bus Regulator Integral Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
122 Bus Limit Kp Bus Limit Proportional Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
123 Bus Limit Kd Bus Limit Derivative Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
124 Bus Limit ACR Kp Bus Limit Active Current Reg Prop Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
125 Bus Limit ACR Ki Bus Limit Active Current Reg Integ Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
138 Flux Braking En Flux Braking Enable 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
139 Flux Braking Kp Flux Braking Proportional Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
140 Flux Braking Ki Flux Braking Integral Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
141 Flux Braking Lim Flux Braking Limit 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
145 Stop Dwell Time Stop Dwell Time 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
146 Zero Speed Limit Zero Speed Limit 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
151 DC Brake Lvl Sel DC Brake Level Select 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes
152 DC Brake Level DC Brake Level 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
153 DC Brake Time DC Brake Time 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
154 DCBrk Cur Reg BW DC Brake Current Reg Bandwidth for VCL 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
163 Fast Braking Kp Fast Braking Proportional Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
164 Fast Braking Ki Fast Braking Integral Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
165 Fast Brake Power Brake Off Adjustment 1 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
166 Fast Brake Freq Brake Off Adjustment 2 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
170 Dec Inhibit Actn Deceleration Inhibit Action 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 59

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 48 - Port 10/11: Protection File

Motor Overload Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
200 Mtr OL Action Motor Overload Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
201 Mtr OL at Pwr Up Motor Overload at Power Up 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
202 Mtr OL Alm Level Motor Overload Alarm Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
203 Mtr OL Factor Motor Overload Factor 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
204 Mtr OL Hertz Motor Overload Hertz 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
205 Mtr OL Rst Level Motor Overload Reset Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
206 Mtr OL Rst Time Motor Overload Reset Time 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
207 Mtr OL Counts Motor Overload Counts 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
208 Mtr OL Trip Time Motor Overload Trip Time 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

Table 49 - Port 10/11: Protection File

Load Limits Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
220 Drive OL Mode Drive Overload Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
221 Current Lim Sel Current Limit Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
222 Current Limit 1 Current Limit 1 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
223 Current Limit 2 Current Limit 2 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
224 Active Cur Lim Active Current Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
227 Current Rate Lim Current Rate Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
229 Regen Power Lim Regen Power Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
230 Motor Power Lim Motor Power Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
232 Current Limit Kp Current Limit Proportional Gain 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
233 Current Limit Ki Current Limit Integral Gain 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
234 Current Limit Kd Current Limit Derivative Gain 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
236 Id Lo FreqCur Kp Id Low Freq Current Proportional Gain 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
237 Iq Lo FreqCur Kp Iq Low Freq Current Proportional Gain 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
239 Jerk Gain Jerk Gain 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
241 Shear Pin Config Shear Pin Configuration 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
242 Shear Pin 1 Actn Shear Pin 1 Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
243 Shear Pin1 Level Shear Pin1 Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
244 Shear Pin 1 Time Shear Pin 1 Time 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
245 Shear Pin 2 Actn Shear Pin 2 Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
246 Shear Pin2 Level Shear Pin2 Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
247 Shear Pin 2 Time Shear Pin 2 Time 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
250 Load Loss Action Load Loss Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
251 Load Loss Level Load Loss Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
252 Load Loss Time Load Loss Time 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

60 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 49 - Port 10/11: Protection File

Load Limits Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
253 Load Loss Speed Load Loss Speed 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
256 OutPhaseLossActn Output Phase Loss Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
257 OutPhaseLoss Lvl Output Phase Loss Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

Table 50 - Port 10/11: Protection File

Power Loss Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
270 Power Loss Actn Power Loss Action 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
271 Pwr Loss Mode A Power Loss Mode A 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
272 Pwr Loss A Level Power Loss A Level 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
273 Pwr Loss A Time Power Loss A Time 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
275 Pwr Loss Mode B Power Loss Mode B 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
276 Pwr Loss B Level Power Loss B Level 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
277 Pwr Loss B Time Power Loss B Time 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
279 PwrLoss RT BusKp Power Loss RideThru BusProportional Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
280 PwrLoss RT BusKd Power Loss Ride Thru Bus Derivative Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
281 PwrLoss RT ACRKp Power Loss RideThru ACRProportional Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
282 PwrLoss RT ACRKi Power Loss Ride Thru ACRIntegral Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
285 UnderVltg Action Under Voltage Action 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
286 UnderVltg Level Under Voltage Level 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
289 InPhase LossActn Input Phase Loss Action 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
290 InPhase Loss Lvl Input Phase Loss Level 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
292 DC Bus Mem Reset DC Bus Memory Reset 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

Table 51 - Port 10/11: Protection File

Predictive Main Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
305 MtrPredMainReset Motor Ctrl Predictive Maintenance Reset 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
309 MtrBrngPctLife Motor Bearing Percent Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx Yes
310 MtrBrngTotalLife Motor Bearing Total Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
311 MtrBrngElpsdLife Motor Bearing Elapsed Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
312 MtrBrngRemainLif Motor Bearing Remaining Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
313 MtrBrngEventLvl Motor Bearing Event Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
314 MtrBrngEventActn Motor Bearing Event Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
315 MtrBrng ResetLog Motor Bearing Reset Log 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
317 MtrLubeElpsdHrs Motor Lubrication Elapsed Hours 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
318 MtrLubeEventLvl Motor Lubrication Event Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 61

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 51 - Port 10/11: Protection File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
319 MtrLubeEventActn Motor Lubrication Event Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
320 MchBrngPctLife Machine Bearing Percent Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
321 MchBrngTotalLife Machine Bearing Total Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
322 MchBrngElpsdLife Machine Bearing Elapsed Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
323 MchBrngRemainLif Machine Bearing Remaining Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
324 MchBrngEventLvl Machine Bearing Event Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
325 MchBrngEventActn Machine Bearing Event Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
326 MchBrngResetLog Machine Bearing Reset Log 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
328 MchLubeElpsdHrs Machine Lubrication Elapsed Hours 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
329 MchLube EventLvl Machine Lubrication Event Level 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
330 MchLubeEventActn Machine Lubrication Event Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

Table 52 - Port 10/11: Protection File

IPM Power Limit Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
260 IPM PwrLmt1 Interior PM Power Limit 1 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx
261 IPM PwrLmt1 Vltg Interior PM Power Limit 1 Voltage 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx
261 IPM PwrLmt2 Interior PM Power Limit 2 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx
263 IPM PwrLmt2 Vltg Interior PM Power Limit 2 Voltage 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx
265 IPM PwrLmt3 Vltg Interior PM Power Limit 3 Voltage 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx

Table 53 - Port 10/11: Diagnostics File

Status Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
350 VRef Source Velocity Reference Source 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
351 M Start Inhibits Motor Side Inverter Start Inhibits 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
352 MLastStrtInhibit Last Motor Side Inverter Start Inhibits 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
354 Motor Side Sts 1 Motor Side Status 1 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
355 Motor Side Sts 2 Motor Side Status 2 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
357 Drive OL Count Drive Overload Count 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
359 IGBT Temp Pct IGBT Temperature Percentage 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
360 IGBT Temp IGBT Temperature 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
362 Heatsnk Temp Pct Heatsink Temperature Percentage 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
363 Heatsnk Temp Heatsink Temperature 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
365 At Limit Status At Limit Status 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

62 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 54 - Port 10/11: Diagnostics File

Testpoints Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
380 Testpoint Sel 1 Testpoint Select 1 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx
381 Testpoint REAL 1 Testpoint REAL Display Value 1 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx
382 Testpoint DINT 1 Testpoint DINT Display Value 1 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx
383 Testpoint Sel 2 Testpoint Select 2 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx
384 Testpoint REAL 2 Testpoint REAL Display Value 2 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx
385 Testpoint DINT 2 Testpoint DINT Display Value 2 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx
386 Testpoint Sel 3 Testpoint Select 3 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx
387 Testpoint REAL 3 Testpoint REAL Display Value 3 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx
388 Testpoint DINT 3 Testpoint DINT Display Value 3 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx
389 Testpoint Sel 4 Testpoint Select 4 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx
390 Testpoint REAL 4 Testpoint REAL Display Value 4 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx
391 Testpoint DINT 4 Testpoint DINT Display Value 4 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx

Table 55 - Port 10/11: Diagnostics File

Fault/Alarm Info Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
460 Condition Sts A Condition Status A 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
461 Fault Status A Fault Status A 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
462 Fault Status B Fault Status B 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
465 Alarm Status A Alarm Status A 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
466 Alarm Status B Alarm Status B 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
467 Type 2 Alarms Type 2 Alarms 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

Table 56 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Motor Data Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
400 Motor NP Volts Motor Nameplate Volts 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
401 Motor NP Amps Motor Nameplate Amperes 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
402 Motor NP Hertz Motor Nameplate Hertz 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
403 Motor NP RPM Motor Nameplate RPM 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
404 Mtr NP Sync Spd Motor Nameplate Synchronous Speed 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
405 Mtr NP Pwr Units Motor Nameplate Power Units 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
406 Motor NP Power Motor Nameplate Power 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
407 Motor Poles Motor Poles 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
900 Motor Inertia Motor Inertia 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 63

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 57 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Mtr Ctrl Config Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
420 Mtr Cfg Options Motor Configuration Options 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
421 Maximum Voltage Maximum Voltage 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
422 Maximum Freq Maximum Frequency 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
425 PWM Frequency Pulse Width Modulation Frequency 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
426 PWM Freq Act Actual PWM Frequency 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
428 Bus Utilization Bus Utilization 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
429 PWM Trans Freq PWM Transition Frequency 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx
431 FluxUpTm C/U Sel Flux Up Time Calc/User Entered Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
432 c FluxUpTime Flux Up Time -Calc 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
433 u FluxUpTime Flux Up Time -User 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
435 Flux Down Kp Flux Down Proportional Gain 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
436 Flux Down Ki Flux Down Integral Gain 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
439 Stability Filter Stability Filter Time Constant 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
440 Stab Volt Gain Stability Voltage Gain 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
441 Stab Angle Gain Stability Angle Gain 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
444 VCL CReg C/U Sel Vect ClosedLoop Cur Reg Calc/User Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
445 VCL CReg BW Vect Closed Loop Current Reg Bandwidth 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
446 c VCL CReg Kp Vect Closed Loop Current Reg Kp -Calc 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
447 u VCL CReg Kp Vect Closed Loop Cur Reg Kp -User 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
448 c VCL CReg Ki Vect Closed Loop Current Reg Ki -Calc 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
449 u VCL CReg Ki Vect Closed Loop Cur Reg Ki -User 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
450 VCL CReg Damping Vector Closed Loop Current Reg Damping 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
451 DeadTimeCompAmps Dead Time Compensation Full Scale Amps 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
452 Dead Time Comp Dead Time Compensation 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
453 DC Offset Ctrl DC Offset Control 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
455 SVC Boost Filter Sensorless Vector Control Boost Filter 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

Table 58 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Volts per Hertz Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
480 Start Acc Boost Start Acceleration Boost 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
481 Run Boost Run Boost 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
483 Break Voltage Break Voltage 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
484 Break Frequency Break Frequency 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
486 VHz Curve Volts per Hertz Curve 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes
491 Slip Comp LPF BW Slip Comp Filter Bandwidth 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

64 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 59 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Economize Config Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
500 Econ At Ref Ki Economize At Reference Integral Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
501 Econ AccDec Kp Economize Accel Decel Proportional Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
502 Econ AccDec Ki Economize Accel Decel Integral Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

Table 60 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Ind Mtr Config Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
489 c Slip RPM atFLA Slip RPM at Full Load Amps - Calculated 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
490 u Slip RPM atFLA Slip RPM at Full Load Amps-UserEntered 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
510 MtrParam C/U Sel Mtr Parameters Calc/User Entered Select 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes
511 c IM Stator Res Induction Motor Stator Resistance -Calc 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
512 u IM Stator Res Induction Motor Stator Resistance -User 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
514 c IM Leakage L Induction Motor Leakage Inductance -Calc 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
515 u IM Leakage L Induction Motor Leakage Inductance -User 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
517 c Flux Cur Ref Induction Motor Flux Current Ref -Calc 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
518 u Flux Cur Ref Induction Motor Flux Current Ref -User 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
520 c EncLs AngCmp Induction Motor Encless Angle Comp -Calc 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
521 u EncLs AngCmp Induction Motor Encless Angle Comp -User 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
523 c IM StatResComp Induction Motor Stator Res Comp -Calc 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
524 u IM StatResComp Induction Motor Stator Res Comp-User 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
526 VEncdls FReg Kp VEncdls Freq Regulator Proportional Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
527 VEncdls FReg Ki VEncdls Freq Regulator Integral Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
530 Slip Reg Enable Slip Regulator Enable 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
531 Slip Reg Kp Slip Regulator Proportional Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
532 Slip Reg Ki Slip Regulator Integral Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
535 Flux Reg Enable Flux Regulator Enable 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
536 Flux Reg Kp Flux Regulator Proportional Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
537 Flux Reg Ki Flux Regulator Integral Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
540 Phase Delay Comp Phase Delay Compensation 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
542 Trq Adapt Speed Torque Adaption Speed 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
543 Trq Adapt En Torque Adaption Enable 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
546 Trq Comp Mtring Torque Compensation Motoring 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
547 Trq Comp Regen Torque Compensation Regeneration 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
549 Slip Adapt Iqs Slip Adaption Q Axis Current 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
550 SFAdapt SlewLim Slip and Flux Adaption Slew Limit 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 65

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 60 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Ind Mtr Config Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
551 SFAdapt SlewRate Slip and Flux Adaption Slew Rate 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
552 SFAdapt CnvrgLvl Slip and Flux Adaption Converge Level 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
553 SFAdapt CnvrgLim Slip and Flux Adaption Converge Limit 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

Table 61 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

PM Motor Config Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
580 PM Config Permanent Magnet Motor Configuration 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes
582 PM Pri Fb Offset PM Primary Feedback Offset 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
585 PM Alt Fb Offset PM Alternate Feedback Offset 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
587 PM OfstTst Cur Permanent Magnet Offset Test Current 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes
588 PM OfstTst CRamp Permanent Magnet Offset Test Cur Ramp 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes
589 PM OfstTst FRamp Permanent Magnet Offset Test Freq Ramp 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes
593 PM Vqs Reg Kp PM Vqs Regulator Proportional Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
594 PM Vqs Reg Ki PM Motor Vqs Regulator Integral Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
595 PM Trq Adapt Spd PM Torque Adaption Speed 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
596 IPM Vel Fb HPF Interior PM Motor V FB High Pass Filt 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
597 IPM Vel Est Filt Interior PM Motor Vel Est Filter 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
598 IPM Vel Est KpLo Interior PM Vel Est Proportional Gain Lo 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
599 IPM Vel Est Ki Interior PM Motor Vel Est Integral Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
600 IPM Vel EstKiAdj Interior PM Vel Est Integral Gain Adjust 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
601 IPM Vel Est KpHi Interior PM Vel Est Proportional Gain Hi 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
602 IPM Tran PWM Interior PM Motor Transition PWM 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
603 IPM Tran PWMHyst Interior PM Motor Transition PWM Hyst 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
604 IPM Tran Mode Interior PM Motor Transition Mode 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
605 IPM Tran ModHyst Interior PM Motor Transition Mode Hyst 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
606 IPM Tran Filt Lo Interior PM Motor Transition Filt Low 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
607 IPM Tran Filt Hi Interior PM Motor Transition Filt High 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
608 IPM Tran Angle Interior PM Motor Transition Angle 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
611 PM Lq Cmd BW PM Motor Lq Command Bandwidth 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes
612 PM Stc OfsTest K PM Motor Static Offset Test Constant 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
613 c PM CEMF Vltg PM CEMF Voltage -Calc 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
614 u PM CEMF Vltg PM CEMF Voltage -User 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
619 c PM Stator Res PM Stator Resistance -Calc 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
620 u PM Stator Res PM Stator Resistance -User 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
626 c PM Ld at 0 PM D Axis Inductance at 0 Cur -Calc 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
627 u PM Ld at 0 PM D Axis Inductance at 0 Cur -User 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx

66 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 61 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

PM Motor Config Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
628 c PM Ld at 100 PM D Axis Inductance at 100 Cur -Calc 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
629 u PM Ld at 100 PM D Axis Inductance at 100 Cur -User 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
636 c PM Lq at 25 PM Q Axis Inductance at 25 Cur -Calc 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
637 u PM Lq at 25 PM Q Axis Inductance at 25 Cur -User 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
638 c PM Lq at 50 PM Q Axis Inductance at 50 Cur -Calc 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
639 u PM Lq at 50 PM Q Axis Inductance at 50 Cur -User 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
640 c PM Lq at 75 PM Q Axis Inductance at 75 Cur -Calc 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
641 u PM Lq at 75 PM Q Axis Inductance at 75 Cur -User 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
642 c PM Lq at 100 PM Q Axis Inductance at 100 Cur -Calc 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
643 u PM Lq at 100 PM Q Axis Inductance at 100 Cur -User 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
644 c PM Lq at 125 PM Q Axis Inductance at 125 Cur -Calc 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
645 u PM Lq at 125 PM Q Axis Inductance at 125 Cur -User 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
646 c PM Lq at 150 PM Q Axis Inductance at 150 Cur -Calc 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
647 u PM Lq at 150 PM Q Axis Inductance at 150 Cur -User 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
648 c PM Lq at 175 PM Q Axis Inductance at 175 Cur -Calc 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
649 u PM Lq at 175 PM Q Axis Inductance at 175 Cur -User 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
650 c PM Lq at 200 PM Q Axis Inductance at 200 Cur -Calc 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
651 u PM Lq at 200 PM Q Axis Inductance at 200 Cur -User 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
684 IPM PriOfstCom Interior PM Primary Comp Offset 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
688 IPM AltOfstCom Interior PM Alternate Comp Offset 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
691 PM Bus Prot PM Motor Bus Protection 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes
693 PM Vq FF CEMF PM Vq Feed Forward CEMF 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
694 PM Vq FF LdIdWe PM Vq Feed Forward LdIdWe 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
695 PM Vd FF LqIqWe PM Vd Feed Forward LdIdWe 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
698 PM Max Cur PM Motor Maximum Current 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes
699 PM Vel Max PM Motor Maximum Velocity 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes
702 PM TrqTrim Kp PM Trq Trim Proportional Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
703 PM TrqTrim Ki PM Motor Trq Trim Integral Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
704 PM TrqTrim LLim PM Motor Torque Trim Low Limit 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
705 PM TrqTrim HLim PM Motor Torque Trim High Limit 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx

Table 62 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Id Compensation Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
770 IdComp Enble Id Compensation Enable 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
771 IdComp Mtrng1 Id Compensation Motoring 1 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
772 IdComp Mtrng1 Iq Id Compensation Motoring 1 Iq 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 67

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 62 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Id Compensation Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
773 IdComp Mtrng2 Id Compensation Motoring 2 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
774 IdComp Mtrng2 Iq Id Compensation Motoring 2 Iq 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
775 IdComp Mtrng3 Id Compensation Motoring 3 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
776 IdComp Mtrng3 Iq Id Compensation Motoring 3 Iq 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
777 IdComp Mtrng4 Id Compensation Motoring 4 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
778 IdComp Mtrng4 Iq Id Compensation Motoring 4 Iq 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
779 IdComp Mtrng5 Id Compensation Motoring 5 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
780 IdComp Mtrng5 Iq Id Compensation Motoring 5 Iq 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
781 IdComp Mtrng6 Id Compensation Motoring 6 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
782 IdComp Mtrng6 Iq Id Compensation Motoring 6 Iq 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
791 IdComp Regen1 Id Compensation Regenerating 1 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
792 IdComp Regen1 Iq Id Compensation Regenerating 1 Iq 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
793 IdComp Regen2 Id Compensation Regenerating 2 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
794 IdComp Regen2 Iq Id Compensation Regenerating 2 Iq 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
795 IdComp Regen3 Id Compensation Regenerating 3 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
796 IdComp Regen3 Iq Id Compensation Regenerating 3 Iq 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
797 IdComp Regen4 Id Compensation Regenerating 4 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
798 IdComp Regen4 Iq Id Compensation Regenerating 4 Iq 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
799 IdComp Regen5 Id Compensation Regenerating 5 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
800 IdComp Regen5 Iq Id Compensation Regenerating 5 Iq 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
801 IdComp Regen6 Id Compensation Regenerating 6 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
802 IdComp Regen6 Iq Id Compensation Regenerating 6 Iq 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

Table 63 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Variable Boost Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
820 VB Config Variable Boost Configuration 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes
821 VB Status Variable Boost Status 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
822 VB Voltage Variable Boost Voltage 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
823 VB Time Variable Boost Time 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes
824 VB Minimum Variable Boost Minimum 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes
825 VB Maximum Variable Boost Maximum 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes
826 VB Accel Rate Variable Boost Acceleration Rate 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
827 VB Decel Rate Variable Boost Deceleration Rate 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
828 VB Frequency Variable Boost Frequency 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
829 VB Freq Min Variable Boost Frequency Minimum 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
830 VB Flux Thresh Variable Boost Flux Threshold 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx

68 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 63 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Variable Boost Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
831 VB Flux Lag Freq Variable Boost Flux Lag Frequency 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
832 VB Flux Cur Filt Variable Boost Flux Current Filtered 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
833 VB Current Rate Variable Boost Current Rate 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
834 VB Current Hyst Variable Boost Current Hysteresis Level 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
835 VB Cur Thresh Variable Boost Current Threshold 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
836 VB Rate Lag Freq Variable Boost Rate Lag Frequency 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx

Table 64 - Port 10/11: System File

System Tuning Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
900 Motor Inertia Motor Inertia 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
901 Load Ratio Load Ratio 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
902 Load Coupling Load Coupling 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
905 System C/U Sel System Calc/User Entered Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
906 System BW System Bandwidth 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
907 System Damping System Damping 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
910 Autotune Autotune 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
911 Autotune Psn Lim Autotune Position Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
912 Autotune Vel Lim Autotune Velocity Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx Yes
913 Autotune Trq Lim Autotune Torque Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes

Table 65 - Port 10/11: System File

System Ref Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
930 Direction Mode Direction Mode 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
931 Ref Move Type Reference Move Type 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
932 RefEnergyBalance Reference Energy Balance 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
933 Ref Time Base Reference Time Base 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
934 Ref Accel Time Reference Acceleration Time 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
935 Ref Decel Time Reference Deceleration Time 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
936 Ref Max Accel Maximum Acceleration 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
937 Ref Max Decel Maximum Deceleration 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
938 Ref Max AccJerk Maximum Acceleration Jerk 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
939 Ref Max DecJerk Maximum Deceleration Jerk 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
941 Ref Fault Config Reference Fault Configuration 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
942 Ref NF1 Freq Command Notch Filter Frequency 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
943 Ref NF1 Width Command Notch Filter Width 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 69

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 65 - Port 10/11: System File

System Ref Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
944 Ref NF1 Depth Command Notch Filter Depth 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
945 Ref NF1 Gain Command Notch Filter Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
948 Ref NF2 Freq Command Notch Filter 2 Frequency 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
949 Ref NF2 Width Command Notch Filter 2 Width 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
950 Ref NF2 Depth Command Notch Filter 2 Depth 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
951 Ref NF2 Gain Command Notch Filter 2 Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
954 Ref NF1 Freq Act Reference Notch Filter Frequency Active 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
956 RefNF1 Depth Act Reference Notch Filter Depth Active 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
957 Ref NF1 Gain Act Reference Notch Filter Gain Active 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
966 Crane Length 1 Crane Length 1 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx

Table 66 - Port 10/11: Feedback File

Feedback Config Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1000 Pri Vel Fb Sel Feedback 1 Velocity Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
1001 Vel Fb Taps Feedback 1 Velocity Filter Taps 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1002 c Vel Fb LPF BW Feedback 1 Velocity Filter BW -Calc 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1003 u Vel Fb LPF BW Feedback 1 Velocity Filter BW -User 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1004 c Vel Fb LPF Gn Feedback 1 Velocity Filter Gain -Calc 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1005 u Vel Fb LPF Gn Feedback 1 Velocity Filter Gain -User 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1006 Alt Vel Fb Sel Feedback 3 Velocity Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
1007 Alt Vel Fb Taps Feedback 3 Velocity Filter Taps 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1008 c AltVelFbLPF BW Feedback 3 Velocity Filter BW -Calc 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1009 u AltVelFbLPF BW Feedback 3 Velocity Filter BW -User 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1010 Alt Fb GnScale Alternate Feedback Gain Scaling Factor 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1012 Alt PReg Fb Sel Alternate Position Regulator Fdbk Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx Yes Yes
1013 PReg Fb Sel Position Regulator Feedback Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
1014 Load Psn Fb Sel Load Position Feedback Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
1015 Load Psn Fb Mult Load Position Feedback Multiplier 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1016 Load Psn Fb Div Load Position Feedback Divider 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1017 Virtual EncDelay Virtual Encoder Delay 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1018 Virtual Enc EPR Virtual Encoder Edges per Revolution 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1019 Fb Loss Action Feedback Loss Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1021 c AltVelFbLPF Gn Feedback 3 Velocity Filter Gain -Calc 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1022 u AltVelFbLPF Gn Feedback 3 Velocity Filter Gain -User 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx

70 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 67 - Port 10/11: Feedback File

Feedback Status Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1040 Pri Vel Feedback Primary Velocity Feedback 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1041 Alt Vel Feedback Alternate Velocity Feedback 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1042 Vel Fb Active Velocity Feedback Active 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1044 Motor Vel Fb Motor Velocity Feedback 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1046 Virtual Enc Psn Virtual Encoder Position 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1048 Open Loop Fb Open Loop Feedback 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1050 Simulator Fb Simulator Feedback 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

Table 68 - Port 10/11: Feedback File

Spindle Orient Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1060 SO Config Spindle Orient Configuration 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1061 SO Status Spindle Orient Status 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1062 SO Setpoint Spindle Orient Setpoint 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1063 SO Offset Spindle Orient Offset 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx Yes
1064 SO EPR Input Spindle Orient EdgesPerRevolution Input 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx Yes
1065 SO Rvls Input Spindle Orient Revolutions Input 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx Yes
1066 SO Rvls Output Spindle Orient Revolutions Output 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx Yes
1067 SO Cnts per Rvls Spindle Orient Counts Per Revolutions 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx Yes
1068 SO Unit Scale Spindle Orient Unit Scale 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx Yes
1069 SO Position Out Spindle Orient Position Output 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1070 SO Unit Out Spindle Orient Unit Output 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1071 SO Accel Time Spindle Orient Acceleration Time 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1072 SO Decel Time Spindle Orient Deceleration Time 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1073 SO Vel Lim Fwd Spindle Orient Velocity Limit Forward 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx Yes
1074 SO Vel Lim Rev Spindle Orient Velocity Limit Reverse 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx Yes

Table 69 - Port 10/11: Feedback File

Roll Position Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1080 Roll Psn Config Roll Position Configuration 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1081 Roll Psn Status Roll Position Status 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1082 RP Psn Fb Sel RP Position Feedback Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx Yes
1083 RP Psn Fb Stpt RP Position Feedback Setpoint 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1084 Roll Psn Preset Roll Position Preset 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1085 Roll Psn Offset Roll Position Offset 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 71

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 69 - Port 10/11: Feedback File

Roll Position Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1086 RP EPR Input Roll Position Edges Per Revolution Input 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1087 RP Rvls Input Roll Position Revolutions Input 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1088 RP Rvls Output Roll Position Revolutions Output 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1089 RP Unwind Roll Position Unwind 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1090 RP Psn Output Roll Position Position Output 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1091 RP Unit Scale Roll Position Unit Scale 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1092 RP Unit Out Roll Position Unit Output 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx

Table 70 - Port 10/11: Position File

Profiler Indexer Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1200 Profile Status Profile Status 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1201 Units Traveled Units Traveled 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1202 Profile Command Profile Command 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1203 Counts Per Unit Counts Per Unit 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1204 ProfVel Override Profile Velocity Override 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1205 Step 1 Type Step n Type 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx Yes
… …
1370 Step 16 Type
1206 Step 1 Velocity Step n Velocity 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
… …
1371 Step 16 Velocity
1207 Step 1 Accel Step n Acceleration 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
… …
1372 Step 16 Accel
1208 Step 1 Decel Step n Deceleration 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
… …
1373 Step 16 Decel
1209 Step 1 Value Step n Value 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
… …
1374 Step 16 Value
1210 Step 1 Dwell Step n Dwell 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
… …
1375 Step 16 Dwell
1211 Step 1 Batch Step n Batch 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
… …
1376 Step 16 Batch
1212 Step 1 Next Step n Next 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
… …
1377 Step 16 Next

72 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 70 - Port 10/11: Position File

Profiler Indexer Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1213 Step 1 Action Step n Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
… …
1378 Step 16 Action
1214 S1 Blend P1 Sel Step n Blend Parameter 1 Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
… …
1379 S16 Blend P1 Sel
1215 S1 Blend P2 Sel Step n Blend Parameter 2 Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
… …
1419 S16 Blend P2 Sel

Table 71 - Port 10/11: Position File

PTP Planner Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1380 PTP PRef Status PTP Position Reference Status 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1381 PTP Control PTP Control 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1382 PTP Mode PTP Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1383 PTP Ref Sel PTP Reference Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
1384 PTP Setpoint PTP Setpoint 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1385 PTP Ref Scale PTP Reference Scale 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1386 PTP Index Preset PTP Index Preset 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1388 PTP EGR Mult PTP EGR Multiplier 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1389 PTP EGR Div PTP EGR Divider 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1391 PTP Command PTP Command 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1392 Max Speed Fwd Maximum Speed Forward 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1393 Max Speed Rev Maximum Speed Reverse 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1396 PTP Feedback PTP Feedback 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1398 PTP Accel Time PTP Acceleration Time 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1399 PTP Decel Time PTP Deceleration Time 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1402 PTP Vel Override PTP Vel Override 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1403 PTP S Curve PTP S Curve 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1404 PTP Reference PTP Reference 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1405 PTP VRef Fwd PTP Velocity Reference Forward 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1406 PTP Vel Max PTP Maximum Velocity 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1407 PTP Accel Max PTP Maximum Acceleration 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1408 PTP Decel Max PTP Maximum Deceleration 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1409 PTP Move Time PTP Move Time 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1410 PTP Move Status PTP Move Status 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1411 PTP Move Seg PTP Move Segmentation 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 73

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 72 - Port 10/11: Position File

PCam Planner Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1420 PCAM Type PCAM Type 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes
1421 PCAM Control PCAM Control 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
1422 PCAM Mode PCAM Mode 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
1423 PCAM Status PCAM Status 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
1426 PCAM Psn Select PCAM Position Select 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes
1427 PCAM Psn Stpt PCAM Position Setpoint 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
1428 PCAM Psn Stpt PCAM Position Setpoint 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
1429 PCAM Psn Ofst PCAM Position Offset 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
1434 PCAM PsnOfst EPS PCAM Position Offset EPS 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
1435 PCAM Master Scl PCAM Master Scale Factor 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes
1436 PCAM Slave Scale PCAM Slave Scale Factor 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
1437 PCAM Vel SclSel PCAM Velocity Scale Select 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx Yes
1438 PCAM Vel Scale PCAM Velocity Scale Factor 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
1442 PCAM Start Slope PCAM Start Slope 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
1443 PCAM End Slope PCAM End Slope 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
1444 PCAM Main EndPnt PCAM Main End Point 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
1445 PCAM Main Types PCAM Main Types 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
1446 PCAM Main Pt M00 PCAM Main Point Master nn 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
… …
1461 PCAM Main Pt M15
1478 PCAM Main Pt S00 PCAM Main Point Slave nn 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
… …
1493 PCAM Main Pt S15
1510 PCAM Aux End Pnt PCAM Auxiliary End Point 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
1511 PCAM Aux Types PCAM Auxiliary Types 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
1512 PCAM Aux Pt M01 PCAM Auxiliary Point Master nn 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
… …
1526 PCAM Aux Pt M15
1543 PCAM Aux Pt S01 PCAM Auxiliary Point Slave nn 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
… …
1557 PCAM Aux Pt S15
1574 PCAM Psn Out PCAM Position Out 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
1575 PCAM Vel Out PCAM Velocity Out 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
1576 PCAM Vel OutTaps PCAM Velocity Out Filter Taps 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx

74 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 73 - Port 10/11: Position File

PLL Planner Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1590 PLL Ctrl Options PLL Control Options 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1591 PLL Ext Vel Sel PLL External Velocity Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx Yes
1592 PLL Ext Vel Stpt PLL External Velocity Setpoint 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1593 PLL Ext VelScale PLL External Velocity Scale 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1595 PLL PRef Sel PLL Position Reference Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx Yes
1596 PLL Psn Stpt PLL Position Setpoint 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1597 PLL Psn Out Fltr PLL Position Output Filter 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1598 PLL LPF BW PLL Low Pass Filter Bandwidth 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1600 PLL BW PLL Bandwidth 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1604 PLL Virt Enc RPM PLL Virtual Encoder RPM 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1606 PLL EPR Input PLL EPR Input 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx Yes
1607 PLL EPR Output PLL EPR Output 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx Yes
1609 PLL Rvls Input PLL Revolutions Input 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx Yes
1610 PLL Rvls Output PLL Revolutions Output 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx Yes
1612 PLL Vel Out PLL Velocity Output 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1613 PLL Vel Out Adv PLL Velocity Output Advance 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1615 PLL Enc Out PLL Encoder Output 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1616 PLL Enc Out Adv PLL Encoder Output Advance 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx

Table 74 - Port 10/11: Position File

Position Homing Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1640 Home Ctrl Opts Homing Control Options 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1641 Home Status Homing Status 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1643 Find Home Speed Find Home Speed 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
1644 Find Home Ramp Find Home Ramp 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
1647 Home Psn Actual Home Position Actual Encoder Feedback 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1648 Home Psn User User Defined Home Position Actual 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

Table 75 - Port 10/11: Position File

Position Ref Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1681 PRef Select Position Reference Select 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
1682 Psn Direct Stpt Position Direct Setpoint 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1683 PRef Direct Position Reference Direct 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1684 PRef Selected Position Reference Selected 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 75

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 75 - Port 10/11: Position File

Position Ref Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1686 PRef EGR Out Position Reference EGR Output 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1687 Psn EGR Mult Position EGR Multiplier 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1688 Psn EGR Div Position EGR Divider 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1690 Psn Offset 1 Sel Position Offset 1 Select 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
1691 Psn Offset 1 Position Offset 1 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1693 Psn Offset 2 Sel Position Offset 2 Select 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
1694 Psn Offset 2 Position Offset 2 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1695 Psn Offset Vel Position Offset Velocity 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1697 Zero Position Zero Position 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

Table 76 - Port 10/11: Position File

Position Reg Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1730 Psn Ctrl Options Position Control Options 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1731 Position Command Position Command 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1732 PReg Status Position Regulator Status 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1734 In PosPsn Window In Positive Position Window 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1735 In PosPsn Dwell In Positive Position Dwell 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1737 PsnWatch1 Select Position Watch 1 Select 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes
1738 PsnWatch1 DtctIn Position Watch 1 Detection 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1739 PsnWatch1 Stpt Position Watch 1 Setpoint 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1741 PsnWatch2 Select Position Watch 2 Select 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes
1742 PsnWatch2 DtctIn Position Watch 2 Detection 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1743 PsnWatch2 Stpt Position Watch 2 Setpoint 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1745 Position Actual Position Actual 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1746 Position Fb Position Feedback 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1747 Psn Actual Units Position Actual Units 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1748 Psn Load Actual Position Load Actual 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1750 Position Error Position Error 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1752 Psn Gear Ratio Position Gear Ratio 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes
1754 c PReg Kp Position Bandwidth -Calc 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1755 u PReg Kp Position Bandwidth -User 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1756 c PReg Ki Position Integral Bandwidth -Calc 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1757 u PReg Ki Position Integral Bandwidth -User 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1760 c Vel FF Gain Velocity Feedforward -Calc 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
1761 u Vel FF Gain Velocity Feedforward -User 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
1763 PReg Droop Position Regulator Droop 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

76 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 76 - Port 10/11: Position File

Position Reg Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1765 PReg Int Out Position Regulator Integral Output 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1766 PReg Vel Lim Pos Position Regulator Velocity Lim Positive 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
1767 PReg Vel Out Position Regulator Velocity Output 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1768 PReg Vel Lim Neg Position Regulator Velocity Lim Negative 2 ‘Expert’ 6.xxx
1769 Pri Position Fb Velocity Feedforward -User 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx
1770 Alt Position Fb Alternate Position Regulator Feedback 2 ‘Expert’ 4.xxx

Table 77 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

Vel Ref Sel Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1800 VRef A Sel Velocity Reference A Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
1801 VRef A Stpt Velocity Reference A Setpoint 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1802 VRef A AnlgHi Velocity Reference A Analog High 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1803 VRef A AnlgLo Velocity Reference A Analog Low 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1804 VRef A Mult Velocity Reference A Multiplier 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1807 VRef B Sel Velocity Reference B Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
1808 VRef B Stpt Velocity Reference B Setpoint 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1809 VRef B AnlgHi Velocity Reference B Analog High 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1810 VRef B AnlgLo Velocity Reference B Analog Low 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1811 VRef B Mult Velocity Reference B Multiplier 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1814 Preset Speed 1 Preset Speed n 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1820 Preset Speed 7
1823 MOP Reference MOP Reference 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx
1824 MOP Ref Save MOP Reference Save 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx
1825 MOP Rate MOP Rate 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx
1826 MOP Limit High MOP Limit High 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx
1827 MOP Limit Low MOP Limit Low 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx
1828 MOP Init Select MOP Initialization Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx
1829 MOP Init Stpt MOP Initialization Setpoint 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx
1832 Enc VRef Sel Encoder Velocity Reference Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
1833 Enc VRef Taps Encoder Velocity Reference Filter Taps 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1834 Enc VRef Encoder Velocity Reference 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1835 Alt Man Ref Sel Alternate Manual Reference Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
1836 Alt Man Ref AnHi Alternate Manual Reference Analog High 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1837 Alt Man Ref AnLo Alternate Manual Reference Analog Low 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1840 ManRef DI AnlgHi Manual Reference Digital In Analog High 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1841 ManRef DI AnlgLo Manual Reference Digital In Analog Low 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 77

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 78 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

Vel Trim Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1850 RefA TrmPct Sel Reference A Trim Percentage Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
1851 RefA TrmPct Stpt Reference A Trim Percentage Setpoint 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1852 RefA TrmPct AnHi Reference A Trim Percentage Analog High 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1853 RefA TrmPct AnLo Reference A Trim Percentage Analog Low 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1855 RefA Trim Sel Reference A Trim Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
1856 RefA Trim Stpt Reference A Trim Setpoint 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1857 RefA Trim AnHi Reference A Trim Analog High 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1858 RefA Trim AnLo Reference A Trim Analog Low 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1860 RefB TrmPct Sel Reference B Trim Percentage Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
1861 RefB TrmPct Stpt Reference B Trim Percentage Setpoint 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1862 RefB TrmPct AnHi Reference B Trim Percentage Analog High 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1863 RefB TrmPct AnLo Reference B Trim Percentage Analog Low 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1865 RefB Trim Sel Reference B Trim Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
1866 RefB Trim Stpt Reference B Trim Setpoint 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1867 RefB Trim AnHi Reference B Trim Analog High 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1868 RefB Trim AnLo Reference B Trim Analog Low 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1870 VelTrimPctRefSrc Velocity Trim Percent Reference Source 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1871 Vel Trim Source Velocity Trim Source 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

Table 79 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

Velocity Ref Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1890 VRef Sel Sts Velocity Reference Selector Status 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1892 VRef Selected Velocity Reference Selected 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1894 Jog Speed 1 Jog Speed 1 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1895 Jog Speed 2 Jog Speed 2 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1896 Jog Acc Dec Time Jog Acceleration Deceleration Time 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1898 Vel Limit Pos Velocity Limit Positive 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx Yes
1899 Vel Limit Neg Velocity Limit Negative 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx Yes
1900 Vel Low Lim Pos Velocity Low Limit Positive 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx Yes
1901 Vel Low Lim Neg Velocity Low Limit Negative 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx Yes
1904 Overspeed Limit Overspeed Limit 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx Yes
1906 VRef Limited Velocity Reference Limited 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1908 Skip Speed 1 Skip Speed 1 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1909 Skip Speed 2 Skip Speed 2 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1910 Skip Speed 3 Skip Speed 3 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1911 Skip Speed Band Skip Speed Band 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

78 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 79 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

Velocity Ref Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1914 VRef Commanded Velocity Reference Commanded 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1915 VRef Accel Time1 Velocity Reference Acceleration Time 1 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1916 VRef Accel Time2 Velocity Reference Acceleration Time 2 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1917 VRef Decel Time1 Velocity Reference Deceleration Time 1 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1918 VRef Decel Time2 Velocity Reference Deceleration Time 2 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1919 VRef Accel Jerk Velocity Reference Acceleration Jerk 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1920 VRef Decel Jerk Velocity Reference Deceleration Jerk 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1923 VRef Ramped Velocity Reference Ramped 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1924 VRef Delayed Velocity Reference Delayed 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1925 VRef Filtered Velocity Reference Filtered 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1927 Vel Comp Sel Velocity Compensation Select 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1928 c Vel Comp Gain Velocity Compensation Gain -Calc 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1929 u Vel Comp Gain Velocity Compensation Gain -User 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1930 Vel Comp Out Velocity Compensation Output 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1931 FF Vel Rate Ref Feedforward Velocity Rate Reference 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1932 VRef Scale Velocity Reference Scale 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1933 VRef Final Velocity Reference Final 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1934 VRef Accel Max Velocity Reference Maximum Acceleration 0 ‘Basic’ 4.xxx
1935 VRef AccJerk Max Velocity Reference Maximum AccelJerk 0 ‘Basic’ 4.xxx
1936 VRef DecJerk Max Velocity Reference Maximum DecelJerk 0 ‘Basic’ 4.xxx
1937 VRef Move Time Velocity Reference Move Time 0 ‘Basic’ 4.xxx
1938 VRef Move Status Velocity Reference Move Status 0 ‘Basic’ 4.xxx
1939 VRef Move Seg VRef Move Segmentation 0 ‘Basic’ 4.xxx

Table 80 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

Velocity Reg Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1950 Vel Ctrl Options Velocity Control Options 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1951 Velocity Error Velocity Error 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
1952 Servo Lock Gain Servo Lock Gain 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1953 VReg Anti Backup Velocity Regulator Anti Backup 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1954 ServoLkGn DclHld Servo Lock Gain Decel to Hold 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1955 c VReg Kp Velocity Bandwidth -Calc 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1956 u VReg Kp Velocity Bandwidth -User 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1957 c VReg Ki Velocity Integrator Bandwidth -Calc 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1958 u VReg Ki Velocity Integrator Bandwidth -User 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1959 c Alt Kvi OL Fb Alt Vel Integ BW with Open Loop -Calc 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 79

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 80 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

Velocity Reg Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1960 u Alt Kvi OL Fb Alt Vel Integ BW with Open Loop -User 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1961 Droop RPM at FLA Droop RPM at Full Load Amps 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1962 VReg Int Out Velocity Regulator Integrator Output 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1965 Accel Limit Pos Acceleration Limit Positive 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1966 Accel Limit Neg Acceleration Deceleration Negative 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1969 VReg Output Velocity Regulator Output 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1972 Accel FF Mode Acceleration Feedforward Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1973 c Accel FF Gain Acceleration Feedforward -Calc 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1974 u Accel FF Gain Acceleration Feedforward -User 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1975 Accel FF GainNeg Acceleration Feedforward Negative Gain 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1978 Ext Ramped Ref External Ramped Reference 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1980 VReg Trq Preset Velocity Regulator Torque Preset 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

Table 81 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

VCam Planner Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
2200 VCAM Type VCAM Type 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2201 VCAM Control VCAM Control 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2202 VCAM Mode VCAM Mode 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2203 VCAM Status VCAM Status 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2205 VCam Start Cfg VCAM Start Configuration 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2206 VCAM Psn Select VCAM Position Select 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2207 VCAM Psn Stpt VCAM Position Setpoint 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2208 VCAM Psn Ofst VCAM Position Offset 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2209 VCAM PsnOfst EPS VCAM Position Offset EPS 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2210 VCAM Vel Select VCAM Velocity Select 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2211 VCAM Vel Stpt VCAM Velocity Setpoint 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2214 VCAM Master Scl VCAM Master Scale Factor 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2215 VCAM SlaveSclSel VCAM Slave Scale Select 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2216 VCAM Slave Scale VCAM Slave Scale Factor 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2222 VCAM Start Slope VCAM Start Slope 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2223 VCAM End Slope VCAM End Slope 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2224 VCAM Main End Pt VCAM Main End Point 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2125 VCAM Main Types VCAM Main Types 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2226 VCAM Main Pt M00 VCAM Main Point Master nn 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
… …
2241 VCAM Main Pt M15

80 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 81 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

VCam Planner Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
2258 VCAM Main Pt S00 VCAM Main Point Slave nn 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
… …
2273 VCAM Main Pt S15
2290 VCAM Aux End Pt VCAM Auxiliary End Point 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2291 VCAM Aux Types VCAM Auxiliary Types 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2292 VCAM Aux Pt M01 VCAM Auxiliary Point Master nn 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
… …
2306 VCAM Aux Pt M15
2323 VCAM Aux Pt S01 VCAM Auxiliary Point Slave nn 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
… …
2337 VCAM Aux Pt S15
2354 VCAM Vel Out VCAM Velocity Out 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx

Table 82 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Trq Ref Sel Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
2000 Trq Ref A Sel Torque Reference A Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
2001 Trq Ref A Stpt Torque Reference A Setpoint 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2002 Trq Ref A AnlgHi Torque Reference A Analog High 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2003 Trq Ref A AnlgLo Torque Reference A Analog Low 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2004 Trq Ref A Mult Torque Reference A Multiplier 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2007 Trq Ref B Sel Torque Reference B Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
2008 Trq Ref B Stpt Torque Reference B Setpoint 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2009 Trq Ref B AnlgHi Torque Reference B Analog High 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2010 Trq Ref B AnlgLo Torque Reference B Analog Low 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2011 Trq Ref B Mult Torque Reference B Multiplier 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

Table 83 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Load Observer Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
2020 LdObs Mode Load Observer Configuration 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2021 c LdObs Kp Load Observer Bandwidth -Calc 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2022 u LdObs Kp Load Observer Bandwidth -User 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2023 u LdObs Ki Load Observer Intergator Bandwidth -User 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2024 c LdObs Ki Load Observer Integrator Bandwidth -Calc 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2027 LdObs Acc Ref In Load Observer Accel Reference Input 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2028 LdObs Vel Fb In Load Observer Velocity Feedback Input 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2031 LdObs Vel Error Load Observer Velocity Error 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 81

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 83 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Load Observer Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
2034 LdObs Vel Est Load Observer Velocity Estimate 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2035 LdObs Accel Est Load Observer Acceleration Estimate 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2036 LdObs Torque Est Load Observer Torque Estimate 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2037 LdObs AccRef Out Load Observer Accel Reference Output 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

Table 84 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Friction Comp Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
2050 FrctnComp Mode Friction Compensation Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2051 FrctnComp Trig Friction Compensation Trigger 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
2052 FrctnComp Hyst Friction Compensation Hysteresis 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
2053 FrctnComp Time Friction Compensation Time 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
2054 FrctnComp Stick Friction Compensation Static Friction 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
2055 FrctnComp Slip Friction Compensation Slip 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
2056 FrctnComp Rated Friction Compensation Rated 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
2057 FrctnComp Out Friction Compensation Output 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1978 Ext Ramped Ref External Ramped Reference 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

Table 85 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Torque Ref Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
2070 Accel FF Output Acceleration Feedforward Output 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2072 Trq Ref Out Torque Reference Output 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2073 Trq Commanded Torque Commanded 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2076 Trq Ref Selected Torque Reference Selected 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2077 Torque Step Torque Step 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2080 Trq Ref Filtered Torque Reference Filtered 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2083 Torque Limit Pos Torque Limit Positive 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2084 Torque Limit Neg Torque Limit Negative 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2087 Trq Ref Limited Torque Reference Limited 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

82 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 86 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Adaptive Tuning Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
2110 AdptTune Config Adaptive Tuning Configuration 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2111 Trq NF Threshold Torque Notch Filter Tuning Threshold 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2112 Trq NF Freq LLim Torque Notch Filter Frequency Low Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2113 Trq NF Freq HLim Torque Notch Filter Frequency High Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2114 Trq NF WidthMin Torque Notch Filter Minimum Width 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2115 Trq NF WidthMax Torque Notch Filter Maximum Width 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2116 Trq LPF BW LLim Adaptive Tuning Low Pass Filter Low Lim 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2118 AdptTune NF Num Adaptive Tuning Tracking Notches 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
2119 AdptTuneMinScale Adaptive Tuning Gain Scaling Factor Min 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2120 AdptTune Status Adaptive Tuning Status 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2121 AdptTune GnScale Adaptive Tuning Gain Scaling Factor 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2123 Trq NF1 Freq Est Torque Notch Filter Frequency Estimate 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2124 Trq NF1 Mag Est Torque Notch Filter Magnitude Estimate 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
2125 Trq NF Wdth Est Torque Notch Filter Width Estimate 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
2129 AdptTuneStabFreq Adaptive Tuning Stability Frequency 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
2130 AdptTuneStabMag Adaptive Tuning Stability Magnitude 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
2134 GnStab TorqueLim Gain Stabilization Torque Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
2135 GnOpt TorqueLim Gain Optimization Torque Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx
2136 GnOpt Scale Inc Gain Optimization Scaling Increment 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx
2137 GnOpt Error Type Gain Optimization Error Type 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx
2138 GnOpt Error Max Gain Optimization Error Maximum 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx
2139 GnOptPosErrThrsh Gain Optimization PositionErrorThreshold 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx
2140 GnOptVelErrThrsh Gain Optimization VelocityErrorThreshold 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx
2141 GnOptSclHiLim Gain Optimization Scale High Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx
2142 GnOpt Time Gain Optimization Time 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx

Table 87 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Trq Filters Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
2150 Trq Ref Filt In Torque Reference Filter Input 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2152 Trq LLF BW Torque Lead Lag Filter Bandwidth 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2153 Trq LLF Gain Torque Lead Lag Filter Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2154 c Trq LPF BW Torque Low Pass Filter Bandwidth -Calc 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2155 u Trq LPF BW Torque Low Pass Filter Bandwidth -User 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2156 Trq LPF BW Act Torque Low Pass Filter Bandwidth Active 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2159 Trq NF1 Freq Torque Notch Filter Frequency 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2160 Trq NF1 Freq Act Torque Notch Filter Frequency Active 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 83

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 87 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Trq Filters Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
2161 Trq NF1 Width Torque Notch Filter Width 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2162 Trq NF1 Wdth Act Torque Notch Filter Width Active 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2163 Trq NF1 Depth Torque Notch Filter Depth 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2164 Trq NF1 Dpth Act Torque Notch Filter Depth Active 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2165 Trq NF1 Gain Torque Notch Filter Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2166 Trq NF1 Gain Act Torque Notch Filter Gain Active 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2169 Trq NF2 Freq Torque Notch Filter 2 Frequency 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2170 Trq NF2 Freq Act Torque Notch Filter 2 Frequency Active 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2171 Trq NF2 Width Torque Notch Filter 2 Width 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2172 Trq NF2 Wdth Act Torque Notch Filter 2 Width Active 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2173 Trq NF2 Depth Torque Notch Filter 2 Depth 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2174 Trq NF2 Dpth Act Torque Notch Filter 2 Depth Active 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2175 Trq NF2 Gain Torque Notch Filter 2 Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2176 Trq NF2 Gain Act Torque Notch Filter 2 Gain Active 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2179 Trq NF3 Freq Torque Notch Filter 3 Frequency 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2180 Trq NF3 Freq Act Torque Notch Filter 3 Frequency Active 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2181 Trq NF3 Width Torque Notch Filter 3 Width 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2182 Trq NF3 Wdth Act Torque Notch Filter 3 Width Active 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2183 Trq NF3 Depth Torque Notch Filter 3 Depth 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2184 Trq NF3 Dpth Act Torque Notch Filter 3 Depth Active 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2185 Trq NF3 Gain Torque Notch Filter 3 Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2186 Trq NF3 Gain Act Torque Notch Filter 3 Gain Active 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2189 Trq NF4 Freq Torque Notch Filter 4 Frequency 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2190 Trq NF4 Freq Act Torque Notch Filter 4 Frequency Active 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2191 Trq NF4 Width Torque Notch Filter 4 Width 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2192 Trq NF4 Wdth Act Torque Notch Filter 4 Width Active 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2193 Trq NF4 Depth Torque Notch Filter 4 Depth 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2194 Trq NF4 Dpth Act Torque Notch Filter 4 Depth Active 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2195 Trq NF4 Gain Torque Notch Filter 4 Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
2196 Trq NF4 Gain Act Torque Notch Filter 4 Gain Active 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

Table 88 - Port 10/11: Torque File

TqCam Planner Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
2370 TqCAM Type TqCAM Type 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2371 TqCAM Control TqCAM Control 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2372 TqCAM Mode TqCAM Mode 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx

84 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 88 - Port 10/11: Torque File

TqCam Planner Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
2373 TqCAM Status TqCAM Status 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2375 TqCam Start Cfg TqCAM Start Configuration 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2376 TqCAM Psn Select TqCAM Position Select 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2377 TqCAM Psn Stpt TqCAM Position Setpoint 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2378 TqCAM Psn Ofst TqCAM Position Offset 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2379 TqCAM PsnOfstEPS TqCAM Position Offset EPS 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2380 TqCAM Vel Select TqCAM Velocity Select 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx Yes
2381 TqCAM Vel Stpt TqCAM Velocity Setpoint 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2384 TqCAM Master Scl TqCAM Master Scale Factor 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2385 TqCAM SlvSclSel TqCAM Slave Scale Select 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx Yes
2386 TqCAM SlaveScale TqCAM Slave Scale Factor 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2392 TqCAM StartSlope TqCAM Start Slope 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2393 TqCAM End Slope TqCAM End Slope 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2394 TqCAM Main EndPt TqCAM Main End Point 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2395 TqCAM Main Types TqCAM Main Types 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2396 TqCAM MainPt M00 TqCAM Main Point Master nn 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
… …
2411 TqCAM MainPt M15
2428 TqCAM MainPt S00 TqCAM Main Point Slave nn 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
… …
2443 TqCAM MainPt S15
2460 TqCAM Aux End Pt TqCAM Auxiliary End Point 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2461 TqCAM Aux Types TqCAM Auxiliary Types 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
2462 TqCAM Aux Pt M01 TqCAM Auxiliary Point Master nn 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
… …
2476 TqCAM Aux Pt M15
2493 TqCAM Aux Pt S01 TqCAM Auxiliary Point Slave nn 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
… …
2507 TqCAM Aux Pt S15
2524 TqCAM Trq Out TqCAM Torque Out 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 85

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Port 12 Motor Side Power Parameters

This port contains parameters that are related to the power hardware in the
motor side inverter. These parameters monitor and configure the power
modules.

Parameter descriptions begin on page 37.

Table 89 - Port 12: MotorSide Common File
System Ratings Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1 Sys Rated Amps Motor Side Inverter Current Rating 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
2 Sys Rated Volts Motor Side Inverter Voltage Rating 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
3 Effctv I Rating Effective MotorSideInverterCurrentRating 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

Table 90 - Port 12: MotorSide Common File

Status Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
10 Online Status Online Status Display 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
13 ThrmMgr Curr Lmt Thermal Manager Current Limit Command 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

Table 91 - Port 12: MotorSide Common File

Configuration Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
40 DCP CP Low Actn DC Precharge Control Power Low Action 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
41 DCP FD1Off Actn DC Precharge Fused Disc 1 Off Action 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

Table 92 - Port 12: Trq Accuracy Mod File

Status Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
50 TrqAccyMod Temp Torque Accuracy Module Board 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
Temperature

Table 93 - Port 12: Trq Accuracy Mod File

Configuration Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
55 Trq Accy Mod Cfg Torque Accuracy Module Configuration 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes Yes
56 Fdbk Thresh Motor Voltage Feedback Threshold 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes
57 OfstEvent Thresh Motor Voltage Offset Event Threshold 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx Yes

86 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 94 - Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File

Module Rating Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
100 M0 Rated Volts Mn Voltage Rating 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1000 M9 Rated Volts
101 M0 Rated Amps Mn Voltage Rating 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1001 M9 Rated Amps

Table 95 - Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File

Metering Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
105 M0 CurrentFdbk U Mn Current Feedback U(T1) Display 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1005 M9 CurrentFdbk U
106 M0 CurrentFdbk V Mn Current Feedback V(T2) Display 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1006 M9 CurrentFdbk V
107 M0 CurrentFdbk W Mn Current Feedback W(T3) Display 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1007 M9 CurrentFdbk W
108 M0 GroundCurrent Mn Ground Current Display 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1008 M9 GroundCurrent
109 M0 DC BusVoltage Mn DC Bus Voltage Display 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1009 M9 DC BusVoltage
111 M0 IGBT Temp Mn IGBT Temperature 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1011 M9 IGBT Temp
116 M0 Cur OL Count Mn Current Overload Count 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1016 M9 Cur OL Count
117 M0 HeatsinkTempU Mn Heatsink Temperature U (T1) 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1017 M9 HeatsinkTempU
118 M0 HeatsinkTempV Mn Heatsink Temperature V (T2) 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1018 M9 HeatsinkTempV
119 M0 HeatsinkTempW Mn Heatsink Temperature W (T3) 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1019 M9 HeatsinkTempW
120 M0 PLI BoardTemp Mn Power Layer Interface Board Temp 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1020 M9 PLI BoardTemp

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 87

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 95 - Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File

Metering Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
121 M0 PIB BoardTemp Mn Power Layer Interface Board Temp 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1021 M9 PIB BoardTemp
122 M0HeatsinkFanSpd Mn Heatsink Fan Speed 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1022 M9HeatsinkFanSpd
123 M0 Life MtrMWHrs Mn Lifetime Motoring Megawatt Hours 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1023 M9 Life MtrMWHrs
124 M0 Life RgnMWHrs Mn Lifetime Regenerating Megawatt Hours 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1024 M9 Life RgnMWHrs
125 M0 HS Fan 2 Spd M0 Heatsink Fan 2 Speed 0 ‘Basic’ 4.xxx

Table 96 - Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File

Predictive Main Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
130 M0PredMaintReset MtrSideInv n Predictive Mantenance Reset 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
… …
1030 M9PredMaintReset
131 M0 Meas Amb Tmp MtrSideInv n Measured Ambient Temp 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1031 M9 Meas Amb Tmp
134 M0 HSFanPctLife Mn Heatsink Fan Percent Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
… …
1034 M9 HSFanPctLife
135 M0HSFanElpsdLife Mtr Side Inv n Heatsink Fan Elapsed Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1035 M9HSFanElpsdLife
136 M0HSFanRemainLif MtrSideInv n Heatsink Fan Remaining Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1036 M9HSFanRemainLif
137 M0 HSFanResetLog MtrSideInv n Heatsink Fan Remaining Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1037 M9 HSFanResetLog
138 M0IGBT PctLife Mn IGBT Percent Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
… …
1038 M9IGBT PctLife
139 M0IGBT ElpsdLife Mtr Side Inv n IGBT Elapsed Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1039 M9IGBT ElpsdLife
140 M0IGBT RemainLif Mtr Side Inv n IGBT Remaining Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1040 M9IGBT RemainLif

88 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 96 - Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
141 M0BusCapPctLife Mn DC Bus Capacitor Percent Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
… …
1041 M9BusCapPctLife
142 M0BusCapElpsdLif Mtr Side Inv n DC Bus Cap Elapsed Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1042 M9BusCapElpsdLif
143 M0BusCapRmngLife Mtr Side Inv n DC Bus Cap Remaining Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1043 M9BusCapRmngLife
144 M0BusCapResetLog Mtr Side Inv n DC Bus Cap Reset Log 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1044 M9BusCapResetLog
145 DCP0MCS ElpsdLif DC Precharge n MCS Elapsed Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1045 DCP9MCS ElpsdLif
146 DCP0MCS Rem Life DC Precharge n MCS Remaining Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1046 DCP9MCS Rem Life
147 DCP0MCS ResetLog DC Precharge n MCS Remaining Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1047 DCP9MCS ResetLog
148 DCP0MCS PctLife DCPn MCS Percent Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
… …
1048 DCP9MCS PctLife

Table 97 - Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File

DC Precharge Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
145 DCP0MCS ElpsdLif DC Precharge n MCS Elapsed Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1045 DCP9MCS ElpsdLif
170 DCP0 Status DC Precharge n Status 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1070 DCP9 Status
171 DCP0 DC Bus Vltg DC Precharge 0 Bus Output Voltage 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1071 DCP9 DC Bus Vltg
172 DCP0 MainDCBusV DC Precharge n DC Bus Input Voltage 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1072 DCP9 MainDCBusV
173 DCP0 Board Temp DC Precharge n Board Temperature 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1073 DCP9 Board Temp
174 DCP0 PwrSup Vltg DC Precharge n Board Temperature 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1074 DCP9 PwrSup Vltg

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 89

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Port 13 Line Side Control Parameters

This port contains parameters and software that is related to control of the line
side converter. It contains parameters for configuring and monitoring the
control of the converter. It contains parameters for entering the electrical
attributes of the AC line source.

Parameter descriptions begin on page 373.

Table 98 - Port 13: Monitor File
Metering Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1 AC Line Freq AC Line Frequency 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
2 AC Line Voltage AC Line Voltage 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
3 R-S Line Volts R (L1) - S (L2) Line Voltage 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
4 S-T Line Volts S (L2) - T (L3) Line Voltage 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
5 T-R Line Volts T (L3) - R (L1) Line Voltage 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
6 AC Line Current AC Line Current 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
7 Active Current Active Current 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
8 Reactive Current Reactive Current 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
9 R Phase Current R (L1) Phase Current 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
10 S Phase Current S (L2) Phase Current 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
11 T Phase Current T (L3) Phase Current 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
12 Ground Current Ground Current 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
13 AC Line kW Measured Real Power kilowatts 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
14 AC Line kVA Measured Apparent Power kVA 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
15 AC Line kVAR Measured Reactive Power kVAR 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
16 Power Factor Power Factor 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
21 ACLineMemory AC Line Memory 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
22 ACLineMemReset AC Line Memory Reset 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
23 Display Filter Display Filter Configuration 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

Table 99 - Port 13: Monitor File

LineSideCnv Data Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
25 Rated Volts Line Side Converter Rated Voltage 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
26 Rated Amps Line Side Converter Rated Current 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
27 Rated kW Line Side Converter Rated Power kW 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
28 Derated Amps Line Side Converter Derated Current 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

90 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 100 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

AC Line Data Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
30 Nom Line Freq Nominal Line Frequency 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes Yes Yes
31 AC Line Source AC Line Source Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
32 AC Line kVA A Apparent Power Rating AC Line Source A 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
33 AC Line kVA B Apparent Power Rating AC Line Source B 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
34 AC Line Imped% A Impedance AC Line Source A 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
35 AC Line Imped% B Impedance AC Line Source B 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

Table 101 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

LSC Control Cfg Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
40 Conv Options Cfg Converter Options Configuration 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
43 LSC TurnOffDelay AFE Converter Turn Off Delay 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
44 FF Power Gain Feed Forward Power Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 3.xxx

Table 102 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

Voltage Control Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
41 ManDCBus AnlgHi Manual DC Bus Vltg Reference Analog High 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx
42 ManDCBus AnlgLo Manual DC Bus Vltg Reference Analog Low 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx
45 DC Bus Ref Sel DC Bus Reference Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
46 Auto DC Bus Ref Automatically Optimized DC Bus Reference 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
47 ManDCBus Ref Sel Manual DC Bus Reference Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx Yes Yes
48 DC BusRef Preset DC Bus Reference Preset 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
49 DC Bus Rate Lmt DC Bus Rate Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
50 DC Bus Command Commanded DC Bus Voltage 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
52 Ext Bus Cap External Bus Capacitance 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
54 Volt Reg C/U Sel Volt Reg Calc/User Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
55 Volt Reg BW Voltage Regulator Bandwidth 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
56 Volt Reg Damping Voltage Regulator Damping Factor 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
57 u Volt Reg Kp Volt Reg Proportional Gain-User Entered 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
58 c Volt Reg Kp Volt Reg Proportional Gain-Calculated 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
59 u Volt Reg Ki Volt Reg Integral Gain-User Entered 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
60 c Volt Reg Ki Volt Reg Integral Gain-Calculated 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
61 DBC Mode Sel DBC Mode Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx
62 DBC V Thresh Lo DBC Low Voltage Threshold 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx
63 DBC V Thresh Hi DBC High Voltage Threshold 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 91

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 102 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

Voltage Control Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
64 DBC V Thresh Nom DBC Nominal Voltage Threshold 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx
330 DBC NomMtrPwrLm DBC Nominal Motoring Power Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx
331 DBC IdleMtrPwrLm DBC Idle Motoring Power Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx
332 DBC NomRgnPwrLm DBC Nominal Regenerative Power Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx
333 DBC IdleRgnPwrLm DBC Idle Regenerative Power Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 6.xxx

Table 103 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

Current Control Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
65 Active Cur Ref Active Current Reference 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
66 Active Curr Rate Active Current Rate 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
67 Active Cur Cmd Active Current Command 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
69 kVAR Ref Reactive Power Reference 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
70 kVAR Rate Limit Reactive Power Rate Limit 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
71 kVAR Available Reactive Power Available 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
72 kVAR Command Reactive Power Command 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
73 Reactv Cur Cmd Reactive Current Command 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
74 Cur Reg C/U Sel Cur Reg Calc/User Select 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
75 Cur Reg BW Current Regulator Bandwidth 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
76 Cur Reg Damping Current Regulator Damping Factor 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
77 u Cur Reg Kp Cur Reg Proportional Gain - User Entered 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
78 c Cur Reg Kp Cur Reg Proportional Gain - Calculated 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
79 u Cur Reg Ki Cur Reg Integral Gain - User Entered 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
80 c Cur Reg Ki Cur Reg Integral Gain - Calculated 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
81 Actv Damping Gn Active Damping Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
82 BusAutoAdjReg Kp VAR Control Bus Auto Adjust Regulator Kp 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
83 BusAutoAdjReg Ki VAR Control Bus Auto Adjust Regulator Ki 2 ‘Expert’ 5.xxx
52 Ext Bus Cap External Bus Capacitance 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

Table 104 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

Phase Lock Loop Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
85 PLL Config Phase Lock Loop Configuration 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
86 Basic PLL Kp Basic Phase Lock Loop Proportional Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
87 Basic PLL Ki Basic Phase Lock Loop Integral Gain 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
88 Basic PLL Error Basic Phase Lock Loop Error 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

92 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 104 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

Phase Lock Loop Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
89 Unbl Rej Filt BW Unbalanced Rejection Filter Bandwidth 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
90 DC Offst Filt BW DC Offset Filter Bandwidth 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
91 DC Offst LPF BW DC Offset Low Pass Filter Bandwidth 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

Table 105 - Port 13: Protection File

Curr/Pwr Limits Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
100 Current Limit Current Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
101 Cur Lmt Command Current Limit Command 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
102 Current Rate Lmt Current Rate Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
104 Regen Power Lmt Regenerative Power Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
105 Motor Power Lmt Motoring Power Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
106 Regen Pwr Avail Regenerative Power Available 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
107 Motor Pwr Avail Motoring Power Available 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
228 R (L1) OL Count R (L1) Phase Overload Count 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
229 S (L2) OL Count S (L2) Phase Overload Count 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
230 T (L3) OL Count T (L3) Phase Overload Count 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

Table 106 - Port 13: Protection File

Voltage Limits Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
110 Under Volt Lmt A Undervoltage Limit A 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
111 Under Volt Dly A Undervoltage Delay A 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
112 UnderVltLmtAActn AC Line Under Voltage Limit A Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
113 Low Volt Lmt A Low Voltage Limit A 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
114 Low Volt Dly A Low Voltage Delay A 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
115 LowVltLmtAActn AC Line Low Voltage Limit A Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
116 High Volt Lmt A High Voltage Limit A 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
117 High Volt Dly A High Voltage Delay A 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
118 HighVltLmtAActn AC Line High Voltage Limit A Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
119 Over Volt Lmt A Overvoltage Limit A 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
120 Over Volt Dly A Overvoltage Delay A 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
121 OverVltLmtAActn AC Line Over Voltage Limit A Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
124 Under Volt Lmt B Undervoltage Limit B 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
125 Under Volt Dly B Undervoltage Delay B 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
126 UnderVltLmtBActn AC Line Under Voltage Limit B Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
127 Low Volt Lmt B Low Voltage Limit B 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 93

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 106 - Port 13: Protection File

Voltage Limits Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
128 Low Volt Dly B Low Voltage Delay B 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
129 LowVltLmtBActn AC Line Low Voltage Limit B Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
130 High Volt Lmt B High Voltage Limit B 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
131 High Volt Dly B High Voltage Delay B 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
132 HighVltLmtBActn AC Line High Voltage Limit B Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
133 Over Volt Lmt B Overvoltage Limit B 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
134 Over Volt Dly B Overvoltage Delay B 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
135 OverVltLmtBActn AC Line Over Voltage Limit B Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

Table 107 - Port 13: Protection File

Frequency Limits Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
140 Under Freq Lmt A Under Frequency Limit A 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
141 Under Freq Dly A Under Frequency Delay A 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
142 UndrFreqLmtAActn AC Line Under Frequency Limit A Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
143 Low Freq Lmt A Low Frequency Limit A 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
144 Low Freq Dly A Low Frequency Delay A 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
145 LowFreqLmtAActn AC Line Low Frequency Limit A Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
146 High Freq Lmt A High Frequency Limit A 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
147 High Freq Dly A High Frequency Delay A 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
148 HighFreqLmtAActn AC Line High Frequency Limit A Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
149 Over Freq Lmt A Over Frequency Limit A 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
150 Over Freq Dly A Over Frequency Delay A 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
151 OverFreqLmtAActn AC Line Over Frequency Limit A Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
154 Under Freq Lmt B Under Frequency Limit B 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
155 Under Freq Dly B Under Frequency Delay B 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
156 UndrFreqLmtBActn AC Line Under Frequency Limit B Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
157 Low Freq Lmt B Low Frequency Limit B 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
158 Low Freq Dly B Low Frequency Delay B 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
159 LowFreqLmtBActn AC Line Low Frequency Limit B Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
160 High Freq Lmt B High Frequency Limit B 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
161 High Freq Dly B High Frequency Delay B 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
162 HighFreqLmtBActn AC Line High Frequency Limit B Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
163 Over Freq Lmt B Over Frequency Limit B 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
164 Over Freq Dly B Over Frequency Delay B 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
165 OverFreqLmtBActn AC Line Over Frequency Limit B Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

94 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 108 - Port 13: Protection File

Power Loss Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
170 PwrLoss Det Actn Line Side Cnv Power Loss Detected Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
171 PwrLossRTExpActn LSC Power Loss Ride Thru Expired Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
172 RideThrough Time Ride Through Time 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
173 VltgSag Det Actn Voltage Sag Detected Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
174 VltgSagRTExpActn LSC Voltage Sag Ride Thru Expired Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
176 LSCPhLossDetActn LSC Input Phase Loss Detected Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
177 PhsLossRTExpActn Input Phase Loss Ride Thru Expire Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
179 DFDT Det Actn Frequency Rate of Change Detected Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
180 DFDTRdThrExpActn Freq RateOfChange RideThruExpireAction 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
181 PLL LOS Det Actn PLL Sync Loss Detected Action 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

Table 109 - Port 13: Protection File

Unbalance Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
185 Line V Unbal Lmt Line Voltage Unbalance Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
186 Line V Unbal Dly Line Voltage Unbalance Delay 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
187 Line Volts Unbal Line Voltage Unbalance 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
188 Line I Unbal Lmt Line Current Unbalance Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
189 Line I Unbal Dly Line Current Unbalance Delay 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
190 Line Cur Unbal Line Current Unbalance 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
192 BasicPLL Err Lmt Basic Phase Lock Loop Error Limit 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
193 BasicPLL Err Dly Basic Phase Lock Loop Error Delay 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
3 R-S Line Volts R (L1) - S (L2) Line Voltage 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
4 S-T Line Volts S (L2) - T (L3) Line Voltage 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
5 T-R Line Volts T (L3) - R (L1) Line Voltage 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
9 R Phase Current R (L1) Phase Current 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
10 S Phase Current S (L2) Phase Current 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
11 T Phase Current T (L3) Phase Current 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
12 Ground Current Ground Current 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

Table 110 - Port 13: Diagnostics File

Status Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
225 Line Side Sts 1 Line Side Converter Status 1 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
226 At Limit Status At Limit Status 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
228 R (L1) OL Count R (L1) Phase Overload Count 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 95

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 110 - Port 13: Diagnostics File

Status Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
229 S (L2) OL Count S (L2) Phase Overload Count 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
230 T (L3) OL Count T (L3) Phase Overload Count 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
231 IGBT Temp IGBT Temperature Degrees Celsius 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
232 IGBT Temp Pct IGBT Temperature Percentage 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
233 Heatsnk Temp Heatsink Temperature 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
234 Heatsnk Temp Pct Heatsink Temperature Percentage 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
235 L Start Inhibits Line Side Converter Start Inhibits 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
236 LLastStrtInhibit Last Line Side Converter Start Inhibits 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

Table 111 - Port 13: Diagnostics File

Fault/Alarm Info Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
240 Fault Status A Fault Status A 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
241 Fault Status B Fault Status B 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
258 Alarm Status A Alarm Status A 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
259 Alarm Status B Alarm Status B 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
260 Type 2 Alarms Type 2 Alarms 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

Table 112 - Port 13: Diagnostics File

Testpoints Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
280 Testpoint Sel 1 Testpoint Select 1 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx
283 Testpoint Sel 2 Testpoint Select 2
286 Testpoint Sel 3 Testpoint Select 3
289 Testpoint Sel 4 Testpoint Select 4
281 Testpoint REAL 1 Testpoint REAL Display Value 1 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx
284 Testpoint REAL 2 Testpoint REAL Display Value 2
287 Testpoint REAL 3 Testpoint REAL Display Value 3
290 Testpoint REAL 4 Testpoint REAL Display Value 4
282 Testpoint DINT 1 Testpoint DINT Display Value 1 1 ‘Advanced’ 2.xxx
285 Testpoint DINT 2 Testpoint DINT Display Value 2
288 Testpoint DINT 3 Testpoint DINT Display Value 3
291 Testpoint DINT 4 Testpoint DINT Display Value 4

96 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 113 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

Bus Observer Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
300 BusDistRej Mode Bus Disturbance Rejection Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
305 BusObs C/U Sel Bus Observer Calc/User Entered Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
306 BusObs Sys BW Bus Observer System Bandwidth 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
307 BusObsSysDamping Bus Observer System Damping 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
320 BusObs Mode Bus Observer Mode 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
321 c BusObs Kp Bus Observer Proportional Gain - Calc 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
322 u BusObs Kp Bus Observer Proportional Gain - User 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
323 c BusObs Ki Bus Observer Integral Gain - Calc 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
324 u BusObs Ki Bus Observer Ingegral Gain - User 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
325 BusObs Curr Est Bus Observer Current Estimate 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx

Table 114 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

Droop Control Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
350 DroopCtrlModeSel Droop Control Mode Select 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
351 FullLd DroopGain Full Load Droop Gain 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
352 NoLd DroopGain No Load Droop Gain 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
353 Trans Droop Cur Transition Droop Current 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
354 Droop Gain Actv Droop Gain Active 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
355 MaxFullLdDrpGn Maximum Full Load Droop Gain 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
356 NoLdDrpDCBusRef No Load Droop DC Voltage Reference 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
357 ManDroopDCBusMin Manual Droop DC Bus Ref Minimum 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 97

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Port 14 Line Side Power Parameters

This port contains parameters that are related to the power hardware in the
line side converter. These parameters monitor and configure the power
modules, AC precharge, and LCL filters.

Parameter descriptions begin on page 373.

Table 115 - Port 14: Line Side Common File
System Ratings Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1 Sys Rated Amps Line Side Converter Current Rating 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
2 Sys Rated Volts Line Side Converter Voltage Rating 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
3 Effctv I Rating Effective LineSideConverterCurrentRating 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

Table 116 - Port 14: Line Side Common File

Status Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
10 Online Status Online Status Display 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx

Table 117 - Port 14: L0…L4 Power Module File

Module Rating Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
100 L0 Rated Volts Ln Voltage Rating 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1000 L9 Rated Volts
101 L0 Rated Amps Ln Current Rating 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1001 L9 Rated Amps

Table 118 - Port 14: L0…L4 Power Module File

Metering Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
105 L0 CurrentFdbk R Ln Current Feedback R (L1) Display 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1005 L9 CurrentFdbk R
106 L0 CurrentFdbk S Ln Current Feedback S (L2) Display 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1006 L9 CurrentFdbk S
107 L0 CurrentFdbk T Ln Current Feedback T (L3) Display 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1007 L9 CurrentFdbk T

98 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 118 - Port 14: L0…L4 Power Module File

Metering Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
108 L0 GroundCurrent Ln Ground Current Display 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1008 L0 GroundCurrent
109 L0 DC BusVoltage Ln C Bus Voltage Display 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1009 L9 DC BusVoltage
111 L0 IGBT Temp Ln IGBT Temperature 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1011 L9 IGBT Temp
113 L0 Cur OLCount R Ln Current Overload Count R (L1) 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1013 L9 Cur OLCount R
114 L0 Cur OLCount S Ln Current Overload Count S (L2) 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1014 L9 Cur OLCount S
115 L0 Cur OLCount T Ln Current Overload Count T (L3) 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1015 L9 Cur OLCount T
117 L0 HeatsinkTempR Ln Heatsink Temperature R (L1) 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1017 L9 HeatsinkTempR
118 L0 HeatsinkTempS Ln Heatsink Temperature S (L2) 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1018 L9 HeatsinkTempS
119 L0 HeatsinkTempT Ln Heatsink Temperature T (L3) 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1019 L9 HeatsinkTempT
120 L0 PLI BoardTemp Ln Power Layer Interface Board Temp 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1020 L9 PLI BoardTemp
121 L0 PIB BoardTemp Ln Power Interface Board Temp 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1021 L9 PIB BoardTemp
122 L0HeatsinkFanSpd Ln Heatsink Fan Speed 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1022 L9HeatsinkFanSpd
123 L0 Life MtrMWHrs Ln Lifetime Motoring Megawatt Hours 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1023 L9 Life MtrMWHrs
124 L0 Life RgnMWHrs Ln Lifetime Regenerating Megawatt Hours 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
1024 L9 Life RgnMWHrs
125 L0 HS Fan 2 Spd L0 Heatsink Fan 2 Speed 0 ‘Basic’ 4.xxx
126 L0 PFB BoardTemp L0 Power Feedback Board Temp 0 ‘Basic’ 4.xxx
148 L0 St Fan 1 Spd L0 First Stirring Fan Speed 0 ‘Basic’ 4.xxx
149 L0 St Fan 2 Spd L0 Second Stirring Fan Speed 0 ‘Basic’ 4.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 99

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 119 - Port 14: L0…L4 Power Module File

Predictive Main Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
116 L0 St FanPctLife L0 Stirring Fan Percent Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
127 L0StFanElpsdLife L0 Stirring Fan Elapsed Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
128 L0StFanRemainLif L0 Stirring Fan Remaining Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
129 L0 StFanResetLog L0 Stirring Fan Reset Log 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
130 L0PredMaintReset LineSideConvn PredMantenance Reset 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1030 L9PredMaintReset
131 L0 Meas Amb Tmp LineSideConvn Measured Ambient Temp 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1031 L9 Meas Amb Tmp
134 L0HSFanPctLife Ln Heatsink Fan Percent Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
… …
1034 L9HSFanPctLife
135 L0HSFanElpsdLife LineSideConvn Heatsink Fan Elapsed Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1035 L9HSFanElpsdLife
136 L0HSFanRemainLif LineSideConvn HeatsinkFan Remaining Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1036 L9HSFanRemainLif
137 L0 HSFanResetLog LineSideConvn Heatsink Fan Reset Log 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1037 L9 HSFanResetLog
138 L0IGBT PctLife Ln IGBT Percent Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
… …
1038 L9IGBT PctLife
139 L0IGBT ElpsdLife LineSideConvn IGBT Elapsed Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1039 L9IGBT ElpsdLife
140 L0IGBT RemainLif LineSideConvn IGBT Remaining Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1040 L9IGBT RemainLif
141 L0BusCapPctLife Ln IGBT Percent Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
… …
1041 L9BusCapPctLife
142 L0BusCapElpsdLif LineSideConvn DC Bus Cap Elapsed Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1042 L9BusCapElpsdLif
143 L0BusCapRmngLife LineSideConvn DC Bus Cap Remaining Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1043 L9BusCapRmngLife
144 L0BusCapResetLog LineSideConvn DC Bus Cap Reset Log 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
1044 L9BusCapResetLog

100 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 120 - Port 14: AC Precharge File

Status Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1100 ACP0 Status ACP0 Status Display 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1110 ACP1 Status ACP1 Status Display 0 ‘Basic’ 4.xxx

Table 121 - Port 14: AC Precharge File

Metering Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1105 ACP0 LineVltg RS ACP0 Line Voltage R (L1) - S (L2) 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1106 ACP0 LineVltg TR ACP0 Line Voltage T (L3) - R (L1) 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1107 ACP0 LineVltg ST ACP0 Line Voltage S (L2) - T (L3) 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1109 ACP0 DC Bus Vltg AC Precharge 0 DC Bus Voltage 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1111 ACP0 BoardTemp AC Precharge 0 Board Temperature 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1112 ACP0 PwrSup Vltg AC Power Supply Voltage 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
1115 ACP1 LineVltg RS ACP1 Line Voltage R (L1) - S (L2) 0 ‘Basic’ 4.xxx
1116 ACP1 LineVltg TR ACP1 Line Voltage T (L3) - R (L1) 0 ‘Basic’ 4.xxx
1117 ACP1 LineVltg ST ACP1 Line Voltage S (L2) - T (L3) 0 ‘Basic’ 4.xxx
1119 ACP1 DC Bus Vltg ACP1 DC Bus Voltage 0 ‘Basic’ 4.xxx
1121 ACP1 BoardTemp ACP1 Board Temperature 0 ‘Basic’ 4.xxx
1122 ACP1 PwrSup Vltg ACP1 AC Power Supply Voltage 0 ‘Basic’ 4.xxx

Table 122 - Port 14: AC Precharge File

Configuration Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1130 ACP FD1 Off Actn AC Precharge Fused Disc 1 Off Action 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1131 ACP TVSS Action AC Precharge TVSS Blown Action 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx
1132 ACP CP Low Actn AC Precharge Control Power Low Action 2 ‘Expert’ 1.xxx

Table 123 - Port 14: AC Precharge File

Predictive Main Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1140 ACP0 PredMntRst ACP0 Predictive Maintenance Reset 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx Yes
1141 ACP0 MCBPctLife ACP0 Main Circuit Breaker Percent Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
1142 ACP0 MCBElpsdLif ACPC0 Main Circuit Breaker Elapsed Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1143 ACP0 MCB RmngLif ACPC0 Main CircuitBreaker Remaining Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1144 ACP0 MCBResetLog ACPC0 Main Circuit Breaker Reset Log 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1145 ACP0 PCCElpsdLif ACPC0 Precharge Contactor Elapsed Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 101

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 123 - Port 14: AC Precharge File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1146 ACP0 PCC RmngLif ACPC0 Precharge Contactor Remaining Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1147 ACP0 PCCResetLog ACPC0 Precharge Contactor Reset Log 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
1148 ACP0 PCC PctLife ACP0 Precharge Contactor Percent Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
1150 ACP1 PredMntRst ACP1 Predictive Maintenance Reset 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1151 ACP1 MCBPctLife AC10 Main Circuit Breaker Percent Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
1152 ACP1 MCBElpsdLif ACP1 Main Circuit Breaker Elapsed Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1153 ACP1 MCB RmngLif ACP1 Main Circuit Breaker Remaining Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1154 ACP1 MCBResetLog ACP1 Main Circuit Breaker Reset Log 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1155 ACP1 PCCElpsdLif ACP1 Precharge Contactor Elapsed Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1156 ACP1 PCC RmngLif ACP1 Precharge Contactor Remaining Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1157 ACP1 PCCResetLog ACP1 Precharge Contactor Reset Log 1 ‘Advanced’ 4.xxx
1158 ACP1 PCC PctLife ACP1 Precharge Contactor Percent Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx

Table 124 - Port 14: F0…F9 LCL Filter File

Module Rating Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1200 F0 Rated Volts Fn LCL Filter Voltage Rating 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
2100 F9 Rated Volts
1201 F0 Rated Amps Fn LCL Filter Current Rating 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
2101 F9 Rated Amps

Table 125 - Port 14: F0…F9 LCL Filter File

Status Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1205 F0 CapFltResCode Fn LCL Filter Capacitor Fault Reset Code 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
2105 F9 CapFltResCode
1206 F0 CapFltClrCode Fn LCL Filter Capacitor Fault Clear Code 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
2106 F9 CapFltClrCode

102 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Table 126 - Port 14: F0…F9 LCL Filter File

Metering Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1210 F0 Cap LPF Cur R Fn LCL Capacitor LPF Current R (L1) 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
2110 F9 Cap LPF Cur R
1211 F0 Cap LPF Cur S Fn LCL Capacitor LPF Current S (L2) 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
2111 F9 Cap LPF Cur S
1212 F0 Cap LPF Cur T Fn LCL Capacitor LPF Current T (L3) 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
2112 F9 Cap LPF Cur T
1213 F0 CapLPF CurAvg Fn LCL Capacitor LPF Current Average 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
2113 F9 CapLPF CurAvg
1216 F0 Cap BPF Cur R Fn LCL Capacitor BPF Current R (L1) 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
2116 F9 Cap BPF Cur R
1217 F0 Cap BPF Cur S Fn LCL Capacitor BPF Current S (L2) 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
2117 F9 Cap BPF Cur S
1218 F0 Cap BPF Cur T Fn LCL Capacitor BPF Current T (L3) 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
2118 F9 Cap BPF Cur T
1219 F0 CapBPF CurAvg Fn LCL Capacitor BPF Current Average 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
2119 F9 CapBPF CurAvg
1222 F0 Cap Voltage R Fn LCL Capacitor Voltage R (L1) 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
2122 F9 Cap Voltage R
1223 F0 Cap Voltage S Fn LCL Capacitor Voltage S (L2) 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
2123 F9 Cap Voltage S
1224 F0 Cap Voltage T Fn LCL Capacitor Voltage T (L3) 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
2124 F9 Cap Voltage T
1225 F0 CapVoltageAvg Fn LCL Capacitor Voltage Average 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
2125 F9 CapVoltageAvg
1226 F0 CapVoltageRSS Fn LCL Filter Vltg Root Sum of Squares 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
2126 F9 CapVoltageRSS
1229 F0 Cap Curr RSS Fn LCL Filter Curr Root Sum of Squares 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
2129 F9 Cap Curr RSS

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 103

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Table 126 - Port 14: F0…F9 LCL Filter File

Metering Group (Continued)

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1232 F0 CSB BoardTemp Fn LCL Filter Current Sense Board Temp 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
2132 F9 CSB BoardTemp
1233 F0HeatsinkFanSpd Fn LCL Filter Heatsink Fan Speed 0 ‘Basic’ 1.xxx
… …
2133 F9HeatsinkFanSpd
1234 F0 HS Fan 2 Spd F0 LCL Filter Heatsink Fan 2 Speed 0 ‘Basic’ 4.xxx

Table 127 - Port 14: F0 LCL Filter File

Predictive Main Group

No. Display Name Full Name 0:30 First Firmware Stop to Not No Write
[Access Level] Revision Change Linkable Over I/O
1240 F0PredMaintReset Fn LCL Filter PredMantenance Reset 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
2140 F9PredMaintReset
1241 F0 Meas Amb Tmp Fn LCL Filter Measured Ambient Temp 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
2141 F9 Meas Amb Tmp
1244 F0HSFanPctLife Fn LCL Filter Heatsink Fan Percent Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 5.xxx
… …
2144 F9HSFanPctLife
1245 F0HSFanElpsdLife Fn LCL Filter Heatsink Fan Elapsed Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
2145 F9HSFanElpsdLife
1246 F0HSFanRemainLif Fn LCL Filter Heatsink Fan Remaining Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
2146 F9HSFanRemainLif
1247 F0 HSFanResetLog Fn LCL Filter Heatsink Fan Reset Log 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
2147 F9 HSFanResetLog
1249 F0 Cap ElpsdLif Fn LCL Filter Capacitor Elapsed Life 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
2149 F9 Cap ElpsdLif
1250 F0 Cap RmngLife Fn LCL Filter Capacitor Remaining 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
2150 F9 Cap RmngLife
1251 F0 Cap ResetLog Fn LCL Filter Capacitor Reset Log 1 ‘Advanced’ 1.xxx
… …
2151 F9 Cap ResetLog

104 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Parameter Organization Chapter 2

Port 1 HIM on Control Pod

The Human Interface Module (HIM) on the control pod connects through
port 1.

Port 2 HIM (Door Mount or Handheld)

A second HIM or 1203-USB programming interface connects through port 2.
The factory installed door-mounted HIM connects through port 2.

Port 3 HIM or 1203-USB

A third HIM or 1203-USB programming interface connects through port 3.
Port 3 is visible when using a 1203-S03 splitter cable.

Port 4...8 Option Slot

Ports 4...8 are the DPI and DSI option slots. I/O (see page 446), feedback (see
page 470), communication (see page 444), and functional safety option
modules can be installed in these option slots.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 105

Chapter 2 Parameter Organization

Notes:

106 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Chapter 3
Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters
This chapter lists and describes the TotalFORCE® Control Port 0 drive
parameters. The parameters can be programmed (viewed/edited) by using a
Human Interface Module (HIM). See the Enhanced PowerFlex 7-Class
Human Interface Module (HIM) User Manual, publication 20HIM-UM001,
for information on using the HIM to view and edit parameters. You can also
use Connected Components Workbench™ (version 10 or later) software. If the
drive is connected to a ControlLogix® or CompactLogix™ controller you can
also use Studio 5000 Logix Designer® (version 20 or later).

Port 0 Parameter Tables Parameter File Page

Port 0: Monitor File Metering Group 108
Port 0: Product Config File Preferences Group 109
Port 0: Product Config File Control Config Group 110
Port 0: Product Config File Logic Config Group 113
Port 0: Product Config File Memory Group 115
Port 0: Product Config File Start Features Group 117
Port 0: Product Config File Port Mode Group 119
Port 0: Product Config File Option Cfg Group 121
Port 0: Feedback & I/O File Command Group 122
Port 0: Feedback & I/O File Velocity Group 127
Port 0: Feedback & I/O File Mtr Ctrl Options Group 129
Port 0: Feedback & I/O File Position Group 130
Port 0: Feedback & I/O File Limits Group 134
Port 0: Feedback & I/O File Precharge Group 136
Port 0: Communication File Control Group 137
Port 0: Communication File Masks Group 138
Port 0: Communication File Owners Group 141
Port 0: Communication File User Datalink Group 143
Port 0: Communication File User Scaling Group 144
Port 0: Embedded ENET File Address Config Group 145
Port 0: Embedded ENET File Datalinks Group 147
Port 0: Embedded ENET File Fault Response Group 148
Port 0: Protection File Ground Fault Group 151
Port 0: Protection File Overrides Group 152
Port 0: Protection File Predictive Main Group 159
Port 0: Diagnostics File Status Group 168
Port 0: Diagnostics File Fault/Alarm Info Group 172

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 107

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 128 - Port 0: Monitor File

Metering Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
3 DC Bus Volts Units: VDC RO Real 1.x 0
DC Bus Voltage Default: 0.00
Displays the filtered measurement of DC bus voltage. Min 0.00
Max: 10/11:20 [Rated Volts] x 1.35 x 1.41
5 Elapsed MWH Units: MWh RO 32-bit 1.x 0
Elapsed Megawatt Hours Default: 0 Integer
Displays the accumulated measurement of Elapsed energy in Megawatt Hours. Min/Max: -2147483.648/+2147483.647
This is the sum of the motoring energy and regenerating energy, where regenerating
energy is negative.
Elapsed MWH = Elpsd Mtr MWHrs - Elpsd Rgn MWHrs
The digits to the right of the decimal point (tenths, hundredths, and thousandths) are
always zero and they are inactive. You can find this information in parameter 0:6 [Elapsed
kWH].
Use parameter 0:55 [Reset Meters] to reset this counter.
6 Elapsed kWH Units: kWh RO 32-bit 1.x 0
Elapsed Kilowatt Hours Default: 0 Integer
Displays the accumulated measurement of Elapsed energy in Kilowatt Hours. Min/Max: -2147483.648/+2147483.647
This is the sum of the motoring energy and regenerating energy, where regenerating
energy is negative.
Elapsed kWH = Elpsd Mtr kWHrs - Elpsd Rgn kWHrs
Use parameter 0:55 [Reset Meters] to reset this counter.
7 Elapsed Run Time Units: h RO Real 1.x 0
Elapsed Run Time Default: 0.000
Displays the accumulated measurement of Runtime in Hours. Min/Max: 0.000/220000000.000
Runtime is defined as time when the converter or inverter is modulating.
Use parameter 0:55 [Reset Meters] to reset this counter.
8 Elpsd Mtr MWHrs Units: MWh RO 32-bit 1.x 0
Elapsed Motoring Megawatt Hours Default: 0 Integer
Displays the accumulated measurement of Elapsed Motoring energy in Megawatt Hours. Min/Max: 0/4294967.295
Digits to the right of the decimal point (tenths, hundredths, and thousandths) are always
zero. They are inactive. You can find this information in parameter 0:10 [Elpsd Mtr kWHrs].
Use parameter 0:55 [Reset Meters] to reset this counter.
For PowerFlex 755TL and 755TR drives, and 755TM bus supplies, this parameter displays
the energy the line side converter has drawn from the incoming AC line.
For PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverters, this parameter displays the energy that the
motor has drawn from the motor side inverter.
9 Elpsd Rgn MWHrs Units: MWh RO 32-bit 1.x 0
Elapsed Regenerating Megawatt Hours Default: 0 Integer
Displays the accumulated measurement of Elapsed Regenerating energy in Megawatt Min/Max: 0/4294967.295
Hours.
Digits to the right of the decimal point (tenths, hundredths and thousandths) are always
zero. They are inactive. You can find this information in parameter 0:11 [Elpsd Rgn
kWHrs].
Use parameter 0:55 [Reset Meters] to reset this counter.
For PowerFlex 755TL and 755TR drives, as well as 755TM bus supplies, this is the energy
the line side converter has sent to the incoming AC line.
For PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverters, this is the energy the motor side inverter has
drawn from the motor.

108 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 128 - Port 0: Monitor File

Metering Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
10 Elpsd Mtr kWHrs Units: kWh RO 32-bit 1.x 0
Elapsed Motoring Kilowatt Hours Default: 0 Integer
Displays the accumulated measurement of Elapsed Motoring energy in Kilowatt Hours. Min/Max: 0/4294967.295
Use parameter 0:55 [Reset Meters] to reset this counter.
For PowerFlex 755TL and 755TR drives, as well as 755TM bus supplies, this is the energy
the line side converter has drawn from the incoming AC line.
For PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverters, this is the energy the motor has drawn from
the motor side inverter.
11 Elpsd Rgn kWHrs Units: kWh RO 32-bit 1.x 0
Elapsed Regenerating Kilowatt Hours Default: 0 Integer
Displays the accumulated measurement of Elapsed Regenerating energy in Kilowatt Min/Max: 0/4294967.295
Hours.
Use parameter 0:55 [Reset Meters] to reset this counter.
For PowerFlex 755TL and 755TR drives, as well as 755TM bus supplies, this is the energy
the line side converter has sent to the incoming AC line.
For PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverters, this is the energy the motor side inverter has
drawn from the motor.
15 Average Power Units: kW RO Real 1.x 0
Average Power Default: 0.00
Displays the Average Power in Kilowatts. Min 0.00
Use parameter 0:55 [Reset Meters] to reset this counter. Max: 13:27 [Rated kW] x 2 (755TL/TR Drives
For PowerFlex 755TL and 755TR drives, as well as 755TM bus supplies, this is the power and 755TM Bus Supplies)
the line side converter has drawn from the incoming AC line. 10/11:22 [Rated kW] x 2 (755TM CBIs)
For PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverters, this is the power the motor has drawn from
the motor side inverter.
25 Ctrl Pod Temp Units: °C RO Real 1.x 0
Control Pod Temperature Default: 0.00
Displays the temperature measurement, from the Control Pod, in degrees Celsius. Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00
If the control pod temperature rises to 75 °C, an overtemperature alarm occurs.
If the control pod temperature rises to 80 °C, an overtemperature fault occurs.
If the control pod temperature falls to -25 °C, an undertemperature alarm occurs.
If the control pod temperature falls to -30 °C, an undertemperature fault occurs.

Table 129 - Port 0: Product Config File

Preferences Group FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values
Read-Write

Data Type

Extended Name
Description
30 Access Level Default: 2 = ‘Expert’ RW 8-bit 1.x 0
User Access Level Options: 0 = ‘Basic’ Integer
Select the access level for parameters. 1 = ‘Advanced’
‘Basic’ (0) – Provides the shortest list of parameters. 2 = ‘Expert’
‘Advanced’ (1) – Provides a list of parameters needed to use advanced features.
‘Expert’ (2) – Provides a list of all parameters.
When the access level is changed, PC-based tools (for example Connected Components
Workbench) require reconnection. This parameter is only reset when Set Defaults ‘All’ (not
recommended) is executed.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 109

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 129 - Port 0: Product Config File

Preferences Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
31 Language Default: 0 = ‘Not Selected’ RW 32-bit 1.x 0
Display Language Options: 0 = ‘Not Selected’ Integer
Enter a value to select the display language. 1 = ‘English’
‘English’ (1) – selects English. 2 = ‘French’
‘French’ (2) – selects French. 3 = ‘Spanish’
‘Spanish’ (3) – selects Spanish. 4 = ‘Italian’
‘Italian’ (4) – selects Italian. 5 = ‘German’
‘German’ (5) – selects German. 6 = ‘Japanese’
‘Japanese’ (6) – selects Japanese. 7 = ‘Portuguese’
‘Portuguese’ (7) – selects Portuguese. 8 = ‘Chinese’
‘Chinese’ (8) – selects simple Chinese. 11 = ‘Korean’
‘Korean’ (11) – selects Korean.
This parameter is only reset when Set Defaults ‘All’ (not recommended) is executed.
Note that it will take several minutes to switch language. Do not create a product
database with a software tool while the change is happening.
46 Velocity Units Default: 0 = ‘Hz’ RW 32-bit 1.x 0
Velocity Units Options: 0 = ‘Hz’ Integer
Selects the units to be used for all velocity-related parameters. 1 = ‘RPM’
’Hz’ (0) – selects Hertz.
’RPM’ (1) – selects Revolutions Per Minute.
This parameter is only reset when Set Defaults ‘All’ (not recommended) is executed.
Changes to the value of this parameter require a power cycle or reset to take effect.
47 Vel Units Act Default: 0 = ‘Hz’ RO 32-bit 1.x 0
Velocity Units Actual Options: 0 = ‘Hz’ Integer
Displays the actual units used for velocity-related parameters: 1 = ‘RPM’
‘Hz’ (0) – Hertz
‘RPM’ (1) – Revolutions Per Minute

Table 130 - Port 0: Product Config File

Control Config Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values
Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
32 Enclosure Type Default: 0 = ‘None’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Enclosure Type Options: 0 = ‘None’ Integer
Displays the enclosure type of the product. The available selections match with the sixth 3 = ‘Type 1/IP21’
character in the product catalog number. 4 = ‘Type 12/IP54’
Set by Rockwell Automation at the time of product manufacturing. Can be set by user for
the case of control pod or main control board replacement.
‘None’ (0) – Open Type or Panel Mount type.
‘Type 1/IP21’ (3) – Type 1 or IP21 enclosure type.
‘Type 12/IP54’ (4) – Type 12 or IP54 enclosure type.

110 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 130 - Port 0: Product Config File

Control Config Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
33 VoltageClass Cfg Default: Based on Drive Rating RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Voltage Class Configure Options: 0 = ‘Low Voltage’ Integer
Enter a value to select the voltage class operation of the product. 1 = ‘High Voltage’
For 400/480V products 0 ‘Low Voltage’ selects 400V and 1 ‘High Voltage’ selects 480V.
For 600/690V products 0 ‘Low Voltage’ selects 600V and 1 ‘High Voltage’ selects 690V.
For PowerFlex 755TL and TR drives and 755TM bus supplies, use the incoming voltage to
select the value.
For PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverters, use the motor’s nameplate voltage.
This setting affects how the product appears as a node on a system (400V or 480V or 600V
or 690V). It also affects the current rating of the line side converter and motor side
inverter.
Changes to this parameter require a power cycle or reset to take effect.
This parameter is only reset (to original factory setting) when Set Defaults ‘All’ (not
recommended) is executed.
34 VoltageClass Act Default: Based on Drive Rating RO 32-bit 1.x 2
Voltage Class Actual Options: 0 = ‘Low Voltage’ Integer
Displays the actual configured voltage class operation of the product. 1 = ‘High Voltage’
For 400/480V drives 0 ‘Low Voltage’ selects 400V and 1 ‘High Voltage’ selects 480V.
For 600/690V drives 0 ‘Low Voltage’ selects 600V and 1 ‘High Voltage’ selects 690V.
35 Duty Rating Cfg Default: 0 = ‘Normal Duty’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Duty Rating Configure Options: 0 = ‘Normal Duty’ Integer
Select the duty rating of the drive, which sets the continuous and overload ratings of the 1 = ‘Heavy Duty’
product. 2 = ‘Light Duty’
‘Normal Duty’ (0) – Selects the normal continuous rating, with overload ratings of 110%
for 60 seconds and 150% for 3 seconds.
‘Heavy Duty’ (1) – Provides a lower continuous rating, with overload ratings of 150% for
60 seconds and 180% for 3 seconds.
‘Light Duty’ (2) – provides the highest continuous rating, with overload ratings of 110%
for 60 seconds. Not available on all drive sizes.
The value of this parameter affects the continuous current rating of the drive, which is
reflected in parameter 10/11:21 [Rated Amps].
Check the setting of 10/11:222 [Current Limit 1] and 10/11:223 [Current Limit 2] after
changing this parameter value.
Changes to this parameter require a power cycle or reset to take effect.
36 Duty Rating Act Default: 0 = ‘Normal Duty’ RO 32-bit 1.x 2
Duty Rating Actual Options: 0 = ‘Normal Duty’ Integer
Displays the actual configured duty rating of the drive, which sets the continuous and 1 = ‘Heavy Duty’
overload ratings of the product. 2 = ‘Light Duty’
‘Normal Duty’ (0) – Selects the normal continuous rating, with overload ratings of 110%
for 60 seconds and 150% for 3 seconds.
‘Heavy Duty’ (1) – Provides a lower continuous rating, with overload ratings of 150% for
60 seconds and 180% for 3 seconds.
‘Light Duty’ (2) – provides the highest continuous rating, with an overload ratings of
110% for 60 seconds. Not available on all drive sizes.
37 Prchrg Control Default: 1 = ‘Enabled’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Precharge Control Options: 0 = ‘Disabled’ Integer
Enter a value to control whether the drive may leave the precharge state. 1 = ‘Enabled’
‘Disabled’ (0) – prevents the drive or bus supply from leaving the precharge state, and
prevents the drive from running.
‘Enabled’ (1) – allow the drive or bus supply to leave the precharge state in the normal
way.
This function is useful for coordinating the precharge of multiple drives in systems that
use common bus or ‘piggy back’ bus power topologies.
This parameter has no function in common bus inverters that do not have DC precharge.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 111

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 130 - Port 0: Product Config File

Control Config Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
38 Prchrg Delay Units: s RW Real 1.x 2
Precharge Delay Default: 0.50
Enter a value to set an adjustable delay between the time all other precharge conditions Min/Max: 0.10/30.00
have been met and the time the drive leaves the precharge state.
This function is useful for coordinating the precharge of multiple drives in systems that
use common bus or ‘piggy back’ bus power topologies.
This parameter has no function in common bus inverters that do not have DC precharge.
39 Prchrg Err Cfg Default: 0 = ‘FltCoastStop’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Precharge Error Configuration Options: 0 = ‘FltCoastStop’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when the digital input function for Precharge Seal 1 = ‘Flt RampStop’
enunciates the external precharge contactor has not closed in time or has opened while 2 = ‘Flt CL Stop’
the drive is running. Refer to parameter 0:190 [DI Prchrg Seal].
‘FltCoastStop’ (0) – causes the drive fault, stop modulating and coast to a stop.
‘Flt RampStop’ (1) – causes the drive fault, and ramp to a stop as determined by the
deceleration parameter.
‘Flt CL Stop’ (2) – causes the drive fault, and to a stop as fast as the current limits allow.
This parameter is not present in PowerFlex 755TL drives, 755TR drives, or 755TM bus
supplies.
This parameter has no function in common bus inverters that do not have DC precharge.
190 DI Precharge
Digital Input Precharge
This is the secondary file and group position for this parameter.
See description for Digital Input Precharge on page 136.
191 DI Prchrg Seal
Digital Input Precharge Seal
This is the secondary file and group position for this parameter.
See description for Digital Input Precharge Seal on page 136.

112 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 131 - Port 0: Product Config File

Logic Config Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
41 Logic Mask RW Bit 1.x 2
Logic Mask

DeviceLogix
Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Digital In
EmbEnet

Port 6
Port 5
Port 4
Port 3
Port 2
Port 1
Default 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Set and clear bits to determine which ports can control the logic command (such as start, jog, and direction).
Does not mask Stop commands.
Set bits to enable ports. Clear bits to disable ports.
Bit 0 ‘Digital In’ is for digital IO on the main control board.
Bit 1 ‘Port 1’ is for the HIM located in the cradle on the face of the control pod.
Bit 2 ‘Port 2’ is for a device connected to the DPI connector at the base of the control pod. This is usually the door mounted HIM. It could also be a computer connected via a
1203-USB adapter.
Bit 3 ‘Port 3’ is for a device connected to the DPI connector at the base of the control pod. This is usually the door mounted HIM. It could also be a computer connected via a
1203-USB adapter.
Bit 4 ‘Port 4’ is for an option card located in the bottom right-hand option slot of the control pod.
Bit 5 ‘Port 5’ is for an option card located in the bottom center option slot of the control pod.
Bit 6 ‘Port 6’ is for an option card located in the bottom left-hand option slot of the control pod.
Bit 9 ‘DeviceLogix’ is for a DeviceLogix program.
Bit 15 ‘EmbEnet’ is for the embedded EtherNet/IP™ port on the main control board.
42 Auto Mask RW Bit 1.x 2
Automatic Mask
DeviceLogix

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Digital In
EmbEnet

Port 6
Port 5
Port 4
Port 3
Port 2
Port 1

Default 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Set and clear bits to determine which ports can control the logic command (such as start, jog, and direction) while in auto mode.
Does not mask Stop commands.
Set bits to enable ports. Clear bits to disable ports.
Bit 0 ‘Digital In’ is for digital IO on the main control board.
Bit 1 ‘Port 1’ is for the HIM located in the cradle on the face of the control pod.
Bit 2 ‘Port 2’ is for a device connected to the DPI connector at the base of the control pod. This is usually the door mounted HIM. It could also be a computer connected via a
1203-USB adapter.
Bit 3 ‘Port 3’ is for a device connected to the DPI connector at the base of the control pod. This is usually the door mounted HIM. It could also be a computer connected via a
1203-USB adapter.
Bit 4 ‘Port 4’ is for an option card located in the bottom right-hand option slot of the control pod.
Bit 5 ‘Port 5’ is for an option card located in the bottom center option slot of the control pod.
Bit 6 ‘Port 6’ is for an option card located in the bottom left-hand option slot of the control pod.
Bit 9 ‘DeviceLogix’ is for a DeviceLogix program.
Bit 15 ‘EmbEnet’ is for the embedded EtherNet/IP port on the main control board.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 113

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 131 - Port 0: Product Config File

Logic Config Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
43 Manual Cmd Mask RW Bit 1.x 2
Manual Command Mask

DeviceLogix
Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Digital In
EmbEnet

Port 6
Port 5
Port 4
Port 3
Port 2
Port 1
Default 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Set and clear bits to determine which ports can begin jogging or to change direction, while in Manual mode.
Does not mask Stop commands.
Set a bits to enable ports. Clear bits to disable ports.
Bit 0 ‘Digital In’ is for digital I/O on the main control board.
Bit 1 ‘Port 1’ is for the HIM located in the cradle on the face of the control pod.
Bit 2 ‘Port 2’ is for a device connected to the DPI connector at the base of the control pod. This is usually the door mounted HIM. It could also be a computer connected via a
1203-USB adapter.
Bit 3 ‘Port 3’ is for a device connected to the DPI connector at the base of the control pod. This is usually the door mounted HIM. It could also be a computer connected via a
1203-USB adapter.
Bit 4 ‘Port 4’ is for an option card located in the bottom right-hand option slot of the control pod.
Bit 5 ‘Port 5’ is for an option card located in the bottom center option slot of the control pod.
Bit 6 ‘Port 6’ is for an option card located in the bottom left-hand option slot of the control pod.
Bit 9 ‘DeviceLogix’ is for a DeviceLogix program.
Bit 15 ‘EmbEnet’ is for the embedded EtherNet/IP port on the main control board.
44 Manual Ref Mask RW Bit 1.x 2
Manual Reference Mask
DeviceLogix

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Digital In
EmbEnet

Port 6
Port 5
Port 4
Port 3
Port 2
Port 1

Default 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Set and clear bits to determine which ports can control the speed reference while in Manual Mode.
When a port is commanding manual mode, the reference is forced to the commanding port if the respective bit in this parameter is set.
If an alternate speed reference is desired, use parameter 10/11:1835 [Alt Man Ref Sel] in the motor control port to select the source.
Set bits to enable ports. Clear bits to disable ports.
Bit 0 ‘Digital In’ is for digital IO on the main control board.
Bit 1 ‘Port 1’ is for the HIM located in the cradle on the face of the control pod.
Bit 2 ‘Port 2’ is for a device connected to the DPI connector at the base of the control pod. This is usually the door mounted HIM. It could also be a computer connected via a
1203-USB adapter.
Bit 3 ‘Port 3’ is for a device connected to the DPI connector at the base of the control pod. This is usually the door mounted HIM. It could also be a computer connected via a
1203-USB adapter.
Bit 4 ‘Port 4’ is for an option card located in the bottom right-hand option slot of the control pod.
Bit 5 ‘Port 5’ is for an option card located in the bottom center option slot of the control pod.
Bit 6 ‘Port 6’ is for an option card located in the bottom left-hand option slot of the control pod.
Bit 9 ‘DeviceLogix’ is for a DeviceLogix program.
Bit 15 ‘EmbEnet’ is for the embedded EtherNet/IP port on the main control board.
46 Velocity Units
Velocity Units
See Velocity Units description on page 110.
47 Vel Units Act
Velocity Units Actual
See Velocity Units Actual description on page 110.

114 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 131 - Port 0: Product Config File

Logic Config Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
52 Manual Preload RW Bit 1.x 2
Manual Preload
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
EmbEnet

Options

Port 3
Port 2
Port 1
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Configures whether the ‘Auto’ speed reference in parameter 10/11:1923 [VRef Ramped] is automatically preloaded into a HIM when the HIM has been granted Manual
control.
This provides a smooth transition from the automatic to manual speed reference, without sudden changes.
‘Port 1’ (1) – preloads a HIM at port 1. This is the HIM in the cradle on the face of the control pod.
‘Port 2’ (2) – preloads a HIM at port 2. This usually the HIM on the cabinet door (if present).
‘Port 3’ (3) – preloads a HIM at port 3. This is usually a handheld HIM.
Important: Preload only occurs if the transfer from auto to manual is done while the drive is running.

Table 132 - Port 0: Product Config File

Memory Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
55 Reset Meters Default: 0 = ‘Ready’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Reset Meters Options: 0 = ‘Ready’ Integer
Enter a value to resets selected meters to zero. The value automatically returns to 0 1 = ‘EnergyAndPwr’
‘Ready’. 2 = ‘Elapsed Time’
‘EnergyAndPwr’ (1) – Resets parameters 0:5 [Elapsed MWH], 0:6 [Elapsed kWH], 0:8
[Elpsd Mtr MWHrs], 0:9 [Elpsd Rgn MWHrs], 0:10 [Elpsd Mtr kWHrs], 0:11 [Elpsd Rgn
kWHrs], 0:15 [Average Power].
‘Elapsed Time’ (2) – Resets parameter 0:7 [Elapsed Run Time].
56 RemMed EventActn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Removable Media Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to configure how the drive (or bus supply) responds to a request to operate 1 = ‘Alarm’
without removable storage media. 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
‘Ignore’ (0) – allows the drive or bus supply to operate with no notification. 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
‘Alarm’ (1) – configures the drive or bus supply to produce an Alarm. An Alarm is a
notification.
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – configures the drive or bus supply to produce a minor fault. A minor fault
provides notification. It does not stop the line side converter or motor side inverter from
modulating if it is already running. It does prevent it from starting.
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – configures the drive or bus supply to produce a fault and stop
modulating immediately.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 115

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 132 - Port 0: Product Config File

Memory Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
90 Cfg Status RO Bit 1.x 1
Configuration Status
Displays the status of the product system configuration.
At power up, the product (drive or bus supply) examines the presence of the power modules and other hardware. It determines whether the configuration is valid and if it
has changed. It also detects other conditions that require attention.
Normally, none of the bits in this parameter are set.
The product will not start when any of these bits are set.

FW FlashFail
Options

Invalid Cfg
Prchrg Fail
Safety Fail
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Ack Reqr
Cap Fail

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Ack Reqr’ indicates the configuration has changed since the last power-down. In order to proceed with the new configuration, an acknowledgment is needed. Use
parameter 0:91 [Cfg Acknowledge] to acknowledge the new configuration. If you do not wish to proceed with the new configuration, power down without acknowledging
it. Then troubleshoot the change of configuration.
Bit 1 ‘Invalid Cfg’ indicates the configuration will not work.
Bit 2 ‘Prchrg Fail’ indicates the configuration could not be completed because of a Precharge Failure.
Bit 3 ‘FW FlashFail’ indicates the configuration could not be completed because of a failure to Flash update firmware.
Bit 4 ‘Safety Fail’ indicates the configuration could not be completed because of a Functional Safety Failure.
Bit 5 ‘Cap Fail’ indicates the configuration could not be completed because of a capacitor failure in an LCL filter.
91 Cfg Acknowledge Default: 0 = ‘Ready’ RW 16-bit 1.x 1
Configuration Acknowledge Options: 0 = ‘Ready’ Integer
Enter a value to acknowledge that the product system configuration change. 1 = ‘Accept’
If you do not wish to proceed with the new configuration, power down without
acknowledging it. Then troubleshoot the change of configuration.
Ready (0) – indicates the product is ready to accept the acknowledgment, or no
acknowledgment is needed.
Accept (1) – accept the product system configuration change.
After the acknowledgment has been processed, and the parameter presentation layer has
been updated for the new configuration, this parameter returns to a value of 0 ‘Ready’.

116 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 133 - Port 0: Product Config File

Start Features Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
59 Energy Status RO Bit 3.x 2
Energy Status
Displays the state of the energy function.

Cls Ext Cont

Options

Resuming
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved

Reserved
Paused
Owned
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 1 ‘Owned’ – indicates that the product (drive or bus supply) is in the ‘Owned’ state. AC precharge is complete and the product is operational. The product moves to the
‘Paused’ state if it receives an Energy Pause command.
Bit 2 ‘Paused’ – indicates that the product is in the ‘Paused’ state. In this state, the product disconnects from three-phase AC power to save energy. The product moves to the
‘Resuming’ state if it receives an Energy Resume command (removal of Energy Pause).
Bit 4 ‘Resuming’ – indicates that the product is in the ‘Resuming’ state. This state means the product is transitioning from the ‘Paused’ to the ‘Owned’ state. In this state, the
product connects to three-phase AC power and performs the AC precharge function. The product moves to the ‘Owned’ state when it successfully completes the AC
precharge function.
Bit 16 ‘Cls Ext Cont’ – the energy function sets this bit to close an external contactor to connect the line side converter to three-phase power. Connect a digital output
function that energizes to close an external contactor. For example, in the I/O card set parameter 10 [RO0 Sel] to this parameter and address. Connect the relay output to the
contactor to energize the coil that closes the contactor. The energy function clears this bit in the Paused state. The bit is set in the ‘Resuming’ and ‘Owned’ states.

Power Off Power up and AC precharge successful.

Energy Pause Command Owned

AC precharge successful.

Paused Energy Resume Command Resuming

(Not Energy Pause)

60 Auto Retry Fault RW Bit 4.x 2

Automatic Retry Fault
AttmpsExhstd

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Set bit 0 ‘AttmpsExhstd’ to configure the drive or bus supply to produce fault 15 ‘AuRsts Exhausted’ when the number of Automatic Restart Tries is exhausted.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 117

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 133 - Port 0: Product Config File

Start Features Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
61 Auto Rstrt Tries Default: 0 (Disabled) RW 32-bit 4.x 2
Automatic Restart Tries Min/Max: 0/9 Integer
Enter a value to set the maximum number of times the drive attempts to reset a fault and
restart. Enter a value of zero to disable the Auto Restart function.

ATTENTION: Equipment damage and/or personal injury can result if this parameter is used in an inappropriate
application. Do not use this function without considering applicable local, national, and international codes, standards,
regulations, or industry guidelines.

62 Auto Rstrt Delay Units: s RW Real 4.x 2

Automatic Restart Delay Default: 1.00
Enter a value to set the delay time before attempting a restart. Min/Max: 0.50/30.00
This is only active when 0:61 [Auto Rstrt Tries] is set to a value other than zero.
63 LS Start Mode Default: 0 = ‘FLW MSideInv’ (755TL/TR Drives) RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Line Side Start Mode 2 = ‘Conv Logic’ (755TM Bus Supplies) Integer
Enter a value to select the Start Mode of the line side converter. Options: 0 = ‘FLW MSideInv’
‘FLW MSideInv’ (0) – selects the Follow Motor Side Inverter mode. In this mode, the line 2 = ‘Conv Logic’
side converter starts modulating when the motor side inverter starts modulating. It stops
when the motor side inverter stops.
‘Conv Logic’ (2) – selects the Converter Logic mode. In this mode, a separate Logic
Command word determines when the line side converter starts and stops modulating.
This Logic Command can be controlled by a Programmable Controller or by digital inputs.
Refer to parameters 0:64 [LS Manual Ctrl], 0:105 [DI L Enable], 0:112 [DI L Stop], 0:119 [DI
L Start], and 0:123 [DI L Run].
64 LS Manual Ctrl RW Bit 1.x 2
Line Side Manual Control
This parameter controls starting and stopping of the line side converter, when parameter 0:63 [LS Start Mode] is set to 2 ‘Conv Logic’.
Use a datalink to control this parameter with a programmable logic controller. This parameter is applicable for 755TR regenerative drives and 755TL low harmonic drives
only. It is not applicable for 755TM regenerative bus supplies and common bus inverters.
Energy Pause

Options
Clear Faults
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Start
Stop
Run

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Stop’ provides the stop command. The line side converter cannot modulate when this bit is set.
Bit 1 ‘Start’ provides the start command. The line side converter begins modulating when this bit goes high (if there are no conditions to prevent it).
Bit 3 ‘Clear Faults’ provides the clear faults command. The system clears all faults when this bit goes high. It clears faults regardless of the state of parameter 0:63 [LS Start
Mode]. It clears faults in all parts of the product (motor side inverter included).
Bit 18 ‘Run’ provides the run command. The line side converter starts modulating when this bit goes high (if there are no conditions to prevent it). It stops modulating when
this bit goes low.
Bit 21 'Energy Pause' provides the command to go to and from the Paused (low energy) state. Set this bit to send the product to the Paused (low energy) state. Clear this bit
to send the product to the Resuming state.

118 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 134 - Port 0: Product Config File

Port Mode Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
65 Pri MtrCtrl Mode Default: 2 = ‘Induction SV’ RW 32-bit 2
Primary Motor Control Mode Options: 1 = ‘InductionVHz’ Integer 1.x
Enter a value to select the mode for the primary motor side inverter control. 2 = ‘Induction SV’ 1.x
‘InductionVHz’ (1) – Selects Induction motor volts per Hertz. This mode is the most basic 3 = ‘Induct Econ’ 1.x
control mode. It regulates the RMS output voltage as a fixed ratio of output frequency. It is 4 = ‘Induction FV’ 1.x
good for simple variable torque applications like centrifugal pumps and fans. 5 = ‘IPM FV’ 1.x
‘Induction SV’ (2) – Selects Induction motor Sensorless Vector. This mode is an 6 = ‘SPM FV’ 1.x
enhancement of volts per Hertz. It also regulates the magnitude and angle between
output voltage and current. This mode improves low speed operation and torque control. 7 = ‘PM VHz’ 6.x
‘Induct Econ’ (3) – Selects Induction motor Economizer. This mode is an enhancement of 8 = ‘PM SV’ 6.x
Sensorless Vector. It matches output voltage to load. When the load is light, for example
at steady state, the output is reduced. This mode improves energy efficiency.
‘Induction FV’ (4) – Selects Induction motor Flux Vector. This mode is the highest
performance control mode. It independently regulates torque producing current and flux
producing current. This mode provides the best possible torque control, velocity control,
position control, and disturbance rejection.
‘IPM FV’ (5) – Selects interior permanent magnet motor flux vector.
‘SPM FV’ (6) – Selects surface permanent magnet motor flux vector.
‘PM VHz’ (7) – Selects permanent magnet motor volts per Hertz.
‘PM SV’ (8) – Selects permanent magnet motor Sensorless Vector.
Changing the mode loads a new profile for motor side inverter control with its own
parameters into port 10 following a reset or power cycle. These parameters contain the
default values. A change to this parameter is similar to putting a new option card into an
option card slot.
66 Pri MtrCtrl Act Default: 2 = ‘Induction SV’ RO 32-bit 2
Primary Motor Control Mode Actual Options: 1 = ‘InductionVHz’ Integer 1.x
Displays the actual motor control mode in the primary motor control port. 2 = ‘Induction SV’ 1.x
3 = ‘Induct Econ’ 1.x
4 = ‘Induction FV’ 1.x
5 = ‘IPM FV’ 1.x
6 = ‘SPM FV’ 1.x
7 = ‘PM VHz’ 6.x
8 = ‘PM SV’ 6.x

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 119

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 134 - Port 0: Product Config File

Port Mode Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
67 Sec MtrCtrl Mode Default: 0 = ‘None’ RW 32-bit 2
Secondary Motor Control Mode Options: 0 = ‘None’ Integer 5.x
Enter a value to select the mode for the secondary motor side inverter control. 1 = ‘InductionVHz’ 5.x
‘None’ (0) – Disables motor control in secondary motor control port. 2 = ‘Induction SV’ 5.x
‘InductionVHz’ (1) – Selects Induction motor volts per Hertz. This mode is the most basic 3 = ‘Induct Econ’ 5.x
control mode. It regulates the RMS output voltage as a fixed ratio of output frequency. It is 4 = ‘Induction FV’ 5.x
good for simple variable torque applications like centrifugal pumps and fans. 5 = ‘IPM FV’ 5.x
‘Induction SV’ (2) – Selects Induction motor Sensorless Vector. This mode is an 6 = ‘SPM FV’ 5.x
enhancement of volts per Hertz. It also regulates the magnitude and angle between
output voltage and current. This mode improves low speed operation and torque control. 7 = ‘PM VHz’ 6.x
‘Induct Econ’ (3) – Selects Induction motor Economizer. This mode is an enhancement of 8 = ‘PM SV’ 6.x
Sensorless Vector. It matches output voltage to load. When the load is light, for example
at steady state, the output is reduced. This mode improves energy efficiency.
‘Induction FV’ (4) – Selects Induction motor Flux Vector. This mode is the highest
performance control mode. It independently regulates torque producing current and flux
producing current. This mode provides the best possible torque control, velocity control,
position control, and disturbance rejection.
‘IPM FV’ (5) – Selects interior permanent magnet motor flux vector.
‘SPM FV’ (6) – Selects surface permanent magnet motor flux vector.
‘PM VHz’ (7) – Selects permanent magnet motor volts per Hertz.
‘PM SV’ (8) – Selects permanent magnet motor Sensorless Vector.
Change the mode to load a new profile for motor side inverter control with its own
parameters into port 11 following a reset or power cycle. These parameters contain the
default values. A change to this parameter is similar to putting a new option card into an
option card slot.
68 Sec MtrCtrl Act Default: 0 = ‘None’ RO 32-bit 2
Secondary Motor Control Mode Actual Options: 0 = ‘None’ Integer 5.x
Displays the actual motor control mode in the secondary motor control port. 1 = ‘InductionVHz’ 5.x
2 = ‘Induction SV’ 5.x
3 = ‘Induct Econ’ 5.x
4 = ‘Induction FV’ 5.x
5 = ‘IPM FV’ 5.x
6 = ‘SPM FV’ 5.x
7 = ‘PM VHz’ 6.x
8 = ‘PM SV’ 6.x
70 Application Sel Default: 0 = ‘None’ RW 32-bit 2
Application Mode Select Options: 0 = ‘None’ Integer 4.x
Enter a value to select the mode for Application control. 1 = ‘ProcPID Only’ 4.x
‘None‘ (0) 2 = ‘Torque Prove’ 4.x
‘ProcPID Only’ (1) – Populates port 9 with Process PID parameters. 3 = ‘OilWell Pump’ 6.x
‘Torque Prove’ (2) – Populates port 9 with Torque Prove parameters. It also adds the
Process PID parameters. Torque Prove is only supported on induction motors.
'OilWell Pump' (3) – Populates port 9 with pump jack, pump off, and progressive cavity
pump (PCP) parameters.
Changing the mode loads a new profile for Application control with its own parameters
into port 9 following a reset or power cycle. These parameters contain the default values.
A change to this parameter is similar to putting a new option card into an option card slot.
71 Application Act Default: 0 = ‘None’ RO 32-bit 2
Motor Control Select Active Options: 0 = ‘None’ Integer 4.x
Displays the actual application in port 9. 1 = ‘ProcPID Only’ 4.x
2 = ‘Torque Prove’ 4.x
3 = ‘OilWell Pump’ 6.x

120 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 134 - Port 0: Product Config File

Port Mode Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
72 Emb Logic Select Default: 0 = ‘None’ RW 32-bit 4.x 2
Embedded Logic Select Options: 0 = ‘None’ Integer
Enter a value to select the embedded logic source in port 9. 1 = ‘DeviceLogix’
‘None’ (0) – no embedded logic is present.
‘DeviceLogix’ (1) – the embedded logic engine is DeviceLogix.
Selecting an embedded logic source loads embedded logic parameters into port 9
following a reset or power cycle. These parameters contain the default values.
73 Emb Logic Act Default: 0 = ‘None’ RO 32-bit 4.x 2
Embedded Logic Select Actual Options: 0 = ‘None’ Integer
Displays the actual embedded logic source in port 9. 1 = ‘DeviceLogix’
74 Motor Ctrl Sel Default: 0 = ‘Primary’ RW 32-bit 5.x 2
Motor Control Select Options: 0 = ‘Primary’ Integer
Enter a value to switch between primary and secondary motor control modes. 1 = ‘Secondary’
(0) ‘Primary’ commands the drive to use Primary Motor Control.
(1) ‘Secondary’ commands the drive is to use Secondary Motor Control.
The control is selected by this parameter or the input that is selected in parameter 0:169
[DI Mtr Ctrl Sel]. If there is a conflict between the two sources the drive uses the digital
input.
If the value in parameter 0:68 [Sec MtrCtrl Act] is (0) ‘None’, the drive uses Primary Motor
Control regardless of the value of this parameter.
75 Mtr Ctrl Sel Act Default: 0 = ‘Primary’ RO 32-bit 5.x 2
Motor Control Select Active Options: 0 = ‘Primary’ Integer
Displays the active motor control mode selection. 1 = ‘Secondary’
(0) ‘Primary’ indicates that the drive is using its Primary Motor Control.
(1) ‘Secondary’ indicates that the drive is using its Secondary Motor Control.
The control is selected by parameter 0:74 [Motor Ctrl Sel] or the input that is selected in
parameter 0:169 [DI Mtr Ctrl Sel]. If there is a conflict between the two sources the drive
uses the digital input.

Table 135 - Port 0: Product Config File

Option Cfg Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values
Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
80 DCP Option Default: 1 = ‘Installed’ RW 32-bit 1.x 0
DC Precharge Option Option: 0 = ‘NotInstalled’ Integer
Enter a value to configure the system to match the installed option hardware. 1 = ‘Installed’
‘NotInstalled’ (0) – The DC Precharge option is not present.
‘Installed’ (1) – The DC Precharge option is present.
A type 2 alarm will occur if this does not match the active installed arrangement.
You may need to set this parameter to account for options not installed by the factory.
Changes to this parameter require a power cycle or reset to take effect.
81 DCP Option Act Default: 0 = ‘NotInstalled’ RO 32-bit 1.x 0
DC Precharge Option Actual Option: 0 = ‘NotInstalled’ Integer
Displays the active installed arrangement of the DC Precharge option hardware. 1 = ‘Installed’
‘NotInstalled’ (0) – The DC Precharge option is not present.
‘Installed’ (1) – The DC Precharge option is present.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 121

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 135 - Port 0: Product Config File

Option Cfg Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
82 TAM Option Default: 0 = ‘NotInstalled’ RW 32-bit 1.x 0
Torque Accuracy Module Option Option: 0 = ‘NotInstalled’ Integer
Enter a value to configure the system to match the installed option hardware. 1 = ‘Installed’
‘NotInstalled’ (0) – The Torque Accuracy option is not present.
‘Installed’ (1) – The Torque Accuracy option is present.
A type 2 alarm will occur if this does not match the active installed arrangement.
You may need to set this parameter to account for options not installed by the factory.
For panel mount frame 5 and 6 drives, set this parameter to 1 ‘Installed’.
Changes to this parameter require a power cycle or reset to take effect.
83 TAM Option Act Default: 0 = ‘NotInstalled’ RO 32-bit 1.x 0
Torque Accuracy Module Option Act Option: 0 = ‘NotInstalled’ Integer
Displays the active installed arrangement of the Torque Accuracy option hardware. 1 = ‘Installed’
‘NotInstalled’ (0) – The Torque Accuracy option is not present.
‘Installed’ (1) – The Torque Accuracy option is present.
90 Cfg Status
Configuration Status
See Configuration Status description on page 116.
91 Cfg Acknowledge
Configuration Acknowledge
See Configuration Acknowledge description on page 116.

Table 136 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Command Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
100 Digital In Sts RO Bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Status
Displays the status of the digital input on the main control board (Port 0).
Digital In 0

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Digital In 0’ is for digital IO on the main control board.

122 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 136 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Command Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
101 Digital In Cfg Default: 0 = ‘Run Edge’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Configuration Option: 0 = ‘Run Edge’ Integer
Enter a value to configure how the drive responds to the digital input selected for the 1 = ‘Run Level’
Digital Input Run (DI Run) function.
‘Run Edge’ (0) – Control function requires a rising edge (open to close transition) in order
for the drive to run.
‘Run Level’ (1) – The control assesses the level of the run signal instead of requiring a
rising edge. If the drive is running when a fault occurs and the run signal level remains
high, the drive will resume running when the fault is cleared. If the drive is running when
the motor side enable is removed and the run signal level remains high, the drive will
resume running when the motor side enable is reestablished. If a Stop command is
asserted, then a rising edge is needed. When set to 1 ‘Run Level’ the absence of a run
command is indicated as a stop asserted and 10/11:354 [Motor Side Sts 1] Bit 0 is low.

ATTENTION: Equipment damage and/or personal injury can result if this parameter is used in an inappropriate
application. Do not use this function without considering applicable local, national, and international codes, standards,
regulations, or industry guidelines.

103 DI M Enable Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2

Digital Input Motor Side Enable Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to enable and disable motor side inverter operation.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to allow motor side inverter
operation.
If the input is open or reset the motor side inverter will not start. If it opens or resets while
it is running, the motor side inverter will cease modulating and the motor will coast.
105 DI L Enable Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Line Side Enable Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to enable and disable line side converter modulation.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to allow line side converter
modulation.
If the input is open or reset the line side converter does not start modulating. If it opens or
resets while it is modulating, the line side converter ceases modulating.
108 DI M Stop Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Motor Side Stop Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to issue a Stop command to the motor side inverter.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that opens or de-energizes to issue the Stop
command.
If the input is open or de-energized, the drive will not start.
The drive will only recognize Start commands after the stop input is closed or energized.
If this input opens or de-energizes while the drive is running, the drive will stop the
motor. In parameters 10/11:110 [Mtr Stop Mode A] and 10/11:111 [Mtr Stop Mode B]
determine how the drive performs the stop (coast, ramp and so forth).
109 DI M Stop Mode B Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Stop Mode B Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to issue a Stop Mode B command to the motor side inverter.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to issue the Stop Mode B
command.
The drive uses the stop mode configured by parameter 10/11:110 [Mtr Stop Mode A]
when the input is open or de-energized.
It uses the stop mode configured by parameter 10/11:111 [Mtr Stop Mode B] when the
input is closed or energized.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 123

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 136 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Command Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
110 DI M CurLmt Stop Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Current Limit Stop Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to issue a Current Limited Stop command to the motor side
inverter.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that opens or de-energizes to issue the Stop
command.
If the input is open or de-energized, the drive does not start.
The drive will only recognize Start commands after the stop input is closed or energized.
If this input opens or de-energizes while the drive is running, the drive stops the motor,
by using the current limit method. The motor stops as quickly as the current limits allow.
111 DI M Coast Stop Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Coast Stop Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to issue a Coast Stop command to the motor side inverter.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that opens or de-energizes to issue the Stop
command.
If the input is open or de-energized, the drive does not start.
The drive only recognizes Start commands after the stop input is closed or energized.
If this input opens or de-energizes while the drive is running, the drive stops. The drive
ceases modulating its output to the motor. The motor coasts to a stop, as friction, inertia
and other factors allow.
112 DI L Stop Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Line Side Stop Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to issue a Stop command to the line side converter.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that opens or de-energizes to issue the Stop
command to the line side converter.
If the input is open or de-energized, the line side converter does not start modulating.
If this input opens or de-energizes while the line side converter is modulating, it stops.
114 DI Clear Fault Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Clear Fault Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to clear faults.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to clear faults.

115 DI Aux Fault Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2

Digital Input Auxiliary Fault Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to detect an auxiliary fault.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that opens or de-energizes to cause the fault and
halt drive operation.
If the input is open or reset the fault prevents the drive from starting or running until it is
cleared. If it opens or resets while the drive is running, the drive faults and ceases
modulating. The motor coasts to a stop.
116 DI Regen OK Default: 0 RW 32-bit 2.x 2
Digital Input Regeneration OK Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to detect a fault from a regenerative power supply or third
party bus supply. This parameter is only applicable to common bus inverters.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that opens or de-energizes to cause the fault and
halt drive operation.
If the input is open or reset the fault will prevent the drive from starting or running until it
is cleared. If it opens or resets while the drive is running, the drive will fault and cease
modulating. The motor will coast to a stop.

124 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 136 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Command Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
117 DI M Start Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Motor Side Start Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input that is used to issue a Start command to the motor side inverter. The
Start command works with the Stop command in an arrangement that is called three-
wire control.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to issue the Start command.
The drive only recognizes Start commands after the Stop input is closed or energized.
It starts modulating and controls the motor when it recognizes the Start command.
The Start command is edge sensitive (not level sensitive). If it goes low after the drive is
started, the drive continues to run until it receives a Stop command.
Important: It is good design practice to use a digital input function for a stop command,
such as 0:108 [DI M Stop], 0:110 [DI M CurLmt Stop], or 0:111 [DI M Coast Stop], when
using this digital input function for starting. The drive produces an F171 ‘No Stop Source’
fault if it starts without a stop source or if the last stop source is removed while the drive is
running. The drive counts the HIM and active network connections as stop sources. It does
not require a digital input as a stop source.
118 DI M HOA Start Default: 0 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
Digital Input Hand Off Auto Start Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to issue a Hand-Off-Auto Start command to the motor side
inverter.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to issue the Hand-Off-Auto
Start command.
This command works with the Stop command in a three wire control arrangement. A
delay filter allows the Start command and Stop command to come from the same
circuitry.
The drive starts modulating and controls the motor when it receives the Hand-Off-Auto
Start command.
119 DI L Start Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Line Side Start Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to issue a Start command to the line side converter. The Start
command works in conjunction with the Stop command in a three wire control
arrangement.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to issue the Start command.
The line side converter only recognizes Start commands after the stop input is closed or
energized.
It starts modulating when it recognizes the Start command.
The Start command is edge sensitive (not level sensitive). If it goes low after the line side
converter is modulating, the line side converter continues to run until it receives a Stop
command.
120 DI M Run Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Motor Side Run Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to issue a Run command to the motor side inverter. The Run
command can work without a Stop command in a two wire control arrangement.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to issue the Run command.
The drive starts when the input closes or energizes, and stops the motor when the input
opens or de-energizes. Parameters 10/11:110 [Mtr Stop Mode A] and 10/11:111 [Mtr
Stop Mode B] determine how the drive performs the stop (coast, ramp and so forth).
123 DI L Run Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Line Side Run Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to issue a Run command to the line side converter. The Run
command can work without a Stop command in an arrangement called ‘two wire’
control.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to issue the Run command.
The line side converter starts modulating when the input closes or energizes, and stops
when the input opens or de-energizes.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 125

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 136 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Command Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
124 DI M Jog 1 Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Jog 1 Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to issue a Jog 1 command to the motor side inverter.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to issue the Jog 1 command.
The drive starts when the input closes or energizes, and turns the motor at the speed
configured in parameter 10/11:1894 [Jog Speed 1].
It stops when the input opens or de-energizes.
127 DI M Jog 2 Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Jog 2 Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to issue a Jog 2 command to the motor side inverter.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to issue the Jog 2 command.
The drive starts when the input closes or energizes, and turns the motor at the speed
configured in parameter 10/11:1895 [Jog Speed 2].
It stops when the input opens or de-energizes.
130 DI M Fwd Reverse Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Forward Reverse Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to control the forward and reverse direction of the speed
command to the motor side inverter when parameter 10/11:930 [Direction Mode] = 0
‘Unipolar’.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that opens or de-energizes to command the drive to
turn the motor in the forward direction. The circuitry closes or energizes to command the
drive to turn the motor in the reverse direction.
If the input changes while the drive is running or jogging the drive changes direction.
132 DI M Manual Ctrl Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Manual Control Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to issue a Manual Control command to the motor side inverter.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to issue the Manual Control
command.
This command controls the Auto / Manual function. This permits a temporary override of
the speed control and logic control (start, run, direction and so forth).
Speed control passes to the source configured in parameter 0:147 [DI ManRef Sel] in this
port, unless overwritten by 10/11:1835 [Alt Man Ref Sel] in the motor control port (port
10).
Logic control passes to the digital inputs on the option card issuing the Manual Control
command.
134 DI EmergencyOVRD Default: 0 RW 32-bit 3.x 2
Digital Input Emergency Override Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input that is used to enable and disable emergency override.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to enable emergency
override.
Important: This digital input does not function as a valid stop source for the purposes of
Fault 171 ‘No Stop Source’. To avoid that fault do one of the following:
• Program another digital input for DI M Run or DI M Stop
• Use a HIM
• Use a network connection
• Or, set bit 4 ‘PERIF Flts’ of parameter 0:455 [Emerg Prot OVRD]
135 DI Energy Pause Default: 0 RW 32-bit 3.x 2
Digital Input Energy Pause Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input that is used to send the drive or bus supply to and from the Paused
(low energy) state.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to send the drive or bus
supply to the Paused state.
If the input is open or clear, the drive or bus supply remains in the Owned (regular energy)
state. If the input opens or clears when the drive or bus supply is in the Paused state, it
moves to the Resuming state and then to the Owned state.

126 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 136 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Command Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
136 DI AC LineSource Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 2
Digital Input AC Line Source Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to switch between two AC line sources that have different
power and impedance values. This digital input selects which set of Line Impedance and
KVA parameters the control uses.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that opens or de-energizes to select AC Line A, and
closes or energizes to select AC Line B.
When AC Line A is selected, the Line Side Converter uses parameters 13:32 [AC Line kVA A]
and 13:34 [AC Line Imped% A].
When AC Line B is selected, the Line Side Converter uses parameters 13:33 [AC Line kVA B]
and 13:35 [AC Line Imped% B].
When this digital input is configured, the product ignores parameter 13:31 [AC Line
Source].
Important: Coordinate this digital input with logic that switches the AC input between
the two sources, and do not change the state of this input while the line side converter is
modulating.

Table 137 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Velocity Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
140 DI M Speed Sel 0 Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
141 DI M Speed Sel 1 Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
142 DI M Speed Sel 2
Digital Input Speed Select n
Select a digital input used to control the Speed Select 0, 1, and 2 functions.
Speed Select 0, 1, and 2 work together to determine the source of the speed reference as follows:
Input Status (1 = Input Actuated) Reference Source: Parameter
DI M Speed Sel 2 DI M Speed Sel 1 DI M Speed Sel 0
0 0 0 Reference A: 10/11:1800 [VRef A Sel]
0 0 1 Reference A: 10/11:1800 [VRef A Sel]
0 1 0 Reference B: 10/11:1807 [VRef B Sel]
0 1 1 Preset Speed 3: 10/11:1816 [Preset Speed 3]
1 0 0 Preset Speed 4: 10/11:1817 [Preset Speed 4]
1 0 1 Preset Speed 5: 10/11:1818 [Preset Speed 5]
1 1 0 Preset Speed 6: 10/11:1819 [Preset Speed 6]
1 1 1 Preset Speed 7: 10/11:1820 [Preset Speed 7]

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 127

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 137 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Velocity Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
144 DI M Accel Time Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Acceleration Time Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to make the drive use the acceleration ramp defined by
parameter 10/11:1916 [VRef Accel Time2].
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to make the drive use 10/
11:1916 [VRef Accel Time2].
If the input is open or de-energized, the drive will use the ramp defined by parameter 10/
11:1915 [VRef Accel Time1].
Select a digital input used to make the drive use the acceleration ramp defined by
parameter 10/11:1916 [VRef Accel Time2].
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to make the drive use 10/
11:1916 [VRef Accel Time2].
If the input is open or de-energized, the drive will use the ramp defined by parameter 10/
11:1915 [VRef Accel Time1].
145 DI M Decel Time Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Deceleration Time Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to make the drive use the deceleration ramp defined by
parameter 10/11:1918 [VRef Decel Time2].
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to make the drive use 10/
11:1918 [VRef Decel Time2].
If the input is open or de-energized, the drive will use the ramp defined by parameter 10/
11:1917 [VRef Decel Time1].
147 DI ManRef Sel Default: 215 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Manual Reference Select Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
Select a speed reference to be used when a digital input activates Manual control,
according to the operation described by parameter 0:132 [DI M Manual Ctrl].
151 DI M MOP Inc Default: 0 RW 32-bit 2.x 2
Digital Input MOP Increase Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to increase the MOP speed reference.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to increase the MOP speed
reference by the percentage displayed in parameter 10/11:1823 [MOP Reference].

152 DI M MOP Dec Default: 0 RW 32-bit 2.x 2

Digital Input MOP Decrease Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to decrease the MOP speed reference.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to decrease the MOP speed
reference by the percentage displayed in parameter 10/11:1825 [MOP Rate].

883 DI VCAM Start Default: 0 RW 32-bit 5.x 2

Digital Input Velocity Cam Start Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select the digital input used to start a Cam sequence in the velocity reference planner.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to start the Cam sequence.

128 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 138 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Mtr Ctrl Options Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
160 DI M SpTqPs Sel0 Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
161 DI M SpTqPs Sel1 Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Digital Input Speed Torque Position Seln
Select a digital input used to control the Speed Torque Position function.
Speed Torque Position Select 0 and 1 together to switch between speed – torque and
position modes as follows:
Input Status (1 = Input Actuated) Speed-Torque-Position
DI M SpTqPs Sel1 DI M SpTqPs Sel0
0 0 10/11:30 [PsnVelTrq Mode A]
0 1 10/11:31 [PsnVelTrq Mode B]
1 0 10/11:32 [PsnVelTrq Mode C]
1 1 10/11:33 [PsnVelTrq Mode D]

163 DI M BusRegMode Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2

Digital Input Bus Regulator Mode B Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to make the motor side inverter use the bus regulator mode
defined by parameter 10/11:117 [Bus Reg Mode B].
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to make the motor side
inverter use parameter 10/11:117 [Bus Reg Mode B].
If the input is open or de-energized, the motor side inverter will use the bus regulator
mode defined by parameter 10/11:116 [Bus Reg Mode A].
164 DI M PwrLossMode Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Power Loss Mode B Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to make the motor side inverter use the power loss mode
defined by parameter 10/11:275 [Pwr Loss Mode B].
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to make the motor side
inverter use 10/11:275 [Pwr Loss Mode B].
If the input is open or de-energized, the motor side inverter will use the bus regulator
mode defined by parameter 10/11:271 [Pwr Loss Mode A].
166 DI M Pwr Loss Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Power Loss Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to force the motor side inverter into a power loss condition.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to force the motor side
inverter into a power loss condition.
167 DI M TorqueStptA Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Torque Setpoint A Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to force the drive to use parameter 10/11:2001 [Trq Ref A Stpt]
as the source for Torque Reference A, regardless of the setting in parameter 10/11:2000
[Trq Ref A Sel].
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to force the drive to use 10/
11:2001 [Trq Ref A Stpt].
If the input is open or de-energized, the motor side inverter will use the reference defined
by parameter 10/11:2000 [Trq Ref A Sel].

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 129

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 138 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Mtr Ctrl Options Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
169 DI Mtr Ctrl Sel Default: 0 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
Digital Input Motor Control Selection Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to select between Primary and Secondary motor control.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to select the Secondary
motor type and motor control mode.
If the input is open or de-energized, the drive selects the Primary motor type and motor
control mode.
Parameter 0:67 [Motor Ctrl Sel] or this digital input selects the motor control.
If there is a conflict between the two sources the drive uses the digital input.
Parameter 0:65 [Pri MtrCtrl Mode] determines the Primary motor control type and mode.
Parameter 0:66 [Sec MtrCtrl Mode] determines the Secondary motor control type and
mode.

Table 139 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Position Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
170 DI Find Home Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Find Home Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to start the Find Home function.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to start the Find Home
function.
If the drive is not running, a start command is needed after this input goes high, in order
to execute the Find Home function.
If this input is configured, it will take the place of parameter 10/11:1640 [Home Ctrl Opts]
bit 0 ‘Find Home’.
171 DI Return Home Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Return Home Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to start the Return Home function.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to start the Return Home
function.
If the drive is not running, a start command is needed after this input goes high, in order
to execute the Return Home function.
If this input is configured, it will take the place of parameter 10/11:1640 [Home Ctrl Opts]
bit 3 ‘Return Home’.
172 DI Redefine Psn Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Redefine Position Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to start the Redefine Position function.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to start the Redefine Position
function.
If the drive is not running, a start command is needed after this input goes high, in order
to execute the Redefine Position function.
If this input is configured, it will take the place of parameter 10/11:1640 [Home Ctrl Opts]
bit 4 ‘Psn Redefine’.
173 DI OL Home Limit Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Open Loop Home Limit Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used for the Open-Loop Home Limit function.
Connect the limit switch that indicates the Open-Loop Home Limit to this digital input.
The polarity of this signal depends on parameter 10/11:1640 [Home Ctrl Opts] bit 6
‘Home DI Inv’.

130 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 139 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Position Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
176 DI Indx Step Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 2
Digital Input Index Step Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used for the Index Position Move function.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to start the Index Position
Move function.
This digital input will be equivalent to setting parameter 10/11:1381 [PTP Control] bit 1
‘Move’ when the point-to-point mode 10/11:1382 [PTP Mode] is set to 0 ‘Absolute’ or 1
‘Index’.
177 DI Indx StepRev Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 2
Digital Input Index Step Reverse Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used for the Index Position Reverse Move function.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to start the Index Position
Reverse Move function.
This digital input will be equivalent to setting parameter 10/11:1381 [PTP Control] bit 2
‘Reverse Move’ when the point-to-point mode 10/11:1382 [PTP Mode] is set to 0
‘Absolute’ or 1 ‘Index’.
178 DI Indx StepPrst Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 2
Digital Input Index Preset Position Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used for the Index Position Reverse Move function.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to start the Index Position
Reverse Move function.
This digital input will be equivalent to setting parameter 10/11:1381 [PTP Control] bit 2
‘Reverse Move’ when the point-to-point mode 10/11:1382 [PTP Mode] is set to 0
‘Absolute’ or 1 ‘Index’.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 131

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 139 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Position Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
850 Prof DI Invert RW Bit 4.x 2
Profile Digital Input Invert
Sets polarity of the digital inputs. Each bit is assigned to a move table step. Rising edge of the digital input is used when the bit is off, and falling edge of digital input is used
when the bit is on.

AbortProfile
Vel Override
Options

StrStepSel4
StrStepSel3
StrStepSel2
StrStepSel1
StrStepSel0

Abort Step
Hold Step
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Step 16
Step 15
Step 14
Step 13
Step 12
Step 11
Step 10
Step 9
Step 8
Step 7
Step 6
Step 5
Step 4
Step 3
Step 2
Step 1
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Hold Step’ – sets polarity of the digital input for the hold step, P1218 [DI Hold Step].
Bit 1 ‘Abort Step’ – sets polarity of the digital input for abort step, P1219 [DI Abort Step].
Bit 2 ‘AbortProfile’ – sets polarity of the digital input for abort profile, P1220 [DI Abort Profile].
Bit 3 ‘Vel Override’ – sets polarity of the digital input for velocity override, P1221 [DI Vel Override].
Bit 4 ‘StrStepSel0’ – sets polarity of the digital input for start step 1, P1222 [DI StrtStep Sel0].
Bit 5 ‘StrStepSel1’ – sets polarity of the digital input for start step 2, P1223 [DI StrtStep Sel1].
Bit 6 ‘StrStepSel2’ – sets polarity of the digital input for start step 3, P1224 [DI StrtStep Sel2].
Bit 7 ‘StrStepSel3’ – sets polarity of the digital input for start step 4, P1225 [DI StrtStep Sel3].
Bit 8 ‘StrStepSel4’ – sets polarity of the digital input for start step 5, P1226 [DI StrtStep Sel4].
Bit 9 ‘Step 1’ – sets polarity of the digital input for move step 1, P1230 [Step 1 Type].
Bit 10 ‘Step 2’ – sets polarity of the digital input for move step 2, P1240 [Step 2 Type].
Bit 11 ‘Step 3’ – sets polarity of the digital input for move step 3, P1250 [Step 3 Type].
Bit 12 ‘Step 4’ – sets polarity of the digital input for move step 4, P1260 [Step 4 Type].
Bit 13 ‘Step 5’ – sets polarity of the digital input for move step 5, P1270 [Step 5 Type].
Bit 14 ‘Step 6’ – sets polarity of the digital input for move step 6, P1280 [Step 6 Type].
Bit 15 ‘Step 7’ – sets polarity of the digital input for move step 7, P1290 [Step 7 Type].
Bit 16 ‘Step 8’ – sets polarity of the digital input for move step 8, P1300 [Step 8 Type].
Bit 17 ‘Step 9’ – sets polarity of the digital input for move step 9, P1310 [Step 9 Type].
Bit 18 ‘Step 10’ – sets polarity of the digital input for move step 10, P1320 [Step 10 Type].
Bit 19 ‘Step 11’ – sets polarity of the digital input for move step 11, P1330 [Step 11 Type].
Bit 20 ‘Step 12’ – sets polarity of the digital input for move step 12, P1340 [Step 12 Type].
Bit 21 ‘Step 13’ – sets polarity of the digital input for move step 13, P1350 [Step 13 Type].
Bit 22 ‘Step 14’ – sets polarity of the digital input for move step 14, P1360 [Step 14 Type].
Bit 23 ‘Step 15’ – sets polarity of the digital input for move step 15, P1370 [Step 15 Type].
Bit 24 ‘Step 16’ – sets polarity of the digital input for move step 16, P1380 [Step 16 Type].
851 DI Hold Step Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 2
Digital Input Hold Step Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Sets a digital input port for the hold step in profile/indexer control logic. The digital input
that this parameter assigns is equivalent to 10/11:1202 [Profile Command] bit 8 ‘Hold
Step.’ Parameter 0:850 [Prof DI Invert] bit 0 ‘Hold Step’ defines the polarity of the active
state.
852 DI Abort Step Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 2
Digital Input Abort Step Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Sets a digital input port for the abort step in profile/indexer control logic. Parameter
0:850 [Prof DI Invert] bit 1 ‘Abort Step’ defines the polarity of the active state.
853 DI Abort Profile Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 2
Digital Input Abort Profile Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Sets a digital input port for the abort profile in profile/indexer control logic. Parameter
0:850 [Prof DI Invert] bit 2 ‘AbortProfile’ defines the polarity of the active state.

132 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 139 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Position Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
854 DI Vel Override Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 2
Digital Input Velocity Override Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Sets a digital input port for the velocity override in profile/indexer control logic. The
digital input this parameter assigns is equivalent to 10/11:1202 [Profile Command] bit 9
‘Vel Override’. Parameter 850 [Prof DI Invert] bit 3 ‘Vel Override’ defines the polarity of the
active state.
855 DI StrtStep Sel0 Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 2
856 DI StrtStep Sel1 Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
857 DI StrtStep Sel2
858 DI StrtStep Sel3
859 DI StrtStep Sel4
Digital Input Start Step Select n
Set digital input ports for the start step in profile/indexer control logic. The digital inputs
that these parameters assign are equivalent to the corresponding bit in 10/11:1202
[Profile Command]. Parameter 850 [Prof DI Invert] bit 4 ‘StrStepSel0’ to bit 8 ‘StrStepSel4’
define the polarities of active state.
860 DI Step 1 Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 2
861 DI Step 2 Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
862 DI Step 3
863 DI Step 4
864 DI Step 5
865 DI Step 6
866 DI Step 7
867 DI Step 8
868 DI Step 9
869 DI Step 10
870 DI Step 11
871 DI Step 12
872 DI Step 13
873 DI Step 14
874 DI Step 15
875 DI Step 16
Digital Input Step n
Set digital input sources. Not all steps use the digital input for the step move. The
following type and action moves use the dig-in parameters to specify the digital input
sources. Parameter 850 [Prof DI Invert] sets the polarity (rising or falling edges) of the
digital input.
1. [Type] Position Absolute [Action] Wait DigIn
2. [Type] Position Incremental [Action] Wait DigIn
3. [Type] Speed Profile [Action] DigIn Blend
4. [Type] Speed Profile [Action] Wait DigIn
880 DI PCAM Start Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 2
Digital Input Position Cam Start Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select the digital input used to start a CAM sequence in the position reference planner.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to start the CAM sequence.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 133

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 140 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Limits Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
180 DI FwdEndLimit Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Forward End Limit Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input that is used to trigger a Forward End Limit.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that opens or de-energizes to indicate the forward
end limit.
This function is used with a limit switch near the stop point.
The resulting action depends on whether the drive is operating as a speed, torque, or
position regulator. Parameter 10/11:354 [Motor Side Sts 1] bit 21 ‘Speed Mode,’ bit 22
‘PositionMode,’ and bit 23 ‘Torque Mode’ indicate the mode of operation.
When the drive is operating as a speed regulator, the resulting action is to execute a
Current Limit Stop command. After the drive stops in this case, it will only restart in the
opposite direction (if given a new Start command).
You may clear the condition by giving the drive a new start command in the opposite
(reverse) direction and running until the motor is no longer beyond the limit. After the
condition is cleared, the drive will operate normally.
When the drive is operating as a torque regulator, the resulting action is to execute a
Current Limit Stop command. After the drive stops in this case, it will restart and continue
operation (if given a new Start command).
When the drive is operating as a position regulator, the resulting action is to execute a
Current Limit Stop command. After the drive stops in this case, it will restart and continue
to move towards the position reference (if given a new Start command).
181 DI FwdDecLimit Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Forward Deceleration Limit Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input that is used to trigger a Forward Deceleration Limit.
This function is used with a limit switch and makes the drive slow down before reaching
the End Limit.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that opens or de-energizes to indicate the motor has
gone beyond the Forward Deceleration Limit. The circuitry should close or energize to
indicate the motor is not beyond the limit.
The resulting action depends on whether the drive is operating as a speed, torque, or
position regulator. Parameter 10/11:354 [Motor Side Sts 1] bit 21 ‘Speed Mode,’ bit 22
‘PositionMode’ and bit 23 ‘Torque Mode’ indicate the mode of operation.
When the drive is operating as a speed regulator, the resulting action is to override the
speed reference and decelerate to Preset Speed 1.
You may clear the condition by reversing until the motor is no longer beyond the limit.
After the condition is cleared, the drive will operate normally.
When the drive is operating as a torque regulator, the drive ignores this signal and
continues operating at its torque reference.
When the drive is operating as a position regulator, the drive ignores this signal and
continues moving towards its position reference.

134 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 140 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Limits Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
182 DI RevEndLimit Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Reverse End Limit Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input that is used to trigger a Reverse End Limit.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that opens or de-energizes to indicate the reverse
end limit.
This function is used with a limit switch near the stop point.
The resulting action depends on whether the drive is operating as a speed, torque, or
position regulator. Parameter 10/11:354 [Motor Side Sts 1] bit 21 ‘Speed Mode,’ bit 22
‘PositionMode,’ and bit 23 ‘Torque Mode’ indicate the mode of operation.
When the drive is operating as a speed regulator, the resulting action is to execute a
Current Limit Stop command. After the drive stops in this case, it will only restart in the
opposite direction (if given a new Start command).
You may clear the condition by giving the drive a new start command in the opposite
direction (forward) and running until the motor is no longer beyond the limit. After the
condition is cleared, the drive will operate normally.
When the drive is operating as a torque regulator, the resulting action is to execute a
Current Limit Stop command. After the drive stops in this case, it will restart and continue
operation (if given a new Start command).
When the drive is operating as a position regulator, the resulting action is to execute a
Current Limit Stop command. After the drive stops in this case, it will restart and continue
to move towards the position reference (if given a new Start command).
183 DI RevDecLimit Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Reverse Deceleration Limit Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input that is used to trigger a Reverse Deceleration Limit.
This function is used with a limit switch and makes the drive slow down before reaching
the End Limit.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that opens or de-energizes to indicate the motor has
gone beyond the Reverse Deceleration Limit. The circuitry should close or energize to
indicate the motor is not beyond the limit.
The resulting action depends on whether the drive is operating as a speed, torque, or
position regulator. Parameter 10/11:354 [Motor Side Sts 1] bit 21 ‘Speed Mode, bit 22
‘PositionMode’ and bit 23 ‘Torque Mode’ indicate the mode of operation.
When the drive is operating as a speed regulator, and running in the reverse direction, the
resulting action is to override the speed reference and decelerate to Preset Speed 1.
You may clear the condition by reversing (switching to forward) until the motor is no
longer beyond the limit. After the condition is cleared, the drive will operate normally in
the reverse direction.
When the drive is operating as a torque regulator, the drive ignores this signal and
continues operating at its torque reference.
When the drive is operating as a position regulator, the drive ignores this signal and
continues moving towards its position reference.
184 DI PHw OvrTrvl Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Positive Hdwr Over Travel Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input that is used to trigger a Positive Hardware Over Travel fault.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that opens or de-energizes to indicate the Positive
Over Travel limit.
Use this function with a limit switch in a position beyond the ‘End Limit,’ as an extra safety
limit. This switch helps to prevent torque from damaging the machine in an Over Travel
situation.
Opening the circuit or de-energizing the input causes a Major Positive Over Travel Fault.
The drive stops modulating and produces zero torque.
You may clear the fault after the drive is stopped by manually moving the motor or load
until it no longer beyond the limit, and then issuing a Clear Fault command. You will not
be able to clear the fault until the circuit is closed or the input is energized.
After the fault is cleared, the drive will operate normally.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 135

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 140 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Limits Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
185 DI NHw OvrTrvl Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Negative Hdwr Over Travel Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input that is used to trigger a Negative Hardware Over Travel fault.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that opens or de-energizes to indicate the Negative
Over Travel limit.
Use this function with a limit switch in a position beyond the ‘End Limit,’ as an extra safety
limit. This switch helps to prevent torque from damaging the machine in an Over Travel
situation.
Opening the circuit or de-energizing the input causes a Major Negative Over Travel Fault.
The drive stops modulating and produces zero torque.
You may clear the fault after the drive is stopped by manually moving the motor or load
until it no longer beyond the limit, and then issuing a Clear Fault command. You will not
be able to clear the fault until the circuit is closed or the input is energized.
After the fault is cleared, the drive will operate normally.

Table 141 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Precharge Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
190 DI Precharge Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Precharge Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to force the common bus inverter into precharge.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to force the common bus
inverter into precharge.
This function is useful for coordinating the precharge of multiple drives in systems that
use common bus power topologies.
This parameter has no function in common bus inverters that do not have DC precharge.
191 DI Prchrg Seal Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Precharge Seal Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input used to detect an External Precharge Error fault.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes when the precharge (bypass)
contactor has closed or sealed.
If the input is open or reset, the drive does not start.
Opening or resetting the input while the drive is running causes an External Precharge
Error fault. The drive follows the configuration of parameter 0:39 [Prchrg Err Cfg] when
this fault occurs.

Table 142 - Port 0: Feedback & I/O File

Torque Ref Group
FW Revision
Access Level

No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type

Extended Name
Description
886 DI TqCAM Start Default: 0 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
Digital Input Torque Cam Start Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select the digital input used to start a Cam sequence in the torque reference planner.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to start the Cam sequence.

136 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 143 - Port 0: Communication File

Control Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
200 MS Logic Rslt RO Bit 1.x 1
Motor Side Logic Result
Displays output of the logic parser. The logic parser combines the outputs from the DPI ports to determine drive control that is based on the masks and owners. Used for
peer-to-peer communication with PowerFlex 750-Series communication modules.

Energy Pause
Options

Decel Time 2
Decel Time 1
Emerg OVRD
SpdRef Sel 2
SpdRef Sel 1
SpdRef Sel 0

Accel Time 2
Accel Time 1

Clear Faults
Climit Stop
Coast Stop
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Forward
Reverse
Manual
Jog 2

Jog 1
Start
Stop
Run
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

201 LS Logic Rslt RO Bit 1.x 1

Line Side Logic Result
Displays the parsed Logic Command word. This is the result of many possible sources for these commands.
Energy Pause

Options
Emerg OVRD

Clear Faults
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Start
Stop
Run

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘Stop’ indicates that a Stop command is active.
Bit 1 ‘Start’ indicates that a Start command is active.
Bit 3 ‘Clear Faults’ indicates that a Clear Faults command is active.
Bit 15 ‘Emerg OVRD’ indicates that emergency override is active.
Bit 18 ‘Run’ indicates that a Run command is active.
Bit 21 ‘Energy Pause’ indicates that the product is in the paused (low energy) state.
204 DPI Pt1 Flt Actn Default: 0 = ‘Fault’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
206 DPI Pt2 Flt Actn Options: 0 = ‘Fault’ Integer
208 DPI Pt3 Flt Actn 1 = ‘Stop’
DPI Port n Fault Action 2 = ‘Zero Data’
Configures the response to a HIM communication loss at DPI port n. 3 = ‘Hold Last’
DPI Port 1 is the HIM cradle on the face of the control pod. 4 = ‘Send Flt Cfg’
DPI Port 2 is usually the door-mounted HIM. It also supports a handheld HIM or 1203-USB
connection to a computer.
DPI port 3 can support a handheld HIM or 1203-USB connection to a computer.
‘Fault’ (0) – Major fault indicated. Coast to Stop.
‘Stop’ (1) – Type 2 alarm indicated. Stop according to 10/11:110 [Mtr Stop Mode A].
‘Zero Data’ (2) – Type 2 alarm indicated. If running, drive continues to run, speed
reference goes to zero.
‘Hold Last’ (3) – Type 2 alarm indicated. If running, drive continues to run at the last value
that is entered from the HIM.
‘Send Flt Cfg’ (4) – Type 2 alarm indicated. If running, drive continues to run at [DPI Ptn Flt
Ref]. Not applicable for 755TM bus supplies.
205 DPI Pt1 Flt Ref Default: 0.000 RW Real 1.x 1
207 DPI Pt2 Flt Ref Min/Max: -220000000.000/+220000000.000
209 DPI Pt3 Flt Ref
DPI Port n Fault Reference
Sets a constant value for the speed reference when [DPI Ptn Flt Actn] option 4 ‘Send Flt
Cfg’ is set and a HIM communication loss is detected. Not applicable for 755TM bus
supplies.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 137

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 143 - Port 0: Communication File

Control Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
211 Emb Enet Ref Units: Hz or RPM (Velocity) RO Real 1.x 1
Embedded Ethernet Reference % (Torque)
Displays the reference value from Embedded EtherNet/IP port. Not applicable for 755TM No Units (Position)
bus supplies. Default: 0.00
Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
214 Port 1 Reference Units: Hz or RPM (Velocity) RO Real 1.x 1
215 Port 2 Reference % (Torque)
216 Port 3 Reference No Units (Position)
217 Port 4 Reference Default: 0.00
218 Port 5 Reference Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
219 Port 6 Reference
DPI Port n Reference
Displays the reference value from DPI port n. Not applicable for 755TM bus supplies.
221 Emb Logic Ref Units: Hz or RPM (Velocity) RO Real 4.x 1
Embedded Logic (DeviceLogix) Reference % (Torque)
Displays the reference value from DeviceLogix. No Units (Position)
Default: 0.00
Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00

Table 144 - Port 0: Communication File

Masks Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
230 Write Mask Cfg RW Bit 1.x 2
Write Mask Configuration
DeviceLogix

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
EmbEnet

Port 8
Port 7
Port 6
Port 5
Port 4
Port 3
Port 2
Port 1

Default 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Set and clear bits to determine which ports can write to parameters, links and so forth.
Set bits to enable ports. Clear bits to disable ports.
Changes to this parameter only become effective when power is cycled or the product is reset.
Bit 1 ‘Port 1’ is for the HIM located in the cradle on the face of the control pod.
Bit 2 ‘Port 2’ is for a device connected to the DPI connector at the base of the control pod. This is usually the door mounted HIM. It could also be a computer connected via a
1203-USB adapter.
Bit 3 ‘Port 3’ is for a device connected to the DPI connector at the base of the control pod. This is usually the door mounted HIM. It could also be a computer connected via a
1203-USB adapter.
Bit 4 ‘Port 4’ is for an option card located in the bottom right-hand option slot of the control pod.
Bit 5 ‘Port 5’ is for an option card located in the bottom center option slot of the control pod.
Bit 6 ‘Port 6’ is for an option card located in the bottom left-hand option slot of the control pod.
Bit 7 ‘Port 7’ is for an option card located in the top right-hand option slot of the control pod.
Bit 8 ‘Port 8’ is for an option card located in the top center option slot of the control pod.
Bit 9 ‘DeviceLogix’ is for a DeviceLogix program.
Bit 15 ‘EmbEnet’ is for the embedded EtherNet/IP port on the main control board.

138 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 144 - Port 0: Communication File

Masks Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
231 Write Mask Act RO Bit 1.x 2
Write Mask Active
Displays which ports can write to parameters and data links.
Options DeviceLogix
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
EmbEnet

Port 8
Port 7
Port 6
Port 5
Port 4
Port 3
Port 2
Port 1
Default 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 1 ‘Port 1’ is for the HIM located in the cradle on the face of the control pod.
Bit 2 ‘Port 2’ is for a device connected to the DPI connector at the base of the control pod. This is usually the door mounted HIM. It could also be a computer connected via a
1203-USB adapter.
Bit 3 ‘Port 3’ is for a device connected to the DPI connector at the base of the control pod. This is usually the door mounted HIM. It could also be a computer connected via a
1203-USB adapter.
Bit 4 ‘Port 4’ is for an option card located in the bottom right-hand option slot of the control pod.
Bit 5 ‘Port 5’ is for an option card located in the bottom center option slot of the control pod.
Bit 6 ‘Port 6’ is for an option card located in the bottom left-hand option slot of the control pod.
Bit 7 ‘Port 7’ is for an option card located in the top right-hand option slot of the control pod.
Bit 8 ‘Port 8’ is for an option card located in the top center option slot of the control pod.
Bit 9 ‘DeviceLogix’ is for a DeviceLogix program.
Bit 15 ‘EmbEnet’ is for the embedded EtherNet/IP port on the main control board.
232 Port Mask Cfg RW Bit 1.x 2
Port Mask Configuration
Enables and disables DPI, SI, and Ethernet ports (reset required). Setting a bit to 1 enables communication for the associated port. Clearing a bit (i.e., setting a bit to 0)
inhibits communication for the associated port.
DeviceLogix

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
EmbEnet

Port 8
Port 7
Port 6
Port 5
Port 4
Port 3
Port 2
Port 1

Default 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 1 ‘Port 1’ is for the HIM located in the cradle on the face of the control pod.
Bit 2 ‘Port 2’ is for a device connected to the DPI connector at the base of the control pod. This is usually the door mounted HIM. It could also be a computer connected via a
1203-USB adapter.
Bit 3 ‘Port 3’ is for a device connected to the DPI connector at the base of the control pod. This is usually the door mounted HIM. It could also be a computer connected via a
1203-USB adapter.
Bit 4 ‘Port 4’ is for an option card located in the bottom right-hand option slot of the control pod.
Bit 5 ‘Port 5’ is for an option card located in the bottom center option slot of the control pod.
Bit 6 ‘Port 6’ is for an option card located in the bottom left-hand option slot of the control pod.
Bit 7 ‘Port 7’ is for an option card located in the top right-hand option slot of the control pod.
Bit 8 ‘Port 8’ is for an option card located in the top center option slot of the control pod.
Bit 9 ‘DeviceLogix’ is for a DeviceLogix program.
Bit 15 ‘EmbEnet’ is for the embedded EtherNet/IP port on the main control board.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 139

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 144 - Port 0: Communication File

Masks Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
233 Port Mask Act RO Bit 1.x 2
Port Mask Active
Displays which ports can communicate (read and write).
Options DeviceLogix
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
EmbEnet

Port 8
Port 7
Port 6
Port 5
Port 4
Port 3
Port 2
Port 1
Default 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 1 ‘Port 1’ is for the HIM located in the cradle on the face of the control pod.
Bit 2 ‘Port 2’ is for a device connected to the DPI connector at the base of the control pod. This is usually the door mounted HIM. It could also be a computer connected via a
1203-USB adapter.
Bit 3 ‘Port 3’ is for a device connected to the DPI connector at the base of the control pod. This is usually the door mounted HIM. It could also be a computer connected via a
1203-USB adapter.
Bit 4 ‘Port 4’ is for an option card located in the bottom right-hand option slot of the control pod.
Bit 5 ‘Port 5’ is for an option card located in the bottom center option slot of the control pod.
Bit 6 ‘Port 6’ is for an option card located in the bottom left-hand option slot of the control pod.
Bit 7 ‘Port 7’ is for an option card located in the top right-hand option slot of the control pod.
Bit 8 ‘Port 8’ is for an option card located in the top center option slot of the control pod.
Bit 9 ‘DeviceLogix’ is for a DeviceLogix program.
Bit 15 ‘EmbEnet’ is for the embedded EtherNet/IP port on the main control board.
41 Logic Mask
Logic Mask
This is the secondary file and group position for this parameter.
See description for Logic Mask on page 113.
42 Auto Mask
Automatic Mask
This is the secondary file and group position for this parameter.
See description for Automatic Mask on page 113.
43 Manual Cmd Mask
Manual Command Mask
This is the secondary file and group position for this parameter.
See description for Manual Command Mask on page 114.
44 Manual Ref Mask
Manual Reference Mask
This is the secondary file and group position for this parameter.
See description for Manual Reference Mask on page 114.

140 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 145 - Port 0: Communication File

Owners Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
260 Stop Owner RO Bit 1.x 0
Stop Owner
Indicates which port is issuing a valid stop command.
DeviceLogix
Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Digital In
EmbEnet

Port 6
Port 5
Port 4
Port 3
Port 2
Port 1
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

261 Start Owner RO Bit 1.x 0

Start Owner
Indicates which port is issuing a valid start command.
DeviceLogix

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Digital In
EmbEnet

Port 6
Port 5
Port 4
Port 3
Port 2
Port 1

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

262 Jog Owner RO Bit 1.x 0

Jog Owner
Indicates which port is issuing a valid jog command.
DeviceLogix

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Digital In
EmbEnet

Port 6
Port 5
Port 4
Port 3
Port 2
Port 1

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

263 Dir Owner RO Bit 1.x 0

Direction Owner
Indicates which port has exclusive control of direction changes. Only one port can own the direction function at one time.
DeviceLogix

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Digital In
EmbEnet

Port 6
Port 5
Port 4
Port 3
Port 2
Port 1

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

264 Clear Flt Owner RO Bit 1.x 0

Clear Fault Owner
Indicates which port is issuing a valid clear fault command.
DeviceLogix

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Digital In
EmbEnet

Port 6
Port 5
Port 4
Port 3
Port 2
Port 1

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 141

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 145 - Port 0: Communication File

Owners Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
265 Manual Owner RO Bit 1.x 0
Manual Owner
Indicates which port has manual control of all drive logic and/or reference functions.
If a port has manual lockout, all other functions (except stop) on all other ports are locked out and non-functional.
Monitor manual lockout status with the associated owner status parameters.
DeviceLogix

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Digital In
EmbEnet

Port 6
Port 5
Port 4
Port 3
Port 2
Port 1
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

266 Ref Select Owner RO Bit 1.x 0

Reference Select Owner
Indicates which port is issuing a valid reference select.
This parameter is not available in bus supplies.
DeviceLogix

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Digital In
EmbEnet

Port 6
Port 5
Port 4
Port 3
Port 2
Port 1

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

267 EnergyPauseOwner RO Bit 3.x 0

Energy Pause Owner
Indicates which ports are issuing valid energy pause commands.
DeviceLogix

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Digital In
EmbEnet

Port 6
Port 5
Port 4
Port 3
Port 2
Port 1

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

142 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 146 - Port 0: Communication File

User Datalink Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
700 UserData Int 00 Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
701 UserData Int 01 Min/Max: -2147483647/+2147483647 Integer
702 UserData Int 02
703 UserData Int 03
704 UserData Int 04
705 UserData Int 05
706 UserData Int 06
707 UserData Int 07
708 UserData Int 08
709 UserData Int 09
710 UserData Int 10
711 UserData Int 11
712 UserData Int 12
713 UserData Int 13
714 UserData Int 14
715 UserData Int 15
716 UserData Int 16
717 UserData Int 17
718 UserData Int 18
719 UserData Int 19
720 UserData Int 20
721 UserData Int 21
722 UserData Int 22
723 UserData Int 23
724 UserData Int 24
725 UserData Int 25
726 UserData Int 26
727 UserData Int 27
728 UserData Int 28
729 UserData Int 29
730 UserData Int 30
731 UserData Int 31
User Data Integer n
Available for storage of a 32-bit integer values by the user.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 143

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 146 - Port 0: Communication File

User Datalink Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
800 UserData Real 00 Default: 0.0000 RW Real 1.x 2
801 UserData Real 01 Min/Max: -2147480000.0000/+2147480000.0000
802 UserData Real 02
803 UserData Real 03
804 UserData Real 04
805 UserData Real 05
806 UserData Real 06
807 UserData Real 07
808 UserData Real 08
809 UserData Real 09
810 UserData Real 10
811 UserData Real 11
812 UserData Real 12
813 UserData Real 13
814 UserData Real 14
815 UserData Real 15
816 UserData Real 16
817 UserData Real 17
818 UserData Real 18
819 UserData Real 19
820 UserData Real 20
821 UserData Real 21
822 UserData Real 22
823 UserData Real 23
824 UserData Real 24
825 UserData Real 25
826 UserData Real 26
827 UserData Real 27
828 UserData Real 28
829 UserData Real 29
830 UserData Real 30
831 UserData Real 31
User Data Real n
Available for storage of a real values by the user.

Table 147 - Port 0: Communication File

User Scaling Group
FW Revision
Access Level

No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type

Extended Name
Description
900 ScaleBlk Sel 00 Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
904 ScaleBlk Sel 01 Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
908 ScaleBlk Sel 02
912 ScaleBlk Sel 03
916 ScaleBlk Sel 04
920 ScaleBlk Sel 05
924 ScaleBlk Sel 06
928 ScaleBlk Sel 07
Scale Block Select n
Select the input source for this Scale Block.

144 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 147 - Port 0: Communication File

User Scaling Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
901 ScaleBlk Scal 00 Default: 1.0000 RW Real 1.x 2
905 ScaleBlk Scal 01 Min/Max: -2147480000.0000/+2147480000.0000
909 ScaleBlk Scal 02
913 ScaleBlk Scal 03
917 ScaleBlk Scal 04
921 ScaleBlk Scal 05
925 ScaleBlk Scal 06
929 ScaleBlk Scal 07
Scale Block Scale n
Enter a value to set the Multiplier (Scale) for this Scale Block.
902 ScaleBlk Int 00 Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 2
906 ScaleBlk Int 01 Min/Max: -2147483647/+2147483647 Integer
910 ScaleBlk Int 02
914 ScaleBlk Int 03
918 ScaleBlk Int 04
922 ScaleBlk Int 05
926 ScaleBlk Int 06
930 ScaleBlk Int 07
Scale Block Integer n
Displays the scaling result in the DINT (double integer) format.
903 ScaleBlk Real 00 Default: 0.0000 RO Real 1.x 2
907 ScaleBlk Real 01 Min/Max: -2147480000.0000/+2147480000.0000
911 ScaleBlk Real 02
915 ScaleBlk Real 03
919 ScaleBlk Real 04
923 ScaleBlk Real 05
927 ScaleBlk Real 06
931 ScaleBlk Real 07
Scale Block Real n
Displays the scaling result in the REAL (floating point) format.

Table 148 - Port 0: Embedded ENET File

Address Config Group
FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values
Read-Write

Data Type

Extended Name
Description
300 Net Addr Sel Default: 3 = ‘DHCP’ RW 32-bit 1.x 0
Network Address Selection Options: 1 = ‘Parameters’ Integer
Selects the source for the interface node address, subnet mask, and gateway address 2 = ‘BOOTP’
when the rotary switches on the main control board are set to 999. 3 = ‘DHCP’
‘Parameters’ (1) – The address comes from parameters 0:302 [IP Addr Cfg 1]…0:313
[Gateway Cfg 4].
‘BOOTP’ (2) – The address comes from a BOOTP server on the network.
‘DHCP’ (3) – The address comes from a DHCP server on the network. This could be a
Stratix® switch.
A power cycle or reset is needed for changes to this parameter to take effect.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 145

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 148 - Port 0: Embedded ENET File

Address Config Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
301 Net Addr Src Default: 0 = ‘Switches’ RO 32-bit 1.x 0
Network Address Source Options: 0 = ‘Switches’ Integer
Displays the active source for the interface node address, subnet mask, and gateway 1 = ‘Parameters’
address. 2 = ‘BOOTP’
‘Switches’ (0) – The address comes from the rotary switches on the main control board. 3 = ‘DHCP’
‘Parameters’ (1) – The address comes from parameters 0:302 [IP Addr Cfg 1]…0:313
[Gateway Cfg 4].
‘BOOTP’ (2) – The address comes from a BOOTP server on the network.
‘DHCP’ (3) – The address comes from a DHCP server on the network. This server could be a
Stratix switch.
302 IP Addr Cfg 1 Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 0
303 IP Addr Cfg 2 Min/Max: 0/255 Integer
304 IP Addr Cfg 3
305 IP Addr Cfg 4
IP Address Configuration n
Sets the first, second, third, and fourth byte in the IP address when parameter 0:301 [Net
Addr Src] is set to 1 ‘Parameters’.
A power cycle or reset is needed for changes to this parameter to take effect.
306 Subnet Cfg 1 Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 0
307 Subnet Cfg 2 Min/Max: 0/255 Integer
308 Subnet Cfg 3
309 Subnet Cfg 4
Subnet Configuration n
Sets the first, second, third, and fourth byte in the subnet mask when parameter 0:301
[Net Addr Src] is set to 1 ‘Parameters’.
The subnet mask cannot be 0.0.0.0.
A power cycle or reset is needed for changes to this parameter to take effect.
310 Gateway Cfg 1 Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 0
311 Gateway Cfg 2 Min/Max: 0/255 Integer
312 Gateway Cfg 3
313 Gateway Cfg 4
Gateway Configuration n
Sets the first, second, third, and fourth byte in the gateway address when parameter
0:301 [Net Addr Src] is set to 1 ‘Parameters’.
If the gateway address is 0.0.0.0, the PowerFlex 755T will only be able to communicate
with devices on the same subnet as the drive. It will not be able to communicate with
devices on other subnets.
If the gateway address is not set to 0.0.0.0, then it must be set to an address that is on the
same subnet as the drive’s IP address.
A power cycle or reset is needed for changes to this parameter to take effect.
314 Net Rate Cfg 1 Default: 0 = ‘Autodetect’ RW 32-bit 1.x 0
316 Net Rate Cfg 2 Options: 0 = ‘Autodetect’ Integer
Net Rate Configuration n 1 = ‘10Mbps Full’
Sets the speed and duplex at which the interface communicates on its ENET n network 2 = ‘10Mbps Half’
port. 3 = ‘100Mbps Full’
A power cycle or reset is needed for changes to this parameter to take effect. Updates port 4 = ‘100Mbps Half’
0 parameter [Net Rate Act n].

146 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 148 - Port 0: Embedded ENET File

Address Config Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
315 Net Rate Act 1 Default: 0 = ‘No Link’ RO 32-bit 1.x 0
317 Net Rate Act 2 Options: 0 = ‘No Link’ Integer
Network Rate Actual n 1 = ‘10Mbps Full’
Displays the active network data rate at which adapter n communicates. 2 = ‘10Mbps Half’
3 = ‘100Mbps Full’
4 = ‘100Mbps Half’
5 = ‘Dup IP Addr’

Table 149 - Port 0: Embedded ENET File

Datalinks Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
321 DL From Net 01 Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
322 DL From Net 02 Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
323 DL From Net 03
324 DL From Net 04
325 DL From Net 05
326 DL From Net 06
327 DL From Net 07
328 DL From Net 08
329 DL From Net 09
330 DL From Net 10
331 DL From Net 11
332 DL From Net 12
333 DL From Net 13
334 DL From Net 14
335 DL From Net 15
336 DL From Net 16
Datalink From Network nn
Select a parameter that consumes data, which is produced by Datalink nn in the interface.

340 DL To Net 01 Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2

341 DL To Net 02 Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
342 DL To Net 03
343 DL To Net 04
344 DL To Net 05
345 DL To Net 06
346 DL To Net 07
347 DL To Net 08
348 DL To Net 09
349 DL To Net 10
350 DL To Net 11
351 DL To Net 12
352 DL To Net 13
353 DL To Net 14
354 DL To Net 15
355 DL To Net 16
Datalink To Network nn
Selects a parameter that produces data, which is consumed by Datalink nn in the
interface.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 147

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 149 - Port 0: Embedded ENET File

Datalinks Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
356 DLs From Net Act Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 2
Datalinks From Network Actual Min/Max: 0/16 Integer
Displays the number of actual controller-to-drive Datalinks being used based on the I/O
connection opened by the controller.
357 DLs To Net Act Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 2
Datalinks To Network Actual Min/Max: 0/16 Integer
Displays the number of actual drive-to-controller Datalinks being used based on the I/O
connection opened by the controller.

Table 150 - Port 0: Embedded ENET File

Fault Response Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
360 Comm Flt Action Default: 0 = ‘Fault’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Communications Fault Action Options: 0 = ‘Fault’ Integer
Sets the action that the communication interface and drive take when I/O communication 1 = ‘Stop’
is disrupted. When communication is reestablished, the drive automatically receives the 2 = ‘Zero Data’
logic command, reference, and datalinks over the network again. 3 = ‘Hold Last’
‘Fault’ (0) – The response is a major fault. The drive stops modulating, the motor coasts to 4 = ‘Send Flt Cfg’
a stop, and a fault reset is required to resume operation.
‘Stop’ (1) – The response is to stop in the way set by the active stop mode.
‘Zero Data’ (2) – The response is to continue operating, but to put zeros in the logic
command, reference, and datalinks.
‘Hold Last’ (3) – The response is to continue operating, and to use the last values in the
logic command, reference, and datalinks.
‘Send Flt Cfg’ (4) – The response is to continue operating, but to use the logic command
specified in parameter 0:364 [Flt Cfg Logic] and the reference specified in 0:365 [Flt Cfg
Ref]. The drive also uses the values in parameters 0:370 [Flt Cfg DL 01]… 0:385 [Flt Cfg
DL 16] in the parameters consuming data from those datalinks.

ATTENTION: Take precautions to help ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create a risk of injury or
equipment damage. When commissioning the drive, verify that your system responds correctly to various situations (for
example, a disconnected cable).

148 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 150 - Port 0: Embedded ENET File

Fault Response Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
361 Idle Flt Action Default: 0 = ‘Fault’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Idle Fault Action Options: 0 = ‘Fault’ Integer
Sets the action that the communication interface and drive take when the controller 1 = ‘Stop’
leaves the run mode (faulted or in program mode). When the controller returns to the 2 = ‘Zero Data’
Run mode, the drive automatically receives the logic command, reference, and datalinks 3 = ‘Hold Last’
over the network again.
4 = ‘Send Flt Cfg’
‘Fault’ (0) – The response is a major fault. The drive stops modulating, the motor coasts to
a stop, and a fault reset is required to resume operation.
‘Stop’ (1) – The response is to stop in the way set by the active stop mode.
‘Zero Data’ (2) – The response is to continue operating, but to put zeros in the logic
command, reference, and datalinks.
‘Hold Last’ (3) – The response is to continue operating, and to use the last values in the
logic command, reference, and datalinks.
‘Send Flt Cfg’ (4) – The response is to continue operating, but to use the logic command
specified in parameter 0:364 [Flt Cfg Logic] and the reference specified in 0:365 [Flt Cfg
Ref]. The drive also uses the values in parameters 0:370 [Flt Cfg DL 01]…0:385 [Flt Cfg DL
16] in the parameters consuming data from those datalinks.

ATTENTION: Take precautions to help ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create a risk of injury or
equipment damage. When commissioning the drive, verify that your system responds correctly to various situations (for
example, placing the controller in program mode).

363 Msg Flt Action Default: 0 = ‘Fault’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2

Message Fault Action Options: 0 = ‘Fault’ Integer
Sets the action that the interface and drive take when explicit messaging control (only via 1 = ‘Stop’
PCCC or the CIP™ Assembly Object) is disrupted. When explicit messaging control is re- 2 = ‘Zero Data’
established, the drive automatically receives the logic command, reference, and datalinks 3 = ‘Hold Last’
over the network again.
4 = ‘Send Flt Cfg’
‘Fault’ (0) – The response is a major fault. The drive stops modulating, the motor coasts to
a stop, and a fault reset is required to resume operation.
‘Stop’ (1) – The response is to stop in the way set by the active stop mode.
‘Zero Data’ (2) – The response is to continue operating, but to put zeros in the logic
command, reference, and datalinks.
‘Hold Last’ (3) – The response is to continue operating, and to use the last values in the
logic command, reference, and datalinks.
‘Send Flt Cfg’ (4) –The response is to continue operating, but to use the logic command
specified in parameter 0:364 [Flt Cfg Logic] and the reference specified in 0:365 [Flt Cfg
Ref]. The drive also uses the values in parameters 0:370 [Flt Cfg DL 01]… 0:385 [Flt Cfg
DL 16] in the parameters consuming data from those datalinks.

ATTENTION: Take precautions to help ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create a risk of injury or
equipment damage. When commissioning the drive, verify that your system responds correctly to various situations (for
example, a disconnected cable).

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 149

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 150 - Port 0: Embedded ENET File

Fault Response Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
364 Flt Cfg Logic RW Bit 1.x 2
Fault Configuration Logic
Set the Logic Command for the drive if any of the following is true:
0:360 [Comm Flt Action] is set to 4 ‘Send Flt Cfg’ and I/O communication is disrupted.
0:361 [Idle Flt Action] is set to 4 ‘Send Flt Cfg’ and the controller leaves the run mode.
0:363 [Msg Flt Action] is set to 4 ‘Send Flt Cfg’ and Explicit Messaging for drive control is disrupted.
This bit table is for systems that contain both inverters and converters or only inverters.

Energy Pause
Options

Decel Time 2
Decel Time 1
Emerg OVRD
SpdRef Sel 2
SpdRef Sel 1
SpdRef Sel 0

Accel Time 2
Accel Time 1

Clear Faults
Climit Stop
Coast Stop
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Forward
Reverse
Manual
Jog 2

Jog 1
Start
Stop
Run
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
This bit table is for systems that contain only converters.
Energy Pause

Options
Emerg OVRD

Clear Faults
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Start
Stop
Run

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

365 Flt Cfg Ref Default: 0.000 RW Real 1.x 2

Fault Configuration Reference Min/Max: -220000000.000/+220000000.000
Set the reference for the drive if any of the following is true:
0:360 [Comm Flt Action] is set to 4 ‘Send Flt Cfg’ and I/O communication is disrupted.
0:361 [Idle Flt Action] is set to 4 ‘Send Flt Cfg’ and the controller leaves the run mode.
0:363 [Msg Flt Action] is set to 4 ‘Send Flt Cfg’ and Explicit Messaging for drive control is
disrupted.
370 Flt Cfg DL 01 Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
371 Flt Cfg DL 02 Min/Max: 0/4294967295 Integer
372 Flt Cfg DL 03
373 Flt Cfg DL 04
374 Flt Cfg DL 05
375 Flt Cfg DL 06
376 Flt Cfg DL 07
377 Flt Cfg DL 08
378 Flt Cfg DL 09
379 Flt Cfg DL 10
380 Flt Cfg DL 11
381 Flt Cfg DL 12
382 Flt Cfg DL 13
383 Flt Cfg DL 14
384 Flt Cfg DL 15
385 Flt Cfg DL 16
Fault Configuration Datalink nn
Set the data for the parameter consuming data from datalink nn if any of the following is
true:
0:360 [Comm Flt Action] is set to 4 ‘Send Flt Cfg’ and I/O communication is disrupted.
0:361 [Idle Flt Action] is set to 4 ‘Send Flt Cfg’ and the controller leaves the run mode.
0:363 [Msg Flt Action] is set to 4 ‘Send Flt Cfg’ and Explicit Messaging for drive control is
disrupted.

150 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 151 - Port 0: Protection File

Ground Fault Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
420 M Gnd Warn Actn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Inverter Ground Warning Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action to take when a ground current exceeds the level that is specified in 1 = ‘Alarm’
parameter 0:421 [M Gnd Warn Lvl] in the motor side inverter. 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
‘Ignore’ (0) – The drive takes no action. 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
‘Alarm’ (1) – The drive has a type 1 alarm. It continues to run. The alarm persists as long as 4 = ‘Flt RampStop’
the ground current exceeds the level that is specified in parameter 0:421 [M Gnd Warn 5 = ‘Flt CL Stop’
Lvl].
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – The drive has a minor fault. It continues to run if already running. Clear
fault to restart.
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – The drive has a major fault. It stops modulating and the motor coasts
to a stop, as friction, inertia, and gravity allow. The drive stops in this manner regardless
of the active stop mode. Clear fault to restart.
‘Flt RampStop’ (4) – The drive has a major fault. It ramps a stop, following the active
deceleration ramp. The drive stops in this manner regardless of the active stop mode.
Clear fault to restart.
‘Flt CL Stop’ (5) – The drive has a major fault. It stops the motor as quickly as the active
current limits allow. The drive stops in this manner regardless of the active stop mode.
Clear fault to restart.
421 M Gnd Warn Lvl Units: A RW Real 1.x 1
Inverter Ground Warning Level Default: 4.00
Set the level at which a Ground Fault Warning occurs in the motor side inverter. Min/Max: 1.00/50.00
422 L Gnd Warn Actn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Converter Ground Warning Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action to take when a ground current exceeds the level specified in parameter 1 = ‘Alarm’
0:423 [L Gnd Warn Lvl] in the line side converter. 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
‘Ignore’ (0) – The drive takes no action. 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
‘Alarm’ (1) – The drive or bus supply has a type 1 alarm. It continues to run. The alarm
persists as long as the ground current exceeds the level specified in parameter 0:423 [L
Gnd Warn Lvl].
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – The drive or bus supply has a minor fault. It continues to run if already
running. It does not restart after stopping until the fault is cleared.
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – The drive or bus supply has a major fault. It stops modulating to the
line. It does this regardless of the active stop mode. It does not restart after stopping until
the fault is cleared.
423 L Gnd Warn Lvl Units: A RW Real 1.x 1
Converter Ground Warning Level Default: 3.00
Set the level at which a Ground Fault Warning occurs in the line side converter. Min/Max: 1.00/0.25 x 21 [Rated Amps]
424 L GF Thresh Units: % RW Real 4.x 1
Converter Ground Fault Threshold Default: 35.00 (Frames 5 and 6)
Enter a value to set the ground fault detection threshold for line side converter ground 32.00 (Frames 7…15)
faults. Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
Enter a percentage of the highest 3-second overload rating for the power module
(highest among high and low voltage and varying duty selections).
See PowerFlex 750-Series Products with TotalFORCE Control Technical Data, publication
750-TD100, to understand the 3-second overload ratings for a given drive or bus supply.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 151

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 151 - Port 0: Protection File

Ground Fault Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
425 HRG GF Flt Actn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
HRG Ground Fault Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action to take when the HRG (High Resistance Ground) Ground Fault signal 1 = ‘Alarm’
exceeds the value specified in parameter 0:426 [HRG GF Thresh]. 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
‘Ignore’ (0) – The drive takes no action. 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
‘Alarm’ (1) – The drive has a type 1 alarm. It continues to run. The alarm persists as long as 4 = ‘Flt RampStop’
the ground current exceeds the level specified in parameter 0:426 [HRG GF Thresh]. 5 = ‘Flt CL Stop’
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – The drive has a minor fault. It continues to run if already running. It does
not restart after stopping until the fault is cleared.
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – The drive has a major fault. It stops modulating and the motor coasts
to a stop, as friction, inertia and gravity allow. It does this regardless of the active stop
mode. It does not restart after stopping until the fault is cleared.
‘Flt RampStop’ (4) – The drive has a major fault. It ramps a stop, following the active
deceleration ramp. It does this regardless of the active stop mode. It does not restart after
stopping until the fault is cleared.
‘Flt CL Stop’ (5) – The drive has a major fault. It stops the motor as quickly as the active
current limits allow. It does this regardless of the active stop mode. It does not restart
after stopping until the fault is cleared.
426 HRG GF Thresh Default: 0.5 RW Real 1.x 1
HRG Ground Fault Threshold Min/Max: 0.0/1.0
Set the threshold above which the product detects a High Resistance Ground (HRG)
ground fault.
427 HRG GF Freq Units: Hz RO Real 1.x 1
HRG Ground Fault Signal Frequency Default: 0.000
Displays the frequency of the HRG Ground Fault signal. Min/Max: 0.000/650.000
This can be useful for finding the location of the ground fault.
428 HRG GF Neut Vltg Units: V RO Real 1.x 1
HRG Ground Fault Neutral Ground Voltage Default: 0.000
Displays the voltage measured between the DC bus neutral and ground. Min/Max: -2000.000/+2000.000
429 HRG GF Pk Vltg Units: V RO Real 1.x 1
Peak Ground Fault Voltage of HRG Signal Default: 0.000
Displays the peak value of the HRG ground fault neutral ground voltage. Min/Max: 0.000/2000.000

Table 152 - Port 0: Protection File

Overrides Group FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values
Read-Write

Data Type

Extended Name
Description
452 LCLCapFailActn Default: 1 = ‘Flt Stop’ RW 32-bit 4.x 2
Capacitor Failure Action Options: 0 = ‘Alarm’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action the product (drive or bus supply) takes when the LCL 1 = ‘Flt Stop’
Capacitor Failure event occurs. The event occurs when the LCL filter capacitor voltages and
currents have exceeded control limits.
‘Alarm’ (0) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce an alarm when the event occurs.
‘Flt Stop’ (1) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce a major fault when the event
occurs. This stops the converter from running.

152 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 152 - Port 0: Protection File

Overrides Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
453 CapOvrRsncActn Default: 1 = ‘Flt Stop’ RW 32-bit 4.x 2
Capacitor Over Resonance Current Action Options: 0 = ‘Alarm’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action the product (drive or bus supply) takes when the LCL 1 = ‘Flt Stop’
Capacitor Over Resonance event occurs. The event occurs when the LCL filter capacitor
current harmonic content in the range of resonant frequencies is greater than the value of
the current identified in tables 453A…453D.
‘Alarm’ (0) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce an alarm when the event occurs.
‘Flt Stop’ (1) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce a major fault when the event
occurs. The fault stops the converter from running.
The LCL filter capacitor current can be viewed in the following Port 14 parameters. LCL
filter parameters are designated “F0…F9”. A drive with one LCL filter uses parameters
that are designated “F0” only.
1216 [F0 Cap BPF Cur R]…2116 [F9 Cap BPF Cur R]
1217 [F0 Cap BPF Cur S]…2117 [F9 Cap BPF Cur S]
2118 [F0 Cap BPF Cur T]…2118 [F9 Cap BPF Cur T]
The values in tables 453A…453D are based on typical installations and apply in most
cases. The actual alarm and fault level within the drive are calculated and can vary.
For frame 5 and 6 drives, the resonance current values depend on source impedance and
therefore do not have a typical value. Tune the frame 5 and 6 converter to maintain a
current level below the alarm level.
For frames 7 and higher, the source impedance is calculated based on a predicted value.
For frames 8…15, the resonance current value for an alarm or a fault is reported for each
LCL filter module. Frames 10…15 use combinations of the LCL filter modules that are
listed in the tables for frame 8 and 9 products. For frames 8…15 drives and bus supplies,
check the current value of the LCL filter modules in your product to identify which module
is above the alarm or fault resonance current value for the corresponding frame 8 and 9
LCL filter modules that are listed in table 453A…453D. LCL filter modules contain the
catalog number on the front of the module.

Table 453A - Frames 5…7 400V/480V Drive and Bus Supply LCL Filter Capacitor Table 453C - Frames 5…7 600/690V Drive and Bus Supply LCL Filter Capacitor
Current Resonance Alarm and Fault Levels Current Resonance Alarm and Fault Levels
Frame ND Drive Rating Code Resonance Current Frame ND Drive Rating Code Resonance Current

400V 480V Typical Alarm Fault 600V 690V Typical Alarm Fault

5 C015…C043 D014…D040 — 3 4 5 E011…E062 F015…F061 — 5 6

5 C060…C104 D052…D096 — 6 7 6 E077…E144 F082…F142 — 10 13

6 C140…C176 D125…D156 — 11 14 7 E192…E395 F171…F370 8 23 31

6 C205…C260 D186…D248 — 18 23
Table 453D - Frames 8 and 9 (10…15) 600/690V Drive and Bus Supply LCL Filter
7 C302…C585 D302…D617 12 23 31 Capacitor Current Resonance Alarm and Fault Levels
Frame LCL Filter Module Cat. No. Resonance Current
Table 453B - Frames 8 and 9 (10…15) 400V/480V Drive and Bus Supply LCL Filter 600V / 690V Typical Alarm Fault
Capacitor Current Resonance Alarm and Fault Levels
Frame LCL Filter Module Cat. No. Resonance Current 8 20-750-ML1-E395F370 8 23 31

400V / 480V Typical Alarm Fault 8 20-750-ML1-E545F505 11 23 31

5 20-750-ML1-C540D505 12 23 31 9 20-750-ML1-E760F735 16 31 41

5 20-750-ML1-C770D740 18 31 41 9 20-750-ML1-E980F920 22 46 62

6 20-750-ML1-C1K1D1K0 24 46 62
6 20-750-ML1-C1K4D1K3 36 62 82

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 153

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 152 - Port 0: Protection File

Overrides Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
454 Emerg OVRD Mode Default: 0 = ‘Disabled’ RW 32-bit 3.x 2
Emergency Override Mode Options: 0 = ‘Disabled’ Integer
Enter a value to select the Emergency Override mode. 1 = ‘Only OVRD’
‘Disabled’ (0) – Disables Emergency override. Normal protections are in force. 2 = ‘Purge Freq’
‘Only OVRD’ (1) – Enables Emergency override, with no change to position, velocity, or
torque operation.
‘Purge Freq’ (2) – Enables Emergency override and the drive uses the value in parameter
0:457 [Purge Frequency] for its velocity reference. Only applicable for PF755TR drives,
PF755TL drives, and PF755TM common bus inverters. Not applicable to PF755TM bus
supplies.

ATTENTION: The emergency override function allows you to configure the drive to bypass internal protections when
operating in emergency override mode. When the emergency override mode is enabled and active, protections that are
selected in parameter 455 [Emerg Prot OVRD] are bypassed. Do not use the emergency override function without
considering applicable local, national, and international codes, standards, regulations, or industry guidelines.

IMPORTANT The emergency override of protections and faults can reduce the life of the product (drive or bus supply). Their purpose is
to help protect the product from conditions that can damage the product.
The person or company that configures the override assumes responsibility for the damage to the product from the
conditions that would otherwise have triggered the protections.

154 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 152 - Port 0: Protection File

Overrides Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
455 Emerg Prot OVRD RW Bit 3.x 2
ProtectionsOverridenbyEmergencyOverride
Enter a value to configure the classes of faults that the drive (or bus supply) bypasses when emergency override is enabled.
See the fault and alarm descriptions spreadsheet, and the tables in this description, to identify which faults are overridden when these bits are enabled.

Board Faults
Options

MS Pwr Flts
TorqPrv Flts

DevLgx Flts
Fdbk Faults

MS Ctrl Flts
LS Pwr Flts
Pt1...3 Flts

LS Ctrl Flts
Port 8 Flts
Port 7 Flts
Port 6 Flts
Port 5 Flts
Port 4 Flts

PERIF Flts
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

ENET Flts
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘LS Ctrl Flts’ – Set this bit to override faults that come from the line side control. These faults would come from port 13.
Bit 1 ‘LS Pwr Flts’ – Set this bit to override faults that come from the line side power hardware. Includes faults from AC precharge, line side power modules, and LCL filters.
These faults would come from port 14.
Bit 2 ‘MS Ctrl Flts’ – Set this bit to override faults that come from the motor side control. These faults would come from port 10 or port 11.
Bit 3 ‘MS Pwr Flts’ – Set this bit to override faults that come from the motor side power hardware. Includes faults from DC precharge, motor side power modules, and torque
accuracy modules.
Bit 4 ‘PERIF Flts’ – Set this bit to override faults that are related peripherals. These faults include the auxiliary faults, and dynamic brake resistor, among other things
Bit 5 ‘ENET Flts’ – Set this bit to override faults that come from the embedded EtherNet/IP port.
Bit 6 ‘DevLgx Flts’ – Set this bit to override faults that come from DeviceLogix.
Bit 7 ‘Board Faults’ – Set this bit to override miscellaneous faults from circuit boards. These include board over-temperature and checksum faults.
Bit 8 ‘Fdbk Faults’ – Set this bit to override faults that are related to motor and load position and velocity feedback.
Bit 9 ‘TorqPrv Flts’ – Set this bit to override faults that are related to the Torque Prove function.
Bit 10 ‘Pt1...3 Flts’ – Set this bit to override faults that come from DPI ports 1...3. These faults are related to the HIM in the control pod or on the door or to a serial interface
such as the 1203-USB.
Bit 11 ‘Port 4 Flts’ – Set this bit to override faults that come from DPI port 4. This port is option card slot number 4.
Bit 12 ‘Port 5 Flts’ – Set this bit to override faults that come from DPI port 5. This port is option card slot number 5.
Bit 13 ‘Port 6 Flts’ – Set this bit to override faults that come from DPI port 6. This port is option card slot number 6.
Bit 14 ‘Port 7 Flts’ – Set this bit to override faults that come from DPI port 7. This port is option card slot number 7.
Bit 15 ‘Port 8 Flts’ – Set this bit to override faults that come from DPI port 8. This port is option card slot number 8.
Faults Overridden when Bit is Enabled
Bit 0 ‘LS Ctrl Flts’
Port 13 Line Side Converter
13001 ‘LnSyncLoss Det’ 13002 ‘LnSyncLoss RTExp’ 13003 ‘Phase Loss Det’ 13004 ‘Phase Loss RTExp’ 13005 ‘PowerLoss Det’
13006 ‘PowerLoss RTExp’ 13007 ‘Line Sag Det’ 13008 ‘Line Sag RTExp’ 13009 ‘High df/dt Det’ 13010 ‘High df/dt RTExp’
13013 ‘AC L12 OvrVltg A’ 13014 ‘AC L23 OvrVltg A’ 13015 ‘AC L31 OvrVltg A’ 13016 ‘AC L12 OvrVltg B’ 13017 ‘AC L23 OvrVltg B’
13018 ‘AC L31 OvrVltg B’ 13019 ‘AC L12 UndrVltgA’ 13020 ‘AC L23 UndrVltgA’ 13021 ‘AC L31 UndrVltgA’ 13022 ‘AC L12 UndrVltgB’
13023 ‘AC L23 UndrVltgB’ 13024 ‘AC L31 UndrVltgB’ 13025 ‘AC L12 HiVltg A’ 13026 ‘AC L23 HiVltg A’ 13027 ‘AC L31 HiVltg A’
13028 ‘AC L12 HiVltg B’ 13029 ‘AC L23 HiVltg B’ 13030 ‘AC L31 HiVltg B’ 13031 ‘AC L12 LoVltg A’ 13032 ‘AC L23 LoVltg A’
13033 ‘AC L31 LoVltg A’ 13034 ‘AC L12 LoVltg B’ 13035 ‘AC L23 LoVltg B’ 13036 ‘AC L31 LoVltg B’ 13037 ‘AC Line OvrFreqA’
13038 ‘AC Line OvrFreqB’ 13039 ‘AC Ln UndrFreq A’ 13040 ‘AC Ln UndrFreq B’ 13041 ‘AC Ln HiFreq A’ –

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 155

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 152 - Port 0: Protection File

Overrides Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
455
(cont.) Bit 1 ‘LS Pwr Flts’
Port 0 Main Control Board
304 ‘AFE PreChrg Fail’ – – – –
Port 13 Line Side Converter
13065 ‘SW Bus Low Volt’ 13068 ‘SW Bus Over Volt’ 13069 ‘R Overload Flt’ 13071 ‘S Overload Flt’ 13073 ‘T Overload Flt’
13075 ‘Bus Rate of Rise’ 13092 ‘SW OverCurrent’ – – –
Port 14 Line Side Converter
14005 ‘Power Supply UV’ 14013 ‘SysPwr OC Fault’ 14015 ‘BlowPwr UV Flt’ 14016 ‘LEM b0 Flt’ 14017 ‘Gate Drive Flt’
14019 ‘SysPwr OV Flt’ 14020 ‘N24V UV Flt’ 14028 ‘NTC-R Short Flt’ 14029 ‘NTC-R Open Flt’ 14030 ‘R OverTemp Flt’
14032 ‘R LowTemp Flt’ 14034 ‘NTC-S Short Flt’ 14035 ‘NTC-S Open Flt’ 14036 ‘S OverTemp Flt’ 14038 ‘S LowTemp Flt’
14040 ‘NTC-T Short Flt’ 14041 ‘NTC-T Open Flt’ 14042 ‘T OverTemp Flt’ 14044 ‘T LowTemp Flt’ 14046 ‘Jnt OverTemp Flt’
14050 ‘R Overload Flt’ 14052 ‘S Overload Flt’ 14054 ‘T Overload Flt’ 14065 ‘Main Blower Flt’ 14075 ‘IntakeAir OT Flt’
14077 ‘IntakeAir UT Flt’ 14084 ‘Bus Imbalanc Flt’ 14085 ‘PWM Enable Flt’ 14086 ‘L/R Overtemp’ 14087 ‘BusCond BayOTmp’
14102 ‘LocPwr UV Flt’ 14104 ‘P24 UV Flt’ – – –
Port 14 AC Precharge Module
14005 ‘Power Supply UV’ 14006 ‘Precharge Fault’ 14007 ‘MCB CL BayOTmp’ 14008 ‘MCB Fail To Opn’ 14009 ‘MCB Aux BayOTmp’
14011 ‘240VAC OV’ 14108 ‘240VAC Low’ 14121 ‘PCC Fail To Opn’ 14126 ‘AC Line Ovr Vltg’ 14130 ‘TVSS Open’
Port 14 Current Sense Board
14005 ‘Power Supply UV’ 14065 ‘Main Blower Flt’ 14114 ‘Fan OverTemp Flt’ 14119 ‘Reactor OT Fault’ –

Bit 2 ‘MS Ctrl Flts’

Port 10 Motor Side Converter Control
10001 ‘Power Loss’ 10003 ‘Motor Overload’ 10004 ‘Load Loss’ 10005 ‘MS Ctrl Flts’ 10008 ‘Output PhaseLoss’
10009 ‘Decel Inhibit’ 10010 ‘OverSpeed Limit’ 10016 ‘Phase U to Grnd’ 10017 ‘Phase V to Grnd’ 10018 ‘Phase W to Grnd’
10019 ‘Phase UV Short’ 10020 ‘Phase VW Short’ 10021 ‘Phase WU Short’ 10022 ‘Phase UNegToGrnd’ 10023 ‘Phase VNegToGrnd’
10023 ‘Phase WNegToGrnd’ 10025 ‘Shear Pin 1’ 10026 ‘Shear Pin 2’ 10028 ‘Drive OverLoad’ 10031 ‘Excessive Load’
10040 ‘Ext Prechrg Err’ 10053 ‘Pos Over Travel’ 10054 ‘Neg Over Travel’ 10080 ‘M Ground Warning’ –

Bit 3 ‘MS Pwr Flts’

Port 10 Motor Side Converter Control
10094 ‘Heatsink OvrTemp' 10109 ‘HeatSinkUnderTmp’ – – –
Port 12 Motor Side Inverter Control
12005 ‘Power Supply UV’ 12013 ‘SysPwr OC Fault’ 12017 ‘Gate Drive Flt’ 12019 ‘SysPwr OV Flt’ 12020 ‘N24V UV Flt’
12028 ‘NTC-U Short Flt’ 12029 ‘NTC-U Open Flt’ 12030 ‘U OverTemp Flt’ 12032 ‘U LowTemp Flt’ 12034 ‘NTC-V Short Flt’
12035 ‘NTC-V Open Flt’ 12036 ‘V OverTemp Flt’ 12038 ‘V LowTemp Flt’ 12040 ‘NTC-W Short Flt’ 12041 ‘NTC-W Open Flt’
12042 ‘W OverTemp Flt’ 12044 ‘W LowTemp Flt’ 12046 ‘Jnt OverTemp Flt’ 12048 ‘Str Overload Flt’ 12065 ‘Main Blower Flt’
12075 ‘IntakeAir OT Flt’ 12077 ‘IntakeAir UT Flt’ 12081 ‘PIB UT Fault’ 12084 ‘Bus Imbalanc Flt’ 12085 ‘PWM Enable Flt’
12086 ‘L/R Overtemp’ 12087 ‘BusCond BayOTmp’ 12104 ‘P24 UV Flt’ – –
Port 12 DC Precharge Module
12005 ‘Power Supply UV’ 12006 ‘Precharge Fault’ 12007 ‘MCS CL BayOTmp’ 12008 ‘MCS Shunt Trip’ 12009 ‘MCS Aux BayOTmp’
12011 ‘240VAC OV’ 12050 ‘Bus Fuse Harness’ 12108 ‘240VAC Low’ – –

156 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 152 - Port 0: Protection File

Overrides Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
455
(cont.) Bit 4 ‘PERIF Flts’
Port 0 Main Control Board
1 ‘Auxiliary Input’ 2 ‘Sys Default Fail’ 171 ‘No Stop Source’ – –
Port 10 Motor Side Inverter Control
10047 ‘No Stop Source’ – – – –

Bit 5 ‘ENET Flts’

Port 0 Main Control Board
340 ‘Net IO Fault’ 341 ‘Net Idle Fault’ 342 ‘Net Msg Fault’ – –

Bit 7 ‘Board Faults’

Port 0 Main Control Board
23 ‘Board OT Fault’ 25 ‘Board UT Fault’ 300 ‘Nvs Lost Config’ – –
Port 12 Motor Side Inverter Control
12018 ‘Fiber Offline’ 12023 ‘CtrlMsgWdog Tout’ 12071 ‘Board OT Fault’ 12073 ‘Board UT Fault’ 12079 ‘PIB OT Fault’
12081 ‘PIB UT Fault’ 12088 ‘Sec Fbk Watchdog’ 12102 ‘LocPwr UV Flt’ – –
Port 12 Torque Accuracy Module
12001 ‘Image Wtchdg Flt’ 12018 ‘Fiber Offline’ 12023 ‘CtrlMsgWdog Tout’ 12071 ‘Board OT Fault’ 12073 ‘Board UT Fault’
Port 12 DC Precharge Module
120 04 ‘NVS Checksum Flt’ 12018 ‘Fiber Offline’ 12071 ‘Board OT Fault’ 12073 ‘Board UT Fault’ –
Port 14 Line Side Converter Power
14018 ‘Fiber Offline’ 14023 ‘CtrlMsgWdog Tout’ 14071 ‘Board OT Fault’ 14073 ‘Board UT Fault’ 14079 ‘PIB OT Fault’
14081 ‘PIB UT Fault’ 14088 ‘Sec Fbk Watchdog’ – – –
Port 14 AC Precharge
14004 ‘NVS Checksum Flt’ 14018 ‘Fiber Offline’ 14023 ‘CtrlMsgWdog Tout’ 14071 ‘Board OT Fault’ 14073 ‘Board UT Fault’
Port 14 Current Sense Board
14004 ‘NVS Checksum Flt’ 14018 ‘Fiber Offline’ 14071 ‘Board OT Fault’ 14073 ‘Board UT Fault’ 14116 ‘Fan UdrTemp Flt’

Bit 8 ‘Fdbk Faults’

Port 10 Motor Side Inverter Control
10038 ‘Auto Tach Switch’ 10060 ‘Fwd End Limit’ 10061 ‘Rev End Limit’ – –

Bit 9 ‘TorqPrv Flts’

Port 9 Applications
9014 ‘TP Encls Config’ – – – –

Bit 10 ‘Pt1…3 Flts’

Port 0 Main Control Board
29 ‘Port 1 Adapter’ 30 ‘Port 2 Adapter’ 31 ‘Port 3 Adapter’ 35 ‘Port 1 DPI Loss’ 36 ‘Port 2 DPI Loss’
37 ‘Port 3 DPI Loss’ – – – –

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 157

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 152 - Port 0: Protection File

Overrides Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
455
(cont.) Bit 11 ‘Port 4 Flts’, Bit 12 ‘Port 5 Flts’, Bit 13 ‘Port 6 Flts’, Bit 14 ‘Port 7 Flts’
Port 0 Main Control Board
Bit 11: 32 ‘Port 4 Adapter’ Bit 11: 38 ‘Port 4 DPI Loss’ – – –
Bit 12: 33 ‘Port 5 Adapter’ Bit 12: 39 ‘Port 5 DPI Loss’
Bit 13: 34 ‘Port 6 Adapter’ Bit 13: 40 ‘Port 6 DPI Loss’
Port n I/O Module
nn001 ‘Analog In0 Loss’ nn002 ‘Analog In1 Loss’ nn010 ‘Anlg Cal Chksum’ nn011 ‘PTC Over Temp’ nn012 ‘PTC ShortCircuit’
nn013 ‘ATX Voltage Loss’ nn014 ‘ThermostatOvrTmp’ nn015 ‘ATEX Safety’ nn999 ‘System Comm Loss’ –
Port n ATEX Module
nn011 ‘PTC Over Temp’ nn012 ‘PTC ShortCircuit’ nn013 ‘ATX Voltage Loss’ nn014 ‘ThermostatOvrTmp’ –
Port n Single Incremental Encoder
nn000 ‘Open Wire’ nn001 ‘Phase Loss’ nn002 ‘Quadrature Loss’ – –
Port n Dual Incremental Encoder
nn000 ‘Enc0 Open Wire’ nn001 ‘Enc0 Phase Loss’ nn002 ‘Enc0 Quad Loss’ nn030 ‘Enc1 Open Wire’ nn031 ‘Enc1 Phase Loss’
nn032 ‘Enc1 Quad Loss’ – – – –
Port n Universal Feedback
nn000 ‘Ch0 LightSrc Err’ nn001 ‘Ch0 SigAmp Err’ nn002 ‘Ch0 PsnVal Err’ nn003 ‘Ch0 OverVolt Err’ nn004 ‘Ch0 UndVolt Err’
nn005 ‘Ch0 OverCur Err’ nn006 ‘Ch0 Battery Err’ nn009 ‘Ch0 AnalSig Err’ nn010 ‘Ch0 IntOfst Err’ nn011 ‘Ch0 DataTabl Err’
nn012 ‘Ch0 AnalLim Err’ nn013 ‘Ch0 Int I2C Err’ nn014 ‘Ch0 IntChksm Err’ nn015 ‘Ch0 PrgmResetErr’ nn016 ‘Ch0 CntOvrflwErr’
nn017 ‘Ch0 Parity Err’ nn018 ‘Ch0 Chksum Err’ nn019 ‘Ch0 InvCmd Err’ nn020 ‘Ch0 SendSize Err’ nn021 ‘Ch0 CmdArgmt Err’
nn022 ‘Ch0 InvWrtAdrErr’ nn023 ‘Ch0 AccCode Err’ nn024 ‘Ch0 FieldSizeErr’ nn025 ‘Ch0 Address Err’ nn026 ‘Ch0 FieldAcc Err’
nn028 ‘Ch0 SiTurnPsnErr’ nn029 ‘Ch0 MulTrnPsnErr’ nn036 ‘Ch0 AnalVal Err’ nn037 ‘Ch0 SendCurr Err’ nn038 ‘Ch0 EncTemp Err’
nn039 ‘Ch0 Speed Err’ nn040 ‘Ch0 General Err’ nn046 ‘Ch0 LED Curr Err’ nn047 ‘Ch0 ExMulTurnErr’ nn048 ‘Ch0 PsnCode Err’
nn049 ‘Ch0 Config Err’ nn050 ‘Ch0 PsnVal Err’ nn051 ‘Ch0 SerialComErr’ nn052 ‘Ch0 Ext Failure’ nn053 ‘Ch0 Temp Exc Err’
nn064 ‘Ch0 OutOfRailErr’ nn068 ‘Ch0 Read Head 1’ nn069 ‘Ch0 Read Head 2’ nn070 ‘Ch0 RAM Error’ nn071 ‘Ch0 EPROM Error’
nn072 ‘Ch0 ROM Error’ nn074 ‘Ch0 No Position’ nn081 ‘Ch0 Msg Cheksum’ nn082 ‘Ch0 Timeout’ nn083 ‘Ch0 Commt’
nn084 ‘Ch0 Diagnostic’ nn085 ‘Ch0 SpplyVltgRng’ nn086 ‘Ch0 SC Amplitude’ nn087 ‘Ch0 Open Wire’ nn088 ‘Ch0 Quad Loss’
nn089 ‘Ch0 Phase Loss’ nn090 ‘Ch0 Unsupp Enc’ nn200 ‘Ch1 LightSrc Err’ nn201 ‘Ch1 SigAmp Err’ nn202 ‘Ch1 PsnVal Err’
nn203 ‘Ch1 OverVolt Err’ nn204 ‘Ch1 UndVolt Err’ nn205 ‘Ch1 OverCur Err’ nn206 ‘Ch1 Battery Err’ nn209 ‘Ch1 AnalSig Err’
nn210 ‘Ch1 IntOfst Err’ nn211 ‘Ch1 DataTabl Err’ nn212 ‘Ch1 AnalLim Err’ nn213 ‘Ch1 Int I2C Err’ nn214 ‘Ch1 IntChksm Err’
nn215 ‘Ch1 PrgmResetErr’ nn216 ‘Ch1 CntOvrflwErr’ nn217 ‘Ch1 Parity Err’ nn218 ‘Ch1 Chksum Err’ nn219 ‘Ch1 InvCmd Err’
nn220 ‘Ch1 SendSize Err’ nn221 ‘Ch1 CmdArgmt Err’ nn222 ‘Ch1 InvWrtAdrErr’ nn223 ‘Ch1 AccCode Err’ nn224 ‘Ch1 FieldSizeErr’
nn225 ‘Ch1 Address Err’ nn226 ‘Ch1 FieldAcc Err’ nn228 ‘Ch1 SiTurnPsnErr’ nn229 ‘Ch1 MulTrnPsnErr’ nn236 ‘Ch1 AnalVal Err’
nn237 ‘Ch1 SendCurr Err’ nn238 ‘Ch1 EncTemp Err’ nn239 ‘Ch1 Speed Err’ nn240 ‘Ch1 General Err’ nn246 ‘Ch1 LED Curr Err’
nn247 ‘Ch1 ExMulTurnErr’ nn248 ‘Ch1 PsnCode Err’ nn249 ‘Ch1 Config Err’ nn250 ‘Ch1 PsnVal Err’ nn251 ‘Ch1 SerialComErr’
nn252 ‘Ch1 Ext Failure’ nn253 ‘Ch1 Temp Exc Err’ nn256 ‘Ch1 OutOfRailErr’ nn260 ‘Ch1 Read Head 1’ nn261 ‘Ch1 Read Head 2’
nn262 ‘Ch1 RAM Error’ nn263 ‘Ch1 EPROM Error’ nn264 ‘Ch1 ROM Error’ nn266 ‘Ch1 No Position’ nn282 ‘Ch1 Timeout’
nn283 ‘Ch1 Comm’ nn284 ‘Ch1 Diagnostic’ nn285 ‘Ch1 SpplyVltgRng’ nn286 ‘Ch1 SC Amplitude’ nn287 ‘Ch1 Open Wire’
nn288 ‘Ch1 Quad Loss’ nn289 ‘Ch1 Phase Loss’ nn290 ‘Ch1 Unsupp Enc’ nn412 ‘Hardware Err’ nn413 ‘Firmware Err’

158 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 152 - Port 0: Protection File

Overrides Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
456 EmergMode Status RO Bit 3.x 2
Emergency Override Status
Displays the status of Emergency Override.

Emergency
Overridden
Options

Activated
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Emergency’ is set when emergency override is enabled and cleared when emergency override is disabled.
Bit 1 ‘Activated’ is set when emergency override has been activated at least once during the life of the product.
Bit 2 ‘Overridden’ is set when emergency override has overridden an event that would have otherwise caused a fault at least once during the life of the product. This does
not apply to the F1 Auxiliary Input fault.
Note that using the digital input to create the F1 Auxiliary Input fault is a way to test the Emergency Override function without setting bit 2 ‘Overridden’. See parameter
0:115 [DI Aux Fault].
457 Purge Frequency Units: Hz RW Real 3.x 2
Purge Frequency RPM
Enter a value to set the speed reference while Emergency Override is enabled in purge Default: 30 Hz
frequency mode. This parameter is not applicable to 755TM bus supplies. 900 RPM
Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00

Table 1 - Port 0: Protection File

Predictive Main Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
500 Pred Maint Sts RO Bit 1.x 1
Predictive Maintenance Status
Displays the Predictive Maintenance status of the components being monitored in the main product port.
PwrRfFanLife

Options
WrgFan Life

PodFan Life
CtrlFan Life

In Fan Life
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Master

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 1 ‘PodFan Life’ is set when the Control Pod Fan elapsed life event has occurred.
Bit 2 ‘In Fan Life’ is set when the Input Bay Roof Fan elapsed life event has occurred.
Bit 3 ‘PwrRfFanLife’ is set when the Power Bay Roof Fan elapsed life event has occurred.
Bit 4 ‘WrgFan Life’ is set when the Wiring Bay Roof Fan elapsed life event has occurred.
Bit 5 ‘CtrlFan Life’ is set when the Wiring Bay Roof Fan elapsed life event has occurred.
Bit 15 ‘Master’ is set (= 1) whenever any of the individual bits are set.
See Fan Usage by Product on page 516 to determine which fans are present.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 159

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 1 - Port 0: Protection File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
503 Meas Amb Tmp Units: °C RO Real 1.x 1
Measured Ambient Temperature Default: 0.00
Displays the measured temperature of the air entering the drive or bus supply, in degrees Min/Max: -100.00/+100.00
Celsius.
The Predictive Maintenance functions for the Control Pod Fan, Input Bay Roof Fan and
Power Bay Roof Fan use this signal.
Firmware calculates this by averaging the Measured Ambient Temperature parameters
from the power modules in motor side inverter (if present) and the line side converter (if
present).
This parameter displays a value of zero in frame 5 and frame 6 products.
504 PredMaint Rst En RW Bit 1.x 1
Predictive Maintenance Reset Enable
Set bits to enable the resetting of Predictive Maintenance elapsed life parameters in the various ports and models.
Reset bits to prevent the resetting of Predictive Maintenance elapsed life parameters.

Pri Mtr Ctrl

Options
L4 and F4
L3 and F3
L2 and F2

L0 and F0
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Port 0
ACP0

M4
M3
M2
M1
M0
L1

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘Port 0’ allows you to reset the elapsed life parameters in the main product port (Port 0).
Bit 1 ‘Pri Mtr Ctrl’ allows you to reset the elapsed life meters in the primary motor control port (Port 10).
Bit 10 ‘M0’ allows you to reset the elapsed life parameters in the M0 motor side inverter power module.
Bit 11 ‘M1’ allows you to reset the elapsed life parameters in the M1 motor side inverter power module.
Bit 12 ‘M2’ allows you to reset the elapsed life parameters in the M2 motor side inverter power module.
Bit 13 ‘M3’ allows you to reset the elapsed life parameters in the M3 motor side inverter power module.
Bit 14 ‘M4’ allows you to reset the elapsed life parameters in the M4 motor side inverter power module.
Bit 20 ‘L0 and F0’ allows you to reset the elapsed life parameters in the L0 line side converter power module and F0 LCL filter module.
Bit 21 ‘L1’ allows you to reset the elapsed life parameters in the L1 line side converter power module.
Bit 22 ‘L2 and F2’ allows you to reset the elapsed life parameters in the L2 line side converter power module and F2 LCL filter module.
Bit 23 ‘L3 and F3’ allows you to reset the elapsed life parameters in the L3 line side converter power module and F3 LCL filter module.
Bit 24 ‘L4 and F4’ allows you to reset the elapsed life parameters in the L4 line side converter power module and F4 LCL filter module.
Bit 30 ‘ACP0’ allows you to reset the elapsed life parameters in the ACP0 AC Precharge module.
505 Pred Maint Reset Default: 0 = ‘Ready’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Predictive Maintenance Reset Options: 0 = ‘Ready’ Integer
Select a value to reset an elapsed life meter in the Main product port 0. 1 = ‘PodFan Life’
Do not perform a reset while the product is in an Energy Pause ‘Paused’ state. 2 = ‘In Fan Life’
‘Ready’ (0) – indicates the Predictive Maintenance function is ready to reset a meter. 3 = ‘PwrRfFanLife’
‘PodFan Life’ (1) – resets the Control Pod Fan elapsed life parameter. 4 = ‘WrgFan Life’
‘In Fan Life’ (2) – resets the Input Bay Fan elapsed life parameter. 5 = ‘CtrlFan Life’
‘PwrRfFanLife’ (3) – resets the Power Bay Roof Fan elapsed life parameter.
‘WrgFan Life’ (4) – resets the Wiring Bay Fan elapsed life parameter.
‘CtrlFan Life’ (5) – resets the Control Bay Fan elapsed life parameter.
510 Fan Derate Default: 1.00 RW Real 1.x 1
Fan Derating Factor Min/Max: 0.01/1.00
Enter a value to derate the model of fan for all the fans in the drive or bus supply. This
includes heatsink fans, pod fans, door fans and roof fans.
If the environment is clean and there is no adverse vibration, enter a value of one, which
leads to a prediction for maximum life.
If there are factors like vibration or air contamination that will reduce fan life, enter a
value less than one.
A value of 0.75 leads to a prediction of 75% of maximum life. A value of 0.50 leads to a
prediction of 50% of maximum life.

160 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 1 - Port 0: Protection File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
511 PodFan PctLife Units: % RO Real 5.x 1
Control Pod Fan Percent Life Default: 0.000
Displays the consumed life of the Control Pod fans as a percentage of their total life. Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
The Predictive Maintenance function uses component data, temperature, speed, and
runtime to calculate this value. It also uses the value of parameter 0:510 [Fan Derate] in
the calculation. The event configured in parameter 0:515 [PodFan EventActn] occurs
when the value of this parameter exceeds the threshold that is specified in parameter
0:514 [PodFan Event Lvl].
When you replace these fans, use parameters 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and 0:505
[PredMaint Reset] to reset this meter.
The Predictive Maintenance function treats the pair of Control Pod fans as one unit.
Replace both simultaneously.
512 PodFan ElpsdLife Units: h RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Control Pod Fan Elapsed Life Default: 0.00 Integer
Displays the accumulated elapsed life of the Control Pod fans. Min/Max: 0.00/21474836.47
The Predictive Maintenance function uses component data, temperature, speed, and
runtime to calculate this value. It also uses the value of parameter 0:510 [Fan Derate] in
the calculation.
When you replace these fans, use parameter 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and 0:505
[PredMaint Reset] to reset this meter.
The Predictive Maintenance function treats the pair of Control Pod fans as one unit.
Replace both simultaneously.
513 PodFan RemainLif Units: h RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Control Pod Fan Remaining Life Default: 0 Integer
Displays the remaining life for the Control Pod fans. Min/Max: -21474836.48/+21474836.47
This is the calculated time until the Control Pod Fan Event. The calculation uses Event Level
and the record of operating conditions from the past thirty days. These conditions include
component data, temperature and run-time. It also uses the value of parameter 0:510
[Fan Derate].
Positive values indicate the number of hours projected before the event. These count
down.
Negative values indicate the number of hours that have passed since the projected event.
514 PodFan Event Lvl Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Control Pod Fan Event Level Default: 80.000
Enter a value to determine when the event will take place. The event will notify you to Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
replace the Control Pod fans.
For example, if you want to use 80% of the total life before notification, set the value to
80%.
515 PodFan EventActn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Control Pod Fan Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action taken when the Control Pod fan event takes place. 1 = ‘Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – causes the drive or bus supply to do nothing when the event occurs.
‘Alarm’ (1) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce an alarm when the event occurs.
516 PodFan Reset Log Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Control Pod Fan Reset Log Min/Max: 0/4294967295 Integer
Displays the number of times that Control Pod fan elapsed Life has been reset.
517 StirFanEventLvl Units: % RW Real 4.x 1
Stirring Fan Event Level Default: 80.000
Enter a value to determine when the event will take place. The event will notify you to Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
replace the stirring fans in frame 5 and 6 wall mount drives and bus supplies.
For example, if you want to use 80% of the total life before notification, set the value to
80%.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 161

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 1 - Port 0: Protection File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
518 StirFanEvntActn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 4.x 1
Stirring Fan Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action taken when the stirring fan event takes place. 1 = ‘Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – causes the drive or bus supply to do nothing when the event occurs.
‘Alarm’ (1) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce an alarm when the event occurs.
521 In FanPctLife Units: % RO Real 5.x 1
Input Bay Roof Fan Percent Life Default: 0.000
Displays the consumed life of the Input Bay roof fans as a percentage of their total life. Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
The Predictive Maintenance function uses component data, temperature, speed, and
runtime to calculate this value. It also uses the value of parameter 0:510 [Fan Derate] in
the calculation.
The event configured in parameter 0:525 [In FanEventActn] occurs when the value of this
parameter exceeds the threshold that is specified in parameter 0:524 [In Fan Event Lvl].
When you replace these fans, use parameters 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and 0:505
[PredMaint Reset] to reset this meter.
The Predictive Maintenance function treats the Input Bay roof fans as one unit. Replace all
of them simultaneously.
522 In FanElpsdLife Units: h RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Input Bay Roof Fan Elapsed Life Default: 0.00 Integer
Displays the accumulated elapsed life of the Input Bay fans. Min/Max: 0.00/21474836.47
The Predictive Maintenance function uses component data, temperature, speed, and
runtime to calculate this value. It also uses the value of parameter 0:510 [Fan Derate] in
the calculation.
When you replace these fans, use parameter 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and 0:505
[PredMaint Reset] to reset this meter.
The Predictive Maintenance function treats the Input Bay fans as one unit. Replace all of
them simultaneously.
523 In FanRemainLif Units: h RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Input Bay Roof Fan Remaining Life Default: 0.00 Integer
Displays the remaining life for the Input Bay fans. Min/Max: -21474836.48/+21474836.47
This is the calculated time until the Input Bay Fan Event. The calculation uses Event Level
and the record of operating conditions from the past thirty days. These conditions include
component data, temperature and run-time. It also uses the value of parameter 0:510
[Fan Derate].
Positive values indicate the number of hours projected before the event. These count
down.
Negative values indicate the number of hours that have passed since the projected event.
524 In Fan EventLvl Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Input Bay Roof Fan Event Level Default: 80.000
Enter a value to determine when the event will take place. The event notifies you to Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
replace the Input Bay fans.
For example, if you want to use 80% of the total life before notification, set the value to
80%.
525 In FanEventActn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Input Bay Roof Fan Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action taken when the Input Bay Fan event takes place. 1 = ‘Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – causes the drive or bus supply to do nothing when the event occurs.
‘Alarm’ (1) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce an alarm when the event occurs.
526 In FanReset Log Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Input Bay Roof Fan Reset Log Min/Max: 0/4294967295 Integer
Displays the number of times that Input Bay Fan Elapsed Life has been reset.

162 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 1 - Port 0: Protection File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
531 PwrRfFanPctLife Units: % RW Real 5.x 1
Power Bay Roof Fan Percent Life Default: 0.000
Displays the consumed life of the Power Bay roof fans as a percentage of their total life. Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
The Predictive Maintenance function uses component data, temperature, speed, and
runtime to calculate this value. It also uses the value of parameter 0:510 [Fan Derate] in
the calculation.
The event configured in parameter 0:535 [PwrRfFanEvntActn] occurs when the value of
this parameter exceeds the threshold that is specified in parameter 0:534
[PwrRfFanEventLvl].
When you replace these fans, use parameters 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and 0:505
[PredMaint Reset] to reset this meter.
The Predictive Maintenance function treats the Input Bay roof fans as one unit. Replace all
of them simultaneously.
532 PwrRfFanElpsdLif Units: h RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Power Bay Roof Fan Elapsed Life Default: 0.00 Integer
Displays the accumulated elapsed life of the Power Bay roof fans. Min/Max: 0.00/21474836.47
The Predictive Maintenance function uses component data, temperature, speed, and
runtime to calculate this value. It also uses the value of parameter 0:510 [Fan Derate] in
the calculation.
When you replace these fans, use parameter 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and 0:505
[PredMaint Reset] to reset this meter.
The Predictive Maintenance function treats the Power Bay roof fans as one unit. Replace
all of them simultaneously.
533 PwrRfFanRem Life Units: h RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Power Bay Roof Fan Remaining Life Default: 0.00 Integer
Displays the remaining life for the Power Bay roof fans. Min/Max: -21474836.48/+21474836.47
This is the calculated time until the Power Bay Fan Event. The calculation uses Event Level
and the record of operating conditions from the past thirty days. These conditions include
component data, temperature and run-time. It also uses the value of parameter 0:510
[Fan Derate].
Positive values indicate the number of hours projected before the event. These count
down.
Negative values indicate the number of hours that have passed since the projected event.
534 PwrRfFanEventLvl Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Power Bay Roof Fan Event Level Default: 80.000
Enter a value to determine when the event will take place. The event notifies you to Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
replace the Power Bay roof fans.
For example, if you want to use 80% of the total life before notification, set the value to
80%.
535 PwrRfFanEvntActn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Power Bay Roof Fan Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action taken when the Power Bay Roof Fan event takes place. 1 = ‘Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – causes the drive or bus supply to do nothing when the event occurs.
‘Alarm’ (1) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce an alarm when the event occurs.
536 PwrRfFanResetLog Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Power Bay Roof Fan Reset Log Min/Max: 0/4294967295 Integer
Displays the number of times that Power Bay Roof Fan Elapsed Life has been reset.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 163

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 1 - Port 0: Protection File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
541 WrgFanPctLife Units: % RO Real 5.x 1
Power Bay Roof Fan Percent Life Default: 0.000
Displays the consumed life of the Wiring Bay fans as a percentage of their total life. Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
The Predictive Maintenance function uses component data, temperature, speed, and
runtime to calculate this value. It also uses the value of parameter 0:510 [Fan Derate] in
the calculation.
The event configured in parameter 0:545 [WrgFanEvntActn] will occur when the value of
this parameter exceeds the threshold that is specified in parameter 0:544
[WrgFanEventLvl].
When you replace these fans, use parameters 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and 0:505
[PredMaint Reset] to reset this meter.
542 WrgFanElpsdLif Units: h RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Wiring Bay Fan Elapsed Life Default: 0.00 Integer
Displays the accumulated elapsed life of the Wiring Bay fans. Min/Max: 0.00/21474836.47
The Predictive Maintenance function uses component data, temperature, speed, and
runtime to calculate this value. It also uses the value of parameter 0:510 [Fan Derate] in
the calculation.
When you replace these fans, use parameter 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and 0:505
[PredMaint Reset] to reset this meter.
The Predictive Maintenance function treats the Wiring Bay fans as one unit. Replace all of
them simultaneously.
543 WrgFanRem Life Units: h RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Wiring Bay Fan Remaining Life Default: 0 Integer
Displays the remaining life for the Wiring Bay fans. Min/Max: -21474836.48/+21474836.47
This is the calculated time until the Wiring Bay Fan Event. The calculation uses Event Level
and the record of operating conditions from the past thirty days. These conditions include
component data, temperature and run-time. It also uses the value of parameter 0:510
[Fan Derate].
Positive values indicate the number of hours projected before the event. These count
down.
Negative values indicate the number of hours that have passed since the projected event.
544 WrgFanEventLvl Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Wiring Bay Fan Event Level Default: 80.000
Enter a value to determine when the event will take place. The event notifies you to Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
replace the Wiring Bay fans.
For example, if you want to use 80% of the total life before notification, set the value to
80%.
545 WrgFanEvntActn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Wiring Bay Fan Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action taken when the Wiring Bay Fan event takes place. 1 = ‘Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – causes the drive or bus supply to do nothing when the event occurs.
‘Alarm’ (1) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce an alarm when the event occurs.
546 WrgFanResetLog Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Wiring Bay Fan Reset Log Min/Max: 0/4294967295 Integer
Displays the number of times that Wiring Bay Fan Elapsed Life has been reset.

164 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 1 - Port 0: Protection File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
551 CtrlFanPctLife Units: % RO Real 5.x 1
Control Bay Roof Fan Percent Life Default: 0.000
Displays the consumed life of the Control Bay roof fans as a percentage of their total life. Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
The Predictive Maintenance function uses component data, temperature, speed, and
runtime to calculate this value. It also uses the value of parameter 0:510 [Fan Derate] in
the calculation.
The event configured in parameter 0:555 [CtrlFanEvntActn] will occur when the value of
this parameter exceeds the value of parameter 0:554 [CtrlFanEventLvl].
When you replace these fans, use parameters 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and 0:505
[PredMaint Reset] to reset this meter.
552 CtrlFanElpsdLif Units: h RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Control Bay Roof Fan Elapsed Life Default: 0.00 Integer
Displays the accumulated elapsed life of the Control Bay fans. Min/Max: 0.00/21474836.47
The Predictive Maintenance function uses component data, temperature, speed, and
runtime to calculate this data. It also uses the value of parameter 0:510 [Fan Derate] in
the calculation.
When you replace these fans, use parameter 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and 0:505
[PredMaint Reset] to reset this meter.
The Predictive Maintenance function treats the Control Bay fans as one unit. Replace all of
them simultaneously.
553 CtrlFanRem Life Units: h RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Control Bay Roof Fan Remaining Life Default: 0 Integer
Displays the remaining life for the Control Bay fans. Min/Max: -21474836.48/+21474836.47
This is the calculated time until the Control Bay Fan Event. The calculation uses Event Level
and the record of operating conditions from the past thirty days. These conditions include
component data, temperature and run-time. It also uses the value of parameter 0:510
[Fan Derate].
Positive values indicate the number of hours projected before the event. These count
down.
Negative values indicate the number of hours that have passed since the projected event.
554 CtrlFanEventLvl Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Control Bay Roof Fan Event Level Default: 80.000
Enter a value to determine when the event will take place. The event notifies you to Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
replace the Control Bay fans.
For example, if you want to use 80% of the total life before notification, set the value to
80%.
555 CtrlFanEvntActn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Control Bay Roof Fan Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action taken when the Control Bay Fan event takes place. 1 = ‘Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – causes the drive or bus supply to do nothing when the event occurs.
‘Alarm’ (1) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce an alarm when the event occurs.
556 CtrlFanResetLog Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Control Bay Roof Fan Reset Log Min/Max: 0/4294967295 Integer
Displays the number of times that Control Bay Fan Elapsed Life has been reset.
562 HSFan EventLevel Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Heatsink Fan Event Level Default: 80.000
Enter a value to determine when a Predictive Maintenance Heatsink Fan event in the Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
power or LCL filter modules will take place. The event notifies you to replace the heatsink
fan on the module.
For example, if you want to use 80% of the total life of the fan in a power module before
notification, set the value to 80%.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 165

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 1 - Port 0: Protection File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
563 HSFan EventActn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Heatsink Fan Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action taken when the Predictive Maintenance Heatsink Fan event in the power 1 = ‘Alarm’
or LCL filter modules takes place.
‘Ignore’ (0) – causes the drive or bus supply to do nothing when the event occurs.
‘Alarm’ (1) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce an alarm when the event occurs.
566 IGBT Event Level Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
IGBT Event Level Default: 80.000
Enter a value to determine when a Predictive Maintenance IGBT event in the power Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
modules takes place. The event notifies you to replace the power module.
For example, if you want to use 80% of the total life of the IGBTs in a power module before
notification, set the value to 80%.
567 IGBT Event Actn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
IGBT Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action taken when the Predictive Maintenance IGBT event in the power 1 = ‘Alarm’
modules takes place.
‘Ignore’ (0) – causes the drive or bus supply to do nothing when the event occurs.
‘Alarm’ (1) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce an alarm when the event occurs.
570 Bus Cap EventLvl Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
DC Bus Capacitor Event Level Default: 80.000
Enter a value to determine when a Predictive Maintenance Bus Cap event in the power Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
modules takes place. The event notifies you to replace the power module.
For example, if you want to use 80% of the total life of the DC Bus Capacitors in a power
module before notification, set the value to 80%.
571 BusCap EventActn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
DC Bus Capacitor Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action taken when the Predictive Maintenance Bus Cap event in the power 1 = ‘Alarm’
modules takes place.
‘Ignore’ (0) – causes the drive or bus supply to do nothing when the event occurs.
‘Alarm’ (1) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce an alarm when the event occurs.
574 MCS Event Level Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
DC Precharge MCS Event Level Default: 80.000
Enter a value to determine when a Predictive Maintenance MCS event in will take place. Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
The event notifies you to replace the Molded Case Switch (CB1) in a DC Precharge Module
module.
For example, if you want to use 80% of the total life of the Molded Case Switch before
notification, set the value to 80%.
575 MCS Event Action Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
DC Precharge MCS Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action taken when the Predictive Maintenance MCS event takes place. 1 = ‘Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – causes the drive or bus supply to do nothing when the event occurs.
‘Alarm’ (1) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce an alarm when the event occurs.
578 MCB LifeEvntLvl Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
AC Precharge MCB Event Level Default: 80.000
Enter a value to determine when a Predictive Maintenance MCB event takes place. The Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
event notifies you to replace the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1) in an AC Precharge Module
module.
For example, if you want to use 80% of the total life of the Main Circuit Breaker before
notification, set the value to 80%.

166 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 1 - Port 0: Protection File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
579 MCB LifeEvntActn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
AC Precharge MCB Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action taken when the Predictive Maintenance MCB event takes place. 1 = ‘Alarm’
Selecting ‘Ignore’ (0) – causes the drive or bus supply to do nothing when the event
occurs.
Selecting ‘Alarm’ (1) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce an alarm when the event
occurs.
582 PCC LifeEvntLvl Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
AC Precharge PCC Event Level Default: 80.000
Enter a value to determine when a Predictive Maintenance PCC event takes place. The Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
event notifies you to replace the Precharge Contactor (M1) in an AC Precharge Module
module.
For example, if you want to use 80% of the total life of the Precharge Contactor before
notification, set the value to 80%.
583 PCC LifeEvntActn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
AC Precharge PCC Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action taken when the Predictive Maintenance PCC event takes place. 1 = ‘Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – causes the drive or bus supply to do nothing when the event occurs.
‘Alarm’ (1) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce an alarm when the event occurs.
586 LCL Cap EventLvl Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
LCL Filter Capacitor Event Level Default: 80.000
Enter a value to determine when a Predictive Maintenance LCL Cap event will take place. Options: 0.000/100.000
The event will notify you to replace the filter capacitor in an LCL filter module.
For example, if you want to use 80% of the total life of the filter capacitor before
notification, set the value to 80%.
587 LCLCap EventActn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
LCL Filter Capacitor Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action taken when the Predictive Maintenance LCL Cap event takes place. 1 = ‘Alarm’
Selecting ‘Ignore’ (0) causes the drive or bus supply to do nothing when the event occurs.
Selecting ‘Alarm’ (1) causes the drive or bus supply to produce an alarm when the event
occurs.
590 Hi TR EventActn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
High Temperature Rise Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action taken when the High Temperature Rise event takes place. 1 = ‘Alarm’
The High Temperature Rise function detects an event when the temperature in a power
module rises higher than expected for the load and ambient temperature. There are many
possible causes. For example blocked air filters or improper cabinet airflow can cause the
event.
‘Ignore’ (0) – causes the drive or bus supply to do nothing when the event occurs.
‘Alarm’ (1) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce an alarm when the event occurs.
This parameter is not present in frame 5 or 6 products.
591 Lo TR EventActn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Low Temperature Rise Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action taken when the Low Temperature Rise event takes place. 1 = ‘Alarm’
The Low Temperature Rise function detects an event when the temperature in a power
module rises less than expected for the load and ambient temperature. There are many
possible causes. One possible cause is a missing air filter.
‘Ignore’ (0) – causes the drive or bus supply to do nothing when the event occurs.
‘Alarm’ (1) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce an alarm when the event occurs.
This parameter is not present in frame 5 or 6 products.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 167

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 2 - Port 0: Diagnostics File

Status Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
600 Safety Port Sts RO Bit 1.x 0
Safety Port Status
Indicates the port location of a valid feedback option for use with the Safe Speed Monitor option.
This parameter is not applicable to 755TM bus supplies.
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Options Port 8
Port 7
Port 6
Port 5
Port 4
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

603 Start Inhibits RO Bit 1.x 0

System Start Inhibits
Displays the conditions common to inverters and converters that may inhibit the drive. Also indicates the component (inverter or converter) that is inhibiting the drive.

RotarySwitch
Options Motor Side

Precharge
Database
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Line Side

Startup

Faulted
Enable
Alarm
Stop
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

168 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 2 - Port 0: Diagnostics File

Status Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
604 M Last Stop Src Default: 0 = ‘Pwr Removed’ RO 32-bit 1.x 0
Motor Side Inverter Last Stop Source Min/Max: 0 = ‘Pwr Removed’ Integer
Displays the source that initiated the most recent stop sequence. All bits in this parameter 1 = ‘Port 1’
are refreshed each time that the motor side inverter control receives a stop command. 2 = ‘Port 2’
‘Pwr Removed’ (0) indicates that removal of power caused the drive to stop. 3 = ‘Port 3’
‘Port 1’ (1) indicates a stop command from the HIM in the control pod caused the drive to 4 = ‘Port 4’
stop. 5 = ‘Port 5’
‘Port 2’ (2) indicates a stop command from DPI port 2 caused the drive to stop. The source 6 = ‘Port 6’
could be a door-mounted HIM or software tool that is connected through a 1203-USB
adapter. 7 = ‘Digital In’
‘Port 3’ (3) indicates a stop command from DPI port 3 caused the drive to stop. The source 8 = ‘Sleep’
could be a door-mounted HIM or software tool that is connected through a 1203-USB 9 = ‘Jog’
adapter. Port 3 is only accessible with a 1203-S03 DPI splitter. 13 = ‘Fault’
‘Port 4’ (4) indicates a stop command from DPI port 4 caused the drive to stop. The stop 14 = ‘Enable’
command must come from an option card. 15 = ‘Autotune’
‘Port 5’ (5) indicates a stop command from DPI port 5 caused the drive to stop. The stop 16 = ‘Precharge’
command must come from an option card.
17 = ‘Safety’
‘Port 6’ (6) indicates a stop command from DPI port 6 caused the drive to stop. The stop
command must come from an option card. 18 = ‘Fast Stop’
‘Digital In’ (7) indicates a stop command from a discretely wired digital input caused the 19 = ‘EmbEnet’
drive to stop. 20 = ‘DeviceLogix’
‘Sleep’ (8) indicates a stop command from the analog input signal that is configured for 21 = ‘Torque Prove’
the sleep level caused the drive to stop. 23 = ‘Pump Off’
‘Jog’ (9) indicates the termination of a Jog command caused the drive to stop.
‘Fault’ (13) indicates that a fault caused the drive to stop.
‘Enable’ (14) indicates that an Enable Input caused the drive to stop.
‘Autotune’ (15) indicates that the Autotune function caused the drive to stop.
‘Precharge’ (16) indicates that the Precharge function caused the drive to stop.
‘Safety’ (17) indicates that a Functional Safety input caused the drive to stop.
‘Fast Stop’ (18) indicates that a Fast Stop command caused the drive to stop.
‘EmbEnet’ (19) indicates that a stop command from Embedded EtherNet/IP interface
caused the drive to stop.
‘DeviceLogix’ (20) indicates that a stop command from a DeviceLogix program caused the
converter to stop.
‘Torque Prove’ (21) indicates that the Torque Prove function caused the drive to stop.
‘Pump Off’ (23) indicates that the Pump Off function caused the drive to stop.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 169

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 2 - Port 0: Diagnostics File

Status Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
605 L Last Stop Src Default: 0 = ‘Pwr Removed’ RO 32-bit 1.x 0
Line Side Converter Last Stop Source Min/Max: 0 = ‘Pwr Removed’ Integer
Displays the source that initiated the most recent stop sequence. All bits in this parameter 1 = ‘Port 1’
are refreshed each time that the line side converter control receives a stop command. 2 = ‘Port 2’
‘Pwr Removed’ (0) indicates that removal of power caused the converter to stop. 3 = ‘Port 3’
‘Port 1’ (1) indicates a stop command from the HIM in the control pod caused the 4 = ‘Port 4’
converter to stop. 5 = ‘Port 5’
‘Port 2’ (2) indicates a stop command from DPI port 2 caused the converter to stop. This 6 = ‘Port 6’
could be a door-mounted HIM or PC software tool connected through a 1203-USB
adapter. 7 = ‘Digital In’
‘Port 3’ (3) indicates a stop command from DPI port 3 caused the converter to stop. This 13 = ‘Fault’
could be a door-mounted HIM or PC software tool connected through a 1203-USB 14 = ‘Enable’
adapter. Port 3 is only accessible with a 1203-S03 DPI splitter. 16 = ‘Precharge’
‘Port 4’ (4) indicates a stop command from DPI port 4 caused the converter to stop. This 19 = ‘EmbEnet’
must come from an option card. 20 = ‘DeviceLogix’
‘Port 5’ (5) indicates a stop command from DPI port 5 caused the converter to stop. This 22 = ‘Manual Ctrl’
must come from an option card.
‘Port 6’ (6) indicates a stop command from DPI port 6 caused the converter to stop. This
must come from an option card.
‘Digital In’ (7) indicates a stop command from a discretely wired digital input caused the
converter to stop.
‘Fault’ (13) indicates a fault caused the converter to stop.
‘Enable’ (14) indicates an Enable Input caused the converter to stop.
‘Precharge’ (16) indicates the Precharge function caused the converter to stop.
‘EmbEnet’ (19) indicates a stop command from Embedded EtherNet/IP interface caused
the converter to stop.
‘DeviceLogix’ (20) indicates a stop command from a DeviceLogix program caused the
converter to stop.
‘Manual Ctrl’ (22) indicates a stop command from the Line Side Manual Control parameter
(0:64 [LS Manual Ctrl]) caused the converter to stop.

170 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

Table 2 - Port 0: Diagnostics File

Status Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
606 M Last StartSrc Default: 0 = ‘Reserved’ RO 32-bit 1.x 0
Motor Side Inverter Last Start Source Min/Max: 0 = ‘Reserved’ Integer
Displays the source that initiated the most recent start sequence. All bits in this parameter 1 = ‘Port 1’
are refreshed each time that the motor side inverter receives a start command. 2 = ‘Port 2’
‘Port 1’ (1) indicates that a start command from the HIM in the control pod caused the 3 = ‘Port 3’
inverter to start. 4 = ‘Port 4’
‘Port 2’ (2) indicates that a start command from DPI port 2 caused the inverter to start. 5 = ‘Port 5’
The source could be a door-mounted HIM or software tool that is connected through a
1203-USB adapter. 6 = ‘Port 6’
‘Port 3’ (3) indicates that a start command from DPI port 3 caused the inverter to start. 7 = ‘Digital In’
The source could be a door-mounted HIM or software tool that is connected through a 8 = ‘Wake’
1203-USB adapter. Port 3 is only accessible with a 1203-S03 DPI splitter. 9 = ‘Jog’
‘Port 4’ (4) indicates that a start command from DPI port 4 caused the inverter to start. 11 = ‘AutoRestart’
The start command must come from an option card. 12 = ‘Pwr Up Start’
‘Port 5’ (5) indicates that a start command from DPI port 5 caused the inverter to start. 15 = ‘Autotune’
The start command must come from an option card.
19 = ‘EmbEnet’
‘Port 6’ (6) indicates that a start command from DPI port 6 caused the inverter to start.
The start command must come from an option card. 20 = ‘DeviceLogix’
‘Digital In’ (7) indicates that a start command from a discretely wired digital input caused 21 = ‘Torque Prove’
the inverter to start. 23 = ‘Pump Off’
‘Wake’ (8) indicates that a start command from an analog input signal configured for the
wake level caused the inverter to start.
‘Jog’ (9) indicates that a Jog command caused the inverter to start.
‘AutoRestart’ (11) indicates that the auto restart function caused the inverter to start.
‘Pwr Up Start’ (12) indicates that the start on power-up function caused the inverter to
start.
‘Autotune’ (15) indicates that the Autotune function caused the inverter to start.
‘EmbEnet’ (19) indicates that a start command from Embedded EtherNet/IP interface
caused the inverter to start.
‘DeviceLogix’ (20) indicates that a start command from a DeviceLogix program caused the
converter to start.
‘Torque Prove’ (21) indicates that the Torque Prove function caused the inverter to start.
‘Pump Off’ (23) indicates that the Pump Off function caused the inverter to start.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 171

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Table 2 - Port 0: Diagnostics File

Status Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Extended Name
Description
607 L Last StartSrc Default: 0 = ‘Reserved’ RO 32-bit 1.x 0
Lines Side Converter Last Start Source Min/Max: 0 = ‘Reserved’ Integer
Displays the source that initiated the most recent start sequence. All bits in this parameter 1 = ‘Port 1’
are refreshed each time that the line side converter control receives a start command. 2 = ‘Port 2’
‘Port 1’ (1) indicates a start command from the HIM in the control pod caused the 3 = ‘Port 3’
converter to start. 4 = ‘Port 4’
‘Port 2’ (2) indicates a start command from DPI port 2 caused the converter to start. This 5 = ‘Port 5’
start command could come from a door-mounted HIM or PC software tool that is
connected through a 1203-USB adapter. 6 = ‘Port 6’
‘Port 3’ (3) indicates a start command from DPI port 3 caused the converter to start. This 7 = ‘Digital In’
start command could come from a door-mounted HIM or PC software tool that is 11 = ‘AutoRestart’
connected through a 1203-USB adapter. Port 3 is only accessible with a 1203-S03 DPI 12 = ‘Pwr Up Start’
splitter. 19 = ‘EmbEnet’
‘Port 4’ (4) indicates a start command from DPI port 4 caused the converter to start. This 20 = ‘DeviceLogix’
start command must come from an option card.
22 = ‘Manual Ctrl’
‘Port 5’ (5) indicates a start command from DPI port 5 caused the converter to start. This
start command must come from an option card.
‘Port 6’ (6) indicates a start command from DPI port 6 caused the converter to start. This
start command must come from an option card.
‘Digital In’ (7) indicates that a start command from a discretely wired digital input caused
the converter to start.
‘AutoRestart’ (11) indicates that the auto restart function caused the converter to start.
‘Pwr Up Start’ (12) indicates that the Start on Power Up function caused the converter to
start.
‘EmbEnet’ (19) indicates a start command from Embedded EtherNet/IP interface caused
the converter to start.
‘DeviceLogix’ (20) indicates a start command from a DeviceLogix program caused the
converter to start.
‘Manual Ctrl’ (22) indicates a start command from the line side manual-control
parameter (0:64 [LS Manual Ctrl]) caused the converter to start.
This parameter only displays the start source for the line side converter when parameter
0:63 [LS Start Mode] is set to a value of 2 ‘Conv Logic’ or if a digital input is the start source
(parameters 0:119 [DI L Start] or 0:123 [DI L Run]). If parameter 0:63 [LS Start Mode] is
set to a value of 0 ‘FLW MSideInv’, this parameter displays 0 ‘Reserved’.

Table 3 - Port 0: Diagnostics File

Fault/Alarm Info Group
FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values
Read-Write

Data Type

Extended Name
Description
610 Last Fault Code Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 0
Last Fault Code Min/Max: 0/424648720 Integer
Displays the fault code of the first fault since the last reset.
There is often a chain of faults that occur during a breakdown. When troubleshooting, it is
often helpful to know the first fault. This parameter is for convenience. A comprehensive
history of fault information is available through the fault queue (via HIM screens and/or
software tools such as Connected Components Workbench).
A clear faults command does not clear this parameter.

172 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters Chapter 3

700 See page 143 for parameter numbers 700…731.

800 See page 144 for parameter numbers 800…831.
850 See page 132 for parameter numbers 850…880.
900 See page 144 for parameter numbers 900…931.

883 See page 128 for parameter number 883.

886 See page 136 for parameter number 886.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 173

Chapter 3 Port 0 PowerFlex 755T Parameters

Notes:

174 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Chapter 4

Port 9 Application Parameters

This chapter lists and describes the PowerFlex 750-Series Port 9 drive
parameters. The parameters can be programmed (viewed/edited) by using a
Human Interface Module (HIM). See the Enhanced PowerFlex 7-Class
Human Interface Module (HIM) User Manual, publication 20HIM-UM001,
for information on using the HIM to view and edit parameters. As an
alternative, programming can also be performed using Connected
Components Workbench™ (version 10 or later) software and a personal
computer.

Port 9 Parameter Tables

Parameter File Page
Port 9: Process PID File Control & Cfg Group 176
Port 9: Process PID File Reference Group 178
Port 9: Process PID File Feedback Group 179
Port 9: Process PID File Sleep Wake Group 181
Port 9: Torque Prove File Control & Cfg Group 183
Port 9: Torque Prove File Brake Group 185
Port 9: Torque Prove File Float Micro Psn Group 186
Port 9: Oil Well File Pump Jack Group 186
Port 9: Oil Well File Prog Cavity Pump Group 191
Port 9: DeviceLogix File Control & Status Group 193
Port 9: DeviceLogix File Intl Registers Group 195
Port 9: Diagnostics File Testpoints Group 197

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 175

Chapter 4 Port 9 Application Parameters

Table 4 - Port 9: Process PID File

Control & Cfg Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1 PID Cfg RW Bit 1.x 1
PID Configuration
Set and clear bits to configure the Process PID function.

Anti Windup
Options

Percent Ref

Zero Clamp

Preload Int
Stop Mode

Ramp Ref
Fdbk Sqrt
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Preload Int’ – When this bit is set, the function preloads the integral term with PID Preload value.
Bit 1 ‘Ramp Ref’ – When this bit is set, the function applies a ramp to the Reference when first enabled.
Bit 2 ‘Zero Clamp’ – When this bit is set, the function clamps the output to zero if parameter 9:14 [PID Output Sel] is set to option 2 ‘Speed Trim’ or 4 ‘Torque Trim’.
Bit 3 ‘Fdbk Sqrt’ – When this bit is set, the function uses square root of the Feedback signal as PID feedback.
Bit 4 ‘Stop Mode’ – When this bit is set, the function remains active during a stopping action.
Bit 5 ‘Anti Windup’ – When this bit is set, the PID integrator is prevented from producing excessive error that can cause PID loop instability.
Bit 6 ‘Percent Ref’ – When this bit is set, the function the output is a percentage of the velocity (speed) reference. This parameter works in Speed trim mode only, not in
Torque Trim or Exclusive mode.
2 PID Control RW Bit 1.x 1
PID Control
Set and clear bits to control the Process PID function.
PID InvError

Options
PID Enable
PID Reset
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

PID Hold

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘PID Enable’ – Setting this bit enables the function.

Bit 1 ‘PID Hold’ – Setting this bit holds the PID integrator.
Bit 2 ‘PID Reset’ – Setting this bit resets the PID integrator.
Bit 3 ‘PID InvError’ – Setting this bit inverts the PID error.
3 PID Status RO Bit 1.x 1
PID Status
Displays the status of the Process PID function.
PID In Limit

Options
PID Enable
PID Reset
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

PID Hold

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘PID Enable’ – indicates the PID controller is enabled.

Bit 1 ‘PID Hold’ – When set, this bit indicates that the PID Regulator’s Integrator is in a hold state and not allowed to change. When clear, the integrator is not in a hold state.
The hold condition can be due to either a user Digital Input configured by parameter 9:21 [DI PID Hold], user configuration bit parameter 9:2 [PID Control] bit 1 ‘PID Hold’, or
a limit condition in parameter 10/11:365 [At Limit Status] in the active motor control port (port 10 is the Primary Motor Control port and port 11 is the Secondary Motor
Control port).
Bit 2 ‘PID Reset’ – indicates the PID integrator is reset.
Bit 3 ‘PID In Limit’ – indicates the PID function is in limit.
4 PID Prop Gain Default: 1.00 RW Real 1.x 1
PID Proportional Gain Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
Enter a value to set proportional gain for the PID function.

176 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 9 Application Parameters Chapter 4

Table 4 - Port 9: Process PID File

Control & Cfg Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
5 PID Int Time Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
PID Integral Time Default: 1.00
Enter a value to set the Integral Time for the PID function. Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
This value is the time that is required for the integral component to reach 100% of
parameter 9:12 [PID Error Meter].
Not used when parameter 9:2 [PID Control] bit 1 ‘PID Hold’ = 1 (enabled).
6 PID Deriv Time Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
PID Derivative Time Default: 0.0000
Enter a value to set the Derivative Time for the PID function. Min/Max: 0.0000/100.0000
A zero disables the Derivative part of the function (Only the Proportional and Integral
parts remain active).
7 PID Upper Limit Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
PID Upper Limit Default: 100.00
Enter a value to set the upper limit for the parameter 9:13 [PID Output Meter]. Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
8 PID Lower Limit Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
PID Lower Limit Default: -100.00
Enter a value to set the lower limit for the parameter 9:13 [PID Output Meter]. Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
9 PID Deadband Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
PID Deadband Default: 0.00
Enter a value to determine the error dead band. The PID function ignores any error that Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
does not exceed this value in the negative and positive directions. The PID function
ignores any error that falls within this band.
10 PID LPF BW Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
PID Low Pass Filter Bandwidth Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the level of filtering applied to the Process PID loop feedback signal. Min/Max: 0.00/250.00
Entering a value of zero disables this filter.
11 PID Preload Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
PID Preload Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the value that preloads the PID Integrator parameter 9:1 [PID Cfg] Bit Min/Max: -100.00/+100.00
0 ‘Preload Int’ is set.
12 PID Error Meter Units: % RO Real 1.x 1
PID Error Meter Default: 0.00
Displays the present value of the PID error. Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00
13 PID Output Meter Units: % RO Real 1.x 1
PID Output Meter Default: 0.00
Displays the present value of the PID output. Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
14 PID Output Sel Default: 2 = ‘Vel Trim’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
PID Output Select Options: 0 = ‘Not Used’ Integer
Enter a value to select how the PID Output is consumed. 1 = ‘Vel Excl’
‘Not Used’ (0) – PID output is not consumed. 2 = ‘Vel Trim’
‘Vel Excl’ (1) – PID output is consumed as the speed reference. 3 = ‘Torque Excl’
‘Vel Trim’ (2) – PID output is consumed as a trim value to the speed reference. 4 = ‘Torque Trim’
‘Torque Excl’ (3) – PID output is consumed as the torque reference.
‘Torque Trim’ (4) – PID output is consumed as a trim value to the speed reference.
15 PID Output Mult Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
PID Output Multiplier Default: 100.00000
Enter a value to be used as the multiplying factor applied to the PID Output. Min/Max: -100.00000/+100.00000

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 177

Chapter 4 Port 9 Application Parameters

Table 4 - Port 9: Process PID File

Control & Cfg Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
16 PID Mtr Ctrl Sel Default: 0 = ‘Primary’ RW 32-bit 5.x 1
PID Motor Control Port Select Options: 0 = ‘Primary’ Integer
Enter a value to select the motor control port for the process PID application: 1 = ‘Secondary’
‘Primary’ (0) – selects the Primary Motor Control port for process PID.
‘Secondary’ (1) – selects the Secondary Motor Control port for process PID.
20 DI PID Enable Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Digital Input PID Enable Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input that is used to enable the PID function.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to enable the function.
21 DI PID Hold Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Digital Input PID Hold Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input that is used to hold the Process PID integrator.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to hold the Process PID
integrator.
22 DI PID Reset Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Digital Input PID Reset Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input that is used to reset the Process PID integrator.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to reset the Process PID
integrator.
23 DI PID Invert Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Digital Input PID Invert Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input that is used to invert the output of the Process PID control.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to invert the output of the
Process PID control.

Table 5 - Port 9: Process PID File

Reference Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
25 PID Ref Sel Default: 90028 RW 32-bit 1.x 0
PID Reference Select Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
Select a parameter to be the reference source for the PID function.

26 PID Ref Meter Units: % RO Real 1.x 0

PID Reference Meter Default: 100.00
Displays the present value of the PID reference signal. Min/Max: -100.00/+100.00
27 PID Ref Mult Units: % RW Real 1.x 0
PID Reference Multiplier Default: 100.00
Enter a value to be used as the multiplying factor applied to the Reference source. Min/Max: -100.00/+100.00

178 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 9 Application Parameters Chapter 4

Table 5 - Port 9: Process PID File

Reference Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
28 PID Setpoint Units: % RW Real 1.x 0
PID Setpoint Default: 0.00
Enter a value to provide a constant reference value when parameter 9:25 [PID Ref Sel] is Min/Max: -100.00/+100.00
set to this parameter.
29 PID Ref AnlgHi Units: % RW Real 1.x 0
PID Reference Analog High Default: 100.00
Enter a value to set the high value for scaling the reference when using an analog input as Min/Max: -100.00/+100.00
the source.
30 PID Ref AnlgLo Units: % RW Real 1.x 0
PID Reference Analog Low Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the low value for scaling the reference when using an analog input as Min/Max: -100.00/+100.00
the source.

Table 6 - Port 9: Process PID File

Feedback Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
35 PID Fdbk Sel Default: 90037 RW 32-bit 1.x 0
PID Feedback Select Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
Select a parameter to be the feedback source for the PID function.
36 PID Fdbk Meter Units: % RO Real 1.x 0
PID Feedback Meter Default: 0.00
Displays the present value of the PID feedback signal. Min/Max: -100.00/+100.00
37 PID Fdbk Stpt Units: % RW Real 1.x 0
PID Feedback Setpoint Default: 0.00
Enter a value to provide a constant feedback value when parameter 9:35 [PID Fdbk Sel] is Min/Max: -100.00/+100.00
set to this parameter.
38 PID Fdbk Mult Units: % RW Real 1.x 0
PID Feedback Multiplier Default: 100.00
Enter a value to be used as the multiplying factor applied to the feedback source. Min/Max: -100.00/+100.00
39 PID Fdbk AnlgHi Units: % RW Real 1.x 0
PID Feedback Analog High Default: 100.00
Enter a value to set the high value for scaling the feedback when using an analog input as Min/Max: -100.00/+100.00
the source.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 179

Chapter 4 Port 9 Application Parameters

Table 6 - Port 9: Process PID File

Feedback Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
40 PID Fdbk AnlgLo Units: % RW Real 1.x 0
PID Feedback Analog Low Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the low value for scaling the feedback when using an analog input as Min/Max: -100.00/+100.00
the source.
42 PID FBLoss SpSel Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 0
PID Feedback Loss Speed Select Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
Select a parameter to be the velocity (speed) reference source if an analog signal loss is
detected on the feedback. This parameter is used in Speed Exclusive and Speed Trim
modes.
Analog signal loss is detected when the signal falls below 2V (0…10V signal) or below 4
mA (4…20 mA signal).
Selecting ‘Disabled’ also disables the signal loss check within the PID function. This may
be desirable for 0…10V signals or 0…20 mA signals. You can still rely on the Analog
Input Loss detection in the I/O option card.
43 PID FBLoss TqSel Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 0
PID Feedback Loss Torque Select Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
Select a parameter to be the torque reference source if an analog signal loss is detected on
the feedback. This parameter is used in Torque Exclusive and Torque Trim modes.
Analog signal loss is detected when the signal falls below 2V (0…10V signal) or below
4 mA (4…20 mA signal).
Selecting ‘Disabled’ also disables the signal loss check within the PID function. This may
be desirable for 0…10V signals or 0…20 mA signals. You can still rely on the Analog
Input Loss detection in the I/O option card.

180 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 9 Application Parameters Chapter 4

Table 7 - Port 9: Process PID File

Sleep Wake Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read/write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
90 Sleep Wake Mode Default: 0 = ‘Disabled’ RW 32-bit 6.x 2
Sleep Wake Mode Options: 0 = ‘Disabled’ Integer
Enter a value to configure the Sleep/Wake function. 1 = ‘Direct’
‘Disabled’ (0) – Disables the function. 2 = ‘Invert’
‘Direct’ (1) – Enables the function to run when the Sleep Wake Reference is greater than
the Wake Level, and to stop when the Sleep Wake Reference is lower than the Sleep Level.
‘Invert’ (2) – Enables the function to run when the Sleep Wake Reference is less than the
Wake Level, and to stop when the Sleep Wake Reference is greater than the Sleep Level.

ATTENTION: The Sleep/Wake function can cause unexpected machine operation during the Wake mode. Equipment
damage and/or personal injury can result if this parameter is used in an inappropriate application. Do Not use this
function without considering the information in the following table. In addition, all applicable local, national, and
international codes, standards, regulations, or industry guidelines must be considered.

Conditions Required to Start Drive (1) (2) (3)

Input After Power-Up After a Drive Fault After a Stop Command
Reset by HIM Reset by HIM, Network/Software, or HIM, Network/Software, or Digital Input
or Software ‘Stop’ Digital Input ‘Clear Faults’ ‘Stop’
Stop(4) Stop Closed Stop Closed Stop Closed Stop Closed
Wake Signal Wake Signal Wake Signal Direct Mode:
New Start or Run Cmd.(5) New Start or Run Cmd.(5) SleepWake RefSel Signal > Sleep Level(7)
Invert Mode:
SleepWake RefSel Signal < Sleep Level(8)
New Start or Run Command
Enable Enable Closed Enable Closed Enable Closed Enable Closed
Wake Signal Wake Signal Wake Signal Direct Mode:
New Start or Run Cmd.(5) SleepWake RefSel Signal > Sleep Level(7)
Invert Mode:
SleepWake RefSel Signal < Sleep Level(8)
New Start or Run Command
Run Run Closed New Run Cmd.(6) Run Closed New Run Command
Run Fwd Wake Signal Wake Signal Wake Signal Direct Mode:
Run Rev SleepWake RefSel Signal > Sleep Level(7)
Invert Mode:
SleepWake RefSel Signal < Sleep Level(8)

(1) When power is cycled, if all conditions are present after power is restored, restart occurs.
(2) If all conditions are present when [Sleep-Wake Mode] is “enabled,” the drive starts.
(3) The active speed reference. The Sleep/Wake function and the speed reference can be assigned to the same input.
(4) Cannot use 0:110 [DI M CurLmt Stop] or 0:111 [DI M Coast Stop] as the only Stop Input. This configuration causes a Type 2 alarm.
(5) Command must be issued from HIM, terminal block, or network.
(6) Run Command must be cycled.
(7) SleepWake Ref Sel signal does not need to be greater than the wake level.
(8) SleepWake Ref Sel signal does not need to be less than the wake level.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 181

Chapter 4 Port 9 Application Parameters

Table 7 - Port 9: Process PID File

Sleep Wake Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read/write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
90 Sleep/Wake Operation
(cont.)
Drive Run
Sleep/Wake
Function

Start
Stop

Sleep Timer
Satisfied
Sleep Level
Satisfied
Wake Timer
Satisfied
Wake Level Wake Sleep Wake Sleep
Time Time Time Time
Satisfied

Wake Level
Sleep Level Example Conditions
Wake Time = 3 seconds
Analog Signal Sleep Time = 3 seconds

91 SleepWake RefSel Default: 0 RW 32-bit 6.x 2

Sleep Wake Reference Select Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
Enter a value to select port and parameter source for the Sleep Wake Reference.
This source is often an analog input.
92 Sleep Level Units: % RW Real 6.x 2
Sleep Level Default: 50.00
Enter a value to define the threshold for stopping the drive in the Sleep/Wake function. Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
In the direct mode, the Sleep Wake Reference must be less than this threshold for the
function to stop the drive.
93 Sleep Time Units: s RW Real 6.x 2
Sleep Time Default: 0.00
Enter a value to define the Sleep dwell time. In the direct mode, the Sleep Wake Reference Min/Max: 0.00/1000.00
must be less than the Sleep Level before the Sleep/Wake function stops the drive.
94 Wake Level Units: % RW Real 6.x 2
Wake Level Default: 60.00
Enter a value to define the threshold for starting the drive in the Sleep/Wake function. Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
In the direct mode, the Sleep Wake Reference must be greater than this threshold for the
function to start the drive.
95 Wake Time Units: s RW Real 6.x 2
Wake Time Default: 0.00
Enter a value to define the Wake dwell time. In the direct mode, the Sleep Wake Min/Max: 0.00/1000.00
Reference must be greater than the Wake Level before the Sleep/Wake function starts the
drive.

182 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 9 Application Parameters Chapter 4

Table 8 - Port 9: Torque Prove File

Control & Cfg Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
50 Trq Prove Cfg RW Bit 1.x 2
Torque Prove Configuration
Set and clear bits to configure the Torque Prove function.
BkSlp SpdLmt

FW LoadLimit
Options
BrkSlpFltCfg

BrkSlipEncls
Fast Stop Bk

BrkSlipStart

Encoderless
Test Brake

TP Enable
Micro Psn
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Preload
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘TP Enable’ – Set this bit to enable Torque Prove functions.
Bit 1 ‘Encoderless’ – Set this bit to allow for operation without an encoder.
Bit 2 ‘Micro Psn’ – Set this bit to allow the Micro Position digital input to change the speed command.
Bit 3 ‘Preload’ – Clearing this bit makes the drive use the last torque for preload. If this bit is clear after a power cycle, the initial torque command comes from parameter 10/
11:2001 [TrqRef A Stpt]. All subsequent moves will use the last holding torque. Setting the bit makes the function use the value in parameter 10/11:2001 [Trq Ref A Stpt] in
the active motor control port if the commanded direction is forward and parameter 10/11:2008 [Trq Ref B Stpt] in the active motor control port for reverse.
Bit 4 ‘FW LoadLimit’ – Setting this bit makes the drive perform the load calculation at base speed. The drive limits operation above base speed depending on load.
Bit 5 ‘BrkSlipEncls’ – Setting this bit disables the partial Brake Slip routine when the drive is operating in ‘Encoderless’ mode.
Bit 6 ‘BrkSlipStart’ – Setting this bit makes the drive start if it detects Brake slippage.
Bit 7 ‘Test Brake’ – Setting this bit makes the drive test the brake at start. The drive applies torque against the brake while monitoring movement.
Bit 8 ‘Fast Stop Bk’ – Setting this bit makes the drive set the Brake immediately upon receiving a fast stop command. Clearing this bit makes the drive set the Brake after
ramping to a standstill.
Bit 9 ‘BkSlp SpdLmt’ – Setting this bit makes the drive lower the load at a fixed speed when the drive detects brake slip. The speed is set by parameter 10/11:1814 [Preset
Speed 1].
Bit 10 ‘BrkSlpFltCfg’ – Setting this bit inhibits the brake slip fault if brake slip is detected when the enable input or safety enable input is low.
51 Trq Prove Setup RW Bit 1.x 2
Torque Prove Setup
Set and clear bits to control specific torque proving functions.
NHdwrOvrTrvl
PHdwrOvrTrvl

End Stop Fwd

Options
End Stop Rev

Float Micro
Decel Fwd
Decel Rev
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Fast Stop

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
You can change this parameter while the drive is running, by using a controller via a communication adapter.
Bit 0 ‘Fast Stop’ – Setting this bit forces a current limit stop.
Bit 1 ‘Float Micro’ – Setting this bit activates the micro position function when selected and running, and activates float when stopping.
Bit 2 ‘Decel Fwd’ – Setting this bit forces the deceleration-forward-travel limit response.
Bit 3 ‘End Stop Fwd’ – Setting this bit forces the end-forward-travel limit response.
Bit 4 ‘Decel Rev’ – Setting this bit forces the deceleration-reverse-travel limit response.
Bit 5 ‘End Stop Rev’ – Setting this bit forces the end-reverse-travel limit response.
Bit 6 ‘PHdwrOvrTrvl’ – Setting this bit forces the Positive-Hardware-Over Travel limit response. It causes a Coast to Stop fault.
Bit 7 ‘NHdwrOvrTrvl’ – Setting this bit forces the Negative Hardware-Over-Travel limit response. It causes a Coast to Stop fault.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 183

Chapter 4 Port 9 Application Parameters

Table 8 - Port 9: Torque Prove File

Control & Cfg Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
52 Trq Prove Status RO Bit 1.x 2
Torque Prove Status
Displays the status of the TorqProve™ function.

RefLoadLmted
Options

DecelLmtActv
EndLimitActv
BrakeRelease

LoadTestActv

BrkSlip1 Alm
Encoderless

Micro Psn
Brake Set
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘EndLimitActv’ – Indicates an end travel limit is active.
Bit 1 ‘DecelLmtActv’ – Indicates a decel travel limit is active.
Bit 2 ‘Micro Psn’ – Indicates the Micro position function is active.
Bit 3 ‘BrkSlip1 Alm’ – Indicates the drive has detected brake slip.
Bit 4 ‘Brake Set’ – The drive sets this bit to engage the brake.
Connect this signal to an output that energizes to engage the brake. For example, in the I/O card set parameter nn:10 [RO0 Sel] to this parameter and address. Connect the
relay output to the brake to energize the coil that engages the brake. Do not use this bit if you use bit 8 ‘BrakeRelease’.
Bit 5 ‘LoadTestActv’ – Indicates the test that is used to check the load for above base speed is active.
Bit 6 ‘RefLoadLmted’ – Indicates the reference is limited due to the load test results.
Bit 7 ‘Encoderless’ – Indicates that the Encoderless configuration fault is present.
Bit 8 ‘BrakeRelease’ – The drive sets this bit to release the brake.
Connect this signal to an output that energizes to release the brake. For example, in the I/O card set parameter nn:10 [RO0 Sel] to this parameter and address. Connect the
relay output to the brake to energize the coil that releases the brake. Do not use this bit if you use bit 4 ‘Brake Set’.
53 Trq Lmt SlewRate Units: s RW Real 1.x 2
Torque Limit Slew Rate Default: 10.000
Enter a value to set the rate to ramp the torque limits to zero during brake proving. Min/Max: 0.500/300.000
54 Speed Dev Band Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 2
Speed Deviation Band Default: 402 [Motor NP Hertz] x 0.0334
Enter a value to set the speed deviation threshold for the 10/11:7‘TorqPrv Spd Band’ fault. 404 [Mtr NP Sync Spd] x 0.0334
If the error between the commanded speed and speed feedback exceeds this value for the Min: 402 [Motor NP Hertz] x 0.0016
amount of time in parameter 9:55 [SpdBand Intgrtr], the fault occurs. 404 [Mtr NP Sync Spd] x 0.0016
Max: 402 [Motor NP Hertz]
404 [Mtr NP Sync Spd]
55 SpdBand Intgrtr Units: s RW Real 1.x 2
Speed Band Integrator Default: 0.060
Enter a value to set the amount of time for the 10/11:7 ‘TorqPrv Spd Band’ fault. Min/Max: 0.001/0.200
If the error between the commanded speed and speed feedback greater than the value in
parameter 9:54 [Speed Dev Band] for longer than this time, the fault occurs.

184 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 9 Application Parameters Chapter 4

Table 9 - Port 9: Torque Prove File

Brake Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
60 Brk Release Time Units: s RW Real 1.x 2
Brake Release Time Default: 0.100
Enter a value to determine the brake release time. Min/Max: 0.000/10.000
With an encoder, this parameter sets the time between the brake release command and
when the drive begins to accelerate.
Without an encoder, this parameter sets the time to release the brake after drive starts.
61 Brk Set Time Units: s RW Real 1.x 2
Brake Set Time Default: 0.100
Enter a value to determine the delay between a command to set the brake and the start of Min/Max: 0.000/10.000
brake proving.
62 Brk Alarm Travel Default: 1.00 RW Real 1.x 2
Brake Alarm Travel Min/Max: 0.00/1000.00
Enter a value to set the number of motor shaft revolutions that are allowed during the
brake slippage test.
The drive reduces torque to check for brake slippage. When slippage occurs, the drive
allows this number of motor shaft revolutions before control is regained.
This parameter is not used in Encoderless mode.
63 Brk Slip Thresh Default: 250 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Brake Slip Threshold Min/Max: 0/100000000 Integer
Enter a value to set the number of encoder counts to define the brake slippage condition.
This parameter is not used in Encoderless mode.
64 Brake Test Torq Units: % RW Real 1.x 2
Brake Test Torque Default: 50.0
Enter a value to set the percent of torque that is applied during the brake test, before the Min/Max: -150.0/+150.0
drive releases the brake.
68 DI Brake Fdbk Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Brake Feedback Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input to accept feedback from a mechanical brake.
For use with the Torque Prove feature.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes when the brake is energized or set.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 185

Chapter 4 Port 9 Application Parameters

Table 10 - Port 9: Torque Prove File

Float Micro Psn Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
70 Float Tolerance Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 2
Float Tolerance Default: 402 [Motor NP Hertz] x 0.0334
Enter a value to set the frequency or speed level where the float timer starts. 404 [Mtr NP Sync Spd] x 0.0334
This parameter also sets the frequency or speed level where the brake is closed in Min: 402 [Motor NP Hertz] x 0.001
Encoderless mode. 404 [Mtr NP Sync Spd] x 0.001
Max: 402 [Motor NP Hertz] x 0.25
404 [Mtr NP Sync Spd] x 0.25
71 MicroPsnScalePct Units: % RW Real 1.x 2
Micro Position Scale Percentage Default: 10.000
Enter a value to set the percent of speed reference to be used when micro positioning. Min/Max: 0.100/100.000
72 ZeroSpdFloatTime Units: s RW Real 1.x 2
Zero Speed Float Time Default: 5.000
Enter a value to set the amount of time the drive spends below the value in parameter Min/Max: 0.100/500.000
9:70 [Float Tolerance] before setting the brake.
For Encoderless mode, leave this parameter at its default value.
78 DI FloatMicroPsn Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Digital Input Float Micro Position Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select a digital input to be used for the float and micro position functions.
Connect the digital input to circuitry that closes or energizes to activate the micro position
function when selected and running and the float function when stopping.

Table 11 - Port 9: Oil Well File

Pump Jack Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read/write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
100 OilWell Pump Cfg Default: 0 = ‘Disable’ RW 32-bit 6.x 2
Oil Well Pump Configuration Options: 0 = ‘Disable’ Integer
Enter a value to select the type of oil well application. 1 = ‘Pump Jack’
‘Disable’ (0) – Disables the oil well functions. 2 = ‘PrgrsvCavity’
‘Pump Jack’ (1) – Configures the function for a Pump Jack type oil well.
‘PrgrsvCavity’ (2) – Configures the function for a Progressive Cavity type pump.
101 Pump Off Config Default: 0 = ‘Automatic’ RW 32-bit 6.x 2
Pump Off Configuration Options: 0 = ‘Automatic’ Integer
Enter a value to select the torque data that is used for the pump off control. 1 = ‘Position’
‘Automatic’ (0) – Downstroke torque is used if the torque waveform synchronizes with 2 = ‘Cycle’
previously saved waveform. If the position is not found after six cycles, the cycle torque is
used. When cycle torque is used, parameter 9:104 [OW Pump Status] bit 3 ‘Cycle Used’ is
set to 1 ‘Enable’.
‘Position’ (1) – Downstroke torque is used to detect a pump off condition. The torque
waveform synchronizes with the previously saved waveform.
‘Cycle’ (2) – Full pump cycle torque is used to detect a pump off condition.

186 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 9 Application Parameters Chapter 4

Table 11 - Port 9: Oil Well File

Pump Jack Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read/write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
102 Pump Off Setup RW Bit 6.x 2
Pump Off Setup
Set and clear bits to select pump off options.

RstPmpSlpCnt
RstPmpOffCnt
Options

Cycle PO Pos
Dis Baseline

Pos Min Trq

Pos Offset
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Pos Filter
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘Pos Filter’ – Sets level of filtering on torque for position calculation: 0 = Light (Default), 1 = Heavy. Used to remove extra peaks in the waveform.
Bit 1 ‘Pos Offset’ – Enables/disables correction factor for motor slip in position calculator. Set bit if torques and position count are drifting apart.
Bit 2 ‘Pos Min Trq’ – Sets the minimum torque threshold for the position detector. 0 = 10% (Default), 1 = Auto Detect Min Torque.
Bit 3 ‘Cycle PO Pos’ – Enables/disables positive level changes for Pump Off in cycle mode.
Bit 4 ‘Dis Baseline’ – Enables/disables the pump off baseline function. The pump off baseline function is disabled if this bit is set or the digital input signal that is configured
in 9:139 [DI Pump Baseline] is asserted.
Bit 5 ‘RstPmpOffCnt’ – Resets the value of parameter 9:132 [Pump Off Count] to 0.
Bit 6 ‘RstPmpSlpCnt’ – Resets the value of parameter 9:133 [PumpOff SleepCnt] to 0.
103 Pump Off Control Default: 0 = ‘Disable’ RW 32-bit 6.x 2
Pump Off Control Options: 0 = ‘Disable’ Integer
Enter a value to enable and disable the pump off control or select the source for the 1 = ‘Baseline Set’
torque level. 2 = ‘Fixed Setpt’
‘Disable’ (0) – Disables the pump off function.
‘Baseline Set’ (1) – The control uses a torque baseline that is created after any start of the
drive (first ten cycles). It is critical that this data is gathered from a full well.
‘Fixed Setpt’ (2) – The control uses the value set in parameter 9:120 [Torque Setpoint].
Use the value in parameter 9:126 [Pct Drop Torque] as a guideline in Automatic or Position
mode. In Cycle mode use parameter 9:124 [Pct Cycle Torque] as a guideline.
104 OW Pump Status RO Bit 6.x 2
Oil Well Pump Status
Displays the status of the pump off control.
Pump Stopped

Options
PumpOff Alrm

Pump OffEnbl
Pump Slowed
OW TrqLvl TO

Pump Stable
OW TrqLvl Lo

TopOf Stroke
OW TrqLvl Hi

Cycle Used
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘Pump OffEnbl’ – Pump off control is enabled.
Bit 1 ‘Pump Slowed’ – A pump off condition was detected and the drive is running at a reduced speed.
Bit 2 ‘Pump Stopped’ – A pump off condition was detected and the drive stopped (sleeping).
Bit 3 ‘Cycle Used’ – The cycle torque is used for pump off detection.
Bit 4 ‘TopOf Stroke’ – The internal position is from 0 to 500. Top of stroke is 0.
Bit 5 ‘PumpOff Alrm’ – A pump off condition was detected, but has not yet triggered parameter 9:105 [Pump Off Action]. This alarm warns of a pending pump off condition.
Bit 6 ‘Pump Stable’ – The pump is running at a stable speed and not calculating the baseline torque.
Bit 7 ‘OW TrqLvl Hi’ – Indicates that torque has exceeded the Torque Alarm Threshold High.
Bit 8 ‘OW TrqLvl Lo’ – Indicates that torque has fallen below the Torque Alarm Threshold Low.
Bit 9 ‘OW TrqLvl TO’ – Indicates that Oil Well Torque time out alarm has occurred for high torque for the Oil Well functionality.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 187

Chapter 4 Port 9 Application Parameters

Table 11 - Port 9: Oil Well File

Pump Jack Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read/write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
105 Pump Off Action Default: 0 = ‘Change Speed’ RW 32-bit 6.x 2
Pump Off Action Options: 0 = ‘Change Speed’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action to be taken after the function detects a pump off 1 = ‘Always Stop’
condition. 2 = ‘Stop After 1’
‘Change Speed’ (0) – When the function detects a pump off condition, it reduces speed by 3 = ‘Stop After 2’
the percentage set in parameter 9:107 [Pump Off Speed] and runs for the time set in
parameter 9:108 [Pump Off Time]. If the condition continues, speed is reduced a second
time. The pump remains at this speed until the pump off condition no longer exists.
‘Always Stop’ (1) – When the function detects a pump off condition, it stops pump. The
pump remains stopped for the time set in parameter 9:136 [PumpOffWakeTime].
‘Stop After 1’ (2) – When the function detects a pump off condition, it reduces speed by
the percentage set in parameter 9:107 [Pump Off Speed] and runs for the time set in
parameter 9:108 [Pump Off Time]. It stops if the torque continues to change while
running at the reduced speed. The pump remains stopped for the time set in parameter
9:136 [PumpOffWakeTime].
‘Stop After 2’ (3) – When the function detects a pump off condition, it reduces speed by
the percentage set in parameter 9:107 [Pump Off Speed] and runs for the time set in
parameter 9:108 [Pump Off Time]. If torque change continues, speed is reduced a second
time by the same percentage. It stops if the torque continues to change while running at
the reduced speed. The pump remains stopped for the time set in parameter 9:136
[PumpOffWakeTime].
106 Pump Off Level Units: % RW Real 6.x 2
Pump Off Level Default: 5.00
Enter a value to set the threshold for detecting a pump off condition. The function detects Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
a pump off condition if the torque differs from the baseline by this amount.
When the pump starts, the function assumes the well is full and it measures the baseline
torque. For example, if the measured baseline torque is 50% of rated torque and the
[Pump Off Level] is set to 10%, the function detects the pump off condition when the
torque drops below 45% of rated torque.
107 Pump Off Speed Units: % RW Real 6.x 2
Pump Off Speed Default: 20.00
Enter a value to set the speed that the function commands during a pump off condition. Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
108 Pump Off Time Units: s RW Real 6.x 1
Pump Off Time Default: 600.00
Enter a value to set the time that the drive runs at the reduced speed in parameter 9:107 Min/Max: 120.00/60000.00
[Pump Off Speed], before it returns to normal speed and checks for a pump off condition.
109 Total Gear Ratio Default: 0.0 RO Real 6.x 1
Total Gear Ratio Min/Max: 0.0/32000.0
Displays the calculated total gear ratio.
(9:117 [Gearbox Sheave] x 9:116 [Gearbox Ratio]) / 9:110 [Motor Sheave]
110 Motor Sheave Units: Inch RW Real 6.x 1
Motor Sheave Diameter Default: 10.00
Enter a value to set the sheave diameter on the motor. Min/Max: 0.25/25.00
111 Pump Cy Str Cmd Default: 0 = ‘Disable’ RW 32-bit 6.x 1
Pump Cycle Store Command Options: 0 = ‘Disable’ Integer
Enter a value to begin or stop the measuring and storing of the Pump Cycle waveform. 1 = ‘Enable’
This waveform is the pump jack torque-signature waveform.
‘Disable’ (0) – Stops or prevents the measuring and storing of the Pump Cycle waveform.
‘Enable’ (1) – Starts or allows the measuring and storing of the Pump Cycle waveform.

188 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 9 Application Parameters Chapter 4

Table 11 - Port 9: Oil Well File

Pump Jack Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read/write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
112 Pump Cy Str Sts Default: 0 = ‘Ready’ RO 32-bit 6.x 1
Pump Cycle Store Status Options: 0 = ‘Ready’ Integer
Displays the status of the function that measures and stores the Pump Cycle waveform. 1 = ‘Active’
This waveform is the pump jack torque-signature waveform. 2 = ‘Complete’
‘Ready’ (0) – Indicates that the function is ready to accept an enable command. 3 = ‘Error’
‘Active’ (1) – Indicates that the function is actively measuring and storing the Pump Cycle
waveform.
‘Complete’ (2) – Indicates that the function has completed the measuring and storing of
the Pump Cycle waveform. To use the stored waveform, set parameter 9:111 [Pump Cy Str
Cmd] to ‘Disable’ (0).
‘Error’ (3) – Indicates that the function has failed to complete the measuring and storing
of the Pump Cycle waveform. If this error occurs, make sure that the well is full and repeat
the function by disabling and re-enabling the function. If that does not work, use a fixed
setpoint for cycle torque. To use a fixed setpoint, set parameter 9:111 [Pump Cy Str Cmd]
to 0 ‘Disable’, set parameter 9:101 [Pump Off Config] to 2 ‘Cycle’ and 9:103 [Pump Off
Control] to 2 ‘Fixed Setpt’.
114 Gearbox Limit Units: % RW Real 6.x 1
Gearbox Torque Limit Default: 100.0
Enter a value to set the gearbox torque limit. This value is used to determine the values of Min/Max: 0.0/200.0
parameter 10/11:2083 [Torque Limit Pos] and parameter 10/11:2084 [Torque Limit Neg].
115 Gearbox Rating Units: Kin# RW Real 6.x 1
Gearbox Rating Default: 640.0
Enter a value to set the gearbox rating. Min/Max: 16.0/2560.0
116 Gearbox Ratio Default: 1.0 RW Real 6.x 1
Gearbox Ratio Min/Max: 1.0/40.0
Enter a value to specify the nameplate gear ratio.
117 Gearbox Sheave Units: Inch RW Real 6.x 1
Gearbox Sheave Diameter Default: 0.25
Enter a value to set the Sheave diameter on the Gearbox. Min/Max: 0.25/100.00
118 SetTopofStrk Cmd Default: 0 = ‘Disable’ RW 32-bit 6.x 1
Set Top of Stroke Command Options: 0 = ‘Disable’ Integer
Enter a value to begin or stop the capture of the Top of Stroke position. Top of stroke is the 1 = ‘Enable’
position when the pump rod is at its highest position.
‘Disable’ (0) – Stops or prevents the capture of the Top of Stroke position.
‘Enable’ (1) – Starts or allows the capture of the Top of Stroke position.
With the drive running, enter a value of 1 ‘Enable’. Then push Enter on the HIM when the
rod is at its highest position. The function rewrites the position value every time you push
Enter on the HIM. Enter a value of 0 ‘Disable’ when you are satisfied with the capture of
the position. Normal operation required that the value is 0 ‘Disable’.
119 SetTopofStrk Sts Default: 0 = ‘Ready’ RO 32-bit 6.x 1
Set Top of Stroke Status Options: 0 = ‘Ready’ Integer
Displays the status of the function that captures of the Top of Stroke position. Top of stroke 1 = ‘Active’
is the position when the pump rod is at its highest position.
‘Ready’ (0) – Indicates that the function is ready to accept an enable command. The
function does not capture the position in this state.
‘Active’ (1) – Indicates that the function is actively monitoring the position. The function
captures the position when you push Enter on the HIM.
120 Torque Setpoint Units: % RW Real 6.x 1
Torque Setpoint Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the torque level for pump off when parameter 9:103 [Pump Off Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
Control] is set to 2 'Fixed Setpt’.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 189

Chapter 4 Port 9 Application Parameters

Table 11 - Port 9: Oil Well File

Pump Jack Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read/write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
124 Pct Cycle Torque Units: % RO Real 6.x 1
Percent Cycle Torque Default: 0.00
Displays the average torque for a full pump cycle. Min/Max: -100.00/200.00
125 Pct Lift Torque Units: % RO Real 6.x 1
Percent Lift Torque Default: 0.00
Displays the average rod lift torque. Min/Max: -100.00/200.00
126 Pct Drop Torque Units: % RO Real 6.x 1
Percent Drop Torque Default: 0.00
Displays the average rod drop torque. Min/Max: -100.00/200.00
129 Stroke Pos Count Default: 0 RO 32-bit 6.x 1
Stroke Position Count Min/Max: 0/15000 Integer
Displays the pump cycle position. The top of stroke is 0 and rolls over at 10,000.
130 Stroke Per Min Default: 0.00 RO Real 6.x 1
Stroke Per Minute Min/Max: 0.00/50.00
Displays the strokes per minute.
132 Pump Off Count Default: 0.00 RO Real 6.x 1
Pump Off Count Min/Max: 0.00/60000.00
Displays the number of times a pump off condition has occurred since this parameter was
reset.
133 PumpOff SleepCnt Default: 0.00 RO Real 6.x 1
Pump Off Sleep Count Min/Max: 0.00/60000.00
Displays the number of times a sleep condition has occurred since this parameter was
reset.
134 Day Stroke Count Default: 0.00 RO Real 6.x 1
Day Stroke Count Min/Max: 0.00/65535.00
Displays the number of strokes for the past 24 hours. This parameter is a rolling counter
updated every hour.
136 PumpOffWakeTime Units: m RW Real 6.x 1
Pump Off Wake Time Default: 0.000
Enter a value to set the length of time for which a pump remains stopped when a pump Min/Max: 0.000/2880.000
off condition is detected. Requires that parameter 9:105 [Pump Off Action] is set to 1
‘Always Stop’, 2 ‘Stop After1’, or 3 ‘Stop After 2’.
138 DI PumpOff Disbl Default: 0 RW 32-bit 6.x 1
Digital Input Pump Off Disable Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select the digital input to be used for the Pump Off Disable function.

139 DI Pump Baseline Default: 0 RW 32-bit 6.x 1

Digital Input Pump Baseline Min/Max: 0/159999.15 Integer
Select the digital input to be used for disabling the pump off baseline function. The pump
off baseline function is disabled if the digital input signal that is configured in this
parameter is asserted or if bit 4 ‘Dis Baseline’ is set in parameter 9:102 [Pump Off Setup].
143 This is the secondary file and group position for the following parameters from the Prog Cavity Pump Group:
… 143 [Rod Speed], 144 [Rod Torque], 145 [Rod Speed Cmd], 148 [TorqAlarm Action], 149 [TorqAlarm Config], 150 [TorqAlarm Dwell], 151 [Torq Thresh High],
162 152 [TorqAlmTimeOutHi], 153 [TorqAlmTOActnHi], 154 [Torq Threash High], 161 [TorqAlmTimeOutLo], 162 [TorqAlarmTOActLo]

190 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 9 Application Parameters Chapter 4

Table 12 - Port 9: Oil Well File

Prog Cavity Pump Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read/write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
100 OilWell Pump Cfg - See description for Oil Well Pump Configuration on page 186.
104 OW Pump Status - See description for Oil Well Pump Status on page 187.
110 Motor Sheave - See description for Motor Sheave Diameter on page 188.
116 Gearbox Ratio - See description for Gearbox Ratio on page 189.
This is the secondary file and group position for these parameters.
143 Rod Speed Units: RPM RO Real 6.x 1
Rod Speed Default: 0.00
Displays the speed in RPM of the pump rod after the gearbox and sheaves. Min/Max: 0.00/10000.00
Rod Speed = Motor Speed x 9:109 [Total Gear Ratio]
144 Rod Torque Units: FtLb RO Real 6.x 1
Rod Torque Default: 0.00
Displays the load side torque. Parameter 9:109 [Total Gear Ratio] must be greater than Min/Max: 0.00/10000.00
zero to activate this display.
145 Rod Speed Cmd Units: RPM RO Real 6.x 1
Rod Speed Command Default: 0.00
Displays the commanded speed in RPM of the pump rod after the gearbox and sheaves. Min/Max: 0.00/10000.00
148 TorqAlarm Action Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 6.x 1
Torque Alarm Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the drive action when the Torque Alarm is exceeded. 1 = ‘Preset Spd1’
‘Ignore’ (0) – Allows the function to continue without any notification or action.
‘Preset Spd1’ (1) – Changes the speed reference to Preset Spd1.
This action is only applicable when parameter 9:100 [OilWell Pump Cfg] is set to 2
‘PrgrsvCavity’.
149 TorqAlarm Config RW Bit 6.x 1
Torque Alarm Config
Set and clear bits to configure the Torque Alarm functions.
TorqThreshLo
TorqThreshHi

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘TorqThreshHi’ – Enables the alarm for torque above 9:151 [Torq Thresh High].
Bit 1 ‘TorqThreshLo’ – Enables the alarm for torque below 9:154 [Torq Thresh Low].
150 TorqAlarm Dwell Units: s RW Real 6.x 1
Torque Alarm Dwell Default: 0.0
Enter a value to set the time that the torque must exceed parameter 9:151 [Torq Thresh Min/Max: 0.0/60.0
High] before parameter 9:148 [TorqAlarm Action] takes place.
Active when parameter 9:149 [TorqAlarm Config] bit 0 ‘TorqThreshHi’ = 1 (enabled).
151 Torq Thresh High Units: FtLb RW Real 6.x 1
Torque Threshold High Default: 0.0
Enter a value to set the threshold for the torque threshold high alarm, which is active Min/Max: 0.0/10000000.0
when 9:149 [TorqAlarm Config] bit 0 ‘TorqThreshHi’ = 1 (enabled).
152 TorqAlmTimeOutHi Units: s RW Real 6.x 1
Torque Alarm Timeout High Default: 0.0
Enter a value to set the amount of time a Torque Alarm can be active until timeout action Min/Max: 0.0/600.0
begins. Active when parameter 9:149 [TorqAlarm Config] bit 0 ‘TorqThreshHi’ = 1
(enabled).

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 191

Chapter 4 Port 9 Application Parameters

Table 12 - Port 9: Oil Well File

Prog Cavity Pump Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read/write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
153 TorqAlmTOActnHi Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 6.x 1
Torque Alarm Time Out Action High Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to determine the drive action when 9:152 [TorqAlmTimeOutHi] is exceeded. 1 = ‘Alarm’
Active when parameter 9:149 [TorqAlarm Config] bit 0 ‘TorqThreshHi’ = 1 (enabled). 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated. 4 = ‘Flt RampStop’
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. If running, drive continues to run. 5 = ‘Flt CL Stop’
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. Coast to Stop. 6 = ‘Resume’
‘Flt RampStop’ (4) – Major fault indicated. Ramp to Stop.
‘Flt CL Stop’ (5) – Major fault indicated. Current Limit Stop.
‘Resume’ (6) – Resume commanded velocity reference.
154 Torq Thresh Low Units: FtLb RW Real 6.x 1
Torque Threshold Low Default: 0.0
Enter a value to set the threshold for the torque threshold low alarm, which is active Min/Max: 0.0/10000000.0
when parameter 9:149 [TorqAlarm Config] bit 1 'TorqThreshLo' = 1 (enabled).
156 Max Rod Speed Units: RPM RW Real 6.x 1
Maximum Rod Speed Default: 300.0
Enter a value to set the maximum speed for the polished rod in a progressive cavity pump Min/Max: 200.0/600.0
oil well application.
157 Max Rod Torque Units: FtLb RW Real 6.x 1
Maximum Rod Torque Default: 500.0
Enter a value to set the desired maximum torque on the polished rod in a progressive Min/Max: 0.0/3000.0
cavity pump oil well application.
158 Min Rod Speed Units: RPM RW Real 6.x 1
Minimum Rod Speed Default: 0.0
Enter a value to set the minimum speed for the polished rod in a progressive cavity pump Min/Max: 0.0/199.0
oil well application.
160 PCP Pump Sheave Units: Inch RW Real 6.x 1
PCP Pump Sheave Diameter Default: 20.00
Enter a value to specify the pump sheave diameter. Min/Max: 0.25/200.00
161 TorqAlmTimeOutLo Units: s RW Real 6.x 1
Torque Alarm Timeout Low Default: 0.0
Enter a value to set the time that the torque must fall below parameter 9:154 [Torq Thresh Min/Max: 0.0/600.0
Low]. Active when parameter 9:149 [TorqAlarm Config] bit 1 ‘TorqThreshLo’ = 1
(enabled).
162 TorqAlmTOActnLo Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 6.x 1
Torque Alarm Time Out Action Low Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to determine action when parameter 9:161 [TorqAlmTimeOutLo] is 1 = ‘Alarm’
exceeded. Active when parameter 9:149 [TorqAlarm Config] bit 1 ‘TorqThreshLo’ = 1 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
(enabled). 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 4 = ‘Flt RampStop’
‘Alarm’(1) – Type 1 alarm indicated. 5 = ‘Flt CL Stop’
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. If running, drive continues to run.
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. Coast to Stop.
‘Flt RampStop’ (4) – Major fault indicated. Ramp to Stop.
‘Flt CL Stop’ (5) – Major fault indicated. Current Limit Stop.

192 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 9 Application Parameters Chapter 4

Table 13 - Port 9: DeviceLogix File

Control & Status Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1000 DLX OperationCmd Default: 0 = ‘DisableLogic’ RW 32-bit 4.x 1
DeviceLogix Operation Command Options: 0 = ‘DisableLogic’ Integer
Enter a value to enable or disable DeviceLogix. 1 = ‘Enable Logic’
‘DisableLogic’ (0) – prevents or stops DeviceLogix from scanning the logic.
‘Enable Logic’ (1) – allows DeviceLogix to scan the logic.
1001 DLX OperationSts Default: 0 = ‘LogicDisabld’ RO 32-bit 4.x 1
DeviceLogix Operation Status Options: 0 = ‘LogicDisabld’ Integer
Displays the actual status of DeviceLogix. 1 = ‘LogicEnabled’
‘LogicDisabld’ (0) – indicates that DeviceLogix is not scanning the logic.
‘LogicEnabled’ (1) – indicates that DeviceLogix is scanning the logic.
1002 DLX PowerupStart Default: 0 = ‘DisableLogic’ RW 32-bit 4.x 1
DeviceLogix Start Logic on Powerup Options: 0 = ‘DisableLogic’ Integer
Enter a value to determine if DeviceLogix logic is automatically enabled on product (drive 1 = ‘Enable Logic’
or bus supply) power up.
'DisableLogic' (0) – DeviceLogix will not begin scanning the project logic automatically
on power up. In this case, a user must use parameter 9:1000 [DLX OperationCmd] to begin
scanning every time after every power up.
'Enable Logic' (1) – DeviceLogix will begin scanning the project logic automatically on
power up.
1003 DLX InvldIO Actn Default: 1 = ‘Fault’ RW 32-bit 4.x 1
DLX Invalid IO Configuration Action Options: 0 = ‘Alarm’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when one or more parameters used in the 1 = ‘Fault’
DeviceLogix program cannot be found on the port specified in the program mapping file:
‘Alarm’ (0) – The product has a type 1 alarm. It continues to run. The alarm persists and
execution of the DeviceLogix program is inhibited as long as the I/O configuration is
invalid.
‘Fault’ (1) – The product stops modulating. The motor side inverter coasts to a stop. A
major fault occurs. Execution of the DeviceLogix program is inhibited as long as the I/O
configuration is invalid. You have to clear the fault in order to restart the product.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 193

Chapter 4 Port 9 Application Parameters

Table 13 - Port 9: DeviceLogix File

Control & Status Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1004 DLX Prog Cond Default: 0 = ‘Fault’ RW 32-bit 4.x 1
DeviceLogix Program Condition Action Options: 0 = ‘Fault’ Integer
Enter a value to define the action the product (drive or bus supply) takes when 1 = ‘Stop’
DeviceLogix is disabled. 2 = ‘Zero Data’
‘Fault’ (0) –The product stops modulating. The motor side inverter coasts to a stop. A 3 = ‘Hold Last’
major fault occurs. You have to clear the fault in order to restart the product.
‘Stop’ (1) –The product stops modulating. The motor side inverter coasts to a stop. A fault
does not occur. You can restart the product without clearing a fault.
‘Zero Data’ (2) – The product continues to operate. It puts zero values in the reference and
logic command from DeviceLogix. It stops updating the parameters that are connected to
DeviceLogix by Parameter Binding. After this, other sources can overwrite these values.
‘Hold Last’ (3) – The product continues to operate. It holds the values of the data streams
coming from DeviceLogix in the last received states. This applies to the reference and logic
command from DeviceLogix. It also applies to the parameters that are connected to
DeviceLogix by Parameter Binding.
1006 DLX DigOut Sts RO Bit 4.x 1
DeviceLogix Output Logic Command Status
Displays the status of the bits in the Logic Command word from DeviceLogix to the product (drive or bus supply).
DLX CmdSts16
DLX CmdSts15
DLX CmdSts14
DLX CmdSts13
DLX CmdSts12
DLX CmdSts11
DLX CmdSts10
Options

DLX CmdSts9
DLX CmdSts8
DLX CmdSts7
DLX CmdSts6
DLX CmdSts5
DLX CmdSts4
DLX CmdSts3
DLX CmdSts2
DLX CmdSts1
Bit 31
Bit 30
Bit 29
Bit 28
Bit 27
Bit 26
Bit 25
Bit 24
Bit 23
Bit 22
Bit 21
Bit 20
Bit 19
Bit 18
Bit 17
Bit 16

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

194 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 9 Application Parameters Chapter 4

Table 14 - Port 9: DeviceLogix File

Intl Registers Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1070 DLX Real SP1 Default: 0.00 RW Real 4.x 1
1071 DLX Real SP2 Min/Max: -220000000.00/+220000000.00
1072 DLX Real SP3
1073 DLX Real SP4
1074 DLX Real SP5
1075 DLX Real SP6
1076 DLX Real SP7
1077 DLX Real SP8
1078 DLX Real SP9
1079 DLX Real SP10
1080 DLX Real SP11
1081 DLX Real SP12
1082 DLX Real SP13
1083 DLX Real SP14
1084 DLX Real SP15
1085 DLX Real SP16
DeviceLogix Real Scratch Pad n
Use this parameter as a REAL (floating point) scratchpad memory location inside the
DeviceLogix program. This is for temporary storage of calculations, data, and other work
in progress.
1090 DLX DINT SP1 Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
1091 DLX DINT SP2 Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
1092 DLX DINT SP3
1093 DLX DINT SP4
1094 DLX DINT SP5
1095 DLX DINT SP6
1096 DLX DINT SP7
1097 DLX DINT SP8
DeviceLogix DINT Scratch Pad n
Use this parameter as a DINT (double integer) scratchpad memory location inside the
DeviceLogix program. This is for temporary storage of calculations, data, and other work
in progress.
1100 DLX Bool SP1 RW Bit 4.x 1
1101 DLX Bool SP2
1102 DLX Bool SP3
1103 DLX Bool SP4
DeviceLogix Bool Scratch Pad n
Use this parameter as a Boolean scratchpad memory location inside the DeviceLogix program. This is for temporary storage of calculations, data, and other work in progress.
Bit 31
Bit 30
Bit 29
Bit 28
Bit 27
Bit 26
Bit 25
Bit 24
Bit 23
Bit 22
Bit 21
Bit 20
Bit 19
Bit 18
Bit 17
Bit 16
Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10

Options
Bit 9
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 195

Chapter 4 Port 9 Application Parameters

Table 14 - Port 9: DeviceLogix File

Intl Registers Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1110 DLX Real In SP1 Default: 0.00 RW Real 4.x 1
1111 DLX Real In SP2 Min/Max: -220000000.00/+220000000.00
1112 DLX Real In SP3
1113 DLX Real In SP4
1114 DLX Real In SP5
1115 DLX Real In SP6
1116 DLX Real In SP7
1117 DLX Real In SP8
DeviceLogix Real Input Scratch Pad n
Use this parameter as a REAL (floating point) scratchpad memory location inside the
DeviceLogix program. This is for temporary storage of calculations, data, and other work
in progress. You can also use it to transfer data into the DeviceLogix program.
1120 DLX Real Out SP1 Default: 0.00 RW Real 4.x 1
1121 DLX Real Out SP2 Min/Max: -220000000.00/+220000000.00
1122 DLX Real Out SP3
1123 DLX Real Out SP4
1124 DLX Real Out SP5
1125 DLX Real Out SP6
1126 DLX Real Out SP7
1127 DLX Real Out SP8
DeviceLogix Real Output Scratch Pad n
Use this parameter as a REAL (floating point) scratchpad memory location inside the
DeviceLogix program. This is for temporary storage of calculations, data, and other work
in progress. You can also use it to transfer data out of the DeviceLogix program.
1130 DLX DINT In SP1 Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
1131 DLX DINT In SP2 Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
1132 DLX DINT In SP3
1133 DLX DINT In SP4
DeviceLogix DINT In Scratch Pad n
Use this parameter as a DINT (double integer) scratchpad memory location inside the
DeviceLogix program. This is for temporary storage of calculations, data, and other work
in progress. You can also use it to transfer data into the DeviceLogix program.
1140 DLX DINT Out SP1 Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
1141 DLX DINT Out SP2 Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
1142 DLX DINT Out SP3
1143 DLX DINT Out SP4
DeviceLogix DINT Output Scratch Pad n
Use this parameter as a DINT (double integer) scratchpad memory location inside the
DeviceLogix program. This is for temporary storage of calculations, data, and other work
in progress. You can also use it to transfer data out of the DeviceLogix program.

196 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 9 Application Parameters Chapter 4

Table 15 - Port 9: Diagnostics File

Testpoints Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1200 Testpoint Sel 1 Default: 0 RW 32-bit 2.x 1
1203 Testpoint Sel 2 Min/Max: 0/999 Integer
Testpoint Select n
Select a source for the first and second test point in this port.
Data from the source streams to parameters [Testpoint REAL n] and [Testpoint DINT n].
See Port 9 Testpoint Codes on page 520 for descriptions of the test points that are
available for this parameter.
1201 Testpoint REAL 1 Default: 0 RO Real 2.x 1
1204 Testpoint REAL 2 Min/Max: -220000000.000000/
Testpoint REAL Display Value n +220000000.000000
Displays data of the first and second test point on this port in REAL (floating point)
format. If the format of the source is REAL, use this parameter to read or trend the data
stream.
1202 Testpoint DINT 1 Default: 0 RO 32-bit 2.x 1
1205 Testpoint DINT 2 Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Testpoint DINT Display Value n
Displays data of the first and second test point on this port in DINT (double integer)
format. If the format of the source is DINT, use this parameter to read or trend the data
stream.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 197

Chapter 4 Port 9 Application Parameters

Notes:

198 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Chapter 5

Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor

Side Control Parameters

This chapter lists and describes the TotalFORCE motor side control
parameters that can reside in port 10 and port 11 of the product. Port 10 is the
primary motor side control port and port 11 is the secondary port. The
parameters can be programmed (viewed/edited) by using a Human Interface
Module (HIM). See the Enhanced PowerFlex 7-Class Human Interface
Module (HIM) User Manual, publication 20HIM-UM001, for information
on using the HIM to view and edit parameters. As an alternative, programming
can also be performed using Connected Components Workbench™ (version 10
or later) software and a personal computer.

Table 16 - Port 10/11 Files and Groups

Parameter File Page
Port 10/11: Monitor File Metering Group 200
Port 10/11: Monitor File Drive Data Group 202
Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File Psn Vel Trq Mode Group 203
Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File Start Config Group 208
Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File Flying Start Group 209
Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File StopDecel Config Group 212
Port 10/11: Protection File Motor Overload Group 216
Port 10/11: Protection File Load Limits Group 218
Port 10/11: Protection File Power Loss Group 223
Port 10/11: Protection File Predictive Main Group 226
Port 10/11: Diagnostics File Status Group 230
Port 10/11: Diagnostics File Testpoints Group 234
Port 10/11: Diagnostics File Fault/Alarm Info Group 235
Port 10/11: Electrical File Motor Data Group 241
Port 10/11: Electrical File Mtr Ctrl Config Group 243
Port 10/11: Electrical File Volts per Hertz Group 247
Port 10/11: Electrical File Economize Config Group 249
Port 10/11: Electrical File Ind Mtr Config Group 249
Port 10/11: Electrical File PM Mtr Config Group 253
Port 10/11: Electrical File Id Compensation Group 259
Port 10/11: Electrical File Variable Boost Group 263
Port 10/11: System File System Tuning Group 266
Port 10/11: System File System Ref Group 269
Port 10/11: Feedback File Feedback Config Group 273
Port 10/11: Feedback File Feedback Status Group 276
Port 10/11: Feedback File Spindle Orient Group 277

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 199

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Parameter File Page

Port 10/11: Feedback File Roll Position Group 279
Port 10/11: Position File Profiler Indexer Group 281
Port 10/11: Position File PTP Planner Group 289
Port 10/11: Position File PCam Planner Group 293
Port 10/11: Position File PLL Planner Group 299
Port 10/11: Position File Position Homing Group 301
Port 10/11: Position File Position Ref Group 302
Port 10/11: Position File Position Reg Group 304
Port 10/11: Velocity File Vel Ref Sel Group 309
Port 10/11: Velocity File Vel Trim Group 312
Port 10/11: Velocity File Velocity Ref Group 314
Port 10/11: Velocity File Velocity Reg Group 321
Port 10/11: Torque File Trq Ref Sel Group 331
Port 10/11: Torque File Load Observer Group 332
Port 10/11: Torque File Friction Comp Group 334
Port 10/11: Torque File Torque Ref Group 335
Port 10/11: Torque File Adaptive Tuning Group 336
Port 10/11: Torque File Trq Filters Group 340
Port 10/11: Torque File TqCam Planner Group 345

Primary/Secondary Motor Primary/Secondary motor side control parameters apply to the control of the
inverter sections of the product.
Side Control Parameters
Table 17 - Port 10/11: Monitor File
Metering Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1 Output Frequency Units: Hz RO Real 1.x 0
Output Frequency Default: 0.00
Displays output frequency of the motor side inverter. Min/Max: -590.00/+590.00
2 Output Voltage Units: VAC RO Real 1.x 0
Output Voltage Default: 0.00
Displays the motor voltage at the motor side inverter terminals, in Volts RMS. Min/Max: 0.00/529.00
If the Torque Accuracy Module (TAM) option is present and configured, this value is
measured.
If it is not configured and the motor control mode is not Flux Vector with encoder
feedback, this value is calculated. The calculation factors DC bus voltage and IGBT
switching.
3 Output Current Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
Output Current Default: 0.00
Displays output current of the motor side inverter. Min/Max: 0.00/21000.00
4 Output Power Units: kW RO Real 1.x 0
Output Power Default: 0.00
Displays output power of the motor side inverter. Min/Max: 0.00/3000.00
5 Output Pwr Factr Default: 0.00 RO Real 1.x 0
Output Power Factor Min/Max: 0.00/1.00
Displays output power factor of the motor side inverter.

200 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 17 - Port 10/11: Monitor File

Metering Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
8 Torque Cur Fb Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
Torque Current Feedback Default: 0.00
Displays torque producing current of the motor side inverter. Min/Max: -1480.00/+1480.00
9 Flux Cur Fb Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
Flux Current Feedback Default: 0.00
Displays flux producing current of the motor side inverter. Min/Max: -1480.00/+1480.00
11 Motor Voltage Fb Units: VAC RO Real 1.x 0
Motor Voltage Feedback Default: 0.00
Displays the Motor Voltage that is measured by the optional Torque Accuracy Module Min/Max: 0.00/529.00
(TAM), in Volts RMS.
If the TAM is not present or configured, the value is zero.
13 DC Bus Memory Units: VDC RO Real 1.x 0
DC Bus Memory Default: 0.00
Displays a filtered value for DC bus voltage. Min/Max: 0.00/20 [Rated Volts] x 1.35 x 1.41
This is a 6 minute average of measured DC bus voltage.
It is automatically initialized upon power-up or precharge, and continually updated
during normal operation.
Use parameter 10/11:292 [DC Bus Mem Reset] to reset this parameter.
1044 Motor Vel Fb
Motor Velocity Feedback
This is the secondary file and group position for this parameter.
See description for Motor Velocity Feedback on page 276.
1914 VRef Commanded
Velocity Reference Commanded
This is the secondary file and group position for this parameter.
See description for Velocity Reference Commanded on page 316.
2073 Trq Commanded
Torque Commanded
This is the secondary file and group position for this parameter.
See description for Torque Commanded on page 335.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 201

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 18 - Port 10/11: Monitor File

Drive Data Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
20 Rated Volts Units: VAC RO Real 1.x 0
Drive Rated Voltage Default: LV Rated Voltage Normal Duty
Displays the input voltage class (400V, 480V, 600V or 690V) of the drive or bus supply. This HV Rated Voltage Normal Duty
value can change depending on the setting of parameter 0:33 [VoltageClass Cfg]. LV Rated Voltage Heavy Duty
HV Rated Voltage Heavy Duty
HV Rated Voltage Light Duty
LV Rated Voltage Light Duty
Min/Max: 0.00/690.00
21 Rated Amps Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
Drive Rated Current in Amperes Default: LV Rated Current Normal Duty
Displays the continuous output current rating of motor side inverter in RMS Amps. HV Rated Current Normal Duty
This value depends on the rating of the hardware. It reflects the settings of parameters LV Rated Current Heavy Duty
0:34 [VoltageClass Act] and 0:36 [Duty Rating Act]. HV Rated Current Heavy Duty
This displays the same value as parameter 12:1 [Sys Rated Amps]. LV Rated Current Light Duty
HV Rated Current Light Duty
Min/Max: 0.00/12000.00
22 Rated kW Units: kW RO Real 1.x 0
Drive Rated Power in Kilowatts Default: 0.00
Displays the continuous output power rating of motor side inverter in kilowatts. Min/Max: 0.00/3500.00
This value depends on the rating of the hardware. It reflects the settings of parameters
0:34 [VoltageClass Act] and 0:36 [Duty Rating Act].

202 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 19 - Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File

Psn Vel Trq Mode Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
30 PsnVelTrq Mode A Default: 0 = ‘Freq Reg’ (Velocity Modes) RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Velocity Torque Mode A 1 = ‘Velocity Reg’ (Flux Vector Modes) Integer
Enter a value to select a Position, Velocity, or Torque control mode. Options: Velocity Modes
The following velocity modes are supported for frequency motor control modes (i.e., V/ 0 = ‘Freq Reg’
Hz, sensorless vector, and economizer): 1 = ‘Profiler’
‘Freq Reg’ (0) – selects a frequency control mode. Flux Vector Modes
‘Profiler’ (1) – Drive uses the Speed Profiler function. The drive operates as a speed 0 = ‘Zero Torque’
regulator. Step Types in the Profiler / Indexer table only support speed profile. 1 = ‘Velocity Reg’
The following position, velocity, and torque modes are supported for Flux Vector motor 2 = ‘Torque Reg’
control modes: 3 = ‘SLAT Min’
‘Zero Torque’ (0) – selects a Torque control mode with the constant value of zero for the 4 = ‘SLAT Max’
Torque Reference. 5 = ‘Sum’
‘Velocity Reg’ (1) – selects a Velocity control mode with the Torque Reference coming 6 = ‘Psn PTP’
from the output of the Velocity Regulator. 7 = ‘Psn Direct’
‘Torque Reg’ (2) – selects a Torque control mode with the Torque Reference coming from 8 = ‘Psn Camming’
the Torque Command. During stops that require a ramp and during jogging, the drive
temporarily switches to a Velocity control mode. 9 = ‘Psn PLL’
‘SLAT Min’ (3) – selects a Speed Limited Torque control mode where the drive follow the 10 = ‘Psn SpdlOrnt’
minimum of two commands (Velocity and Torque). When the Torque Command is 11 = ‘Profiler’
algebraically smaller than the Velocity Command, the drive follow the Torque Command.
If the algebraic value of the Torque Command exceeds the Velocity Command, the drive
switches to the Velocity Command.
This is useful in applications, where a mechanical event might cause a pure torque
regulator to run at undesirable speeds.
‘SLAT Max’ (4) – selects a Speed Limited Torque control mode where the drive follow the
maximum of two commands (Velocity and Torque). When the Torque Command is
algebraically larger than the Velocity Command, the drive follow the Torque Command. If
the algebraic value of the Torque Command falls below the Velocity Command, the drive
switches to the Velocity Command.
This is useful in applications, where a mechanical event might cause a pure torque
regulator to run at undesirable speeds.
‘Sum’ (5) – selects a Velocity control mode with the Torque Reference being the output of
the Velocity Regulator PLUS the Torque Command.
‘Psn PTP’ (6) – selects a Point to Point Position control mode. The Position Reference
comes from the Point to Point interpreter and planner.
‘Psn Direct’ (7) – selects a Direct Position control mode. The Position Reference comes
from the Direct Position Reference. There is not an interpreter or planner.
‘Psn Camming’ (8) – Drive operates as a position regulator. Parameter 10/11:2076 [Trq
Ref Selected] has the same source as in Sum mode. The position control is active in
Position CAM mode and uses its PCAM Planner position and speed reference.
‘Psn PLL’ (9) – Drive operates as a position regulator. Parameter 10/11:2076 [Trq Ref
Selected] has the same source as in Sum mode. The position control is active in Position
Phase Lock Loop mode and uses its PLL Planner position and speed reference.
‘Psn SpdlOrnt’ (10) – Drive operates in the positioning mode to position the load side of a
machine to Parameter 10/11:1062 [SO Setpoint].
‘Profiler’ (11) – Drive uses the Speed Profiler/Position Indexer function. The drive
operates as either a speed or position regulator. Mode of operation will depend on the
configuration of the Step Types in the Profiler/Indexer table.
Not all options are available for all motor control modes.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 203

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 19 - Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File

Psn Vel Trq Mode Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
31 PsnVelTrq Mode B Default: 0 = ‘Freq Reg’ (Velocity Modes) RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Velocity Torque Mode B 1 = ‘Velocity Reg’ (Flux Vector Modes) Integer
Enter a value to select a Position, Velocity or Torque control mode. Options: Velocity Modes
The following velocity modes are supported for frequency motor control modes (i.e., V/ 0 = ‘Freq Reg’
Hz, sensorless vector, and economizer): 1 = ‘Profiler’
‘Freq Reg’ (0) – selects a frequency control mode. Flux Vector Modes
‘Profiler’ (1) – Drive uses the Speed Profiler function. The drive operates as a speed 0 = ‘Zero Torque’
regulator. Step Types in the Profiler / Indexer table only support speed profile. 1 = ‘Velocity Reg’
The following position, velocity and torque modes are supported for Flux Vector motor 2 = ‘Torque Reg’
control modes: 3 = ‘SLAT Min’
‘Zero Torque’ (0) – selects a Torque control mode with the constant value of zero for the 4 = ‘SLAT Max’
Torque Reference. 5 = ‘Sum’
‘Velocity Reg’ (1) – selects a Velocity control mode with the Torque Reference coming 6 = ‘Psn PTP’
from the output of the Velocity Regulator. 7 = ‘Psn Direct’
‘Torque Reg’ (2) – selects a Torque control mode with the Torque Reference coming from 8 = ‘Psn Camming’
the Torque Command. During stops that require a ramp and during jogging, the drive
temporarily switches to a Velocity control mode. 9 = ‘Psn PLL’
‘SLAT Min’ (3) – selects a Speed Limited Torque control mode where the drive follow the 10 = ‘Psn SpdlOrnt
minimum of two commands (Velocity and Torque). When the Torque Command is 11 = ‘Profiler’
algebraically smaller than the Velocity Command, the drive follow the Torque Command.
If the algebraic value of the Torque Command exceeds the Velocity Command, the drive
switches to the Velocity Command.
This is useful in applications, where a mechanical event might cause a pure torque
regulator to run at undesirable speeds.
‘SLAT Max’ (4) - selects a Speed Limited Torque control mode where the drive follow the
maximum of two commands (Velocity and Torque). When the Torque Command is
algebraically larger than the Velocity Command, the drive follow the Torque Command. If
the algebraic value of the Torque Command falls below the Velocity Command, the drive
switches to the Velocity Command.
This is useful in applications, where a mechanical event might cause a pure torque
regulator to run at undesirable speeds.
‘Sum’ (5) – selects a Velocity control mode with the Torque Reference being the output of
the Velocity Regulator PLUS the Torque Command.
‘Psn PTP’ (6) – selects a Point to Point Position control mode. The Position Reference
comes from the Point to Point interpreter and planner.
‘Psn Direct’ (7) – selects a Direct Position control mode. The Position Reference comes
from the Direct Position Reference. There is not an interpreter or planner.
‘Psn Camming’ (8) – Drive operates as a position regulator. Parameter 10/11:2076 [Trq
Ref Selected] has the same source as in Sum mode. The position control is active in
Position CAM mode and uses its PCAM Planner position and speed reference.
‘Psn PLL’ (9) – Drive operates as a position regulator. Parameter 10/11:2076 [Trq Ref
Selected] has the same source as in Sum mode. The position control is active in Position
Phase Lock Loop mode and uses its PLL Planner position and speed reference.
‘Psn SpdlOrnt’ (10) – Drive operates in the positioning mode to position the load side of a
machine to Parameter 10/11:1062 [SO Setpoint].
‘Profiler’ (11) – Drive uses the Speed Profiler/Position Indexer function. The drive
operates as either a speed or position regulator. Mode of operation will depend on the
configuration of the Step Types in the Profiler/Indexer table.
Not all options are available for all motor control modes.

204 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 19 - Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File

Psn Vel Trq Mode Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
32 PsnVelTrq Mode C Default: 0 = ‘Freq Reg’ (Velocity Modes) RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Velocity Torque Mode C 1 = ‘Velocity Reg’ (Flux Vector Modes) Integer
Enter a value to select a Position, Velocity or Torque control mode. Options: Velocity Modes
The following velocity modes are supported for frequency motor control modes (i.e., V/ 0 = ‘Freq Reg’
Hz, sensorless vector, and economizer): 1 = ‘Profiler’
‘Freq Reg’ (0) – selects a frequency control mode. Flux Vector Modes
‘Profiler’ (1) – Drive uses the Speed Profiler function. The drive operates as a speed 0 = ‘Zero Torque’
regulator. Step Types in the Profiler / Indexer table only support speed profile. 1 = ‘Velocity Reg’
The following position, velocity and torque modes are supported for Flux Vector motor 2 = ‘Torque Reg’
control modes: 3 = ‘SLAT Min’
‘Zero Torque’ (0) – selects a Torque control mode with the constant value of zero for the 4 = ‘SLAT Max’
Torque Reference. 5 = ‘Sum’
‘Velocity Reg’ (1) – selects a Velocity control mode with the Torque Reference coming 6 = ‘Psn PTP’
from the output of the Velocity Regulator. 7 = ‘Psn Direct’
‘Torque Reg’ (2) – selects a Torque control mode with the Torque Reference coming from 8 = ‘Psn Camming’
the Torque Command. During stops that require a ramp and during jogging, the drive
temporarily switches to a Velocity control mode. 9 = ‘Psn PLL’
‘SLAT Min’ (3) – selects a Speed Limited Torque control mode where the drive follow the 10 = ‘Psn SpdlOrnt
minimum of two commands (Velocity and Torque). When the Torque Command is 11 = ‘Profiler’
algebraically smaller than the Velocity Command, the drive follow the Torque Command.
If the algebraic value of the Torque Command exceeds the Velocity Command, the drive
switches to the Velocity Command.
This is useful in applications, where a mechanical event might cause a pure torque
regulator to run at undesirable speeds.
‘SLAT Max’ (4) – selects a Speed Limited Torque control mode where the drive follow the
maximum of two commands (Velocity and Torque). When the Torque Command is
algebraically larger than the Velocity Command, the drive follow the Torque Command. If
the algebraic value of the Torque Command falls below the Velocity Command, the drive
switches to the Velocity Command.
This is useful in applications, where a mechanical event might cause a pure torque
regulator to run at undesirable speeds.
‘Sum’ (5) – selects a Velocity control mode with the Torque Reference being the output of
the Velocity Regulator PLUS the Torque Command.
‘Psn PTP’ (6) – selects a Point to Point Position control mode. The Position Reference
comes from the Point to Point interpreter and planner.
‘Psn Direct’ (7) – selects a Direct Position control mode. The Position Reference comes
from the Direct Position Reference. There is not an interpreter or planner.
‘Psn Camming’ (8) – Drive operates as a position regulator. Parameter 10/11:2076 [Trq
Ref Selected] has the same source as in Sum mode. The position control is active in
Position CAM mode and uses its PCAM Planner position and speed reference.
‘Psn PLL’ (9) – Drive operates as a position regulator. Parameter 10/11:2076 [Trq Ref
Selected] has the same source as in Sum mode. The position control is active in Position
Phase Lock Loop mode and uses its PLL Planner position and speed reference.
‘Psn SpdlOrnt’ (10) – Drive operates in the positioning mode to position the load side of a
machine to Parameter 10/11:1062 [SO Setpoint]
‘Profiler’(11) – Drive uses the Speed Profiler/Position Indexer function. The drive operates
as either a speed or position regulator. Mode of operation will depend on the
configuration of the Step Types in the Profiler/Indexer table.
Not all options are available for all motor control modes.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 205

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 19 - Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File

Psn Vel Trq Mode Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
33 PsnVelTrq Mode D Default: 0 = ‘Freq Reg’ (Velocity Modes) RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Velocity Torque Mode D 1 = ‘Velocity Reg’ (Flux Vector Modes) Integer
Enter a value to select a Position, Velocity or Torque control mode. Options: Velocity Modes
The following velocity modes are supported for frequency motor control modes (i.e., V/ 0 = ‘Freq Reg’
Hz, sensorless vector, and economizer): 1 = ‘Profiler’
‘Freq Reg’ (0) – selects a frequency control mode. Flux Vector Modes
‘Profiler’ (1) – Drive uses the Speed Profiler function. The drive operates as a speed 0 = ‘Zero Torque’
regulator. Step Types in the Profiler / Indexer table only support speed profile. 1 = ‘Velocity Reg’
The following position, velocity and torque modes are supported for Flux Vector motor 2 = ‘Torque Reg’
control modes: 3 = ‘SLAT Min’
‘Zero Torque’ (0) – selects a Torque control mode with the constant value of zero for the 4 = ‘SLAT Max’
Torque Reference. 5 = ‘Sum’
‘Velocity Reg’ (1) – selects a Velocity control mode with the Torque Reference coming 6 = ‘Psn PTP’
from the output of the Velocity Regulator. 7 = ‘Psn Direct’
‘Torque Reg’ (2) – selects a Torque control mode with the Torque Reference coming from 8 = ‘Psn Camming’
the Torque Command. During stops that require a ramp and during jogging, the drive
temporarily switches to a Velocity control mode. 9 = ‘Psn PLL’
‘SLAT Min’ (3) – selects a Speed Limited Torque control mode where the drive follow the 10 = ‘Psn SpdlOrnt
minimum of two commands (Velocity and Torque). When the Torque Command is 11 = ‘Profiler’
algebraically smaller than the Velocity Command, the drive follow the Torque Command.
If the algebraic value of the Torque Command exceeds the Velocity Command, the drive
switches to the Velocity Command.
This is useful in applications, where a mechanical event might cause a pure torque
regulator to run at undesirable speeds.
‘SLAT Max’ (4) – selects a Speed Limited Torque control mode where the drive follow the
maximum of two commands (Velocity and Torque). When the Torque Command is
algebraically larger than the Velocity Command, the drive follow the Torque Command. If
the algebraic value of the Torque Command falls below the Velocity Command, the drive
switches to the Velocity Command.
This is useful in applications, where a mechanical event might cause a pure torque
regulator to run at undesirable speeds.
‘Sum’ (5) – selects a Velocity control mode with the Torque Reference being the output of
the Velocity Regulator PLUS the Torque Command.
‘Psn PTP’ (6) – selects a Point to Point Position control mode. The Position Reference
comes from the Point to Point interpreter and planner.
‘Psn Direct’ (7) – selects a Direct Position control mode. The Position Reference comes
from the Direct Position Reference. There is not an interpreter or planner.
‘Psn Camming’ (8) – Drive operates as a position regulator. Parameter 10/11:2076 [Trq
Ref Selected] has the same source as in Sum mode. The position control is active in
Position CAM mode and uses its PCAM Planner position and speed reference.
‘Psn PLL’ (9) – Drive operates as a position regulator. Parameter 10/11:2076 [Trq Ref
Selected] has the same source as in Sum mode. The position control is active in Position
Phase Lock Loop mode and uses its PLL Planner position and speed reference.
‘Psn SpdlOrnt’ (10) – Drive operates in the positioning mode to position the load side of a
machine to Parameter 10/11:1062 [SO Setpoint]
‘Profiler’ (11) – Drive uses the Speed Profiler/Position Indexer function. The drive
operates as either a speed or position regulator. Mode of operation will depend on the
configuration of the Step Types in the Profiler/Indexer table.
Not all options are available for all motor control modes.

206 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 19 - Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File

Psn Vel Trq Mode Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
34 PsnVelTrq Actv Default: 0 = ‘Freq Reg’ (Velocity Modes) RO 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Velocity Torque Mode Active 1 = ‘Velocity Reg’ (Flux Vector Modes) Integer
Displays the active Position Velocity Torque Mode. Options: Velocity Modes
The following velocity modes are supported for frequency motor control modes (i.e., V/ 0 = ‘Freq Reg’
Hz, sensorless vector, and economizer): 1 = ‘Profiler’
‘Freq Reg’ (0) – indicates the drive is operating in a frequency control mode. Flux Vector Modes
‘Profiler’ (1) – indicates the drive is operating as a speed regulator using the Speed 0 = ‘Zero Torque’
Profiler function. Step Types in the Profiler / Indexer table only support speed profile. 1 = ‘Velocity Reg’
The following position, velocity and torque modes are supported for Flux Vector motor 2 = ‘Torque Reg’
control modes: 3 = ‘SLAT Min’
‘Zero Torque’ (0) – indicates the drive is operating in a Torque control mode with the 4 = ‘SLAT Max’
constant value of zero for the Torque Reference. 5 = ‘Sum’
‘Velocity Reg’ (1) – indicates the drive is operating in a Velocity control mode with the 6 = ‘Psn PTP’
Torque Reference coming from the output of the Velocity Regulator. 7 = ‘Psn Direct’
‘Torque Reg’ (2) – indicates the drive is operating in a Torque control mode with the 8 = ‘Psn Camming’
Torque Reference coming from the Torque Command. During stops that require a ramp
and during jogging, the drive temporarily switches to a Velocity control mode. 9 = ‘Psn PLL’
‘SLAT Min’ (3) – indicates the drive is operating in a Speed Limited Torque control mode 10 = ‘Psn SpdlOrnt
where the drive follows the minimum of two commands (Velocity and Torque). When the 11 = ‘Profiler’
Torque Command is algebraically smaller than the Velocity Command, the drive follow
the Torque Command. If the algebraic value of the Torque Command exceeds the Velocity
Command, the drive switches to the Velocity Command.
This is useful in applications, where a mechanical event might cause a pure torque
regulator to run at undesirable speeds.
‘SLAT Max’ (4) – indicates the drive is operating in a Speed Limited Torque control mode
where the drive follows the maximum of two commands (Velocity and Torque). When the
Torque Command is algebraically larger than the Velocity Command, the drive follow the
Torque Command. If the algebraic value of the Torque Command falls below the Velocity
Command, the drive switches to the Velocity Command.
This is useful in applications, where a mechanical event might cause a pure torque
regulator to run at undesirable speeds.
‘Sum’ (5) – indicates the drive is operating in a Velocity control mode with the Torque
Reference being the output of the Velocity Regulator PLUS the Torque Command.
‘Psn PTP’ (6) – indicates the drive is operating in the Point to Point Position control mode.
The Position Reference comes from the Point to Point interpreter and planner.
‘Psn Direct’ (7) – indicates the drive is operating in the Direct Position control mode. The
Position Reference comes from the Direct Position Reference. There is not an interpreter or
planner.
‘Psn Camming’ (8) – indicates the drive is operating as a position regulator. Parameter 10/
11:2076 [Trq Ref Selected] has the same source as in Sum mode. The position control is
active in Position CAM mode and uses its PCAM Planner position and speed reference.
‘Psn PLL’ (9) – indicates the drive is operating as a position regulator. Parameter 10/
11:2076 [Trq Ref Selected] has the same source as in Sum mode. The position control is
active in Position Phase Lock Loop mode and uses its PLL Planner position and speed
reference.
‘Psn SpdlOrnt’ (10) – indicates the drive is operating in the positioning mode to position
the load side of a machine to Parameter 10/11:1062 [SO Setpoint].
‘Profiler’ (11) – indicates the drive is operating as either a speed or position regulator
using the Speed Profiler / Position Indexer function. The mode of operation depends on
the configuration of the Step Types in the Profiler/Indexer table.
You can switch between Position Velocity Torque Modes A, B, C, and D by using
parameters 0:160 [DI M SpTqPs Sel0] and 0:161 [DI M SpTqPs Sel1].
In some cases, such as operation in the SLAT min/max modes, the final regulation mode
can be forced into Speed Regulation. See the Speed, Torque, and Position mode bits in
parameter 10/11:354 [Motor Side Sts 1] that indicate the final regulation mode of the
drive when it is running.
Not all options are available for all motor control modes.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 207

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 19 - Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File

Psn Vel Trq Mode Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
39 SLAT Err Stpt Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 2
SpeedLimitedAdjustableTorque Error Stpt Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the magnitude of parameter 10/11:1951 [Velocity Error] at which the Min/Max: 0.00/35400.00
SLAT function releases its Forced Speed Mode signal. This condition must exist for the
time that is set in parameter 10/11:40 [SLAT Dwell Time]. Once released, the drive can
operate as a torque regulator, depending on the relative levels of parameter 10/11:1969
[VReg Output] and 10/11:2073 [Trq Commanded]. This parameter is entered in units of Hz
or RPM, depending on the value of parameter 0:46 [Velocity Units].
40 SLAT Dwell Time Units: s RW Real 1.x 2
SpeedLimitedAdjustableTorque Dwell Time Default: 0.00
Sets the time period that the value in parameter 10/11:1951 [Velocity Error] must exceed Min/Max: 0.00/2.00
the magnitude of parameter 10/11:39 [SLAT Err Stpt] magnitude to return to min/max
torque mode.

Table 20 - Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File

Start Config Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
50 Start At PowerUp Default: 0 = ‘Disabled’ RW 32-bit 4.x 0
Start At PowerUp Options: 0 = ‘Disabled’ Integer
Enter a value to enable or disable the Start at Power Up function. 1 = ‘Enabled’
‘Disabled’ (0) – disables the function.
‘Enabled’ (1) – enables the function. If a valid Run command is present when the drive
energizes, it begins running when it completes power up. This requires a digital input
function for a Run command to be configured properly. See parameter 0:120 [DI M Run].
52 PowerUp Delay Units: s RW Real 4.x 0
PowerUp Delay Default: 0.00
Enter a value to define the delay time before the drive runs after power-up when Start at Min/Max: 0.00/10800.00
Power Up is enabled.

208 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 21 - Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File

Flying Start Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
70 FlyingStart Mode Default: Current Selection RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Flying Start Mode Options: 0 = ‘Disabled’ Integer
Select the mode for the Flying Start function. This function allows the drive to reconnect 1 = ‘CounterEMF’
to a motor that is already spinning. 2 = ‘Sweep’
‘Disabled’ (0) – Disables the function.
‘CounterEMF’ (1) – This mode analyzes the motor Counter EMF to determine the motor
frequency. This mode is usually the fastest and most effective mode.
‘Sweep’ (2) – This mode produces an output with a frequency that starts at the high limit
and sweeps to the low limit. It detects the motor’s frequency by monitoring the output
current. This is usually the most effective mode when there is an output sine filter. This
mode is only applicable to induction motor control.
71 FS Kp CEMF Default: 100.0 RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start Kp for Counter EMF Mode Min/Max: 0.0/10000.0
Enter a value to set the proportional gain for the current regulator that controls the
reconnect function. The drive uses this gain when parameter 10/11:70 [FlyingStart Mode]
is set to 1 ‘CounterEMF’.
72 FS Ki CEMF Default: 50.0 RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start Ki for Counter EMF Mode Min/Max: 0.0/1000.0
Enter a value to set the integral gain for the current regulator that controls the reconnect
function. The drive uses this gain when parameter 10/11:70 [FlyingStart Mode] is set to 1
‘CounterEMF’.
73 FS VReg Kp CEMF Default: 75.0 RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start Vel Reg Kp for CEMF Mode Min/Max: 0.0/100000.0
Enter a value to set the proportional gain for the velocity regulator that controls the
reconnect function. The drive uses this gain when parameter 10/11:70 [FlyingStart Mode]
is set to 1 ‘CounterEMF’.
74 FS VReg Ki CEMF Default: 100.0 RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start Vel Reg Ki for CEMF Mode Min/Max: 0.0/10000.0
Enter a value to set the integral gain for the velocity regulator that controls the reconnect
function. The drive uses this gain when parameter 10/11:70 [FlyingStart Mode] is set to 1
‘CounterEMF’.
75 FS ExciteKp CEMF Default: 50.0 RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start ExcitCurRegKp for CEMF Mode Min/Max: 0.0/10000.0
Enter a value to set the proportional gain for the current regulator that controls the
excitation function when the reconnect function determines the need. The drive uses this
gain when parameter 10/11:70 [FlyingStart Mode] is set to 1 ‘CounterEMF’.
76 FS ExciteKi CEMF Default: 100.0 RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start ExcitCurRegKi for CEMF Mode Min/Max: 0.0/10000.0
Enter a value to set the integral gain for the current regulator that controls the excitation
function when the reconnect function determines the need. The drive uses this gain when
parameter 10/11:70 [FlyingStart Mode] is set to 1‘CounterEMF’.
77 FS RecntDly CEMF Units: ms RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start Reconnect Delay CEMF Mode Default: 2.00
Enter a value to define the delay between the start command and the start of the Min/Max: 0.10/100.00
Reconnect function. The drive uses this gain when parameter 10/11:70 [FlyingStart
Mode] is set to 1 ‘CounterEMF’.
78 FS Brk Lvl CEMF Units: A RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start Brake Level for CEMF Mode Default: 21 [Rated Amps] x 0.7
Enter a value to define the level of DC braking current that the drive can use for the Flying Min/Max: 0.00/21 [Rated Amps]
Start function. This is for the CEMF mode of the Flying Start function.
The Flying Start function will apply DC brake current to the motor when it determines the
motor is spinning near zero speed. It can do this to bring the motor to a complete stop
before attempting to re-start it.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 209

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 21 - Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File

Flying Start Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
79 FS Brk Time CEMF Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start Brake Time for CEMF Mode Default: 0.00
Enter a value to define the amount of time the drive can apply the DC braking current for Min/Max: 0.00/1800.00
the Flying Start function. This is for the CEMF mode of the Flying Start function.
80 FSZSpdThreshCEMF Default: 100.00 RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start ZeroSpd Threshold CEMF Mode Min/Max: 0.00/2000.00
Enter a value to set the threshold that the Flying Start function uses for zero speed
detection.
The Flying Start function uses this value for DC braking.
This value is for the CEMF mode of the Flying Start function.
85 FS ZSpdThreshSwp Default: 100.00 RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start ZeroSpd Threshold Swp Mode Min/Max: 0.00/2000.00
Enter a value to set the threshold that the Flying Start function uses for zero speed
detection.
The Flying Start function uses this value for DC braking.
This value is for the Sweep mode of the Flying Start function.
86 FS RecntDly Swp Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start Reconnect Delay Sweep Mode Default: 2.00
Enter a value to set the delay time between the start command and the start of the Min/Max: 0.10/100.00
reconnect function. This is mainly for power loss situations so the restart doesn’t occur too
quickly causing unwanted faults. The drive uses this delay when parameter 10/11:70
[FlyingStart Mode] is set to 2 ‘Sweep’.
87 FS Brk Lvl Swp Units: A RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start Brake Level for Sweep Mode Default: 21 [Rated Amps] x 0.7
Enter a value to define the level of DC braking current that the drive can use for the Flying Min/Max: 0.00/21 [Rated Amps]
Start function. This is for the Sweep mode of the Flying Start function.
The Flying Start function will apply DC brake current to the motor when it determines the
motor is spinning near zero speed. It can do this to bring the motor to a complete stop
before attempting to re-start it.
88 FS Brk Time Swp Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start Brake Time for Sweep Mode Default: 0.00
Enter a value to define the amount of time the drive can apply the DC braking current for Min/Max: 0.00/1800.00
the Flying Start function. This is for the Sweep mode of the Flying Start function.
89 FS FreqSwpTm Swp Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start Freq Sweep Time Sweep Mode Default: 1.00
Enter a value to set the time to sweep frequency in one direction used the reconnect Min/Max: 0.10/100.00
function. The drive uses this time when parameter 10/11:70 [FlyingStart Mode] is set to 2
‘Sweep’.
90 FS VHz EndPt Swp Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start V/HzEndPtAdjust Sweep Mode Default: 1.50
Enter a value to set the voltage of the 0 Hz point on the V/Hz curve used in the primary Min/Max: 0.10/10.00
sweep method. The drive uses this value when parameter 10/11:70 [FlyingStart Mode] is
set to 2 ‘Sweep’ and the value of parameter 10/11:91 [FS VHz Fixed Swp] is not zero.
91 FS VHz Fixed Swp Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start Fixed V/Hz for Sweep Mode Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the scale value for a fixed volts per hertz curve to be used during the Min/Max: 0.00/15.00
sweep. The drive uses this gain when parameter 10/11:70 [FlyingStart Mode] is set to 2
‘Sweep’.
92 FS InitVltKp Swp Default: 10.00 RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start Initial Volt Kp Sweep Mode Min/Max: 0.00/10000.00
Enter a value to set the proportional gain used by the reconnect function to control the
initial output voltage. The drive uses this gain when parameter 10/11:70 [FlyingStart
Mode] is set to 2 ‘Sweep’.

210 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 21 - Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File

Flying Start Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
93 FS InitVltKi Swp Default: 10.00 RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start Initial Volt Ki Sweep Mode Min/Max: 0.00/10000.00
Enter a value to set the integral gain used by the reconnect function to control the initial
output voltage. The drive uses this gain when parameter 10/11:70 [FlyingStart Mode] is
set to 2 ‘Sweep’.
94 FS Recvr Ki Swp Default: 60.00 RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start Recovery Ki for Sweep Mode Min/Max: 0.00/1000.00
Enter a value to set the integral gain used by the reconnect function in the voltage
recovery to the normal V/Hz level. The drive uses this gain when parameter 10/11:70
[FlyingStart Mode] is set to 2 ‘Sweep’.
95 FS VReg Kp Swp Default: 75.00 RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start Vel Reg Kp for Sweep Mode Min/Max: 0.00/100000.00
Enter a value to set the proportional gain for the velocity+F25 regulator that controls the
reconnect function. The drive uses this gain when parameter 10/11:70 [FlyingStart Mode]
is set to 2 ‘Sweep’.
96 FS VReg Ki Swp Default: 100.00 RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start Vel Reg Ki for Sweep Mode Min/Max: 0.00/10000.00
Enter a value to set the integral gain for the velocity regulator that controls the reconnect
function. The drive uses this gain when parameter 10/11:70 [FlyingStart Mode] is set to 1
‘Sweep’.
97 FS SpdDetLvl Swp Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start SpdDetect Level Sweep Mode Default: 37.50
Enter a value to set the level used by the reconnect function for frequency detection. Min/Max: 1.00/100.00
The speed detection signal must remain at this level for the amount of time specified in
parameter 10/11:98 [FS SpdDtcTim Swp] for positive detection.
The drive uses this time when parameter 10/11:70 [FlyingStart Mode] is set to 2 ‘Sweep’.
98 FS SpdDtcTim Swp Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Flying Start SpdDetect Time Sweep Mode Default: 0.060
Enter a value to set the time used by the reconnect function for frequency detection. Min/Max: 0.001/0.500
The speed detection signal must remain at the level in parameter 10/11:97 [FS SpdDetLvl
Swp] for this amount of time for positive detection.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 211

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 22 - Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File

StopDecel Config Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
110 Mtr Stop Mode A Default: 1 = ‘Ramp’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Motor Stop Mode A Options: 0 = ‘Coast’ Integer
Enter a value to select how the drive executes a stop command. 1 = ‘Ramp’
For operation with a controller, Stop Mode A defines the method used for a Normal Stop. 2 = ‘Current Lmt’
For operation by discrete I/O, there are two stop modes: Stop Mode A and Stop Mode B. 3 = ‘DecelToHold’
You can switch between them by using digital I/O. 4 = ‘Ramp to Hold’
‘Coast’ (0) – the motor side inverter immediately stops modulating (stops gating its 5 = ‘DC Brake’
power devices). This stops the motor side inverter from powering the motor. In most 6 = ‘Fast Brake’
applications, this causes the motor to coast to a standstill.
‘Ramp’ (1) – the motor side inverter decelerates the motor, at a rate defined by the active
Decel Time, until it reaches the Zero Speed threshold. It stops modulating (stops gating its
power devices) when it reaches the Zero Speed threshold.
‘Current Lmt’ (2) – the motor side inverter decelerates the motor at a rate where the Decel
Time is 0.1 seconds. It does not exceed the Current Limit to stop at this rate.
‘DecelToHold’ (3) – the motor side inverter decelerates the motor, at a rate defined by the
active Decel Time, until it reaches the Zero Speed threshold. It holds by continuing to
modulate with a zero speed (zero frequency) output. It does this until there is a new start
command, new run command or a different kind of stop command.
‘Ramp to Hold’ (4) – the motor side inverter decelerates the motor, at a rate defined by
the active Decel Time, until it reaches the Zero Speed threshold. It holds by DC braking
until the next start sequence. Only available with induction motor control modes.
‘DC Brake’ (5) – the motor side inverter halts output phase rotation and injects DC current
on the last used output phase. Only available with induction motor control modes.
‘Fast Brake’ (6) – the motor side inverter decreases the output frequency so it is lower
than the motor speed, but not low enough for regeneration to occur. It forces the
frequency to zero when the frequency too low to allow regeneration to cause the DC bus
to rise. Only available with induction motor control modes.
Important: The Bus Regulation Mode must be Adjust Frequency in order to use this stop
mode.
Not all options are available for all motor control modes.

212 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 22 - Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File

StopDecel Config Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
111 Mtr Stop Mode B Default: 0 = ‘Coast’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Motor Stop Mode B Options: 0 = ‘Coast’ Integer
Enter a value to select how the drive executes a stop command. 1 = ‘Ramp’
For operation with a controller, Stop Mode A defines the method used for a Normal Stop. 2 = ‘Current Lmt’
For operation by discrete I/O, there are two stop modes: Stop Mode A and Stop Mode B. 3 = ‘DecelToHold’
You can switch between them by using digital I/O. 4 = ‘Ramp to Hold’
‘Coast’ (0) – the motor side inverter immediately stops modulating (stops gating its 5 = ‘DC Brake’
power devices). This stops the motor side inverter from powering the motor. In most 6 = ‘Fast Brake’
applications, this causes the motor to coast to a standstill.
‘Ramp’ (1) – the motor side inverter decelerates the motor, at a rate defined by the active
Decel Time, until it reaches the Zero Speed threshold. It stops modulating (stops gating its
power devices) when it reaches the Zero Speed threshold.
‘Current Lmt’ (2) – the motor side inverter decelerates the motor at a rate where the Decel
Time is 0.1 seconds. It does not exceed the Current Limit to stop at this rate.
‘DecelToHold’ (3) – the motor side inverter decelerates the motor, at a rate defined by the
active Decel Time, until it reaches the Zero Speed threshold. It holds by continuing to
modulate with a zero speed (zero frequency) output. It does this until there is a new start
command, new run command or a different kind of stop command.
‘Ramp to Hold’ (4) – the motor side inverter decelerates the motor, at a rate defined by
the active Decel Time, until it reaches the Zero Speed threshold. It holds by DC braking
until the next start sequence. Only available with induction motor control modes.
‘DC Brake’ (5) – the motor side inverter halts output phase rotation and injects DC current
on the last used output phase. Only available with induction motor control modes.
‘Fast Brake’ (6) – the motor side inverter decreases the output frequency so it is lower
than the motor speed, but not low enough for regeneration to occur. It forces the
frequency to zero when the frequency too low to allow regeneration to cause the DC bus
to rise. Only available with induction motor control modes.
Important: The Bus Regulation Mode must be Adjust Frequency in order to use this stop
mode.
Not all options are available for all motor control modes.
116 Bus Reg Mode A Default: 1 = ‘Adjust Freq’ (Bus Reg Mode A) RW 32-bit 1.x 2
117 Bus Reg Mode B 0 = ‘Disabled’ (Bus Reg Mode B) Integer
Bus Regulator Mode A, B Options: 0 = ‘Disabled’
Enter a value to select how the motor side inverter regulates DC bus voltage. 1 = ‘Adjust Freq’
For operation by discrete I/O, there are two bus regulation modes: Bus Regulation Mode A
and Bus Regulation Mode B. You can switch between them by using digital I/O.
‘Disabled’ (0) – the motor side inverter does nothing to regulate the DC bus voltage. In
this mode, the line side converter or external DC bus brake control regulate the DC bus
voltage.
‘Adjust Freq’ (1) – the motor side inverter adjusts its output frequency to reduce the
amount of motor regeneration, which can contribute to rising DC bus voltage. Using this
option may result in extended deceleration times.
118 Bus Reg Lvl Cfg Default: 0 = ‘Bus Memory’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Bus Regulator Level Configuration Options: 0 = ‘Bus Memory’ Integer
Enter a value to determine the control source for the DC Bus Regulation Level. 1 = ‘BusReg Level’
‘Bus Memory’ (0) – References are determined by parameter 10/11:13 [DC Bus Memory]. 2 = ‘LineSideRef’
‘BusReg Level’ (1) – References are determined by parameter 10/11:119 [Bus Reg Level].
If coordinated operation with external dynamic brakes of a common bus system is
desired, use this selection.
‘LineSideRef’ (2) – References are determined by the line side converter. This setting does
not work for 755TM common bus inverters because they do not have line side converters.
119 Bus Reg Level Units: VDC RW Real 1.x 2
Bus Regulator Level Default: 20 [Rated Volts] x 1.10 x 1.41
Enter a value to set the ‘turn-on’ level for the DC Bus Regulator. Min: 20 [Rated Volts] x 1.41
Max: 20 [Rated Volts] x 1.20 x 1.41

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 213

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 22 - Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File

StopDecel Config Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
120 Bus Reg Kp Default: 10 RW Real 1.x 2
Bus Regulator Proportional Gain Min/Max: 0/65535
Enter a value to set the Proportional gain for the DC Bus Regulator. This parameter is only
functional when a Flux Vector motor control mode is selected.
121 Bus Reg Ki Default: 100.000 RW Real 1.x 2
Bus Regulator Integral Gain Min/Max: 0.000/65535.000
Enter a value to set the Integral gain for the DC Bus Regulator. This parameter is only
functional when a Flux Vector motor control mode is selected.
122 Bus Limit Kp Units: A/V RW Real 1.x 2
Bus Limit Proportional Gain Default: 1170.0
Enter a value to set the Proportional gain for the DC Bus Limiter. This is not functional Min/Max: 0.0/1000000.0
when any Flux Vector motor control mode is selected.
123 Bus Limit Kd Units: s RW Real 1.x 2
Bus Limit Derivative Gain Default: 152.0
Enter a value to set the Derivative gain for the DC Bus Limiter. This is not functional when Min/Max: 0.0/1000000.0
any Flux Vector motor control mode is selected.
124 Bus Limit ACR Kp Units: Hz/A RW Real 1.x 2
Bus Limit Active Current Reg Prop Gain Default: 524.0
Enter a value to set the Proportional gain for the DC Bus Limit Active Current Regulator. Min/Max: 0.0/10000.0
This is not functional when any Flux Vector motor control mode is selected.
125 Bus Limit ACR Ki Default: 2045.0 RW Real 1.x 2
Bus Limit Active Current Reg Integ Gain Min/Max: 0.0/50000.0
Enter a value to set the Integral gain for the DC Bus Limit Active Current Regulator. This is
not functional when any Flux Vector motor control mode is selected.
138 Flux Braking En Default: 0 = ‘Disabled’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Flux Braking Enable Options: 0 = ‘Disabled’ Integer
Enter a value to enable or disable Flux Braking. 1 = ‘Enabled’
Flux braking works during deceleration. Flux braking only works with induction motors.
‘Disabled’ (0) – disables the Flux Braking function.
‘Enabled’ (1) – enables the Flux Braking function.
139 Flux Braking Kp Units: V/A RW Real 1.x 2
Flux Braking Proportional Gain Default: 100.0
Enter a value to set the Proportional gain for the Flux Braking function. Min/Max: 0.0/1000000.0
140 Flux Braking Ki Default: 10000.0 RW Real 1.x 2
Flux Braking Integral Gain Min/Max: 0.0/1000000.0
Enter a value to set the Integral gain for the Flux Braking function.
141 Flux Braking Lim Units: % RW Real 1.x 2
Flux Braking Limit Default: 125.00
Enter a value to set a limit on motor voltage during flux braking, as a percent of 10/11:400 Min/Max: 100.00/250.00
[Motor NP Volts].
145 Stop Dwell Time Units: s RW Real 1.x 2
Stop Dwell Time Default: 0.0
Enter a value to set the duration of time between reaching the Zero Speed Threshold set Min/Max: 0.0/60.0
by 10/11:146 [Zero Speed Limit] and disabling the velocity and torque regulators, when
responding to a stop command.

214 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 22 - Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File

StopDecel Config Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
146 Zero Speed Limit Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 2
Zero Speed Limit Default: 403 [Motor NP RPM] x 0.001
Enter a value to set the Zero Speed Threshold. Min/Max: 0.000/403 [Motor NP RPM]
Drive control uses this tolerance band, around zero speed, to determine when the motor is
at zero speed. Many functions in the drive use this status, including stopping behaviors.
Parameter 10/11:354 [Motor Side Sts 1] / Bit 24 ‘AtZero Speed’ displays zero speed status.
When decelerating from a higher speed, control sets the zero-speed status bit when
speed falls below this threshold. It clears the bit when the speed rises above 200% of this
threshold.
For example, when this is set to 1.8 RPM, the control sets the bit when speed falls below
1.8 RPM. It clears the bit when speed rises above 3.6 RPM.
151 DC Brake Lvl Sel Default: 100152 RW 32-bit 4.x 2
DC Braking Level Select Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
Enter a value to select the port and parameter source for the DC Brake Level.
This is often an analog input.
152 DC Brake Level Units: A RW Real 4.x 2
DC Braking Level Default: 1.00
Enter a value to determine the DC brake current level that is injected into the motor Min/Max: 0.01/12000.00
during DC braking. See selections 2 ‘Ramp to Hold’, 3 ‘DC Brake’, and 4 ‘DCBrkAutoOff’ in
parameters 10/11:110 [Mtr Stop Mode A] and 10/11:111 [Mtr Stop Mode B].
This parameter also determines the braking current level when executing a Fast Brake
stop. Refer to selection 6 ‘Fast Brake’ in parameters 10/11:110 [Mtr Stop Mode A] and 10/
11:111 [Mtr Stop Mode B].
Note that a PWM algorithm creates the DC braking voltage. It does not generate the
smooth holding force that is needed for some applications.
153 DC Brake Time Units: s RW Real 4.x 2
DC Braking Time Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the amount of time DC brake current is ‘injected’ into the motor Min/Max: 0.00/90.00
during DC braking. See selections 2 ‘Ramp to Hold’, 3 ‘DC Brake’, and 4 ‘DCBrkAutoOff’ in
parameters 10/11:110 [Mtr Stop Mode A] and 10/11:111 [Mtr Stop Mode B].
154 DCBrk Cur Reg BW Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 2
DC Brake Current Reg Bandwidth for VCL Default: 127.0
Enter a value to set the bandwidth of the DC Braking Current Regulator. Min/Max: 0.1/10000.0
163 Fast Braking Kp Default: 0.0015 RW Real 1.x 2
Fast Braking Proportional Gain Min/Max: 0.0000/10.0000
Enter a value to set the proportional gain that is used in the Speed Regulator that controls
the Fast Braking function.
164 Fast Braking Ki Default: 0.10 RW Real 1.x 2
Fast Braking Integral Gain Min/Max: 0.00/10.00
Enter a value to set the integral gain that is used in the Speed Regulator that controls the
Fast Braking function.
165 Fast Brake Power Default: 1.00 RW Real 4.x 2
Fast Brake Power Min/Max: 0.01/5.00
Enter a value to set power sensitivity for the transition from Fast Braking to DC Brake.
The control uses this parameter value when executing a stop command and the Stop
Mode is DC Brake w/Auto Shutoff. This parameter sets the level sensitivity for shut off.
166 Fast Brake Freq Default: 1.00 RW Real 4.x 2
Fast Brake Freq Min/Max: 0.01/5.00
Enter a value to set frequency sensitivity for the transition from Fast Braking to DC Brake.
The control uses this parameter value when executing a stop command and the Stop
Mode is DC Brake w/Auto Shutoff. This parameter sets the time sensitivity for shut off.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 215

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 22 - Port 10/11: Dynamic Control File

StopDecel Config Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
170 Dec Inhibit Actn Default: 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Deceleration Inhibit Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to configure the response to a deceleration inhibit condition, which occurs 1 = ‘Alarm’
when the drive is not decelerating. 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
One possible cause could be bus voltage regulation. 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken.
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated. Type 1 alarms are notifications. They do not prevent
starting. They do not stop modulation.
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. Minor faults prevent the drive from starting. They
do not stop the drive, if it is already running. You must clear the fault to start or run.
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. The motor side inverter executes a Coast Stop.
You must clear the fault to start or run.

Table 23 - Port 10/11: Protection File

Motor Overload Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
200 Mtr OL Action Default: 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Motor Overload Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to configure the response to a Motor Overload condition. 1 = ‘Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated. Type 1 alarms are notifications. They do not prevent 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
starting. They do not stop modulation. 4 = ‘Flt RampStop’
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. Minor faults prevent the drive from starting. They 5 = ‘Flt CL Stop’
do not stop the drive, if it is already running. You must clear the fault to start or run.
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. The motor side inverter executes a Coast Stop.
You must clear the fault to start or run.
‘Flt RampStop’ (4) – Major fault indicated. The motor side inverter executes a Ramp Stop.
You must clear the fault to start or run.
‘Flt CL Stop’ (5) – Major fault indicated. The motor side inverter executes a Current Limit
Stop. You must clear the fault to start or run.
201 Mtr OL at Pwr Up Default: 1 = ‘UseLastValue’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Motor Overload at Power Up Options: 0 = ‘Assume Cold’ Integer
Enter a value to select the initial value of the Motor Overload counter on power-up. 1 = ‘UseLastValue’
‘Assume Cold’ (0) – resets the Motor Overload counter to zero, as if powering up cold. 2 = ‘RealTimeClk’
‘UseLastValue’ (1) – loads the value saved at last power-down, as if no change occurred
during the power cycle.
‘RealTimeClk’ (2) – loads an estimated value that depends on value saved at last power-
down and the amount of time that passed during the power cycle. The estimate assumes
the motor cools during the power cycle. When the power cycle is longer, the estimate is
lower.
202 Mtr OL Alm Level Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Motor Overload Alarm Level Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the threshold for a Motor Overload alarm. Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
This parameter is scaled the same as parameter 10/11:207 [Mtr OL Counts].
This can be useful for providing a warning alarm before the Motor Overload event, which
is configured by parameter 10/11:200 [Motor OL Actn].
This alarm threshold is different than, and independent of, the ‘Alarm’ action of
parameter 10/11:200 [Motor OL Actn].

216 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 23 - Port 10/11: Protection File

Motor Overload Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
203 Mtr OL Factor Default: 1.00 RW Real 1.x 1
Motor Overload Factor Min/Max: 0.20/2.00
Enter a value to set the threshold where the Motor Overload counter begins to increment.
The value is scaled as a percentage of the value in parameter 10/11:401 [Mtr NP Amps].
Current levels above this value increment the Motor Overload counter.
Current levels below this value decrement the Motor Overload counter.
For example, a service factor of 1.15 implies continuous operation up to 115% of
nameplate motor current.
204 Mtr OL Hertz Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
Motor Overload Hertz Default: 20.00
Enter a value to select the frequency below which the Motor Overload function derates Min/Max: 0.00/4096.00
the motor current rating.
This accounts for the reduced self-cooling capability of typical motors, operating at slower
speeds.
For motors with extra-low speed cooling capacity (for example 10:1 or blower cooled),
reduce this setting to take full advantage of the motor.
205 Mtr OL Rst Level Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Motor Overload Reset Level Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the threshold where a Motor Overload condition can be reset. Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
If the Motor Overload count is below this value, you can reset the Motor Overload fault (if
a Fault is selected as the Motor Overload Action). If it is above, you cannot.
If the Motor Overload count is below this value, the drive will reset a Motor Overload
alarm (if Alarm is selected as the Motor Overload Action). If it is above, it will not.
206 Mtr OL Rst Time Units: s RO Real 1.x 1
Motor Overload Reset Time Default: 0.00
Displays the time it will take to for the Motor Overload count to fall below the Motor Min/Max: -99999.00/+99999.00
Overload Reset threshold.
This the amount of time it will take for the motor to cool to the point where it can be run
again.
If a Motor Overload event occurs, this is how much time will pass before you can reset the
Motor Overload fault, or before the drive will reset the Motor Overload alarm.
207 Mtr OL Counts Units: % RO Real 1.x 1
Motor Overload Counts Default: 0.00
Displays the Motor Overload count. Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
The Motor Overload counter increments if motor current is above the threshold defined by
multiplying parameter 10/11:203 [Mtr OL Factor] by 10/11:401 [Mtr NP Amps].
It decrements if motor current is below that threshold.
If the value of this parameter reaches 100%, the Motor Overload event will occur. This can
be an alarm, fault, or no action (depending on the setting of parameter 10/11:200 [Mtr
OL Action]).
This value of this display parameter cannot exceed 100. The value of the internal counter
may exceed 100. In these situations, the value of this parameter will remain at 100 until
the motor cools enough.
208 Mtr OL Trip Time Units: s RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Motor Overload Trip Time Default: 99999 Integer
Displays the time it will take to for the Motor Overload count to reach 100% under the Min/Max: 0/99999
current operating conditions.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 217

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 24 - Port 10/11: Protection File

Load Limits Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
220 Drive OL Mode Default: 3 = ‘Both PMW 1st’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Drive Overload Mode Option: 0 = ‘Disabled’ Integer
Enter a value to configure the response to a Drive Overload condition, in continue running 1 = ‘Reduce CLmt’
without a fault. 2 = ‘Reduce PWM’
‘Disabled’ (0) – disables the response. 3 = ‘Both PMW 1st’
‘Reduce CLmt’ (1) – reduces the current limit of the motor side inverter.
‘Reduce PWM’ (2) – reduces the PWM frequency of the motor side inverter.
‘Both PWM 1st’ (3) – reduces the PWM frequency of the motor side inverter first, then
reduces the current limit of the motor side inverter if the Drive Overload condition
persists.
When using a sine-wave output filter, set this parameter to 0 ‘Disabled’ or 1 ‘Reduce
CLmt’.
221 Current Lim Sel Default: 100222 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Current Limit Select Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
Enter a value to select port and parameter source for the software Current Limit of the
motor side inverter.
When output current equals or exceeds this value, the software Current Limit function
decreases or increases the output frequency to limit the output current to this value.
This software Current Limit does not set the threshold for the software Over Current fault.
222 Current Limit 1 Units: A RW Real 1.x 1
Current Limit 1 Default: Based on Drive Rating
Enter a value to set a constant software Current Limit. Min/Max: 0.00/Based on Drive Rating
You can select this parameter as a source for the software Current Limit in parameter 10/
11:221 [Current Lim Sel].
223 Current Limit 2 Units: A RW Real 1.x 1
Current Limit 2 Default: Based on Drive Rating
Enter a value to set a constant software Current Limit. Min/Max: 0.00/Based on Drive Rating
You can select this parameter as a source for the software Current Limit in parameter 10/
11:221 [Current Lim Sel].
224 Active Cur Lim Units: A RO Real 1.x 1
Active Current Limit Default: 0.00
Displays the Active Current Limit. Min: 21 [Rated Amps] x (-8)
This includes the effects of the Drive Overload and the software Current Limit. Max: 21 [Rated Amps] x 8
See parameters 10/11:220 [Drive OL Mode] and 10/11:221 [Current Lim Sel].
227 Current Rate Lim Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Current Rate Limit Default: 400.00
Enter a value to set the largest allowable rate of change for the torque producing current Min/Max: 1.00/800.00
reference (Iq) with respect to time.
This number is scaled in percent of rated motor current for every 250 microseconds.
229 Regen Power Lim Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Regen Power Limit Default: -200.00
Enter a value to set the limit for power flow from the motor to the motor side inverter Min/Max: -800.00/0.00
(regenerating).
Only active in Flux Vector (FV) control modes.
The default value of -200% is good when the line side converter is fully regenerative. Set
to a smaller magnitude, such as -50%, when operating without a fully regenerative line
side converter. This occurs in PowerFlex 755TL drives or systems with non-regenerative
bus supplies.

218 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 24 - Port 10/11: Protection File

Load Limits Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
230 Motor Power Lim Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Motor Power Limit Default: 200.00
Enter a value to set the limit for power flow to the motor from the motor side inverter Min/Max: 0.00/800.00
(motoring). Enter as a percentage of rated motor power.
Only active in Flux Vector (FV) control modes.
232 Current Limit Kp Units: Hz/A RW Real 1.x 1
Current Limit Proportional Gain Default: 290.0
Enter a value to set the Proportional gain for the Current Limit function. Min/Max: 0.0/1000000.0
This parameter is not functional in Flux Vector (FV) control modes.
233 Current Limit Ki Default: 680.0 RW Real 1.x 1
Current Limit Integral Gain Min/Max: 0.0/10000.0
Enter a value to set the Integral gain for the Current Limit function.
This parameter is not functional in Flux Vector (FV) control modes.
234 Current Limit Kd Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Current Limit Derivative Gain Default: 760.0
Enter a value to set the Derivative gain for the Current Limit function. Min/Max: 0.0/1000000.0
This parameter is not functional in Flux Vector (FV) control modes.
236 Id Lo FreqCur Kp Units: V/A RW Real 1.x 1
Id Low Freq Current Proportional Gain Default: 50.0
Enter a value to set the Proportional gain for the Flux Producing Current (Id) Limit Min/Max: 0.0/100000.0
function.
This parameter is not functional in Flux Vector (FV) control modes.
237 Iq Lo FreqCur Kp Units: V/A RW Real 1.x 1
Iq Low Freq Current Proportional Gain Default: 50.0
Enter a value to set the Proportional gain for the Torque Producing Current (Iq) Limit Min/Max: 0.0/100000.0
function.
This parameter is not functional in Flux Vector (FV) control modes.
239 Jerk Gain Default: 5200.0 RW Real 1.x 1
Jerk Gain Min/Max: 0.0/1000000000.0
Enter a value to set the Jerk (rate of change of acceleration with respect to time) used
when accelerating and decelerating.
241 Shear Pin Config RW Bit 1.x 1
Shear Pin Configuration
The Shear Pin function is for detecting machine jams and shocks. It monitors motor current. If the current exceeds the configurable Shear Pin Threshold, for the configurable
Shear Pin Time, the function detects an event.
There are two detectors: Shear Pin 1 and Shear Pin 2. They each have separate thresholds and times.
Set and clear bits to configure the operation of the Shear Pin detectors. You can configure them to ignore the current when the drive is accelerating.
Shear2NoAcc
Shear1NoAcc

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Shear1NoAcc’ – When this bit is set, the Shear Pin 1 detector ignores motor current during acceleration. When this bit is cleared, the Shear Pin 1 detector monitors
motor current during acceleration.
Bit 1 ‘Shear2NoAcc’ – When this bit is set, the Shear Pin 2 detector ignores motor current during acceleration. When this bit is cleared, the Shear Pin 2 detector monitors
motor current during acceleration.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 219

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 24 - Port 10/11: Protection File

Load Limits Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
242 Shear Pin 1 Actn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Shear Pin 1 Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to configure the response when the Shear Pin 1 detector detects an event. 1 = ‘Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated. Type 1 alarms are notifications. They do not prevent 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
starting. They do not stop modulation. 4 = ‘Flt RampStop’
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. Minor faults prevent the drive from starting. They 5 = ‘Flt CL Stop’
do not stop the drive, if it is already running. You must clear the fault to start or run.
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. The motor side inverter executes a Coast Stop.
You must clear the fault to start or run.
‘Flt RampStop’ (4) – Major fault indicated. The motor side inverter executes a Ramp Stop.
You must clear the fault to start or run.
‘Flt CL Stop’ (5) – Major fault indicated. The motor side inverter executes a Current Limit
Stop. You must clear the fault to start or run.
243 Shear Pin1 Level Units: A RW Real 1.x 1
Shear Pin1 Level Default: 21 [Rated Amps]
Enter a value to set the threshold for the Shear Pin 1 detector. Min/Max: 0.00/21 [Rated Amps] x 1.50
If motor current exceeds this threshold for the duration defined by parameter 10/11:244
[Shear Pin 1 Time], the function will detect an event.
244 Shear Pin 1 Time Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Shear Pin 1 Time Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the time for the Shear Pin 1 detector. Min/Max: 0.00/30.00
If motor current exceeds this threshold defined by parameter 10/11:243 [Shear Pin1
Level] for the duration defined by this parameter, the function will detect an event.
245 Shear Pin 2 Actn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Shear Pin 2 Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to configure the response when the Shear Pin 2 detector detects an event. 1 = ‘Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated. Type 1 alarms are notifications. They do not prevent 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
starting. They do not stop modulation. 4 = ‘Flt RampStop’
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. Minor faults prevent the drive from starting. They 5 = ‘Flt CL Stop’
do not stop the drive, if it is already running. You must clear the fault to start or run.
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. The motor side inverter executes a Coast Stop.
You must clear the fault to start or run.
‘Flt RampStop’ (4) – Major fault indicated. The motor side inverter executes a Ramp Stop.
You must clear the fault to start or run.
‘Flt CL Stop’ (5) – Major fault indicated. The motor side inverter executes a Current Limit
Stop. You must clear the fault to start or run.
246 Shear Pin2 Level Units: A RW Real 1.x 1
Shear Pin2 Level Default: 21 [Rated Amps]
Enter a value to set the threshold for the Shear Pin 2 detector. Min/Max: 0.00/21 [Rated Amps] x 1.5
If motor current exceeds this threshold for the duration defined by parameter 10/11:247
[Shear Pin 2 Time], the function will detect an event.
247 Shear Pin 2 Time Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Shear Pin 2 Time Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the time for the Shear Pin 2 detector. Min/Max: 0.00/30.00
If motor current exceeds this threshold defined by parameter 10/11:246 [Shear Pin2
Level] for the duration defined by this parameter, the function will detect an event.

220 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 24 - Port 10/11: Protection File

Load Limits Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
250 Load Loss Action Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Load Loss Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to configure the action to take when the Load Loss function detects an 1 = ‘Alarm’
event. 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
The Load Loss function detects an event when motor torque current drops below the Load 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
Loss Threshold for the duration of the Load Loss Time. It is only active when motor speed 4 = ‘Flt RampStop’
is above the Load Loss Speed.
5 = ‘Flt CL Stop’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken.
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated. Type 1 alarms are notifications. They do not prevent
starting. They do not stop modulation.
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. Minor faults prevent the drive from starting. They
do not stop the drive, if it is already running. You must clear the fault to start or run.
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. The motor side inverter executes a Coast Stop.
You must clear the fault to start or run.
‘Flt RampStop’ (4) – Major fault indicated. The motor side inverter executes a Ramp Stop.
You must clear the fault to start or run.
251 Load Loss Level Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Load Loss Level Default: 200.00
Enter a value to set the Load Loss Threshold. Min/Max: 0.00/800.00
Enter a percentage of rated motor torque.
If motor torque current falls below this threshold, for the amount of time specified in
parameter 10/11:252 [Load Loss Time], the Load Loss function detects an event.
252 Load Loss Time Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Load Loss Time Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the Load Loss Time. Min/Max: 0.00/300.00
If motor torque current falls below this threshold specified in parameter 10/11:251 [Load
Loss Level], for this amount of time, the Load Loss function detects an event.
Do not set to zero when using Fault Coast Stop as the Load Loss Action (setting parameter
10/11:250 [Load Loss Action] to a value of 3 ‘FltCoastStop’).

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 221

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 24 - Port 10/11: Protection File

Load Limits Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
253 Load Loss Speed Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
Load Loss Speed Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the Load Loss Speed. Min/Max: 0.00/325.00
The Load Loss detector is not active when motor speed is lower than this speed.
256 OutPhaseLossActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Output Phase Loss Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to configure the action to take when the Output Phase Loss function detects 1 = ‘Alarm’
an event. 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
The Output Phase Loss function detects an event when the output current on any of the 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
three phases falls below the Output Phase Loss Threshold for more than one second. It is 4 = ‘Flt RampStop’
only active when motor speed is above 0.2 Hz.
5 = ‘Flt CL Stop’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken.
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated. Type 1 alarms are notifications. See parameter 10/
11:465 [Alarm Status A]. They do not prevent starting. They do not stop modulation.
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. Minor faults prevent the drive from starting. They
do not stop the drive, if it is already running. You must clear the fault to start or run.
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. The motor side inverter executes a Coast Stop.
You must clear the fault to start or run.
‘Flt RampStop’ (4) – Major fault indicated. The motor side inverter executes a Ramp Stop.
You must clear the fault to start or run.
‘Flt CL Stop’ (5) – Major fault indicated. The motor side inverter executes a Current Limit
Stop. You must clear the fault to start or run.
257 OutPhaseLoss Lvl Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Output Phase Loss Level Default: 5.00
Enter a value to set the Output Phase Loss Threshold. Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
Enter a percentage of rated motor current. Rated motor current is specified in parameter
10/11:401 [Motor NP Amps].
If the output current on any of the three phases falls below this threshold, for one second,
the Output Phase Loss function detects an event.

222 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 25 - Port 10/11: Protection File

Power Loss Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
270 Power Loss Actn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Power Loss Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to configure the response to a Power Loss Timeout. 1 = ‘Alarm’
The Power Loss function, on the motor side inverter control, detects a Power Loss when 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
the value of DC Bus Voltage Memory falls below the Power Loss Level. 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
The function immediately responds as configured in the Power Loss Mode, in order to
preserve DC bus energy.
If DC Bus Voltage Memory stays below the Power Loss Level for the duration of the Power
Loss Time, a Power Loss Timeout occurs.
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken.
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated. Type 1 alarms are notifications. They do not prevent
starting. They do not stop modulation.
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. Minor faults prevent the drive from starting. They
do not stop the drive, if it is already running. You must clear the fault to start or run.
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. The motor side inverter executes a Coast Stop.
You must clear the fault to start or run.
The motor side inverter control has two Power Loss detectors: A and B. Each has its own
Power Loss Level, Power Loss Time and Power Loss Mode.
271 Pwr Loss Mode A Default: 0 = ‘Coast’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
275 Pwr Loss Mode B Options: 0 = ‘Coast’ Integer
Power Loss Mode n 1 = ‘Decel’
Enter a value to select the Power Loss Mode for the ‘A’ (first) or ‘B’ (second) Power Loss 2 = ‘Continue’
Detector. This setting is the immediate response to a power loss.
‘Coast’ (0) – the motor side inverter stops modulating (stops gating its power devices).
This setting stops further depletion of DC bus energy.
‘Decel’ (1) – the motor side inverter reduces its output frequency. This setting can cause
the motor to regenerate energy back to the DC bus.
‘Continue’ (2) – allows the motor side inverter to continue to send power to the motor. A
type 1 alarm indication occurs.
272 Pwr Loss A Level Units: VDC RW Real 1.x 2
276 Pwr Loss B Level Default: 20 [Rated Volts] x 0.3913
Power Loss n Level Min/Max: 0.00/20 [Rated Volts] x 1.41
Enter a value to set the Power Loss Level for the ‘A’ (first) or ‘B’ (second) Power Loss
Detector.
If DC Bus Voltage Memory falls below this level, the Power Loss Function responds as
configured in parameter 10/11:271 or 10/11:275 [Pwr Loss Mode n]. If it stays below this
level for the duration that is configured in parameter 10/11:273 or 10/11:277 [Pwr Loss n
Time], a Power Loss Timeout occurs.
273 Pwr Loss A Time Units: s RW Real 1.x 2
277 Pwr Loss B Time Default: 2.00
Power Loss n Time Min/Max: 0.00/60.00
Enter a value to set the Power Loss Time for the ‘A’ (first) or ‘B’ (second) Power Loss
Detector.
If DC Bus Voltage Memory stays below the level configured in parameter 10/11:272 or 10/
11:276 [Pwr Loss n Level] for this amount of time, a Power Loss Timeout will occur.
279 PwrLoss RT BusKp Units: A/V RW Real 1.x 2
Power Loss RideThru BusProportional Gain Default: 585.0
Enter a value to set the Proportional gain for the DC bus regulator that is used for the Min/Max: 0.0/1000000.0
Power Loss Function.
This parameter is not functional in Flux Vector (FV) control modes.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 223

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 25 - Port 10/11: Protection File

Power Loss Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
280 PwrLoss RT BusKd Units: s RW Real 1.x 2
Power Loss Ride Thru Bus Derivative Gain Default: 50.0
Enter a value to set the Derivative gain for the DC bus regulator that is used for the Power Min/Max: 0.0/1000000.0
Loss Function.
This parameter is not functional in Flux Vector (FV) control modes.
281 PwrLoss RT ACRKp Units: Hz/A RW Real 1.x 2
Power Loss RideThru ACRProportional Gain Default: 524.0
Enter a value to set the Proportional gain for the Active Current Regulator portion of the Min/Max: 0.0/100000.0
bus regulator that is used for the Power Loss Function.
This parameter is not functional in Flux Vector (FV) control modes.
282 PwrLoss RT ACRKi Units: Hz/A RW Real 1.x 2
Power Loss Ride Thru ACRIntegral Gain Default: 2045.0
Enter a value to set the Integral gain for the Active Current Regulator portion of the bus Min/Max: 0.0/50000.0
regulator that is used for the Power Loss Function.
This parameter is not functional in Flux Vector (FV) control modes.
285 UnderVltg Action Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Under Voltage Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to configure the response to an Under Voltage event. 1 = ‘Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated. Type 1 alarms are notifications. They do not prevent 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
starting. They do not stop modulation. 4 = ‘Flt RampStop’
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. Minor faults prevent the drive from starting. They 5 = ‘Flt CL Stop’
do not stop the drive, if it is already running. You must clear the fault to start or run.
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. The motor side inverter executes a Coast Stop.
You must clear the fault to start or run.
‘Flt RampStop’ (4) – Major fault indicated. The motor side inverter executes a Ramp Stop.
You must clear the fault to start or run.
‘Flt CL Stop’ (5) – Major fault indicated. The motor side inverter executes a Current Limit
Stop. You must clear the fault to start or run.
286 UnderVltg Level Units: VAC RW Real 1.x 2
Under Voltage Level Default: 300.00
Enter a value to set the Under Voltage Threshold. Min/Max: 0.00/20 [Rated Volts]
Enter a value in AC volts. The Under Voltage function will calculate the AC voltage, by
scaling DC Bus Memory by an equivalent factor for natural (passive) rectification.
This is a useful function for a common bus inverter, where the bus supply is a simple
rectifier with limited diagnostics.

224 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 25 - Port 10/11: Protection File

Power Loss Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
289 InPhase LossActn Default: 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Input Phase Loss Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to configure the response to an Input Phase Loss event. 1 = ‘Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated. Type 1 alarms are notifications. They do not prevent 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
starting. They do not stop modulation. 4 = ‘Flt RampStop’
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. Minor faults prevent the drive from starting. They 5 = ‘Flt CL Stop’
do not stop the drive, if it is already running. You must clear the fault to start or run.
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. The motor side inverter executes a Coast Stop.
You must clear the fault to start or run.
‘Flt RampStop’ (4) – Major fault indicated. The motor side inverter executes a Ramp Stop.
You must clear the fault to start or run.
‘Flt CL Stop’ (5) – Major fault indicated. The motor side inverter executes a Current Limit
Stop. You must clear the fault to start or run.
290 InPhase Loss Lvl Units: % RW Real 1.x 2
Input Phase Loss Level Default: 20.00
Enter a value to set the threshold for the Input Phase Loss detection function. Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
Decreasing this value increases sensitivity, increasing the value decreases sensitivity.
This is a useful function for a common bus inverter, where the bus supply is a simple
rectifier with limited diagnostics.
The function works by analyzing harmonics in the DC bus ripple. When all three input
phases are connected, the sixth harmonic is dominant. When one phase is disconnected,
the second harmonic is dominant. The function compares the ratio of second and sixth
harmonics to this threshold. If the ratio exceeds this threshold, the function detects an
Input Phase Loss event.
292 DC Bus Mem Reset Default: 0 = ‘Disable’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
DC Bus Memory Reset Options: 0 = ‘Disable’ Integer
Enter a value to reset the value in parameter 10/11:13 [DC Bus Memory]. 1 = ‘Enable’
’Disabled’ (0) – allows the DC Bus Memory calculation to continue with the existing data.
’Enabled’ (1) – initializes the DC Bus Memory calculation.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 225

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 26 - Port 10/11: Protection File

Predictive Main Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
305 MtrPredMainReset Default: 0 = ‘Ready’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Motor Ctrl Predictive Maintenance Reset Options: 0 = ‘Ready’ Integer
Select a value, in order to reset an elapsed life meter in this Motor Control port. 1 = ‘MtrBrng Life’
‘Ready’ (0) – indicates the Predictive Maintenance function is ready to reset a meter. 2 = ‘MtrLube Hrs’
‘MtrBrng Life’ (1) – resets the Motor Bearing elapsed life parameter. 3 = ‘MchBrng Life’
‘MtrLube Hrs’ (2) – resets the Motor Lubrication elapsed life parameter. 4 = ‘MchLube Hrs’
‘MchBrng Life’ (3) – resets the Machine Bearing elapsed life parameter.
‘MchLube Hrs’ (4) – resets the Machine Lubrication elapsed life parameter.
After the meter has been reset the value of this parameter returns to 0 ‘Ready’.
309 MtrBrngPctLife Units: % RO Real 5.x 1
Motor Bearing Percent Life Default: 0.000
Displays the consumed life of the motor bearing as a percentage of its total life. Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
The Predictive Maintenance function for motor bearings counts time when the drive is
running greater than zero speed.
The event configured in parameter 10/11:314 [MtrBrngEventActn] occurs when the value
of this parameter exceeds the threshold that is specified in parameter 10/11:313
[MtrBrngEventLvl].
When you replace this bearing, use parameters 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and 10/11:305
[MtrPredMainReset] to reset this meter.
310 MtrBrngTotalLife Units: h RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Motor Bearing Total Life Default: 0.00 Integer
Enter a value to set the expected life of the motor bearings. Min/Max: 0.00/21474836.47
311 MtrBrngElpsdLife Units: h RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Motor Bearing Elapsed Life Default: 0.00 Integer
Displays the accumulated hours of motor bearing runtime. Min/Max: 0.00/21474836.47
The Predictive Maintenance function for motor bearings counts time when the drive is
running greater than zero speed.
312 MtrBrngRemainLif Units: h RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Motor Bearing Remaining Life Default: 0.00 Integer
Displays the remaining hours of expected motor bearing life. Min/Max: -21474836.48/+21474836.47
This is based on Elapsed Life, Event Level and past operating conditions.
Positive values indicate the number of hours projected before the event. These count
down.
Negative values indicate the number of hours that have passed since the projected event.
313 MtrBrngEventLvl Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Motor Bearing Event Level Default: 80.000
Enter a value to determine when the Motor Bearing event will take place. The event will Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
notify you to service the motor bearings.
For example, if you want to use 80% of the total life before notification, set the value to
80%.
314 MtrBrngEventActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Motor Bearing Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action taken when the Motor Bearing event takes place. 1 = ‘Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – causes the drive to do nothing when the event occurs.
‘Alarm’ (1) – causes the drive to produce an alarm when the event occurs.
315 MtrBrng ResetLog Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Motor Bearing Reset Log Min/Max: 0/255 Integer
Displays the number of times that Motor Bearing Elapsed Life parameter has been reset.

226 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 26 - Port 10/11: Protection File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
317 MtrLubeElpsdHrs Units: h RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Motor Lubrication Elapsed Hours Default: 0.00 Integer
Displays the accumulated hours of motor operation since the last motor lubrication. Min/Max: 0.00/21474836.47
The Predictive Maintenance function for motor lubrication counts time when the drive is
running greater than zero speed.
318 MtrLubeEventLvl Units: h RW Real 1.x 1
Motor Lubrication Event Level Default: 0.000
Enter a value to set hours between scheduled lubrications of the motor. Min/Max: 0.000/220000000.000
The Predictive Maintenance function for motor lubrication detects a Motor Lubrication
event when the value of parameter 10/11:317 [MtrLubeElpsdHrs] reaches this threshold.
319 MtrLubeEventActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Motor Lubrication Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action taken when the Motor Lubrication event takes place. 1 = ‘Alarm’
’Ignore’ (0) – causes the drive to do nothing when the event occurs.
’Alarm’ (1) – causes the drive to produce an alarm when the event occurs.
320 MchBrngPctLife Units: % RO Real 5.x 1
Machine Bearing Percent Life Default: 0.000
Displays the consumed life of the machine bearing as a percentage of its total life. Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
The Predictive Maintenance function for machine bearings counts time when the drive is
running greater than zero speed.
The event configured in parameter 10/11:325 [MchBrngEventActn] occurs when the
value of this parameter exceeds the threshold that is specified in parameter 10/11:324
[MchBrngEventLvl].
When you replace this bearing, use parameters 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and 10/11:305
[MtrPredMainReset] to reset this meter.
321 MchBrngTotalLife Units: h RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Machine Bearing Total Life Default: 0.00 Integer
Enter a value to set the expected life of the machine bearings. Min/Max: 0.00/21474836.47
322 MchBrngElpsdLife Units: h RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Machine Bearing Elapsed Life Default: 0.00 Integer
Displays the accumulated hours of machine bearing runtime. Min/Max: 0.00/21474836.47
The Predictive Maintenance function for machine bearings counts time when the drive is
running greater than zero speed.
323 MchBrngRemainLif Units: h RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Machine Bearing Remaining Life Default: 0.00 Integer
Displays the remaining hours of expected machine bearing life. Min/Max: -21474836.48/+21474836.47
This is based on Elapsed Life, Event Level and past operating conditions.
Positive values indicate the number of hours projected before the event. These count
down.
Negative values indicate the number of hours that have passed since the projected event.
324 MchBrngEventLvl Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Machine Bearing Event Level Default: 80.000
Enter a value to determine when the Machine Bearing event will take place. The event Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
will notify you to service the machine bearings.
For example, if you want to use 80% of the total life before notification, set the value to
80%.
325 MchBrngEventActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Machine Bearing Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action taken when the Machine Bearing event takes place. 1 = ‘Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – causes the drive to do nothing when the event occurs.
‘Alarm’ (1) – causes the drive to produce an alarm when the event occurs.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 227

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 26 - Port 10/11: Protection File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
326 MchBrngResetLog Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Machine Bearing Reset Log Min/Max: 0/255 Integer
Displays the number of times that Machine Bearing Elapsed Life parameter has been
reset.
328 MchLubeElpsdHrs Units: h RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Machine Lubrication Elapsed Hours Default: 0.00 Integer
Displays the accumulated hours of machine operation since the last machine lubrication. Min/Max: 0.00/21474836.47
The Predictive Maintenance function for machine lubrication counts time when the drive
is running greater than zero speed.
329 MchLube EventLvl Units: h RW Real 1.x 1
Machine Lubrication Event Level Default: 0.000
Enter a value to set hours between scheduled lubrications of the machine. Min/Max: 0.000/220000000.000
The Predictive Maintenance function for Machine lubrication detects a Machine
Lubrication event when the value of parameter 10/11:328 [MchLubeElpsdHrs] reaches
this threshold.
330 MchLubeEventActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Machine Lubrication Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action taken when the Machine Bearing event takes place. 1 = ‘Alarm’
’Ignore’ (0) – causes the drive to do nothing when the event occurs.
’Alarm’ (1) – causes the drive to produce an alarm when the event occurs.

228 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 27 - Port 10/11: Protection File

IPM Power Limit Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
260 IPM PwrLmt1 Units: % RW Real 6.x 1
Interior PM Power Limit 1 Default: 200.00
The IPM power limit function helps prevent unstable operation when DC bus voltage is Min/Max: 0.00/800.00
low and the required motor speed is high.
Parameters 10/11:260 [IPM PwrLmt1], 10/11:262 [IPM PwrLmt2], 10/11:261 [IPM
PwrLmt1 Vltg], 10/11:263 [IPM PwrLmt2 Vltg] and 10/11:265 [IPM PwrLmt3 Vltg] define
the piece-wise linear function. The power limit is on the Y-axis, and DC bus voltage is on
the X-axis.
Enter a value to set the output power limit when the DC bus voltage is below the value set
in parameter 10/11: 260 [IPM PwrLmt1]. This setting also defines the Y-axis value for the
endpoint of the first segment and the starting point of the second segment.
Set as a percentage of rated motor power.
261 IPM PwrLmt1 Vltg Units: % RW Real 6.x 1
Interior PM Power Limit 1 Voltage Default: 90.00
Enter a value to set the lowest threshold voltage for the IPM power limit function. When Min/Max: 0.00/120.00
the DC bus voltage is below this threshold, the function limits output power to the value
set in parameter 10/11:260 [IPM PwrLmt1]. This setting also defines the X-axis value for
the endpoint of the first segment and the starting point of the second segment.
Set as a percentage of nominal DC bus voltage.
See parameter 10/11: 260 [IPM PwrLmt1] for a description of the overall IPM power limit
function.
262 IPM PwrLmt2 Units: % RW Real 6.x 1
Interior PM Power Limit 2 Default: 200.00
Enter a value to set the output power limit when the DC bus voltage is between the values Min/Max: 0.00/800.00
set in parameter 10/11: 261 [IPM PwrLmt1 Vltg] and 10/11:263 [IPM PwrLmt2 Vltg]. This
setting defines the Y-axis value for the endpoint of the second segment and the starting
point of the third segment.
Set as a percentage of rated motor power.
See parameter 10/11: 260 [IPM PwrLmt1] for a description of the overall IPM power limit
function.
263 IPM PwrLmt2 Vltg Units: % RW Real 6.x 1
Interior PM Power Limit 2 Voltage Default: 95.00
Enter a value to set the second threshold voltage for the IPM power limit function. This Min/Max: 0.00/120.00
setting defines the X-axis value for the endpoint of the second segment and the starting
point of the third segment.
Set as a percentage of nominal DC bus voltage.
See parameter 10/11: 260 [IPM PwrLmt1] for a description of the overall IPM power limit
function.
265 IPM PwrLmt3 Vltg Units: % RW Real 6.x 1
Interior PM Power Limit 3 Voltage Default: 100.00
Enter a value to set the highest threshold voltage for the IPM power limit function. When Min/Max: 0.00/120.00
the DC bus voltage is above this threshold, the function limits output power to the value
set in parameter 10/11:230 [Motor Power Lim]. This setting also defines the X-axis value
for the endpoint of the third segment and the starting point of the fourth segment.
Set as a percentage of nominal DC bus voltage.
See parameter 10/11: 260 [IPM PwrLmt1] for a description of the overall IPM power limit
function.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 229

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 28 - Port 10/11: Diagnostics File

Status Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
350 VRef Source Default: 0.00 RO 32-bit 1.x 0
Velocity Reference Source Min/Max: 0.00/159999.00 Integer
Displays the port number and parameter number of the source of the present velocity
reference.
351 M Start Inhibits RO Bit 1.x 0
Motor Side Inverter Start Inhibits
Displays the conditions that are currently inhibiting the motor side inverter from starting.

CommutNotCfg
Options

RotarySwitch
Ovrd Event

Precharge
Database
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Startup

Faulted
Profiler

Enable
Safety

Alarm
Sleep

Stop
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘Faulted’ – System is in a faulted state.
Bit 1 ‘Alarm’ – A Type 2 alarm exists.
Bit 2 ‘Enable’ – An Enable input is open.
Bit 3 ‘Precharge’ – System is in precharge.
Bit 4 ‘Stop’ – The motor side inverter is receiving a stop command.
Bit 5 ‘Database’ – Database is performing a download operation.
Bit 6 ‘Startup’ – The assisted Start routine in the HIM is active and preventing a start.
Bit 7 ‘RotarySwitch’ – Rotary switches on the main control board are set to a combination that prevents start.
Bit 8 ‘Safety’ – A Functional Safety option module is preventing a start.
Bit 9 ‘Sleep’ – Sleep function is issuing a stop.
Bit 10 ‘Profiler’ – Profiler function is issuing a stop.
Bit 11 ‘CommutNotCfg’ – The permanent magnet motor commutation function has not been configured for use.
Bit 12 ‘Ovrd Event’ – Inverter start is inhibited due to fault, but converter can continue running.
352 MLastStrtInhibit RO Bit 1.x 0
Last Motor Side Inverter Start Inhibits
Displays the conditions that kept the motor side inverter from starting during the last inhibit.
CommutNotCfg

Options
RotarySwitch
Ovrd Event

Precharge
Database
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Startup

Faulted
Profiler

Enable
Safety

Alarm
Sleep

Stop

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘Faulted’ – System is in a faulted state.
Bit 1 ‘Alarm’ – A Type 2 alarm exists.
Bit 2 ‘Enable’ – An Enable input is open.
Bit 3 ‘Precharge’ – System is in precharge.
Bit 4 ‘Stop’ – The motor side inverter is receiving a stop command.
Bit 5 ‘Database’ – Database is performing a download operation.
Bit 6 ‘Startup’ – The assisted Start routine in the HIM is active and preventing a start.
Bit 7 ‘RotarySwitch’ – Rotary switches on the main control board are set to a combination that prevents start.
Bit 8 ‘Safety’ – A Functional Safety option module is preventing a start.
Bit 9 ‘Sleep’ – Sleep function is issuing a stop.
Bit 10 ‘Profiler’ – Profiler function is issuing a stop.
Bit 11 ‘CommutNotCfg’ – The permanent magnet motor commutation function has not been configured for use.
Bit 12 ‘Ovrd Event’ – Inverter start is inhibited due to fault, but converter can continue running.
When the drive receives a new start command, it copies the value from parameter 10/11:351 [M Start Inhibits] into this parameter.

230 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 28 - Port 10/11: Diagnostics File

Status Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
354 Motor Side Sts 1 RO Bit 1.x 0
Motor Side Status 1
Displays the operating condition of the motor side inverter.

PositionMode

Command Dir
Options
AtZero Speed
Torque Mode

Decelerating
Speed Mode

Accelerating
SpdRef Bit 4
SpdRef Bit 3
SpdRef Bit 2
SpdRef Bit 1
SpdRef Bit 0
Bus Frq Reg

DC Braking
Enable On

Actual Dir
DB Active
Motor OL

Reserved
Stopping
Cur Limit

At Speed
At Home

Running
Jogging
At Limit

Manual

Faulted
Regen

Ready
Active
Alarm
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Ready’ indicates there are no start inhibits.

Bit 1 ‘Active’ indicates the motor side inverter is modulating.
Bit 2 ‘Command Dir’ indicates whether the commanded direction is forward or reverse (forward = 1, reverse = 0).
Bit 3 ‘Actual Dir’ indicates whether the actual direction is forward or reverse (forward = 1, reverse = 0).
Bit 4 ‘Accelerating’, in Volts per Hertz and Sensorless Vector modes, indicates motor velocity is moving away from zero, due to a change in velocity reference. This is
determined by examining the Velocity Ramp. ‘Accelerating’, in Flux Vector modes, indicates motor torque is moving away from zero velocity.
Bit 5 ‘Decelerating’, in Volts per Hertz and Sensorless Vector modes, indicates motor velocity is moving towards zero, due to a change in velocity reference. This is determined
by examining the Velocity Ramp. ‘Decelerating’, in Flux Vector modes, indicates motor torque is moving towards zero velocity.
Bit 6 ‘Alarm’ indicates a type one or type two alarm is present.
Bit 7 ‘Faulted’ indicates a major or minor fault is present.
Bit 8 ‘At Speed’ indicates output frequency is within 1% of the velocity reference.
Bit 9 ‘Manual’ indicates the Auto/Manual function is in the Manual mode.
Bit 10 ‘SpdRef Bit 0’ indicates the state of the Speed (Velocity) reference selection bit 0.
Bit 11 ‘SpdRef Bit 1’ indicates the state of the Speed (Velocity) reference selection bit 1.
Bit 12 ‘SpdRef Bit 2’ indicates the state of the Speed (Velocity) reference selection bit 2.
Bit 13 ‘SpdRef Bit 3’ indicates the state of the Speed (Velocity) reference selection bit 3.
Bit 14 ‘SpdRef Bit 4’ indicates the state of the Speed (Velocity) reference selection bit 4. These bits work together to select a velocity reference.
Bit 16 ‘Running’ indicates the motor side inverter is modulating in response to a start or run command. This bit clears in the following conditions: drive stopped, drive coast
stop, drive jogging, and drive autotuning.
Bit 17 ‘Jogging’ indicates the motor side inverter is modulating in response to a jog command.
Bit 18 ‘Stopping’ indicates the motor side inverter is responding to command.
Bit 19 ‘DC Braking’ indicates the motor side inverter is performing a DC Braking action.
Bit 20 ‘DB Active’ indicates the Dynamic Brake is active.
Bit 21 ‘Speed Mode’ indicates the motor side inverter is configured or operating as a Speed (Velocity) regulator.
Bit 22 ‘PositionMode’ indicates the motor side inverter is configured operating as a Position regulator.
Bit 23 ‘Torque Mode’ indicates the motor side inverter is configured or operating to control torque.
Bit 24 ‘AtZero Speed’ indicates the motor side inverter is operating at zero speed (within the Zero Speed limit).
Bit 25 ‘At Home’ indicates the motor is at the home position.
Bit 26 ‘At Limit’ indicates that one or more control loop (velocity, torque, current and so forth) is operating at a limit. See parameter 10/11:365 [At Limit Status].
Bit 27 ‘Cur Limit’ indicates that the current control is operating at a limit.
Bit 28 ‘Bus Frq Reg’ indicates that the DC Bus regulator is modifying the output frequency.
Bit 29 ‘Enable On’ indicates the Enable input for the motor side inverter is closed or set.
Bit 30 ‘Motor OL’ indicates that a Motor Overload has occurred.
Bit 31 ‘Regen’ indicates the motor side inverter is operating in a Regeneration condition (accepting energy from the motor and load).

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 231

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 28 - Port 10/11: Diagnostics File

Status Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
355 Motor Side Sts 2 RO Bit 1.x 0
Motor Side Status 2
Displays the operating condition of the motor side inverter.

AuRstrCntDwn
Options

FdbkLoss SwO
PrchrgClosed

AutoRstr Act
Flux Braking
Autotuning
PID FB Loss
Decel Rate
Accel Rate

HS Fan On
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘AutoRstr Act’ indicates the Auto Restart function has been activated.
Bit 1 ‘AuRstrCntDwn’ indicates the Auto Restart function is counting down before attempting a restart.
Bit 2 ‘HS Fan On’ indicates the Heatsink Fan of Fans are running.
Bit 4 ‘Flux Braking’ indicates the motor side inverter is performing a Flux Braking action.
Bit 5 ‘FdbkLoss SwO’ indicates that an Automatic Tach Switchover has occurred. This action is associated with the option to automatically switch to the alternate velocity
feedback device upon failure of the primary velocity feedback device. Use parameter 10/11:1019 [Fb Loss Action] to control this option.
Bit 8 ‘PrchrgClosed’ indicates the Precharge Contactor is closed.
Bit 9 ‘Autotuning’ indicates the motor side inverter is performing an Autotune action.
Bit 10 ‘PID FB Loss’ indicates the Process PID function has experienced a feedback loss.
Bit 11 ‘Accel Rate’ indicates the secondary Acceleration Rate 10/11:1916 [VRef Accel Time2] is active.
Bit 12 ‘Decel Rate’ indicates the secondary Deceleration Rate 10/11:1918 [VRef Decel Time2] is active.
357 Drive OL Count Units: % RO Real 1.x 0
Drive Overload Count Default: 0.00
Displays the overload count for the motor side inverter in percentage. It increases when Min/Max: 0.00/200.00
the current is higher than the continuous rating.
When the count reaches 100% an overload fault occurs.
359 IGBT Temp Pct Units: % RO Real 1.x 0
IGBT Temperature Percentage Default: 0.00
Displays the calculated temperature of IGBT junctions, in percentage of maximum (trip) Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00
temperature.
360 IGBT Temp Units: °C RO Real 1.x 0
IGBT Temperature Default: 0.00
Displays the calculated temperature of IGBT junctions, in degrees Celsius. Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00
362 Heatsnk Temp Pct Units: % RO Real 1.x 0
Heatsink Temperature Percentage Default: 0.00
Displays the temperature of power module heatsinks, in percentage of maximum (trip) Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00
temperature.

232 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 28 - Port 10/11: Diagnostics File

Status Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
363 Heatsnk Temp Units: °C RO Real 1.x 0
Heatsink Temperature Default: 0.00
Displays the temperature of power module heatsinks, in degrees Celsius. Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00
365 At Limit Status RO Bit 1.x 0
At Limit Status
Displays the status of conditions that may be active or at limits.

FreqOSNegLmt

MaxSpeed Lmt
Regen PwrLmt
Therm RegLmt

Mtrng PwrLmt
Options

FreqOSPosLmt
TrqPrvNegLmt

TrqCurNegLmt

PWM FreqLmt
BusVltgFVLmt

FlxCurNegLmt
TrqPrvPosLmt

TrqCurPosLmt

ConverterLmt
FlxCurPosLmt

OverSpd Lmt
Cur Rate Lmt

Spd Reg Lmt

Bus Vltg Lmt

Flux Braking
Mtr Vltg Lkg

Trq Neg Lmt

Current Lmt
Freq Lo Lmt
Trq Pos Lmt

Freq Hi Lmt
Cur Lmt FV

Economize
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Displays the status of conditions that may be active or at limits:

Bit 0 ‘Current Lmt’ indicates the scalar (volts per hertz, sensorless vector or economizer) current limit is adjusting the output frequency.
Bit 1 ‘Bus Vltg Lmt’ indicates the scalar bus voltage limit is adjusting the output frequency.
Bit 2 ‘MaxSpeed Lmt’ indicates the Speed (Velocity) Reference is limited.
Bit 3 ‘OverSpd Lmt’ indicates the Speed (Velocity) reference positive (+) trim is at maximum velocity limit plus or minus (+/-) the overspeed limit.
Bit 4 ‘Spd Reg Lmt’ indicates the output of the Speed (Velocity) regulator is limited.
Bit 5 ‘Freq Hi Lmt’ indicates the output of the scalar control inner ramp is at the high limit.
Bit 6 ‘Freq Lo Lmt’ indicates the output of the scalar control inner ramp is at the low limit.
Bit 7 ‘FreqOSPosLmt’ indicates the output of the scalar control inner ramp is at the positive overspeed limit.
Bit 8 ‘FreqOSNegLmt’ indicates the output of the scalar control inner ramp is at the negative overspeed limit.
Bit 9 ‘Flux Braking’ indicates the motor side inverter is performing a Flux Braking action.
Bit 10 ‘Economize’ indicates the Economizer mode is active.
Bit 11 ‘PWM FreqLmt’ indicates the Thermal Manager function is limiting the carrier frequency.
Bit 12 ‘ConverterLmt’ indicates that the converter is limiting the inverter output.
Bit 17 ‘TrqCurPosLmt’ indicates torque producing current is at the positive limit.
Bit 18 ‘TrqCurNegLmt’ indicates torque producing current is at the negative limit.
Bit 19 ‘FlxCurPosLmt’ indicates flux producing current is at the positive limit.
Bit 20 ‘FlxCurNegLmt’ indicates flux producing current is at the negative limit.
Bit 21 ‘Trq Pos Lmt’ indicates torque is at the positive limit.
Bit 22 ‘Trq Neg Lmt’ indicates torque is at the positive limit.
Bit 23 ‘Mtrng PwrLmt’ indicates the motor side inverter is operating at the limit for motoring power.
Bit 24 ‘Regen PwrLmt’ indicates the motor side inverter is operating at the limit for regenerative power.
Bit 25 ‘Cur Lmt FV’ indicates the current regulator for Flux Vector mode is at the limit.
Bit 26 ‘Therm RegLmt’ indicates thermal regulator is at the torque limit.
Bit 27 ‘BusVltgFVLmt’ indicates the bus voltage regulator for Flux Vector mode is at the limit.
Bit 28 ‘Mtr Vltg Lkg’ indicates motor stator voltage on the derivative axis is at the limit.
Bit 29 ‘TrqPrvPosLmt’ indicates Torque Prove proving torque is at the positive limit.
Bit 30 ‘TrqPrvNegLmt’ indicates Torque Prove proving torque is at the negative limit.
Bit 31 ‘Cur Rate Lmt’ indicates motor stator current in the quadrature axis (torque producing) is at the limit.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 233

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 29 - Port 10/11: Diagnostics File

Testpoints Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
380 Testpoint Sel 1 Default: 0 RW 32-bit 2.x 1
383 Testpoint Sel 2 Min/Max: 0/999 Integer
386 Testpoint Sel 3
389 Testpoint Sel 4
Testpoint Select n
Select a source for the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th test point in this port.
Data from the source streams to parameters [Testpoint REAL n] and [Testpoint DINT n].
See Port 10 Testpoint Codes on page 520 for descriptions of the test points that are
available for this parameter.
381 Testpoint REAL 1 Default: 0.000000 RO Real 2.x 1
384 Testpoint REAL 2 Min/Max: -220000000.000000/
387 Testpoint REAL 3 +220000000.000000
390 Testpoint REAL 4
Testpoint REAL Display Value n
Displays data of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th test point on this port in REAL (floating point)
format. If the format of the source is REAL, use this parameter to read or trend the data
stream.
382 Testpoint DINT 1 Default: 0 RO 32-bit 2.x 1
385 Testpoint DINT 2 Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
388 Testpoint DINT 3
391 Testpoint DINT 4
Testpoint DINT Display Value n
Displays data of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th test point on this port in DINT (double integer)
format. If the format of the source is DINT, use this parameter to read or trend the data
stream.

234 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 30 - Port 10/11: Diagnostics File

Fault/Alarm Info Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
460 Condition Sts A RO Bit 1.x 0
Condition Status A
Displays the status of conditions that can be configured. The bits in this parameter do not depend on the configured Event Actions. Consult the Troubleshooting chapter for
more information.

HRG FGF Local

UnderVoltage
OutPhaseLoss
Options

AuxFdbkLoss

PriFdbkLosss
GndWarning

PosFdbkLoss
ExtPrchrgErr

InPhaseLoss
AltFdbkLoss

Shear Pin 2
Shear Pin 1
Decel Inhib

Power Loss
HRG GF Sts

Load Loss
Motor OL
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Power Loss’ indicates motor side inverter has detected a Power Loss event. See parameters 10/11:270 [Power Loss Actn], 10/11:271 [Pwr Loss Mode A], 10/11:272
[Pwr Loss A Level], and 10/11:273 [Pwr Loss A Time].
Bit 1 ‘UnderVoltage’ indicates motor side inverter has detected an Under Voltage event. See parameters 10/11:285 [UnderVltg Action] and 10/11:286 [UnderVltg Level].
Bit 2 ‘Motor OL’ indicates a Motor Overload event has occurred. See parameters 10/11:200 [Mtr OL Action], 10/11:201 [Mtr OL at Pwr Up], 10/11:202 [Mtr OL Alm Level], 10/
11:203 [Mtr OL Factor], 10/11:204 [Mtr OL Hertz], 10/11:205 [Mtr OL Rst Level], 10/11:206 [Mtr OL Rst Time], 10/11:207 [Mtr OL Counts], and 10/11:208 [Mtr OL Trip Time]
Bit 3 ‘Load Loss’ indicates motor side inverter has detected a Load Loss event. See parameters 10/11:250 [Load Loss Action], 10/11:251 [Load Loss Level], 10/11:252 [Load
Loss Time], and 10/11:253 [Load Loss Speed].
Bit 4 ‘InPhaseLoss’ indicates motor side inverter has detected an Input Phase Loss event. See parameters 10/11:289 [InPhase LossActn] and 10/11:290 [InPhase Loss Lvl].
Bit 5 ‘OutPhaseLoss’ indicates motor side inverter has detected an Output Phase Loss event. See parameters 10/11:256 [OutPhaseLossActn] and 10/11:257 [OutPhaseLoss
Lvl].
Bit 6 ‘Decel Inhib’ indicates the motor side inverter is inhibited from decelerating to the commanded velocity. See parameter 10/11:170 [Dec Inhibit Actn].
Bit 7 ‘Shear Pin 1’ indicates the first Shear Pin detector has detected an event. See parameters 10/11:241 [Shear Pin Config], 10/11:242 [Shear Pin 1 Actn], 10/11:243 [Shear
Pin1 Level], and 10/11:244 [Shear Pin 1 Time].
Bit 8 ‘Shear Pin 2’ indicates the second Shear Pin detector has detected an event. See parameters 10/11:245 [Shear Pin 2 Actn], 10/11:246 [Shear Pin2 Level], and 10/11:247
[Shear Pin 2 Time].
Bit 9 ‘PriFdbkLoss’ indicates a Primary Feedback Loss has occurred. See parameter 10/11:1019 [Fb Loss Action].
Bit 10 ‘AltFdbkLoss’ indicates an Alternate Feedback Loss has occurred.
Bit 11 ‘AuxFdbkLoss’ indicates an Auxiliary Feedback (Encoder Velocity Reference) Loss has occurred.
Bit 12 ‘PosFdbkLoss’ indicates a Position Feedback Loss has occurred.
Bit 13 ‘ExtPrchrgErr’ indicates the digital input for parameter 0:191 [DI Prchrg Seal] was not set when the DC bus voltage settled.
Bit 14 ‘GndWarning’ indicates the motor side inverter has detected a Ground Fault Warning event.
Bit 15 ‘HRG GF Sts’ indicates the motor side inverter has detected a Ground Fault for High Resistance Ground systems event. See parameter 0:425 [HRG GF Flt Actn].
Bit 16 ‘HRG GF Local’ indicates the Ground Fault for High Resistance Ground systems is likely in the local (this) drive.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 235

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 30 - Port 10/11: Diagnostics File

Fault/Alarm Info Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
461 Fault Status A RO Bit 1.x 0
Fault Status A
Displays the status of conditions that can be configured. The bits in this parameter depend on the configured Event Actions. The Event Actions must be configured for fault
(not alarm or ignore) for these bits to be set. Consult the Troubleshooting chapter for more information.

UnderVoltage
OutPhaseLoss
Options

AuxFdbkLoss
PosFdbkLoss
ExtPrchrgErr

InPhaseLoss
AltFdbkLoss
PriFdbkLoss
Shear Pin 2
Shear Pin 1
Decel Inhib

Power Loss
Load Loss
Motor OL
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Power Loss’ indicates motor side inverter has detected a Power Loss event. See parameters 10/11:270 [Power Loss Actn], 10/11:271 [Pwr Loss Mode A], 10/11:272
[Pwr Loss A Level], and 10/11:273 [Pwr Loss A Time].
Bit 1 ‘UnderVoltage’ indicates motor side inverter has detected an Under Voltage event. See parameters 10/11:285 [UnderVltg Action] and 10/11:286 [UnderVltg Level].
Bit 2 ‘Motor OL’ indicates a Motor Overload event has occurred. See parameters 10/11:200 [Mtr OL Action], 10/11:201 [Mtr OL at Pwr Up], 10/11:202 [Mtr OL Alm Level], 10/
11:203 [Mtr OL Factor], 10/11:204 [Mtr OL Hertz], 10/11:205 [Mtr OL Rst Level], 10/11:206 [Mtr OL Rst Time], 10/11:207 [Mtr OL Counts], and 10/11:208 [Mtr OL Trip Time]
Bit 3 ‘Load Loss’ indicates motor side inverter has detected a Load Loss event. See parameters 10/11:250 [Load Loss Action], 10/11:251 [Load Loss Level], 10/11:252 [Load
Loss Time], and 10/11:253 [Load Loss Speed].
Bit 4 ‘InPhaseLoss’ indicates motor side inverter has detected an Input Phase Loss event. See parameters 10/11:289 [InPhase LossActn] and 10/11:290 [InPhase Loss Lvl].
Bit 5 ‘OutPhaseLoss’ indicates motor side inverter has detected an Output Phase Loss event. See parameters 10/11:256 [OutPhaseLossActn] and 10/11:257 [OutPhaseLoss
Lvl].
Bit 6 ‘Decel Inhib’ indicates the motor side inverter is inhibited from decelerating to the commanded velocity. See parameter 10/11:170 [Dec Inhibit Actn].
Bit 7 ‘Shear Pin 1’ indicates the first Shear Pin detector has detected an event. See parameters 10/11:241 [Shear Pin Config], 10/11:242 [Shear Pin 1 Actn], 10/11:243 [Shear
Pin1 Level], and 10/11:244 [Shear Pin 1 Time].
Bit 8 ‘Shear Pin 2’ indicates the second Shear Pin detector has detected an event. See parameters 10/11:245 [Shear Pin 2 Actn], 10/11:246 [Shear Pin2 Level], and 10/11:247
[Shear Pin 2 Time].
Bit 9 ‘PriFdbkLoss’ indicates a Primary Feedback Loss has occurred. See parameter 10/11:1019 [Fb Loss Action].
Bit 10 ‘AltFdbkLoss’ indicates an Alternate Feedback Loss has occurred.
Bit 11 ‘AuxFdbkLoss’ indicates an Auxiliary Feedback (Encoder Velocity Reference) Loss has occurred.
Bit 12 ‘PosFdbkLoss’ indicates a Position Feedback Loss has occurred.
Bit 13 ‘ExtPrchrgErr’ indicates the digital input for parameter 0:191 [DI Prchrg Seal] was not set when the DC bus voltage settled.

236 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 30 - Port 10/11: Diagnostics File

Fault/Alarm Info Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
462 Fault Status B RO Bit 1.x 0
Fault Status B
Displays the status of conditions that can be configured. The bits in this parameter depend on the configured Event Actions. The Event Actions must be configured for fault
(not alarm or ignore) for these bits to be set. Consult the Troubleshooting chapter for more information.

FluxAmpsRang

SinkUnderTmp
Options

TrqPrvSpdBnd

AuRstExhaust
IXOVoltRange

IRVoltsRange
OW Alarm TO
HRG GF Local

Ground Fault

Overspd Lmt
SafetyBrdFlt

Aux InputFlt
Prchrg Open

OverVoltage
TransistorOT
HW OverCur
TrvlLimCflct

Heatsink OT
End Lmt Sw

SW OverCur

Excess Load
Over Travel
HRG GF Sts

TPEndsCfg
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Drive OL
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘Aux InputFlt’ indicates the digital input for parameter 0:115 [DI Aux Fault] is open or cleared.
Bit 1 ‘OverVoltage’ indicates motor side inverter has detected an Over Voltage event.
Bit 2 ‘Drive OL’ indicates motor side inverter has detected a Drive Overload event.
Bit 3 ‘Heatsink OT’ indicates motor side inverter has detected a Heatsink Over Temperature event.
Bit 4 ‘TransistorOT’ indicates motor side inverter has detected a Transistor Over Temperature event.
Bit 5 ‘SinkUnderTmp’ indicates motor side inverter has detected a Heatsink Under Temperature event.
Bit 6 ‘Excess Load’ indicates the motor did not come up to speed in the allotted time during autotune.
Bit 7 ‘Overspd Lmt’ indicates that motor speed has exceeded the limits: 10/11:1393 [Max Speed Rev] – 10/11:1904 [Overspeed Limit]…10/11:1392 [Max Speed Fwd] + 10/
11:1904 [Overspeed Limit].
Bit 8 ‘Prchrg Open’ indicates the Precharge Contactor has remained open.
Bit 9 ‘SafetyBrdFlt’ indicates a Functional Safety option board has faulted.
Bit 10 ‘IRVoltsRange’ indicates Autotune Stator Resistance exceeded the range of parameters 10/11:511 [c IM Stator Res] and 10/11:512 [u IM Stator Res].
Bit 11 ‘FluxAmpsRang’ indicates Autotune Flux Current exceeded the range of parameters 10/11:517 [c Flux Cur Ref] and 10/11:518 [u Flux Cur Ref].
Bit 12 ‘IXOVoltRange’ indicates Autotune Stator Resistance exceeded the range of parameters 10/11:514 [c IM Leakage L] and 10/11:515 [u IM Leakage L].
Bit 13 ‘AuRstExhaust’ indicates the Auto Restart function has exhausted the number of retries allowed.
Bit 14 ‘SW OverCur’ indicates output current has exceeded the 1 ms 250% current rating.
Bit 15 ‘HW OverCur’ indicates output current has exceeded the hardware current trip limit.
Bit 16 ‘TrqPrvSpdBnd’ indicates that motor speed has exceeded the Speed Deviation Band for Torque Prove operation.
Bit 17 ‘TPEnclsCfg’ indicates the Torque Proving function has been configured as Encoderless. Read the instructions for the TP Encls Config alarm in the Troubleshooting
chapter. Read the Attention statements in the Lifting/Torque Proving appendix.
Bit 18 ‘Ground Fault’ indicates the hardware has detected a ground fault.
Bit 19 ‘OW Alarm TO’ indicates and Oil Well Torque Time Out alarm has occurred. This bit is inactive for the current release.
Bit 20 ‘Over Travel’ indicates the digital input for parameters 0:184 [DI PHw OvrTrvl] or 0:185 [DI NHw OvrTrvl] has detected an Over Travel event.
Bit 21 ‘TrvlLimCflct’ indicates a Travel Limit Conflict. The forward and reverse limits are simultaneously set.
Bit 22 ‘End Lmt Sw’ indicates either the Forward or Reverse End limits has detected a falling edge signal, and the Position Velocity Torque Mode is not set to Velocity.
Bit 23 ‘HRG GF Sts’ indicates the motor side inverter has detected a Ground Fault for High Resistance Ground systems event.
Bit 24 ‘HRG GF Local’ indicates the Ground Fault for High Resistance Ground systems is likely in the local (this) drive.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 237

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 30 - Port 10/11: Diagnostics File

Fault/Alarm Info Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
465 Alarm Status A RO Bit 1.x 0
Alarm Status A
Displays the status of conditions that can be configured. The bits in this parameter depend on the configured Event Actions. The Event Actions must be configured for alarm
(not fault or ignore) for these bits to be set. Consult the Troubleshooting chapter for more information.

UnderVoltage
OutPhaseLoss
Options

Gnd Warning
HRG GF Local

AuxFdbkLoss
Task Overrun

PosFdbkLoss

InPhaseLoss
AltFdbkLoss
PriFdbkLoss
Shear Pin 2
Shear Pin 1
Decel Inhib

Power Loss
HRG GF Sts

Load Loss
Motor OL
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Power Loss’ indicates motor side inverter has detected a Power Loss event. See parameters 10/11:270 [Power Loss Actn], 10/11:271 [Pwr Loss Mode A], 10/11:272
[Pwr Loss A Level], and 10/11:273 [Pwr Loss A Time].
Bit 1 ‘UnderVoltage’ indicates motor side inverter has detected an Under Voltage event. See parameters 10/11:285 [UnderVltg Action] and 10/11:286 [UnderVltg Level].
Bit 2 ‘Motor OL’ indicates a Motor Overload event has occurred. See parameters 10/11:200 [Mtr OL Action], 10/11:201 [Mtr OL at Pwr Up], 10/11:202 [Mtr OL Alm Level], 10/
11:203 [Mtr OL Factor], 10/11:204 [Mtr OL Hertz], 10/11:205 [Mtr OL Rst Level], 10/11:206 [Mtr OL Rst Time], 10/11:207 [Mtr OL Counts], and 10/11:208 [Mtr OL Trip Time]
Bit 3 ‘Load Loss’ indicates motor side inverter has detected a Load Loss event. See parameters 10/11:250 [Load Loss Action], 10/11:251 [Load Loss Level], 10/11:252 [Load
Loss Time], and 10/11:253 [Load Loss Speed].
Bit 4 ‘InPhaseLoss’ indicates motor side inverter has detected an Input Phase Loss event. See parameters 10/11:289 [InPhase LossActn] and 10/11:290 [InPhase Loss Lvl].
Bit 5 ‘OutPhaseLoss’ indicates motor side inverter has detected an Output Phase Loss event. See parameters 10/11:256 [OutPhaseLossActn] and 10/11:257 [OutPhaseLoss
Lvl].
Bit 6 ‘Decel Inhib’ indicates the motor side inverter is inhibited from decelerating to the commanded velocity. See parameter 10/11:170 [Dec Inhibit Actn].
Bit 7 ‘Shear Pin 1’ indicates the first Shear Pin detector has detected an event. See parameters 10/11:241 [Shear Pin Config], 10/11:242 [Shear Pin 1 Actn], 10/11:243 [Shear
Pin1 Level], and 10/11:244 [Shear Pin 1 Time].
Bit 8 ‘Shear Pin 2’ indicates the second Shear Pin detector has detected an event. See parameters 10/11:245 [Shear Pin 2 Actn], 10/11:246 [Shear Pin2 Level], and 10/11:247
[Shear Pin 2 Time].
Bit 9 ‘PriFdbkLoss’ indicates a Primary Feedback Loss has occurred. See parameter 10/11:1019 [Fb Loss Action].
Bit 10 ‘AltFdbkLoss’ indicates an Alternate Feedback Loss has occurred.
Bit 11 ‘AuxFdbkLoss’ indicates an Auxiliary Feedback (Encoder Velocity Reference) Loss has occurred.
Bit 12 ‘PosFdbkLoss’ indicates a Position Feedback Loss has occurred.
Bit 14 ‘Gnd Warning’ indicates the motor side inverter has detected a Ground Fault Warning event.
Bit 15 ‘Task Overrun’ indicates that a Task Overrun has occurred and caused the motor side inverter to stop modulating.
Bit 16 ‘HRG GF Sts’ indicates the motor side inverter has detected a Ground Fault for High Resistance Ground systems event.
Bit 17 ‘HRG GF Local’ indicates the Ground Fault for High Resistance Ground systems is likely in the local (this) drive.

238 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 30 - Port 10/11: Diagnostics File

Fault/Alarm Info Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
466 Alarm Status B RO Bit 1.x 0
Alarm Status B
Displays the status of conditions that can be configured. The bits in this parameter depend on the configured Event Actions. The Event Actions must be configured for alarm
(not fault or ignore) for these bits to be set. Consult the Troubleshooting chapter for more information.

PWMFrq Reduc
Options

StartOnPwrUp
PumpOff Alrm

CurLmt Reduc
Not Home Set
OW Alarm TO

Gnd Warning

Homing Actv

Heatsink OT
Profile Actv
DB Res OT

OW Level
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved

Drive OL

IGBT OT
Waking
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘IGBT OT’ – Indicates the transistor (IGBT) junction temperature reached the alarm level.
Bit 1 ‘Heatsink OT’ – Indicates that the heatsink temperature reached the alarm level.
Bit 2 ‘Waking’ – The Sleep /Wake function is in the Waking condition.
Bit 3 ‘StartOnPwrUp’ – The Start on Powerup feature is active.
Bit 4 ‘Drive OL’ – Indicates the motor side inverter overload condition has reached the alarm level.
Bit 5 ‘CurLmt Reduc’ – indicates the Thermal Manager function has reduced the current limit.
Bit 6 ‘PWMFrq Reduc’ – indicates the Thermal Manager function has reduced the PWM frequency.
Bit 7 ‘Profile Actv’ – Indicates the Profile function is active.
Bit 8 ‘Homing Actv’ – Indicates the homing function is active.
Bit 9 ‘Not Home Set’ – Indicates the Profile function has executed without first executing the Homing function.
Bit 10 ‘Gnd Warning’ – indicates a Ground Warning event has been detected.
Bit 11 ‘OW Level’ – indicates torque has exceeded the Torque Alarm Threshold for the Oil Well functionality. This bit is inactive for the current release.
Bit 12 ‘OW Alarm TO’ indicates and Oil Well Torque Time Out alarm has occurred. This bit is inactive for the current release.
Bit 13 ‘PumpOff Alrm’ – The Pump Off condition is active. This bit is inactive for the current release.
Bit 15 ‘DB Res OT’ – Indicates that the dynamic brake resistor has exceeded its maximum operating temperature. This bit is inactive for the current release.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 239

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 30 - Port 10/11: Diagnostics File

Fault/Alarm Info Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
467 Type 2 Alarms RO Bit 1.x 0
Type 2 Alarms
Displays the status of conditions that can cause Type 2 Alarms. Type 2 Alarms prevent the motor side inverter from starting. Consult the Troubleshooting chapter for more
information.

VHz Incmpble
VHzBoostLmt
VHzNegSlope
Options

BrakeSlipped
AltOpenLoop
PriOpenLoop
Prchrg Open

TrqProvCflct
PM Off Cflct

BipolarCflct

DigIn Cfg B
DigIn Cfg C

Sleep Cfg
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Frg Cflct
DL Cflct
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Sleep Cfg’ – indicates an error in the configuration of the Sleep Wake function. This could include having the Sleep Level greater than the Wake Level.
Bit 1 ‘BrakeSlipped’ – indicates excessive brake slip has been detected and the drive has completed the brake slip maneuver. See parameter 9:63 [Brk Slip Thresh].
Bit 2 ‘TrqProvCflct’ – indicates an error in the configuration for the Torque Prove function.
Bit 3 ‘Frq Cflct’ – indicates an error in the configuration of the Volts per Hertz parameters.
Bit 4 ‘VHzNegSlope’ – indicates a portion of the Volts per Hertz curve configuration is negative.
Bit 5 ‘VHzBoostLmt’ – indicates an error in the configuration of the Volts per Hertz Boost function.
Bit 6 ‘VHz Incmpble’ – reserved for future PM motor functionality.
Bit 7 ‘PriOpenLoop’ – indicates that Open Loop is not a valid selection for the primary feedback channel, given the position velocity torque mode defined by 10/11:30
[PsnVelTrq Mode A]…10/11:33 [PsnVelTrq Mode D].
Bit 8 ‘AltOpenLoop’ – indicates that Open Loop is not a valid selection for the alternate feedback channel, given the motor control mode.
Bit 9 ‘DigIn Cfg B’ – indicates an error in digital input selection. Two input functions that cannot exist in the same drive or bus supply have been selected.
Bit 10 ‘DigIn Cfg C’ – indicates an error in digital input selection. Two input functions that are logically incompatible have been assigned to the same digital input (for
example run and stop).
Bit 14 ‘BipolarCflct’ – indicates the Direction Mode has been set to Bipolar or Reverse Disable and one of more digital input is assigned to direction control.
Bit 15 ‘Prchrg Open’ – indicates the precharge contactor was commanded to open while the motor side inverter was modulating.
Bit 16 ‘PM Off Cflct’ – indicates that the configuration of permanent magnet motor offset tests is invalid.
Bit 17 ‘DL Cflct’ – indicates a Datalink conflict.

240 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 31 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Motor Data Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
400 Motor NP Volts Units: VAC RW Real 1.x 1
Motor Nameplate Volts Default: Based on Drive Rating
Enter the rated volts shown on the motor nameplate. Min/Max: 0.10/1.15 x Drive Rating
401 Motor NP Amps Units: A RW Real 1.x 1
Motor Nameplate Amperes Default: LV Motor NP FLA Normal Duty
Enter the rated full load amps shown on the motor nameplate. HV Motor NP FLA Normal Duty
LV Motor NP FLA Heavy Duty
HV Motor NP FLA Heavy Duty
HV Motor NP FLA Light Duty
LV Motor NP FLA Light Duty
Min: 0.01
Max: 10 x LV Motor NP FLA Normal Duty
10 x HV Motor NP FLA Normal Duty
10 x LV Motor NP FLA Heavy Duty
10 x HV Motor NP FLA Heavy Duty
10 x HV Motor NP FLA Light Duty
10 x LV Motor NP FLA Light Duty
402 Motor NP Hertz Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
Motor Nameplate Hertz Default: 60.00
Enter the rated frequency that is shown on the motor nameplate. Min/Max: 2.00/650.00
403 Motor NP RPM Units: RPM RW Real 1.x 1
Motor Nameplate RPM Default: 1780.0
Enter the rated RPM shown on the motor nameplate. Min/Max: 1.0/40000.0
404 Mtr NP Sync Spd Units: RPM RO Real 1.x 1
Motor Nameplate Synchronous Speed Default: 120 x LV Motor NP Hertz Normal Duty /
Displays the motor nameplate synchronous speed in RPM, calculated according to this Motor Poles
formula: 120 x HV Motor NP Hertz Normal Duty /
[Mtr NP Sync Spd] = 120 x [Motor NP Hertz] / [Motor Poles] Motor Poles
120 x LV Motor NP Hertz Heavy Duty /
Motor Poles
120 x HV Motor NP Hertz Heavy Duty /
Motor Poles
120 x HV Motor NP Hertz Light Duty /
Motor Poles
120 x LV Motor NP Hertz Light Duty /
Motor Poles
Min/Max: 1.0/40000.0
405 Mtr NP Pwr Units Default: Current Selection RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Motor Nameplate Power Units Options: 0 = ‘HP’ Integer
Enter the power units that are shown on the motor nameplate. 1 = ‘kW’

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 241

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 31 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Motor Data Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
406 Motor NP Power Units: HP or kW RW Real 1.x 1
Motor Nameplate Power Default: LV Motor NP Power Normal Duty
Enter the rated power that is shown on the motor nameplate. HV Motor NP Power Normal Duty
LV Motor NP Power Heavy Duty
HV Motor NP Power Heavy Duty
HV Motor NP Power Light Duty
LV Motor NP Power Light Duty
Min/Max: 0.01/15000.00
407 Motor Poles Units: Pole RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Motor Poles Default: 4 Integer
Enter the number of poles in the motor. Min/Max: 2/200
Poles = 120 x [Motor NP Hertz] / [Mtr NP Sync Spd]
900 Motor Inertia
Motor Inertia
This is the secondary file and group position for this parameter.
See description for Motor Inertia on page 266.

242 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 32 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Mtr Ctrl Config Group

Access Level
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
420 Mtr Cfg Options RW Bit 1.x 1
Motor Configuration Options
Set bits to configure the motor control-related functions.

LoPWM FreqEn
PWM FreqLock
Options

Trq ModeStop
DutyClampEn
SecMtrTqProv
SlipCompSclr

Mtr Lead Rev

Reflect Wave

Trq ModeJog
EnclsTrqProv

Zero TrqStop
RS Adaption
Xsistor Diag
Jerk Select

Elect Stab
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘Zero TrqStop’ – Configures stopped condition when in torque mode. 0 = wait for zero speed before shutting off drive output, 1 = wait for zero torque before shutting
off drive output.
Bit 1 ‘Trq ModeStop’ – Configures stop behavior when in torque mode. 0 = remain in torque mode, 1 = switch to speed mode
Bit 2 ‘Trq ModeJog’ – Configures jog behavior when in torque mode. 0 = remain in torque mode, 1 = switch to speed mode
Bit 3 ‘EnclsTrqProv’ – Enables encoderless mode when using the torque prove function. 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled. Bits 0 and 1 of parameter 9:50 [Trq Prove Cfg] must also
be set to use this mode.
Bit 4 ‘Mtr Lead Rev’ – Reverses the phase rotation of the applied voltage, effectively reversing the motor leads. 0 = Not Reversed, 1 = Reversed
Bit 5 ‘Reflect Wave’ – Enables reflected wave voltage protection for long motor cables. 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled
Bit 6 ‘RS Adaption’ – Adapts for changes in motor stator resistance due to motor temperature. Active only in FV motor control mode with feedback. 0 = Disabled, 1 =
Enabled
Bit 7 ‘SecMtrTqProv’ – Enables the torque prove function for the primary motor control port when the secondary motor control port is also configured. 0 = Disabled, 1 =
Enabled.
Bit 8 ‘DutyClampEn’ – Enables the Duty Clamp mode of charge pump protection. Frames 7…15 use charge pump circuitry in the gate driver function. The normal
protection mode can produce current distortion during low frequency operation on low frequency motors. The Duty Clamp mode can unnecessarily limit output voltage on
‘normal’ 50/60 Hz motors.
Bit 9 ‘PWM FreqLock’ – Configures switching frequency of the power devices while in FV motor control mode without feedback. 0 = switching frequency automatically
reduces to 2 kHz at low speeds (best performance), 1 = switching frequency does not reduce (setting that is used when switching frequency reduction is undesirable)
Bit 10 ‘LoPWM FreqEn’ – Enables the function that switches to a very low PWM carrier frequency when the output frequency is very low. See parameter 10/11:429 [PWM
Trans Freq]. 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled.
Bit 11 ‘Elect Stab’ – Enables stability control for Sensorless Vector and V/Hz motor control modes. 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled
Bit 12 ‘Xsistor Diag’ – Enables a diagnostic test of the power transistor at each start command. Recommended to set to Disabled if an output filter is installed with the drive.
See publication PFLEX-AT002 for additional information. 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled
Bit 14 ‘SlipCompSclr’ – Set this bit to enable Slip Compensation in the ‘Scalar’ control modes for an induction motor. These are Volts per Hertz (InductionVHz), Sensorless
Vector (Induction SV) and Economizer (Induct Econ). 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled.
Bit 15 ‘Jerk Select’ – Limits the rate of change to the velocity reference for improved current limiting. This setting applies only to Sensorless Vector and V/Hz motor control
modes. 0 = Disabled (0.0 second ramp time achievable), 1 = Enabled (0.0 second ramp time prevented).
421 Maximum Voltage Units: VAC RW Real 1.x 1
Maximum Voltage Default: Rated Output Volts
Enter the highest voltage the drive outputs to the motor. This determines the voltage Min: 0.25 x Rated Output Volts
used for the Voltage Limiting function. Max: 1.15 x Rated Output Volts
422 Maximum Freq Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
Maximum Frequency Default: 130.000
Enter the frequency that corresponds with the voltage in parameter 10/11:421 Min/Max: 0.010/590.000
[Maximum Voltage].
This determines the frequency where Voltage Limiting begins.
Refer to the diagram for 10/11:486 [VHz Curve].

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 243

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 32 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Mtr Ctrl Config Group (Continued)

Access Level
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
425 PWM Frequency Default: 0 = ‘1.333 kHz’ RW 8-bit 1.x 1
Pulse Width Modulation Frequency Options: 0 = ‘1.333 kHz’ Integer
Select the carrier frequency for the Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) switching of the 1 = ‘2 kHz’
output transistors in the motor side inverter from one of the following: 2 = ‘4 kHz’
1.333 kHz (0) 3 = ‘8 kHz’
2 kHz (1) 4 = ‘12 kHz’
4 kHz (2)
8 kHz (3)
12 kHz (4)
Higher values lead to better fidelity in the current waveform.
Higher values can lower the levels of audible switching sound.
Higher values also lead to higher switching losses and reduced inverter output capacity.
This may make derating necessary.
Higher values also lead to shorter maximum motor lead lengths.
426 PWM Freq Act Units: kHz RO Real 1.x 1
Actual PWM Frequency Default: 0.000
Displays the actual carrier frequency for the pulse width modulation switching of the Min/Max: 0.000/12.000
output transistors in the motor side inverter.
It can differ from the selected frequency, due to the actions of the thermal manager.
428 Bus Utilization Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Bus Utilization Default: 95.00
Enter a value to set the maximum allowed bus voltage utilization for motor control. Min/Max: 85.00/100.00
Do not change this value without consulting Technical Support. Higher values can result
in control instability or over-current faults.
429 PWM Trans Freq Units: Hz RW Real 6.x 1
PWM Transition Frequency Default: 5.00
Enter a value to set the threshold to switch to the low PWM carrier frequency. Min/Max: 0.00/10.00
When the output frequency is below this threshold, the drive uses a low PWM carrier
frequency. This low PWM carrier frequency reduces stress on the output power
transistors. When the output frequency is above this threshold, the drive uses the normal
PWM carrier frequency that is selected in parameter 10/11:425 [PWM Frequency].
431 FluxUpTm C/U Sel Default: 0 = ‘Calculated’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Flux Up Time Calc/User Entered Select Options: 0 = ‘Calculated’ Integer
Select whether the Flux Up function uses Calculated value or User Entered value for the 1 = ‘User Entered’
Flux Up Time. 2 = ‘LoadCalcData’
The calculated value is determined by an equation in the drive that uses values of motor
nameplate parameters.
‘Calculated’ (0) – selects the Calculated ‘c’ values.
‘User Entered’ (1) – selects the User Entered ‘u’ values.
‘LoadCalcData’ (2) – copies the Calculated ‘c’ values into the parameter for the User
Entered ‘u’ values. This is useful for starting with the Calculated values and then adjusting
them. After performing the copy, this switch will revert to position 1 ‘User Entered’.
432 c FluxUpTime Units: s RO Real 1.x 1
Flux Up Time -Calc Default: 0.0000
Displays the Flux Up Time delay the drive uses when parameter 10/11:431 [FluxUpTm C/U Min/Max: 0.0000/5.0000
Sel] is set to 0 ‘Calculated’.
When the drive receives a start command, it first produces DC current to build the motor
stator flux before accelerating. Flux Up Time determines the delay between the start
command and accelerating.
The drive calculates this value from motor nameplate data.

244 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 32 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Mtr Ctrl Config Group (Continued)

Access Level
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
433 u FluxUpTime Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Flux Up Time -User Default: 0.0000
Enter the Flux Up Time delay the drive uses when parameter 10/11:431 [FluxUpTm C/U Min/Max: 0.0000/5.0000
Sel] is set to 1 ‘User Entered’.
When the drive receives a start command, it first produces DC current to build the motor
stator flux before accelerating. Flux Up Time determines the delay between the start
command and accelerating.
435 Flux Down Kp Default: 150.0 RW Real 1.x 1
Flux Down Proportional Gain Min/Max: 0.0/10000.0
Enter a value to set the proportional gain of the voltage regulator that controls the
removal of flux in the motor.
436 Flux Down Ki Default: 0.20 RW Real 1.x 1
Flux Down Integral Gain Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
Enter a value to set the integral gain of the voltage regulator that controls the removal of
flux in the motor.
439 Stability Filter Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Stability Filter Time Constant Default: 5162.22
Enter a value to set the filter time constant for the angle and voltage stability control. Min/Max: 0.00/1000000.00
440 Stab Volt Gain Default: 5162.22 RW Real 1.x 1
Stability Voltage Gain Min/Max: 0.00/10000000.00
Enter a value to set the gain of the voltage stability control function.
Not active when any Flux Vector motor control mode is selected with speed feedback.
441 Stab Angle Gain Default: 790.43 RW Real 1.x 1
Stability Angle Gain Min/Max: 0.00/10000000.00
Enter a value to set the gain of the electrical angle stability control function.
Not active when the Motor Control mode is set to Flux Vector with velocity feedback.
444 VCL CReg C/U Sel Default: 0 = ‘Calculated’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Vect ClosedLoop Cur Reg Calc/User Select Options: 0 = ‘Calculated’ Integer
Select whether the Current Regulator (for Vector Closed Loop) uses Calculated values or 1 = ‘User Entered’
User Entered values for proportional and integral gains. 2 = ‘LocalCalcData’
Calculated values are determined by equations in the drive. These equations use value of
parameter 10/11:445 [VCL CReg BW], Stator Resistance and Inductance Leakage.
‘Calculated’ (0) – selects the Calculated ‘c’ values.
‘User Entered’ (1) – selects the User Entered ‘u’ values.
‘LoadCalcData’ (2) – copies the Calculated ‘c’ values into the parameter for the User
Entered ‘u’ values. This is useful for starting with the Calculated values and then adjusting
them. After performing the copy, this switch will revert to position 1 ‘User Entered’.
445 VCL CReg BW Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
Vect Closed Loop Current Reg Bandwidth Default: 127.0
Set the bandwidth of the Current Regulator (for Vector Closed Loop). Min/Max: 0.1/500.0
The drive uses this parameter to calculate the values for parameters 10/11:446 [c VCL
CReg Kp] and 10/11:448 [c VCL CurRegKi]. The drive uses them when parameter 10/
11:444 [VCL CReg C/U Sel] is set to 1 ‘User Entered’.
446 c VCL CReg Kp Default: 20.000 RO Real 1.x 1
Vect Closed Loop Current Reg Kp -Calc Min/Max: 0.001/50000.000
Displays the value of the proportional gain of the Current Regulator that is used when
parameter 10/11:444 [VCL CReg C/U Sel] is set to ‘Calculated’.
The value is determined by an equation in the drive that uses value of parameters 10/
11:445 [VCL CReg BW], Stator Resistance and Inductance Leakage.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 245

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 32 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Mtr Ctrl Config Group (Continued)

Access Level
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
447 u VCL CReg Kp Default: 0.000 RW Real 1.x 1
Vect Closed Loop Cur Reg Kp -User Min/Max: 0.000/50000.000
Enter the value for the proportional gain of the Current Regulator that is used when
parameter 10/11:444 [VCL CReg C/U Sel] is set to ‘User Entered’.
448 c VCL CReg Ki Default: 680.000 RO Real 1.x 1
Vect Closed Loop Current Reg Ki -Calc Min/Max: 0.001/50000.000
Displays the value of the integral gain of the Current Regulator that is used when
parameter 10/11:444 [VCL CReg C/U Sel] is set to ‘Calculated’.
The value is determined by an equation in the drive that uses value of parameters 10/
11:445 [VCL CReg BW], Stator Resistance and Inductance Leakage.
449 u VCL CReg Ki Default: 0.000 RW Real 1.x 1
Vect Closed Loop Cur Reg Ki -User Min/Max: 0.000/50000.000
Enter the value for the integral gain of the Current Regulator that is used when parameter
10/11:444 [VCL CReg C/U Sel] is set to ‘User Entered’.
450 VCL CReg Damping Default: 1.00 RW Real 4.x 1
Vector Closed Loop Current Reg Damping Min/Max: 0.10/100000.00
Enter a value to change the damping of the current regulator by modifying the Ki value
when operating in IPM/SPM motor control modes.
451 DeadTimeCompAmps Units: % RW Real 5.x 1
Dead Time Compensation Full Scale Amps Default: 0.00
Enter a value to change the damping of the current regulator by modifying the Ki value Min/Max: 0.00/15.00
when operating in IPM/SPM motor control modes.
452 Dead Time Comp Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Dead Time Compensation Default: 100.00
Enter a value to set the Dead Time Compensation value to reduce DC offsets in the output Min/Max: 0.00/200.00
voltage from the PWM inverter.
This is for non-motor loads or when output transformers or output sine wave filters are
used.
453 DC Offset Ctrl Default: 0 = ‘Disable’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
DC Offset Control Min/Max: 0 = ‘Disable’ Integer
Enter a value to select whether DC Offset control is enabled or disabled. 1 = ‘Enable’
It reduces DC offsets in the output voltage from the PWM inverter for non-motor loads
further.
Enabling this disables parameter 10/11:452 [Dead Time Comp].
455 SVC Boost Filter Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Sensorless Vector Control Boost Filter Default: 0.5000
Enter the value for the voltage boost filter-time constant for Sensorless Vector mode. Min/Max: 0.0001/1000.0000

460 See page 235 for descriptions of parameters 10/11:460…10/11:467.

…
467

246 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 33 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Volts per Hertz Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
480 Start Acc Boost Units: VAC RW Real 1.x 2
Start Acceleration Boost Default: LV IR Voltage Drop Normal Duty
Enter a value to set the voltage boost level for starting and acceleration. This shapes the HV IR Voltage Drop Normal Duty
Volts per Hertz curve used in Volts per Hertz mode. LV IR Voltage Drop Heavy Duty
It determines the output voltage at zero frequency when the drive is starting or HV IR Voltage Drop Heavy Duty
accelerating through zero frequency. HV IR Voltage Drop Light Duty
This is used in the Custom Volts per Hertz curve. Refer to the diagram in the description for LV IR Voltage Drop Light Duty
parameter 10/11:486 [VHz Curve].
Min: 0.00
Max: 0.25 x LV Motor NP Volts Normal Duty
0.25 x HV Motor NP Volts Normal Duty
0.25 x LV Motor NP Volts Heavy Duty
0.25 x HV Motor NP Volts Heavy Duty
0.25 x LV Motor NP Volts Light Duty
0.25 x HV Motor NP Volts Light Duty
481 Run Boost Units: VAC RW Real 1.x 2
Run Boost Default: LV IR Voltage Drop Normal Duty
Enter the voltage boost level for running. This shapes the Volts per Hertz curve used in HV IR Voltage Drop Normal Duty
Volts per Hertz mode. LV IR Voltage Drop Heavy Duty
It determines the output voltage for steady state operation at zero frequency, or when the HV IR Voltage Drop Heavy Duty
drive is decelerating through zero frequency. HV IR Voltage Drop Light Duty
This is used in the Custom Volts per Hertz curve. Refer to the diagram in the description for LV IR Voltage Drop Light Duty
parameter 10/11:486 [VHz Curve].
Min: 0.00
Max: 0.25 x LV Motor NP Volts Normal Duty
0.25 x HV Motor NP Volts Normal Duty
0.25 x LV Motor NP Volts Heavy Duty
0.25 x HV Motor NP Volts Heavy Duty
0.25 x LV Motor NP Volts Light Duty
0.25 x HV Motor NP Volts Light Duty
483 Break Voltage Units: VAC RW Real 1.x 2
Break Voltage Default: 0.25 x LV Motor NP Volts Normal Duty
Enter the voltage level for operating at Break Frequency in Volts per Hertz mode. 0.25 x HV Motor NP Volts Normal Duty
Break Frequency is determined by parameter 10/11:484 [Break Frequency]. 0.25 x LV Motor NP Volts Heavy Duty
This is used in the Custom Volts per Hertz curve. Refer to the diagram in the description for 0.25 x HV Motor NP Volts Heavy Duty
parameter 10/11:486 [VHz Curve]. 0.25 x LV Motor NP Volts Light Duty
0.25 x HV Motor NP Volts Light Duty
Min: 0.00
Max: 1.5 x LV Motor NP Volts Normal Duty
1.5 x HV Motor NP Volts Normal Duty
1.5 x LV Motor NP Volts Heavy Duty
1.5 x HV Motor NP Volts Heavy Duty
1.5 x LV Motor NP Volts Light Duty
1.5 x HV Motor NP Volts Light Duty
484 Break Frequency Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 2
Break Frequency Default: 0.25 x LV Motor NP Hertz Normal Duty
Enter the frequency for Break Voltage in Volts per Hertz mode. 0.25 x HV Motor NP Hertz Normal Duty
Break Voltage is determined by parameter 10/11:483 [Break Voltage]. 0.25 x LV Motor NP Hertz Heavy Duty
This is used in the Custom Volts per Hertz curve. Refer to the diagram in the description for 0.25 x HV Motor NP Hertz Heavy Duty
parameter 10/11:486 [VHz Curve]. 0.25 x HV Motor NP Hertz Light Duty
0.25 x LV Motor NP Hertz Light Duty
Min: 0.00
Max: 590.00

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 247

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 33 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Volts per Hertz Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
486 VHz Curve Default: 0 = ‘Custom V/Hz’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Volts per Hertz Curve Options: 0 = ‘Custom V/Hz’ Integer
Enter a value to select a predefined Volts per Hertz curve: 1 = ‘Fan/Pump’
’Custom V/Hz’ (0) – selects a Volts per Hertz curve that results from parameters 10/11:480
[Start Acc Boost], 10/11:481 [Run Boost], 10/11:483 [Break Voltage], 10/11:484 [Break
Frequency], 10/11:400 [Motor NP Volts], 10/11:402 [Motor NP Hertz], 10/11:421
[Maximum Voltage] and 10/11:422 [Maximum Freq]. Refer to diagram.
’Fan/Pump’ (1) – selects Volts per Hertz curve for fans and pumps. It results only from
parameters 10/11:400 [Motor NP Volts], 10/11:402 [Motor NP Hertz], 10/11:421
[Maximum Voltage] and 10/11:422 [Maximum Freq]. Between 0 Hz and Motor NP Hertz,
the output voltage is governed by this equation:
Output Voltage = Commanded Output Frequency2 x (Nameplate Voltage – Run Boost
Voltage) / Nameplate Frequency2 + Run Boost Voltage.
Refer to diagram.

10/11:421 [Max Voltage]

10/11:400 [Motor NP Volts]
Voltage

10/11:483 [Break Voltage]

10/11:480 [Start Acc Boost]
10/11:481 [Run Boost]
0 10/11:484 10/11:402 10/11:422
[Break Frequency] [Motor NP Hertz] [Maximum Freq]
Frequency

10/11:421 [Max Voltage]

10/11:400 [Motor NP Volts]
Voltage

10/11:481 [Run Boost]

0 10/11:402 10/11:422
[Motor NP Hertz] [Maximum Freq]
Frequency

491 Slip Comp LPF BW Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 2

Slip Comp Filter Bandwidth Default: 1.50
Enter the bandwidth of the low pass filter used for slip compensation. The response time Min/Max: 0.10/10.00
of slip compensation will vary inversely with the setting of this filter.

248 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 34 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Economize Config Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
500 Econ At Ref Ki Default: 305.0 RW Real 1.x 2
Economize At Reference Integral Gain Min/Max: 0.0/100000.0
Enter a value to set the integral gain for the output voltage regulator the Economizer
function when the motor side inverter uses when it is not accelerating or decelerating (at
reference).
This is only used for the Economizer motor control mode.
501 Econ AccDec Kp Units: V/A RW Real 1.x 2
Economize Accel Decel Proportional Gain Default: 100.0
Enter a value to set the proportional gain for the output voltage regulator the Economizer Min/Max: 0.0/1000000.0
function when the motor side inverter uses when it is accelerating or decelerating (at
reference).
This is only used for the Economizer motor control mode.
502 Econ AccDec Ki Default: 200.0 RW Real 1.x 2
Economize Accel Decel Integral Gain Min/Max: 0.0/100000.0
Enter a value to set the integral gain for the output voltage regulator the Economizer
function when the motor side inverter uses when it is accelerating or decelerating.
This is only used for the Economizer motor control mode.

Table 35 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Ind Mtr Config Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
489 c Slip RPM atFLA Units: RPM RO Real 1.x 2
Slip RPM at Full Load Amps – Calculated Default: 20.00
Displays the calculated value for slip speed, in RPM, at full load. Min/Max: 0.00/4000.00
Note: to enable the Slip Compensation function for scalar motor control modes (V/Hz,
Sensorless Vector and Economizer), you must set bit 14 ‘SlipCompSclr’ of parameter 10/
11:420 [Mtr Cfg Options].

ATTENTION: To enable the Slip Compensation function for scalar motor control modes (V/Hz, Sensorless Vector and
Economizer), you must set bit 14’SlipCompSclr’ of parameter 10/11:420 [Mtr Cfg Options].

490 u Slip RPM atFLA Units: RPM RW Real 1.x 2

Slip RPM at Full Load Amps-UserEntered Default: 0.00
Enter the value for slip speed, in RPM, at full load. This value can also come from the Min/Max: 0.00/4000.00
measured results of the Static Motor ID test or Rotating Motor ID test.
Note: to enable the Slip Compensation function for scalar motor control modes (V/Hz,
Sensorless Vector and Economizer), you must set bit 14 ‘SlipCompSclr’ of parameter 10/
11:420 [Mtr Cfg Options].

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 249

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 35 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Ind Mtr Config Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
510 MtrParam C/U Sel Default: 0 = ‘Calculated’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Mtr Parameters Calc/User Entered Select Options: 0 = ‘Calculated’ Integer
Select whether the motor control uses Calculated values or User Entered values for motor 1 = ‘User Entered’
parameters (such as stator resistance, leakage inductance, flux current reference, 2 = ‘LoadCalcData’
encoderless electrical angle compensation, stator resistance compensation factor and slip
speed at full load).
‘Calculated’ (0) – selects the Calculated ‘c’ values.
‘User Entered’ (1) – selects the User Entered ‘u’ values. Note that these can also be the
measured results from the Static Motor ID test or Rotating Motor ID test.
‘LoadCalcData’ (2) – copies the Calculated ‘c’ values into the parameter for the User
Entered ‘u’ values. This is useful for starting with the Calculated values and then adjusting
them. After performing the copy, this switch will revert to position 1 ‘User Entered’.
511 c IM Stator Res Units: Ohms RO Real 1.x 2
Induction Motor Stator Resistance -Calc Default: 0.0000000
Displays the calculated value for induction motor stator resistance. Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
512 u IM Stator Res Units: Ohms RW Real 1.x 2
Induction Motor Stator Resistance -User Default: 0.0000000
Enter the calculated value for induction motor stator resistance. This value can also come Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
from the measured results of the Static Motor ID test or Rotating Motor ID test.
514 c IM Leakage L Units: mH RO Real 1.x 2
Induction Motor Leakage Inductance -Calc Default: 0.0000000
Displays the calculated value for induction motor leakage inductance. Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
515 u IM Leakage L Units: mH RW Real 1.x 2
Induction Motor Leakage Inductance -User Default: 0.0000000
Enter the calculated value for induction motor leakage inductance. This value can also Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
come from the measured results of the Static Motor ID test or Rotating Motor ID test.
517 c Flux Cur Ref Units: A RO Real 1.x 2
Induction Motor Flux Current Ref -Calc Default: 401 [Motor NP Amps] x 0.35
Displays the calculated value for flux current at full load in the induction motor. Min/Max: 0.00/401 [Motor NP Amps] x 0.995
518 u Flux Cur Ref Units: A RW Real 1.x 2
Induction Motor Flux Current Ref -User Default: 0.00
Enter the value for flux current at full load in the induction motor. This value can also Min/Max: 0.00/401 [Motor NP Amps] x 0.995
come from the measured results of the Static Motor ID test or Rotating Motor ID test.
520 c EncLs AngCmp Units: rad RO Real 1.x 2
Induction Motor Encless Angle Comp -Calc Default: 0.0000
Displays the calculated value for electrical angle compensation. This value depends on Min/Max: -6.2831/+6.2831
motor cable and PWM frequency.
521 u EncLs AngCmp Units: rad RW Real 1.x 2
Induction Motor Encless Angle Comp -User Default: 0.0000
Enter the calculated value for electrical angle compensation. This value can also come Min/Max: -6.2831/+6.2831
from the measured results of the Static Motor ID test or Rotating Motor ID test.
523 c IM StatResComp Default: 1.00 RO Real 1.x 2
Induction Motor Stator Res Comp -Calc Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
Displays the calculated value for stator resistance compensation factor.
524 u IM StatResComp Default: 1.00 RW Real 1.x 2
Induction Motor Stator Res Comp-User Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
Enter the calculated value stator resistance compensation factor. This value can also come
from the measured results of the Static Motor ID test or Rotating Motor ID test.

250 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 35 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Ind Mtr Config Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
526 VEncdls FReg Kp Units: Hz/A RW Real 1.x 2
VEncdls Freq Regulator Proportional Gain Default: 524.0
Enter a value to set the proportional gain used by the frequency regulator for encoderless Min/Max: 0.0/100000.0
Flux Vector operation (Flux Vector without feedback).
This regulator determines the electrical angle compensation for different motor cable and
PWM frequencies.
Enter a value to set the proportional gain used by the frequency regulator for encoderless
Flux Vector operation (Flux Vector without feedback). This regulator determines the
electrical angle compensation for different motor cable and PWM frequencies.
527 VEncdls FReg Ki Units: Hz/A RW Real 1.x 2
VEncdls Freq Regulator Integral Gain Default: 9080.0
Enter a value to set the integral gain used by the frequency regulator for encoderless Flux Min/Max: 0.0/100000.0
Vector operation (Flux Vector without feedback).
This regulator determines the voltage compensation for different motor cable and PWM
frequencies.
530 Slip Reg Enable Default: 1 = ‘Enabled’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Slip Regulator Enable Options: 0 = ‘Disabled’ Integer
Enter a value to enable or disable the Slip Regulator for Flux Vector operation with 1 = ‘Enabled’
feedback.
’Disabled’ (0) – disables the Slip Regulator.
’Enabled’ (1) – enables the Slip Regulator.
This only affects operation when the motor control mode is Flux Vector and control is
using encoder feedback.
531 Slip Reg Kp Default: 0.50 RW Real 1.x 2
Slip Regulator Proportional Gain Min/Max: 0.00/10000.00
Enter a value to set the proportional gain for the Slip Regulator.
532 Slip Reg Ki Default: 10.00 RW Real 1.x 2
Slip Regulator Integral Gain Min/Max: 0.00/10000.00
Enter a value to set the integral gain for the Slip Regulator.
535 Flux Reg Enable Default: 1 = ‘Enabled’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Flux Regulator Enable Options: 0 = ‘Disabled’ Integer
Enter a value to enable or disable the Flux Regulator for Flux Vector operation. 1 = ‘Enabled’
’Disabled’ (0) – disables the Flux Regulator.
’Enabled’ (1) – enables the Flux Regulator.
This only affects operation when the motor control mode is Flux Vector.
536 Flux Reg Kp Default: 1.00 RW Real 1.x 2
Flux Regulator Proportional Gain Min/Max: 0.00/10000.00
Enter a value to set the proportional gain for the Flux Regulator.
537 Flux Reg Ki Default: 30.00 RW Real 1.x 2
Flux Regulator Integral Gain Min/Max: 0.00/10000.00
Enter a value to set the integral gain for the Flux Regulator.
540 Phase Delay Comp Default: 0.00 RW Real 1.x 2
Phase Delay Compensation Min/Max: -100.00/+100.00
Enter a value to set the delay compensation gain for current feedback sampling. The gain
compensation is scaled to the sample time (for example, 1.0 would be a compensation of
positive one sample time).
542 Trq Adapt Speed Units: % RW Real 1.x 2
Torque Adaption Speed Default: 15.00
Enter the frequency (speed) at which the adaptive torque control regulators become Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
active.
Enter this as a percent of motor nameplate frequency.
This only affects operation when the motor control mode is Flux Vector.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 251

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 35 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Ind Mtr Config Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
543 Trq Adapt En Default: 1 = ‘Enabled’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Torque Adaption Enable Options: 0 = ‘Disabled’ Integer
Enter a value to enable or disable the Torque Adaption for Flux Vector operation. 1 = ‘Enabled’
The Torque Adaption function
‘Disabled’ (0) – disables Torque Adaption.
‘Enabled’ (1) – enables Torque Adaption.
This only affects operation when the motor control mode is Flux Vector.
546 Trq Comp Mtring Units: % RW Real 1.x 2
Torque Compensation Motoring Default: 0.00
Enter a value for the amount of Torque Compensation added when motoring. Min/Max: -50.00/+50.00
Enter the value as a percent gain. For example entering a value of 5% will multiply the
torque command by 1.05.
This only affects operation when the motor control mode is Flux Vector.
547 Trq Comp Regen Units: % RW Real 1.x 2
Torque Compensation Regeneration Default: 0.00
Enter a value for the amount of Torque Compensation added when regenerating. Min/Max: -50.00/+50.00
Enter the value as a percent gain. For example entering a value of -5% will multiply the
torque command by 0.95.
This only affects operation when the motor control mode is Flux Vector.
549 Slip Adapt Iqs Default: 0.20 RW Real 1.x 2
Slip Adaption Q Axis Current Min/Max: 0.00/1.00
Enter a value for the threshold at which Slip Frequency Regulator becomes active.
Enter as a per unit value of rated torque producing current. For example when the value is
0.05, the regulator turns on at 5% of rated torque.
This only affects operation when the motor control mode is Flux Vector.
550 SFAdapt SlewLim Units: s RW Real 1.x 2
Slip and Flux Adaption Slew Limit Default: 0.00
Enter a value to determine the time that the slip, flux, and torque regulators are allowed Min/Max: 0.00/60.00
to converge before the regulators are turned on after the motor speed reaches the level
set in parameter 10/11:542 [Trq Adapt Speed].
This only affects operation when the motor control mode is Flux Vector.
551 SFAdapt SlewRate Default: 0.005000 RW Real 1.x 2
Slip and Flux Adaption Slew Rate Min/Max: 0.000010/1.000000
Enter a value to determine the rate that the slip and flux regulators can converge before
the regulators are enabled.
This only affects operation when the motor control mode is Flux Vector.
552 SFAdapt CnvrgLvl Default: 0.010000 RW Real 1.x 2
Slip and Flux Adaption Converge Level Min/Max: 0.000010/1.000000
Enter a value to determine the slip and flux regulator error level that indicates
convergence.
This only affects operation when the motor control mode is Flux Vector.
553 SFAdapt CnvrgLim Default: 0.500 RW Real 1.x 2
Slip and Flux Adaption Converge Limit Min/Max: 0.000/5.000
Enter a value to determine the duration of convergence before the adaption regulators are
enabled after the error has decreased below the level set in parameter 10/11:552
[SFAdapt CnvrgLvl].
This only affects operation when the motor control mode is Flux Vector.

252 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 36 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

PM Mtr Config Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
580 PM Config RW Bit 4.x 2
Permanent Magnet Motor Configuration
Set and clear bits to configure Permanent Magnet motor control.

AutoOfstTest
Stab Angl En
Options

PMTqTrm En
StaticTestEn
PM Vqs En
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Default Reserved
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘AutoOfstTest’ – set to run the Automatic Offset Test for finding the motor’s commutation angle on the first start after every power cycle. Set when the motor feedback
device is incremental (not absolute). Cannot be set if bit 2 is set.
Bit 1 ‘StaticTestEn’ – set to enable the Static Test for finding the motor’s commutation angle before each drive start. Required for operation without feedback. Cannot be set
when bit 0 is set.
Bit 2 ‘PMTqTrm En’ – set to enable Torque Trim.
Bit 3 ‘PM Vqs En’ – set to enable the Vqs regulator. Needed for operation above base speed.
Bit 4 ‘Stab Angl En’ – set to enable the Stability Angle regulator. Required for Flux Vector operation of an SPM motor without feedback.
Not all bits are available for all motor control modes.
582 PM Pri Fb Offset Units: rad RW Real 4.x 2
PM Primary Feedback Offset Default: 0.000
Enter the value for the offset between the primary encoder feedback and the rotor flux Min/Max: 0.000/6.283
center position of the Permanent Magnet motor in units of radians. The drive writes this
parameter during the Automatic Offset Test.
585 PM Alt Fb Offset Units: rad RW Real 4.x 2
PM Alternate Feedback Offset Default: 0.000
Enter the value for the offset between the alternate encoder feedback and the rotor flux Min/Max: 0.000/6.283
center position of the Permanent Magnet motor in units of radians. The drive writes this
parameter during the Automatic Offset Test. It only uses it when using the alternate
feedback device.
587 PM OfstTst Cur Units: % RW Real 4.x 2
Permanent Magnet Offset Test Current Default: 40.00
Enter the value for the current command in percent of the motor rated current to be used Min/Max: 0.00/200.00
during the Automatic Offset Test.
588 PM OfstTst CRamp Units: s RW Real 4.x 2
Permanent Magnet Offset Test Cur Ramp Default: 3.00
Enter the value for the ramp time of the current command during the Automatic Offset Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
Test. This is the time to ramp to the current command in parameter 10/11:587 [PM OfstTst
Cur].
589 PM OfstTst FRamp Units: s RW Real 4.x 2
Permanent Magnet Offset Test Freq Ramp Default: 60.00
Enter the value for the frequency ramp time used during the Automatic Offset Test. This is Min/Max: 0.00/1000.00
the time in seconds to ramp from 0 to 3 Hz.
593 PM Vqs Reg Kp Default: 2.50 RW Real 4.x 2
PM Vqs Regulator Proportional Gain Min/Max: 0.00/1000.00
Enter the value for the proportional gain of the Vqs regulator in Permanent Magnet Flux
Vector mode. The Vqs regulator is active either when the motor voltage exceeds the
voltage that is limited by the DC bus voltage, or when the motor voltage exceeds the
value set by parameter 10/11:421 [Maximum Voltage].
594 PM Vqs Reg Ki Default: 0.50 RW Real 4.x 2
PM Motor Vqs Regulator Integral Gain Min/Max: 0.00/1000.00
Enter the value for the integral gain of the Vqs regulator in Permanent Magnet Flux Vector
mode.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 253

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 36 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

PM Mtr Config Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
595 PM Trq Adapt Spd Units: % RW Real 4.x 2
PM Torque Adaption Speed Default: 15.00
Enter the frequency (speed) at which the adaptive torque control regulators for Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
permanent magnet motors become active.
Enter this as a percent of motor nameplate frequency.
This only affects operation when the motor control mode is SPM or IPM Flux Vector.
596 IPM Vel Fb HPF Default: 15.0 RW Real 6.x 2
Interior PM Motor V FB High Pass Filt Min/Max: 1.0/50.0
Enter the value for the setting of the High Pass Filter for the high-speed angle control. This
setting is used for open-loop Interior Permanent Magnet motor control.
597 IPM Vel Est Filt Units: R/S RW Real 6.x 2
Interior PM Motor Vel Est Filter Default: 1000.0
Enter the bandwidth for the Velocity Estimator filter. This setting is used for open-loop Min/Max: 1.0/9999.9
Interior Permanent Magnet motor control.
598 IPM Vel Est KpLo Default: 15.0 RW Real 6.x 2
Interior PM Vel Est Proportional Gain Lo Min/Max: 1.0/50.0
Enter the proportional gain for the Velocity Estimator. This setting is used for open-loop
Interior Permanent Magnet motor control to set the value of the gain at 20% of the rated
speed of the motor.
599 IPM Vel Est Ki Default: 2500.0 RW Real 6.x 2
Interior PM Motor Vel Est Integral Gain Min/Max: 0.0/25000.0
Enter the integral gain of the Velocity Estimator This setting is used for open-loop Interior
Permanent Magnet motor control.
600 IPM Vel EstKiAdj Default: 75.0 RW Real 6.x 2
Interior PM Vel Est Integral Gain Adjust Min/Max: 0.0/500.0
Enter the step size that used to adjust the integral gain of the Velocity Estimator during no
load conditions. This setting is used for open-loop Interior Permanent Magnet motor
control.
601 IPM Vel Est KpHi Default: 30.0 RW Real 6.x 2
Interior PM Vel Est Proportional Gain Hi Min/Max: 0.0/1000.0
Enter the proportional gain for the Velocity Estimator. This setting is used for open-loop
Interior Permanent Magnet motor control to set the value of the gain at 80% of the rated
speed of the motor.
602 IPM Tran PWM Units: % RW Real 6.x 2
Interior PM Motor Transition PWM Default: 13.3
Enter a value to set the transition frequency where the PWM type is changed during Min/Max: 0.0/100.0
deceleration. Enter the value as a percentage of motor nameplate frequency. See
parameter 10/11:402 [Motor NP Hertz]. Open-loop Interior Permanent Magnet flux
vector motor control uses this parameter.
603 IPM Tran PWMHyst Units: % RW Real 6.x 2
Interior PM Motor Transition PWM Hyst Default: 3.3
Enter a value to set the hysteresis frequency that is used with parameter 10/11:602 [IPM Min/Max: 0.0/10.0
Tran PWM] during acceleration. Enter the value as a percentage of motor nameplate
frequency. See parameter 10/11:402 [Motor NP Hertz]. Open-loop Interior Permanent
Magnet flux vector motor control uses this parameter.
604 IPM Tran Mode Units: % RW Real 6.x 2
Interior PM Motor Transition Mode Default: 6.6
Enter a value to set the transition frequency where the control angle is changed during Min/Max: 0.0/100.0
deceleration. Enter the value as a percentage of motor nameplate frequency. See
parameter 10/11:402 [Motor NP Hertz]. Open-loop Interior Permanent Magnet flux
vector motor control uses this parameter.

254 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 36 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

PM Mtr Config Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
605 IPM Tran ModHyst Units: % RW Real 6.x 2
Interior PM Motor Transition Mode Hyst Default: 5.0
Enter a value to set the hysteresis frequency that is used with parameter 10/11:604 [IPM Min/Max: 0.0/10.0
Tran Mode] during acceleration. Enter the value as a percentage of motor nameplate
frequency. See parameter 10/11:402 [Motor NP Hertz]. Open-loop Interior Permanent
Magnet flux vector motor control uses this parameter.
606 IPM Tran Filt Lo Units: R/S RW Real 6.x 2
Interior PM Motor Transition Filt Low Default: 35.0
Enter the bandwidth for the frequency that is used for transition of angle and PWM Min/Max: 1.0/9999.0
during acceleration. This setting is used for open-loop Interior Permanent Magnet motor
control.
607 IPM Tran Filt Hi Units: R/S RW Real 6.x 2
Interior PM Motor Transition Filt High Default: 1000.0
Enter the bandwidth for the frequency that is used for transition of angle and PWM Min/Max: 1.0/9999.0
during deceleration. This setting is used for open-loop Interior Permanent Magnet motor
control.
608 IPM Tran Angle Units: Cnts RW Real 6.x 2
Interior PM Motor Transition Angle Default: 100.0
Enter the difference threshold between High and Low angle control to allow transition. Min/Max: 5.0/500.0
This setting is used for open-loop Interior Permanent Magnet motor control.
611 PM Lq Cmd BW Units: r/s RW Real 4.x 2
PM Motor Lq Command Bandwidth Default: 10.0
Enter the bandwidth for the Iq Feedback filter. This used to select the Active Q-axis Min/Max: 1.0/999.900024414062
Inductance for Permanent Magnet motor control.
612 PM Stc OfsTest K Default: 1.0 RW Real 5.x 2
PM Motor Static Offset Test Constant Min/Max: 0.1/9.0
Reduction factor for Static Offset test pulses.
613 c PM CEMF Vltg Units: V RO Real 4.x 2
PM CEMF Voltage -Calc Default: [Motor NP Volts] x 0.8
Displays the calculated value for the Counter Electro Motive Force displayed in line-line Min/Max: 0.00/400 [Motor NP Volts] x 1.5
rms of the Surface Mount or Interior Permanent Magnet motor.
614 u PM CEMF Vltg Units: V RW Real 4.x 2
PM CEMF Voltage -User Default: 0.00
Enter the value for the Counter Electro Motive Force displayed in line-line rms of the Min/Max: 0.00/400 [Motor NP Volts] x 1.5
Surface Mount or Interior Permanent Magnet motor.
619 c PM Stator Res Units: Ohms RO Real 4.x 2
PM Stator Resistance -Calc Default: 0.0000000
Displays the calculated value for the line-neutral stator resistance of the Surface Mount or Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
Interior Permanent Magnet motor.
620 u PM Stator Res Units: Ohms RW Real 4.x 2
PM Stator Resistance -User Default: 0.0000000
Enter the value for the line-neutral stator resistance of the Surface Mount or Interior Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
Permanent Magnet motor.
626 c PM Ld at 0 Units: mH RO Real 4.x 2
PM D Axis Inductance at 0 Cur -Calc Default: 0.0000000
Displays the calculated value for the line-neutral Ld at 0% Id of the Surface Mount or Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
Interior Permanent Magnet motor.
627 u PM Ld at 0 Units: mH RW Real 4.x 2
PM D Axis Inductance at 0 Cur -User Default: 0.0000000
Enter the value for the line-neutral Ld at 0% Id of the Surface Mount or Interior Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
Permanent Magnet motor.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 255

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 36 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

PM Mtr Config Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
628 c PM Ld at 100 Units: mH RO Real 4.x 2
PM D Axis Inductance at 100 Cur -Calc Default: 0.0000000
Displays the calculated value for the line-neutral Ld at 100% Id of the Surface Mount or Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
Interior Permanent Magnet motor.
629 u PM Ld at 100 Units: mH RW Real 4.x 2
PM D Axis Inductance at 100 Cur -User Default: 0.0000000
Enter the value for the line-neutral Ld at 100% Id of the Surface Mount or Interior Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
Permanent Magnet motor.
636 c PM Lq at 25 Units: mH RO Real 4.x 2
PM Q Axis Inductance at 25 Cur -Calc Default: 0.0000000
Displays the calculated value for the line-neutral Lq at 25% Iq of the Surface Mount or Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
Interior Permanent Magnet motor.
637 u PM Lq at 25 Units: mH RW Real 4.x 2
PM Q Axis Inductance at 25 Cur -User Default: 0.0000000
Enter the value for the line-neutral Lq at 25% Iq of the Surface Mount or Interior Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
Permanent Magnet motor.
638 c PM Lq at 50 Units: mH RO Real 4.x 2
PM Q Axis Inductance at 50 Cur -Calc Default: 0.0000000
Displays the calculated value for the line-neutral Lq at 50% Iq of the Surface Mount or Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
Interior Permanent Magnet motor.
639 u PM Lq at 50 Units: mH RW Real 4.x 2
PM Q Axis Inductance at 50 Cur -User Default: 0.0000000
Enter the value for the line-neutral Lq at 50% Iq of the Surface Mount or Interior Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
Permanent Magnet motor.
640 c PM Lq at 75 Units: mH RO Real 4.x 2
PM Q Axis Inductance at 75 Cur -Calc Default: 0.0000000
Displays the calculated value for the line-neutral Lq at 75% Iq of the Surface Mount or Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
Interior Permanent Magnet motor.
641 u PM Lq at 75 Units: mH RW Real 4.x 2
PM Q Axis Inductance at 75 Cur -User Default: 0.0000000
Enter the value for the line-neutral Lq at 75% Iq of the Surface Mount or Interior Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
Permanent Magnet motor.
642 c PM Lq at 100 Units: mH RO Real 4.x 2
PM Q Axis Inductance at 100 Cur -Calc Default: 0.0000000
Displays the calculated value for the line-neutral Lq at 100% Iq of the Surface Mount or Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
Interior Permanent Magnet motor.
643 u PM Lq at 100 Units: mH RW Real 4.x 2
PM Q Axis Inductance at 100 Cur -User Default: 0.0000000
Enter the value for the line-neutral Lq at 100% Iq of the Surface Mount or Interior Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
Permanent Magnet motor.
644 c PM Lq at 125 Units: mH RO Real 4.x 2
PM Q Axis Inductance at 125 Cur -Calc Default: 0.0000000
Displays the calculated value for the line-neutral Lq at 125% Iq of the surface mount or Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
interior permanent magnet motor.
645 u PM Lq at 125 Units: mH RW Real 4.x 2
PM Q Axis Inductance at 125 Cur -User Default: 0.0000000
Enter the value for the line-neutral Lq at 125% Iq of the Surface Mount or Interior Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
Permanent Magnet motor.

256 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 36 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

PM Mtr Config Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
646 c PM Lq at 150 Units: mH RO Real 4.x 2
PM Q Axis Inductance at 150 Cur -Calc Default: 0.0000000
Displays the calculated value for the line-neutral Lq at 150% Iq of the Surface Mount or Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
Interior Permanent Magnet motor.
647 u PM Lq at 150 Units: mH RW Real 4.x 2
PM Q Axis Inductance at 150 Cur -User Default: 0.0000000
Enter the value for the line-neutral Lq at 150% Iq of the Surface Mount or Interior Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
Permanent Magnet motor.
648 c PM Lq at 175 Units: mH RO Real 4.x 2
PM Q Axis Inductance at 175 Cur -Calc Default: 0.0000000
Displays the calculated value for the line-neutral Lq at 175% Iq of the Surface Mount or Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
Interior Permanent Magnet motor.
649 u PM Lq at 175 Units: mH RW Real 4.x 2
PM Q Axis Inductance at 175 Cur -User Default: 0.0000000
Enter the value for the line-neutral Lq at 175% Iq of the Surface Mount or Interior Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
Permanent Magnet motor.
650 c PM Lq at 200 Units: mH RO Real 4.x 2
PM Q Axis Inductance at 200 Cur -Calc Default: 0.0000000
Displays the calculated value for the line-neutral Lq at 200% Iq of the Surface Mount or Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
Interior Permanent Magnet motor.
651 u PM Lq at 200 Units: mH RW Real 4.x 2
PM Q Axis Inductance at 200 Cur -User Default: 0.0000000
Enter the value for the line-neutral Lq at 200% Iq of the Surface Mount or Interior Min/Max: 0.0000000/999990.0000000
Permanent Magnet motor.
684 IPM PriOfstCom Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 2
Interior PM Primary Comp Offset Min/Max: 0/512 Integer
Enter the value for the primary offset compensation in an Interior Permanent Magnet
motor.
688 IPM AltOfstCom Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 2
Interior PM Alternate Comp Offset Min/Max: 0/512 Integer
Enter the value for the alternate offset compensation in an Interior Permanent Magnet
motor.
691 PM Bus Prot Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 4.x 2
PM Motor Bus Protection Default: 60.00 Hz
Enter a value to set the maximum limit for parameter 10/11:699 [PM Vel Max]. 1800.00 RPM
The drive calculates this during Motor ID tests. The calculation uses measured Counter- Min/Max: 0.00/35400.00 RPM (Equivalent Hz)
Electro Magnetic Force (CEMF). The purpose is to protect the drive from over-voltage
conditions. These can occur when a PM motor is spinning too fast while the output
frequency is zero.
Do not change this unless you are using an external solution for CEMF protection. One
external solution is a ‘crowbar’ circuit.
693 PM Vq FF CEMF Units: % RW Real 4.x 2
PM Vq Feed Forward CEMF Default: 100.0
Enter a value to set how much of the Feed Forward voltage in the Vq reference is Min/Max: 0.0/100.0
determined by the CEMF component. Enter the value as a percentage.
694 PM Vq FF LdIdWe Units: % RW Real 4.x 2
PM Vq Feed Forward LdIdWe Default: 100.0
Enter a value to set how much of the Feed Forward voltage in the Vq reference is Min/Max: 0.0/100.0
determined by the (Ld x Id x we) component. Enter the value as a percentage.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 257

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 36 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

PM Mtr Config Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
695 PM Vd FF LqIqWe Units: % RW Real 4.x 2
PM Vd Feed Forward LdIdWe Default: 100.0
Enter a value to set how much of the Feed Forward voltage in the Vd reference is Min/Max: 0.0/100.0
determined by the (Lq x Iq x we) component. Enter the value as a percentage.
698 PM Max Cur Units: % RW Real 4.x 2
PM Motor Maximum Current Default: 200.0
Enter a value to set the current limit to prevent motor demagnetization. Min/Max: 0.0/400.0
699 PM Vel Max Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 4.x 2
PM Motor Maximum Velocity Default: 691 [PM Bus Prot]
Enter a value to set the maximum velocity of the PM motor. Min/Max: 0.00/691 [PM Bus Prot]
The purpose is to protect the drive from over-voltage conditions. These can occur when a
PM motor is spinning too fast while the output frequency is zero.
Parameter 10/11:691 [PM Bus Prot] limits the value of this parameter.
Do not change this unless you are using an external solution for CEMF protection. One
external solution is a ‘crowbar’ circuit.
702 PM TrqTrim Kp Default: 0.10 RW Real 4.x 2
PM Trq Trim Proportional Gain Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
Enter the value for the proportional gain of the Torque Trim function.
703 PM TrqTrim Ki Default: 1.00 RW Real 4.x 2
PM Motor Trq Trim Integral Gain Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
Enter the value for the integral gain of the Torque Trim function.
704 PM TrqTrim LLim Default: -0.20 RW Real 4.x 2
PM Motor Torque Trim Low Limit Min/Max: -2.00/0.00
Enter a value to set the low limit for Torque Trim function.
705 PM TrqTrim HLim Default: 0.20 RW Real 4.x 2
PM Motor Torque Trim High Limit Min/Max: 0.00/2.00
Enter a value to set the high limit for Torque Trim function.

258 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 37 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Id Compensation Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
770 IdComp Enble Default: 0 = ‘Disabled’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Id Compensation Enable Options: 0 = ‘Disabled’ Integer
Enter a value to enable or disable the Id Compensation function. 1 = ‘Enabled’
‘Disabled’ (0) – disables Id Compensation.
‘Enabled’ (1) – enables Id Compensation.
Id Compensation improves the smoothness of the torque output when the flux regulator
turns on and off. Id is current in the derivative axis (flux producing current).
This function adds compensation of different levels at different levels of torque producing
current. It allows for six regions of compensation in motoring and six in regeneration. Use
the following parameters to build a compensation curve where the X axis is torque
producing current and the Y axis is compensation.
This only affects operation when the motor control mode is Flux Vector.
771 IdComp Mtrng1 Default: 0.0000 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Motoring 1 Min/Max: -1.0000/+1.0000
Enter a value to set the level of Id compensation when Iq (torque producing current) is in
the first motoring region (between zero and the threshold specified in parameter 10/
11:772 [IdComp Mtrng1 Iq]).
The level of compensation in this region is:
Id compensation = [Id Comp Mtrng 1] x IqCmd (in p.u.)
772 IdComp Mtrng1 Iq Default: 0.2500 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Motoring 1 Iq Min/Max: 0.0000/5.0000
Enter a value to set the threshold for the top of the first motoring region.
The compensation level set by parameter 10/11:771 [IdComp Mtrng1] is applied when
torque producing current is between zero and this threshold.
773 IdComp Mtrng2 Default: 0.0000 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Motoring 2 Min/Max: -1.0000/+1.0000
Enter a value to set the level of Id compensation when Iq (torque producing current) is in
the second motoring region (between the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:772
[IdComp Mtrng1 Iq] and the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:774 [IdComp Mtrng2
Iq]).
The level of compensation in this region is:
Id compensation = [Id Comp Mtrng 2] x IqCmd (in p.u.)
774 IdComp Mtrng2 Iq Default: 0.5000 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Motoring 2 Iq Min/Max: 0.0000/5.0000
Enter a value to set the threshold for the top of the second motoring region.
The compensation level set by parameter 10/11:773 [IdComp Mtrng2] is applied when
torque producing current is between the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:772
[IdComp Mtrng1 Iq] and this threshold.
775 IdComp Mtrng3 Default: 0.0000 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Motoring 3 Min/Max: -1.0000/+1.0000
Enter a value to set the level of Id compensation when Iq (torque producing current) is in
the third motoring region (between the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:774
[IdComp Mtrng2 Iq] and the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:776 [IdComp Mtrng3
Iq]).
The level of compensation in this region is:
Id compensation = [Id Comp Mtrng 3] x IqCmd (in p.u.)
776 IdComp Mtrng3 Iq Default: 0.7500 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Motoring 3 Iq Min/Max: 0.0000/5.0000
Enter a value to set the threshold for the top of the third motoring region.
The compensation level set by parameter 10/11:775 [IdComp Mtrng3] is applied when
torque producing current is between the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:774
[IdComp Mtrng2 Iq] and this threshold.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 259

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 37 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Id Compensation Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
777 IdComp Mtrng4 Default: 0.0000 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Motoring 4 Min/Max: -1.0000/+1.0000
Enter a value to set the level of Id compensation when Iq (torque producing current) is in
the fourth motoring region (between the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:776
[IdComp Mtrng3 Iq] and the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:778 [IdComp Mtrng4
Iq]).
The level of compensation in this region is:
Id compensation = [Id Comp Mtrng 4] x IqCmd (in p.u.)
778 IdComp Mtrng4 Iq Default: 1.0000 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Motoring 4 Iq Min/Max: 0.0000/5.0000
Enter a value to set the threshold for the top of the fourth motoring region.
The compensation level set by parameter 10/11:777 [IdComp Mtrng4] is applied when
torque producing current is between the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:776
[IdComp Mtrng3 Iq] and this threshold.
779 IdComp Mtrng5 Default: 0.0000 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Motoring 5 Min/Max: -1.0000/+1.0000
Enter a value to set the level of Id compensation when Iq (torque producing current) is in
the fifth motoring region (between the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:778
[IdComp Mtrng4 Iq] and the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:780 [IdComp Mtrng5
Iq]).
The level of compensation in this region is:
Id compensation = [Id Comp Mtrng 5] x IqCmd (in p.u.)
780 IdComp Mtrng5 Iq Default: 1.2500 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Motoring 5 Iq Min/Max: 0.0000/5.0000
Enter a value to set the threshold for the top of the fifth motoring region.
The compensation level set by parameter 10/11:779 [IdComp Mtrng5] is applied when
torque producing current is between the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:778
[IdComp Mtrng4 Iq] and this threshold.
781 IdComp Mtrng6 Default: 0.0000 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Motoring 6 Min/Max: -1.0000/+1.0000
Enter a value to set the level of Id compensation when Iq (torque producing current) is in
the sixth motoring region (between the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:780
[IdComp Mtrng5 Iq] and the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:782 [IdComp Mtrng6
Iq]).
The level of compensation in this region is:
Id compensation = [Id Comp Mtrng 6] x IqCmd (in p.u.)
782 IdComp Mtrng6 Iq Default: 1.5000 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Motoring 6 Iq Min/Max: 0.0000/5.0000
Enter a value to set the threshold for the top of the sixth motoring region.
The compensation level set by parameter 10/11:781 [IdComp Mtrng6] is applied when
torque producing current is between the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:780
[IdComp Mtrng5 Iq] and this threshold.
791 IdComp Regen1 Default: 0.0000 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Regenerating 1 Min/Max: -1.0000/+1.0000
Enter a value to set the level of Id compensation when Iq (torque producing current) is in
the first regening region (between zero and the threshold specified in parameter 10/
11:792 [IdComp Regen1 Iq]).
The level of compensation in this region is:
Id compensation = [Id Comp Regen 1] x IqCmd (in p.u.)
792 IdComp Regen1 Iq Default: 0.2500 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Regenerating 1 Iq Min/Max: 0.0000/5.0000
Enter a value to set the threshold for the top of the first regening region.
The compensation level set by parameter 10/11:791 [IdComp Regen1] is applied when
torque producing current is between zero and this threshold.

260 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 37 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Id Compensation Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
793 IdComp Regen2 Default: 0.0000 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Regenerating 2 Min/Max: -1.0000/+1.0000
Enter a value to set the level of Id compensation when Iq (torque producing current) is in
the second regening region (between the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:792
[IdComp Regen1 Iq] and the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:794 [IdComp Regen2
Iq]).
The level of compensation in this region is:
Id compensation = [Id Comp Regen 2] x IqCmd (in p.u.)
794 IdComp Regen2 Iq Default: 0.5000 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Regenerating 2 Iq Min/Max: 0.0000/5.0000
Enter a value to set the threshold for the top of the second regening region.
The compensation level set by parameter 10/11:793 [IdComp Regen2] is applied when
torque producing current is between the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:792
[IdComp Regen1 Iq] and this threshold.
795 IdComp Regen3 Default: 0.0000 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Regenerating 3 Min/Max: -1.0000/+1.0000
Enter a value to set the level of Id compensation when Iq (torque producing current) is in
the third regening region (between the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:794
[IdComp Regen2 Iq] and the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:796 [IdComp Regen3
Iq]).
The level of compensation in this region is:
Id compensation = [Id Comp Regen 3] x IqCmd (in p.u.)
796 IdComp Regen3 Iq Default: 0.7500 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Regenerating 3 Iq Min/Max: 0.0000/5.0000
Enter a value to set the threshold for the top of the third regening region.
The compensation level set by parameter 10/11:795 [IdComp Regen3] is applied when
torque producing current is between the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:794
[IdComp Regen2 Iq] and this threshold.
797 IdComp Regen4 Default: 0.0000 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Regenerating 4 Min/Max: -1.0000/+1.0000
Enter a value to set the level of Id compensation when Iq (torque producing current) is in
the fourth regening region (between the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:796
[IdComp Regen3 Iq] and the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:798 [IdComp Regen4
Iq]).
The level of compensation in this region is:
Id compensation = [Id Comp Regen 4] x IqCmd (in p.u.)
798 IdComp Regen4 Iq Default: 1.0000 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Regenerating 4 Iq Min/Max: 0.0000/5.0000
Enter a value to set the threshold for the top of the fourth regening region.
The compensation level set by parameter 10/11:797 [IdComp Regen4] is applied when
torque producing current is between the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:796
[IdComp Regen3 Iq] and this threshold.
799 IdComp Regen5 Default: 0.0000 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Regenerating 5 Min/Max: -1.0000/+1.0000
Enter a value to set the level of Id compensation when Iq (torque producing current) is in
the fifth regening region (between the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:798
[IdComp Regen4 Iq] and the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:800 [IdComp Regen5
Iq]).
The level of compensation in this region is:
Id compensation = [Id Comp Regen 5] x IqCmd (in p.u.)

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 261

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 37 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Id Compensation Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
800 IdComp Regen5 Iq Default: 1.2500 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Regenerating 5 Iq Min/Max: 0.0000/5.0000
Enter a value to set the threshold for the top of the fifth regening region.
The compensation level set by parameter 10/11:799 [IdComp Regen5] is applied when
torque producing current is between the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:798
[IdComp Regen4 Iq] and this threshold.
801 IdComp Regen6 Default: 0.0000 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Regenerating 6 Min/Max: -1.0000/+1.0000
Enter a value to set the level of Id compensation when Iq (torque producing current) is in
the sixth regening region (between the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:800
[IdComp Regen5 Iq] and the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:802 [IdComp Regen6
Iq]).
The level of compensation in this region is:
Id compensation = [Id Comp Regen 6] x IqCmd (in p.u.)
802 IdComp Regen6 Iq Default: 1.5000 RW Real 1.x 2
Id Compensation Regenerating 6 Iq Min/Max: 0.0000/5.0000
Enter a value to set the threshold for the top of the sixth regening region.
The compensation level set by parameter 10/11:801 [IdComp Regen6] is applied when
torque producing current is between the threshold specified in parameter 10/11:800
[IdComp Regen5 Iq] and this threshold.

262 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 38 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Variable Boost Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
820 VB Config RW Bit 4.x 2
Variable Boost Configuration
Set and clear bits to configure and control the Variable Voltage Boost function.
This function allows the Volts per Hertz motor control mode to start loads with highly variable break away (starting) torque. It does this by adding Boost Voltage to the
output.

Minimum Freq
Options

Current Rate
Rising Edge

VB Enable
Flux Level
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘VB Enable’ – Set this bit to enable the Variable Voltage Boost function.
Bit 1 ‘Current Rate’ – Set this bit to enable a Current Rate trigger event. This uses the rate of change of motor current with respect to time (Current Rate) to trigger the
ramping down of the Boost Voltage. When many loads break away, the Current Rate falls. See parameters 10/11:835 [VB Cur Thresh] and 10/11:834 [VB Cur Hyst].
Bit 2 ‘Rising Edge’ – Set this bit to use the rising edge of the Current Rate, instead of the default falling edge. After some loads break away, the Current Rate begins to rise
again (after initially falling).
Bit 3 ‘Flux Level’ – Set this bit to enable a Flux Level trigger event. This uses the level of flux current to trigger the ramping down of the Boost Voltage. This detects an over-
flux condition and ramps down the Boost Voltage. See parameter 10/11:830 [VB Flux Thresh].
Bit 4 ‘Minimum Freq’ – Set this bit to enable a Minimum Frequency trigger event. This event ramps down the Boost Voltage when the output frequency falls below a
threshold. Decreasing output frequency can occur when the drive is facing a current limit. See parameter 10/11:829 [VB Freq Min].

10/11:3 [Output

10/11:825 [VB Maximum]

10/11:822 [VB Voltage]
10/11:820 [VB Config]
10/11:821 [VB Status]
10/11:823 [VB Time]
10/11:826 [VB Accel Rate]

10/11:480 [Start Acc Boost] 10/11:827 [VB Decel Rate]

Flux Level Trigger Point
10/11:824 [VB Minimum]
10/11:830 [VB Flux Thresh]
10/11:831 [VB Flux Lag Freq] 10/11:832 [VB Flux Cur Filt]
10/11:828 [VB Frequency] 10/11:403 [Motor NP RPM] /
10/11:1 [Output Frequency] 10/11:1915 [VRef Accel Time 1]
10/11:829 [VB Freq Min]
or 10/11:1916 [VRef Accel Time 2]
10/11:833 [VB Current Rate]
Time
10/11:835 [VB Cur Thresh]
10/11:834 [VB Current Hyst]
10/11:836 [VB Rate Lag Freq] Current Rate Trigger Point (Falling) Current Rate Trigger Point (Rising)

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 263

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 38 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Variable Boost Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
821 VB Status RO Bit 4.x 2
Variable Boost Status
Monitor status of the Variable Voltage Boost function by examining the bits in this parameter.

Freq Trigger
Flux Trigger
Current Trig

VB Enabled
Options

Max Boost
Hold Freq

Triggered
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

VB Timer
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘VB Enabled’ – This bit indicates when the Variable Voltage Boost function is enabled.
Bit 1 ‘VB Timer’ – This bit indicates when Variable Boost Time has expired. See parameter 10/11:823 [VB Time].
Bit 2 ‘Triggered’ – This bit indicates when a triggered function has occurred. See parameter 10/11:820 [VB Config].
Bit 3 ‘Current Trig’ – This bit indicates the Current Rate event has been triggered. See bit 1 ‘Current Rate’ of parameter 10/11:820 [VB Config]. Also, see parameters 10/
11:832 [VB Flux Cur Filt], 10/11:833 [VB Current Rate] and 10/11:834 [VB Current Hyst].
Bit 4 ‘Flux Trigger’ – This bit indicates the Flux Level event has been triggered. See bit 3 ‘Flux Level’ of parameter 10/11:820 [VB Config]. Also, see parameters 10/11:830 [VB
Flux Thresh], 10/11:831 [VB Flux Lag Freq] and 10/11:832 [VB Flux Cur Filt].
Bit 5 ‘Freq Trigger’ – This bit indicates the Minimum Frequency event has been triggered. See bit 4 ‘Minimum Freq’ of parameter 10/11:820 [VB Config]. Also, see
parameters 10/11:828 [VB Frequency] and 10/11:829 [VB Freq Min].
Bit 6 ‘Max Boost’ – This bit indicates the Boost Voltage has reached the maximum and the Max Boost event has been triggered. See parameter 10/11:825 [VB Maximum].
Bit 7 ‘Hold Freq’ – This bit indicates the Variable Voltage Boost function his holding the output frequency. See parameter 10/11:828 [VB Frequency].
822 VB Voltage Units: VAC RO Real 4.x 2
Variable Boost Voltage Default: 0.0
Displays the Boost Voltage output of the Variable Voltage Boost function. Min/Max: 0.0/460.0
823 VB Time Units: s RW Real 4.x 2
Variable Boost Time Default: 1.0
Enter a value to set the time during which events cannot trigger. Min/Max: 0.0/100.0
The time starts when the drive enters the run state. It ends after this amount of time
expires. This affects Current Rate, Flux and Minimum Frequency events. These events
cannot trigger until this time expires. This does not affect Max Boost events.
824 VB Minimum Units: VAC RW Real 4.x 2
Variable Boost Minimum Default: 2.0
Enter a value to set the minimum Boost Voltage level for the Variable Voltage Boost Min/Max: 0.0/10.0
function.
The function does not produce a Boost Voltage output that is less than this value. When it
ramps down, it ramps to this value.
825 VB Maximum Units: VAC RW Real 4.x 2
Variable Boost Maximum Default: 10.0
Enter a value to set the maximum Boost Voltage level for the Variable Voltage Boost Min/Max: 0.0/115.0
function.
The function does not produce a Boost Voltage output that is greater than this value.
When it ramps up and reaches this value, it triggers a Max Boost event. Then it ramps
down to the Minimum Boost Value.
826 VB Accel Rate Units: V/s RW Real 4.x 2
Variable Boost Acceleration Rate Default: 0.75
Enter a value to set the rate at which Boost Voltage increases when the function is Min/Max: 0.01/327.67
ramping up.
827 VB Decel Rate Units: V/s RW Real 4.x 2
Variable Boost Deceleration Rate Default: 6.00
Enter a value to set the rate at which Boost Voltage decreases when the function is Min/Max: 0.01/327.67
ramping down.

264 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 38 - Port 10/11: Electrical File

Variable Boost Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
828 VB Frequency Units: Hz RW Real 4.x 2
Variable Boost Frequency Default: 0.8
Enter a value to set the initial frequency reference for the Variable Voltage Boost function. Min/Max: 0.5/10.0
829 VB Freq Min Units: Hz RW Real 4.x 2
Variable Boost Frequency Minimum Default: 0.5
Enter a value to set the frequency threshold for the Min Frequency trigger event. If output Min/Max: 0.1/10.0
frequency falls below this threshold, the event can trigger (if enabled).
830 VB Flux Thresh Units: A RW Real 4.x 2
Variable Boost Flux Threshold Default: 38.5
Enter a value to set the threshold for a Flux Level trigger event. If calculated flux current Min/Max: 0.0/77.0
exceeds this threshold, the event can trigger (if enabled).
831 VB Flux Lag Freq Units: r/s RW Real 4.x 2
Variable Boost Flux Lag Frequency Default: 0.60
Enter a value to set the lag (cutoff) frequency of the low pass filter for calculated flux Min/Max: 0.01/100.00
current. The output of this filter is used to trigger the Flux Level event.
832 VB Flux Cur Filt Units: A RO Real 4.x 2
Variable Boost Flux Current Filtered Default: 0.0
Displays the filtered flux current signal used to trigger the Flux Level event. Min/Max: 0.0/1480.0
833 VB Current Rate Units: A/s RO Real 4.x 2
Variable Boost Current Rate Default: 0.0
Displays the filtered rate of change of motor current with respect to time (Current Rate). Min/Max: -1000.0/+1000.0
The function use this signal to trigger the Current Rate event. It compares this signal to
the threshold value in parameter 10/11:835 [VB Cur Thresh].
834 VB Current Hyst Default: 0.0 RW Real 4.x 2
Variable Boost Current Hysteresis Level Min/Max: -100.0/+100.0
Enter a value to set the Hysteresis Level on the trigger for the Current Rate event. Higher
hysteresis levels reduce the responsiveness of the trigger. They can be used to avoid
unwanted rapid switching.
835 VB Cur Thresh Default: -25.0 RW Real 4.x 2
Variable Boost Current Threshold Min/Max: -100.0/+100.0
Enter a value to set the threshold for the Current Rate event. The function uses the Current
Rate signal and this threshold along with the hysteresis level to trigger the Current Rate
event (if enabled).
For Falling Edge (Bit 2 ‘Rising Edge’ of parameter 10/11:820 [VB Config] = 0), the Current
Rate signal must pass through 10/11:833 [VB Cur Thresh] + 10/11:834 [VB Current Hyst].
For Rising Edge (Bit 2 ‘Rising Edge’ of parameter 10/11:820 [VB Config] = 1), the Current
Rate signal must pass through 10/11:833 [VB Cur Thresh] - 10/11:834 [VB Current Hyst].
836 VB Rate Lag Freq Units: r/s RW Real 4.x 2
Variable Boost Rate Lag Frequency Default: 2.59
Enter a value to set the lag (cutoff) frequency of the low pass filter for Current Rate. The Min/Max: 0.01/100.00
output of this filter is the Current Rate. See parameter 10/11:833 [Current Rate].

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 265

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 39 - Port 10/11: System File

System Tuning Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
900 Motor Inertia Units: kgm2 RW Real 1.x 1
Motor Inertia Default: Based on frame size
Enter the Motor Inertia Min/Max: 0.000001/2000.000000
Enter the motor inertia. Four ways are given in order from most to least effective.
1. Enter a value from the motor nameplate or datasheet in units of (kg x m2).
Divide (lb x ft2) or (WK2) by 23.73 to convert to (kg x m2).
2. Run 10/11:910 [Autotune] = 4 ‘InertiaMotor’ or 7 ‘JMtr BW Calc’ with the load
disconnected to dynamically measure motor inertia. This is only an option if the load can
be disconnected to run the test.
3. If data is not available or a motor inertia test is not possible, use the following equation
to roughly approximate 10/11:900 [Motor Inertia] based on motor nameplate
horsepower (HP): Jm = HP/250 x (HP/500 + 1). Multiply kW by 1.341 to convert to HP.
4. The default value is based on a motor power rating that is equal to the drive power
rating.
901 Load Ratio Default: 0.00 RW Real 1.x 1
Load Ratio Min/Max: 0.00/100000.00
Enter the ratio of load inertia divided by motor inertia.
This value is used to compensate for the effects of inertia and calculate the position and
velocity loop gains.
Three ways are given in order from most to least effective.
1. Use a value of zero when the load is unknown or compliant.
2. Enter a value in (kg x m2) from your own calculations based on knowledge of the
mechanical design. For a changing inertia, enter the lowest value. A load ratio R > 0
initiates Autotune gain calculations that work well on rigid loads.
3. Run 10/11:910 [Autotune] = 5 ‘InertiaTotal’ or 8 ‘JtotalBWCalc’ with the load
connected to dynamically measure total inertia and load ratio. This is only an option if
motion can be initiated to rotate the load during the test. Furthermore, this calculation
assumes 10/11:900 [Motor Inertia] is accurate. If you get an error resulting from a
negative load ratio, the motor inertia is incorrect and must be reduced. Where possible,
perform the Autotune at the mechanical point of lowest inertia. This test works for rigid
loads only.
902 Load Coupling Default: 1 = ‘Compliant’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Load Coupling Options: 0 = ‘Rigid’ Integer
Select the type of mechanical coupling between the motor and load. 1 = ‘Compliant’
This value is used to calculate the position and velocity regulator gains.
‘Rigid’ (0) is when the load consists of few mechanical components with direct
connection to the motor shaft. The components are high performance, have no flex or
twist, and position misalignment is not likely to occur.
‘Compliant’ (1) is when position misalignment, backlash, and flexing of couplings,
gearboxes, belts, and shafts can occur which creates an indirect connection of the load to
the motor shaft.
905 System C/U Sel Default: 0 = ‘Calculated’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
System Calc/User Entered Select Options: 0 = ‘Calculated’ Integer
Select whether Calculated values or User Entered values are applied to the position and 1 = ‘User Entered’
velocity regulator gains, load observer gains, velocity feedback low pass filter bandwidth, 2 = ‘LoadCalcData’
torque low pass filter bandwidth, acceleration feed forward gain, and velocity
compensation gain.
Calculated values are determined by equations in the drive based on motor nameplate
parameters and the results of Autotune tests.
‘Calculated’ (0) – selects the Calculated ‘c’ values.
‘User Entered’ (1) – selects the User Entered ‘u’ values.
‘LoadCalcData’ (2) – copies the Calculated ‘c’ values into the parameter for the User
Entered ‘u’ values. This is useful for starting with the Calculated values and then adjusting
them. After performing the copy, this switch will revert to position 1 ‘User Entered’.

266 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 39 - Port 10/11: System File

System Tuning Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
906 System BW Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
System Bandwidth Default: 2.00
Enter the system bandwidth of the velocity regulator in units of Hz. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
This value is used to generate Calculated values the position and velocity regulator gains,
load observer gains, and torque low pass filter bandwidth.
This value is calculated by the Bandwidth Calculation modes of the Autotune function.
See parameter 10/11:910 [Autotune]. These modes apply calculations based on motor
control mode, current loop bandwidth, system damping, load ratio, load coupling,
number of motor poles, and encoder resolution.
This value only affects the calculated regulator gains, which are used when parameter 10/
11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 0 ‘Calculated’.
907 System Damping Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
System Damping Default: 1.0000
Enter the system damping factor for the position and velocity regulators. Min/Max: 0.4000/5.0000
This value affects the spacing between regulators as well as the spacing between each
integral with respect to its corresponding proportional gain.
The default value of 1.0 generates a critically damped response. Lowering the damping
increases responsiveness but makes the response more oscillatory. Increasing the
damping decreases responsiveness but makes the response smoother.
This value only affects the calculated regulator gains, which are used when parameter 10/
11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 0 ‘Calculated’.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 267

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 39 - Port 10/11: System File

System Tuning Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
910 Autotune Default: 0 = ‘Ready’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Autotune Options: 0 = ‘Ready’ Integer
Select the task for the Autotune function to perform. 1 = ‘Direction’
‘Ready’ (0) – Indicates that the Autotune function is available. 2 = ‘Static MtrID’
‘Direction’ (1) – Enables the Autotune function to perform the Direction Test. After 3 = ‘Rotate MtrID’
selecting this value, you must issue a Start command to begin the test. 4 = ‘InertiaMotor’
‘Static MtrID’ (2) – Enables the Autotune function to perform the Static Motor ID Test. 5 = ‘InertiaTotal’
After selecting this value, you must issue a Start command to begin the test. 6 = ‘BW Calc’
‘Rotate MtrID’ (3) – Enables the Autotune function to perform the Rotating Motor ID Test. 7 = ‘JMtr BW Calc’
After selecting this value, you must issue a Start command to begin the test.
8 = ‘JTotalBWCalc’
‘InertiaMotor’ (4) – Enables the Autotune function to perform the Motor Inertia Test.
After selecting this value, you must issue a Start command to begin the test. Perform this
test with the load uncoupled from the motor. Otherwise, it produces incorrect results. This
test measures motor inertia and updates 10/11:900 [Motor Inertia] with the measured
value. Also, 10/11:901 [Load Ratio] is set to zero.
‘InertiaTotal’ (5) – Enables the Autotune function to perform the Total Inertia Test. After
selecting this value, you must issue a Start command to begin the test. Perform this test
with the load coupled to the motor. Otherwise, it produces incorrect results. This test
initiates momentary rotation of the motor and load to measure total inertia and calculate
10/11:901 [Load Ratio]. The calculation assumes 10/11:900 [Motor Inertia] is accurate.
When possible, perform Autotune at the point of lowest mechanical inertia on variable
inertia loads, such as winders. If you get an error that results from a negative load ratio,
the motor inertia is incorrect and must be reduced.
‘BW Calc’ (6) – Enables the Autotune function to perform bandwidth calculations.
‘JMtr BW Calc’ (7) – Enables the Autotune function to perform the Motor Inertia Test, and
then perform the bandwidth calculations. After selecting this value, you must issue a
Start command to begin the test. Perform this test with the load uncoupled from the
motor. Otherwise, it produces incorrect results. This test measures motor inertia and
updates 10/11:900 [Motor Inertia] with the measured value. Also, 10/11:901 [Load Ratio]
is set to zero. After the test is complete the Autotune function performs bandwidth
calculations.
‘JTotalBWCalc’ (8) – Enables the Autotune function to perform the Total Inertia Test, and
then perform the bandwidth calculations. After selecting this value, you must issue a
Start command to begin the test. Perform this test with the load coupled to the motor.
Otherwise, it produces incorrect results. This test initiates momentary rotation of the
motor and load to measure total inertia and calculate 10/11:901 [Load Ratio]. The
calculation assumes 10/11:900 [Motor Inertia] is accurate. When possible, perform
Autotune at the point of lowest mechanical inertia on variable inertia loads, such as
winders. If you get an error that results from a negative load ratio, the motor inertia is
incorrect and must be reduced. After the test is complete the Autotune function performs
bandwidth calculations.
Not all options are available for all motor control modes.
911 Autotune Psn Lim Units: Revs RW Real 1.x 1
Autotune Position Limit Default: 0.0
Enter a value to set the maximum number of revolutions the motor rotates during the Min/Max: 0.0/65535.0
inertia tests. When the value is zero, the limit is not active.
912 Autotune Vel Lim Units: % RW Real 4.x 1
Autotune Velocity Limit Default: 50.00/75.00
Enter a value to limit the velocity during rotate and inertia tests. Min/Max: 25.00/100.00
913 Autotune Trq Lim Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Autotune Torque Limit Default: 50.00
Enter a value to set the torque limit used during rotate and inertia tests. Min/Max: 0.00/200.00

268 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 40 - Port 10/11: System File

System Ref Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
930 Direction Mode Default: 0 = ‘Unipolar’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Direction Mode Min/Max: 0 = ‘Unipolar’ Integer
Enter a value to select the method used to change direction: 1 = ‘Bipolar’
’Unipolar’ (0) – selects a mode where the Velocity reference is always positive. Reverse 2 = ‘Rev Disable’
rotation can be obtained by changing the Direction command.
’Bipolar’ (1) – selects a mode where the Velocity reference can be negative and positive.
Reverse rotation can be obtained by using negative values.
’Rev Disable’ (2) – selects a mode where reverse rotation is not possible.

ATTENTION: The Bipolar Direction Mode can cause unexpected direction changes. Equipment damage and/or personal
injury can result if this parameter is used in an inappropriate application. Do Not use this function without considering all
applicable local, national, and international codes standards, regulations, or industry guidelines.

931 Ref Move Type Default: 0 = ‘LinScurve’ RW 32-bit 4.x 2

Reference Move Type Min/Max: 0 = ‘LinScurve’ Integer
Select the move type used for generating position and velocity reference commands. 1 = ‘SineSquared’
‘LinScurve’ (0) – Selects the Linear move type with optional S-curve smoothing. This is 2 = ‘Poly5’
the LinScurve move type used in 750-Series drives. 3 = ‘Cubic’
‘SineSquared’ (1) – Selects the Sine Squared move type. This produces the smoothest
possible motion to reduce mechanical wear and improve energy efficiency.
‘Poly5’ (2) – Selects the Fifth Order Polynomial move type. This produces smooth motion,
but trades some smoothness at the beginning and end of each move for lower peak
dynamics.
‘Cubic’ (3) – Selects the Cubic move type. This is similar to 100% S-curve, but (unlike
LinScurve) it can be adjusted by 10/11:932 [RefEnergyBalance] through 10/11:941 [Ref
Fault Config].
932 RefEnergyBalance Default: 1.000 RW Real 4.x 2
Reference Energy Balance Min/Max: 0.500/1.500
Enter a skew factor applied to position and velocity reference commands that shifts the
acceleration and deceleration peaks forward or backward in time. A lower value allows
the acceleration peak to occur at lower velocity for saving energy. A higher value allows
the acceleration peak to occur at higher velocity for more aggressive moves. The
deceleration peak mirrors the acceleration peak.
933 Ref Time Base Default: 0 = ‘Rate’ RW 32-bit 4.x 2
Reference Time Base Min/Max: 0 = ‘Rate’ Integer
Select how acceleration and deceleration times are calculated for position and velocity 1 = ‘Time’
reference commands.
‘Rate’ (0) – Calculates acceleration and deceleration rates equivalent to LinScurve
behavior.
‘Time’ (1) – 10/11:934 [Ref Accel Time] and 10/11:935 [Ref Decel Time] are applied
directly as acceleration and deceleration times.
This value only affects commands that are generated when 10/11:931 [Ref Move Type] =
1 ‘SineSquared’, 2 ‘Poly5’, or 3 ‘Cubic’.
934 Ref Accel Time Units: s RW Real 4.x 2
Reference Acceleration Time Default: 10.000
Enter the acceleration time that is directly applied to position and velocity reference Min/Max: 0.000/3600.000
commands when 10/11:933 [Ref Time Base] = 1 ‘Time’.
This value only affects commands that are generated when 10/11:931 [Ref Move Type] =
1 ‘SineSquared’, 2 ‘Poly5’, or 3 ‘Cubic’.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 269

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 40 - Port 10/11: System File

System Ref Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
935 Ref Decel Time Units: s RW Real 4.x 2
Reference Deceleration Time Default: 10.000
Enter the deceleration time that is directly applied to position and velocity reference Min/Max: 0.000/3600.000
commands when 10/11:933 [Ref Time Base] = 1 ‘Time’.
This value only affects commands that are generated when 10/11:931 [Ref Move Type] =
1 ‘SineSquared’, 2 ‘Poly5’, or 3 ‘Cubic’.
936 Ref Max Accel Units: R/s2 RW Real 4.x 2
Maximum Acceleration Default: Depends on factory set duty rating.
Enter the maximum acceleration limit for position and velocity reference commands. Min/Max: 0.000/100000.000
This value only affects commands that are generated when 10/11:931 [Ref Move Type] =
1 ‘SineSquared’, 2 ‘Poly5’, or 3 ‘Cubic’.
937 Ref Max Decel Units: R/s2 RW Real 4.x 2
Maximum Deceleration Default: Depends on factory set duty rating.
Enter the maximum deceleration limit for position and velocity reference commands. Min/Max: 0.000/100000.000
This value only affects commands that are generated when 10/11:931 [Ref Move Type] =
1 ‘SineSquared’, 2 ‘Poly5’, or 3 ‘Cubic’.
938 Ref Max AccJerk Units: R/s3 RW Real 4.x 2
Maximum Acceleration Jerk Default: Depends on factory set duty rating.
Enter the maximum jerk limit during acceleration for velocity reference commands. It is Min/Max: 0.000/5000000.000
the change of acceleration with respect to time.
This value only affects commands that are generated when 10/11:931 [Ref Move Type] =
1 ‘SineSquared’, 2 ‘Poly5’, or 3 ‘Cubic’.
939 Ref Max DecJerk Units: R/s3 RW Real 4.x 2
Maximum Deceleration Jerk Default: Depends on factory set duty rating.
Enter the maximum jerk limit during deceleration for velocity reference commands. It is Min/Max: 0.000/5000000.000
the change of deceleration with respect to time.
This value only affects commands that are generated when 10/11:931 [Ref Move Type] =
1 ‘SineSquared’, 2 ‘Poly5’, or 3 ‘Cubic’.
941 Ref Fault Config Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 4.x 2
Reference Fault Configuration Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the drive action for position and velocity reference commands when 10/11:1410 1 = ‘Alarm’
[PTP Move Status], bit 4 ‘Move Failed’ = 1 or 10/11:1938 [VRef Move Status], bit 4 ‘Move 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
Failed’ = 1. 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken 4 = ‘Flt CL Stop’
‘Alarm’ (1) – A Type 1 Alarm is indicated
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – A minor fault is indicated. The drive continues to run if it is currently
running.
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – A major fault indicated. The drive coasts to a stop if it currently
running.
‘Flt CL Stop’ (4) – A major fault indicated. The drive does a current limit to a stop if it
currently running.
This value only affects commands that are generated when 10/11:931 [Ref Move Type] =
1 ‘SineSquared’, 2 ‘Poly5’, or 3 ‘Cubic’.
942 Ref NF1 Freq Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 2
Command Notch Filter Frequency Default: 0.00
Enter the center frequency of the first reference notch filter in units of Hz. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
This value is active and displayed in parameter 10/11:954 [Ref NF1 Freq Act] when
parameter 10/11:966 [Crane Length 1] is set to 0. This value is not active when parameter
10/11:966 [Crane Length 1] is greater than 0. Instead the Automatic Ant-Sway feature
calculates and displays an active value in parameter 10/11:954 [Ref NF1 Freq Act].

270 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 40 - Port 10/11: System File

System Ref Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
943 Ref NF1 Width Default: 0.707 RW Real 1.x 2
Command Notch Filter Width Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
Enter the width of the first reference notch filter around the center frequency.
This value determines the denominator damping of its second order transfer function.
A typical value of 0.4 produces a narrow width and a value of 1.0 produces a wide width.
944 Ref NF1 Depth Default: 0.000 RW Real 1.x 2
Command Notch Filter Depth Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
Enter the depth of the first reference notch filter at the center frequency.
This value determines attenuation level and the numerator damping of its second order
transfer function.
The minimum depth occurs when this value is the same value as the width, turning the
filter off. The maximum depth occurs when this value is zero.
This value is active and displayed in parameter 10/11:956 [Ref NF1 Depth Act] when
parameter 10/11:966 [Crane Length 1] is set to 0. This value is not active when parameter
10/11:966 [Crane Length 1] is greater than 0. Instead the Automatic Ant-Sway feature
calculates and displays an active value in parameter 10/11:956 [Ref NF1 Depth Act].
945 Ref NF1 Gain Default: 1.00 RW Real 1.x 2
Command Notch Filter Gain Min/Max: -20.00/+20.00
Enter the gain of the first reference notch filter.
This value sets the mode of the filter and gain of its second order transfer function.
For a notch filter, enter a value of 1.
For a second order low pass filter, enter a value of 0.
For a second order lag-lead filter, enter a value between 0 and 1.
For a second order lead-lag filter, enter a value greater than 1.
This value is active and displayed in parameter 10/11:957 [Ref NF1 Gain Act] when
parameter 10/11:966 [Crane Length 1] is set to 0. This value is not active when parameter
10/11:966 [Crane Length 1] is greater than 0. Instead the Automatic Ant-Sway feature
calculates and displays an active value in parameter 10/11:957 [Ref NF1 Gain Act].
948 Ref NF2 Freq Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 2
Command Notch Filter 2 Frequency Default: 0.00
Enter the center frequency of the second reference notch filter in units of Hz. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
949 Ref NF2 Width Default: 0.707 RW Real 1.x 2
Command Notch Filter 2 Width Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
Enter the width of the second reference notch filter around the center frequency.
This value determines the denominator damping of its second order transfer function.
A typical value of 0.4 produces a narrow width and a value of 1.0 produces a wide width.
950 Ref NF2 Depth Default: 0.000 RW Real 1.x 2
Command Notch Filter 2 Depth Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
Enter the depth of the second reference notch filter at the center frequency.
This value determines attenuation level and the numerator damping of its second order
transfer function.
The minimum depth occurs when this value is the same value as the width, turning the
filter off. The maximum depth occurs when this value is zero.
951 Ref NF2 Gain Default: 1.00 RW Real 1.x 2
Command Notch Filter 2 Gain Min/Max: -20.00/+20.00
Enter the gain of the second reference notch filter.
This value sets the mode of the filter and gain of its second order transfer function.
For a notch filter, enter a value of 1.
For a second order low pass filter, enter a value of 0.
For a second order lag-lead filter, enter a value between 0 and 1.
For a second order lead-lag filter, enter a value greater than 1.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 271

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 40 - Port 10/11: System File

System Ref Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
954 Ref NF1 Freq Act Units: Hz RO Real 6.x 2
Reference Notch Filter Frequency Active Default: 0.000
Displays the active center frequency of the first reference notch filter. The value entered in Min/Max: 0.000/32767.000
parameter 10/11:942 [Ref NF1 Freq] is applied when parameter 10/11:966 [Crane Length
1] is set to 0. However, when parameter 10/11:966 [Crane Length 1] is greater than 0, the
Automatic Anti-Sway feature calculates this value.
956 RefNF1 Depth Act Default: 0.000 RO Real 6.x 2
Reference Notch Filter Depth Active Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
Displays the active depth of the first reference notch filter. The value entered in parameter
10/11:944 [Ref NF1 Depth] is applied when parameter 10/11:966 [Crane Length 1] is set
to 0. However, when parameter 10/11:966 [Crane Length 1] is greater than 0, the
Automatic Anti-Sway feature calculates this value.
957 Ref NF1 Gain Act Default: 1.00 RO Real 6.x 2
Reference Notch Filter Gain Active Min/Max: -20.00/+20.00
Displays the active gain of the first reference notch filter. The value entered in parameter
10/11:945 [Ref NF1 Gain] is applied when parameter 10/11:966 [Crane Length 1] is set to
0. However, when 10/11:966 [Crane Length 1] is greater than 0, the Automatic Anti-Sway
feature calculates this value.
966 Crane Length 1 Units: m RW Real 6.x 2
Crane Length 1 Default: 0.00
Enter cable length (L1) of the hoist in units of meters. Min/Max: 0.00/1000.00
A nonzero value enables the Automatic Anti-Sway Frequency Calculation feature. A zero
value disables the feature.
The feature uses this value to calculate active center frequency of the first reference notch
filter. It places the result in parameter 10/11:954 [Ref NF1 Freq Act].
It uses the pendulum equation (where L = L1 shown in the figure).
1
f sway = ------ --g-
2 L
The feature also configures the active depth and gain of the first reference notch filter. It
sets the value of parameter 10/11:956 [Ref NF1 Depth Act] to 0 and the value of
parameter 10/11:957 [Ref NF1 Gain Act] to 1.
Use this feature for single cable crane/hoist systems.
Motion

L1

Load

272 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 41 - Port 10/11: Feedback File

Feedback Config Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1000 Pri Vel Fb Sel Default: 101048 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Feedback 1 Velocity Select Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
Select a feedback channel to be the primary source of motor position and velocity
feedback.
Select the port and parameter of the feedback channel.
This becomes the source for parameters 10/11:1044 [Motor Vel Fb] and 10/11:1042 [Vel
Fb Active] when is operating without an ‘Automatic Tach Switchover’.
1001 Vel Fb Taps Units: Taps RW 8-bit 1.x 1
Feedback 1 Velocity Filter Taps Default: 3 Integer
Enter the number of taps for the Finite Impulse Response (FIR) filter acting on the primary Min/Max: 0/7
velocity feedback channel.
The feedback device is selected by parameter 10/11:1000 [Pri Vel Fdbk Sel].
This is a simple discrete difference FIR filter used to reduce the effect of noise in the
velocity feedback signal.
Enter a value of zero to eliminates all phase delay. Enter lower values to provide higher
filter bandwidths. Enter higher values to increase the noise filtering, but also increase the
phase delay.
1002 c Vel Fb LPF BW Units: Hz RO Real 1.x 1
Feedback 1 Velocity Filter BW -Calc Default: 159.00
Displays the calculated value of the velocity feedback low pass filter bandwidth. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
This value is applied when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 0 ‘Calculated’.
This value determines the amount of filtering applied to the primary velocity feedback
channel and is only active in Flux Vector motor control modes.
1003 u Vel Fb LPF BW Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
Feedback 1 Velocity Filter BW -User Default: 159.00
Enter the velocity feedback low pass filter bandwidth in units of Hz. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
This value is applied when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 1 ‘User Entered’.
This value determines the amount of filtering applied to the primary velocity feedback
channel and is only active in Flux Vector motor control modes.
1004 c Vel Fb LPF Gn Default: 0.00 RO Real 4.x 1
Feedback 1 Velocity Filter Gain -Calc Min/Max: -20.00/+20.00
Displays the calculated value of the velocity feedback low pass filter gain.
This value is applied when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to ‘Calculated’.
This value determines the amount of filtering applied to the primary velocity feedback
channel and is only active in Flux Vector motor control modes.
1005 u Vel Fb LPF Gn Default: 0.00 RW Real 4.x 1
Feedback 1 Velocity Filter Gain -User Min/Max: -20.00/+20.00
Enter the velocity feedback low pass filter gain.
This value sets the mode of the filter and gain of its first order transfer function.
Entering a value of 1 turns the filter off.
For a low pass filter, enter a value of 0.
For a lag-lead filter, enter a value between 0 and 1.
For a lead-lag filter, enter a value greater than 1.
This value is applied when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to ‘User Entered’.
This value determines the amount of filtering applied to the primary velocity feedback
channel and is only active in Flux Vector motor control modes.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 273

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 41 - Port 10/11: Feedback File

Feedback Config Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1006 Alt Vel Fb Sel Default: 101048 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Feedback 3 Velocity Select Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
Select a feedback channel to be the alternate source of motor position and velocity
feedback.
Select the port and parameter of the feedback channel.
This becomes the source for parameters 10/11:1044 [Motor Vel Fb] and 10/11:1042 [Vel
Fb Active] when an ‘Automatic Tach Switchover’ has occurred.
1007 Alt Vel Fb Taps Units: Taps RW 8-bit 1.x 1
Feedback 3 Velocity Filter Taps Default: 3 Integer
Enter the number of taps for the Finite Impulse Response (FIR) filter acting on the Min/Max: 0/7
alternate velocity feedback channel.
The feedback device is selected by parameter 10/11:1006 [Alt Vel Fdbk Sel].
This is a simple discrete difference FIR filter used to reduce the effect of noise in the
velocity feedback signal.
Enter a value of zero to eliminates all phase delay. Enter lower values to provide higher
filter bandwidths. Enter higher values to increase the noise filtering, but also increase the
phase delay.
1008 c AltVelFbLPF BW Units: Hz RO Real 1.x 1
Feedback 3 Velocity Filter BW -Calc Default: 159.00
Displays the calculated value of the alternate velcoity feedback low pass filter bandwidth. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
This value is applied when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 0 ‘Calculated’.
This value determines the amount of filtering applied to the alternate velocity feedback
channel and is only active in Flux Vector motor control modes.
1009 u AltVelFbLPF BW Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
Feedback 3 Velocity Filter BW -User Default: 159.00
Enter the alternate velocity feedback low pass filter bandwidth in units of Hz. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
This value is applied when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 1 ‘User Entered’.
This value determines the amount of filtering applied to the alternate velocity feedback
channel and is only active in Flux Vector motor control modes.
1010 Alt Fb GnScale Default: 1.00 RW Real 1.x 1
Alternate Feedback Gain Scaling Factor Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
Enter a value to internally scale system bandwidth when the Alternate Feedback is active.
This value is multiplied by system bandwidth to generate Calculated values the position
and velocity regulator gains, load observer gains, and torque low pass filter bandwidth.
This value is calculated by the Bandwidth Calculation modes of the Autotune function.
See parameter 10/11:910 [Autotune]. These modes apply calculations based on motor
control mode, current loop bandwidth, system damping, load ratio, load coupling,
number of motor poles, and encoder resolution.
This value only affects the calculated regulator gains, which are used when parameter 10/
11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 0 ‘Calculated’.
1012 Alt PReg Fb Sel Default: 101050 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
Alternate Position Regulator Fdbk Select Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
Select an alternate feedback channel to be the source of motor position for the Position
Regulator. Select the port and parameter of the feedback channel. Selected position is
displayed in parameter 10/11:1770 [Alt Position Fb]. After a feedback loss switchover or if
‘Alt Only’ selected, the Alt Psn Feedback becomes the source for parameter 10/11:1746
[Position Fb].
1013 PReg Fb Sel Default: 101050 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Position Regulator Feedback Select Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
Select a feedback channel to be the source of motor position for the Position regulator.
Select the port and parameter of the feedback channel.
This becomes the source for parameter 10/11:1746 [Position Fb].

274 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 41 - Port 10/11: Feedback File

Feedback Config Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1014 Load Psn Fb Sel Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Load Position Feedback Select Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
Select a feedback channel to be the source of load position.
Select the port and parameter of the feedback channel.
This becomes the source for the feedback signal that feeds the Load to Motor Gear Ratio
function.
1015 Load Psn Fb Mult Default: 1 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Load Position Feedback Multiplier Min/Max: -1000000/+1000000 Integer
Enter a value to set the numerator of the Load to Motor Gear Ratio function.
The numerator is multiplied by the load feedback from 10/11:1014 [Load Psn Fb Sel]. The
result is divided by parameter 10/11:1016 [Load Psn Fb Div]. The final signal is an
accurate feedback of load position that compensates for the gearbox between the motor
and the load.
It is often necessary to count gear teeth, as gearbox manufacturers often approximate
exact ratios with decimal numbers. Enter a negative value in the numerator to account for
reversed motor rotation.
1016 Load Psn Fb Div Default: 1 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Load Position Feedback Divider Min/Max: 1/2000000 Integer
Enter a value to set the denominator of the Load to Motor Gear Ratio function.
1017 Virtual EncDelay Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Virtual Encoder Delay Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483624 Integer
Displays the output of the Virtual Position Encoder, but delayed by one sample scan delay
(1000 μs).
This is useful in systems with multiple drives where it necessary to synchronize the Master
drive and Follower drives. The Master drive uses this delayed signal for its position
reference. The Follower drives use the un-delayed signal.
1018 Virtual Enc EPR Default: 4096 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Virtual Encoder Edges per Revolution Min/Max: 10/67108864 Integer
Enter a value to set the equivalent Edges Per Revolution (EPR) or line count of the Virtual
Position Encoder.
The Virtual Position Encoder produces a position reference that is derived from the
velocity reference. It accumulates pulses at the same rate as a real encoder of identical
Pulses Per Revolution (PPR).

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 275

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 41 - Port 10/11: Feedback File

Feedback Config Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1019 Fb Loss Action Default: 0 = ‘Primary Only’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Feedback Loss Action Options: 0 = ‘Primary Only’ Integer
Select the mode of the Velocity Feedback Loss Switchover function. 1 = ‘Alt Only’
‘Primary Only’ (0) – Use primary feedback source exclusively 2 = ‘Auto Tach SW’
‘Alt Only’ (1) – Use alternate feedback source exclusively
‘Auto Tach SW’ (2) – Switch from primary to alternate upon loss of primary
This parameter is writable while running when the active motor control mode is option 4
‘Induction FV.’
1021 c AltVelFbLPF Gn Default: 0.00 RO Real 4.x 1
Feedback 3 Velocity Filter Gain -Calc Min/Max: -20.00/+20.00
Displays the calculated value of the alternate velocity feedback low pass filter gain.
This value is applied when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to ‘Calculated’.
This value determines the amount of filtering applied to the primary velocity feedback
channel and is only active in Flux Vector motor control modes.
1022 u AltVelFbLPF Gn Default: 0.00 RW Real 4.x 1
Feedback 3 Velocity Filter Gain -User Min/Max: -20.00/+20.00
Enter the alternate velocity feedback low pass filter gain.
This value sets the mode of the filter and gain of its first order transfer function.
Entering a value of 1 turns the filter off.
For a low pass filter, enter a value of 0.
For a lag-lead filter, enter a value between 0 and 1.
For a lead-lag filter, enter a value greater than 1.
This value is applied when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to ‘User Entered’.
This value determines the amount of filtering applied to the primary velocity feedback
channel and is only active in Flux Vector motor control modes.

Table 42 - Port 10/11: Feedback File

Feedback Status Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1040 Pri Vel Feedback Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 1.x 0
Primary Velocity Feedback Default: 0.00
Displays the primary motor velocity feedback. Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
This is the signal that comes from parameter 10/11:1000 [Pri Vel Fb Sel] and has been
conditioned by the Finite Impulse Response (FIR) filter and the Low Pass Filter.
1041 Alt Vel Feedback Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 1.x 0
Alternate Velocity Feedback Default: 0.00
Displays the alternate motor velocity feedback. Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
This is the signal that comes from parameter 10/11:1006 [Alt Vel Fb Sel] and has been
conditioned by the Finite Impulse Response (FIR) filter and the Low Pass Filter.
1042 Vel Fb Active Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 1.x 0
Velocity Feedback Active Default: 0.00
Displays the unfiltered active motor velocity feedback. This comes from parameter 10/ Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
11:1040 [Pri Vel Feedback] if no ‘Automatic Tach Switchover’ has occurred. It comes from
parameter 10/11:1041 [Alt Vel Feedback] if a ‘Automatic Tach Switchover’ has occurred.
1044 Motor Vel Fb Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 1.x 0
Motor Velocity Feedback Default: 0.00
Displays the active motor velocity feedback, filtered for display. Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00

276 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 42 - Port 10/11: Feedback File

Feedback Status Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1046 Virtual Enc Psn Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 0
Virtual Encoder Position Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Displays the un-delayed output of the Virtual Position Encoder. See parameter 10/
11:1017 [Virtual EncDelay].
1048 Open Loop Fb Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 0
Open Loop Feedback Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Displays an estimated motor velocity feedback. It is useful when no real encoder is
available. The estimate uses the following values: output frequency, torque current
feedback and slip. It also uses the value in parameter 10/11:1018 [Virtual Enc EPR].
1050 Simulator Fb Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 0
Simulator Feedback Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Displays a simulated motor velocity feedback that the drive can generate without actually
turning the motor.
This is useful for commissioning and simulations where it is undesirable to energize the
output of the drive.
The simulation uses the following values: torque reference, load ratio and motor inertia. It
also uses the value in parameter 10/11:1018 [Virtual Enc EPR].

Table 43 - Port 10/11: Feedback File

Spindle Orient Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1060 SO Config RW Bit 4.x 1
Spindle Orient Configuration
Set and clear bits to configure the options for the Spindle Orientation function.
This function is not available for permanent magnet motor control. You must set parameter 0:65 [Pri MtrCtrl Mode] to option 4 ‘Induction FV’, 5 ‘SPM FV,’ or 6 ‘IPM FV’. You
must also setup parameters 10/11:1000 [Pri Vel Fdbk Sel] and 10/11:1013 [PReg Fb Sel] accordingly.
Recap Hm Psnv

Options
ShortestPath

Home DI Inv
Scale Invert
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Home DI

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Home DI’ – Selects the type of Homing signal (Marker Pulse vs. Digital Input Switch). 1 = Home signal. 0 = Z Channel.
Bit 1 ‘Home DI Inv’ – Rising/Falling Edge of Homing Input.
Bit 2 ‘Recap Hm Psnv’ – Recapture Home Position. Allows the drive to find Home after a power or drive reset. Typically set to 1 ‘Enabled.’
Bit 3 ‘ShortestPath’ – Allow direction reversal to obtain shortest distance traveled.
Bit 4 ‘Scale Invert’ – Inverts the calculation for the value in parameter 10/11:1070 [SO Unit Out]. When this bit is cleared, SO Unit Out = SO Position Out x SO Unit Scale.
When it is set, SO Unit Out = SO Position Out / SO Unit Scale.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 277

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 43 - Port 10/11: Feedback File

Spindle Orient Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1061 SO Status RO Bit 4.x 1
Spindle Orient Status
Displays the status of the Spindle Orientation function.

At SO Speed
Options

Orient Cplt
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Mode
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘At SO Speed’ – indicates the drive is running at Spindle Orientation velocity.
Bit 1 ‘Mode’ – indicates the drive is in the Spindle Orientation mode.
Bit 2 ‘Orient Cplt’ – indicates the drive is in the selected Spindle Orientation position.
1062 SO Setpoint Default: 0.00 RW Real 4.x 1
Spindle Orient Setpoint Min/Max: 0.00/536871000.00
Enter a value to set the Spindle Orientation Position in user-defined units.
1063 SO Offset Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
Spindle Orient Offset Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Enter a value to set the offset encoder counts for the Home position.
The function loads this value automatically when the Homing function is run (typically
after power-up).
1064 SO EPR Input Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
Spindle Orient EdgesPerRevolution Input Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Enter a value to define the edges per revolution of the encoder. For example, a 1024 quad
encoder equals 4096 (4 x 1024).
1065 SO Rvls Input Default: 0.00 RW Real 4.x 1
Spindle Orient Revolutions Input Min/Max: -1000000.00/+1000000.00
Enter a value to define the revolutions of the input gear relative to the output gear. This is
the numerator in the gear ratio.
1066 SO Rvls Output Default: 0.00 RW Real 4.x 1
Spindle Orient Revolutions Output Min/Max: 1.00/2000000.00
Enter a value to define the revolutions of the output gear relative to the input gear. This is
the denominator in the gear ratio.
1067 SO Cnts per Rvls Default: 4096 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
Spindle Orient Counts Per Revolutions Min/Max: 1024/536870912 Integer
Enter a value to define the counts per revolution of the output gear. A typical value is
parameter 10/11:1064 [SO EPR Input] x Gear Ratio.
1068 SO Unit Scale Default: 1.00000 RW Real 4.x 1
Spindle Orient Unit Scale Min/Max: -220000000.00000/+220000000.00000
Enter a value to define the scale for parameter 10/11:1069 [SO Position Out] to user-
scaled units (other than encoder counts). A typical value is Desired Units/parameter 10/
11:1067 [SO Cnts per Rvls].
1069 SO Position Out Default: 0 RO 32-bit 4.x 1
Spindle Orient Position Output Min/Max: 0/4294967295 Integer
Displays the present position of the output gear in encoder counts.
1070 SO Unit Out Default: 0.00 RO Real 4.x 1
Spindle Orient Unit Output Min/Max: -220000000.00/+220000000.00
Displays the present position of the output gear in user-scaled units.

278 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 43 - Port 10/11: Feedback File

Spindle Orient Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1071 SO Accel Time Units: s RW Real 4.x 1
Spindle Orient Acceleration Time Default: 10.00
Enter a value to define the acceleration rate that is used during positioning. Min/Max: 0.00/3600.00
1072 SO Decel Time Units: s RW Real 4.x 1
Spindle Orient Deceleration Time Default: 10.00
Enter a value to define the deceleration rate that is used during positioning. Min/Max: 0.00/3600.00
1073 SO Vel Lim Fwd Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 4.x 1
Spindle Orient Velocity Limit Forward Default: 900.00
Enter a value to define the forward speed that is used during positioning. Min/Max: 0.00/28800.00
1074 SO Vel Lim Rev Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 4.x 1
Spindle Orient Velocity Limit Reverse Default: -900.00
Enter a value to define the reverse speed that is used during positioning. Min/Max: -28800.00/0.00

Table 44 - Port 10/11: Feedback File

Roll Position Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1080 Roll Psn Config RW Bit 4.x 1
Roll Position Configuration
Configuration for the Roll Position Indicator function.
Rereference

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Enable
Preset

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Enable’ – Enables the Roll Position Indicator function.

Bit 1 ‘Preset’ – At rising edge of this bit, 10/11:1084 [Roll Psn Preset] is loaded in 10/11:1085 [Roll Psn Offset].
Bit 2 ‘Rereference’ – Permit changing the offset value of 10/11:1090 [RP Psn Output] without affecting actual position.
1081 Roll Psn Status RO Bit 4.x 1
Roll Position Status
Status of the Roll Position Indicator function.
Rereference

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Enable

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Enable’ – Acknowledges that Roll Position Indicator function is enabled.

Bit 1 ‘Rereference’ – Acknowledges that rereferencing of 10/11:1090 [RP Psn Output] is active.
1082 RP Psn Fb Sel Default: 101083 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
RP Position Feedback Select Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
Selects source data for the position feedback. The function generates 10/11:1090 [RP Psn
Output] based on the selected position feedback source.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 279

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 44 - Port 10/11: Feedback File

Roll Position Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1083 RP Psn Fb Stpt Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
RP Position Feedback Setpoint Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Provides a set point for the position feedback value in the form of accumulated encoder
counts.
1084 Roll Psn Preset Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
Roll Position Preset Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Provides a pre-set position value. At rising edge of Bit 1 ‘Preset’ in 10/11:1080 [Roll Psn
Config], this parameter value is loaded in P1511 [RP Psn Output]. Note: 10/11:1090 [RP
Psn Output] is limited by 10/11:1089 [RP Unwind].
1085 Roll Psn Offset Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
Roll Position Offset Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Provides position offset, which is summed after the EPR and used to trim the phase of the
position feedback.
1086 RP EPR Input Default: 4096 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
Roll Position Edges Per Revolution Input Min/Max: 1/67108864 Integer
Sets edges per revolution of the physical input device such as the motor encoder.
1087 RP Rvls Input Default: 1 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
Roll Position Revolutions Input Min/Max: -1000000/+1000000 Integer
Sets revolution of the input encoder. This parameter must be coordinated with the
revolution of the output encoder 10/11:1088 [RP Rvls Output] to resolve the gear ratio
between input revolutions and output (virtual) revolutions. The ratio of input to output
revolutions can always be resolved into integer values and reduced to their lowest
common factor.
1088 RP Rvls Output Default: 1 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
Roll Position Revolutions Output Min/Max: 1/2000000 Integer
Sets revolution of the output encoder. This parameter must be coordinated with the
revolution of the input encoder 10/11:1087 [RP Rvls Input] to resolve the gear ratio
between input revolutions and output (virtual) revolutions. The ratio of input to output
revolutions can always be resolved into integer values and reduced to their lowest
common factor.
1089 RP Unwind Default: 4194304 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
Roll Position Unwind Min/Max: 1024/536870912 Integer
Sets the number of counts per roll revolution. 10/11:1090 [RP Psn Output] rolls over at
this count minus 1.
1090 RP Psn Output Default: 0 RO 32-bit 4.x 1
Roll Position Position Output Min/Max: 0/4294967295 Integer
Output of roll position, which has a span that is limited by 10/11:1089 [RP Unwind].
1091 RP Unit Scale Default: 1.00000 RW Real 4.x 1
Roll Position Unit Scale Min/Max: -220000000.00000/+220000000.00000
Provides the multiplier to 10/11:1092 [RP Unit Out], which is a floating point output of
10/11:1090 [RP Psn Output].
1092 RP Unit Out Default: 0.00 RO Real 4.x 1
Roll Position Unit Output Min/Max: -220000000.00/+220000000.00
Floating point output that results from multiplying 10/11:1090 [RP Psn Output] by 10/
11:1091 [RP Unit Scale].

280 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 45 - Port 10/11: Position File

Profiler Indexer Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1200 Profile Status RO Bit 4.x 1
Profile Status
Displays the status of Profile Index function.

Home Not Set

PositionMode
Options

Restart Step
Vel Override

In Position

Step Bit 3
Step Bit 2
Step Bit 1
Step Bit 0
Complete
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Step Bit4
Running
Stopped

Enabled
Resume

Holding
Dwell
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘Step Bit 0’ through Bit 4 ‘Step Bit4’ indicate which step the Profile Index function is executing in binary format.
Bit 8 ‘Enabled’ – Indicates that the Profile Index function is enabled.
Bit 9 ‘Running’ – Indicates that the Profile Index function is running state.
Bit 10 ‘PositionMode’ – Indicates that the Profile Index function is using position control logic.
Bit 11 ‘Dwell’ – Indicates that the Profile Index function dwelling (executing the intentional delay between steps).
Bit 12 ‘Holding’ – Indicates that the Profile Index function is in a holding state.
Bit 13 ‘In Position’ – Indicates that the target position has been reached at the completion of a move. Parameter 10/11:1734 [In PosPsn Window] sets the threshold or
tolerance for this condition. The function clears this bit when it starts a new move. This bit is not meaningful with blended steps.
Bit 14 ‘Complete’ – Indicates that the Profile Index function has executed all the steps in the move table and a step with an End action has been reached. The Profile Index
function clears this bit when it is first enabled.
Bit 15 ‘Stopped’ – Indicates that the Profile Index function is stopping the drive. It does this following bit 14 ‘Complete’ and any additional dwell time specified for the End
step. The Profile Index function clears this bit when it begins a new profile.
Bit 16 ‘Resume’ – Indicates the Profile Index function will resume the existing step when it is re-enabled. A previously running step will then be allowed to complete. When
the bit is clear, the profile will begin at the Starting Step.
Bit 17 ‘Restart Step’ – Indicates the Restart Step feature is active. Bit 10 ‘Restart Step’ in parameter 10/11:1202 [Profile Command] controls this feature.
Bit 18 ‘Vel Override’ – Indicates the Velocity Override feature is active. Bit 9 ‘Vel Override’ in parameter 10/11:1202 [Profile Command] controls this feature.
Bit 19 ‘Home Not Set’ – Indicates that the home position is not defined and the move table contains a position absolute move type. The Profile Index function will not
execute when this condition is true. Running the homing function or position redefine function eliminates this condition and clears this bit.
1201 Units Traveled Units: Cnts RO Real 4.x 1
Units Traveled Default: 0.00
Displays the number of motor position units traveled. Parameter 10/11:1203 [Counts Per Min/Max: -2200000000.00/+2200000000.00
Unit] determines the relationship between feedback edge counts and position units.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 281

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 45 - Port 10/11: Position File

Profiler Indexer Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1202 Profile Command RW Bit 4.x 1
Profile Command
Sets and clear bits to command the Profile Index function.

HomNotSetAlm
Options

Prof Run Alm

Restart Step
Vel Override

StrStepSel4
StrStepSel3
StrStepSel2
StrStepSel1
StrStepSel0
Hold Step
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘StrStepSel0’ through bit 4 ‘StrStepSel4’ determine the starting step. A starting step value of zero results in no motion when the drive is enabled.
Bit 8 ‘Hold Step’ – When the drive is enabled with this bit is set, it starts and runs at zero velocity. The Profile Index function will not execute the starting step until this bit is
cleared. This bit does not stop the drive. For non-blended moves, the drive holds zero speed and/or current position. For blended moves, the drive continues to run at the
step velocity. The Profile Index function evaluates the conditions for completing a step only when this bit is cleared.
Bit 9 ‘Vel Override’ – rescales all move velocities by the factor in parameter 10/11:1204 [ProfVel Override]. The Profile Index function use a scale factor of 1 when this bit is
clear.
Bit 10 ‘Restart Step’ – forces the Profile Index function to reset to the starting step. Can be used to disable a currently executing profile. This bit forces the current step to
reset to the starting step value.
Bit 11 ‘HomNotSetAlm’ – Clear this bit to allow the absolute position type works without a defined home position. Leave set to require the definition of the home position
for position absolute move types. Set by default.
Bit 12 ‘Prof Run Alm’ – Clear this bit to prevent the Profile Run alarm when the drive is running. Set to allow the alarm to occur. Set by default.
Not all bits are available for all motor control modes.
1203 Counts Per Unit Default: 1.00 RW Real 4.x 1
Counts Per Unit Min/Max: 0.01/2200000000.00
Enter a value to set the number of position feedback counts per unit of machine travel (for
example 1024 encoder edge counts per inch). This parameter scales position targets from
engineering units to internal units of encoder edge counts. It also converts motor position
from encoder edge counts back into engineering units for display in parameter 10/
11:1201 [Units Traveled].
1204 ProfVel Override Units: % RW Real 4.x 1
Profile Velocity Override Default: 100.00
Enter a value to set the multiplier for move velocities when the velocity override function Min/Max: 10.00/150.00
is active. Setting Bit 9 ‘Vel Override’ in parameter 10/11:1202 [Profile Command]
activates the velocity override function. The typical value for this parameter is less than 1.
The Profile Index function use a scale factor of 1 when the velocity override function is off.

282 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 45 - Port 10/11: Position File

Profiler Indexer Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1205 Step 1 Type Default: 0 = ‘Speed’ RW 32-bit 4.x 1
1216 Step 2 Type Options: 0 = ‘Speed’ Integer
1227 Step 3 Type 1 = ‘Position Abs’
1238 Step 4 Type 2 = ‘PositionIncr’
1249 Step 5 Type
1260 Step 6 Type
1271 Step 7 Type
1282 Step 8 Type
1293 Step 9 Type
1304 Step 10 Type
1315 Step 11 Type
1326 Step 12 Type
1337 Step 13 Type
1348 Step 14 Type
1359 Step 15 Type
1370 Step 16 Type
Step n Type
Enter a value to set the type of move for step n.
‘Speed’ (0) = Speed Profile moves in speed (velocity) mode.
‘Position Abs’ (1) = Position Absolute moves in absolute position mode. This is only
available with flux vector motor control modes.
‘PositionIncr’ (2) = Position Incremental moves in position increment mode. This is only
available with flux vector motor control modes. The direction mode must be set to bipolar
for this to work properly. See parameter 10/11:930 [Direction Mode]. The current, torque,
and regen power limits must be set so as not to limit the deceleration time. If these limits
interfere, the position regulator can overshoot the position set point.
1206 Step 1 Velocity Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 4.x 1
1217 Step 2 Velocity Default: 0.00
1228 Step 3 Velocity Min/Max: -28800.00/+28800.00
1239 Step 4 Velocity
1250 Step 5 Velocity
1261 Step 6 Velocity
1272 Step 7 Velocity
1283 Step 8 Velocity
1294 Step 9 Velocity
1305 Step 10 Velocity
1316 Step 11 Velocity
1327 Step 12 Velocity
1338 Step 13 Velocity
1349 Step 14 Velocity
1360 Step 15 Velocity
1371 Step 16 Velocity
Step n Velocity
Enter a value to set the top (velocity) reference at which a move for step n takes place. This
applies to all three types of moves (speed, position incremental and position absolute).
The motor may not achieve the step velocity in all cases. Short distance moves may begin
to decelerate before the step velocity is reached. If the move is sufficiently long, then the
velocity is limited to the step velocity. The sign (positive or negative) determine the
direction of motor rotation. Cannot be used with most blended moves in Position
Absolute type and Position Incremental type.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 283

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 45 - Port 10/11: Position File

Profiler Indexer Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1207 Step 1 Accel Units: s RW Real 4.x 1
1218 Step 2 Accel Default: 0.00
1229 Step 3 Accel Min/Max: 0.00/3600.00
1240 Step 4 Accel
1251 Step 5 Accel
1262 Step 6 Accel
1273 Step 7 Accel
1284 Step 8 Accel
1295 Step 9 Accel
1306 Step 10 Accel
1317 Step 11 Accel
1328 Step 12 Accel
1339 Step 13 Accel
1350 Step 14 Accel
1361 Step 15 Accel
1372 Step 16 Accel
Step n Acceleration
Enter a value to set acceleration time for step n. Specify this as the time between zero and
rated motor speed in seconds. The Profile Index function uses this value to plan the
accelerations in this step. Cannot be used with most blended moves in Position Absolute
type and Position Incremental type.
1208 Step 1 Decel Units: s RW Real 4.x 1
1219 Step 2 Decel Default: 0.00
1230 Step 3 Decel Min/Max: 0.00/3600.00
1241 Step 4 Decel
1252 Step 5 Decel
1263 Step 6 Decel
1274 Step 7 Decel
1285 Step 8 Decel
1296 Step 9 Decel
1307 Step 10 Decel
1318 Step 11 Decel
1329 Step 12 Decel
1340 Step 13 Decel
1351 Step 14 Decel
1362 Step 15 Decel
1373 Step 16 Decel
Step n Deceleration
Enter a value to set deceleration time for step n. Specify this as the time between rated
motor speed and zero in seconds. The Profile Index function uses this value to plan the
decelerations in this step. Cannot be used with most blended moves in Position Absolute
type and Position Incremental type.

284 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 45 - Port 10/11: Position File

Profiler Indexer Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1209 Step 1 Value Default: 0.00 RW Real 4.x 1
1220 Step 2 Value Min/Max: -2200000000.000000/
1231 Step 3 Value +2200000000.000000
1242 Step 4 Value
1253 Step 5 Value
1264 Step 6 Value
1275 Step 7 Value
1286 Step 8 Value
1297 Step 9 Value
1308 Step 10 Value
1319 Step 11 Value
1330 Step 12 Value
1341 Step 13 Value
1352 Step 14 Value
1363 Step 15 Value
1374 Step 16 Value
Step n Value
Enter a value to set the Incremental Target Position or Time to Complete the Move or
Comparison Type for step n. This parameter takes on different meanings depending on
the move type and action.
Step Type Step Action Step Value
Position Absolute Posit Blend Absolute Target Position
Position Absolute Wait Dig-in Absolute Target Position
Position Absolute Step to Next Absolute Target Position
Position Incremental Posit Blend Incremental Target Position
Position Incremental Wait Dig-in Incremental Target Position
Position Incremental Step to Next Incremental Target Position
Speed Profile Posit Blend Incremental Target Position
Speed Profile Time Blend Time to Complete the Move (1)
Speed Profile Wait Dig-in Time to Complete the Move (1)
Speed Profile Step to Next Time to Complete the Move (1)
(1) Time is measured in seconds. Negative values result in no move.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 285

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 45 - Port 10/11: Position File

Profiler Indexer Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1210 Step 1 Dwell Units: s RW Real 4.x 1
1221 Step 2 Dwell Default: 0.00
1232 Step 3 Dwell Min/Max: -1.00/+3600.00
1243 Step 4 Dwell
1254 Step 5 Dwell
1265 Step 6 Dwell
1276 Step 7 Dwell
1287 Step 8 Dwell
1298 Step 9 Dwell
1309 Step 10 Dwell
1320 Step 11 Dwell
1331 Step 12 Dwell
1342 Step 13 Dwell
1353 Step 14 Dwell
1364 Step 15 Dwell
1375 Step 16 Dwell
Step n Dwell
Enter a value to set the time delay (in seconds) before moving to the next step. A zero
value disables dwell, negative values make the Profile Index function wait indefinitely.
Blended moves cannot use dwell.
1211 Step 1 Batch Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
1222 Step 2 Batch Min/Max: 0/65535 Integer
1233 Step 3 Batch
1244 Step 4 Batch
1255 Step 5 Batch
1266 Step 6 Batch
1277 Step 7 Batch
1288 Step 8 Batch
1299 Step 9 Batch
1310 Step 10 Batch
1321 Step 11 Batch
1332 Step 12 Batch
1343 Step 13 Batch
1354 Step 14 Batch
1365 Step 15 Batch
1376 Step 16 Batch
Step n Batch
Enter a value to set the number of times to perform this step. For example, if you enter a
value of two the Profile Index function will perform this step twice before going to the
next step. A value of zero causes the step to repeat indefinitely. Cannot be used when the
Step Type is Position Absolute. That would be a repeated move to the same Absolute
Target Position. Cannot be used when the Step Action is Posit Blend or Time Blend or
Parameter Blend. Blend steps transition from one to the next without repeating. When
the Step Action is DigIn Blend, this specifies the number of digital input transitions
required to go to the next step.

286 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 45 - Port 10/11: Position File

Profiler Indexer Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1212 Step 1 Next Default: Next Step Number RW 32-bit 4.x 1
1223 Step 2 Next Min/Max: 1/16 Integer
1234 Step 3 Next
1245 Step 4 Next
1256 Step 5 Next
1267 Step 6 Next
1278 Step 7 Next
1289 Step 8 Next
1300 Step 9 Next
1311 Step 10 Next
1322 Step 11 Next
1333 Step 12 Next
1344 Step 13 Next
1355 Step 14 Next
1366 Step 15 Next
1377 Step 16 Next
Step n Next
Enter a value to set the step number that will be executed after step n is complete. This
does not apply when the Step Action is End.
1213 Step 1 Action Default: 1 = ‘Step to Next’ RW 32-bit 4.x 1
1224 Step 2 Action Options: 0 = ‘End’ Integer
1235 Step 3 Action 1 = ‘Step to Next’
1246 Step 4 Action 2 = ‘Psn Blend’
1257 Step 5 Action 3 = ‘Time Blend’
1268 Step 6 Action 4 = ‘Param Blend’
1279 Step 7 Action 5 = ‘Digin Blend’
1290 Step 8 Action 6 = ‘Wait Digin’
1301 Step 9 Action
1312 Step 10 Action
1323 Step 11 Action
1334 Step 12 Action
1345 Step 13 Action
1356 Step 14 Action
1367 Step 15 Action
1378 Step 16 Action
Step n Action
Enter a value to set the action the Profile Index function will take when step n is complete.
‘End’ (0) – the Profile Index function ends the profile sequence.
‘Step to Next’ (1) – the Profile Index function goes to the next step. It does this after the
speed ramp up and down is completed in the specified total time. It does this after it
executes the dwell time and batch.
‘Psn Blend’ (2) – the Profile Index function goes to the next step after the actual position
exceeds the position specified in the Step Value parameter.
‘Time Blend’ (3) – the Profile Index function goes to the next step after the total time
exceeds the time specified in the Step Value parameter.
‘Param Blend’ (4) – the Profile Index function goes to the next step after comparison of
the two blend parameters is satisfied. This occurs when Blend Parameter 1 is greater than
Blend parameter 2.
‘Digin Blend’ (5) – the Profile Index function goes to the next step after the specified
number of digital input transitions (rising or falling edges) occur. The batch parameter
specifies the number of transitions.
‘Wait Digin’ (6) – the Profile Index function goes to the next step after the digital
transition (rising or falling edge) occurs.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 287

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 45 - Port 10/11: Position File

Profiler Indexer Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1214 S1 Blend P1 Sel Default: 101042 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
1225 S2 Blend P1 Sel Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
1236 S3 Blend P1 Sel
1247 S4 Blend P1 Sel
1258 S5 Blend P1 Sel
1269 S6 Blend P1 Sel
1280 S7 Blend P1 Sel
1291 S8 Blend P1 Sel
1302 S9 Blend P1 Sel
1313 S10 Blend P1 Sel
1324 S11 Blend P1 Sel
1335 S12 Blend P1 Sel
1346 S13 Blend P1 Sel
1357 S14 Blend P1 Sel
1368 S15 Blend P1 Sel
1379 S16 Blend P1 Sel
Step n Blend Parameter 1 Select
Select a parameter to be the first parameter for the Parameter Blend comparison. This is
active when the Step Action is Parameter Blend. The comparison is satisfied when the
value of the first parameter is greater than the value of the second parameter.
1215 S1 Blend P2 Sel Default: 800 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
1226 S2 Blend P2 Sel Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
1237 S3 Blend P2 Sel
1248 S4 Blend P2 Sel
1259 S5 Blend P2 Sel
1270 S6 Blend P2 Sel
1281 S7 Blend P2 Sel
1292 S8 Blend P2 Sel
1303 S9 Blend P2 Sel
1314 S10 Blend P2 Sel
1325 S11 Blend P2 Sel
1336 S12 Blend P2 Sel
1347 S13 Blend P2 Sel
1358 S14 Blend P2 Sel
1369 S15 Blend P2 Sel
1419 S16 Blend P2 Sel
Step n Blend Parameter 2 Select
Select a parameter to be the second parameter for the Parameter Blend comparison. This
is active when the Step Action is Parameter Blend. The comparison is satisfied when the
value of the first parameter is greater than the value of the second parameter.

288 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 46 - Port 10/11: Position File

PTP Planner Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1380 PTP PRef Status RO Bit 1.x 1
PTP Position Reference Status
Displays the current operating status of the Point-To-Point Position Planner in the Position Referencing.

ZeroFFSpdRef
Options

Ref Complete
SpdFFRef En
PTP Int Hold
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘ZeroFFSpdRef’ – Indicates the velocity feed forward reference in parameter 10/11:1405 [PTP VRef Fwd] is zero.
Bit 1 ‘Ref Complete’ – Indicates the position point-to-point feedback in parameter 10/11:1396 [PTP Feedback] has reached the position point-to-point reference in
parameter 10/11:1391 [PTP Command], and the velocity forward reference in parameter 10/11:1405 [PTP VRef Fwd] has reached zero.
Bit 2 ‘PTP Int Hold’ – Indicates the position point-to-point planner integrator is holding.
Bit 3 ‘SpdFFRef En’ – Indicates the velocity forward reference in parameter 10/11:1405 [PTP VRef Fwd] is active.
1381 PTP Control RW Bit 1.x 1
PTP Control
Set and clear bits to control the point-to-point position planner.
Reverse Move

Options
Vel Override
Intgrtr Hold
Preset Psn
Ref Pause
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Ref Sync

Move

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘Vel Override’ – Applies the velocity override in parameter 10/11:1402 [PTP Vel Override] to the forward velocity limit in parameter 10/11:1392 [Max Speed Fwd] and
the reverse velocity limit in parameter 10/11:1393 [Max Speed Rev] as a gain. When the velocity override in parameter 10/11:1402 [PTP Vel Override] is 1.1 and the forward
velocity limit in parameter 10/11:1392 [Max Speed Fwd] is 30 Hz, the bit sets the maximum forward velocity to 33 Hz.
Bit 1 ‘Move’ – Sets scaled point-to-point position reference to the point-to-point reference in parameter 10/11:1391 [PTP Command]. When the point-to-point mode
selection in parameter 10/11:1382 [PTP Mode] is 0 ‘Absolute’ mode, the absolute position is set to the point-to-point reference in parameter 10/11:1391 [PTP Command]
when this bit rises. When the point-to-point mode selection in parameter 10/11:1382 [PTP Mode] is 1 ‘Index’ mode, the index position is set to the point-to-point reference
in parameter 10/11:1391 [PTP Command] when this bit rises.
Bit 2 ‘Reverse Move’ – Changes direction of the index position when the point-to-point mode selection in parameter 10/11:1382 [PTP Mode] is 1 ‘Index’ mode. Set the
direction with this bit, then set bit 1 ‘Move’ to 1 to move.
Bit 3 ‘Preset Psn’ – Sets index preset 10/11:1386 [PTP Index Preset] to the point-to-point position command parameter 10/11:1391 [PTP Command] when the point-to-
point mode.
selection parameter 10/11:1382 [PTP Mode] is 1 ‘Index’ mode.
Bit 4 ‘Intgrtr Hold’ – Holds integrator in the velocity control.
Bit 5 ‘Ref Pause’ – Pauses the point-to-point control function. The point-to-point speed forward reference becomes zero, and the position selected reference in parameter
10/11:1684 [PRef Selected] keeps the current position.
Bit 6 ‘Ref Sync’ – Sets initial value to the point-to-point feedback in parameter 10/11:1396 [PTP Feedback]. When motor feedback reaches zero speed, the planner resets
10/11:1404 [PTP Reference] and 10/11:1396 [PTP Feedback] to 10/11:1745 [Position Actual].

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 289

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 46 - Port 10/11: Position File

PTP Planner Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1382 PTP Mode Default: 0 = ‘Absolute’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
PTP Mode Options: 0 = ‘Absolute’ Integer
Enter a value to select the mode of the Point to Point Position Planner function: 1 = ‘Index’
‘Absolute’ (0) – selects the absolute position mode. When the move bit is set the planner 2 = ‘Immediate’
moves the scaled position reference to the position command.
‘Index’ (1) – selects index position mode. When parameter 10/11:1381 [PTP Control] bit 1
‘Move’ is set, the reference source, selected by parameter 10/11:1383 [PTP Ref Sel], is
multiplied by parameter 10/11:1385 [PTP Ref Scale] and parameter 10/11:1391 [PTP
Command] is incremented by the result.
‘Immediate’ (2) – selects absolute immediate position mode. When parameter 10/
11:1381 [PTP Control] bit 1 ‘Move’ is set, and the reference source selected by parameter
10/11:1383 [PTP Ref Sel] changes, parameter 10/11:1391 [PTP Command] is immediately
set.
1383 PTP Ref Sel Default: 101384 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
PTP Reference Select Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
Select a source for the Point to Point Position Planner reference.
Select the port and parameter of the source.
1384 PTP Setpoint Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
PTP Setpoint Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Enter a value to set a constant Point to Point Position Planner reference.
You can select this parameter as a source for the Point to Point Position Planner reference
in parameter 10/11:1385 [PTP Ref Scale].
1385 PTP Ref Scale Default: 1.00 RW Real 1.x 1
PTP Reference Scale Min/Max: -220000000.00/+220000000.00
Enter a value to set the scale value for the Point to Point Position Planner reference.
The planner multiplies this value with the reference selected by parameter 10/11:1383
[PTP Ref Sel].
1386 PTP Index Preset Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
PTP Index Preset Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Enter a constant value to set the Preset Index step size.
The planner uses this as the step size (in index mode) when parameter 10/11:1381 [PTP
Control] Bit 3 ‘Preset Psn’ is set.
1388 PTP EGR Mult Default: 1 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
PTP EGR Multiplier Min/Max: -2000000/+2000000 Integer
Enter a value to set the numerator for the Point to Point Gear Ratio function.
This gear ratio is applied to the Point to Point index step.
1389 PTP EGR Div Default: 1 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
PTP EGR Divider Min/Max: 1/2000000 Integer
Enter a value to set the denominator for the Point to Point Gear Ratio function.
This gear ratio is applied to the Point to Point index step.
1391 PTP Command Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 1
PTP Command Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Displays the position command produced by the Point to Point Position function.
The Point to Point Position Planner consumes this signal in order to produce the Velocity
Feed Forward signal and the final Point to Point Position Reference.

290 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 46 - Port 10/11: Position File

PTP Planner Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1392 Max Speed Fwd Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 1
Maximum Speed Forward Default: 2160 …
Enter the maximum forward speed limit coming from the position reference. Min/Max: 0.00/35400.00 3.x
Important: Firmware Version 4.xxx introduced new default values for this parameter.
Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 4.x 1
Default: 30.00 Hz
900.00 RPM
Min/Max: 0.00/35400.00
1393 Max Speed Rev Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 1
Maximum Speed Reverse Default: 2160 …
Enter the maximum reverse speed limit coming from the position reference. Min/Max: 0.00/35400.00 3.x
Important: Firmware Version 4.xxx introduced new default values for this parameter.
Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 4.x 1
Default: 30.00 Hz
900.00 RPM
Min/Max: 0.00/35400.00
1396 PTP Feedback Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 1
PTP Feedback Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Displays the position feedback in the point-to-point position control.
1398 PTP Accel Time Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
PTP Acceleration Time Default: 10.00
Enter the acceleration ramp time used by the Point to Point (PTP) position planner. Min/Max: 0.00/3600.00
This value is the time to go from zero to the velocity in parameter 10/11:1392 [Max Speed
Fwd].
1399 PTP Decel Time Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
PTP Deceleration Time Default: 10.00
Enter the deceleration ramp time used by the Point to Point (PTP) position planner. Min/Max: 0.00/3600.00
This value is the time to go from the velocities in parameter 10/11:1392 [Max Speed Fwd]
or 10/11:1393 [Max Speed Rev] to zero.
1402 PTP Vel Override Default: 1.00 RW Real 1.x 1
PTP Vel Override Min/Max: 0.20/1.50
Enter a value to set the multiplier to both forward parameters 10/11:1392 [Max Speed
Fwd] and 10/11:1392 [Max Speed Rev].
This parameter applies to the speed limits when Bit 0 ‘Vel Override’ of parameter 10/
11:1381 [PTP Control] is set.
1403 PTP S Curve Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
PTP S Curve Default: 0.500
Enter a value to set the S-curve duration for Point-to-Point (PTP) position reference Min/Max: 0.000/4.000
commands.
This value is used to calculate acceleration and deceleration rates equivalent to LinScurve
behavior when 10/11:933 [Ref Time Base] = 0 ‘Rate’.
This value is not used when 10/11:933 [Ref Time Base] = 1 ‘Time’. Instead, 10/11:934 [Ref
Accel Time] and 10/11:935 [Ref Decel Time] are applied directly as acceleration and
deceleration times.
1404 PTP Reference Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 1
PTP Reference Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Displays the position reference output of the Point to Point Position Planner.
This is the final Point to Point Position Reference.
It becomes the position reference for the Position Regulator.
1405 PTP VRef Fwd Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 1.x 1
PTP Velocity Reference Forward Default: 0.00
Displays the velocity reference output of the Point to Point Position Planner. Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
It becomes the velocity reference for the Velocity Regulator.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 291

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 46 - Port 10/11: Position File

PTP Planner Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1406 PTP Vel Max Units: R/s RO Real 4.x 1
PTP Maximum Velocity Default: 0.00
Displays the maximum velocity of the most recent position reference command. Min/Max: 0.00/1000.00
This value only affects commands that are generated when 10/11:931 [Ref Move Type] =
1 ‘SineSquared’, 2 ‘Poly5’, or 3 ‘Cubic’.
1407 PTP Accel Max Units: R/s2 RO Real 4.x 1
PTP Maximum Acceleration Default: 0.00
Displays the maximum acceleration of the most recent position reference command. Min/Max: 0.00/100000.00
This value only affects commands that are generated when 10/11:931 [Ref Move Type] =
1 ‘SineSquared’, 2 ‘Poly5’, or 3 ‘Cubic’.
1408 PTP Decel Max Units: R/s2 RO Real 4.x 1
PTP Maximum Deceleration Default: 0.00
Displays the maximum deceleration of the most recent position reference command. Min/Max: 0.00/100000.00
This value only affects commands that are generated when 10/11:931 [Ref Move Type] =
1 ‘SineSquared’, 2 ‘Poly5’, or 3 ‘Cubic’.
1409 PTP Move Time Units: s RO Real 4.x 1
PTP Move Time Default: 0.00
Displays the total time required to complete the most recent position reference Min/Max: 0.00/3600.00
command.
This value only affects commands that are generated when 10/11:931 [Ref Move Type] =
1 ‘SineSquared’, 2 ‘Poly5’, or 3 ‘Cubic’.
1410 PTP Move Status RO Bit 4.x 1
PTP Move Status
Displays the status of the most recent position reference command.

DecelLimited
AccelLimited
Options

Move Failed

Vel Limited
Zero Move
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Vel Limited’ – Indicates velocity is limited.

Bit 1 ‘AccelLimited’ – Indicates acceleration is limited.
Bit 2 ‘DecelLimited’ – Indicates deceleration is limited.
Bit 3 ‘Zero Move’ – Indicates that the new command calculated is zero (no move).
Bit 4 ‘Move Failed’ – Indicates that the new command calculation failed. See P941 [Ref Fault Config] to select the drive response when this condition is true.
This value only affects commands that are generated when 10/11:931 [Ref Move Type] = 1 ‘SineSquared’, 2 ‘Poly5’, or 3 ‘Cubic’.
1411 PTP Move Seg Default: 0 = ‘Accel Decel’ RO 32-bit 4.x 1
PTP Move Segmentation Options: 0 = ‘Accel Decel’ Integer
Displays the move segment composition (general shape) of the most recent position 1 = ‘Dwell Decel’
reference command. 2 = ‘Decel’
‘Accel Decel’ (0) – Indicates the command accelerates to a peak velocity with an optional 3 = ‘Reversing’
dwell, followed by decelerating to the specified value.
‘Dwell Decel’ (1) – Indicates the command is composed of a dwell at initial velocity,
followed by decelerating to the specified value.
‘Decel’ (2) – Indicates the command decelerates to the specified value.
‘Reversing’ (3) – Indicates the command decelerates past the specified value, then
reverses direction to the specified value. This condition typically occurs when a command
currently in progress is interrupted late by a new move command.
This value only affects commands that are generated when 10/11:931 [Ref Move Type] =
1 ‘SineSquared’, 2 ‘Poly5’, or 3 ‘Cubic’.

292 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 47 - Port 10/11: Position File

PCam Planner Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1420 PCAM Type Default: 0 = ‘PCAM’ RW 32-bit 4.x 2
PCAM Type Options: 0 = ‘PCAM’ Integer
Select the CAM type. 1 = ‘TCAM’
‘PCAM’ (0) – Select a Position CAM where the master axis (x coordinate) is a position
reference source signal. The slave axis (y coordinate) is a position output.
‘TCAM’ (1) – Select a Time CAM where the master axis (x coordinate) is time. The slave
axis (y coordinate) is a position output.
1421 PCAM Control RW Bit 4.x 2
PCAM Control
Set bits to control Position Cam (PCAM) and Time Cam (TCAM) functions.
CamProfNrml

Options
VReg IntHold
RerefPsnOfst

DirectionOut
Unidirection

Aux Cam En
Direction In
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Offset En

Start
Default 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Start’ – Start the electronic camming function.

Bit 1 ‘DirectionOut’ – Reverse the polarity of the cam output. This is parameter 10/11:1574[PCAM Psn Out] at start of next cycle.
Bit 2 ‘Aux Cam En’ – Switch to the auxiliary cam profile at start of next cycle.
Bit 3 ‘VReg IntHold’ – Freeze the velocity regulator integrator if the position reference changes. This bit is often set for point-to-point motion.

Set additional bits to control PCAM functions.

Bit 6 ‘Direction In’ – Reverse the polarity of the cam input. This is parameter 10/11:1426 [PCAM Psn Select].
Bit 7 ‘Offset En’ – Enable an offset to the cam input. The offset is parameter 10/11:1428 [PCAM Psn Ofst].
Bit 8 ‘RerefPsnOfst’ – Apply a new position offset from parameter 10/11:1428 [PCAM Psn Ofst] without changing the final master position input of PCAM.
Bit 9 ‘Unidirection’ – Permit unidirectional operation.
Bit 10 ‘CamProfNrml’ – Normalize the cam points by shifting them with an offset to place point 00 at (0,0).
1422 PCAM Mode Default: 0 = ‘Off’ RW 32-bit 4.x 2
PCAM Mode Options: 0 = ‘Off’ Integer
Select a value to determine how the electronic camming function responds to start 1 = ‘Single Step’
commands. The start command comes from bit 0 ‘Start’ in parameter 10/11:1421 [PCAM 2 = ‘Continuous’
Control] or 0:880 [DI PCAM Start] if configured. 3 = ‘Persistent’
‘Off’ (0) – Disable the electronic camming function.
‘Single Step’ (1) – When started, the camming function runs from point 0 until the
master axis reaches the last defined (end) point. At this point the cam is complete and
does not continue to operate until started again. If the master axis backs up into cam
range, the function does not move the slave axis.
‘Continuous’ (2) – When started, the camming function runs from point 0 until the
master axis reaches the last defined (end) point. The camming function repeats this
action until the start is cleared.
‘Persistent’ (3) – When started, the camming function runs from point 0 until the master
axis reaches the last defined (end) point. The camming function remains active until the
start is cleared. This mode only applies to PCAM.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 293

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 47 - Port 10/11: Position File

PCam Planner Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1423 PCAM Status RO Bit 4.x 2
PCAM Status
Displays the status of the Position Cam (PCAM) and Time Cam (TCAM) functions.

MainWrongOrd
Options

AuxWrongOrd

VReg IntHold
RerefPsnOfst

Persist Mode

DirectionOut
Unidirection

Aux Cam En
Direction In

Continuous
Single Step
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Offset En

Started
In Cam
PCAM

TCAM
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Started’ – Indicates the electronic camming function has started.

Bit 1 ‘In Cam’ – Indicates the cam input is in range of the defined profile.
Bit 2 'TCAM' – Indicates TCAM is active.
Bit 3 ‘Single Step’ – Indicates single step mode is active.
Bit 4 ‘Continuous’ – Indicates continuous mode is active.
Bit 5 ‘DirectionOut’ – Indicates the cam output direction is reversed.
Bit 6 ‘Aux Cam En’ – Indicates the auxiliary cam profile is in use.
Bit 7 ‘VReg IntHold’ – Indicates the velocity regulator integrator is in hold (frozen).
Bit 8 ‘MainWrongOrd’ – Indicates main profile master points are in wrong order.
Bit 9 ‘AuxWrongOrd’ – Indicates auxiliary profile master points are in wrong order.

Displays additional status of PCAM functions.

Bit 10 ‘Persist Mode’ – Indicates PCAM persistent mode is active.
Bit 11 ‘Direction In’ – Indicates the cam input direction is reversed.
Bit 12 ‘Offset En’ – Indicates the offset to the cam input is active.
Bit 13 ‘RerefPsnOfst’ – Indicates position offset re-referencing is active.
Bit 14 ‘Unidirection’ – Indicates unidirectional mode is active.
Bit 15 ‘PCAM’ – Indicates PCAM is active.
1425 PCAM Start Cfg Default: 0 = ‘Pnt Zero’ RW 32-bit 5.x 2
PCAM Start Configuration Options: 0 = ‘Pnt Zero’ Integer
Enter a value to determine how the Position Cam starts. 1 = ‘Last Stop’
‘Pnt Zero’ (0) – Starts the cam function from cam profile point 00. The master input is 2 = ‘Actl Input’
offset to 0. 3 = ‘Remainder’
‘Last Stop’ (1) – Starts the cam function from where it stopped last time. This choice is
different from ‘Pnt Zero’ (0) when the cam start command is unset during operation.
‘Actl Input’ (2) – Starts the cam function based on the actual master input.
‘Remainder’(3) – Starts the cam function based on the remainder value of the actual
master input.
1426 PCAM Psn Select Default: 101427 RW 32-bit 4.x 2
PCAM Position Select Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
Select a position reference source for the Position Cam (PCAM) input.
Select the port and parameter of the source.
This is not used by the Time Cam (TCAM) function.
1427 PCAM Psn Stpt Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 2
PCAM Position Setpoint Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Enter a value to be used as a discrete reference source for the PCAM input when
parameter 10/11:1426 [PCAM Psn Select] selects this parameter.
This is not used by the Time Cam (TCAM) function.

294 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 47 - Port 10/11: Position File

PCam Planner Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1428 PCAM Psn Ofst Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 2
PCAM Position Offset Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Enter a value to be used as a discrete position offset value to the PCAM input when bit 7
‘Offset En’ of parameter 10/11:1421 [PCAM Control] is set.
This value causes a phase shift of position change in the master axis and a momentary
change to the cam velocity.
This is not used by the Time Cam (TCAM) function.
1429 PCAM PsnOfst EPS Default: 2000 RW 32-bit 4.x 2
PCAM Position Offset EPS Min/Max: 0/2147483647 Integer
Enter a value to set the edge count per second for the virtual encoder function used by the
position offset function.
This value limits the change of PCAM master axis in the change of position offset input.
This is not used by the Time Cam (TCAM) function.
1434 PCAM Master Scl Default: 1.00 RW Real 4.x 2
PCAM Master Scale Factor Min/Max: 0.01/214748000.00
Enter a value to scale the cam master axis.
1435 PCAM SlaveSclSel Default: 101436 RW 32-bit 4.x 2
PCAM Slave Scale Select Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
Select a source used to scale the cam slave axis.
Select the port and parameter of the source.
1436 PCAM Slave Scale Default: 1.00 RW Real 4.x 2
PCAM Slave Scale Factor Min/Max: 0.00/214748000.00
Enter a value to be used as a discrete scale for the cam slave axis. This is active when
parameter 10/11:1435 [PCAM Slave SclSel] selects this parameter.
1437 PCAM Vel SclSel Default: 101438 RW 32-bit 4.x 2
PCAM Velocity Scale Select Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
Select a source used to scale the cam velocity output. The velocity output is parameter 10/
11:1575 [PCAM Vel Out].
Select the port and parameter of the source.
1438 PCAM Vel Scale Units: MPE RW Real 4.x 2
PCAM Velocity Scale Factor Default: 8.22946
Enter a value to be used as a discrete scale for the cam velocity output when parameter Min/Max: 0.000000/10000.000000
10/11:1437 [PCAM Vel SclSel] selects this parameter.
Units are Microseconds Per encoder Edge (MPE). Calculate this value using this formula.
60,000,000 / (encoder edge per rev x Motor NP RPM)
For example: 60,000,000 / (4096 EPR x 1780 RPM) = 8.22946 MPE
1442 PCAM Start Slope Default: 0.00 RW Real 4.x 2
PCAM Start Slope Min/Max: -214748000.00/+214748000.00
Enter a value to be used as the starting slope for the first cam point.
The camming function only uses this value when the first segment is a cubic type curve.
1443 PCAM End Slope Default: 0.00 RW Real 4.x 2
PCAM End Slope Min/Max: -214748000.00/+214748000.00
Enter a value to be used as the end slope for the end point.
The end point is defined by 10/11:1444 [PCAM Main EndPnt] or 10/11:1510 [PCAM Aux
EndPnt].
The camming function only uses this value when the last segment is a cubic type curve.
1444 PCAM Main EndPnt Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 2
PCAM Main End Point Min/Max: 0/15 Integer
Enter the number of the last point on the main cam profile.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 295

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 47 - Port 10/11: Position File

PCam Planner Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1445 PCAM Main Types RW Bit 4.x 2
PCAM Main Types
Set and clear bits to determine the type for each segment in the main cam profile.
Clearing a bit makes that segment linear. Setting the bit makes that segment cubic.

CubicCurve14
CubicCurve13
CubicCurve12
CubicCurve11
CubicCurve10
Options

CubicCurve9
CubicCurve8
CubicCurve7
CubicCurve6
CubicCurve5
CubicCurve4
CubicCurve3
CubicCurve2
CubicCurve1
CubicCurve0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘CubicCurve0’ – Segment 0

Bit 1 ‘CubicCurve1’ – Segment 1
Bit 2 ‘CubicCurve2’ – Segment 2
Bit 3 ‘CubicCurve3’ – Segment 3
Bit 4 ‘CubicCurve4’ – Segment 4
Bit 5 ‘CubicCurve5’ – Segment 5
Bit 6 ‘CubicCurve6’ – Segment 6
Bit 7 ‘CubicCurve7’ – Segment 7
Bit 8 ‘CubicCurve8’ – Segment 8
Bit 9 ‘CubicCurve9’ – Segment 9
Bit 10 ‘CubicCurve10’ – Segment 10
Bit 11 ‘CubicCurve11’ – Segment 11
Bit 12 ‘CubicCurve12’ – Segment 12
Bit 13 ‘CubicCurve13’ – Segment 13
Bit 14 ‘CubicCurve14’ – Segment 14
1446 PCAM Main Pt M00 Default: 0.00 RW Real 4.x 2
1447 PCAM Main Pt M01 Min/Max: -220000000.0000/+220000000.0000
1448 PCAM Main Pt M02
1449 PCAM Main Pt M03
1450 PCAM Main Pt M04
1451 PCAM Main Pt M05
1452 PCAM Main Pt M06
1453 PCAM Main Pt M07
1454 PCAM Main Pt M08
1455 PCAM Main Pt M09
1456 PCAM Main Pt M10
1457 PCAM Main Pt M11
1458 PCAM Main Pt M12
1459 PCAM Main Pt M13
1460 PCAM Main Pt M14
1461 PCAM Main Pt M15
PCAM Main Point Master nn
Enter the value for the master axis (x coordinate) for point nn on the main cam and
auxiliary cam profiles (the main and auxiliary profiles share point 00).
The units for Position Cam (PCAM) are counts. The units for Time Cam (TCAM) are seconds.

296 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 47 - Port 10/11: Position File

PCam Planner Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1478 PCAM Main Pt S00 Default: 0.00 RW Real 4.x 2
1479 PCAM Main Pt S01 Min/Max: -220000000.0000/+220000000.0000
1480 PCAM Main Pt S02
1481 PCAM Main Pt S03
1482 PCAM Main Pt S04
1483 PCAM Main Pt S05
1484 PCAM Main Pt S06
1485 PCAM Main Pt S07
1486 PCAM Main Pt S08
1487 PCAM Main Pt S09
1488 PCAM Main Pt S10
1489 PCAM Main Pt S11
1490 PCAM Main Pt S12
1491 PCAM Main Pt S13
1492 PCAM Main Pt S14
1493 PCAM Main Pt S15
PCAM Main Point Slave nn
Enter the value for the slave axis (y coordinate) for point nn on the main cam profiles.
The units are counts.
1510 PCAM Aux End Pnt Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 2
PCAM Auxiliary End Point Min/Max: 0/15 Integer
Enter the number of the last point on the auxiliary cam profile.
1511 PCAM Aux Types RW Bit 4.x 2
PCAM Auxiliary Types
Set and clear bits to determine the type for each segment in the auxiliary cam profile.
Clearing a bit makes that segment linear. Setting the bit makes that segment cubic.
CubicCurve14
CubicCurve13
CubicCurve12
CubicCurve11
CubicCurve10

Options
CubicCurve9
CubicCurve8
CubicCurve7
CubicCurve6
CubicCurve5
CubicCurve4
CubicCurve3
CubicCurve2
CubicCurve1
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 Reserved
Bit 1 ‘CubicCurve1’ – Segment 1
Bit 2 ‘CubicCurve2’ – Segment 2
Bit 3 ‘CubicCurve3’ – Segment 3
Bit 4 ‘CubicCurve4’ – Segment 4
Bit 5 ‘CubicCurve5’ – Segment 5
Bit 6 ‘CubicCurve6’ – Segment 6
Bit 7 ‘CubicCurve7’ – Segment 7
Bit 8 ‘CubicCurve8’ – Segment 8
Bit 9 ‘CubicCurve9’ – Segment 9
Bit 10 ‘CubicCurve10’ – Segment 10
Bit 11 ‘CubicCurve11’ – Segment 11
Bit 12 ‘CubicCurve12’ – Segment 12
Bit 13 ‘CubicCurve13’ – Segment 13
Bit 14 ‘CubicCurve14’ – Segment 14

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 297

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 47 - Port 10/11: Position File

PCam Planner Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1512 PCAM Aux Pt M01 Default: 0.00 RW Real 4.x 2
1513 PCAM Aux Pt M02 Min/Max: -220000000.0000/+220000000.0000
1514 PCAM Aux Pt M03
1515 PCAM Aux Pt M04
1516 PCAM Aux Pt M05
1517 PCAM Aux Pt M06
1518 PCAM Aux Pt M07
1519 PCAM Aux Pt M08
1520 PCAM Aux Pt M09
1521 PCAM Aux Pt M10
1522 PCAM Aux Pt M11
1523 PCAM Aux Pt M12
1524 PCAM Aux Pt M13
1525 PCAM Aux Pt M14
1526 PCAM Aux Pt M15
PCAM Auxiliary Point Master nn
Enter the value for the master axis (x coordinate) for point nn on the auxiliary cam profile.
The units for Position Cam (PCAM) are counts. The units for Time Cam (TCAM) are seconds.
1543 PCAM Aux Pt S01 Default: 0.00 RW Real 4.x 2
1544 PCAM Aux Pt S02 Min/Max: -220000000.0000/+220000000.0000
1545 PCAM Aux Pt S03
1546 PCAM Aux Pt S04
1547 PCAM Aux Pt S05
1548 PCAM Aux Pt S06
1549 PCAM Aux Pt S07
1550 PCAM Aux Pt S08
1551 PCAM Aux Pt S09
1552 PCAM Aux Pt S10
1553 PCAM Aux Pt S11
1554 PCAM Aux Pt S12
1555 PCAM Aux Pt S13
1556 PCAM Aux Pt S14
1557 PCAM Aux Pt S15
PCAM Auxiliary Point Slave nn
Enter the value for the slave axis (y coordinate) for point nn on the auxiliary cam profile.
The units are counts.
1574 PCAM Psn Out Default: 0 RO 32-bit 4.x 2
PCAM Position Out Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Displays the cam slave position output. The position regulator consumes this value as its
command.
1575 PCAM Vel Out Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 4.x 2
PCAM Velocity Out Default: 0.00
Displays the cam slave velocity output. The velocity regulator consumes this value as a Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
feed forward command.
1576 PCAM Vel OutTaps Units: Taps RW 8-bit 4.x 2
PCAM Velocity Out Filter Taps Default: 3 Integer
Enter the number of taps for the Finite Impulse Response (FIR) filter acting on the Min/Max: 0/7
electronic cam velocity output signal.
This is a simple discrete difference FIR filter used to reduce the effect of noise in the
velocity output.
Enter a value of zero to eliminate all phase delay. Enter lower values to provide higher
filter bandwidths. Enter higher values to increase the noise filtering, but also increase the
phase delay.

298 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 48 - Port 10/11: Position File

PLL Planner Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1590 PLL Ctrl Options RW Bit 4.x 1
PLL Control Options
Sets bits to configure the phase locked loop control.

PCAM Enable
Options

Accel Comp
Prof Enable
PTP Enable

PLL Enable
Velocity FF
Ext Vel FF
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘PLL Enable’ – enables the phase locked loop control.

Bit 1 ‘Velocity FF’ – enables the velocity feed forward path.
Bit 2 ‘Ext Vel FF’– enables the external velocity feed forward through the PLL external speed reference that the PLL external speed selection 10/11:1591 [PLL Ext Vel Sel]
selects.
Bit 3 ‘Accel Comp’ – enables providing an element of acceleration compensation to the feed forward branch. This bit is not recommended for use with external inputs
because of increased noise.
Bit 4 ‘PCAM Enable’ – enables PCAM function with the PLL function.
Bit 5 ‘PTP Enable’ – enables point-to-point function with the PLL function.
Bit 6 ‘Prof Enable’ – enables profiler function with the PLL function. Only bits 4, 5, and 6 allow associating with the PLL function.
1591 PLL Ext Vel Sel Default: 101592 RO 32-bit 4.x 1
PLL External Velocity Select Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
Selects an external-speed reference source.
1592 PLL Ext Vel Stpt Default: 0.00 RW Real 4.x 1
PLL External Velocity Setpoint Min/Max: -220000000.00/+220000000.00
Provides external speed reference. This parameter is a velocity feed forward input that 10/
11:1591 [PLL Ext Vel Sel] selects.
1593 PLL Ext VelScale Default: 1.00 RW Real 4.x 1
PLL External Velocity Scale Min/Max: -220000000.00/+220000000.00
Sets scale factor to the external speed reference that 10/11:1591 [PLL Ext Spd Sel] selects.
This parameter is used to scale the velocity feed forward. Adjust for zero average at the
filtered position output 10/11:1597 [PLL Psn Out Fltr] while running at moderate speed.
1595 PLL PRef Sel Default: 101596 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
PLL Position Reference Select Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
Selects a position reference source.
1596 PLL Psn Stpt Default: 0 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
PLL Position Setpoint Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Provides position reference when 10/11:1595 [PLL PRef Sel] selects this parameter.
1597 PLL Psn Out Fltr Default: 0.00 RO Real 4.x 1
PLL Position Output Filter Min/Max: -220000000.00/+220000000.00
Indicates internal low pass filter output. This parameter is normally used to scale an
external velocity reference. See description of the external speed scale 10/11:1593 [PLL
Ext VelScale].
1598 PLL LPF BW Units: Hz RW Real 4.x 1
PLL Low Pass Filter Bandwidth Default: 8.00
Enter a value to set the bandwidth of the low pass filter used in the Phase Lock Loop (PLL) Min/Max: 0.00/1272.00
function. The filter has two functions:
• Basic noise reduction of input velocity.
• Timed delay of input when feed forward is provided to an external master reference
other than an input encoder.
The low pass filter bandwidth should be set for best tracking which occurs when the filter
output coincides with the loop filter output of PLL. Usually that means setting its
bandwidth to the bandwidth of the master reference drive.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 299

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 48 - Port 10/11: Position File

PLL Planner Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1600 PLL BW Units: Hz RW Real 4.x 1
PLL Bandwidth Default: 3.00
Enter a value to set the internal bandwidth of the Phase Lock Loop (PLL) function Min/Max: 0.00/1272.00
response.
For very noisy mechanical systems, the value can range from 0.1 to 2 Hz.
For well-behaved high line count input devices, the value can range upwards of 20 Hz.
Higher bandwidths quickly resolve tracking errors while the lower bandwidths will take
longer to settle into a steady state. Some adjustment may be necessary to effect the best
compromise between noise rejection and tracking response.
1604 PLL Virt Enc RPM Units: RPM RW Real 4.x 1
PLL Virtual Encoder RPM Default: 1750.00
Sets RPM of the virtual output device. The value determines the 1 P.U. velocity for the Min/Max: 1.00/40000.00
speed out 10/11:1612 [PLL Vel Out] and does not affect performance.
1606 PLL EPR Input Default: 1048576 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
PLL EPR Input Min/Max: 1/67108864 Integer
Sets edges per revolution of the physical input device. Use the highest line count device
possible to smooth PLL operation.
1607 PLL EPR Output Default: 1048576 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
PLL EPR Output Min/Max: 1/67108864 Integer
Sets edges per revolution of the physical output device.
1609 PLL Rvls Input Default: 1 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
PLL Revolutions Input Min/Max: 1/1000000 Integer
Sets revolution of the input encoder. This parameter must be coordinated with the
revolution of the output encoder 10/11:1610 [PLL Rvls Output] to resolve the gear-ratio
between input revolutions and output (virtual) revolutions. The ratio of input to output
revolutions can always be resolved into integer values that are reduced to their lowest
common factor.
1610 PLL Rvls Output Default: 1 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
PLL Revolutions Output Min/Max: 1/2000000 Integer
Sets revolution of the output encoder. This parameter must be coordinated with the
revolution of the input encoder 10/11:1609 [PLL Rvls Input] to resolve the gear-ratio
between input revolutions and output (virtual) revolutions. The ratio of input to output
revolutions can always be resolved into integer values that are reduced to their lowest
common factor.
1612 PLL Vel Out Default: 0.00 RO Real 4.x 1
PLL Velocity Output Min/Max: -220000000.00/+220000000.00
Indicates velocity output. This parameter is used as a velocity feed forward. It is precisely
in phase with the physical input device. The virtual encoder RPM 10/11:1604 [PLL Virt Enc
RPM] determines the RPM at 1 P.U. of this parameter.
1613 PLL Vel Out Adv Default: 0.00 RO Real 4.x 1
PLL Velocity Output Advance Min/Max: -220000000.00/+220000000.00
Indicates velocity advanced output. This parameter is one velocity reference sample in
advance of the speed output 10/11:1612 [PLL Vel Out].
1615 PLL Enc Out Default: 0 RO 32-bit 4.x 1
PLL Encoder Output Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Indicates position output. This parameter is precisely in phase with the input physical
device.
1616 PLL Enc Out Adv Default: 0 RO 32-bit 4.x 1
PLL Encoder Output Advance Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Indicates position advanced output. This parameter is one position sample in advance of
the position output 10/11:1615 [PLL Enc Out].

300 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 49 - Port 10/11: Position File

Position Homing Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1640 Home Ctrl Opts RW Bit 1.x 1
Homing Control Options
Sets bits to configure the homing function.

Homing Alarm
Options
Hold At Home

Home Marker
Return Home
Psn Redefine
Home DI Inv

Find Home
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Home DI
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Find Home’ a rising edge on this bit puts the drive into homing mode. Toggle this bit when stopped to reset the homing function.
Bit 1 ‘Home DI’ – Configures the homing function to use a switch (digital input). When this bit is on and bit 2 ‘Home Marker’ is off, the homing function is configured as
home switch mode. When this bit is on and bit 2 ‘Home Marker’ is on, the homing function is configured as home marker-switch mode.
Bit 2 ‘Home Marker’ – Configures the homing function to use a marker input. When this bit is on and bit 1 ‘Home DI’ is off, the homing function is configured as home
marker mode. When this bit is on and bit 1 ‘Home DI’ is on, the homing function is configured as home marker-switch mode. Verify that the Z Channel of the encoder
module is enabled (Bit 0 ‘Z Chan Enbl’ = 1) when using this function.
Bit 3 ‘Return Home’ Configures the homing function as return to home through software. The drive returns to the actual home position set by parameter 10/11:1647 [Home
Psn Actual]. A start command is required to set this bit.
Bit 4 ‘Psn Redefine’ writes the value from parameter 10/11:1746 [Position Fb] in parameter 10/11:1647 [Home Psn Actual].
Bit 5 ‘Homing Alarm’ – Enables the home running alarm when the homing function is active.
Bit 6 ‘Home DI Inv’ – Changes polarity of the switch input (digital input).
Bit 7 ‘Hold At Home’ – Configures the drive to hold the home position after completing the homing function. A start command is required for the drive to run.
1641 Home Status RO Bit 1.x 1
Homing Status
Displays the status of the Position Homing function.
Home Request
Home Enabled

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
At Home
Homing

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘Home Request’ – Indicates that the homing function is requested. This bit turns off when homing is complete.
Bit 1 ‘Home Enabled’ – Indicates that the homing function is enabled. This bit is set when the homing function is requested and the drive starts.
Bit 2 ‘Homing’ – Indicates that the drive is heading to home position. This bit is set when the drive is running.
Bit 3 ‘At Home’ – Indicates the motor is at the home position. In flux vector / closed loop mode, this bit is set when the difference between parameter 10/11:1746 [Position
Fb] and parameter 10/11:1647 [Home Psn Actual] is less than parameter 10/11:1734 [In PosPsn Window]. In frequency modes or open loop mode this bit is controlled by
the digital input connected to parameter 0:173 [DI OL Home Limit].
1643 Find Home Speed Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 1
Find Home Speed Default: 403 [Motor NP RPM] x 0.1
Enter a value to set the velocity and direction used for Find Home Moves. Min: 403 [Motor NP RPM] x (-0.5)
Use a positive value for forward movement. Use a negative value for reverse movement. Max: 403 [Motor NP RPM] x 0.5

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 301

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 49 - Port 10/11: Position File

Position Homing Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1644 Find Home Ramp Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Find Home Ramp Default: 10.00
Enter a value to set the rate of acceleration and deceleration used for Find Home moves. Min/Max: 0.01/6554.00
1647 Home Psn Actual Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Home Position Actual Encoder Feedback Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Displays the position feedback value that was latched during the home event in a homing
sequence or during a Position Redefine operation.
1648 Home Psn User Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
User Defined Home Position Actual Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Enter a value to set the user-defined home position.
After completion of the homing function, the value in parameter 10/11:1745 [Position
Actual] will equal this value when parameter 10/11:1746 [Position Fb] equals the value in
parameter 10/11:1647 [Home Psn Actual].

Table 50 - Port 10/11: Position File

Position Ref Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1681 PRef Select Default: 101682 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Reference Select Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
Select a source for the Direct Position reference. Select the port and parameter of the
source.
1682 Psn Direct Stpt Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Direct Setpoint Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Enter a constant value to set the Direct Position reference set point.
You can select this constant as a reference in parameter 10/11:1681 [PRef Select].
1683 PRef Direct Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Reference Direct Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Displays the Direct Position reference. The reference is selected parameter 10/11:1681
[PRef Select].
1684 PRef Selected Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Reference Selected Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Displays the selected Position Reference.
This can come from many sources, such as the Direct Position Reference or Point to Point
Position Reference.
This depends on the state of parameter 10/11:34 [PsnVelTrq Actv].
1686 PRef EGR Out Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Reference EGR Output Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Displays the output of the Position Reference Electronic Gear Ratio (EGR) function.
Position Reference Electronic Gear Ratio (EGR) function multiplies the selected Position
Reference by the numerator in parameter 10/11:1687 [Psn EGR Mult] and divides it by the
denominator in parameter 10/11:1688 [Psn EGR Div].
When the position regulator is not enabled, this parameter is initialized to parameter 10/
11:1745 [Position Actual].
1687 Psn EGR Mult Default: 1 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Position EGR Multiplier Min/Max: -2000000/+2000000 Integer
Enter a value to set the numerator of the Position Reference Electronic Gear Ratio (EGR)
function.
Enter a negative value in the numerator to account for reversed motor rotation.

302 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 50 - Port 10/11: Position File

Position Ref Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1688 Psn EGR Div Default: 1 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Position EGR Divider Min/Max: 1/2000000 Integer
Enter a value to set the denominator of the Position Reference Electronic Gear Ratio (EGR)
function.
1690 Psn Offset 1 Sel Default: 101691 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Offset 1 Select Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
Select a source for the first Position Offset.
Select the port and parameter of the source.
Offsets can be added to the output of the Position Reference Electronic Gear Ratio (EGR)
function. The addition is rate limited.
1691 Psn Offset 1 Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Offset 1 Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Enter a constant value to set the first Position Offset set point.
You can select this constant as a reference in parameter 10/11:1690 [Psn Offset 1 Sel].
1693 Psn Offset 2 Sel Default: 101694 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Offset 2 Select Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
Select a source for the second Position Offset.
Select the port and parameter of the source.
1694 Psn Offset 2 Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Offset 2 Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Enter a constant value to set the second Position Offset set point.
You can select this constant as a reference in parameter 10/11:1693 [Psn Offset 2 Sel].
1695 Psn Offset Vel Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 2
Position Offset Velocity Default: 9.00
Enter a value to set the velocity of position offset. Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
A position offset command does not exceed this speed. The actual speed of offset is
limited to a maximum value of 1/(inertia x pos gain) so as not to cause a torque pulse
greater than 1 per unit. The speed changes exponentially.
1697 Zero Position Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Zero Position Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Enter a value to set the absolute user zero position.
When the zero position bit parameter 10/11:1730 [Position Control] bit 4 ‘Zero Psn’ is set,
parameter 10/11:1745 [Position Actual] accumulates the value of parameter 10/11:1746
[Position Fb] – the parameter 10/11:1697 [Zero Position], and 10/11:1745 [Position
Actual] becomes zero when 10/11:1746 [Position Fb] is at the zero position. The homing
function also sets the value after homing process is completed.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 303

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 51 - Port 10/11: Position File

Position Reg Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1730 Psn Ctrl Options RW Bit 1.x 2
Position Control Options
Sets bits to enable various position control functions.

PsnWtch2Arm

PsnWtch1Arm
PsnWatch2Dir

PsnWatch1Dir
Options

Offset ReRef
Add Spd Ref

OffsetVel En
Intgrtr Hold

Intgrtr En
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Zero Psn
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 1 ‘Intgrtr En’ – Set this bit to enable the integrator operation. Clear it to reset the integrator.
Bit 2 ‘Offset ReRef’ – Set this bit to active position offset re-referencing. This permits a change to the value of position offsets without changing actual position. The position
offsets are the values that parameters 10/11:1690 [Psn Offset 1 Sel] and 10/11:1693 [Psn Offset 2 Sel] select. The default position offsets are parameters 10/11:1691 [Psn
Offset 1] and 10/11:1694 [Psn Offset 2].
Bit 3 ‘OffsetVel En’ – Set this bit to use the offset velocity parameter 10/11:1695 [Psn Offset Vel] for the position offset integrator. Sets the offset integrator bit, parameter
10/11:1732 [PReg Status] Bit 0 ‘OffsetIntgtr’ when this bit is set.
Bit 4 ‘Zero Psn’ – Set this bit to put parameter 10/11:1745 [Psn Actual] in absolute mode (no differential) with zero position offset. Parameter 10/11:1745 [Psn Actual] sets
the value of parameter 10/11:1746 [Position Fb] – the position parameter 10/11:1697 [Zero Position]. With bit 4 ‘Zero Psn’ disabled, parameter 1745 [Psn Actual]
accumulates the difference in parameter 10/11:1746 [Position Fb] at each position control scan. Parameter 10/11:1745 [Psn Actual] and parameter 10/11:1746 [Position
Fb] are not always the same and therefore, parameter 10/11:1745 [Psn Actual] is reset. With bit 4 ‘Zero Psn’ set, parameter 10/11:1745 [Psn Actual] directly loads the raw
value of parameter 10/11:1746 [Position Fb] after subtracting parameter 10/11:1697 [Zero Position].
Bit 5 ‘Intgrtr Hold’ – Set this bit to hold the position integrator in present state.
Bit 6 ‘PsnWtch1Arm’ – Set this bit to enable the position watch 1. Clear this bit to clear the position watch 1 detection parameter 10/11:1732 [PReg Status] bit 9
‘PsnW1Detect.’
Bit 7 ‘PsnWatch1Dir’ – Set this bit to cause the position watch 1 output to be set when parameter 10/11:1738 [PsnWatch1 DtctIn] is greater than the set-point value
parameter 10/11:1739 [PsnWatch1 Stpt]. Clear this bit to cause the position watch 1 output to be set when parameter 10/11:1738 [PsnWatch 1 DtctIn] is less than the set-
point value parameter 10/11:1739 [PsnWatch1 Stpt].
Bit 8 ‘PsnWtch2Arm’ – Set this bit to enable the position watch 2. Clear this bit to clear the position watch 2 detection parameter 10/11:1732 [PReg Status] bit 10
‘PsnW2Detect.’
Bit 9 ‘PsnWatch2Dir’ – Set this bit to cause the position watch 2 output to be set when parameter 10/11:1742 [PsnWatch 2 DtctIn] is greater than the set-point value
parameter 10/11:1743 [PsnWatch2 Stpt]. Clear this bit to cause the position watch 2 output to be set when parameter 10/11:1742 [PsnWatch 2 DtctIn] is less than the set-
point value parameter 10/11:1743 [PsnWatch2 Stpt].
Bit 10 ‘Add Spd Ref’ – Set this bit to add the velocity reference to the output of the position control, when in position control mode.
1731 Position Command Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Command Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Displays the final Position Command to the Position Regulator.
When the position regulator is not enabled, this parameter is initialized to parameter 10/
11:1745 [Position Actual].

304 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 51 - Port 10/11: Position File

Position Reg Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1732 PReg Status RO Bit 1.x 2
Position Regulator Status
Displays the status of the Position Regulator.

PsnW2Detect
PsnW1Detect
Options

Psn Reg Actv

InPsn Detect

Psn Reg Lmt

Offset ReRef
Intgrtr Hold

OffsetIntgtr
Psn Intgrtr
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘OffsetIntgtr’ – Indicates the position offset Integrator is active.

Bit 1 ‘Offset ReRef’ – Indicates the position offset re-referencing is active.
Bit 2 ‘Psn Intgrtr’ – Indicates that the position integrator is active.
Bit 3 ‘Psn Reg Lmt’ – Indicates that the position regulator output is at positive or negative limit.
Bit 7 ‘Psn Reg Actv’ – Indicates that the position regulator is active.
Bit 8 ‘Intgrtr Hold’ – Indicates that the position Integrator is held in present state.
Bit 9 ‘PsnW1Detect’ – Indicates the position watch 1 has detected motor position equal to its setpoint, from the proper direction.
Bit 10 ‘PsnW2Detect’ – Indicates the position watch 2 has detected motor position equal to its setpoint, from the proper direction.
Bit 11 ‘InPsn Detect’ – Indicates parameter 10/11:1750 [Position Error] is within the position band that the in-position band parameter 10/11:1734 [In PosPsn Window]
specifies.
1734 In PosPsn Window Default: 200 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
In Positive Position Window Min/Max: 0/2147483647 Integer
Enter a value to determine the size of the detection window for the In Position Detector
function.
When the value in parameter 10/11:1750 [Position Error] is within this window for the
amount of time (Dwell Time) specified in parameter 10/11:1735 [In PosPsn Dwell] the
function sets bit 11 ‘InPsn Detect’ in parameter 10/11:1732 [PReg Status].
1735 In PosPsn Dwell Default: 0.0040 RW Real 1.x 2
In Positive Position Dwell Min/Max: 0.0001/10.0000
Enter a value to determine the Dwell Time for the In Position Detector function.
1737 PsnWatch1 Select Default: 101738 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Watch 1 Select Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
Select a feedback source for the first Position Watch detector.
The first Position Watch detector compares the value of this source to the value of the set
point in parameter 10/11:1739 [PsnWatch1 Stpt].
Bits 6 ‘PsnWtch1Arm’ and 7 ‘PsnWatch1Dir’ in parameter 10/11:1730 [Psn Ctrl Options]
enable and set the direction for the detector.
Select the port and parameter of the source.
1738 PsnWatch1 DtctIn Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Watch 1 Detection Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Enter a constant value to set the input to the first Position Watch detector.
You can select this constant as a reference in parameter 10/11:1737 [PsnWatch1 Select].
1739 PsnWatch1 Stpt Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Watch 1 Setpoint Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Enter a value for the comparison set point for the first Position Watch detector.
The detector compares this value to coming from parameter 10/11:1737 [PsnWatch1
Select].

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 305

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 51 - Port 10/11: Position File

Position Reg Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1741 PsnWatch2 Select Default: 101742 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Watch 2 Select Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
Select a feedback source for the second Position Watch detector.
The second Position Watch detector compares the value of this source to the value of the
set point in parameter 10/11:1743 [PsnWatch2 Stpt].
Bits 8 ‘PsnWtch2Arm’ and 9 ‘PsnWatch2Dir’ in parameter 10/11:1730 [Psn Ctrl Options]
enable and set the direction for the detector.
Select the port and parameter of the source.
1742 PsnWatch2 DtctIn Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Watch 2 Detection Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Enter a constant value to set the input to the second Position Watch detector.
You can select this constant as a reference in parameter 10/11:1741 [PsnWatch2 Select].
1743 PsnWatch2 Stpt Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Watch 2 Setpoint Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Enter a value for the comparison set point for the second Position Watch detector.
The detector compares this value to coming from parameter 10/11:1741 [PsnWatch2
Select].
1745 Position Actual Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Actual Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Displays the actual position of the motor in encoder counts.
This tracks parameter 10/11:1746 [Position Fb].
When bit 4 ‘Zero Psn’ of parameter 10/11:1730 [Psn Ctrl Options] is set, it accumulates the
value of 10/11:1746 [Position Fb] – the value in 10/11:1697 [Zero Position].
When bit 4 ‘Zero Psn’ of parameter 10/11:1730 [Psn Ctrl Options] is cleared, it
accumulates the value of 10/11:1746 [Position Fb].
1746 Position Fb Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Feedback Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Displays the position feedback used by the Position Regulator.
The source of this signal is determined by the selection in parameter 10/11:1013 [PReg Fb
Sel].
1747 Psn Actual Units Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Actual Units Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Displays the value of parameter 10/11:1745 [Position Actual] in user engineering units as
opposed to encoder counts.
In incremental / index mode: 10/11:1747 [Psn Actual Units] = 10/11:1745 [Position
Actual] x 10/11:1385 [PTP Ref Scale] x 10/11:1388[PTP EGR Mult] / 10/11:1389 [PTP EGR
Div]
In absolute / immediate mode: 1747 [Psn Actual Units] = 10/11:1745 [Position Actual] x
10/11:1385 [PTP Ref Scale]
1748 Psn Load Actual Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Load Actual Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Displays the output of the Load to Motor Gear Ratio function.
This forms the primary feedback for the position regulator integral channel. It is
important that the load gear ratio is precisely set such that the delta pulse count of one
motor revolution equals the delta pulse count of this parameter.
1750 Position Error Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 2
Position Error Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Displays the position error signal.
This value is the difference between the final filtered position reference signal and
position feedback signal. This signal is the primary input to the position regulator used for
Flux Vector control.
When the position regulator is not enabled, the value is zero.

306 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 51 - Port 10/11: Position File

Position Reg Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1752 Psn Gear Ratio Default: 1.0000 RW Real 1.x 2
Position Gear Ratio Min/Max: 0.0001/9999.0000
Enter a value to set the load side gear ratio for position control.
Adjust this parameter value when the load side encoder is selected for the position
feedback by parameter 10/11:1013 [PReg Fb Sel], and the load is coupled to the motor
through a gear.
Calculation: Gear Ratio = (Number of teeth on Gear or driven) / (Number of teeth on
Pinion or driver)
When a motor (driver) and a load (driven) are coupled with a 20:1 gearbox (the gear ratio
= 20), the value of this parameter is 20.
It is often necessary to count gear teeth, as gearbox manufacturers often approximate
exact ratios with decimal numbers.
This value affects the Position Regulator Velocity Output, as a velocity feed forward gain.
1754 c PReg Kp Units: Hz RO Real 1.x 2
Position Bandwidth -Calc Default: 0.50
Displays the calculated value of the position regulator proportional gain. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
This value is used when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 0 ‘Calculated’.
This value is determined by equations in the drive based on 10/11:901 [Load Ratio], 10/
11:906 [System BW], 10/11:907 [System Damping], and 10/11:2020 [LdObs Mode].
1755 u PReg Kp Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 2
Position Bandwidth -User Default: 0.50
Enter the position regulator proportional gain in units of Hz. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
This value is used when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 1 ‘User Entered’.
1756 c PReg Ki Units: Hz RO Real 1.x 2
Position Integral Bandwidth -Calc Default: 0.00
Displays the calculated value of the position regulator integral gain. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
This value is used when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 0 ‘Calculated’.
This value is determined by equations in the drive based on 10/11:901 [Load Ratio], 10/
11:906 [System BW], 10/11:907 [System Damping], and 10/11:2020 [LdObs Mode].
1757 u PReg Ki Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 2
Position Integral Bandwidth -User Default: 0.00
Enter the position regulator integral gain in units of Hz. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
This value is used when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 1 ‘User Entered’.
1760 c Vel FF Gain Units: % RO Real 4.x 2
Velocity Feedforward -Calc Default: 100.00
Displays the calculated value of the velocity feed forward gain. Min/Max: 0.00/200.00
This value is used when parameter 905 [System C/U Sel] is set to ‘Calculated’ (0).
This value is set to 100%.
1761 u Vel FF Gain Units: % RW Real 4.x 2
Velocity Feedforward -User Default: 100.00
Enter the velocity feed forward gain. Values range from 0 to 100%. Min/Max: 0.00/200.00
This value is used when parameter 905 [System C/U Sel] is set to ‘User Entered’ (1).
1763 PReg Droop Units: s RW Real 1.x 2
Position Regulator Droop Default: 0.00
Sets position droop that limits the low frequency gain of the position regulators integral Min/Max: 0.00/25.00
channel to a value of (1/droop). This parameter provides a means to fine-tune the
stability for load-mounted feedback devices where lost motion can cause a problem.
Typically, the position droop has a value that is less than (1/position gain), even zero for
tightly coupled loads. The position droop has a gain value of (P.U. position) / (P.U. speed).
Note: 1 P.U. position is the distance traveled in 1 second at base motor speed.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 307

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 51 - Port 10/11: Position File

Position Reg Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1765 PReg Int Out Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 1.x 2
Position Regulator Integral Output Default: 0.00
Displays the contribution of the Integral Gain to the Position Regulator output. Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
The contributions for the Proportional and Integral gains are summed to produce the
output of the Position Regulator.
1766 PReg Vel Lim Pos Units: % RW Real 6.x 2
Position Regulator Velocity Lim Positive Default: 2000.00
Enter a value to set the positive limit on the Position Regulator Velocity Output. Enter the Min/Max: 0.00/2000.00
value as a percent of motor nameplate RPM.
1767 PReg Vel Out Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 1.x 2
Position Regulator Velocity Output Default: 0.00
Displays the final Velocity Output of the Position Regulator output. Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
1768 PReg Vel Lim Neg Units: % RW Real 6.x 2
Position Regulator Velocity Lim Negative Default: -2000.00
Enter a value to set the negative limit on the Position Regulator Velocity Output. Enter the Min/Max: -2000.00/0.00
value as a percent of motor nameplate RPM.
1769 Pri Position Fb Default: 0 RO 32-bit 4.x 2
Velocity Feedforward -User Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Displays the primary position feedback.
The source of this signal is determined by the selection in parameter 1013 [PReg Fb Sel].
This signal will be used for the Position Regulator's Feedback before a feedback loss Auto
Tach Switchover or when the primary encoder has been manually selected - Param 1019
[Fb Loss Action] is Primary Only (0).
1770 Alt Position Fb Default: 0 RO 32-bit 4.x 2
Alternate Position Regulator Feedback Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Displays the alternate position feedback.
The source of this signal is determined by the selection in parameter 1012 [Alt PReg Fb
Sel]. This signal will be used for the Position Regulator's Feedback following a feedback
loss Auto Tach Switchover or when the alternate encoder has been manually selected -
Param 1019 [Fb Loss Action] is Alt Only (1).

308 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 52 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

Vel Ref Sel Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1800 VRef A Sel Default: 214 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Velocity Reference A Select Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
Select a source for Velocity Reference A.
Select the port and parameter of the source.
This is the typical Automatic reference.
Digital input functions for and bits in the Logic Command select between Velocity
Reference A and Velocity Reference B.
A Manual selection will override this.
1801 VRef A Stpt Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 1
Velocity Reference A Setpoint Default: 0.0000
Enter a constant value to be used as a source for Velocity Reference A. Min/Max: -35400.0000/+35400.0000
You can select this constant as a reference in 10/11:1800 [VRef A Sel]. This is similar to
using a Preset.
1802 VRef A AnlgHi Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 1
Velocity Reference A Analog High Default: 1800.00
Enter a value to set the velocity that corresponds to the high value of the analog input Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
channel used as a source for the Velocity Reference A.
Only used when an analog input is selected as a source for Velocity Reference A.
1803 VRef A AnlgLo Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 1
Velocity Reference A Analog Low Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the velocity that corresponds to the low value of the analog input Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
channel used as a source for the Velocity Reference A.
Only used when an analog input is selected as a source for Velocity Reference A.
1804 VRef A Mult Default: 1.00 RW Real 1.x 1
Velocity Reference A Multiplier Min/Max: -22000.00/+22000.00
Enter a value to define a multiplier for Velocity Reference A.
The value from the source selected by parameter 10/11:1800 [VRef A Sel] will be
multiplied by this.
1807 VRef B Sel Default: 101808 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Velocity Reference B Select Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
Select a source for Velocity Reference B.
Select the port and parameter of the source.
This is the typical Automatic reference.
Digital input functions for and bits in the Logic Command select between Velocity
Reference A and Velocity Reference B.
A Manual selection will override this.
1808 VRef B Stpt Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 1
Velocity Reference B Setpoint Default: 0.0000
Enter a constant value to be used as a source for Velocity Reference B. Min/Max: -35400.0000/+35400.0000
You can select this constant as a reference in 10/11:1807 [VRef B Sel]. This is similar to
using a Preset.
1809 VRef B AnlgHi Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 1
Velocity Reference B Analog High Default: 1800.00
Enter a value to set the velocity that corresponds to the high value of the analog input Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
channel used as a source for the Velocity Reference B.
Only used when an analog input is selected as a source for Velocity Reference B.
1810 VRef B AnlgLo Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 1
Velocity Reference B Analog Low Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the velocity that corresponds to the low value of the analog input Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
channel used as a source for the Velocity Reference B.
Only used when an analog input is selected as a source for Velocity Reference B.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 309

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 52 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

Vel Ref Sel Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1811 VRef B Mult Default: 1 RW Real 1.x 1
Velocity Reference B Multiplier Min/Max: -22000/+22000
Enter a value to define a multiplier for Velocity Reference B.
The value from the source selected by parameter 10/11:1807 [VRef B Sel] will be
multiplied by this.
1814 Preset Speed 1 Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 1
1815 Preset Speed 2 Default: 150.00 (Preset Speed 1)
1816 Preset Speed 3 300.00 (Preset Speed 2)
1817 Preset Speed 4 600.00 (Preset Speed 3)
1818 Preset Speed 5 900.00 (Preset Speed 4)
1819 Preset Speed 6 1200.00 (Preset Speed 5)
1820 Preset Speed 7 1500.00 (Preset Speed 6)
Preset Speed n 1800.00 (Preset Speed 7)
Enter a constant value to be used as a discrete velocity reference. Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
Parameters 10/11:1800 [VRef A Sel] and 10/11:1807 [VRef B Sel] can select this as a
source for the Velocity Reference. Digital input functions can select it. Bits in the Logic
Command can select it.
1823 MOP Reference Units: % RO Real 2.x 1
MOP Reference Default: 0.00
Displays the output of the MOP (Motor Operated Potentiometer) function. Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
This provides a velocity reference that can be incremented and decremented by digital
input functions.
1824 MOP Ref Save RW Bit 2.x 1
MOP Reference Save
Set and clear bits to enable and disable saving of the MOP Reference at power down and at stop.
At Pwr Down

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
At Stop

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘At Pwr Down’ – save at Power Down, so the same value is present after a power cycle.
Bit 1 ‘At Stop’ – save at Stop, so the same value is present when the drive starts again.
1825 MOP Rate Units: %/s RW Real 2.x 1
MOP Rate Default: 1.0000
Enter a value to set the rate of change for increasing and decreasing the velocity reference Min/Max: 0.0100/100.0000
provided by the MOP function.
1826 MOP Limit High Units: % RW Real 2.x 1
MOP Limit High Default: 100.000
Enter a value to set the high limit for the velocity reference from the MOP function. Min/Max: 0.000/800.000
1827 MOP Limit Low Units: % RW Real 2.x 1
MOP Limit Low Default: -100.000
Enter a value to set the low limit for the velocity reference from the MOP function. Min/Max: -800.000/0.000
1828 MOP Init Select Default: 101829 RW 32-bit 2.x 1
MOP Initialization Select Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
Select a source for the value that defines the initial MOP value when the MOP is not
configured to start at the ‘At Power Down’ or ‘At Stop’ values selected in parameter 10/
11:1824 [MOP Ref Save].

310 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 52 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

Vel Ref Sel Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1829 MOP Init Stpt Units: % RW Real 2.x 1
MOP Initialization Setpoint Default: 0.00
Enter a constant value to be used as a source for initial MOP value. Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
You can select this constant as a reference in 10/11:1828 [MOP Init Select].
1832 Enc VRef Sel Default: 101048 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Encoder Velocity Reference Select Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
Select an encoder channel to be used as the Encoder Velocity Reference.
Select the port and parameter of the source.
1833 Enc VRef Taps Units: Taps RW 8-bit 1.x 1
Encoder Velocity Reference Filter Taps Default: 0 Integer
Enter the order of the Finite Impulse Response (FIR) filter on the encoder signal used for Min/Max: 0/7
speed reference. This selection determines the number of taps.
1834 Enc VRef Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 1.x 1
Encoder Velocity Reference Default: 0.00
Displays the filtered Velocity Reference from the Encoder Velocity Reference function. Min/Max: -40000.00/+40000.00
Parameters 10/11:1800 [VRef A Sel] and 10/11:1807 [VRef B Sel] can select this as a
source for the Velocity Reference.
1835 Alt Man Ref Sel Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Alternate Manual Reference Select Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
Select the source for the Alternate Manual Velocity Reference.
This provides a way to use a different port for the reference than the port that requests
the manual mode.
The default setting (0) results in the actuating port being the one that is used for the
manual reference.
1836 Alt Man Ref AnHi Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 1
Alternate Manual Reference Analog High Default: 1800.00
Enter a value to set the velocity that corresponds to the high value of the analog input Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
channel used as a source for the Alternate Manual Velocity Reference.
Only used when an analog input is selected as a source for Alternate Manual Velocity
Reference.
1837 Alt Man Ref AnLo Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 1
Alternate Manual Reference Analog Low Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the velocity that corresponds to the low value of the analog input Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
channel used as a source for the Alternate Manual Velocity Reference.
Only used when an analog input is selected as a source for Alternate Manual Velocity
Reference.
1840 ManRef DI AnlgHi Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 1
Manual Reference Digital In Analog High Default: 1800.000
Enter a value to set the upper limit for the manual speed reference that a digital input Min/Max: -35400.000/+35400.000
activates when parameter 0:147 [DI ManRef Sel] is connected to an Analog Input.
1841 ManRef DI AnlgLo Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 1
Manual Reference Digital In Analog Low Default: 0.000
Enter a value to set the lower limit for the manual speed reference that a digital input Min/Max: -35400.000/+35400.000
activates when parameter 0:147 [DI ManRef Sel] is connected to an Analog Input.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 311

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 53 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

Vel Trim Group

Access Level
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1850 RefA TrmPct Sel Default: 101851 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Reference A Trim Percentage Select Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
Select a source for the Reference A Trim Percentage.
The value from the source selected by parameter 10/11:1800 [VRef A Sel] will be
multiplied by this (as a percentage).
1851 RefA TrmPct Stpt Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Reference A Trim Percentage Setpoint Default: 0.000
Enter a constant value to be used as a source for the Reference A Trim Percentage. Min/Max: -800.000/+800.000
You can select this constant as a reference in 10/11:1850 [RefA TrmPct Sel].
1852 RefA TrmPct AnHi Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Reference A Trim Percentage Analog High Default: 100.00
Enter a value to set the velocity that corresponds to the high value of the analog input Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
channel used as a source for the Reference A Trim Percentage.
Only used when an analog input is selected as a source for the Reference A Trim
Percentage.
1853 RefA TrmPct AnLo Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Reference A Trim Percentage Analog Low Default: 0.000
Enter a value to set the velocity that corresponds to the low value of the analog input Min/Max: -800.000/+800.000
channel used as a source for the Reference A Trim Percentage.
Only used when an analog input is selected as a source for the Reference A Trim
Percentage.
1855 RefA Trim Sel Default: 101856 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Reference A Trim Select Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
Select a source for the Reference A Trim.
The value from this source is added to the source selected by parameter 10/11:1800 [VRef
A Sel], as an offset.
1856 RefA Trim Stpt Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 1
Reference A Trim Setpoint Default: 0.00
Enter a constant value to be used as a source for the Reference A Trim. Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
You can select this constant as a reference in 10/11:1855 [RefA Trim Sel].
1857 RefA Trim AnHi Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 1
Reference A Trim Analog High Default: 1800.00
Enter a value to set the velocity that corresponds to the high value of the analog input Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
channel used as a source for the Reference A Trim.
Only used when an analog input is selected as a source for the Reference A Trim.
1858 RefA Trim AnLo Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 1
Reference A Trim Analog Low Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the velocity that corresponds to the low value of the analog input Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
channel used as a source for the Reference A Trim.
Only used when an analog input is selected as a source for the Reference A Trim.
1860 RefB TrmPct Sel Default: 101861 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Reference B Trim Percentage Select Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
Select a source for the Reference B Trim Percentage.
The value from the source selected by parameter 10/11:1800 [VRef A Sel] will be
multiplied by this (as a percentage).
1861 RefB TrmPct Stpt Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Reference B Trim Percentage Setpoint Default: 0.000
Enter a constant value to be used as a source for the Reference B Trim Percentage. Min/Max: -800.000/+800.000
You can select this constant as a reference in 10/11:1860 [RefB TrmPct Sel].

312 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 53 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

Vel Trim Group (Continued)

Access Level
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1862 RefB TrmPct AnHi Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Reference B Trim Percentage Analog High Default: 100.00
Enter a value to set the velocity that corresponds to the high value of the analog input Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
channel used as a source for the Reference B Trim Percentage.
Only used when an analog input is selected as a source for the Reference B Trim
Percentage.
1863 RefB TrmPct AnLo Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Reference B Trim Percentage Analog Low Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the velocity that corresponds to the low value of the analog input Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
channel used as a source for the Reference B Trim Percentage.
Only used when an analog input is selected as a source for the Reference B Trim
Percentage.
1865 RefB Trim Sel Default: 101866 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Reference B Trim Select Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
Select a source for the Reference B Trim.
The value from this source is added to the source selected by parameter 10/11:1807 [VRef
B Sel], as an offset.
1866 RefB Trim Stpt Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 1
Reference B Trim Setpoint Default: 0.00
Enter a constant value to be used as a source for the Reference B Trim. Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
You can select this constant as a reference in 10/11:1865 [RefB Trim Sel].
1867 RefB Trim AnHi Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 1
Reference B Trim Analog High Default: 1800.00
Enter a value to set the velocity that corresponds to the high value of the analog input Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
channel used as a source for the Reference B Trim.
Only used when an analog input is selected as a source for the Reference B Trim.
1868 RefB Trim AnLo Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 1
Reference B Trim Analog Low Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the velocity that corresponds to the low value of the analog input Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
channel used as a source for the Reference B Trim.
Only used when an analog input is selected as a source for the Reference B Trim.
1870 VelTrimPctRefSrc Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Velocity Trim Percent Reference Source Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
Displays the source of Velocity Reference Trim Percent.
Displays in the format SSPPPP, where SS indicates the source port number other than Port
0 and PPPP indicates the source parameter number.
A value of zero indicates that a source has not been assigned.
1871 Vel Trim Source Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 1
Velocity Trim Source Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
Displays the source of Velocity Reference Trim.
Displays in the format SSPPPP, where SS indicates the source port number other than Port
0 and PPPP indicates the source parameter number.
A value of zero indicates that a source has not been assigned.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 313

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 54 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

Velocity Ref Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1890 VRef Sel Sts RO Bit 1.x 0
Velocity Reference Selector Status
Displays the status of the velocity reference.

MicroPsnMult
Decel Lmt Sw
Options

Unipolar Ref

Sel Override

Trim Pct Ref

End Lim Sw

Rev Disable

Preset Auto
Bipolar Ref

Ref A Auto
Ref A Mult
Ref B Auto
Ref B Mult
Skip Band
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Trim Ref
Manual
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘Ref A Auto’ – When set, the Reference A Auto path is active. Control Logic has selected the Velocity Reference source A. See parameter 10/11:1800 [VRef A Sel].
Bit 1 ‘Ref B Auto’ – When set, the Reference B Auto path is active. Control Logic has selected the Velocity Reference source B. See parameter 10/11:1807 [VRef B Sel].
Bit 2 ‘Ref A Mult’ – set when parameter 10/11:1804 [VRef A Mult] is modifying Velocity Reference A. Cleared when the multiplier equals 1.0 or when the Reference A Auto
path is inactive.
Bit 3 ‘Ref B Mult’ – set when parameter 10/11:1811 [VRef B Mult] is modifying Velocity Reference A. Cleared when the multiplier equals 1.0 or when the Reference B Auto
path is inactive.
Bit 4 ‘MicroPsnMult’ – set when the Torque Prove function is modifying the selected Velocity Reference with the Micro Position Scale. See parameter 9:71
[MicroPsnScalePct].
Bit 5 ‘Trim Pct Ref’ – set when the velocity reference is modified by the Velocity Trim Percent Reference. See parameter 10/11:1870 [VelTrimPctRefSrc].
Bit 6 ‘Trim Ref’ – set when the velocity reference is modified by the Velocity Trim Reference. See parameter 10/11:1871 [Vel Trim Source].
Bit 7 ‘Preset Auto’ – set when the selection logic uses a Preset Auto source for the Velocity Reference.
Bit 8 ‘Manual’ – set when the selection logic uses a Manual source for the Velocity Reference.
Bit 9 ‘Sel Override’ – set when another source has overridden the Selected Velocity Reference. See parameter 10/11:350 [VRef Source] to understand the override.
Bit 10 ‘Bipolar Ref’ – set when the Velocity Reference is bipolar (negative values command reverse rotation). See parameter 10/11:930 [Direction Mode].
Bit 11 ‘Rev Disable’ – set when reverse rotation is disabled (negative values for the Velocity Reference are replaced with zero). See parameter 10/11:930 [Direction Mode].
Bit 12 ‘Unipolar Ref’ – set when the Velocity Reference is unipolar (the direction command is needed for reverse rotation). See parameter 10/11:930 [Direction Mode].
Bit 13 ‘Decel Lmt Sw’ – set when the Torque Prove function has detected an active decel limit switch and has selected parameter 10/11:1814 [Preset Speed 1] for the
Velocity Reference.
Bit 14 ‘End Lim Sw’ – set when the Torque Prove function has detected an active decel limit switch and using zero speed for the Velocity Reference.
Bit 15 ‘Skip Band’ – set when the Skip Band function is modifying the Velocity Reference.
1892 VRef Selected Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 1.x 0
Velocity Reference Selected Default: 0.00
Displays the value of the active speed reference. Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
1894 Jog Speed 1 Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 0
1895 Jog Speed 2 Default: 300.00
Jog Speed n Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
Enter a value to set the speed that is used for Jog n Jogging function.
The Jogging function is activated by digital inputs or bits in the Logic Command.
1896 Jog Acc Dec Time Units: s RW Real 1.x 0
Jog Acceleration Deceleration Time Default: 10
Enter a value to set the ramp time used for acceleration and deceleration in the Jogging Min/Max: 0/3600
function.

314 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 54 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

Velocity Ref Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1898 Vel Limit Pos Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 0
Velocity Limit Positive Default: 120 x LV Motor NP Hertz Normal Duty /
Enter the positive velocity limit for velocity reference commands. Motor Poles
This value sets the maximum forward speed reference. 120 x HV Motor NP Hertz Normal Duty /
Motor Poles
120 x LV Motor NP Hertz Heavy Duty /
Motor Poles
120 x HV Motor NP Hertz Heavy Duty /
Motor Poles
120 x HV Motor NP Hertz Light Duty /
Motor Poles
120 x LV Motor NP Hertz Light Duty /
Motor Poles
Min: 0.00
Max: When 10/11:425 = 0 ‘1.333 kHz’
Hz: 120 / RPM: 120 × 120 ÷ Poles
When 10/11:425 = 1 ‘2 kHz’
Hz: 325 / RPM: 120 × 325 ÷ Poles
When 10/11:425 = 1 ‘4 kHz’
Hz: 590 / RPM: 120 × 590 ÷ Poles
1899 Vel Limit Neg Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 0
Velocity Limit Negative Default: -120 x LV Motor NP Hertz Normal Duty /
Enter the negative velocity limit for velocity reference commands. Motor Poles
This value sets the maximum reverse speed reference. -120 x HV Motor NP Hertz Normal Duty /
Motor Poles
-120 x LV Motor NP Hertz Heavy Duty /
Motor Poles
-120 x HV Motor NP Hertz Heavy Duty /
Motor Poles
-120 x HV Motor NP Hertz Light Duty /
Motor Poles
-120 x LV Motor NP Hertz Light Duty /
Motor Poles
Min: When 10/11:425 = 0 ‘1.333 kHz’
Hz: -120 / RPM: -120 × 120 ÷ Poles
When 10/11:425 = 1 ‘2 kHz’
Hz: -325 / RPM: -120 × 325 ÷ Poles
When 10/11:425 = 1 ‘4 kHz’
Hz: -590 / RPM: -120 × 590 ÷ Poles
Max: 0.00
1900 Vel Low Lim Pos Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 0
Velocity Low Limit Positive Default: 0.00
Enter the minimum positive velocity limit for velocity reference commands. Min: 0.00
This value sets the minimum forward speed reference. Max: When 10/11:425 = 0 ‘1.333 kHz’
Hz: 120 / RPM: 120 × 120 ÷ Poles
When 10/11:425 = 1 ‘2 kHz’
Hz: 325 / RPM: 120 × 325 ÷ Poles
When 10/11:425 = 1 ‘4 kHz’
Hz: 590 / RPM: 120 × 590 ÷ Poles

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 315

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 54 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

Velocity Ref Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1901 Vel Low Lim Neg Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 0
Velocity Low Limit Negative Default: 0.00
Enter the minimum negative velocity limit for velocity reference commands. Min: -120 x 120 Hz / Motor Poles if 425 [PWM
This value sets the minimum reverse speed reference. Frequency] = 0 (1.333 kHz)
-120 x 325 Hz / Motor Poles if 425 [PWM
Frequency] = 1 (2 kHz)
-120 x 590 Hz / Motor Poles if 425 [PWM
Frequency] = 2 (4 kHz)
Max: 0.00
1904 Overspeed Limit Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 0
Overspeed Limit Default: 300.00
Enter a value to set the incremental amount of output frequency (above maximum speed: Min/Max: 0.00/35400.00
either parameter 10/11:1898 [Vel Limit Pos] or 10/11:1899 [Vel Limit Neg]) allowable for
functions such as slip compensation.
1906 VRef Limited Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 1.x 0
Velocity Reference Limited Default: 0.00
Displays the value of the Velocity Reference after the high limit and low limit filters have Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
been applied.
1908 Skip Speed 1 Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 0
1909 Skip Speed 2 Default: 0.00
1910 Skip Speed 3 Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
Skip Speed n
Enter a value to define the center speed for the second Skip Speed band.
The Skip Speed function prevents the motor side inverter from operating at speeds within
the band defined by this parameter and parameter 10/11:1911 [Skip Speed Band].
1911 Skip Speed Band Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 0
Skip Speed Band Default: 0.00
Enter a value to define the width for the Skip Speed bands. Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
The band is split to apply half above and half below the center speeds.
This width applies to all three Skip Speed bands.
Enter a value of zero to disable the Skip Speed function.
1914 VRef Commanded Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 1.x 0
Velocity Reference Commanded Default: 0.00
Displays the value of the Velocity Reference after the Skip Speed function. Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
1915 VRef Accel Time1 Units: s RW Real 1.x 0
Velocity Reference Acceleration Time 1 Default: 10.00
Enter the first acceleration ramp time that is applied to velocity reference commands. Min/Max: 0.00/3600.00
This value is defined as the time to accelerate from zero to the value in parameter 10/
11:403 [Motor NP RPM].
Digital input functions and bits in the Logic Command select between the first and second
ramp times.
This value is used to calculate acceleration and deceleration rates equivalent to LinScurve
behavior when 10/11:933 [Ref Time Base] = 0 ‘Rate’.
This value is not used when 10/11:933 [Ref Time Base] = 1 ‘Time’. Instead, 10/11:934 [Ref
Accel Time] and 10/11:935 [Ref Decel Time] are applied directly as acceleration and
deceleration times.

316 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 54 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

Velocity Ref Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1916 VRef Accel Time2 Units: s RW Real 1.x 0
Velocity Reference Acceleration Time 2 Default: 10.00
Enter the second acceleration ramp time that is applied to velocity reference commands. Min/Max: 0.00/3600.00
This value is defined as the time to accelerate from zero to the value in parameter 10/
11:403 [Motor NP RPM].
Digital input functions and bits in the Logic Command select between the first and second
ramp times.
This value is used to calculate acceleration and deceleration rates equivalent to LinScurve
behavior when 10/11:933 [Ref Time Base] = 0 ‘Rate’.
This value is not used when 10/11:933 [Ref Time Base] = 1 ‘Time’. Instead, 10/11:934 [Ref
Accel Time] and 10/11:935 [Ref Decel Time] are applied directly as acceleration and
deceleration times.
1917 VRef Decel Time1 Units: s RW Real 1.x 0
Velocity Reference Deceleration Time 1 Default: 10.00
Enter the first deceleration ramp time that is applied to velocity reference commands. Min/Max: 0.00/3600.00
This value is defined as the time to decelerate from the value in parameter 10/11:403
[Motor NP RPM] to zero.
Digital input functions and bits in the Logic Command select between the first and second
ramp times.
This value is also used for these stop modes: Ramp, Ramp to Hold, and DecelToHold.
This value is used to calculate acceleration and deceleration rates equivalent to LinScurve
behavior when 10/11:933 [Ref Time Base] = 0 ‘Rate’.
This value is not used when 10/11:933 [Ref Time Base] = 1 ‘Time’. Instead, 10/11:934 [Ref
Accel Time] and 10/11:935 [Ref Decel Time] are applied directly as acceleration and
deceleration times.
1918 VRef Decel Time2 Units: s RW Real 1.x 0
Velocity Reference Deceleration Time 2 Default: 10.00
Enter the second deceleration ramp time that is applied to velocity reference commands. Min/Max: 0.00/3600.00
This value is defined as the time to decelerate from the value in parameter 10/11:403
[Motor NP RPM] to zero.
Digital input functions and bits in the Logic Command select between the first and second
ramp times.
This value is also used for these stop modes: Ramp, Ramp to Hold, and DecelToHold.
This value is used to calculate acceleration and deceleration rates equivalent to LinScurve
behavior when 10/11:933 [Ref Time Base] = 0 ‘Rate’.
This value is not used when 10/11:933 [Ref Time Base] = 1 ‘Time’. Instead, 10/11:934 [Ref
Accel Time] and 10/11:935 [Ref Decel Time] are applied directly as acceleration and
deceleration times.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 317

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 54 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

Velocity Ref Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1919 VRef Accel Jerk Units: % RW Real 1.x 0
Velocity Reference Acceleration Jerk Default: 0.000
Enter the percentage of acceleration time applied to the acceleration ramp of velocity Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
reference commands. Increasing this value softens changes in acceleration and reduce
jerk. Half of the time associated with this percentage is added at the beginning of the
ramp and half is added at the end of the ramp.
This value is used to calculate acceleration and deceleration rates equivalent to LinScurve
behavior when 10/11:933 [Ref Time Base] = 0 ‘Rate’.
This value is not used when 10/11:933 [Ref Time Base] = 1 ‘Time’. Instead, 10/11:934 [Ref
Accel Time] and 10/11:935 [Ref Decel Time] are applied directly as acceleration and
deceleration times.
70.0
60.0
50.0
40.0
Hz
30.0
20.0
10.0
0.0
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0
Seconds

1920 VRef Decel Jerk Units: % RW Real 1.x 0

Velocity Reference Deceleration Jerk Default: 0.000
Enter the percentage of deceleration time applied to the deceleration ramp of velocity Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
reference commands. Increasing this value softens changes in deceleration and reduce
jerk. Half of the time associated with this percentage is added at the beginning of the
ramp and half is added at the end of the ramp.
This value is used to calculate acceleration and deceleration rates equivalent to LinScurve
behavior when 10/11:933 [Ref Time Base] = 0 ‘Rate’.
This value is not used when 10/11:933 [Ref Time Base] = 1 ‘Time’. Instead, 10/11:934 [Ref
Accel Time] and 10/11:935 [Ref Decel Time] are applied directly as acceleration and
deceleration times.
1923 VRef Ramped Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 1.x 0
Velocity Reference Ramped Default: 0.00
Displays the value of the Velocity Reference after the Ramp and Jerk functions. Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
1924 VRef Delayed Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 1.x 0
Velocity Reference Delayed Default: 0.00
Displays the output of the Velocity Reference, but delayed by one sample scan delay Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
(1000 μs).
This is useful in systems with multiple drives where it necessary to synchronize the Master
drive and Follower drives. The Master drive uses this delayed signal for its velocity
reference. The Follower drives use the un-delayed signal.
Set bit 8 ‘Delayed Ref’ in parameter 10/11:1950 [Vel Ctrl Options] to select the delayed
reference in the master drive. Then transmit parameter 10/11:1923 [VRef Ramped] to the
helper drives over a communication link.
1925 VRef Filtered Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 1.x 0
Velocity Reference Filtered Default: 0.00
Displays the Velocity Reference after the selection between parameters 10/11:1923 [VRef Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
Ramped] and 10/11:1924 [VRef Delayed].
If bit 8 ‘Delayed Ref’ in parameter 10/11:1950 [Vel Ctrl Options] is cleared, this is 10/
11:1923 [VRef Ramped].
If bit 8 ‘Delayed Ref’ in parameter 10/11:1950 [Vel Ctrl Options] is set, this is 10/11:1924
[VRef Delayed].

318 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 54 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

Velocity Ref Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1927 Vel Comp Sel Default: 0 = ‘Disabled’ RW 32-bit 1.x 0
Velocity Compensation Select Options: 0 = ‘Disabled’ Integer
Enter a value to select Velocity Compensation modes. 1 = ‘Ramped Ref’
This is a feed forward that is added to the Velocity Reference. 2 = ‘Rate Ref’
’Disabled’ (0) – disables the function.
’Ramped Ref’ (1) – enables an internal compensation. The compensation is based on the
rate of change (derivative) of Velocity Reference.
’Rate Ref’ (2) – enables an external compensation signal. This signal is supplied by
parameter 10/11:1931 [FF Vel Rate Ref].
1928 c Vel Comp Gain Default: -2.50 RO Real 1.x 0
Velocity Compensation Gain -Calc Min/Max: -32767.00/+32767.00
Displays the gain of the Speed compensation function that is used when parameter 10/
11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 0 ‘Calculated’.
This adjusts the magnitude of parameter 10/11:1930 [Vel Comp Out]. The calculation uses
a lookup table and the interrupt times and delays of the finite impulse response (FIR)
filter for Speed feedback.
1929 u Vel Comp Gain Default: -2.50 RW Real 1.x 0
Velocity Compensation Gain -User Min/Max: -32767.00/+32767.00
Enter a value to set the gain of the Speed compensation function that is used when
parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to ‘User Entered.’
This adjusts the magnitude of parameter 10/11:1930 [Vel Comp Out].
1930 Vel Comp Out Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 1.x 0
Velocity Compensation Output Default: 0.0000
Displays the output of the Speed Compensation function. This value is summed with the Min/Max: -35400.0000/+35400.0000
speed reference, following the application of 10/11:1932 [VRef Scale].
1931 FF Vel Rate Ref Units: R/s2 RW Real 1.x 0
Feedforward Velocity Rate Reference Default: 0.00
Send a value to this parameter from an external controller that is already sending a rate Min/Max: -100000.00/+100000.00
limited Velocity Reference.
The Feedforward Velocity Rate Reference should be proportional to the rate of change
with respect to time of the Velocity Reference (like acceleration).
For example if the controller provides a 10 second ramp, it would also supply a
Feedforward Velocity Rate Reference equal to 1 PU / 10 sec = 0.1 sec-1. When it is not
accelerating, the ramp is zero, and the Feedforward Velocity Rate Reference is also equal
to zero.
Both the Velocity Compensation and Inertia Compensation functions share this
parameter. Both of these functions are available only when the motor control mode is
Flux Vector.
1932 VRef Scale Default: 1.000 RW Real 1.x 0
Velocity Reference Scale Min/Max: 0.000/1000.000
Enter a number to define the multiplier for Velocity Reference scaling.
The Filtered Velocity Reference from parameter 10/11:1925 [VRef Filtered] and the output
of the PI Velocity Trim function are summed and multiplied by this value.
1933 VRef Final Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 1.x 0
Velocity Reference Final Default: 0.00
Displays the final Velocity Reference, after all the modifications, to be used by the Velocity Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
Regulator.
The modifications include ramping, filtering, Velocity Compensation, Inertia
Compensation and PI Velocity Trim.
1934 VRef Accel Max Units: R/s2 RO Real 4.x 0
Velocity Reference Maximum Acceleration Default: 0.00
Displays the maximum acceleration of the most recent velocity reference command. Min/Max: 0.00/100000.00
This value only affects commands that are generated when 10/11:931 [Ref Move Type] =
1 ‘SineSquared’, 2 ‘Poly5’, or 3 ‘Cubic’.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 319

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 54 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

Velocity Ref Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1935 VRef AccJerk Max Units: R/s3 RO Real 4.x 0
Velocity Reference Maximum AccelJerk Default: 0.00
Displays the maximum jerk in the acceleration region of the most recent velocity Min/Max: 0.00/5000000.00
reference command.
This value only affects commands that are generated when 10/11:931 [Ref Move Type] =
1 ‘SineSquared’, 2 ‘Poly5’, or 3 ‘Cubic’.
1936 VRef DecJerk Max Units: R/s3 RO Real 4.x 0
Velocity Reference Maximum DecelJerk Default: 0.00
Displays the maximum jerk in the deceleration region of the most recent velocity Min/Max: 0.00/5000000.00
reference command.
This value only affects commands that are generated when 10/11:931 [Ref Move Type] =
1 ‘SineSquared’, 2 ‘Poly5’, or 3 ‘Cubic’.
1937 VRef Move Time Units: s RO Real 4.x 0
Velocity Reference Move Time Default: 0.00
Displays the total time required to complete the most recent velocity reference command. Min/Max: 0.00/3600.00
This value only affects commands that are generated when 10/11:931 [Ref Move Type] =
1 ‘SineSquared’, 2 ‘Poly5’, or 3 ‘Cubic’.
1938 VRef Move Status RO Bit 4.x 0
Velocity Reference Move Status
Displays the status of the most recent velocity reference command.

DecelJerkLim
AccelJerkLim
AccelLimited
Options

Move Failed
Zero Move
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘AccelLimited’ – Indicates acceleration is limited.

Bit 1 ‘AccelJerkLim’ – Indicates acceleration jerk is limited.
Bit 2 ‘DecelJerkLim’ – Indicates deceleration jerk is limited.
Bit 3 ‘Zero Move’ – Indicates that the new command calculated is zero (no move).
Bit 4 ‘Move Failed’ – Indicates that the new command calculation failed. See P941 [Ref Fault Config] to select the drive response when this condition is true.
This value only affects commands that are generated when 10/11:931 [Ref Move Type] = 1 ‘SineSquared’, 2 ‘Poly5’, or 3 ‘Cubic’.
1939 VRef Move Seg Default: 0 = ‘Accel Decel’ RO 32-bit 4.x 0
VRef Move Segmentation Options: 0 = ‘Accel Decel’ Integer
Displays the move segment composition (general shape) of the most recent velocity 1 = ‘Dwell Decel’
reference command. 2 = ‘Decel’
‘Accel Decel’ (0) – Indicates the command accelerates to a peak acceleration with an 3 = ‘Reversing’
optional dwell, followed by decelerating to the specified value.
‘Dwell Decel’ (1) – Indicates the command is composed of a dwell at initial acceleration,
followed by decelerating to the specified value.
‘Decel’ (2) – Indicates the command decelerates to the specified value.
‘Reversing’ (3) – Indicates the command decelerates past the specified value, then
reverses direction to the specified value. This condition typically occurs when a command
currently in progress is interrupted late by a new move command.
This value only affects commands that are generated when 10/11:931 [Ref Move Type] =
1 ‘SineSquared’, 2 ‘Poly5’, or 3 ‘Cubic’.

320 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 55 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

Velocity Reg Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1950 Vel Ctrl Options RW Bit 1.x 1
Velocity Control Options
Set and clear bits to configure options in the Velocity Regulator.
Options NoSCrvSpdChg

SpdRegIntRes
SpdRegIntHld

StpNoSCrvAcc
Ramp Disable
Jog No Integ
Delayed Ref
FastZeroCrs

Ramp Hold
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved

Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Ramp Hold’– set this bit to stop the Velocity Reference Ramp from changing and to hold constant. Clear this bit to allow the Velocity Reference Ramp to change. If this
bit is set while parameter 10/11:1923 [VRef Ramped] is in an S-curve region, the S-curve completes before the output is held.
Bit 1 ‘Ramp Disable’– Set this bit to bypass the Velocity Reference Ramp. Parameter 10/11:1923 [VRef Ramped] tracks the Input to the ramp function.
Bit 2 ‘StpNoSCrvAcc’– Set this bit to force the velocity regulator to immediately discontinue acceleration when the drive receives a stop command. Clear this bit to finish
accelerating, as part of the S-Curve profile, before decelerating in response to a stop command.
Bit 3 ‘SpdRegIntRes’– Set this bit to reset the contribution of the integral term of the Velocity Regulator to zero. This forces parameter 10/11:1962 [VReg Int Out] to zero. The
same result can be achieved by setting integral gain to zero.
Bit 4 ‘SpdRegIntHld’– Set this bit to force the contribution of the integral term of the Velocity Regulator to stop changing and remain constant.
Bit 6 ‘Jog No Integ’– Set this bit to force the contribution of the integral term of the Velocity Regulator to zero while jogging.
Bit 8 ‘Delayed Ref‘– Set this bit to configure the drive to use the reference from parameter 10/11:1924 [VRef Delayed] instead of 10/11:1923 [VRef Ramped]. This is useful
in systems with multiple drives where it necessary to synchronize the Master drive and Follower drives. See parameter 10/11:1924 [VRef Delayed].
Bit 9 ‘NoSCrvSpdChg’ – Set this bit to interrupt the S-curve if the drive is accelerating and a new velocity reference is commanded less than the current velocity. The drive
will immediately decelerate. Setting this bit will also interrupt the S-curve if the drive is decelerating when the new velocity reference is more than the current velocity.
Clearing this bit configures the drive to complete the S-curve before decelerating or accelerating.
Bit 10 ‘FastZeroCrs’ – Set this bit to allow the velocity command to cross zero without ramping to zero acceleration.
Not all bits are available for all motor control modes.

Velocity Command Velocity Command

Motor Velocity with Motor Velocity with

Velocity

Velocity

Bit Cleared Bit Set

Time Time
Bit 9 NoSCrvSpdChg: No S-Curve Speed Change

1951 Velocity Error Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 1.x 1

Velocity Error Default: 0.000
Displays the velocity error signal. Min/Max: -35400.000/+35400.000
This value is the difference between the velocity reference final signal and the motor
velocity feedback signal. This signal is the primary input to the velocity regulator used for
Flux Vector control. When the velocity regulator is not enabled, the value is zero.
1952 Servo Lock Gain Units: /s RW Real 1.x 1
Servo Lock Gain Default: 0.000
Sets the gain of an additional integrator in the Vector control mode speed regulator. The Min/Max: 0.000/300.000
effect of Servo Lock is to increase stiffness of the speed response to a load disturbance. It
behaves like a position regulator with velocity feed forward, but without the pulse
accuracy of a true position regulator. Gain is normally be set to less than 1/3 speed
regulator bandwidth, or for the desired response. A value of zero disables this feature.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 321

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 55 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

Velocity Reg Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1953 VReg Anti Backup Default: 0.0000 RW Real 1.x 1
Velocity Regulator Anti Backup Min/Max: 0.0000/0.5000
Allows control of over-shoot/under-shoot in the step response of the Vector control mode
speed regulator. Over-shoot/under-shoot can be effectively eliminated with a setting of
0.3, which removes backup of the motor shaft when zero speed is reached. This
parameter has no affect on the drive response to load changes. A value of zero disables
this feature.
1954 ServoLkGn DclHld Units: /s RW Real 1.x 1
Servo Lock Gain Decel to Hold Default: 10.00
Enter a value to set the servo lock gain used in the decel to hold stopping mode. This gain Min/Max: 0.00/300.00
adjusts an integrator that feeds the velocity regulator. The function increases the
‘stiffness’ of the velocity response to a disturbance. It reduces the effects of disturbances
on the position of the system after it comes to a stop.
1955 c VReg Kp Units: Hz RO Real 1.x 1
Velocity Bandwidth -Calc Default: 2.00
Displays the calculated value of the velocity regulator proportional gain. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
This value is used when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 0 ‘Calculated’.
This value is determined by equations in the drive based on 10/11:901 [Load Ratio],10/
11:906 [System BW], 10/11:907 [System Damping], and 10/11:2020 [LdObs Mode].
1956 u VReg Kp Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
Velocity Bandwidth -User Default: 2.00
Enter the velocity regulator proportional gain in units of Hz. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
This value is used when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 1 ‘User Entered’.
1957 c VReg Ki Units: Hz RO Real 1.x 1
Velocity Integrator Bandwidth -Calc Default: 0.00
Displays the calculated value of the velocity regulator integral gain. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
This value is used when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 0 ‘Calculated’.
This value is determined by equations in the drive based on 10/11:901 [Load Ratio], 10/
11:906 [System BW], 10/11:907 [System Damping], and 10/11:2020 [LdObs Mode].
1958 u VReg Ki Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
Velocity Integrator Bandwidth -User Default: 0.00
Enter the velocity regulator integral gain in units of Hz. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
This value is used when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 1 ‘User Entered’.
1959 c Alt Kvi OL Fb Units: Hz RO Real 4.x 1
Alt Vel Integ BW with Open Loop -Calc Default: 0.50
Displays the calculated value of the velocity regulator integral gain for use with Alternate Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
Feedback when selected for Open Loop. This value is used when parameter 10/11:905
[System C/U Sel] is set to 0 ‘Calculated’. This value is determined by equations in the drive
based on 10/11:901 [Load Ratio], 10/11:906 [System BW], and 10/11:907 [System
Damping]. This value is not affected by 10/11:2020 [LdObs Mode], since Load Observer
will be disabled for Open Loop feedback.
1960 u Alt Kvi OL Fb Units: Hz RW Real 4.x 1
Alt Vel Integ BW with Open Loop -User Default: 0.50
Enter the velocity regulator integral gain in units of Hz for use with Alternate Feedback Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
when selected for Open Loop.
This value is used when parameter 905 [System C/U Sel] is set to ‘User Entered’ (1).
1961 Droop RPM at FLA Units: RPM RW Real 1.x 1
Droop RPM at Full Load Amps Default: 0.00
Selects amount of droop that the speed reference is reduced when at full load torque. Zero Min/Max: 0.00/900.00
disables the droop function.

322 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 55 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

Velocity Reg Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1962 VReg Int Out Units: R/s2 RO Real 1.x 1
Velocity Regulator Integrator Output Default: 0.00
Displays the contribution of the Integral Gain to the Velocity Regulator output. Min/Max: -100000.00/+100000.00
The contributions for the Proportional and Integral gains are summed before limiting to
produce the output of the Velocity Regulator.
1965 Accel Limit Pos Units: R/s2 RW Real 1.x 1
Acceleration Limit Positive Default: Based on Drive Rating
Enter the positive acceleration limit on the output of the velocity regulator. Min/Max: 0.00/100000.00
This value limits positive changes in velocity with respect to time (acceleration and
positive torque).
1966 Accel Limit Neg Units: R/s2 RW Real 1.x 1
Acceleration Limit Negative Default: Based on Drive Rating
Enter the negative acceleration limit on the output of the velocity regulator. Min/Max: -100000.00/0.00
This value limits negative changes in velocity with respect to time (deceleration and
negative torque).
1969 VReg Output Units: R/s2 RO Real 1.x 1
Velocity Regulator Output Default: 0.00
Displays the output of the Velocity Regulator. Min/Max: 0.00/100000.00
This signal routes to the Torque Reference when the drive is operating as a Position or
Velocity Regulator.
1972 Accel FF Mode Default: 0 = ‘Disabled’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Acceleration Feedforward Mode Options: 0 = ‘Disabled’ Integer
Select the source of the Acceleration Feedforward function. 1 = ‘Int Ramp Ref’
The output of the Acceleration Feedforward function is consumed by the Torque 2 = ‘Ext Ramp Ref’
Reference. The Acceleration Feedforward signal comes from a first derivative of a Velocity 3 = ‘Spd Rate Ref’
command.
The possible selections for this Velocity command are as follows:
‘Disabled’ (0) – disables the function.
‘Int Ramp Ref’ (1) – selects the internal ramp for the source.
‘Ext Ramp Ref’ (2) – selects the external ramp reference for the source. This comes from
parameter 10/11:1978 [Ext Ramped Ref].
‘Spd Rate Ref’ (3) – selects the Feed Forward Velocity Rate for the source. This comes from
parameter 10/11:1931 [FF Vel Rate Ref].
1973 c Accel FF Gain Units: % RO Real 1.x 1
Acceleration Feedforward -Calc Default: 0.0000
Displays the acceleration feed forward gain. Min/Max: 0.0000/200.0000
This value is used when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 0 ‘Calculated’.
This value is set to 0%.
1974 u Accel FF Gain Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Acceleration Feedforward -User Default: 0.0000
Enter the acceleration feed forward gain. Values range from 0 to 100%. Min/Max: 0.0000/200.0000
This value is applied when accelerating in the positive direction.
This value is used when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 1 ‘User Entered’.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 323

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 55 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

Velocity Reg Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1975 Accel FF GainNeg Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Acceleration Feedforward Negative Gain Default: 0.0000
Enter the negative acceleration feed forward gain. Values range from 0 to 100%. Min/Max: 0.0000/200.0000
This value is applied when accelerating in the negative direction.
This value is used when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 1 ‘User Entered’.
1978 Ext Ramped Ref Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 1
External Ramped Reference Default: 0.00
Send a value to this parameter from an external controller to generate the Acceleration Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
Feedforward signal.
The Acceleration Feedforward function uses this when parameter 10/11:1972 [Accel FF
Mode] is set to 2 ‘Ext Ramp Ref’.
1980 VReg Trq Preset Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Velocity Regulator Torque Preset Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the initial value of the integral contribution of the Velocity Regulator Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
in parameter 10/11:1962 [VReg Int Out].
It initializes the integral contribution when the regulator is first enabled (for example on a
start, run or jog command). This results in the regulator output reaching its final steady
state value sooner.

324 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 56 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

VCam Planner Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2200 VCAM Type Default: 0 = ‘PCAM’ RW 32-bit 5.x 2
VCAM Type Options: 0 = ‘PCAM’ Integer
Select the CAM input type. 1 = ‘TCAM’
‘PCAM’ (0) – Select a Position CAM where the master axis (x coordinate) is position 2 = ‘VCAM’
reference source signal. The slave axis (y coordinate) is a velocity output.
‘TCAM’ (1) – Select a Time CAM where the master axis (x coordinate) is time. The slave
axis (y coordinate) is a velocity output.
‘VCAM’ (2) – Select a Velocity CAM where the master axis (x coordinate) is velocity
reference source signal. The slave axis (y coordinate) is a velocity output.
2201 VCAM Control RW Bit 5.x 2
VCAM Control
Set bits to control Position Cam (PCAM), Time Cam (TCAM) and Velocity Cam (VCAM) functions.
CamProfNrml

Options
RerefPsnOfst

DirectionOut
Unidirection

Aux Cam En
Cam Enable
Direction In
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Offset En

Start

Default 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Start’ – Start the electronic camming function.

Bit 1 ‘DirectionOut’ – Reverse the polarity of the cam output. This is parameter 10/11:2354 [VCAM Vel Out] at start of next cycle.
Bit 2 ‘Aux Cam En’ – Switch to the auxiliary cam profile at start of next cycle.
Bit 3 ‘Cam Enable’ – Enable the electronic camming function.
Bit 4 ‘Reserved’
Bit 5 ‘Reserved’

Set additional bits to control PCAM and VCAM functions.

Bit 6 ‘Direction In’ – Reverse the polarity of the cam input. This is parameter 10/11:2206 [VCAM Master Sel].
Bit 7 ‘Offset En’ – Enable an offset to the cam input. The offset is parameter 10/11:2208 [VCAM Psn Ofst]. This bit only applies to PCAM.
Bit 8 ‘RerefPsnOfst’ – Apply a new position offset from parameter 10/11:2208 [VCAM Psn Ofst] without changing the final master position input of PCAM. This bit only
applies to PCAM.
Bit 9 ‘Unidirection’ – Permit unidirectional operation.
Bit 10 ‘CamProfNrml’ – Normalize of the cam points by shifting them with an offset to place point 00 at (0,0).
2202 VCAM Mode Default: 0 = ‘Off’ RW 32-bit 5.x 2
VCAM Mode Options: 0 = ‘Off’ Integer
Select a value to determine how the electronic camming function responds to start 1 = ‘Single Step’
commands. The start command comes from bit 0 ‘Start’ in parameter 10/11:2201 [VCAM 2 = ‘Continuous’
Control] or 0:883 [DI VCAM Start] if configured. 3 = ‘Persistent’
‘Off’ (0) – Disable the electronic camming function.
‘Single Step’ (1) – When started, the camming function runs from point 0 until the
master axis reaches the last defined (end) point. At this point, the cam is complete and
does not continue to operate until started again. If the master axis backs up into cam
range, the function does not move the slave axis.
‘Continuous’ (2) – When started, the camming function runs from point 0 until the
master axis reaches the last defined (end) point. The camming function repeats this
action until the start is cleared. This mode only applies to PCAM and TCAM.
‘Persistent’ (3) – When started, the camming function runs from point 0 until the master
axis reaches the last defined (end) point. The camming function remains active until the
start is cleared. This mode only applies to PCAM and VCAM.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 325

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 56 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

VCam Planner Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2203 VCAM Status RO Bit 5.x 2
VCAM Status
Displays the status of the Position Cam (PCAM), Time Cam (TCAM) and Velocity Cam (VCAM) functions.

MainWrongOrd
Options

AuxWrongOrd
RerefPsnOfst

Persist Mode

DirectionOut
Unidirection

Aux Cam En
Direction In

Continuous
Single Step
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Offset En

Started
In Cam
VCAM
PCAM

TCAM
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘Started’ – Indicates the electronic camming function has started.
Bit 1 ‘In Cam’ – Indicates the cam input is in range of the defined profile.
Bit 2 ‘TCAM’ – Indicates TCAM is active.
Bit 3 ‘Single Step’ – Indicates single step mode is active.
Bit 4 ‘Continuous’ – Indicates continuous mode is active. This bit doesn't apply to VCAM.
Bit 5 ‘DirectionOut’ – Indicates the cam output direction is reversed.
Bit 6 ‘Aux Cam En’ – Indicates the auxiliary cam profile is in use.
Bit 7 ‘Reserved’
Bit 8 ‘MainWrongOrd’ – Indicates main profile master points are in wrong order.
Bit 9 ‘AuxWrongOrd’ – Indicates auxiliary profile master points are in wrong order.

Displays additional status of PCAM and VCAM functions.

Bit 10 ‘Persist Mode’ – Indicates persistent mode is active.
Bit 11 ‘Direction In’ – Indicates the cam input direction is reversed.
Bit 12 ‘Offset En’ – Indicates the offset to the cam input is active. This bit only applies to PCAM.
Bit 13 ‘RerefPsnOfst’ – Indicates position offset re-referencing is active. This bit only applies to PCAM.
Bit 14 ‘Unidirection’ – Indicates unidirectional mode is active.
Bit 15 ‘PCAM’ – Indicates PCAM is active.
Bit 16 ‘VCAM’ – Indicates VCAM is active.
2205 VCam Start Cfg Default: 0 = ‘Pnt Zero’ RW 32-bit 5.x 2
VCAM Start Configuration Options: 0 = ‘Pnt Zero’ Integer
Enter a value to determine how the Velocity Cam starts. 1 = ‘Last Stop’
‘Pnt Zero’ (0) – Starts the cam function from cam profile point 00. The master input is 2 = ‘Actl Input’
offset to 0. 3 = ‘Remainder’
‘Last Stop’ (1) – Starts the cam function from where it stopped last time. This choice is
different from 'Pnt Zero' (0) when the cam start command is unset during operation.
‘Actl Input’ (2) – Starts the cam function based on the actual master input.
‘Remainder’ (3) – Starts the cam function based on the remainder value of the actual
master input.
2206 VCAM Psn Select Default: 102207 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
VCAM Position Select Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
Select a position reference source in DINT for the Position Cam (PCAM) input. This is not
used by the Time Cam (TCAM) and Velocity Cam (VCAM) functions.
Select the port and parameter of the position reference source or select from the
following drop down list.
Parameter 10/11:2207 [VCAM Psn Stpt]
Parameter 10/11: 1014 [Load Psn Fb Sel]
Parameter 10/11: 1748 [Psn Load Actual]
Parameter 10/11:1746 [Position Fb]
Parameter 10/11:1745 [Position Actual]

326 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 56 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

VCam Planner Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2207 VCAM Psn Stpt Units: Cnts RW 32-bit 5.x 2
VCAM Position Setpoint Default: 0 Integer
Enter a value to be used as a discrete reference source for the PCAM input when Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647
parameter 10/11:2206 [VCAM Master Sel] selects this parameter.
This is only used by the Position Cam (PCAM) function.
2208 VCAM Psn Ofst Default: 0 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
VCAM Position Offset Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Enter a value to be used as a discrete position offset value to the Position Cam (PCAM)
input when bit 7 ‘Offset En’ of parameter 10/11:2201 [VCAM Control] is set.
This value causes a phase shift of position change in the master axis and a momentary
change to the cam velocity.
This is only used by the Position Cam (PCAM) function.
2209 VCAM PsnOfst EPS Default: 2000 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
VCAM Position Offset EPS Min/Max: 0/2147483647 Integer
Enter a value to set the edge count per second for the virtual encoder function used by the
position offset function.
This value limits the change of PCAM master axis in the change of position offset input.
This is only used by the Position Cam (PCAM) function.
2210 VCAM Vel Select Default: 102211 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
VCAM Velocity Select Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
Select a velocity reference source in REAL for the Velocity Cam (VCAM) input. This is not
used by the Time Cam (TCAM) and Position Cam (PCAM) functions.
2211 VCAM Vel Stpt Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 5.x 2
VCAM Velocity Setpoint Default: 0.0000
Enter a value to be used as a discrete reference source for the VCAM input when Min/Max: -35400.0000/+35400.0000
parameter 10/11:2210 [VCAM Vel Select] selects this parameter.
This is only used by the Velocity Cam (VCAM) function.
2214 VCAM Master Scl Default: 1.00 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
VCAM Master Scale Factor Min/Max: 0.01/214748000.00 Integer
Enter a value to scale the cam master axis.
2215 VCAM SlaveSclSel Default: 102216 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
VCAM Slave Scale Select Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
Select a source used to scale the cam slave axis.
Select the port and parameter of the source.
2216 VCAM Slave Scale Default: 1.00 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
VCAM Slave Scale Factor Min/Max: 0.00/214748000.00 Integer
Enter a value to be used as a discrete scale for the cam slave axis. This is active when
parameter 10/11:2215 [VCAM SlaveSclSel] selects this parameter.
2222 VCAM Start Slope Default: 0.00 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
VCAM Start Slope Min/Max: -214748000.00/+214748000.00 Integer
Enter a value to be used as the starting slope for the first cam point.
The camming function only uses this value when the first segment is a cubic type curve.
2223 VCAM End Slope Default: 0.00 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
VCAM End Slope Min/Max: -214748000.00/+214748000.00 Integer
Enter a value to be used as the end slope for the end point.
The end point is defined by 10/11:2224 [VCAM Main End Pt] or 10/11:2290 [VCAM Aux
End Pt].
The camming function only uses this value when the last segment is a cubic type curve.
2224 VCAM Main End Pt Default: 0 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
VCAM Main End Point Min/Max: 0/15 Integer
Enter the number of the last point on the main cam profile.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 327

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 56 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

VCam Planner Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2225 VCAM Main Types RW Bit 5.x 2
VCAM Main Types
Set and clear bits to determine the type for each segment in the main cam profile.
Clearing a bit makes that segment linear. Setting the bit makes that segment cubic.

CubicCurve14
CubicCurve13
CubicCurve12
CubicCurve11
CubicCurve10
Options

CubicCurve9
CubicCurve8
CubicCurve7
CubicCurve6
CubicCurve5
CubicCurve4
CubicCurve3
CubicCurve2
CubicCurve1
CubicCurve0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘CubicCurve0’ – Segment 0.

Bit 1 ‘CubicCurve1’ – Segment 1.
Bit 2 ‘CubicCurve2’ – Segment 2.
Bit 3 ‘CubicCurve3’ – Segment 3.
Bit 4 ‘CubicCurve4’ – Segment 4.
Bit 5 ‘CubicCurve5’ – Segment 5.
Bit 6 ‘CubicCurve6’ – Segment 6.
Bit 7 ‘CubicCurve7’ – Segment 7.
Bit 8 ‘CubicCurve8’ – Segment 8.
Bit 9 ‘CubicCurve9’ – Segment 9.
Bit 10 ‘CubicCurve10’ – Segment 10.
Bit 11 ‘CubicCurve11’ – Segment 11.
Bit 12 ‘CubicCurve12’ – Segment 12.
Bit 13 ‘CubicCurve13’ – Segment 13.
Bit 14 ‘CubicCurve14’ – Segment 14.
2226 VCAM Main Pt M00 Default: 0.0000 RW Real 5.x 2
2227 VCAM Main Pt M01 Min/Max: -220000000.0000/+220000000.0000
2228 VCAM Main Pt M02
2229 VCAM Main Pt M03
2230 VCAM Main Pt M04
2231 VCAM Main Pt M05
2232 VCAM Main Pt M06
2233 VCAM Main Pt M07
2234 VCAM Main Pt M08
2235 VCAM Main Pt M09
2236 VCAM Main Pt M10
2237 VCAM Main Pt M11
2238 VCAM Main Pt M12
2239 VCAM Main Pt M13
2240 VCAM Main Pt M14
2241 VCAM Main Pt M15
VCAM Main Point Master nn
Enter the value for the master axis (x coordinate) for point nn on the main cam profile.
The units for Position Cam (PCAM) are counts. The units for Time Cam (TCAM) are seconds.
The units for Velocity Cam (VCAM) are Hz or RPM (depends on parameter 0:46 [Velocity
Units]).

328 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 56 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

VCam Planner Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2258 VCAM Main Pt S00 Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 5.x 2
2259 VCAM Main Pt S01 Default: 0.0000
2260 VCAM Main Pt S02 Min/Max: -35400.0000/+35400.0000
2261 VCAM Main Pt S03
2262 VCAM Main Pt S04
2263 VCAM Main Pt S05
2264 VCAM Main Pt S06
2265 VCAM Main Pt S07
2266 VCAM Main Pt S08
2267 VCAM Main Pt S09
2268 VCAM Main Pt S10
2269 VCAM Main Pt S11
2270 VCAM Main Pt S12
2271 VCAM Main Pt S13
2272 VCAM Main Pt S14
2273 VCAM Main Pt S15
VCAM Main Point Slave nn
Enter the value for the slave axis (y coordinate) for point nn on the main cam profile.
The units are Hz or RPM (depends on parameter 0:46 [Velocity Units]).
2290 VCAM Aux End Pt Default: 1 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
VCAM Auxiliary End Point Min/Max: 1/15 Integer
Enter the number of the last point on the auxiliary cam profile.
2291 VCAM Aux Types RW Bit 5.x 2
VCAM Auxiliary Types
Set and clear bits to determine the type for each segment in the auxiliary cam profile.
Clearing a bit makes that segment linear. Setting the bit makes that segment cubic.
CubicCurve14
CubicCurve13
CubicCurve12
CubicCurve11
CubicCurve10

Options
CubicCurve9
CubicCurve8
CubicCurve7
CubicCurve6
CubicCurve5
CubicCurve4
CubicCurve3
CubicCurve2
CubicCurve1
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Reserved’
Bit 1 ‘CubicCurve1’ – Segment 1.
Bit 2 ‘CubicCurve2’ – Segment 2.
Bit 3 ‘CubicCurve3’ – Segment 3.
Bit 4 ‘CubicCurve4’ – Segment 4.
Bit 5 ‘CubicCurve5’ – Segment 5.
Bit 6 ‘CubicCurve6’ – Segment 6.
Bit 7 ‘CubicCurve7’ – Segment 7.
Bit 8 ‘CubicCurve8’ – Segment 8.
Bit 9 ‘CubicCurve9’ – Segment 9.
Bit 10 ‘CubicCurve10’ – Segment 10.
Bit 11 ‘CubicCurve11’ – Segment 11.
Bit 12 ‘CubicCurve12’ – Segment 12.
Bit 13 ‘CubicCurve13’ – Segment 13.
Bit 14 ‘CubicCurve14’ – Segment 14.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 329

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 56 - Port 10/11: Velocity File

VCam Planner Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2292 VCAM Aux Pt M01 Default: 0.0000 RW Real 5.x 2
2293 VCAM Aux Pt M02 Min/Max: -220000000.0000/+220000000.0000
2294 VCAM Aux Pt M03
2295 VCAM Aux Pt M04
2296 VCAM Aux Pt M05
2297 VCAM Aux Pt M06
2298 VCAM Aux Pt M07
2299 VCAM Aux Pt M08
2300 VCAM Aux Pt M09
2301 VCAM Aux Pt M10
2302 VCAM Aux Pt M11
2303 VCAM Aux Pt M12
2304 VCAM Aux Pt M13
2305 VCAM Aux Pt M14
2306 VCAM Aux Pt M15
VCAM Auxiliary Point Master nn
Enter the value for the master axis (x coordinate) for point nn on the auxiliary cam profile.
The units for Position Cam (PCAM) are counts. The units for Time Cam (TCAM) are seconds.
The units for Velocity Cam (VCAM) are Hz or RPM.
2323 VCAM Aux Pt S01 Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 5.x 2
2324 VCAM Aux Pt S02 Default: 0.0000
2325 VCAM Aux Pt S03 Min/Max: -35400.0000/+35400.0000
2326 VCAM Aux Pt S04
2327 VCAM Aux Pt S05
2328 VCAM Aux Pt S06
2329 VCAM Aux Pt S07
2330 VCAM Aux Pt S08
2331 VCAM Aux Pt S09
2332 VCAM Aux Pt S10
2333 VCAM Aux Pt S11
2334 VCAM Aux Pt S12
2335 VCAM Aux Pt S13
2336 VCAM Aux Pt S14
2337 VCAM Aux Pt S15
VCAM Auxiliary Point Slave nn
Enter the value for the slave axis (y coordinate) for point nn on the auxiliary cam profile.
2354 VCAM Vel Out Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 5.x 2
VCAM Velocity Out Default: 0.0000
Displays the cam slave velocity output. The velocity regulator consumes this value as its Min/Max: -35400.0000/+35400.0000
command.

330 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 57 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Trq Ref Sel Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2000 Trq Ref A Sel Default: 102001 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Torque Reference A Select Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
Enter a value to set the initial value of the integral contribution of the Velocity Regulator
in parameter 10/11:1962 [VReg Int Out].
It initializes the integral contribution when the regulator is first enabled (for example on a
start, run or jog command). This results in the regulator output reaching its final steady
state value sooner.
2001 Trq Ref A Stpt Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Torque Reference A Setpoint Default: 0.00
Enter a constant value to be used as a source for Torque Reference A. Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
You can select this constant as a reference in 10/11:2000 [Trq Ref A Sel].
2002 Trq Ref A AnlgHi Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Torque Reference A Analog High Default: 100.00
Enter a value to set the torque that corresponds to the high value of the analog input Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
channel used as a source for Torque Reference A.
Only used when an analog input is selected as a source for Torque Reference A.
2003 Trq Ref A AnlgLo Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Torque Reference A Analog Low Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the torque that corresponds to the low value of the analog input Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
channel used as a source for Torque Reference A.
Only used when an analog input is selected as a source for Torque Reference A.
2004 Trq Ref A Mult Default: 1.000 RW Real 1.x 1
Torque Reference A Multiplier Min/Max: -1000.000/+1000.000
Enter a number to define the multiplier for Torque Reference A.
A value of 1.0 leaves the reference unaffected.
Negative values invert the reference.
2007 Trq Ref B Sel Default: 102008 RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Torque Reference B Select Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
Select a source for the second torque reference.
Only used when the active Position Velocity Torque mode is 2 ‘Torque Reg’, 3 ‘SLAT Min’, 4
‘SLAT Max’, or 5 ‘Sum’.
2008 Trq Ref B Stpt Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Torque Reference B Setpoint Default: 0.00
Enter a constant value to be used as a source for Torque Reference B. Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
You can select this constant as a reference in 10/11:2007 [Trq Ref B Sel].
2009 Trq Ref B AnlgHi Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Torque Reference B Analog High Default: 100.00
Enter a value to set the torque that corresponds to the high value of the analog input Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
channel used as a source for Torque Reference B.
Only used when an analog input is selected as a source for Torque Reference B.
2010 Trq Ref B AnlgLo Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Torque Reference B Analog Low Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the torque that corresponds to the low value of the analog input Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
channel used as a source for Torque Reference B.
Only used when an analog input is selected as a source for Torque Reference B.
2011 Trq Ref B Mult Default: 1.000 RW Real 1.x 1
Torque Reference B Multiplier Min/Max: -1000.000/+1000.000
Enter a number to define the multiplier for Torque Reference B.
A value of 1.0 leaves the reference unaffected.
Negative values invert the reference.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 331

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 58 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Load Observer Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2020 LdObs Mode Default: 1 = ‘LdObs Only’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Load Observer Configuration Options: 0 = ‘Disabled’ Integer
Select the mode of the load Observer function. 1 = ‘LdObs Only’
‘Disabled’ (0) – Disabled mode disables the Load Observer function. The Torque Estimate 2 = ‘LdObs VelEst’
and Velocity Estimate signals of the load observer are not applied to the control loops. The 3 = ‘Vel Est Only’
velocity regulator uses the default filtered Velocity Feedback instead of the Velocity 4 = ‘Accel Fbdk’
Estimate signal.
‘LdObs Only’ (1) – Load Observer Only mode is recommended for velocity control
applications and it functions equivalent to the legacy PowerFlex load observer. It
compensates for dynamic loads connected to the motor, providing high disturbance
rejection and dynamic stiffness. However, the aggressive behavior in positioning
applications often requires the observer bandwidth to be decreased for stable operation.
This mode applies the Torque Estimate signal to the control loops but not the Velocity
Estimate signal. The velocity regulator uses the default filtered Velocity Feedback instead
of the Velocity Estimate signal.
‘LdObs VelEst’ (2) – Load Observer with Velocity Estimate mode is recommended for
positioning applications, performing well in situations with changing inertia and
unknown levels of compliance and backlash. It compensates for most loads connected to
the motor, providing high disturbance rejection and dynamic stiffness, allowing gains to
be increased for quicker system response. It is not desirable for velocity mode applications
because a steady state velocity error may be present that is hard to detect.This mode
applies both Torque and Velocity Estimate signals to the control loops. It replaces the
default filtered Velocity Feedback signal with the Velocity Estimate signal.
‘Vel Est Only’ (3) – Velocity Estimate mode can be used in some positioning applications.
It removes phase lag associated with velocity feedback filtering, allowing gains to be
increased for quicker system response. It is not desirable for velocity mode applications
because a steady state velocity error is present that is hard to detect. This mode applies
the Velocity Estimate signal to the control loops but not the Torque Estimate signal. It
replaces the default filtered Velocity Feedback signal with the Velocity Estimate signal.
‘Accel Fdbk’ (4) – Acceleration Feedback mode functions equivalent to the legacy Inertia
Adaption. It compensates for some loads connected to the motor, providing disturbance
rejection and dynamic stiffness. However, the aggressive behavior often requires the
observer bandwidth to be decreased for stable operation. This mode applies the Torque
Estimate signal to the control loops but not the Velocity Estimate signal. The velocity
regulator uses the default filtered Velocity Feedback instead of the Velocity Estimate. The
Torque Estimate signal consists of filtered acceleration feedback.
2021 c LdObs Kp Units: Hz RO Real 1.x 1
Load Observer Bandwidth -Calc Default: 2.00
Displays the calculated value of the load observer proportional gain. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
This value is used when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 0 ‘Calculated’.
This value is determined by equations in the drive based on 10/11:901 [Load Ratio], 10/
11:906 [System BW], 10/11:907 [System Damping], and 10/11:2020 [LdObs Mode].
2022 u LdObs Kp Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
Load Observer Bandwidth -User Default: 2.00
Enter the load observer proportional gain in units of Hz. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
This value is used when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 1 ‘User Entered’.
2023 c LdObs Ki Units: Hz RO Real 1.x 1
Load Observer Integrator Bandwidth -Calc Default: 0.00
Displays the calculated value of the load observer intergral gain. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
This value is used when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 0 ‘Calculated’.
This value is determined by equations in the drive based on 10/11:901 [Load Ratio], 10/
11:906 [System BW], 10/11:907 [System Damping], and 10/11:2020 [LdObs Mode].
2024 u LdObs Ki Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
Load Observer Intergator Bandwidth -User Default: 0.00
Enter the load observer integral gain in units of Hz. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
This value is used when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 1 ‘User Entered’.

332 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 58 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Load Observer Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2027 LdObs Acc Ref In Units: R/s2 RO Real 1.x 1
Load Observer Accel Reference Input Default: 0.00
Displays the acceleration reference input signal to the load observer. Min/Max: 0.00/100000.00
2028 LdObs Vel Fb In Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 1.x 1
Load Observer Velocity Feedback Input Default: 0.00
Displays the velocity feedback input signal to the load observer. Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
2031 LdObs Vel Error Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 1.x 1
Load Observer Velocity Error Default: 0.00
Displays the load observer velocity error signal. Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
This value is the difference between the load observer velocity input signal and the load
observer velocity estimate signal.
2034 LdObs Vel Est Units: Hz or RPM RO Real 1.x 1
Load Observer Velocity Estimate Default: 0.00
Displays the load observer velocity estimate signal. Min/Max: -35400.00/+35400.00
This value is a filtered velocity feedback signal without the phase lag associated with
traditional filtering.
2035 LdObs Accel Est Units: R/s2 RO Real 1.x 1
Load Observer Acceleration Estimate Default: 0.00
Displays the load observer acceleration estimate signal. Min/Max: 0.00/100000.00
This value includes load disturbances relative to an ideal unloaded motor.
2036 LdObs Torque Est Units: % RO Real 1.x 1
Load Observer Torque Estimate Default: 0.00
Displays the load observer torque estimate signal. Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
This value includes load disturbances relative to an ideal unloaded motor.
2037 LdObs AccRef Out Units: R/s2 RO Real 1.x 1
Load Observer Accel Reference Output Default: 0.00
Displays the acceleration reference output signal from the load observer. Min/Max: 0.00/100000.00

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 333

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 59 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Friction Comp Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2050 FrctnComp Mode Default: 0 = ‘Disabled’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Friction Compensation Mode Options: 0 = ‘Disabled’ Integer
Enter a value to select the mode of the Friction Compensation function. 1 = ‘Int Ram Ref’
The Friction Compensation function calculates a feed forward torque signal to counteract 2 = ‘Ext Ramp Ref’
load friction. 3 = ‘Speed Fdbk’
‘Disabled’ (0) – disables the Friction Compensation function. This sets 10/11:2057
[FrctnComp Out] to zero.
‘Int Ramp Ref’ (1) – the Friction Compensation function use parameter 10/11:1925 [VRef
Filtered] for the velocity signal. This setting is useful for friction compensation on a
standalone drive when operating as a position or velocity regulator.
‘Ext Ramp Ref’ (2) – the Friction Compensation function use parameter 10/11:1978 [Ext
Ramped Ref] for the velocity signal. This setting is useful for applications that supply an
external ramped velocity reference to the drive.
‘Speed Fdbk’ (3) – the Friction Compensation function use parameter 10/11:1044 [Motor
Vel Fb] for the velocity signal. This setting is useful when operating as torque regulator.
The source must be a real encoder.
2051 FrctnComp Trig Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 1
Friction Compensation Trigger Default: 4.50
Enter a value to set the starting speed or trigger speed at which the friction compensation Min/Max: 0.00/3540.00
is applied when leaving the region near zero speed.
The initial value for parameter 10/11:2057 [FrctnComp Out] at this speed comes from
parameter 10/11:2054 [FrctnComp Stick]. Friction compensation remains active until the
speed reference drops below the trigger speed minus the value of parameter 10/11:2052
[FrctnComp Hyst] speed. At these low speeds, 10/11:2057 [FrctnComp Out] returns to
zero.
2052 FrctnComp Hyst Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 1.x 1
Friction Compensation Hysteresis Default: 1.50
Enter a value to establish a velocity band around zero speed where the Friction Min/Max: 0.00/3540.00
Compensation function is inactive.
The Friction Compensation function is inactive (zero output) when the velocity signal is
inside this band and active when outside.
2053 FrctnComp Time Units: ms RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Friction Compensation Time Default: 6 Integer
Enter a value to set the time interval that the stiction or static friction torque is applied. Min/Max: 0/18
When initially leaving the zero speed region, the value in parameter 10/11:2054
[FrctnComp Stick] is used for the non-viscous friction term. After the time period set in
this parameter, the non-viscous friction will ramp down to the value set in parameter 10/
11:2055 [FrctnComp Slip]. The remainder of the time that [FrctnComp Out] remains non-
zero, the non-viscous friction remains constant at the value of [FrctnComp Slip].
2054 FrctnComp Stick Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Friction Compensation Static Friction Default: 15.00
Enter a value to set the level for the stiction or static friction torque. This level is the torque Min/Max: 0.00/800.00
that is required to break away from zero speed.
When initially leaving the zero speed region, this level is used for the non-viscous friction
term. After the time period set in parameter 10/11:2053 [FrctnComp Time], the non-
viscous friction will ramp down to the value set in parameter 10/11:2055 [FrctnComp
Slip].
2055 FrctnComp Slip Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Friction Compensation Slip Default: 10.00
Enter a value to set the torque level that is maintained at low speed once ‘break away’ has Min/Max: 0.00/800.00
been achieved.
This value is always set to less than the level in parameter 10/11:2054 [FrctnComp Stick].
After the time period set in parameter 10/11:2053 [FrctnComp Time], the non-viscous
friction will ramp down to this value.

334 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 59 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Friction Comp Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2056 FrctnComp Rated Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Friction Compensation Rated Default: 20.00
Enter a value to set the torque level that is output at rated motor speed. Min/Max: 0.00/800.00
The friction compensation routine assumes a linear viscous component that varies in
direct proportion to velocity. The 10/11:2057 [FrctnComp Out] value increases with
velocity and equals the level set in this parameter at rated motor speed.
2057 FrctnComp Out Units: % RO Real 1.x 1
Friction Compensation Output Default: 0.00
Displays the torque reference output of the Friction Compensation function. This value is Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
summed the selected Torque Reference.
1978 Ext Ramped Ref
External Ramped Reference
This is the secondary file and group position for this parameter.
See External Ramped Reference description on page 324.

Table 60 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Torque Ref Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2070 Accel FF Output Units: R/s2 RO Real 1.x 1
Acceleration Feedforward Output Default: 0.00
Displays the output of the Acceleration Feedforward function. Min/Max: -100000.00/+100000.00
This is summed with parameter 10/11:1969 [VReg Output]. The sum is used by the Load
Observer Function.
2072 Trq Ref Out Units: % RO Real 1.x 1
Torque Reference Output Default: 0.00
Displays the product of the limited Acceleration Reference and the Torque Scalar. Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
This is the Torque Reference Output used when in Velocity Mode and by the Speed Limited
Adjustable Torque (SLAT) modes.
2073 Trq Commanded Units: % RO Real 1.x 1
Torque Commanded Default: 0.00
Displays the external torque reference. Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
The value of this parameter is the output of the logic that selects and calculates the
Torque Reference. The value of this parameter is the sum of Torque Reference A, Torque
Reference B and the PID Output Meter.
2076 Trq Ref Selected Units: % RO Real 1.x 1
Torque Reference Selected Default: 0.00
Displays the dynamic Selected Torque Reference. Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
The Position Velocity Torque mode affects this signal. See parameter 10/11:34 [PsnVelTrq
Actv].
Logic that forces the drive into Velocity mode also affects it. This occurs in certain stopping
and Speed Limited Adjustable Torque (SLAT) modes.
2077 Torque Step Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Torque Step Default: 0.00
Enter a value to determine the amount of Step change in the torque reference. Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
This is useful for testing the response of the drives to load disturbance.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 335

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 60 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Torque Ref Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2080 Trq Ref Filtered Units: % RO Real 1.x 1
Torque Reference Filtered Default: 0.00
Displays the output of the torque filters. Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
These filters include the Lead Lag filter, the Low Pass Filter and the Reference Notch
Filters.
This signal feeds into the Torque Limiting functions.
2083 Torque Limit Pos Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Torque Limit Positive Default: 200.00
Enter the positive torque limit applied to the torque reference signal. A setting of 100% is Min/Max: 0.00/800.00
equal to continuous motor rated torque.
2084 Torque Limit Neg Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Torque Limit Negative Default: -200.00
Enter the negative torque limit applied to the torque reference signal. A setting of -100% Min/Max: -800.00/0.00
is equal to continuous motor rated torque.
2087 Trq Ref Limited Units: % RO Real 1.x 1
Torque Reference Limited Default: 0.00
Displays the Torque Reference Limiting function. Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
This signal feeds the function that calculates the Torque Current Reference.

Table 61 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Adaptive Tuning Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2110 AdptTune Config Default: 1 = ‘Tracking NF’ RW 32-bit 1
Adaptive Tuning Configuration Options: 0 = ‘Disabled’ Integer 1.x
Select the mode of the Adaptive Tuning function. 1 = ‘Tracking NF’ 1.x
‘Disabled’ (0) – Disables the tracking notch and gain stabilization modes. However, even 2 = ‘Gain Stb’ 1.x
when disabled, adaptive tuning continues to identify resonant frequencies and 3 = ‘TrkNFGainStb’ 1.x
magnitudes, which are useful for manual tuning of notch filters. 11 = ‘Gain Opt’ 6.x
‘Tracking NF’ (1) – Tracking Notch Filter mode automatically tunes the torque notch filters
according to the number of tracking notch filters selected by P2118 [AdptTune NF Num].
‘Gain Stb’ (2) – Gain Stabilization mode compensates for instability by automatically
tuning the torque low pass filter bandwidth and detuning position, velocity, and load
observer regulator gains.
‘TrkNFGainStb’ (3) – Enables Tracking Notch Filter and Gain Stabilization modes.
‘Gain Opt’ (11) – Gain Optimization mode uses all adaptive tuning modes to optimize
tuning for best performance automatically.
2111 Trq NF Threshold Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Torque Notch Filter Tuning Threshold Default: 5.00
Enter the threshold for resonance detection by adaptive tuning in Tracking Notch modes. Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
Adaptive tuning identifies resonances not associated with command signals between the
low and high frequency limits with magnitudes above this tuning threshold.
2112 Trq NF Freq LLim Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
Torque Notch Filter Frequency Low Limit Default: 20.00
Enter the low frequency limit for resonance detection by adaptive tuning in Tracking Min/Max: 5.00/2500.00
Notch modes.
Adaptive tuning identifies resonances not associated with command signals between
these low and high frequency limits with magnitudes above the tuning threshold.

336 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 61 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Adaptive Tuning Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2113 Trq NF Freq HLim Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
Torque Notch Filter Frequency High Limit Default: 2000.00
Set the high frequency limit for resonance detection by adaptive tuning in Tracking Notch Min/Max: 5.00/2500.00
modes.
Adaptive tuning identifies resonances not associated with command signals between
these low and high frequency limits with magnitudes above the tuning threshold.
2114 Trq NF WidthMin Default: 0.707 RW Real 1.x 1
Torque Notch Filter Minimum Width Min/Max: 0.100/4.000 …
Enter the minimum width applied to the actual torque notch filter widths by adaptive 3.x
tuning in Tracking Notch modes. Default: 0.400 RW Real 4.x 1
Tracking Notch modes adjust torque notch filter widths proportional to the frequency Min/Max: 0.100/4.000
estimate in relation to the high and low frequency limits. Actual torque notch filter
widths are set equal to this minimum width when the frequency estimate is equal to the
low frequency limit. Actual torque notch filter widths are set equal to this maximum
width when the frequency estimate is equal to the high frequency limit. The default
setting is 0.40 for minimum and maximum width.
Important: Firmware Version 4.xxx introduced new default values for this parameter.
2115 Trq NF WidthMax Default: 0.707 RW Real 1.x 1
Torque Notch Filter Maximum Width Min/Max: 0.100/4.000 …
Enter the maximum width applied to the actual torque notch filter widths by adaptive 3.x
tuning in Tracking Notch modes. Default: 2.000 RW Real 4.x 1
Tracking Notch modes adjust torque notch filter widths proportional to the frequency Min/Max: 0.100/4.000
estimate in relation to the high and low frequency limits. Actual torque notch filter
widths are set equal to this minimum width when the frequency estimate is equal to the
low frequency limit. Actual torque notch filter widths are set equal to this maximum
width when the frequency estimate is equal to the high frequency limit. The default
setting is 2.00 for minimum and maximum width.
Important: Firmware Version 4.xxx introduced new default values for this parameter.
2116 Trq LPF BW LLim Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
Adaptive Tuning Low Pass Filter Low Lim Default: 14.00
Enter the low limit applied to the actual torque low pass filter bandwidth by adaptive Min/Max: 4.00/500.00
tuning during Gain Stabilization.
Gain Stabilization incrementally decreases the actual torque low pass filter bandwidth in
order to stabilize the system if required or until the actual torque low pass filter
bandwidth equals this low limit.
2118 AdptTune NF Num Default: 4 RW 32-bit 4.x 1
Adaptive Tuning Tracking Notches Min/Max: 1/4 Integer
Enter the number of torque notch filters that are automatically tuned by Adaptive Tuning
Tracking Notch Filter when it is enabled by 10/11:2110 [AdptTune Config].
2119 AdptTuneMinScale Default: 0.125 RW Real 1.x 1
Adaptive Tuning Gain Scaling Factor Min Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
Enter the minimum gain scaling applied by adaptive tuning during Gain Stabilization.
Gain Stabilization incrementally decreases the adaptive tuning gain scaling factor in order
to stabilize the system if required or until the adaptive tuning gain scaling factor equals
this low limit. This gain scaling factor internally scales Calculated values the position and
velocity regulator gains, load observer gains, and torque low pass filter bandwidth.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 337

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 61 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Adaptive Tuning Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2120 AdptTune Status RO Bit 1.x 1
Adaptive Tuning Status
Displays the status of the Adaptive Tuning function.

GnOptTmrExprd
Options

FreqBelowLim
FreqAboveLim

FreqDetected
MultipleFreq
Tune Failed
Gain Stab
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘FreqDetected’ indicates that the Adaptive Tuning function has identified a resonance between the high and low frequency limits with a magnitude above the
threshold that is determined by parameter 10/11:2111 [Trq NF Threshold]. The Adaptive Tuning function clears this bit when the drive transitions to the running state.
Bit 1 ‘Tune Failed’ indicates that the Adaptive Tuning function has applied notch filters to resonances and has not eliminated them. The Adaptive Tuning function clears this
bit when the drive transitions to the running state or when it transitions to one of the Tuning Notch modes.
Bit 2 ‘MultipleFreq’ indicates that the Adaptive Tuning function has identified multiple resonances between the high and low frequency limits with a magnitude above the
threshold that is determined by parameter 10/11:2111 [Trq NF Threshold]. The Adaptive Tuning function clears this bit when the drive transitions to the running state.
Bit 3 ‘FreqBelowLim’ indicates that the Adaptive Tuning function has identified resonances below the low frequency limit with a magnitude above the threshold that is
determined by parameter 10/11:2111 [Trq NF Threshold]. The Adaptive Tuning function clears this bit when the drive transitions to the running state.
Bit 4 ‘FreqAboveLim’ indicates that the Adaptive Tuning function has identified resonances above the high frequency limit with a magnitude above the threshold that is
determined by parameter 10/11:2111 [Trq NF Threshold]. The Adaptive Tuning function clears this bit when the drive transitions to the running state.
Bit 5 ‘Gain Stab’ indicates the value of parameter 10/11:2121 [AdptTune GnScale] is not 1. This bit indicates that the Adaptive Tuning function is controlling the low pass
filter and adjusting servo loop gains to stabilize the system. The Adaptive Tuning function clears this bit when the drive transitions to the running state.
Bit 6 ‘GnOptTmrExprd’ indicates that gain optimization is disabled after the timer has expired.
2121 AdptTune GnScale Default: 0.00 RO Real 1.x 1
Adaptive Tuning Gain Scaling Factor Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
Displays the adaptive tuning Gain Scale Factor.
Gain Stabilization incrementally decreases this value to internally scale Calculated values
the position and velocity regulator gains, load observer gains, and torque low pass filter
bandwidth in order to stabilize the system if required. The instability is caused from
resonances that are not already suppressed by filters or it is caused by filter bandwidths
that are too close to the closed loop bandwidth.
2123 Trq NF1 Freq Est Units: Hz RO Real 1.x 1
Torque Notch Filter Frequency Estimate Default: 0.00
Displays the adaptive tuning estimate for the center frequency of the first mechanical Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
resonance.
If multiple resonances exist with magnitudes above the threshold, then the one with the
largest magnitude is selected. If two resonances with equal magnitude exist, then the
one with a lowest center frequency is selected.
2124 Trq NF1 Mag Est Units: % RO Real 1.x 1
Torque Notch Filter Magnitude Estimate Default: 0.00
Displays the adaptive tuning estimate for the magnitude of the first resonance. Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
Adaptive tuning identifies resonances and estimates their magnitudes.
2125 Trq NF Wdth Est Default: 0.707 RO Real 4.x 1
Torque Notch Filter Width Estimate Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
Displays the notch filter width estimate of the current mechanical resonance identified by
adaptive tuning.
2129 AdptTuneStabFreq Units: Hz RO Real 5.x 1
Adaptive Tuning Stability Frequency Default: 0.00
Displays the center frequency estimate of a resonance that reflects stability margin. Min/Max: 0.00/2500.00
2130 AdptTuneStabMag Units: % RO Real 5.x 1
Adaptive Tuning Stability Magnitude Default: 0.00
Displays the magnitude estimate of a resonance that reflects stability margin. Min/Max: 0.00/100.00

338 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 61 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Adaptive Tuning Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2134 GnStab TorqueLim Units: % RW Real 5.x 1
Gain Stabilization Torque Limit Default: 100.00
Enter the gain stabilization torque limit. Gain stabilization uses this value to determine Min/Max: 5.00/200.00
stability margin and whether to decrease parameter 10/11:2121 [AdptTune GnScale].
Increasing this value decreases the stability margin.
2135 GnOpt TorqueLim Units: % RW Real 6.x 1
Gain Optimization Torque Limit Default: 5.00
Enter the gain optimization torque limit. Gain optimization uses this value to determine Min/Max: 50.00/200.00
stability margin and whether to increase P2121 [AdptTune GnScale]. Increase this value
to allow gain optimization to increase gains to further increase P2121 [AdptTune
GnScale]. Keep this value smaller than P2134 [GnStab TorqueLim].
2136 GnOpt Scale Inc Default: 0.020 RW Real 6.x 1
Gain Optimization Scaling Increment Min/Max: 0.000/4.000
Enter the gain optimization gain scale step increment. This value is applied to parameter
10/11:2121 [AdptTune GnScale] each time gain optimization increases it.
2137 GnOpt Error Type Default: 0 RW 32-bit 6.x 1
Gain Optimization Error Type Min/Max: 0/1 Integer
Select the type of error that adaptive tuning measures and uses during gain optimization.
2138 GnOpt Error Max Default: 0.00 RO Real 6.x 1
Gain Optimization Error Maximum Min/Max: 0.00/220000000.00
Displays the maximum velocity or position error that is used in gain optimization, in error
units.
2139 GnOptPosErrThrsh Default: 0 RW 32-bit 6.x 1
Gain Optimization PositionErrorThreshold Min/Max: 0/2147483647 Integer
Enter the position error threshold that is used by gain optimization when in position
mode. When this value is zero, gain optimization increases parameter 10/11:2121
[AdptTune GnScale] in each control loop by parameter 10/11:2136 [GnOpt Scale Inc]
regardless of the error that is measured until parameter 10/11:2130 [AdptTuneStabMag]
reaches parameter 10/11:2135 [GnOpt TorqueLim].
2140 GnOptVelErrThrsh Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 6.x 1
Gain Optimization VelocityErrorThreshold Default: 0.00
Enter the velocity error threshold that is used by gain optimization when in velocity Min/Max: 0.00/35400.00
mode. When this value is zero, gain optimization increases parameter 10/11:2121
[AdptTune GnScale] in each control loop by parameter 10/11:2136 [GnOpt Scale Inc]
regardless of measured error until parameter 10/11:2130 [AdptTuneStabMag] reaches
parameter 10/11:2135 [GnOpt TorqueLim].
2141 GnOptSclHiLim Default: 4.000 RW Real 6.x 1
Gain Optimization Scale High Limit Min/Max: 1.000/10.000
Enter the gain scale high limit for gain optimization. Gain optimization does not increase
parameter 10/11:2121 [AdptTune GnScale] beyond this limit.
2142 GnOpt Time Units: s RW Real 6.x 1
Gain Optimization Time Default: 0.00
Enter a time that gain optimization is active until it is automatically switched to gain Min/Max: 0.00/1800.00
stabilization. When this parameter is set to zero, gain optimization is always active.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 339

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 62 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Trq Filters Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2150 Trq Ref Filt In Units: % RO Real 1.x 2
Torque Reference Filter Input Default: 0.00
Displays the input signal to the torque filters. Min/Max: -800.00/+800.00
This signal comes from the dynamic Selected Torque Reference.
2152 Trq LLF BW Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 2
Torque Lead Lag Filter Bandwidth Default: 0.00
Enter the torque lead lag filter bandwidth in units of Hz. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
This filter has been used in the lead configuration to boost velocity or acceleration loop
bandwidth, or in the lag configuration to compensate certain load dynamics. It has also
been used to compensate for undesirable dynamics caused by rate transitions between
control loops.
2153 Trq LLF Gain Default: 1.00 RW Real 1.x 2
Torque Lead Lag Filter Gain Min/Max: -20.00/+20.00
Enter the torque lead lag filter gain.
This value sets the mode of the filter and gain of its first order transfer function.
Entering a value of 1 turns the filter off.
For a low pass filter, enter a value of 0.
For a lag-lead filter, enter a value between 0 and 1.
For a lead-lag filter, enter a value greater than 1.
2154 c Trq LPF BW Units: Hz RO Real 1.x 2
Torque Low Pass Filter Bandwidth -Calc Default: 359.00
Displays the calculated value of the torque low pass filter bandwidth. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
This value is applied when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 0 ‘Calculated’.
This filter is useful for controlling resonant frequencies that are much higher than the
velocity loop bandwidth or when you run out of torque notch filters. This filter works by
reducing the amount of high-frequency energy in the drive output that excites
mechanical resonances.
2155 u Trq LPF BW Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 2
Torque Low Pass Filter Bandwidth -User Default: 359.00
Enter the torque low pass filter bandwidth in units of Hz. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
This value is applied when parameter 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 1 ‘User Entered’.
This filter is useful for controlling resonant frequencies that are much higher than the
velocity loop bandwidth or when you run out of torque notch filters. This filter works by
reducing the amount of high-frequency energy in the drive output that excites
mechanical resonances.
2156 Trq LPF BW Act Units: Hz RO Real 1.x 2
Torque Low Pass Filter Bandwidth Active Default: 359.00
Displays the active value of the torque low pass filter bandwidth. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
When Gain Stabilization is not active, the calculated value 10/11:2154 [c Trq LPF BW] is
applied when 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] = 0 ‘Calculated’ and the user value 10/11:2155
[u Trq LPF BW] is applied when 10/11:905 [System C/U Sel] = 1 ‘User Entered’. However
when Gain Stabilization is active, adaptive tuning may control the torque low pass filter
and incrementally decrease this value to suppress additional resonances that are not
already suppressed by notch filters.
2159 Trq NF1 Freq Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter Frequency Default: 0.00
Enter the center frequency of the first torque notch filter in units of Hz. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
2160 Trq NF1 Freq Act Units: Hz RO Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter Frequency Active Default: 0.00
Displays the active center frequency of the first torque notch filter. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
The user entered value 10/11:2159 [Trq NF1 Freq] is applied when Tracking Notch modes
are not active. However, the adaptive tuning estimated value 10/11:2123 [Trq NF1 Freq
Est] is applied when the Tracking Notch modes are active.

340 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 62 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Trq Filters Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2161 Trq NF1 Width Default: 0.707 RW Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter Width Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
Enter the width of the first torque notch filter around the center frequency.
This value determines the denominator damping of its second order transfer function.
A typical value of 0.4 produces a narrow width and a value of 1.0 produces a wide width.
2162 Trq NF1 Wdth Act Default: 0.707 RO Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter Width Active Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
Displays the active width of the first torque notch filter.
The user entered value 10/11:2161 [Trq NF1 Width] is applied when Tracking Notch
modes are not active. However, adaptive tuning sets this value between the minimum
and maximum widths proportional to the frequency estimate in relation to the high and
low frequency limits when Tracking Notch modes are active.
2163 Trq NF1 Depth Default: 0.000 RW Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter Depth Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
Enter the depth of the first torque notch filter at the center frequency.
This value determines attenuation level and the numerator damping of its second order
transfer function.
The minimum depth occurs when this value is the same value as the width, turning the
filter off. The maximum depth occurs when this value is zero.
2164 Trq NF1 Dpth Act Default: 0.000 RO Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter Depth Active Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
Displays the active depth of the first torque notch filter.
The user entered value 10/11:2161 [Trq NF1 Depth] is applied when Tracking Notch
modes are not active. However, adaptive tuning sets this value to zero when Tracking
Notch modes are active.
2165 Trq NF1 Gain Default: 1.00 RW Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter Gain Min/Max: -20.00/+20.00
Enter the gain of the first torque notch filter.
This value sets the mode of the filter and gain of its second order transfer function.
For a notch filter, enter a value of 1.
For a second order low pass filter, enter a value of 0.
For a second order lag-lead filter, enter a value between 0 and 1.
For a second order lead-lag filter, enter a value greater than 1.
2166 Trq NF1 Gain Act Default: 1.00 RO Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter Gain Active Min/Max: -20.00/+20.00
Displays the active gain of the first torque notch filter.
The user entered value 10/11:2165 [Trq NF1 Gain] is applied when Tracking Notch modes
are not active. However, adaptive tuning sets this value to 1 when Tracking Notch modes
are active.
2169 Trq NF2 Freq Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 2 Frequency Default: 0.00
Enter the center frequency of the second torque notch filter in units of Hz. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
2170 Trq NF2 Freq Act Units: Hz RO Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 2 Frequency Active Default: 0.00
Displays the active center frequency of the second torque notch filter. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
The user entered value 10/11:2169 [Trq NF2 Freq] currently passes through adaptive
tuning and is applied at all times.
2171 Trq NF2 Width Default: 0.707 RW Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 2 Width Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
Enter the width of the second torque notch filter around the center frequency.
This value determines the denominator damping of its second order transfer function.
A typical value of 0.4 produces a narrow width and a value of 1.0 produces a wide width.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 341

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 62 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Trq Filters Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2172 Trq NF2 Wdth Act Default: 0.707 RO Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 2 Width Active Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
Displays the active width of the second torque notch filter.
The user entered value 10/11:2171 [Trq NF2 Width] currently passes through adaptive
tuning and is applied at all times.
2173 Trq NF2 Depth Default: 0.000 RW Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 2 Depth Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
Enter the depth of the second torque notch filter at the center frequency.
This value determines attenuation level and the numerator damping of its second order
transfer function.
The minimum depth occurs when this value is the same value as the width, turning the
filter off. The maximum depth occurs when this value is zero.
2174 Trq NF2 Dpth Act Default: 0.000 RO Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 2 Depth Active Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
Displays the active depth of the second torque notch filter.
The user entered value 10/11:2173 [Trq NF2 Depth] currently passes through adaptive
tuning and is applied at all times.
2175 Trq NF2 Gain Default: 1.00 RW Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 2 Gain Min/Max: -20.00/+20.00
Enter the gain of the second torque notch filter.
This value sets the mode of the filter and gain of its second order transfer function.
For a notch filter, enter a value of 1.
For a second order low pass filter, enter a value of 0.
For a second order lag-lead filter, enter a value between 0 and 1.
For a second order lead-lag filter, enter a value greater than 1.
2176 Trq NF2 Gain Act Default: 1.00 RO Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 2 Gain Active Min/Max: -20.00/+20.00
Displays the active gain of the second torque notch filter.
The user entered value 10/11:2175 [Trq NF2 Gain] currently passes through adaptive
tuning and is applied at all times.
2179 Trq NF3 Freq Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 3 Frequency Default: 0.00
Enter the center frequency of the third torque notch filter in units of Hz. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
2180 Trq NF3 Freq Act Units: Hz RO Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 3 Frequency Active Default: 0.00
Displays the active center frequency of the third torque notch filter. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
The user entered value 10/11:2179 [Trq NF3 Freq] currently passes through adaptive
tuning and is applied at all times.
2181 Trq NF3 Width Default: 0.707 RW Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 3 Width Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
Enter the width of the third torque notch filter around the center frequency.
This value determines the denominator damping of its second order transfer function.
A typical value of 0.4 produces a narrow width and a value of 1.0 produces a wide width.
2182 Trq NF3 Wdth Act Default: 0.707 RO Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 3 Width Active Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
Displays the active width of the third torque notch filter.
The user entered value 10/11:2181 [Trq NF3 Width] currently passes through adaptive
tuning and is applied at all times.

342 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 62 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Trq Filters Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2183 Trq NF3 Depth Default: 0.000 RW Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 3 Depth Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
Enter the depth of the third torque notch filter at the center frequency.
This value determines attenuation level and the numerator damping of its second order
transfer function.
The minimum depth occurs when this value is the same value as the width, turning the
filter off. The maximum depth occurs when this value is zero.
2184 Trq NF3 Dpth Act Default: 0.000 RO Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 3 Depth Active Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
Displays the active depth of the third torque notch filter.
The user entered value 10/11:2183 [Trq NF3 Depth] currently passes through adaptive
tuning and is applied at all times.
2185 Trq NF3 Gain Default: 1.00 RW Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 3 Gain Min/Max: -20.00/+20.00
Enter the gain of the third torque notch filter.
This value sets the mode of the filter and gain of its second order transfer function.
For a notch filter, enter a value of 1.
For a second order low pass filter, enter a value of 0.
For a second order lag-lead filter, enter a value between 0 and 1.
For a second order lead-lag filter, enter a value greater than 1.
2186 Trq NF3 Gain Act Default: 1.00 RO Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 3 Gain Active Min/Max: -20.00/+20.00
Displays the active gain of the third torque notch filter.
The user entered value 10/11:2185 [Trq NF3 Gain] currently passes through adaptive
tuning and is applied at all times.
2189 Trq NF4 Freq Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 4 Frequency Default: 0.00
Enter the center frequency of the fourth torque notch filter in units of Hz. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
2190 Trq NF4 Freq Act Units: Hz RO Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 4 Frequency Active Default: 0.00
Displays the active center frequency of the fourth torque notch filter. Min/Max: 0.00/32767.00
The user entered value 10/11:2189 [Trq NF4 Freq] currently passes through adaptive
tuning and is applied at all times.
2191 Trq NF4 Width Default: 0.707 RW Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 4 Width Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
Enter the width of the fourth torque notch filter around the center frequency.
This value determines the denominator damping of its second order transfer function.
A typical value of 0.4 produces a narrow width and a value of 1.0 produces a wide width.
2192 Trq NF4 Wdth Act Default: 0.707 RO Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 4 Width Active Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
Displays the active width of the fourth torque notch filter.
The user entered value 10/11:2191 [Trq NF4 Width] currently passes through adaptive
tuning and is applied at all times.
2193 Trq NF4 Depth Default: 0.000 RW Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 4 Depth Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
Enter the depth of the fourth torque notch filter at the center frequency.
This value determines attenuation level and the numerator damping of its second order
transfer function.
The minimum depth occurs when this value is the same value as the width, turning the
filter off. The maximum depth occurs when this value is zero.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 343

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 62 - Port 10/11: Torque File

Trq Filters Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2194 Trq NF4 Dpth Act Default: 0.000 RO Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 4 Depth Active Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
Displays the active depth of the fourth torque notch filter.
The user entered value 10/11:2193 [Trq NF4 Depth] currently passes through adaptive
tuning and is applied at all times.
2195 Trq NF4 Gain Default: 1.00 RW Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 4 Gain Min/Max: -20.00/+20.00
Enter the gain of the fourth torque notch filter.
This value sets the mode of the filter and gain of its second order transfer function.
For a notch filter, enter a value of 1.
For a second order low pass filter, enter a value of 0.
For a second order lag-lead filter, enter a value between 0 and 1.
For a second order lead-lag filter, enter a value greater than 1.
2196 Trq NF4 Gain Act Default: 1.00 RO Real 1.x 2
Torque Notch Filter 4 Gain Active Min/Max: -20.00/+20.00
Displays the active gain of the fourth torque notch filter.
The user entered value 10/11:2195 [Trq NF4 Gain] currently passes through adaptive
tuning and is applied at all times.

344 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 63 - Port 10/11: Torque File

TqCam Planner Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2370 TqCAM Type Default: 0 = ‘PCAM’ RW 32-bit 5.x 2
TqCAM Type Options: 0 = ‘PCAM’ Integer
Enter a value to select the Torque Cam input type. 1 = ‘TCAM’
‘PCAM’ (0) – Select a Position Cam where the master axis (x coordinate) is position 2 = ‘VCAM’
reference source signal. The slave axis (y coordinate) is a torque output.
‘TCAM’ (1) – Select a Time Cam where the master axis (x coordinate) is time. The slave
axis (y coordinate) is a torque output.
‘VCAM’ (2) – Select a Torque Cam where the master axis (x coordinate) is velocity
reference source signal. The slave axis (y coordinate) is a torque output.
2371 TqCAM Control RW Bit 5.x 2
TqCAM Control
Set and clear bits to control Position Cam (PCAM), Time Cam (TCAM) and Velocity Cam (VCAM) functions.
CamProfNrml

Options
RerefPsnOfst

DirectionOut
Unidirection

Aux Cam En
Cam Enable
Direction In
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Offset En

Start

Default 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Start’ – Start the electronic camming function.

Bit 1 ‘DirectionOut’ – Reverse the polarity of the cam output. This is parameter 10/11:2524 [TqCAM Trq Out] at start of next cycle.
Bit 2 ‘Aux Cam En’ – Switch to the auxiliary cam profile at start of next cycle.
Bit 3 ‘Cam Enable’ – Enable the electronic camming function.
Bit 4 ‘Reserved’
Bit 5 ‘Reserved’

Set and clear bits additional bits to control PCAM and VCAM functions.
Bit 6 ‘Direction In’ – Reverse the polarity of the cam input. This is parameter 10/11:2376 [TqCAM Master Sel].
Bit 7 ‘Offset En’ – Enable an offset to the cam input. The offset is parameter 10/11:2378 [TqCAM Psn Ofst]. This bit only applies to PCAM.
Bit 8 ‘RerefPsnOfst’ – Apply a new position offset from parameter 10/11:2378 [TqCAM Psn Ofst] without changing the final master position input of PCAM. This bit only
applies to PCAM.
Bit 9 ‘Unidirection’ – Permit unidirectional operation.
Bit 10 ‘CamProfNrml’ - Normalizes the cam points by shifting them with an offset to place point 00 at (0,0).
2372 TqCAM Mode Default: 0 = ‘Off’ RW 32-bit 5.x 2
TqCAM Mode Options: 0 = ‘Off’ Integer
Select a value to determine how the electronic camming function responds to start 1 = ‘Single Step’
commands. The start command comes from bit 0 ‘Start’ in parameter 10/11:2371 [TqCAM 2 = ‘Continuous’
Control] or 0:886 [DI TqCAM Start] if configured. 3 = ‘Persistent’
‘Off’ (0) – Disable the electronic camming function.
‘Single Step’ (1) – When started, the camming function runs from point 0 until the
master axis reaches the last defined (end) point. At this point, the cam is complete and
does not continue to operate until started again. If the master axis backs up into cam
range, the function does not move the slave axis.
‘Continuous’ (2) – When started, the camming function runs from point 0 until the
master axis reaches the last defined (end) point. The camming function repeats this
action until the start is cleared. This mode only applies to PCAM and TCAM.
‘Persistent’ (3) – When started, the camming function runs from point 0 until the master
axis reaches the last defined (end) point. The camming function remains active until the
start is cleared. This mode only applies to PCAM and VCAM.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 345

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 63 - Port 10/11: Torque File

TqCam Planner Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2373 TqCAM Status RO Bit 5.x 2
TqCAM Status
Displays the status of the Position Cam (PCAM), Time Cam (TCAM) and Velocity Cam (VCAM) functions.

MainWrongOrd
Options

AuxWrongOrd
RerefPsnOfst

Persist Mode

DirectionOut
Unidirection

Aux Cam En
Direction In

Continuous
Single Step
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Offset En

Started
In Cam
VCAM
PCAM

TCAM
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘Started’ – Indicates the electronic camming function has started.
Bit 1 ‘In Cam’ – Indicates the cam input is in range of the defined profile.
Bit 2 ‘TCAM’ – Indicates TCAM is active.
Bit 3 ‘Single Step’ – Indicates single step mode is active.
Bit 4 ‘Continuous’ – Indicates continuous mode is active. This bit doesn't apply to VCAM.
Bit 5 ‘DirectionOut’ – Indicates the cam output direction is reversed.
Bit 6 ‘Aux Cam En’ – Indicates the auxiliary cam profile is in use.
Bit 7 ‘Reserved’
Bit 8 ‘MainWrongOrd’ – Indicates main profile master points are in wrong order.
Bit 9 ‘AuxWrongOrd’ – Indicates auxiliary profile master points are in wrong order.

Displays additional status of PCAM and VCAM functions.

Bit 10 ‘Persist Mode’ – Indicates persistent mode is active.
Bit 11 ‘Direction In’ – Indicates the cam input direction is reversed.
Bit 12 ‘Offset En’– Indicates the offset to the cam input is active. This bit only applies to PCAM.
Bit 13 ‘RerefPsnOfst’ – Indicates position offset re-referencing is active. This bit only applies to PCAM.
Bit 14 ‘Unidirection’ – Indicates unidirectional mode is active.
Bit 15 ‘PCAM’ – Indicates PCAM is active.
Bit 16 ‘VCAM’ – Indicates VCAM is active.
2375 TqCam Start Cfg Default: 0 = ‘Pnt Zero’ RW 32-bit 5.x 2
TqCAM Start Configuration Options: 0 = ‘Pnt Zero’ Integer
Enter a value to determine how the Torque Cam starts. 1 = ‘Last Stop’
‘Pnt Zero’ (0) – Starts the cam function from cam profile point 00. The master input is 2 = ‘Actl Input’
offset to 0. 3 = ‘Remainder’
‘Last Stop’ (1) – Starts the cam function from where it stopped last time. This choice is
different from ‘Pnt Zero’ (0) when the cam start command is unset during operation.
‘Actl Input’ (2) – Starts the cam function based on the actual master input.
‘Remainder’ (3) – Starts the cam function based on the remainder value of the actual
master input.
2376 TqCAM Psn Select Default: 0 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
TqCAM Position Select Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
Select a position reference source in DINT for the Position Cam (PCAM) input. This is not
used by the Time Cam (TCAM) and Velocity Cam (VCAM) functions.
Select the port and parameter of the position reference source or select from the
following drop down list.
Parameter 10/11:2377 [TqCAM Psn Stpt]
Parameter 10/11:1684 [PRef Selected]
Parameter 10/11:1090 [RP Psn Output]
Parameter 10/11: 1014 [Load Psn Fb Sel]
Parameter 10/11: 1748 [Psn Load Actual]
Parameter 10/11:1746 [Position Fb]
Parameter 10/11:1745 [Position Actual]

346 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 63 - Port 10/11: Torque File

TqCam Planner Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2377 TqCAM Psn Stpt Default: 0 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
TqCAM Position Setpoint Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Enter a value to be used as a discrete reference source for the PCAM input when
parameter 10/11:2376 [TqCAM Master Sel] selects this parameter.
This is only used by the Position Cam (PCAM) function.
2378 TqCAM Psn Ofst Default: 0 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
TqCAM Position Offset Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
Enter a value to be used as a discrete position offset value to the Position Cam (PCAM)
input when bit 7 ‘Offset En’ of parameter 10/11:2371 [TqCAM Control] is set.
This value causes a phase shift of position change in the master axis and a momentary
change to the cam velocity.
This is only used by the Position Cam (PCAM) function.
2379 TqCAM PsnOfstEPS Default: 2000 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
TqCAM Position Offset EPS Min/Max: 0/2147483647 Integer
Enter a value to set the edge count per second for the virtual encoder function used by the
position offset function.
This value limits the change of PCAM master axis in the change of position offset input.
This is only used by the Position Cam (PCAM) function.
2380 TqCAM Vel Select Default: 102381 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
TqCAM Velocity Select Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
Select a velocity reference source in REAL for the Velocity Cam (VCAM) input. This is not
used by the Time Cam (TCAM) and Position Cam (PCAM) functions.
Select the port and parameter of the velocity reference source or select from the following
drop down list.
Parameter 10/11:2381 [TqCAM Vel Stpt]
Parameter 10/11:1923 [VRef Ramped]
Parameter 10/11:1042 [Vel Fb Active]
Parameter 10/11:2354 [VCAM Vel Out]
2381 TqCAM Vel Stpt Units: Hz or RPM RW Real 5.x 2
TqCAM Velocity Setpoint Default: 0.0000
Enter a value to be used as a discrete reference source for the VCAM input when Min/Max: -35400.0000/+35400.0000
parameter 10/11:2380 [TqCAM Vel Sel] selects this parameter.
This is only used by the Velocity Cam (VCAM) function.
2384 TqCAM Master Scl Default: 1.00 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
TqCAM Master Scale Factor Min/Max: 0.01/214748000.00 Integer
Enter a value to scale the cam master axis.
2385 TqCAM SlvSclSel Default: 102386 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
TqCAM Slave Scale Select Min/Max: 0/159999 Integer
Select a source used to scale the cam slave axis.
Select the port and parameter of the source.
2386 TqCAM SlaveScale Default: 1.00 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
TqCAM Slave Scale Factor Min/Max: 0.00/214748000.00 Integer
Enter a value to be used as a discrete scale for the cam slave axis. This is active when
parameter 10/11:2385 [TqCAM SlvSclSel] selects this parameter.
2392 TqCAM StartSlope Default: 0.00 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
TqCAM Start Slope Min/Max: -214748000.00/+214748000.00 Integer
Enter a value to be used as the starting slope for the first cam point.
The camming function only uses this value when the first segment is a cubic type curve.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 347

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 63 - Port 10/11: Torque File

TqCam Planner Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2393 TqCAM End Slope Default: 0.00 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
TqCAM End Slope Min/Max: -214748000.00/+214748000.00 Integer
Enter a value to be used as the end slope for the end point.
The end point is defined by 10/11:2394 [TqCAM Main EndPt] or 10/11:2460 [TqCAM Aux
End Pt].
The camming function only uses this value when the last segment is a cubic type curve.
2394 TqCAM Main EndPt Default: 0 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
TqCAM Main End Point Min/Max: 0/15 Integer
Enter the number of the last point on the main cam profile.
2395 TqCAM Main Types RW Bit 5.x 2
TqCAM Main Types
Set and clear bits to determine the type for each segment in the main cam profile.
Clearing a bit makes that segment linear. Setting the bit makes that segment cubic.

CubicCurve14
CubicCurve13
CubicCurve12
CubicCurve11
CubicCurve10
Options

CubicCurve9
CubicCurve8
CubicCurve7
CubicCurve6
CubicCurve5
CubicCurve4
CubicCurve3
CubicCurve2
CubicCurve1
CubicCurve0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘CubicCurve0’ – Segment 0.

Bit 1 ‘CubicCurve1’ – Segment 1.
Bit 2 ‘CubicCurve2’ – Segment 2.
Bit 3 ‘CubicCurve3’ – Segment 3.
Bit 4 ‘CubicCurve4’ – Segment 4.
Bit 5 ‘CubicCurve5’ – Segment 5.
Bit 6 ‘CubicCurve6’ – Segment 6.
Bit 7 ‘CubicCurve7’ – Segment 7.
Bit 8 ‘CubicCurve8’ – Segment 8.
Bit 9 ‘CubicCurve9’ – Segment 9.
Bit 10 ‘CubicCurve10’ – Segment 10.
Bit 11 ‘CubicCurve11’ – Segment 11.
Bit 12 ‘CubicCurve12’ – Segment 12.
Bit 13 ‘CubicCurve13’ – Segment 13.
Bit 14 ‘CubicCurve14’ – Segment 14.

348 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 63 - Port 10/11: Torque File

TqCam Planner Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2396 TqCAM MainPt M00 Default: 0.0000 RW Real 5.x 2
2397 TqCAM MainPt M01 Min/Max: -220000000.0000/+220000000.0000
2398 TqCAM MainPt M02
2399 TqCAM MainPt M03
2400 TqCAM MainPt M04
2401 TqCAM MainPt M05
2402 TqCAM MainPt M06
2403 TqCAM MainPt M07
2404 TqCAM MainPt M08
2405 TqCAM MainPt M09
2406 TqCAM MainPt M10
2407 TqCAM MainPt M11
2408 TqCAM MainPt M12
2409 TqCAM MainPt M13
2410 TqCAM MainPt M14
2411 TqCAM MainPt M15
TqCAM Main Point Master nn
Enter the value for the master axis (x coordinate) for point nn on the main cam profile.
The units for Position Cam (PCAM) are counts. The units for Time Cam (TCAM) are seconds.
The units for Velocity Cam (VCAM) are Hz or RPM (depends on parameter 0:46 [Velocity
Units]).
2428 TqCAM MainPt S00 Units: % RW Real 5.x 2
2429 TqCAM MainPt S01 Default: 0.0000
2430 TqCAM MainPt S02 Min/Max: -300.0000/+300.0000
2431 TqCAM MainPt S03
2432 TqCAM MainPt S04
2433 TqCAM MainPt S05
2434 TqCAM MainPt S06
2435 TqCAM MainPt S07
2436 TqCAM MainPt S08
2437 TqCAM MainPt S09
2438 TqCAM MainPt S10
2439 TqCAM MainPt S11
2440 TqCAM MainPt S12
2441 TqCAM MainPt S13
2442 TqCAM MainPt S14
2443 TqCAM MainPt S15
TqCAM Main Point Slave nn
Enter the value for the slave axis (y coordinate) for point nn on the main cam profile.
The units are in percent.
2460 TqCAM Aux End Pt Default: 1 RW 32-bit 5.x 2
TqCAM Auxiliary End Point Min/Max: 1/15 Integer
Enter the number of the last point on the auxiliary cam profile.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 349

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Table 63 - Port 10/11: Torque File

TqCam Planner Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2461 TqCAM Aux Types RW Bit 5.x 2
TqCAM Auxiliary Types
Set and clear bits to determine the type for each segment in the auxiliary cam profile.
Clearing a bit makes that segment linear. Setting the bit makes that segment cubic.

CubicCurve14
CubicCurve13
CubicCurve12
CubicCurve11
CubicCurve10
Options

CubicCurve9
CubicCurve8
CubicCurve7
CubicCurve6
CubicCurve5
CubicCurve4
CubicCurve3
CubicCurve2
CubicCurve1
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 – Reserved
Bit 1 ‘CubicCurve1’ – Segment 1.
Bit 2 ‘CubicCurve2’ – Segment 2.
Bit 3 ‘CubicCurve3’ – Segment 3.
Bit 4 ‘CubicCurve4’ – Segment 4.
Bit 5 ‘CubicCurve5’ – Segment 5.
Bit 6 ‘CubicCurve6’ – Segment 6.
Bit 7 ‘CubicCurve7’ – Segment 7.
Bit 8 ‘CubicCurve8’ – Segment 8.
Bit 9 ‘CubicCurve9’ – Segment 9.
Bit 10 ‘CubicCurve10’ – Segment 10.
Bit 11 ‘CubicCurve11’ – Segment 11.
Bit 12 ‘CubicCurve12’ – Segment 12.
Bit 13 ‘CubicCurve13’ – Segment 13.
Bit 14 ‘CubicCurve14’ – Segment 14.

350 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters Chapter 5

Table 63 - Port 10/11: Torque File

TqCam Planner Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
2462 TqCAM Aux Pt M01 Default: 0.0000 RW Real 5.x 2
2463 TqCAM Aux Pt M02 Min/Max: -220000000.0000/+220000000.0000
2464 TqCAM Aux Pt M03
2465 TqCAM Aux Pt M04
2466 TqCAM Aux Pt M05
2467 TqCAM Aux Pt M06
2468 TqCAM Aux Pt M07
2469 TqCAM Aux Pt M08
2470 TqCAM Aux Pt M09
2471 TqCAM Aux Pt M10
2472 TqCAM Aux Pt M11
2473 TqCAM Aux Pt M12
2474 TqCAM Aux Pt M13
2475 TqCAM Aux Pt M14
2476 TqCAM Aux Pt M15
TqCAM Auxiliary Point Master nn
Enter the value for the master axis (x coordinate) for point nn on the auxiliary cam profile.
The units for Position Cam (PCAM) are counts. The units for Time Cam (TCAM) are seconds.
The units for Velocity Cam (VCAM) are Hz or RPM (depends on parameter 0:46 [Velocity
Units]).
2493 TqCAM Aux Pt S01 Units: % RW Real 5.x 2
2494 TqCAM Aux Pt S02 Default: 0.0000
2495 TqCAM Aux Pt S03 Min/Max: -300.0000/+300.0000
2496 TqCAM Aux Pt S04
2497 TqCAM Aux Pt S05
2498 TqCAM Aux Pt S06
2499 TqCAM Aux Pt S07
2500 TqCAM Aux Pt S08
2501 TqCAM Aux Pt S09
2502 TqCAM Aux Pt S10
2503 TqCAM Aux Pt S11
2504 TqCAM Aux Pt S12
2505 TqCAM Aux Pt S13
2506 TqCAM Aux Pt S14
2507 TqCAM Aux Pt S15
TqCAM Auxiliary Point Slave nn
Enter the value for the slave axis (y coordinate) for point nn on the auxiliary cam profile.
The units are in percent.
2524 TqCAM Trq Out Units: % RW Real 5.x 2
TqCAM Torque Out Default: 0.0000
Displays the cam slave torque output. This parameter is summed with parameter10/ Min/Max: -300.0000/+300.0000
11:2076 [Trq RefSelected], parameter10/11:2057 [FrctnComp Out] and parameter10/
11:2077 [Torque Step].
The unit is in percent.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 351

Chapter 5 Port 10 Primary and Port 11 Secondary Motor Side Control Parameters

Notes:

352 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Chapter 6

Port 12 Motor Side Power Parameters

This chapter lists and describes the PowerFlex 750-Series Port 12 product
parameters. The parameters can be programmed (viewed/edited) by using a
Human Interface Module (HIM). See the Enhanced PowerFlex 7-Class
Human Interface Module (HIM) User Manual, publication 20HIM-UM001,
for information on using the HIM to view and edit parameters. As an
alternative, programming can also be performed using Connected
Components Workbench™ (version 10 or later) software and a personal
computer.

Table 64 - Port 12 Files and Groups

Parameter File Page
Port 12: MotorSide Common File System Ratings Group 354
Port 12: MotorSide Common File Status Group 354
Port 12: MotorSide Common File Configuration Group 355
Port 12: Trq Accuracy Mod File Status Group 355
Port 12: Trq Accuracy Mod File Configuration Group 356
Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File Module Rating Group 357
Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File Metering Group 358
Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File Predictive Main Group 364
Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File DC Precharge Group 370

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 353

Chapter 6 Port 12 Motor Side Power Parameters

Motor Side Power (Port 12) Motor side control parameters apply to the control of the inverter sections of
the product.
Parameters
Table 65 - Port 12: MotorSide Common File
System Ratings Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1 Sys Rated Amps Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
Motor Side Inverter Current Rating Default: 0.00
Displays the continuous output current rating of motor side inverter in RMS Amps. Min/Max: 0.00/6000.00
This value depends on the rating of the hardware. It reflects the settings of parameters
0:34 [VoltageClass Act] and 0:36 [Duty Rating Act].
This displays the same value as paraeter 10/11:21 [Rated Amps].
2 Sys Rated Volts Units: VAC RO Real 1.x 0
Motor Side Inverter Voltage Rating Default: 0.00
Displays the voltage rating of the entire motor side inverter. Min/Max: 0.00/690.00
3 Effctv I Rating Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
Effective MotorSideInverterCurrentRating Default: 0.00
Displays the present current rating of the motor side inverter in Amps RMS. Min/Max: 0.00/6000.00
This will equal parameter 12:1 [Sys Rated Amps] when all power modules in the motor
side inverter are operational. It will be less than that during N-1 operation.

Table 66 - Port 12: MotorSide Common File

Status Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
10 Online Status RO Bit 1.x 0
Online Status Display
Displays whether the power modules in the motor side inverter successfully established fiber optic communications.
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Options
M9
M8
M7
M6
M5
M4
M3
M2
M1
M0
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
There is a bit for each power module.
A zero indicates the power module has not established communications.
A one indicates the power module has established communications.
13 ThrmMgr Curr Lmt RO Bit 1.x 0
Thermal Manager Current Limit Command
Displays whether the thermal manager in the power modules in the motor side inverter are commanding a current limit.
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Options
M9
M8
M7
M6
M5
M4
M3
M2
M1
M0

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
There is a bit for each power module.
The drive or bus supply sets the bit to indicate the thermal manager in the power supply is commanding a current limit. The thermal manager does this when the value of
Current Overload Count parameter, in that power module, is greater than or equal to 93.75%.

354 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 12 Motor Side Power Parameters Chapter 6

Table 67 - Port 12: MotorSide Common File

Configuration Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
40 DCP CP Low Actn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 16-bit 1.x 2
DC Precharge Control Power Low Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action to take place when the 240V AC control power is low. The DC precharge 1 = ‘Alarm’
determines this when the voltage is below the minimum threshold (less than 187V). 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
Selecting ‘Ignore’ (0) causes the drive or bus supply to do nothing when the event occurs. 3 = ‘Flt Stop’
Selecting ‘Alarm’ (1) causes the drive or bus supply to produce an alarm when the event
occurs.
Selecting ‘Flt Minor’ (2) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce minor fault when the
event occurs. If running, converter continues to run.
Selecting ‘Flt Stop’ (3) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce a major fault when the
event occurs. This stops the converter from running.
41 DCP FD1Off Actn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 16-bit 1.x 2
DC Precharge Fused Disc 1 Off Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action taken when the fused disconnect (FD1) is open prior to starting. 1 = ‘Alarm’
Selecting ‘Ignore’ (0) causes the drive or bus supply to do nothing when the event occurs. 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
Selecting ‘Alarm’ (1) causes the drive or bus supply to produce an alarm when the event 3 = ‘Flt Stop’
occurs.
Selecting ‘Flt Minor’ (2) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce minor fault when the
event occurs. If running, converter continues to run.
Selecting ‘Flt Stop’ (3) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce a major fault when the
event occurs. This stops the converter from running.

Table 68 - Port 12: Trq Accuracy Mod File

Status Group

Access Level
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
50 TrqAccyMod Temp Units: °C RO Real 1.x 0
Torque Accuracy Module Board Temperature Default: 0.00
Displays the temperature measurement, from the Torque Accuracy Module board, in Min/Max: -50.00/+100.00
degrees Celsius.
If the board temperature rises to 75 °C, an overtemperature alarm occurs.
If the board temperature rises to 80 °C, an overtemperature fault occurs.
If the board temperature falls to -25 °C, an undertemperature alarm occurs.
If the board temperature falls to -30 °C, an undertemperature fault occurs.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 355

Chapter 6 Port 12 Motor Side Power Parameters

Table 69 - Port 12: Trq Accuracy Mod File

Configuration Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
55 Trq Accy Mod Cfg RW Bit 1.x 2
Torque Accuracy Module Configuration
Set and clear bits to configure the operation of the Torque Accuracy module.

VltgOfstMode
Options

Module Enbl
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘Module Enbl’ enables operation of the Torque Accuracy Module. Only set this bit when using Flux Vector mode with encoder feedback.
Bit 4 ‘VltgOfstMode’ determines the mode of the Offset Calculation.
When it is cleared (0) the mode is Static. The drive only performs the Static Calculation on power up. It also performs the test when this bit goes from 1 to 0.
When it is set (1) the mode is Dynamic. The drive performs the Dynamic Calculation continuously when the drive is energized.
56 Fdbk Thresh Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Motor Voltage Feedback Threshold Min/Max: 0/2047 Integer
Enter a value to set the threshold for recognizing Motor Voltage Feedback data.
When the value of the measured feedback is below the threshold, the control will ignore
it and use a value of zero.
This is only active when using Static Voltage Offset Calculation.
57 OfstEvent Thresh Default: 400 RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Motor Voltage Offset Event Threshold Min/Max: 0/2047 Integer
Enter a value to set the threshold for detecting a Motor Voltage Offset Event.
When one of the calculated offsets exceeds the threshold, the drive will detect the event.
The drive will display and log an alarm when it detects the event.

356 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 12 Motor Side Power Parameters Chapter 6

Table 70 - Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File

Module Rating Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
100 M0 Rated Volts Units: VAC RO Real 1.x 0
200 M1 Rated Volts Default: 0.00
300 M2 Rated Volts Min/Max: 0.00/690.00
400 M3 Rated Volts
500 M4 Rated Volts
600 M5 Rated Volts
700 M6 Rated Volts
800 M7 Rated Volts
900 M8 Rated Volts
1000 M9 Rated Volts
Mn Voltage Rating
Displays the voltage rating of the individual power module.
101 M0 Rated Amps Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
201 M1 Rated Amps Default: 0.00
301 M2 Rated Amps Min/Max: 0.00/1000.00
401 M3 Rated Amps
501 M4 Rated Amps
601 M5 Rated Amps
701 M6 Rated Amps
801 M7 Rated Amps
901 M8 Rated Amps
1001 M9 Rated Amps
Mn Current Rating
Displays the current rating of the individual power module.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 357

Chapter 6 Port 12 Motor Side Power Parameters

Table 71 - Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File

Metering Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
105 M0 CurrentFdbk U Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
205 M1 CurrentFdbk U Default: 0.00
305 M2 CurrentFdbk U Min/Max: -10000.00/+10000.00
405 M3 CurrentFdbk U
505 M4 CurrentFdbk U
605 M5 CurrentFdbk U
705 M6 CurrentFdbk U
805 M7 CurrentFdbk U
905 M8 CurrentFdbk U
1005 M9 CurrentFdbk U
Mn Current Feedback U(T1) Display
Displays the current feedback from the U (T1) output phase in Amperes RMS.
106 M0 CurrentFdbk V Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
206 M1 CurrentFdbk V Default: 0.00
306 M2 CurrentFdbk V Min/Max: -10000.00/+10000.00
406 M3 CurrentFdbk V
506 M4 CurrentFdbk V
606 M5 CurrentFdbk V
706 M6 CurrentFdbk V
806 M7 CurrentFdbk V
906 M8 CurrentFdbk V
1006 M9 CurrentFdbk V
Mn Current Feedback V(T2) Display
Displays the current feedback from the V (T2) output phase in Amperes RMS.
107 M0 CurrentFdbk W Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
207 M1 CurrentFdbk W Default: 0.00
307 M2 CurrentFdbk W Min/Max: -10000.00/+10000.00
407 M3 CurrentFdbk W
507 M4 CurrentFdbk W
607 M5 CurrentFdbk W
707 M6 CurrentFdbk W
807 M7 CurrentFdbk W
907 M8 CurrentFdbk W
1007 M9 CurrentFdbk W
Mn Current Feedback W(T3) Display
Displays the current feedback from the W (T3) output phase in Amperes RMS.
108 M0 GroundCurrent Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
208 M1 GroundCurrent Default: 0.00
308 M2 GroundCurrent Min/Max: -10000.00/+10000.00
408 M3 GroundCurrent
508 M4 GroundCurrent
608 M5 GroundCurrent
708 M6 GroundCurrent
808 M7 GroundCurrent
908 M8 GroundCurrent
1008 M9 GroundCurrent
Mn Ground Current Display
Displays the ground current feedback.

358 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 12 Motor Side Power Parameters Chapter 6

Table 71 - Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File

Metering Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
109 M0 DC BusVoltage Units: VDC RO Real 1.x 0
209 M1 DC BusVoltage Default: 0.00
309 M2 DC BusVoltage Min/Max: 0.00/1200.00
409 M3 DC BusVoltage
509 M4 DC BusVoltage
609 M5 DC BusVoltage
709 M6 DC BusVoltage
809 M7 DC BusVoltage
909 M8 DC BusVoltage
1009 M9 DC BusVoltage
Mn DC Bus Voltage Display
Displays the DC Bus Voltage measurement in Volts DC.
111 M0 IGBT Temp Units: °C RO Real 1.x 0
211 M1 IGBT Temp Default: 0.00
311 M2 IGBT Temp Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00
411 M3 IGBT Temp
511 M4 IGBT Temp
611 M5 IGBT Temp
711 M6 IGBT Temp
811 M7 IGBT Temp
911 M8 IGBT Temp
1011 M9 IGBT Temp
Mn IGBT Temperature
Displays the calculated temperature of IGBT junctions, in degrees Celsius.
The Thermal Manager uses this value.
The detectors for IGBT over-temperature alarms and faults also use it. The detector
behaviors depend on several factors: this temperature, output frequency, whether
heatsink fans are running, and how long the temperature is above trip points. These
behaviors are described in the Troubleshooting section.
116 M0 Cur OL Count Default: 0.00 RO Real 1.x 0
216 M1 Cur OL Count Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00
316 M2 Cur OL Count
416 M3 Cur OL Count
516 M4 Cur OL Count
616 M5 Cur OL Count
716 M6 Cur OL Count
816 M7 Cur OL Count
916 M8 Cur OL Count
1016 M9 Cur OL Count
Mn Current Overload Count
Displays the overload count for the power module in percentage. It increases when the
current is higher than the module continuous rating.
When the count reaches 50% an overload alarm occurs.
When the count reaches 93.75% the Thermal Manager issues a current limit command.
When the count reaches 100% an overload fault occurs.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 359

Chapter 6 Port 12 Motor Side Power Parameters

Table 71 - Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File

Metering Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
117 M0 HeatsinkTempU Units: °C RO Real 1.x 0
217 M1 HeatsinkTempU Default: 0.00
317 M2 HeatsinkTempU Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00
417 M3 HeatsinkTempU
517 M4 HeatsinkTempU
617 M5 HeatsinkTempU
717 M6 HeatsinkTempU
817 M7 HeatsinkTempU
917 M8 HeatsinkTempU
1017 M9 HeatsinkTempU
Mn Heatsink Temperature U (T1)
Displays the temperature of the heatsink in degrees Celsius. This is measured by the
Negative Temperature Coefficient (NTC) device on the U (T1) phase.
If the temperature rises to 108 °C, an over-temperature alarm occurs.
If the heatsink temperature rises to 118 °C, an over-temperature fault occurs.
If the heatsink temperature falls to -25 °C, an under-temperature alarm occurs.
If the heatsink temperature falls to -30 °C, an under-temperature fault occurs.
If the heatsink temperature rises above 150 °C, an NTC short fault occurs.
If the heatsink temperature falls below -40 °C, an NTC open fault occurs.
118 M0 HeatsinkTempV Units: °C RO Real 1.x 0
218 M1 HeatsinkTempV Default: 0.00
318 M2 HeatsinkTempV Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00
418 M3 HeatsinkTempV
518 M4 HeatsinkTempV
618 M5 HeatsinkTempV
718 M6 HeatsinkTempV
818 M7 HeatsinkTempV
918 M8 HeatsinkTempV
1018 M9 HeatsinkTempV
Mn Heatsink Temperature V (T2)
Displays the temperature of the heatsink in degrees Celsius. This is measured by the
Negative Temperature Coefficient (NTC) device on the V (T2) phase.
If the temperature rises to 108 °C, an over-temperature alarm occurs.
If the heatsink temperature rises to 118 °C, an over-temperature fault occurs.
If the heatsink temperature falls to -25 °C, an under-temperature alarm occurs.
If the heatsink temperature falls to -30 °C, an under-temperature fault occurs.
If the heatsink temperature rises above 150 °C, an NTC short fault occurs.
If the heatsink temperature falls below -40 °C, an NTC open fault occurs.

360 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 12 Motor Side Power Parameters Chapter 6

Table 71 - Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File

Metering Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
119 M0 HeatsinkTempW Units: °C RO Real 1.x 0
219 M1 HeatsinkTempW Default: 0.00
319 M2 HeatsinkTempW Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00
419 M3 HeatsinkTempW
519 M4 HeatsinkTempW
619 M5 HeatsinkTempW
719 M6 HeatsinkTempW
819 M7 HeatsinkTempW
919 M8 HeatsinkTempW
1019 M9 HeatsinkTempW
Mn Heatsink Temperature W (T3)
Displays the temperature of the heatsink in degrees Celsius. This is measured by the
Negative Temperature Coefficient (NTC) device on the W (T3) phase.
If the temperature rises to 108 °C, an over-temperature alarm occurs.
If the heatsink temperature rises to 118 °C, an over-temperature fault occurs.
If the heatsink temperature falls to -25 °C, an under-temperature alarm occurs.
If the heatsink temperature falls to -30 °C, an under-temperature fault occurs.
If the heatsink temperature rises above 150 °C, an NTC short fault occurs.
If the heatsink temperature falls below -40 °C, an NTC open fault occurs.
120 M0 PLI BoardTemp Units: °C RO Real 1.x 0
220 M1 PLI BoardTemp Default: 0.00
320 M2 PLI BoardTemp Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00
420 M3 PLI BoardTemp
520 M4 PLI BoardTemp
620 M5 PLI BoardTemp
720 M6 PLI BoardTemp
820 M7 PLI BoardTemp
920 M8 PLI BoardTemp
1020 M9 PLI BoardTemp
Mn Power Layer Interface Board Temp
Displays the temperature measurement, from the Power Layer Interface board, in degrees
Celsius.
If the board temperature rises to 75 °C, an overtemperature alarm occurs.
If the board temperature rises to 80 °C, an overtemperature fault occurs.
If the board temperature falls to -25 °C, an undertemperature alarm occurs.
If the board temperature falls to -30 °C, an undertemperature fault occurs.
121 M0 PIB BoardTemp Units: °C RO Real 1.x 0
221 M1 PIB BoardTemp Default: 0.00
321 M2 PIB BoardTemp Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00
421 M3 PIB BoardTemp
521 M4 PIB BoardTemp
621 M5 PIB BoardTemp
721 M6 PIB BoardTemp
821 M7 PIB BoardTemp
921 M8 PIB BoardTemp
1021 M9 PIB BoardTemp
Mn Power Interface Board Temp
Displays the temperature measurement, from the Power Layer Interface board, in degrees
Celsius.
If the board temperature rises to 75 °C, an overtemperature alarm occurs.
If the board temperature rises to 80 °C, an overtemperature fault occurs.
If the board temperature falls to -25 °C, an undertemperature alarm occurs.
If the board temperature falls to -30 °C, an undertemperature fault occurs.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 361

Chapter 6 Port 12 Motor Side Power Parameters

Table 71 - Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File

Metering Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
122 M0HeatsinkFanSpd Units: RPM RO 32-bit 1.x 0
222 M1HeatsinkFanSpd Default: 0 Integer
322 M2HeatsinkFanSpd Min/Max: 0/220000000
422 M3HeatsinkFanSpd
522 M4HeatsinkFanSpd
622 M5HeatsinkFanSpd
722 M6HeatsinkFanSpd
822 M7HeatsinkFanSpd
922 M8HeatsinkFanSpd
1022 M9HeatsinkFanSpd
Mn Heatsink Fan Speed
Displays the speed of the heatsink fan in RPM.
If it falls below 1631 RPM for frames 5...7 or 295 for frames 8 and above when the Motor
Side Inverter is not modulating an alarm occurs.
If it falls below 1593 RPM for frames 5...7 or 250 for frames 8 and above when the Motor
Side Inverter is not modulating a fault occurs.
If it falls below 6375 RPM for frames 5...7 or 2050 for frames 8 and above when the Motor
Side Inverter is modulating an alarm occurs.
If it falls below 1593 RPM for frames 5...7 or 1800 for frames 8 and above when the Motor
Side Inverter is modulating a fault occurs.
123 M0 Life MtrMWHrs Units: MWh RO Real 1.x 0
223 M1 Life MtrMWHrs Default: 0.000
323 M2 Life MtrMWHrs Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
423 M3 Life MtrMWHrs
523 M4 Life MtrMWHrs
623 M5 Life MtrMWHrs
723 M6 Life MtrMWHrs
823 M7 Life MtrMWHrs
923 M8 Life MtrMWHrs
1023 M9 Life MtrMWHrs
Mn Lifetime Motoring Megawatt Hours
Displays the energy (Megawatt Hours) consumed by the motor and load from this power
module during the lifetime of the power module.

362 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 12 Motor Side Power Parameters Chapter 6

Table 71 - Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File

Metering Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
124 M0 Life RgnMWHrs Units: MWh RO Real 1.x 0
224 M1 Life RgnMWHrs Default: 0.000
324 M2 Life RgnMWHrs Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000
424 M3 Life RgnMWHrs
524 M4 Life RgnMWHrs
624 M5 Life RgnMWHrs
724 M6 Life RgnMWHrs
824 M7 Life RgnMWHrs
924 M8 Life RgnMWHrs
1024 M9 Life RgnMWHrs
Mn Lifetime Regenerating Megawatt Hours
Displays the energy (Megawatt Hours) generated by the motor and load and passed
through this power module during the lifetime of the power module.
125 M0 HS Fan 2 Spd Units: RPM RO 32-bit 4.x 0
M0 Heatsink Fan 2 Speed Default: 0 Integer
Displays the speed of the second heatsink fan in RPM for frame 7 drives and common bus Min/Max: 0/220000000
inverters.
If the fan speed falls below 1631 RPM when the motor side inverter is not modulating an
alarm occurs.
If the fan speed falls below 1593 RPM when the motor side inverter is not modulating a
fault occurs.
If the fan speed falls below 6375 RPM when the motor side inverter is modulating an
alarm occurs.
If the fan speed falls below 1593 RPM when the motor side inverter is modulating a fault
occurs.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 363

Chapter 6 Port 12 Motor Side Power Parameters

Table 72 - Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File

Predictive Main Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
130 M0PredMaintReset Default: 0 = ‘Ready’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
230 M1PredMaintReset Options: 0 = ‘Ready’ Integer
330 M2PredMaintReset 1 = ‘M HS Fan Life’
430 M3PredMaintReset 2 = ‘MBusCap Life’
530 M4PredMaintReset 3 = ‘DCP MSC Life’
630 M5PredMaintReset
730 M6PredMaintReset
830 M7PredMaintReset
930 M8PredMaintReset
1030 M9PredMaintReset
Mn Predictive Maintenance Reset
Select a value, in order to reset an elapsed life meter in this power module.
Do not perform a reset while the product is in an Energy Pause ‘Paused’ state.
‘Ready’ (0) – indicates the Predictive Maintenance function is ready to reset a meter.
‘M HSFan Life’ (1) – resets the Heatsink Fan elapsed life parameter for the power module.
‘MBusCap Life’ (2) – resets the Bus Capacitor elapsed life parameter for the power
module.
‘DCP MCS Life’ (3) – resets the DC Precharge Molded Case Switch elapsed life parameter.
After the meter has been reset the value of this parameter returns to 0 ‘Ready’.
131 M0 Meas Amb Tmp Units: °C RO Real 1.x 1
231 M1 Meas Amb Tmp Default: 0.00
331 M2 Meas Amb Tmp Min/Max: -100.00/+100.00
431 M3 Meas Amb Tmp
531 M4 Meas Amb Tmp
631 M5 Meas Amb Tmp
731 M6 Meas Amb Tmp
831 M7 Meas Amb Tmp
931 M8 Meas Amb Tmp
1031 M9 Meas Amb Tmp
Mn Measured Ambient Temp
Displays the measured temperature of the air entering the power module, in degrees
Celsius.
An over temperature fault occurs if the value goes above 70 °C.
An over temperature alarm occurs if the value goes above 60 °C.
An under temperature fault occurs if the value falls below -30 °C.
An under temperature fault occurs if the value falls below -25 °C.
This value is also used by Predictive Maintenance functions.

364 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 12 Motor Side Power Parameters Chapter 6

Table 72 - Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
134 M0 HSFanPctLife Units: % RO Real 5.x 1
234 M1 HSFanPctLife Default: 0.000
334 M2 HSFanPctLife Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
434 M3 HSFanPctLife
534 M4 HSFanPctLife
634 M5 HSFanPctLife
734 M6 HSFanPctLife
834 M7 HSFanPctLife
934 M8 HSFanPctLife
1034 M9 HSFanPctLife
Mn Heatsink Fan Percent Life
Displays the consumed life of the power module heatsink fan as a percentage of its total
life.
The Predictive Maintenance function uses component data, temperature, speed, and
runtime to calculate this value. It also uses the value of parameter 0:510 [Fan Derate] in
the calculation.
The event configured in parameter 0:563 [HSFan EventActn] will occur when the value of
this parameter exceeds the threshold specified in parameter 0:562 [HSFan EventLevel].
When you replace this fan, use parameters 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and the
corresponding [MnPredMaintReset] to reset this meter.
135 M0HSFanElpsdLife Units: h RO Real 1.x 1
235 M1HSFanElpsdLife Default: 0.000
335 M2HSFanElpsdLife Min/Max: 0.000/21474840.000
435 M3HSFanElpsdLife
535 M4HSFanElpsdLife
635 M5HSFanElpsdLife
735 M6HSFanElpsdLife
835 M7HSFanElpsdLife
935 M8HSFanElpsdLife
1035 M9HSFanElpsdLife
Mn Heatsink Fan Elapsed Life
Displays the accumulated elapsed life of the Heatsink fan.
When you replace this fan, use parameter 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and the
corresponding [MnPredMaintReset] to reset this meter.
136 M0HSFanRemainLif Units: h RO Real 1.x 1
236 M1HSFanRemainLif Default: 0.00
336 M2HSFanRemainLif Min/Max: -1000000000000.00/
436 M3HSFanRemainLif +1000000000000.00
536 M4HSFanRemainLif
636 M5HSFanRemainLif
736 M6HSFanRemainLif
836 M7HSFanRemainLif
936 M8HSFanRemainLif
1036 M9HSFanRemainLif
Mn Heatsink Fan Remaining Life
Displays the remaining life for the Heatsink fan in this power module.
This is the calculated time until the Heatsink Fan Event. The calculation uses Event Level
and the record of operating conditions from the past thirty days. These conditions include
component data, temperature, speed, and runtime. It also uses the value of parameter
0:510 [Fan Derate].
Positive values indicate the number of hours projected before the event. These count
down.
Negative values indicate the number of hours that have passed since the projected event.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 365

Chapter 6 Port 12 Motor Side Power Parameters

Table 72 - Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
137 M0 HSFanResetLog Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 1
237 M1 HSFanResetLog Min/Max: 0/4294967295 Integer
337 M2 HSFanResetLog
437 M3 HSFanResetLog
537 M4 HSFanResetLog
637 M5 HSFanResetLog
737 M6 HSFanResetLog
837 M7 HSFanResetLog
937 M8 HSFanResetLog
1037 M9 HSFanResetLog
Mn HSFanResetLog
Displays the number of times that heatsink fan elapsed life has been reset.
138 M0IGBT PctLife Units: % RO Real 5.x 1
238 M1IGBT PctLife Default: 0.000
338 M2IGBT PctLife Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
438 M3IGBT PctLife
538 M4IGBT PctLife
638 M5IGBT PctLife
738 M6IGBT PctLife
838 M7IGBT PctLife
938 M8IGBT PctLife
1038 M9IGBT PctLife
Mn IGBT Percent Life
Displays the consumed life of the power module IGBTs as a percentage of their total life.
The Predictive Maintenance function calculates this based on a model that incorporates
component data, temperature, run time and load. The number of overload conditions is
another important input to the model.
The event configured in parameter 0:567 [IGBT Event Actn] will occur when the value of
this parameter exceeds the threshold specified in parameter 0:566 [IGBT Event Level].
139 M0IGBT ElpsdLife Units: Cycl RO Real 1.x 1
239 M1IGBT ElpsdLife Default: 0.00
339 M2IGBT ElpsdLife Min/Max: 0.00/21474840.00
439 M3IGBT ElpsdLife
539 M4IGBT ElpsdLife
639 M5IGBT ElpsdLife
739 M6IGBT ElpsdLife
839 M7IGBT ElpsdLife
939 M8IGBT ElpsdLife
1039 M9IGBT ElpsdLife
Mn IGBT Elapsed Life
Displays the unprocessed elapsed life of the IGBTs in the power module.

366 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 12 Motor Side Power Parameters Chapter 6

Table 72 - Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
140 M0IGBT RemainLif Units: h RO Real 1.x 1
240 M1IGBT RemainLif Default: 0.00
340 M2IGBT RemainLif Min/Max: -1000000000000.00/
440 M3IGBT RemainLif +1000000000000.00
540 M4IGBT RemainLif
640 M5IGBT RemainLif
740 M6IGBT RemainLif
840 M7IGBT RemainLif
940 M8IGBT RemainLif
1040 M9IGBT RemainLif
Mn IGBT Remaining Life
Displays the remaining life for the IGBTs in this power module.
This is the calculated time until the IGBT Event. The calculation uses Event Level and the
record of operating conditions from the past thirty days. These conditions include
component data, temperature, load (current) and runtime.
Positive values indicate the number of hours projected before the event. These count
down.
Negative values indicate the number of hours that have passed since the projected event.
Note the precision of this parameter is limited to the eight most significant digits. The
three least significant digits are determined by rounding. For example an internal value of
18760230188 is represented in this parameter as 18760230000.
141 M0BusCapPctLife Units: % RO Real 5.x 1
241 M1BusCapPctLife Default: 0.000
341 M2BusCapPctLife Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
441 M3BusCapPctLife
541 M4BusCapPctLife
641 M5BusCapPctLife
741 M6BusCapPctLife
841 M7BusCapPctLife
941 M8BusCapPctLife
1041 M9BusCapPctLife
Mn DC Bus Capacitor Percent Life
Displays the consumed life of the power module DC bus capacitors as a percentage of
their total life.
The Predictive Maintenance function uses component data, temperature, load (current),
DC bus ripple, and runtime to calculate this value.
The event configured in parameter 0:571 [BusCap EventActn] will occur when the value of
this parameter exceeds the threshold specified in parameter 0:570 [Bus Cap EventLvl].
When you replace the DC bus capacitors, use parameters 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and the
corresponding [MnPredMaintReset] to reset this meter.
These parameters are not applicable to frame 5 and 6 products.
142 M0BusCapElpsdLif Units: h RO Real 1.x 1
242 M1BusCapElpsdLif Default: 0.00
342 M2BusCapElpsdLif Min/Max: 0.00/21474840.00
442 M3BusCapElpsdLif
542 M4BusCapElpsdLif
642 M5BusCapElpsdLif
742 M6BusCapElpsdLif
842 M7BusCapElpsdLif
942 M8BusCapElpsdLif
1042 M9BusCapElpsdLif
Mn DC Bus Capacitor Elapsed Life
Displays the unprocessed elapsed life of the DC bus capacitors in the power module.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 367

Chapter 6 Port 12 Motor Side Power Parameters

Table 72 - Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
143 M0BusCapRmngLife Units: h RO Real 1.x 1
243 M1BusCapRmngLife Default: 0.00
343 M2BusCapRmngLife Min/Max: -1000000000000.00/
443 M3BusCapRmngLife +1000000000000.00
543 M4BusCapRmngLife
643 M5BusCapRmngLife
743 M6BusCapRmngLife
843 M7BusCapRmngLife
943 M8BusCapRmngLife
1043 M9BusCapRmngLife
Mn DC Bus Capacitor Remaining Life
Displays the remaining life for the DC bus capacitors in this power module.
This is the calculated time until the DC Bus Capacitor Event. The calculation uses Event
Level and the record of operating conditions from the past thirty days. These conditions
include component data, temperature, load (current), DC bus ripple, and runtime.
Positive values indicate the number of hours projected before the event. These count
down.
Negative values indicate the number of hours that have passed since the projected event.
144 M0BusCapResetLog Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 1
244 M1BusCapResetLog Min/Max: 0/4294967295 Integer
344 M2BusCapResetLog
444 M3BusCapResetLog
544 M4BusCapResetLog
644 M5BusCapResetLog
744 M6BusCapResetLog
844 M7BusCapResetLog
944 M8BusCapResetLog
1044 M9BusCapResetLog
Mn DC Bus Capacitor Reset Log
Displays the number of times that the DC bus capacitor elapsed life parameter has been
reset.
145 DCP0MCS ElpsdLif Units: Cycl RO 32-bit 1.x 1
245 DCP1MCS ElpsdLif Default: 0 Integer
345 DCP2MCS ElpsdLif Min/Max: 0/4294967295
445 DCP3MCS ElpsdLif
545 DCP4MCS ElpsdLif
645 DCP5MCS ElpsdLif
745 DCP6MCS ElpsdLif
845 DCP7MCS ElpsdLif
945 DCP8MCS ElpsdLif
1045 DCP9MCS ElpsdLif
DCPn MCS Elapsed Life
Displays the unprocessed elapsed life of the Molded Case Switch (CB1) in the DC
precharge of this module.
When you replace the Molded Case Switch use parameter 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and
the corresponding [LnPredMaintReset] to reset this meter.

368 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 12 Motor Side Power Parameters Chapter 6

Table 72 - Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
146 DCP0MCS Rem Life Units: h RO Real 1.x 1
246 DCP1MCS Rem Life Default: 0.00
346 DCP2MCS Rem Life Min/Max: -1000000000000.00/
446 DCP3MCS Rem Life +1000000000000.00
546 DCP4MCS Rem Life
646 DCP5MCS Rem Life
746 DCP6MCS Rem Life
846 DCP7MCS Rem Life
946 DCP8MCS Rem Life
1046 DCP9MCS Rem Life
DCPn MCS Remaining Life
Displays the remaining life for the Molded Case Switch in this DC precharge.
This is the calculated time until the Molded Case Switch Event. The calculation uses Event
Level and the record of operating conditions from the past thirty days. These conditions
include component data and the number of cycles under certain conditions.
Positive values indicate the number of hours projected before the event. These count
down.
Negative values indicate the number of hours that have passed since the projected event.
147 DCP0MCS ResetLog Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 1
247 DCP1MCS ResetLog Min/Max: 0/4294967295 Integer
347 DCP2MCS ResetLog
447 DCP3MCS ResetLog
547 DCP4MCS ResetLog
647 DCP5MCS ResetLog
747 DCP6MCS ResetLog
847 DCP7MCS ResetLog
947 DCP8MCS ResetLog
1047 DCP9MCS ResetLog
DCPn MCS Reset Log
Displays the number of times that Molded Case Switch Life parameter has been reset.
148 DCP0MCS PctLife Units: % RO 32-bit 1.x 1
248 DCP1MCS PctLife Default: 0.000 Integer
348 DCP2MCS PctLife Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
448 DCP3MCS PctLife
548 DCP4MCS PctLife
648 DCP5MCS PctLife
748 DCP6MCS PctLife
848 DCP7MCS PctLife
948 DCP8MCS PctLife
1048 DCP9MCS PctLife
DCPn MCS Percent Life
Displays the consumed life of the molded case switch in the DC precharge assembly for
the power module as a percentage of its total life. The event configured in parameter
0:575 [MCS Event Action] occurs when the value of this parameter exceeds the threshold
specified in parameter 0:574 [MCS Event Level].
When you replace the molded case switch, use parameters 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and
the corresponding [Mn PredMaintReset] to reset this meter.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 369

Chapter 6 Port 12 Motor Side Power Parameters

Table 73 - Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File

DC Precharge Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
145 DCP0MCS ElpsdLif
245 DCP1MCS ElpsdLif
345 DCP2MCS ElpsdLif
445 DCP3MCS ElpsdLif
545 DCP4MCS ElpsdLif
645 DCP5MCS ElpsdLif
745 DCP6MCS ElpsdLif
845 DCP7MCS ElpsdLif
945 DCP8MCS ElpsdLif
1045 DCP9MCS ElpsdLif
DC Precharge n MCS Elapsed Life
This is the secondary file and group position for these parameters.
See DC Precharge n MCS Elapsed Life definition on page 368.
170 DCP0 Status RW Bit 1.x 0
270 DCP1 Status
370 DCP2 Status
470 DCP3 Status
570 DCP4 Status
670 DCP5 Status
770 DCP6 Status
870 DCP7 Status
970 DCP8 Status
1070 DCP9 Status
DC Precharge n Status
Indicates the status of conditions and signals in the DC Precharge module.
MCSSpChrgOut

Options
MCSShtRelOut
BusFuseNegIn

PreChrgBusOk
MCSUVDlyOut

PreChrg Done
BusFusePosIn
BusHarnessIn

MCSClCoilOut
MCS Opening

PreChrg Req
MCS Closing

Fuse Disc In

Ctrl Pwr OK
MCS Aux In
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Ready
Alarm
Default Fault
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘Ready’ indicates the DC Precharge is ready to receive a precharge request.
Bit 1 ‘Fault’ indicates there is a fault condition in the DC Precharge.
Bit 2 ‘Alarm’ indicates there is an alarm condition in the DC Precharge.
Bit 3 ‘Ctrl Pwr OK’ indicates the 240V AC control power is within the acceptable range.
Bit 5 ‘PreChrg Req’ indicates the Precharge module has received a Precharge request from the main control board.
Bit 6 ‘PreChrgBusOk’ indicates the Precharge module has received a Precharge Bus Okay signal from the main control board.
Bit 7 ‘PreChrg Done’ indicates that Precharge is complete.
Bit 9 ‘Fuse Disc In’ indicates the status of the Auxiliary input on the fused disconnect (FD1).
Bit 10 ‘MCSSpChrgOut’ indicates the status of the Spring Motor output on the Molded Case Switch (CB1).
Bit 11 ‘MCSUVDlyOut’ indicates the status of the Under Voltage Delay output on the Molded Case Switch (CB1).
Bit 12 ‘MCSClCoilOut’ indicates the status of the Close Coil output on the Molded Case Switch (CB1).
Bit 13 ‘MCSShtRelOut’ indicates the status of the Shunt Relay output on the Molded Case Switch (CB1).
Bit 14 ‘MCS Aux In’ indicates the status of the Auxiliary input on the Molded Case Switch (CB1).
Bit 15 ‘MCS Closing’ indicates the Molded Case Switch (CB1) is closing.
Bit 16 ‘MCS Opening’ indicates the Molded Case Switch (CB1) is opening.
Bit 20 ‘BusHarnessIn’ indicates the status of the bus harness.
Bit 21 ‘BusFusePosIn’ indicates the status of the positive bus fuse.
Bit 22 ‘BusFuseNegIn’ indicates the status of the negative bus fuse.

370 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 12 Motor Side Power Parameters Chapter 6

Table 73 - Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File

DC Precharge Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
171 DCP0 DC Bus Vltg Units: VDC RO 16-bit 1.x 0
271 DCP1 DC Bus Vltg Default: 0 Integer
371 DCP2 DC Bus Vltg Min/Max: 0/1200
471 DCP3 DC Bus Vltg
571 DCP4 DC Bus Vltg
671 DCP5 DC Bus Vltg
771 DCP6 DC Bus Vltg
871 DCP7 DC Bus Vltg
971 DCP8 DC Bus Vltg
1071 DCP9 DC Bus Vltg
DC Precharge n Bus Output Voltage
Displays the DC voltage on the inverter capacitor bank, measured after the precharge
resistors and contactor.
172 DCP0 MainDCBusV Units: VDC RO 16-bit 1.x 0
272 DCP1 MainDCBusV Default: 0 Integer
372 DCP2 MainDCBusV Min/Max: 0/1200
472 DCP3 MainDCBusV
572 DCP4 MainDCBusV
672 DCP5 MainDCBusV
772 DCP6 MainDCBusV
872 DCP7 MainDCBusV
972 DCP8 MainDCBusV
1072 DCP9 MainDCBusV
DC Precharge n DC Bus Input Voltage
Displays the DC voltage on the inverter capacitor bank, measured before the precharge
resistors and contactor.
173 DCP0 Board Temp Units: °C RO Real 1.x 0
273 DCP1 Board Temp Default: 0.00
373 DCP2 Board Temp Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00
473 DCP3 Board Temp
573 DCP4 Board Temp
673 DCP5 Board Temp
773 DCP6 Board Temp
873 DCP7 Board Temp
973 DCP8 Board Temp
1073 DCP9 Board Temp
DC Precharge n Board Temperature
Displays the temperature measurement, from the DC Precharge board, in degrees Celsius.
If the board temperature rises to 75 °C, an overtemperature alarm occurs.
If the board temperature rises to 80 °C, an overtemperature fault occurs.
If the board temperature falls to -25 °C, an undertemperature alarm occurs.
If the board temperature falls to -30 °C, an undertemperature fault occurs.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 371

Chapter 6 Port 12 Motor Side Power Parameters

Table 73 - Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File

DC Precharge Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
174 DCP0 PwrSup Vltg Units: VAC RO 16-bit 1.x 0
274 DCP1 PwrSup Vltg Default: 0 Integer
374 DCP2 PwrSup Vltg Min/Max: 0/500
474 DCP3 PwrSup Vltg
574 DCP4 PwrSup Vltg
674 DCP5 PwrSup Vltg
774 DCP6 PwrSup Vltg
874 DCP7 PwrSup Vltg
974 DCP8 PwrSup Vltg
1074 DCP9 PwrSup Vltg
DC Precharge n AC Power Supply Voltage
Displays the voltage of the AC Power Supply in Volts RMS.

372 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Chapter 7
Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

This chapter lists and describes the PowerFlex 750-Series Port 13 drive
parameters. The parameters can be programmed (viewed/edited) by using a
Human Interface Module (HIM). See the Enhanced PowerFlex 7-Class
Human Interface Module (HIM) User Manual, publication 20HIM-UM001,
for information on using the HIM to view and edit parameters. As an
alternative, programming can also be performed by using Connected
Components Workbench™ (version 10 or later) software and a personal
computer.

Table 74 - Port 13 Files and Groups

Parameter File Page
Port 13: Monitor File Metering Group 374
Port 13: Monitor File LineSideCnv Data Group 376
Port 13: Dynamic Control File AC Line Data Group 377
Port 13: Dynamic Control File LSC Control Cfg Group 378
Port 13: Dynamic Control File Voltage Control Group 379
Port 13: Dynamic Control File Current Control Group 384
Port 13: Dynamic Control File Phase Lock Loop Group 388
Port 13: Protection File Curr/Pwr Limits Group 389
Port 13: Protection File Voltage Limits Group 391
Port 13: Protection File Frequency Limits Group 394
Port 13: Protection File Power Loss Group 397
Port 13: Protection File Unbalance Group 399
Port 13: Diagnostics File Status Group 401
Port 13: Diagnostics File Fault/Alarm Info Group 405
Port 13: Diagnostics File Testpoints Group 409
Port 13: Dynamic Control File Bus Observer Group 409
Port 13: Dynamic Control File Droop Control Group 411

Table 75 - Port 14 Files and Groups

Parameter File Page
Port 14: Line Side Common File System Ratings Group 413
Port 14: Line Side Common File Status Group 413
Port 14: L0…L9 Power Module File Module Rating Group 414
Port 14: L0…L9 Power Module File Metering Group 415
Port 14: L0…L9 Power Module File Predictive Main Group 421
Port 14: AC Precharge File Status Group 427
Port 14: AC Precharge File Metering Group 428
Port 14: AC Precharge File Configuration Group 430
Port 14: AC Precharge File Predictive Main Group 431
Port 14: F0…F9 LCL Filter File Module Rating Group 433
Port 14: F0…F9 LCL Filter File Status Group 434
Port 14: F0…F9 LCL Filter File Metering Group 434
Port 14: F0…F9 LCL Filter File Predictive Main Group 439

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 373

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Line Side Control (Port 13)

Parameters
Table 76 - Port 13: Monitor File
Metering Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1 AC Line Freq Units: Hz RO Real 1.x 0
AC Line Frequency Default: 0.00
Displays the measured AC line frequency. Min/Max: 0.00/Rated Frequency x 2
Parameter 13:23 [Display Filter] determines whether the value is filtered or unfiltered.
2 AC Line Voltage Units: VAC RO Real 1.x 0
AC Line Voltage Default: 0.0
Displays total 3-phase average AC voltage. Min/Max: 0.0/13:25 [Rated Volts] x 1.25
Parameter 13:23 [Display Filter] determines whether the value is filtered or unfiltered.
3 R-S Line Volts Units: VAC RO Real 1.x 0
R (L1) - S (L2) Line Voltage Default: 0.00
Displays the measured line-to-line voltage between phase R (L1) and phase S (L2). Min/Max: 0.00/13:25 [Rated Volts] x 1.25
Parameter 13:23 [Display Filter] determines whether the value is filtered or unfiltered.
4 S-T Line Volts Units: VAC RO Real 1.x 0
S (L2) - T (L3) Line Voltage Default: 0.00
Displays the measured line-to-line voltage between phase S (L2) and phase T (L3). Min/Max: 0.00/13:25 [Rated Volts] x 1.25
Parameter 13:23 [Display Filter] determines whether the value is filtered or unfiltered.
5 T-R Line Volts Units: VAC RO Real 1.x 0
T (L3) - R (L1) Line Voltage Default: 0.00
Displays the measured line-to-line voltage between phase T (L3) and phase R (L1). Min/Max: 0.00/13:25 [Rated Volts] x 1.25
Parameter 13:23 [Display Filter] determines whether the value is filtered or unfiltered.
6 AC Line Current Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
AC Line Current Default: 0.0
Displays the average measured RMS AC phase current. Min: 26 [Rated Amps] x (-2.00)
Parameter 13:23 [Display Filter] determines whether the value is filtered or unfiltered. Max: 26 [Rated Amps] x 2.00
7 Active Current Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
Active Current Default: 0.0
Displays the active current. Min: 26 [Rated Amps] x (-200)
The value is negative during regeneration or producing current and positive during Max: 26 [Rated Amps] x 2.00
motoring or consuming current.
Parameter 13:23 [Display Filter] determines whether the value is filtered or unfiltered.
8 Reactive Current Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
Reactive Current Default: 0.0
Displays the measured reactive current. Min: 26 [Rated Amps] x (-2.00)
The value is negative for leading power factor and positive for lagging power factor. Max: 26 [Rated Amps] x 2.00
Parameter 13:23 [Display Filter] determines whether the value is filtered or unfiltered.
9 R Phase Current Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
R (L1) Phase Current Default: 0.00
Displays the R (L1) Input phase current for the entire line side converter in Amperes RMS. Min/Max: 0.00/26 [Rated Amps] x 2.00
10 S Phase Current Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
S (L2) Phase Current Default: 0.00
Displays the S (L2) RMS AC current. Min/Max: 0.00/26 [Rated Amps] x 2.00
11 T Phase Current Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
T (L3) Phase Current Default: 0.00
Displays the T (L3) RMS AC current. Min/Max: 0.00/26 [Rated Amps] x 2.00

374 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 76 - Port 13: Monitor File

Metering Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
12 Ground Current Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
Ground Current Default: 0.0
Displays the sum of the AC phase currents. Min/Max: 0.0/26 [Rated Amps]
13 AC Line kW Units: kW RO Real 1.x 0
Measured Real Power kilowatts Default: 0.0
Displays the measured total real AC Line power. Min: (-2.00) x 13:26 [Rated Amps] x 1.1 x
The value is positive for consumed power and a negative for produced power (positive is 13:25 [Rated Volts]
motoring, negative is regenerating). Max: 2.00 x 13:26 [Rated Amps] x 1.1 x 13:25
Parameter 13:23 [Display Filter] determines whether the value is filtered or unfiltered. [Rated Volts]

14 AC Line kVA Units: kVA RO Real 1.x 0

Measured Apparent Power kVA Default: 0.0
Displays the measured apparent AC Line power. Min: (-2.00) x 13:26 [Rated Amps] x 1.1 x
Parameter 13:23 [Display Filter] determines whether the value is filtered or unfiltered. 13:25 [Rated Volts]
Max: 2.00 x 13:26 [Rated Amps] x 1.1 x 13:25
[Rated Volts]
15 AC Line kVAR Units: kVAR RO Real 1.x 0
Measured Reactive Power kVAR Default: 0.00
Displays the measured reactive power. Negative values display a leading power factor Min: (-2) x 1.732 x 13:25 [Rated Volts] x 26
(injecting reactive power to the line) and positive values display a lagging power factor [Rated Amps]
(consuming reactive power from the line). Max: 2 x 1.732 x 13:25 [Rated Volts] x 26
Parameter 13:23 [Display Filter] determines whether the value is filtered or unfiltered. [Rated Amps]
16 Power Factor Default: 0.00 RO Real 1.x 0
Power Factor Min/Max: -1.00/+1.00
Displays the measured input power factor defined as the ratio of active power over
apparent power.
This value ranges from -1 to +1. The value is positive for motoring power and negative for
regenerative power.
Parameter 13:23 [Display Filter] determines whether the value is filtered or unfiltered.
21 ACLineMemory Units: VAC RO Real 1.x 0
AC Line Memory Default: 0.0
Displays a 6 minute average of parameter 013:2 [AC Line Voltage]. Min/Max: 0.0/13:25 [Rated Volts] x 1.25
Automatically initialized upon power-up or precharge, and continually updated during
normal operation. Use parameter 13:22 [ACLineMemReset] to reset this parameter.
22 ACLineMemReset Default: 0 = ‘Ready’ RW 32-bit 1.x 0
AC Line Memory Reset Options: 0 = ‘Ready’ Integer
Use this parameter to reset of parameter 21 [ACLineMemory]. 1 = ‘Reset’
Enter a value of 1 ‘Reset’ to reset the parameter.
The value will return to 0 ‘Ready’ when the reset has been completed.
This is useful if the parameter 13:2 [AC Line Voltage] has settled to a new value, but it is
undesirable to wait 6 minutes for the value of parameter 13:21 [ACLineMemory] to settle
to a new average.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 375

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 76 - Port 13: Monitor File

Metering Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
23 Display Filter RW Bit 1.x 0
Display Filter Configuration
Use this parameter to determine if the display values of certain Metering parameters are filtered.
Power Factor
Options

AC Line Freq
AC Line Vltg
Ground Cur

AC Line Cur
AC LL Volts
DC Bus Cur

Reactv Cur

Enable All
Active Cur
Line kVAR
Phase Cur
Reserved

Reserved

Line kVA
Default Line kW
0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Enable All’ – set to make the values of all the parameters below filtered.
Bit 1 ‘AC Line Freq’ – set to make the value of parameter 13:1 [AC Line Freq] filtered.
Bit 2 ‘AC Line Vltg’ – set to make the value of parameter 13:2 [AC Line Voltage] filtered.
Bit 3 ‘AC Line Cur’ – set to make the value of parameter 13:6 [AC Line Current] filtered.
Bit 4 ‘Active Cur’ – set to make the value of parameter 13:7 [Active Current] filtered.
Bit 5 ‘Reactv Cur’ – set to make the value of parameter 13:8 [Reactive Current] filtered.
Bit 6 ‘Line kW’ – set to make the value of parameter 13:13 [AC Line kW] filtered.
Bit 7 ‘Line kVA’ – set to make the value of parameter 13:14 [AC Line kVA] filtered.
Bit 8 ‘Line kVAR’ – set to make the value of parameter 13:15 [AC Line kVAR] filtered.
Bit 9 ‘AC LL Volts’ – set to make the value of parameters 13:3 [R-S Line Volts], 13:4 [S-T Line Volts], and 13:5 [T-R Line Volts] filtered.
Bit 10 ‘Power Factor’ – set to make the value of parameter 13:16 [Power Factor] filtered.
Bit 12 ‘DC Bus Cur’ - set to make the value of parameter 18 [DC Bus Current] filtered.
Bit 13 ‘Ground Cur’ – set to make the value of parameter 13:12 [Ground Current] filtered.
Bit 14 ‘Phase Cur’ – set to make the value of parameters 13:9 [R Phase Current], 13:10 [S Phase Current], and 13:11 [T Phase Current] filtered.

Table 77 - Port 13: Monitor File

LineSideCnv Data Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
25 Rated Volts Units: VAC RO Real 1.x 0
Line Side Converter Rated Voltage Default: Converter LV Rated Voltage
Displays the input voltage rating class (400, 480, 600, or 690V) of the converter system. Converter HV Rated Voltage
Min/Max: 0.00/690.00
26 Rated Amps Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
Line Side Converter Rated Current Default: Converter LV Rated Current Light Duty
Displays the continuous output current rating of line side converter in RMS Amps. Converter LV Rated Current Normal Duty
This value depends on the rating of the hardware. It reflects the settings of parameters Converter LV Rated Current Heavy Duty
0:34 [VoltageClass Act] and 0:36 [Duty Rating Act]. Converter HV Rated Current Light Duty
Converter HV Rated Current Normal Duty
Converter HV Rated Current Heavy Duty
Min/Max: 0.00/9000.00

376 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 77 - Port 13: Monitor File

LineSideCnv Data Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
27 Rated kW Units: kW RO Real 1.x 0
Line Side Converter Rated Power kW Default: Converter LV Rated Power Light Duty
Displays the continuous output current rating of line side converter in kilowatts. Converter HV Rated Power Light Duty
This value depends on the rating of the hardware. It reflects the settings of parameters Converter LV Rated Power Normal Duty
0:34 [VoltageClass Act] and 0:36 [Duty Rating Act]. Converter HV Rated Power Normal Duty
Converter LV Rated Power Heavy Duty
Converter HV Rated Power Heavy Duty
Min/Max: 0.00/9000.00
28 Derated Amps Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
Line Side Converter Derated Current Default: Converter LV Rated Current Light Duty
Displays the continuous current rating of the line side converter system for the present Converter LV Rated Current Normal Duty
operating mode in Amps RMS. Converter LV Rated Current Heavy Duty
This can be lower than the value in parameter 13:26 [Rated Amps], if the present Converter HV Rated Current Light Duty
operating mode requires derating. Converter HV Rated Current Normal Duty
There are two operating conditions that lower this value: Converter HV Rated Current Heavy Duty
- Operating without modulating the transistors in the Line Side Converter power Min/Max: 0.00/9000.00
modules. Doing so requires the power modules to rely solely on the diodes for
rectification.
- Operating with an elevated (boosted) DC Bus Reference. Doing so elevates the
temperature of certain components.
This value is used by the overall Line Side Converter Overload functions. Refer to
parameters 13:228 [R (L1) OL Count], 13:229 [S (L2) OL Count] and 13:230 [T (L3) OL
Count].
It is also used by the overall Line Side Converter Available Power functions. Refer to
parameters 13:106 [Regen Pwr Avail] and 13:107 [Motor Pwr Avail].

Table 78 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

AC Line Data Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
30 Nom Line Freq Default: Based on Drive Rating RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Nominal Line Frequency Options: 0 = ‘50.00 Hz’ Integer
Enter a value to select the nominal AC line frequency. 1 = ‘60.00 Hz’
‘50.00 Hz’ (0) – selects 50 Hz.
‘60.00 Hz’ (1) – selects 60 Hz.

31 AC Line Source Default: 0 = ‘AC Line A’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1

AC Line Source Select Options: 0 = ‘AC Line A’ Integer
Enter a value to select which set of Line Impedance and KVA parameters the control uses. 1 = ‘AC Line B’
‘AC Line A’ (0) – selects the A parameters. These are 13:32 [AC Line kVA A] and 13:34 [AC
Line Imped% A].
‘AC Line B’ (1) – selects the B parameters. These are 13:33 [AC Line kVA B] and 13:35 [AC
Line Imped% B].
When parameter 0:136 [DI AC Line Source] is configured, the product ignores this
parameter 13:31 [DI AC LineSource].
Important: coordinate changes to this parameter with logic that switches the AC input
between the two sources, and do not change the value of this parameter while the Line
Side Converter is modulating.
32 AC Line kVA A Units: kVA RW Real 1.x 1
Apparent Power Rating AC Line Source A Default: 2500.0
Enter a value for the kVA of the transformer or generator associated with AC Line A. Min/Max: 1.0/14700.0

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 377

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 78 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

AC Line Data Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
33 AC Line kVA B Units: kVA RW Real 1.x 1
Apparent Power Rating AC Line Source B Default: 100.0
Enter a value for the kVA of the transformer or generator associated with AC Line B. Min/Max: 1.0/14700.0
34 AC Line Imped% A Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Impedance AC Line Source A Default: 5.00
Enter a value for the percent impedance of the transformer or generator associated with Min/Max: 1.00/100.00
AC Line A.
This should include the transformer or generator plus any inductor between there and the
line side converter.
35 AC Line Imped% B Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Impedance AC Line Source B Default: 5.00
Enter a value for the percent impedance of the transformer or generator associated with Min/Max: 1.00/100.00
AC Line B.
This should include the transformer or generator plus any inductor between there and the
line side converter.

Table 79 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

LSC Control Cfg Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
40 Conv Options Cfg RW Bit 1.x 2
Converter Options Configuration
Set and clear bits to configure the operation of the line side converter.
VAR OnlyMode

CapORsncAlrm

Options
Unbal V Comp
PhaseRevAlm
VarDCBAdjDis
Actv CurLoop
CapFailAlrm
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 0 ‘PhaseRevAlm’ enables a type 1 alarm if a negative phase rotation sequence is detected.
Bit 1 ‘Unbal V Comp’ configures the Line Side Converter to compensate for unbalanced input voltages (not in CR1).
Bit 2 ‘Actv CurLoop’ configures the Line Side Converter to function in Active Current mode.
Bit 3 ‘VarDCBAdjDis’ disables the Var control DC bus automatic adjustment feature. This feature is active only when parameter 13:45 [DC Bus Reference Sel] is set to ‘VAR
Control’ (3). It automatically raises the DC bus level to allow for Var control.
Bit 5 ‘CapORsncAlrm’ enables the Line Side Converter to produce an alarm instead of a fault when the LCL Capacitor Over Resonance event occurs. Parameter 0:453
[CapOvrRsncActn] must also be set to 0 ‘Alarm’.
Bit 6 ‘CapFailAlrm’ enables the Line Side Converter to produce an alarm instead of a fault when the LCL Capacitor Failure event occurs. Parameter 0:452 [LCLCapFailActn]
must also be set to 0 ‘Alarm’.
Bit 7 ‘VAR OnlyMode’ enables the Line Side Converter to produce reactive power only. In this mode, the whole rating of the power structure is dedicated for reactive power
compensation. The converter does not provide any active power to loads connected to the DC bus.

378 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 79 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

LSC Control Cfg Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
43 LSC TurnOffDelay Units: s RW Real 1.x 2
AFE Converter Turn Off Delay Default: 5.0
Enter a value to set the time delay for the line side converter to stop modulating after the Min/Max: 0.0/60.0
motor side inverter stops.
This is applies only when parameter 0:63 [LS Start Mode] is set to 0 ‘FLW MSideInv’.
44 FF Power Gain Units: % RW Real 3.x 2
Feed Forward Power Gain Default: 100.00
Enter a value to scale the Power Feed Forward signal to the line side converter control. Min/Max: 0.00/200.00
Enter it as a percentage. Enter 0 to disable the feed forward power signal.
The control firmware multiplies this by the value in parameter 10/11:4 [Output Power],
from the motor side inverter control, to produce the power feed forward signal.
This parameter works only in 755TL and 755TR drives (products that have line side
converters and motor side inverters). It does not work in 755TM bus supplies because
they do not have motor side inverters.

Table 80 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

Voltage Control Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
41 ManDCBus AnlgHi Units: VDC RW Real 2.x 1
Manual DC Bus Vltg Reference Analog High Default: 13:25 [Rated Volts] x 1.46
Enter a value to set the DC bus voltage reference that corresponds to the high value of the Min: DC Bus Undervoltage Trip Level + 20V
analog input channel used as a source for parameter [ManDCBus Ref Sel]. DC
Only used when parameter DC Bus Ref Sel is set to 1 ‘Manual’ and an analog input is Max: HV Manual HV Maximum DC Boost Limit
selected as a source for parameter [ManDCBus Ref Sel]. (FRT) if 0:34 [VoltageClass Act] is set to
high voltage
LV Manual LV Maximum DC Boost Limit
(FRT) if 0:34 [VoltageClass Act] is set to
low voltage
42 ManDCBus AnlgLo Units: VDC RW Real 2.x 1
Manual DC Bus Vltg Reference Analog Low Default: DC Bus Undervoltage Trip Level + 20V
Enter a value to set the DC bus voltage reference that corresponds to the low value of the DC
analog input channel used as a source for parameter [ManDCBus Ref Sel]. Min: DC Bus Undervoltage Trip Level + 20V
Only used when parameter DC Bus Ref Sel is set to 1 ‘Manual’ and an analog input is DC
selected as a source for parameter [ManDCBus Ref Sel]. Max: HV Manual HV Maximum DC Boost Limit
(FRT) if 0:34 [VoltageClass Act] is set to
high voltage
LV Manual LV Maximum DC Boost Limit
(FRT) if 0:34 [VoltageClass Act] is set to
low voltage
45 DC Bus Ref Sel Default: 0 = ‘Auto’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
DC Bus Reference Select Options: 0 = ‘Auto’ Integer
Enter a value to select the source for the DC Bus Voltage reference. 1 = ‘Manual’
‘Auto’ (0) – Selects an automatically generated reference that is based on the level of the 2 = ‘Droop Ctrl’
incoming AC line voltage. This signal comes from parameter 13:46 [Auto DC Bus Ref]. 3 = ‘VAR Control’
‘Manual’ (1) – Selects a ‘manual’ reference in parameter 13:48 [DC BusRef Preset]. 4 = ‘DBC Control’
‘Droop Ctrl’ (2) – Selects a voltage reference generated by Droop Control.
‘VAR Control’ (3) – Selects reactive power control.
‘DBC Control’ (4) – Selects Dynamic Bus Control.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 379

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 80 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

Voltage Control Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
46 Auto DC Bus Ref Units: VDC RO Real 1.x 1
Automatically Optimized DC Bus Reference Default: 13:25 [Rated Volts] x 1.46
Displays the value of the automatically optimized DC bus reference. Min:/Max: 0/DC Bus Undervoltage Trip Level - 20V
The DC bus regulator consumes this value when parameter 13:45 [DC Bus Ref Sel] is set to DC
‘Auto’ (0).
The value is based on the level of the incoming AC line voltage. As AC line voltage rises, it
also rises.
47 ManDCBus Ref Sel Default: 130048 RW 32-bit 2.x 1
Manual DC Bus Reference Select Min/Max: 1/159999 Integer
Enter a value to select port and parameter source for the ‘manual’ DC Bus Voltage
reference.
Possible source includes parameter 13:48 [DC BusRef Preset] in this port and analog
inputs in option card ports.
48 DC BusRef Preset Units: VDC RW Real 1.x 1
DC Bus Reference Preset Default: 13:25 [Rated Volts] x 1.46
Enter a value to set the constant Preset DC Bus Voltage reference. Min: DC Bus Undervoltage Trip Level + 20V
The DC bus regulator consumes this value when parameter 13:45 [DC Bus Ref Sel] is set to DC
1 ‘Manual’. Max: HV Manual HV Maximum DC Boost Limit
The maximum value of this parameter is determined by the voltage rating of the (FRT) if 0:34 [VoltageClass Act] is set to
converter and the setting of parameter 0:33 [VoltageClass Cfg]. high voltage
LV Manual LV Maximum DC Boost Limit
Converter Rating 0:33 [VoltageClass Cfg] Maximum (FRT) if 0:34 [VoltageClass Act] is set to
400/480V 0 ‘Low Voltage’ 650V DC low voltage
400/480V 1 ‘High Voltage’ 712V DC
600/690V 0 ‘Low Voltage’ 975V DC
600/690V 1 ‘High Voltage’ 1024V DC

49 DC Bus Rate Lmt Units: %/s RW Real 1.x 1

DC Bus Rate Limit Default: 100.0
Enter a value to set the maximum rate of change for the ‘manual’ DC Bus Voltage Min/Max: 1.0/10000.0
reference.
50 DC Bus Command Units: VDC RO Real 1.x 1
Commanded DC Bus Voltage Default: 0.0
Displays the value of the selected and conditioned DC Bus Voltage reference. Min/Max: 0.0/1144.0
The DC bus regulator consumes this signal as its command.
52 Ext Bus Cap Units: uF RW Real 1.x 1
External Bus Capacitance Default: 0.00
Enter a value for external bus capacitance. Min/Max: 0.00/26 [Rated Amps] x 3000000.00
This should include bus capacitance of products outside of the local bus supply or
integrated drive that share the common DC bus. It should include the capacitance of
Common Bus Inverters and DC input drives that share the common DC bus. It should
include any additional capacitor modules added to the common DC bus.
54 Volt Reg C/U Sel Default: 0 = ‘Calculated’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Volt Reg Calc/User Select Options: 0 = ‘Calculated’ Integer
Enter a value to select whether the DC Bus Voltage Regulator uses Calculated values or 1 = ‘User Entered’
User Entered values for proportional and integral gains. 2 = ‘LoadCalcData’
Calculated values are determined by equations in the drive. These equations use value of
parameters 13:55 [Volt Reg BW], 13:56 [Volt Reg Damping] and 13:52 [Ext Bus Cap].
‘Calculated’ (0) – selects the Calculated ‘c’ values.
‘User Entered’ (1) – selects the User Entered ‘u’ values.
‘LoadCalcData’ (2) – copies the Calculated ‘c’ values into the parameter for the User
Entered 'u' values. This is useful for starting with the Calculated values and then adjusting
them. After performing the copy, this switch will revert to position 1 ‘User Entered’.

380 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 80 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

Voltage Control Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
55 Volt Reg BW Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
Voltage Regulator Bandwidth Default: 30.00
Enter a value to set the bandwidth of the DC Bus Voltage Regulator. Min/Max: 0.10/160.00
This value is consumed by calculations that produce the Calculated Proportional and
Integral gains of the regulator.
56 Volt Reg Damping Default: 1.000 RW Real 1.x 1
Voltage Regulator Damping Factor Min/Max: 0.500/5.000
Enter a value to set the damping of the DC Bus Voltage Regulator.
When parameter 13:55 [Volt Reg BW] is set to 0.0, this value is ignored.
57 u Volt Reg Kp Units: A/V RW Real 1.x 1
Volt Reg Proportional Gain-User Entered Default: 0.00
Enter the value for the proportional gain of the Current Regulator that is used when Min/Max: 0.00/500.00
parameter 13:54 [Volt Reg C/U Sel] is set to ‘User Entered’.
58 c Volt Reg Kp Units: A/V RO Real 1.x 1
Volt Reg Proportional Gain-Calculated Default: 0.00
Displays the value of the proportional gain of the Current Regulator that is used when Min/Max: 0.00/500.00
parameter 13:54 [Volt Reg C/U Sel] is set to ‘Calculated’.
59 u Volt Reg Ki Units: A/V RW Real 1.x 1
Volt Reg Integral Gain-User Entered Default: 0.00
Enter the value for the integral gain of the Voltage Regulator that is used when parameter Min/Max: 0.00/300000.00
13:54 [Volt Reg C/U Sel] is set to ‘User Entered’.
60 c Volt Reg Ki Units: A/V RO Real 1.x 1
Volt Reg Integral Gain-Calculated Default: 0.00
Displays the value of the integral gain of the Voltage Regulator that is used when Min/Max: 0.00/300000.00
parameter 13:54 [Volt Reg C/U Sel] is set to ‘Calculated’.
61 DBC Mode Sel Default: 0 = ‘Linear’ RW 32-bit 6.x 1
DBC Mode Select Options: 0 = ‘Linear’ Integer
Enter a value to select the method to apply power limits in the Dynamic Bus Control 1 = ‘Nonlinear’
function.
‘Linear’ (0) – Selects a linear method where the operating state determines the value
directly.
‘Nonlinear’ (1) – Selects a non-linear method to calculate the limits with an exponential
function that is derived from the DBC voltage thresholds, motoring, and regenerating
limits.
62 DBC V Thresh Lo Units: VDC RW Real 6.x 1
DBC Low Voltage Threshold Default: 13:25 [Rated Volts] x √2 x 1.02
Enter a value to set the low voltage threshold used by the Dynamic Bus Control function. Min: DC Bus Undervoltage Trip Level + 20V
The function uses this threshold to determine the operating state. The function is in state DC
1 ‘Motoring Support’ when DC bus voltage feedback is below this threshold. Max: See Table
The function uses this value as the DC bus voltage reference when in state 1 ‘Motoring
Support’.
The maximum value of this parameter is determined by the voltage rating of the
converter and the setting of parameter 0:33 [VoltageClass Cfg].
Converter Rating 0:33 [VoltageClass Cfg] Maximum
400/480V 0 ‘Low Voltage’ 650V DC
400/480V 1 ‘High Voltage’ 790V DC
600/690V 0 ‘Low Voltage’ 975V DC
600/690V 1 ‘High Voltage’ 1135V DC

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 381

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 80 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

Voltage Control Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
63 DBC V Thresh Hi Units: VDC RW Real 6.x 1
DBC High Voltage Threshold Default: See Table
Enter a value to set the high-voltage threshold used by the Dynamic Bus Control function. Min: DC Bus Undervoltage Trip Level + 20V
The function uses this threshold to determine the operating state. The function is in state DC
4 ‘Regen Support’ when DC bus voltage feedback is above this threshold. Max: See Table
The function also uses it as the DC bus voltage reference when in state 4 ‘Regen Support’.
The default and maximum values of this parameter is determined by the voltage rating of
the converter and the setting of parameter 0:33 [VoltageClass Cfg].
Converter Rating 0:33 [VoltageClass Cfg] Default Maximum
400/480V 0 ‘Low Voltage’ 650V DC 650V DC
400/480V 1 ‘High Voltage’ 790V DC 790V DC
600/690V 0 ‘Low Voltage’ 975V DC 975V DC
600/690V 1 ‘High Voltage’ 1135V DC 1135V DC

64 DBC V Thresh Nom Units: VDC RW Real 6.x 1

DBC Nominal Voltage Threshold Default: See Table
Enter a value to set the nominal voltage threshold used by the Dynamic Bus Control Min: DC Bus Undervoltage Trip Level + 20V
function. DC
The function uses this threshold to determine the operating state. The function is in state Max: See Table
2 ‘Idle Regen’ when DC bus voltage feedback is below this threshold and the system is
regenerating. The operating state is 3 ‘Nom Regen’ when the feedback is above this
threshold and the system is regenerating. It is in state 5 ‘Idle Motor’ when the feedback is
above this threshold and the system is motoring. The operating state is 6 ‘Nom Motor’
when the feedback is below this threshold and the system is motoring.
The function uses this value as the DC bus voltage reference when in states 2 ‘Idle Regen’,
3 ‘Nom Regen’, 5 ‘Idle Motor’, and 6 ‘Nom Motor’.
The default and maximum values of this parameter is determined by the voltage rating of
the converter and the setting of parameter 0:33 [VoltageClass Cfg].
Converter Rating 0:33 [VoltageClass Cfg] Default Maximum
400/480V 0 ‘Low Voltage’ 613.5V DC 650V DC
400/480V 1 ‘High Voltage’ 741V DC 790V DC
600/690V 0 ‘Low Voltage’ 920V DC 975V DC
600/690V 1 ‘High Voltage’ 1065V DC 1135V DC

330 DBC NomMtrPwrLm Units: % RW Real 6.x 1

DBC Nominal Motoring Power Limit Default: 25.00
Enter a value to set the nominal motoring power limit. Min/Max: 0.00/200.00
When the value of parameter 13:61 [DBC Mode Sel] equals 0 ‘Linear’, the DBC function
uses this value as the power limit value in state 6 ‘Nom Motoring’.
When the value of parameter 13:61 [DBC Mode Sel] equals 1 ‘Nonlinear’, the DBC function
uses this value to determine the depth and slope of the power limit curve in states 5 ‘Idle
Motoring’ and 6 ‘Nom Motoring’.

382 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 80 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

Voltage Control Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
331 DBC IdleMtrPwrLm Units: % RW Real 6.x 1
DBC Idle Motoring Power Limit Default: 5.00
Enter a value to set the idle motoring power limit. Min/Max: 0.00/200.00
When the value of parameter 13:61 [DBC Mode Sel] equals 0 ‘Linear’, the DBC function
uses this value as the power limit value in state 5 ‘Idle Motoring’.
When the value of parameter 13:61 [DBC Mode Sel] equals 1 ‘Nonlinear’, the DBC function
uses this value to determine the depth and slope of the power limit curve in states 5 ‘Idle
Motoring’ and 6 ‘Nom Motoring’. This is the minimum motoring power limit.
332 DBC NomRgnPwrLm Units: % RW Real 6.x 1
DBC Nominal Regenerative Power Limit Default: 0.00 for 755TL
Enter a value to set the nominal regeneration power limit. -25.00 for 755TR
When the value of parameter 13:61 [DBC Mode Sel] equals 0 ‘Linear’, the DBC function Min: 0.00 for 755TL
uses this value as the power limit value in state 3 ‘Nom Regen. -200.00 for 755TR
When the value of parameter 13:61 [DBC Mode Sel] equals 1 ‘Nonlinear’, the DBC function Max: 0.00
uses this value to determine the depth and slope of the power limit curve in states 2 ‘Idle
Regen and 3 ‘Nom Regen’.
333 DBC IdleRgnPwrLm Units: % RW Real 6.x 1
DBC Idle Regenerative Power Limit Default: 0.00 for 755TL
Enter a value to set the idle regeneration power limit. -5.00 for 755TR
When the value of parameter 13:61 [DBC Mode Sel] equals 0 ‘Linear’, the DBC function Min: 0.00 for 755TL
uses this value as the power limit value in state 2 ‘Idle Regen’. -200.00 for 755TR
When the value of parameter 13:61 [DBC Mode Sel] equals 2 ‘Idle Regen’, the DBC Max: 0.00
function uses this value to determine the depth and slope of the power limit curve in
states 2 ‘Idle Regen’ and 3 ‘Nom Regen’. This value is the minimum regeneration power
limit.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 383

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 81 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

Current Control Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
65 Active Cur Ref Units: A RW Real 1.x 2
Active Current Reference Default: 0.0
Enter a value to set the Active Current (Iq) reference for Active Current mode. Min: (-√2) x
This only active when the line side converter is in Active Current mode. Configure the line Converter LV 3 Second Current Normal
side converter for this mode by setting bit 2 ‘Actv CurLoop’ of parameter 13:40 [Conv Duty
Options Cfg]. In this mode, the DC Bus Voltage regulator is inactive. Converter HV 3 Second Current Normal
Duty
Converter LV 3 Second Current Heavy
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Heavy
Duty
Converter LV 3 Second Current Light
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Light
Duty
Max: √2 x
Converter LV 3 Second Current Normal
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Normal
Duty
Converter LV 3 Second Current Heavy
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Heavy
Duty
Converter LV 3 Second Current Light
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Light
Duty
66 Active Curr Rate Units: %/s RW Real 1.x 2
Active Current Rate Default: 0.0
Enter a value to set the maximum rate of change for the Active Current reference. Min/Max: 0.0/10000.0

384 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 81 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

Current Control Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
67 Active Cur Cmd Units: A RO Real 1.x 2
Active Current Command Default: 0.0
Displays the limited and conditioned Active Current reference. Min: (-√2) x
The Active Current regulator consumes this signal as its command. Converter LV 3 Second Current Normal
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Normal
Duty
Converter LV 3 Second Current Heavy
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Heavy
Duty
Converter LV 3 Second Current Light
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Light
Duty
Max: √2 x
Converter LV 3 Second Current Normal
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Normal
Duty
Converter LV 3 Second Current Heavy
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Heavy
Duty
Converter LV 3 Second Current Light
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Light
Duty
69 kVAR Ref Units: kVAR RW Real 5.x 2
Reactive Power Reference Default: 0.0
Enter a value to set the Reactive Power (kVAR) reference. Min/Max: -9000.0/+9000.0
Negative values command a leading power factor (injecting reactive power to the line)
and positive values command a lagging power factor (consuming reactive power from the
line).
When the value is zero the line side converter will regulate reactive current to maintain a
unity power factor.
If the line side converter is not in Reactive Power Only mode (bit 7 ‘VAR OnlyMode’ of
parameter 13:40 [Conv Options Cfg] is cleared), the line side converter prioritizes the
active power needs of the loads connected to the DC bus. The line side converter dedicates
its remaining capacity to reactive power.
70 kVAR Rate Limit Units: %/s RW Real 5.x 2
Reactive Power Rate Limit Default: 100.00
Enter a value to set the maximum rate of change for the Reactive Power when the Min/Max: 1.00/10000.00
Reactive Power reference is non-zero.
71 kVAR Available Units: kVAR RO Real 5.x 2
Reactive Power Available Default: 0.00
Displays available Reactive Power based on the rating and the load of the line side Min/Max: -9000.00/+9000.00
converter.
72 kVAR Command Units: kVAR RO Real 5.x 2
Reactive Power Command Default: 0.00
Displays the limited and conditioned Reactive Power reference. Min/Max: -9000.00/+9000.00
The Reactive Power regulator consumes this signal as its command.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 385

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 81 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

Current Control Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
73 Reactv Cur Cmd Units: A RO Real 1.x 2
Reactive Current Command Default: 0.0
Displays the commanded Reactive Current reference. Min: (-√2) x
Converter LV 3 Second Current Normal
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Normal
Duty
Converter LV 3 Second Current Heavy
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Heavy
Duty
Converter LV 3 Second Current Light
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Light
Duty
Max: √2 x
Converter LV 3 Second Current Normal
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Normal
Duty
Converter LV 3 Second Current Heavy
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Heavy
Duty
Converter LV 3 Second Current Light
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Light
Duty
74 Cur Reg C/U Sel Default: 0 = ‘Calculated’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
Cur Reg Calc/User Select Options: 0 = ‘Calculated’ Integer
Enter a value to select whether the Current Regulator uses Calculated values or User 1 = ‘User Entered’
Entered values for proportional and integral gains. 2 = ‘LoadCalcData’
Calculated values are determined by equations in the drive. These equations use value of
parameters 13:75 [Cur Reg BW], 13:76 [Cur Reg Damping] and LCL parameters.
‘Calculated’ (0) – selects the Calculated ‘c’ values.
‘User Entered’ (1) – selects the User Entered ‘u’ values.
‘LoadCalcData’ (2) – copies the Calculated ‘c’ values into the parameter for the User
Entered ‘u’ values. This is useful for starting with the Calculated values and then adjusting
them. After performing the copy, this switch will revert to position 1 ‘User Entered’.
75 Cur Reg BW Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 2
Current Regulator Bandwidth Default: 300.00
Enter a value to set the bandwidth of the Current regulator. Min/Max: 0.10/650.00
This value is consumed by calculations that produce the Calculated Proportional and
Integral gains of the regulator.
76 Cur Reg Damping Default: 1.000 RW Real 1.x 2
Current Regulator Damping Factor Min/Max: 0.500/5.000
Enter a value to set the damping of the Current regulator.
When parameter 13:75 [Curr Reg BW] is set to 0.0, this value is ignored.
77 u Cur Reg Kp Units: V/A RW Real 1.x 2
Cur Reg Proportional Gain - User Entered Default: 0.00
Enter the value for the proportional gain of the Current Regulator that is used when Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
parameter 13:74 [Cur Reg C/U Sel] is set to 1 ‘User Entered’.

386 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 81 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

Current Control Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
78 c Cur Reg Kp Units: V/A RO Real 1.x 2
Cur Reg Proportional Gain - Calculated Default: 0.00
Displays the value of the proportional gain of the Current Regulator that is used when Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
parameter 13:74 [Cur Reg C/U Sel] is set to 0 ‘Calculated’.
79 u Cur Reg Ki Units: V/A RW Real 1.x 2
Cur Reg Integral Gain - User Entered Default: 0.00
Enter the value for the integral gain of the Current Regulator that is used when parameter Min/Max: 0.00/500.00
13:74 [Cur Reg C/U Sel] is set to 1 ‘User Entered’.
80 c Cur Reg Ki Units: V/A RO Real 1.x 2
Cur Reg Integral Gain - Calculated Default: 0.00
Displays the value of the integral gain of the Current Regulator that is used when Min/Max: 0.00/500.00
parameter 13:74 [Cur Reg C/U Sel] is set to 0 ‘Calculated’.
81 Actv Damping Gn Default: 1.00 RW Real 1.x 2
Active Damping Gain Min/Max: 0.00/10.00
Enter the value for the proportional gain in the algorithm for active damping of resonant
frequencies in the LCL filters.
82 BusAutoAdjReg Kp Default: 0.50 RW Real 5.x 2
VAR Control Bus Auto Adjust Regulator Kp Min/Max: 0.00/10.00
Enter the value for the proportional gain of the DC Bus Automatic Adjustment Regulator.
This feature is active only when parameter 13:45 [DC Bus Reference Sel] is set to 3 ‘VAR
Control’. It automatically raises the DC bus level to improve the efficiency of transfer of
reactive power to the AC line.
83 BusAutoAdjReg Ki Default: 2.00 RW Real 5.x 2
VAR Control Bus Auto Adjust Regulator Ki Min/Max: 0.00/10.00
Enter the value for the integral gain of the DC Bus Automatic Adjustment Regulator.
This feature is active only when parameter 13:45 [DC Bus Reference Sel] is set to 3 ‘VAR
Control’. It automatically raises the DC bus level to improve the efficiency of transfer of
reactive power to the AC line.
52 Ext Bus Cap
External Bus Capacitance
This is the secondary file and group position for this parameter.
See description for External Bus Capacitance on page 380.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 387

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 82 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

Phase Lock Loop Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
85 PLL Config RW Bit 1.x 2
Phase Lock Loop Configuration
Set and clear bits to configure the operation of the Phase Lock Loop (PLL).

PLL Unbl Rej

Options

PLL Freq Src

PLL DC Ofst
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 1 ‘PLL Unbl Rej’ enables rejection of AC line voltage unbalance in the PLL to synchronize the converter to the line.
Bit 2 ‘PLL DC Ofst’ enables rejection of AC line voltage sensing offset.
Bit 3 ‘PLL Freq Src’ selects the PLL center frequency. When this bit is clear, the center frequency source is the value in parameter 30 [Nom Line Freq]. When set, the center
frequency is generated internally.
86 Basic PLL Kp Default: 500.000 RW Real 1.x 2
Basic Phase Lock Loop Proportional Gain Min/Max: 0.000/590.000
Enter a value to set the Phase locked loop (PLL) proportional gain for the basic PLL with or
without 2nd harmonic elimination.
87 Basic PLL Ki Default: 86666.000 RW Real 1.x 2
Basic Phase Lock Loop Integral Gain Min/Max: 0.000/87700.000
Enter a value to set the Phase locked loop (PLL) integral gain for the basic PLL with or
without 2nd harmonic elimination.
88 Basic PLL Error Units: % RO Real 1.x 2
Basic Phase Lock Loop Error Default: 10.0
Displays the Basic PLL error voltage. Min/Max: 0.1/100.0
89 Unbl Rej Filt BW Units: r/s RW Real 1.x 2
Unbalanced Rejection Filter Bandwidth Default: 200.0
Enter a value to set the bandwidth of the Unbalanced Rejection filter. Min/Max: 0.0/400.0
90 DC Offst Filt BW Units: r/s RW Real 1.x 2
DC Offset Filter Bandwidth Default: 700.0
Enter a value to set the bandwidth of the DC Offset Rejection filter. Min/Max: 1.0/800.0
91 DC Offst LPF BW Units: r/s RW Real 1.x 2
DC Offset Low Pass Filter Bandwidth Default: 62.80
Enter a value to set the bandwidth of the DC Offset low pass filter. Min/Max: 6.28/125.00

388 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 83 - Port 13: Protection File

Curr/Pwr Limits Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
100 Current Limit Units: A RW Real 1.x 1
Current Limit Default: Converter LV 3 Second Current Normal
Enter a value to set the software Current Limit of the line side converter. Duty
The power limit and IGBT overload functions override this limit. These functions can Min: 0.00
introduce extra restriction. Max: Converter HV 3 Second Current Normal
This software Current Limit does not set the threshold for the software Over Current fault. Duty
Converter LV 3 Second Current Heavy
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Heavy
Duty
Converter LV 3 Second Current Light
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Light
Duty
0/Converter LV 3 Second Current Normal
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Normal
Duty
Converter LV 3 Second Current Heavy
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Heavy
Duty
Converter LV 3 Second Current Light
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Light
Duty
101 Cur Lmt Command Units: A RO Real 1.x 1
Current Limit Command Default: Converter LV 3 Second Current Normal
Displays the actual current limit in real-time. Duty
Min: 0.00
Max: Converter HV 3 Second Current Normal
Duty
Converter LV 3 Second Current Heavy
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Heavy
Duty
Converter LV 3 Second Current Light
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Light
Duty
0/Converter LV 3 Second Current Normal
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Normal
Duty
Converter LV 3 Second Current Heavy
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Heavy
Duty
Converter LV 3 Second Current Light
Duty
Converter HV 3 Second Current Light
Duty
102 Current Rate Lmt Units: %/s RW Real 1.x 1
Current Rate Limit Default: 100.00
Enter a value to set the rate limit with respect to time for the Current Command. Min/Max: 1.00/10000.00
This only applies when the line side converter is in Active Current mode. It does not apply
in normal DC Bus Voltage Regulation mode.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 389

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 83 - Port 13: Protection File

Curr/Pwr Limits Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
104 Regen Power Lmt Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Regenerative Power Limit Default: 0.00 (755TL)
Enter a value to set the maximum amount of power the converter can send to the AC -200.00 (755TR and 755TM bus supply)
input when regenerating. Min: 0.00 (755TL)
If parameter 13:45 [DC Ref Sel] is set to 4 ‘DBC Control’, this value sets the regenerative -200.00 (755TR and 755TM bus supply)
power limit that is used in DBC state 4 ‘Regen Support’. Max: 0.00
105 Motor Power Lmt Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Motoring Power Limit Default: 200.00
Enter a value to set the maximum amount of power the converter can draw from the AC Min/Max: 0.00/200.00
input when motoring.
If parameter 13:45 [DC Ref Sel] is set to 4 ‘DBC Control’, this value sets the motoring power
limit that is used in DBC state 1 ‘Motoring Support’.
106 Regen Pwr Avail Units: kW RO Real 1.x 1
Regenerative Power Available Default: 0.00 (755TL)
Displays the amount of available regenerative power the line side converter can provide. -9000.00 (755TR and 755TM bus supply)
This signal is useful for the calculation of Regenerative Power Limits in the inverter or Min: 0.00 (755TL)
inverters that share the common DC bus. You can use Logix to scale the inverter limits to -9000.00 (755TR and 755TM bus supply)
this signal.
Max: 0.00
The value of this parameter is based on the rating of the line side converter hardware and
the present operating conditions. Operating without modulating the transistors in the
power modules reduces this value. Operating with an elevated (Boosted) DC Bus
Reference reduces this value. Refer to parameter 13:28 [Derated Amps].
107 Motor Pwr Avail Units: kW RO Real 1.x 1
Motoring Power Available Default: 0.00
Displays the amount of available motoring power the line side converter can provide. Min/Max: 0.00/9000.00
This signal is useful for the calculation of Regenerative Power Limits in the inverter or
inverters that share the common DC bus. You can use Logix to scale the inverter limits to
this signal.
The value of this parameter is based on the rating of the line side converter hardware and
the present operating conditions. Operating without modulating the transistors in the
power modules reduces this value. Operating with an elevated (Boosted) DC Bus
Reference reduces this value. Refer to parameter 13:28 [Derated Amps].
228 R (L1) OL Count
R (L1) Phase Overload Count
This is the secondary file and group position for this parameter.
See description for R (L1) Phase Overload Count on page 402.
229 S (L2) OL Count
S (L2) Phase Overload Count
This is the secondary file and group position for this parameter.
See description for S (L2) Phase Overload Count on page 402.
230 T (L3) OL Count
T (L3) Phase Overload Count
This is the secondary file and group position for this parameter.
See description for T (L3) Phase Overload Count on page 402.

390 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 84 - Port 13: Protection File

Voltage Limits Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
110 Under Volt Lmt A Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Undervoltage Limit A Default: 50.00
Enter a value to set the threshold for the Under Voltage event on AC Line A. Min/Max: 40.00/60.00
Enter a percentage of parameter 13:25 [Rated Volts].
111 Under Volt Dly A Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Undervoltage Delay A Default: 0.16
Enter a value to set the time delay for the Under Voltage event on AC Line A. Min/Max: 0.10/0.20
AC Line Voltage must be beneath the Under Voltage Limit longer than this delay for the
event to occur.
112 UnderVltLmtAActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
AC Line Under Voltage Limit A Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when the Under Voltage event on AC Line A occurs. 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 2 = ‘Major Fault’
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter
from starting its modulation.
‘Major Fault’ (2) – A Major Fault occurs. Major Faults stop the line side converter from
modulating.
113 Low Volt Lmt A Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Low Voltage Limit A Default: 88.00
Enter a value to set the threshold for the Low Voltage event on AC Line A. Min/Max: 50.00/88.00
Enter a percentage of parameter 13:25 [Rated Volts].
114 Low Volt Dly A Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Low Voltage Delay A Default: 1.00
Enter a value to set the time delay for the Low Voltage event on AC Line A. Min/Max: 0.10/2.00
AC Line Voltage must be beneath the Low Voltage Limit longer than this delay for the
event to occur.
115 LowVltLmtAActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
AC Line Low Voltage Limit A Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when the Low Voltage event on AC Line A occurs. 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 2 = ‘Major Fault’
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter
from starting its modulation.
‘Major Fault’ (2) – A Major Fault occurs. Major Faults stop the line side converter from
modulating.
116 High Volt Lmt A Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
High Voltage Limit A Default: 110.00
Enter a value to set the threshold for the High Voltage event on AC Line A. Min/Max: 110.00/112.00
Enter a percentage of parameter 13:25 [Rated Volts].
117 High Volt Dly A Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
High Voltage Delay A Default: 1.00
Enter a value to set the time delay for the High Voltage event on AC Line A. Min/Max: 0.10/2.00
AC Line Voltage must be above the High Voltage Limit longer than this delay for the event
to occur.
118 HighVltLmtAActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
AC Line High Voltage Limit A Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when the High Voltage event on AC Line A occurs. 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 2= ‘Major Fault’
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter
from starting its modulation.
‘Major Fault’ (2) – A Major Fault occurs. Major Faults stop the line side converter from
modulating.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 391

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 84 - Port 13: Protection File

Voltage Limits Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
119 Over Volt Lmt A Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Overvoltage Limit A Default: 112.00
Enter a value to set the threshold for the Over Voltage event on AC Line A. Min/Max: 110.00/113.00
Enter a percentage of parameter 13:25 [Rated Volts].
120 Over Volt Dly A Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Overvoltage Delay A Default: 0.16
Enter a value to set the time delay for the Over Voltage event on AC Line A. Min/Max: 0.10/0.20
AC Line Voltage must be above the Over Voltage Limit longer than this delay for the event
to occur.
121 OverVltLmtAActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
AC Line Over Voltage Limit A Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when the Over Voltage event on AC Line A occurs. 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 2= ‘Major Fault’
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter
from starting its modulation.
‘Major Fault’ (2) – A Major Fault occurs. Major Faults stop the line side converter from
modulating.
124 Under Volt Lmt B Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Undervoltage Limit B Default: 50.00
Enter a value to set the threshold for the Under Voltage event on AC Line B. Min/Max: 40.00/60.00
Enter a percentage of parameter 13:25 [Rated Volts].
125 Under Volt Dly B Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Undervoltage Delay B Default: 0.16
Enter a value to set the time delay for the Under Voltage event on AC Line B. Min/Max: 0.10/0.20
AC Line Voltage must be beneath the Under Voltage Limit longer than this delay for the
event to occur.
126 UnderVltLmtBActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
AC Line Under Voltage Limit B Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when the Under Voltage event on AC Line B occurs. 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 2 = ‘Major Fault’
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter
from starting its modulation.
‘Major Fault’ (2) – A Major Fault occurs. Major Faults stop the line side converter from
modulating.
127 Low Volt Lmt B Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Low Voltage Limit B Default: 88.00
Enter a value to set the threshold for the Low Voltage event on AC Line B. Min/Max: 50.00/88.00
Enter a percentage of parameter 13:25 [Rated Volts].
128 Low Volt Dly B Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Low Voltage Delay B Default: 1.00
Enter a value to set the time delay for the Low Voltage event on AC Line B. Min/Max: 0.10/2.00
AC Line Voltage must be beneath the Low Voltage Limit longer than this delay for the
event to occur.
129 LowVltLmtBActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
AC Line Low Voltage Limit B Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when the Low Voltage event on AC Line B occurs. 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 2 = ‘Major Fault’
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter
from starting its modulation.
‘Major Fault’ (2) – A Major Fault occurs. Major Faults stop the line side converter from
modulating.

392 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 84 - Port 13: Protection File

Voltage Limits Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
130 High Volt Lmt B Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
High Voltage Limit B Default: 110.00
Enter a value to set the threshold for the High Voltage event on AC Line B. Min/Max: 110.00/112.00
Enter a percentage of parameter 13:25 [Rated Volts].
131 High Volt Dly B Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
High Voltage Delay B Default: 1.00
Enter a value to set the time delay for the High Voltage event on AC Line B. Min/Max: 0.10/2.00
AC Line Voltage must be above the High Voltage Limit longer than this delay for the event
to occur.
132 HighVltLmtBActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
AC Line High Voltage Limit B Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when the High Voltage event on AC Line B occurs. 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 2 = ‘Major Fault’
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter
from starting its modulation.
‘Major Fault’ (2) – A Major Fault occurs. Major Faults stop the line side converter from
modulating.
133 Over Volt Lmt B Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Overvoltage Limit B Default: 112.00
Enter a value to set the threshold for the Over Voltage event on AC Line B. Min/Max: 110.00/113.00
Enter a percentage of parameter 13:25 [Rated Volts].
134 Over Volt Dly B Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Overvoltage Delay B Default: 0.16
Enter a value to set the time delay for the Over Voltage event on AC Line B. Min/Max: 0.10/0.20
AC Line Voltage must be above the Over Voltage Limit longer than this delay for the event
to occur.
135 OverVltLmtBActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
AC Line Over Voltage Limit B Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when the Over Voltage event on AC Line B occurs. 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 2 = ‘Major Fault’
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter
from starting its modulation.
‘Major Fault’ (2) – A Major Fault occurs. Major Faults stop the line side converter from
modulating.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 393

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 85 - Port 13: Protection File

Frequency Limits Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
140 Under Freq Lmt A Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
Under Frequency Limit A Default: -3.00
Enter a value to set the threshold for the Under Frequency event on AC Line A. Min/Max: -4.00/-2.00
141 Under Freq Dly A Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Under Frequency Delay A Default: 0.16
Enter a value to set the time delay for the Under Frequency event on AC Line A. Min/Max: 0.10/0.20
AC Line Frequency must be beneath the Under Frequency Limit longer than this delay for
the event to occur.
142 UndrFreqLmtAActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
AC Line Under Frequency Limit A Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when the Under Frequency event on AC Line A 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
occurs. 2 = ‘Major Fault’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken.
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter
from starting its modulation.
‘Major Fault’ (2) – A Major Fault occurs. Major Faults stop the line side converter from
modulating.
143 Low Freq Lmt A Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
Low Frequency Limit A Default: -0.70
Enter a value to set the threshold for the Low Frequency event on AC Line A. Min/Max: -3.00/-0.20
144 Low Freq Dly A Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Low Frequency Delay A Default: 1.00
Enter a value to set the time delay for the Low Frequency event on AC Line A. Min/Max: 0.16/300.00
AC Line Frequency must be beneath the Low Frequency Limit longer than this delay for
the event to occur.
145 LowFreqLmtAActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
AC Line Low Frequency Limit A Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when the Low Frequency event on AC Line A 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
occurs. 2 = ‘Major Fault’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken.
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter
from starting its modulation.
‘Major Fault’ (2) – A Major Fault occurs. Major Faults stop the line side converter from
modulating.
146 High Freq Lmt A Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
High Frequency Limit A Default: 0.40
Enter a value to set the threshold for the High Frequency event on AC Line A. Min/Max: 0.10/0.50
147 High Freq Dly A Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
High Frequency Delay A Default: 1.00
Enter a value to set the time delay for the High Frequency event on AC Line A. Min/Max: 0.16/300.00
AC Line Frequency must be above the High Frequency Limit longer than this delay for the
event to occur.
148 HighFreqLmtAActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
AC Line High Frequency Limit A Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when the High Frequency event on AC Line A 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
occurs. 2 = ‘Major Fault’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken.
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter
from starting its modulation.
‘Major Fault’ (2) – A Major Fault occurs. Major Faults stop the line side converter from
modulating.

394 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 85 - Port 13: Protection File

Frequency Limits Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
149 Over Freq Lmt A Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
Over Frequency Limit A Default: 0.50
Enter a value to set the threshold for the Over Frequency event on AC Line A. Min/Max: 0.40/0.60
150 Over Freq Dly A Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Over Frequency Delay A Default: 0.16
Enter a value to set the time delay for the Over Frequency event on AC Line A. Min/Max: 0.10/0.20
AC Line Frequency must be above the Over Frequency Limit longer than this delay for the
event to occur.
151 OverFreqLmtAActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
AC Line Over Frequency Limit A Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when the Over Frequency event on AC Line A 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
occurs. 2 = ‘Major Fault’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken.
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter
from starting its modulation.
‘Major Fault’ (3) – A Major Fault occurs. Major Faults stop the line side converter from
modulating.
154 Under Freq Lmt B Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
Under Frequency Limit B Default: -3.00
Enter a value to set the threshold for the Under Frequency event on AC Line B. Min/Max: -4.00/-2.00
155 Under Freq Dly B Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Under Frequency Delay B Default: 0.16
Enter a value to set the time delay for the Under Frequency event on AC Line B. Min/Max: 0.10/0.20
AC Line Frequency must be beneath the Under Frequency Limit longer than this delay for
the event to occur.
156 UndrFreqLmtBActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
AC Line Under Frequency Limit B Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when the Under Frequency event on AC Line B 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
occurs. 2 = ‘Major Fault’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken.
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter
from starting its modulation.
‘Major Fault’ (2) – A Major Fault occurs. Major Faults stop the line side converter from
modulating.
157 Low Freq Lmt B Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
Low Frequency Limit B Default: -0.70
Enter a value to set the threshold for the Low Frequency event on AC Line B. Min/Max: -3.00/-0.20
158 Low Freq Dly B Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Low Frequency Delay B Default: 1.00
Enter a value to set the time delay for the Low Frequency event on AC Line B. Min/Max: 0.16/300.00
AC Line Frequency must be beneath the Low Frequency Limit longer than this delay for
the event to occur.
159 LowFreqLmtBActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
AC Line Low Frequency Limit B Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when the Low Frequency event on AC Line B 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
occurs. 2 = ‘Major Fault’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken.
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter
from starting its modulation.
‘Major Fault’ (2) – A Major Fault occurs. Major Faults stop the line side converter from
modulating.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 395

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 85 - Port 13: Protection File

Frequency Limits Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
160 High Freq Lmt B Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
High Frequency Limit B Default: 0.40
Enter a value to set the threshold for the High Frequency event on AC Line B. Min/Max: 0.10/0.50
161 High Freq Dly B Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
High Frequency Delay B Default: 1.00
Enter a value to set the time delay for the High Frequency event on AC Line B. Min/Max: 0.16/300.00
AC Line Frequency must be above the High Frequency Limit longer than this delay for the
event to occur.
162 HighFreqLmtBActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
AC Line High Frequency Limit B Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when the High Frequency event on AC Line B 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
occurs. 2 = ‘Major Fault’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken.
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter
from starting its modulation.
‘Major Fault’ (2) – A Major Fault occurs. Major Faults stop the line side converter from
modulating.
163 Over Freq Lmt B Units: Hz RW Real 1.x 1
Over Frequency Limit B Default: 0.50
Enter a value to set the threshold for the Over Frequency event on AC Line B. Min/Max: 0.40/0.60
164 Over Freq Dly B Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Over Frequency Delay B Default: 0.16
Enter a value to set the time delay for the Over Frequency event on AC Line B. Min/Max: 0.10/0.20
AC Line Frequency must be above the Over Frequency Limit longer than this delay for the
event to occur.
165 OverFreqLmtBActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
AC Line Over Frequency Limit B Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when the Over Frequency event on AC Line B 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
occurs. 2 = ‘Major Fault’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken.
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter
from starting its modulation.
‘Major Fault’ (2) – A Major Fault occurs. Major Faults stop the line side converter from
modulating.

396 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 86 - Port 13: Protection File

Power Loss Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
170 PwrLoss Det Actn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Line Side Cnv Power Loss Detected Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when a Power Loss condition occurs. 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 2 = ‘Ride Thru’
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter 3 = ‘Major Fault’
from starting its modulation.
‘Ride Thru’ (2) – The line side converter pauses modulation for the duration of the Ride
Thru Timer. If the Power Loss condition clears before the timer expires, it resumes
operation. During the Ride Thru attempt, it logs a Type 2 Alarm.
‘Major Fault’ (3) – A Major Fault occurs immediately. Major Faults stop the line side
converter from modulating.
171 PwrLossRTExpActn Default: 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
LSC Power Loss Ride Thru Expired Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when the Power Loss condition lasts longer than 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
the Ride Thru Timer. 2 = ‘Major Fault’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken.
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter
from starting its modulation.
‘Major Fault’ (2) – A Major Fault occurs immediately. Major Faults stop the line side
converter from modulating.
172 RideThrough Time Units: s RW Real 1.x 1
Ride Through Time Default: 1.00
Enter a value to set the length of the Ride Thru Timer. Min/Max: 0.10/3000.00
173 VltgSag Det Actn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Voltage Sag Detected Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when a Voltage Sag condition occurs. 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 2 = ‘Ride Thru’
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter 3 = ‘Major Fault’
from starting its modulation.
‘Ride Thru’ (2) – The line side converter pauses modulation for the duration of the Ride
Thru Timer. If the Voltage Sag condition clears before the timer expires, it resumes
operation. During the Ride Thru attempt, it logs a Type 2 Alarm.
‘Major Fault’ (3) – A Major Fault occurs immediately. Major Faults stop the line side
converter from modulating.
174 VltgSagRTExpActn Default: 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
LSC Voltage Sag Ride Thru Expired Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when the Voltage Sag condition lasts longer than 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
the Ride Thru Timer. 2 = ‘Major Fault’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken.
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter
from starting its modulation.
‘Major Fault’ (2) – A Major Fault occurs immediately. Major Faults stop the line side
converter from modulating.
176 LSCPhLossDetActn Default: 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
LSC Input Phase Loss Detected Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when an Input Phase Loss condition occurs. 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 2 = ‘Ride Thru’
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter 3 = ‘Major Fault’
from starting its modulation.
‘Ride Thru’ (2) – The line side converter pauses modulation for the duration of the Ride
Thru Timer. If the Input Phase Loss condition clears before the timer expires, it resumes
operation. During the Ride Thru attempt, it logs a Type 2 Alarm.
‘Major Fault’ (3) – A Major Fault occurs immediately. Major Faults stop the line side
converter from modulating.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 397

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 86 - Port 13: Protection File

Power Loss Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
177 PhsLossRTExpActn Default: 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Input Phase Loss Ride Thru Expire Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when the Input Phase Loss condition lasts longer 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
than the Ride Thru Timer. 2 = ‘Major Fault’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken.
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter
from starting its modulation.
‘Major Fault’ (2) – A Major Fault occurs immediately. Major Faults stop the line side
converter from modulating.
179 DFDT Det Actn Default: 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Frequency Rate of Change Detected Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when a DFDT condition occurs. A DFDT condition is 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
when the rate of change of frequency is too high. 2 = ‘Ride Thru’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 3 = ‘Major Fault’
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter
from starting its modulation.
‘Ride Thru’ (2) – The line side converter pauses modulation for the duration of the Ride
Thru Timer. If the DFDT condition clears before the timer expires, it resumes operation.
During the Ride Thru attempt, it logs a Type 2 Alarm.
‘Major Fault’ (3) – A Major Fault occurs immediately. Major Faults stop the line side
converter from modulating.
180 DFDTRdThrExpActn Default: 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
Freq RateOfChange RideThruExpireAction Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when the DFDT Loss condition lasts longer than 1 = ‘Type 2 Alarm’
the Ride Thru Timer. 2 = ‘Major Fault’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken.
‘Type 2 Alarm’ (1) – A Type 2 Alarm occurs. Type 2 Alarms prevent the line side converter
from starting its modulation.
‘Major Fault’ (2) – A Major Fault occurs immediately. Major Faults stop the line side
converter from modulating.
181 PLL LOS Det Actn Default: 1 = ‘Major Fault’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
PLL Sync Loss Detected Action Options: 0 = ‘Ride Thru’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action taken when a Phase Lock Loop Loss of Synchronization 1 = ‘Major Fault’
condition occurs.
‘Ride Thru’ (0) – The line side converter pauses modulation for the duration of the Ride
Thru Timer. If the Phase Lock Loop Loss of Synchronization condition clears before the
timer expires, it resumes operation. During the Ride Thru attempt, it logs a Type 2 Alarm.
If the Phase Lock Loop Loss of Synchronization condition lasts longer than the Ride Thru
Timer, a Major Fault occurs and the line side converter stops modulating.
‘Major Fault’ (1) – A Major Fault occurs immediately. Major Faults stop the line side
converter from modulating.

398 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 87 - Port 13: Protection File

Unbalance Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
185 Line V Unbal Lmt Units: % RW Real 4.x 1
Line Voltage Unbalance Limit Default: 10.00
Enter a value to set the threshold for the Line Voltage Unbalance alarm. Min/Max: 1.00/20.00
186 Line V Unbal Dly Units: s RW Real 4.x 1
Line Voltage Unbalance Delay Default: 10.00
Enter a value to set the time delay for the Line Voltage Unbalance alarm. Min/Max: 1.00/30.00
Line Voltage Unbalance must be above the Line Voltage Unbalance Limit longer than this
delay for the alarm to occur.
187 Line Volts Unbal Units: % RO Real 1.x 1
Line Voltage Unbalance Default: 0.00
Displays the Line Voltage Unbalance as a percentage of the AC Line Voltage. Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
This is the maximum difference between the line voltages (R-S Line Volts, S-T Line Volts,
T-R Line Volts) and the average AC Line Voltage.
188 Line I Unbal Lmt Units: % RW Real 4.x 1
Line Current Unbalance Limit Default: 10.00
Enter a value to set the threshold for the Line Current Unbalance alarm. Min/Max: 1.00/20.00
189 Line I Unbal Dly Units: s RW Real 4.x 1
Line Current Unbalance Delay Default: 10.00
Enter a value to set the time delay for the Line Current Unbalance alarm. Min/Max: 1.00/30.00
Line Current Unbalance must be above the Line Current Unbalance Limit longer than this
delay for the alarm to occur.
190 Line Cur Unbal Units: % RO Real 1.x 1
Line Current Unbalance Default: 0.00
Displays the Line Current Unbalance as a percentage of the AC Line Voltage. Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
This is the maximum difference between the phase currents (R Phase Current, S Phase
Current, T Phase Current) and the average AC Line Current.
192 BasicPLL Err Lmt Units: % RW Real 1.x 1
Basic Phase Lock Loop Error Limit Default: 10.00
Enter a value to set the threshold for the Basic Phase Lock Loop (PLL) Synch Loss alarm. Min/Max: 1.00/20.00
193 BasicPLL Err Dly Units: ms RW Real 1.x 1
Basic Phase Lock Loop Error Delay Default: 0.00
Enter a value to set the time delay for the Basic PLL Synch Loss alarm. Min/Max: 0.00/5.00
Basic PLL error voltage must be above the Basic PLL Synch Loss Limit longer than this
delay for the alarm to occur.
3 R-S Line Volts
R (L1) - S (L2) Line Voltage
This is the secondary file and group position for this parameter.
See description for R (L1) - S (L2) Line Voltage on page 374.
4 S-T Line Volts
S (L2) - T (L3) Line Voltage
This is the secondary file and group position for this parameter.
See description for S (L2) - T (L3 Line Voltage on page 374.
5 T-R Line Volts
T (L3) - R (L1) Line Voltage
This is the secondary file and group position for this parameter.
See description for T (L3) - R (L1) Line Voltage on page 374.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 399

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 87 - Port 13: Protection File

Unbalance Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
9 R Phase Current
R (L1) Phase Current
This is the secondary file and group position for this parameter.
See description for R (L1) Phase Current on page 374.
10 S Phase Current
S (L2) Phase Current
This is the secondary file and group position for this parameter.
See description for S (L2) Phase Current on page 374.
11 T Phase Current
T (L3) Phase Current
This is the secondary file and group position for this parameter.
See description for T (L3) Phase Current on page 374.
12 Ground Current
Ground Current
This is the secondary file and group position for this parameter.
See description for Ground Current on page 375.

400 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 88 - Port 13: Diagnostics File

Status Group

FW Revision
No. Display Name Values

Access Level
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
225 Line Side Sts 1 RO Bit 1.x 0
Line Side Converter Status 1
Displays the status of the line side converter.

AuRstrCntDwn
Options
Regenerating

kVAR OnlyAct

AutoRstrt Act
Conv Bus Reg

AC Ride Thru
In Precharge

AC Line Sync
InPhaseLoss

Start Inhibit

DrpGn Limit

Autotuning
Enable On

HS Fan On
Motoring

At DC Ref
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Cur Limit

Running
At Limit

Ready
Alarm
Fault
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Ready’ indicates the line side converter is ready to modulate and there are no Start Inhibits.
Bit 2 ‘AutoRstrt Act’ indicates the Auto Restart function is active.
Bit 3 ‘AuRstrCntDwn’ indicates Auto Restart is counting down the delay time programmed to attempt a restart.
Bit 4 ‘HS Fan On’ indicates the Heatsink Fan(s) are running.
Bit 5 ‘Autotuning’ indicates the Autotuning function is active.
Bit 6 ‘Alarm’ indicates an Alarm is present. Alarms provide notification of events, but do not prevent the line side converter from modulating.
Bit 7 ‘Fault’ indicates a Fault is present. Faults provide notification of events. They also prevent the line side converter from modulating.
Bit 8 ‘At DC Ref’ indicates the actual DC Bus Voltage is within 1% of the DC Command.
Bit 9 ‘DrpGn Limit’ indicates user entered Droop Gain is being limited by control.
Bit 15 ‘Start Inhibit’ indicates a condition is inhibiting the line side converter from modulating.
Bit 16 ‘Running’ indicates that the line side converter is modulating.
Bit 21 ‘AC Ride Thru’ indicates the line side converter is executing a Ride Thru in response to a power disturbance.
Bit 22 ‘InPhaseLoss’ indicates an Input Phase Loss condition is occurring.
Bit 23 ‘AC Line Sync’ indicates line side converter is synchronized with the frequency and phase of the incoming power.
Bit 24 ‘kVAR OnlyAct’ indicates line side converter is commanding only Reactive Current.
Bit 25 ‘In Precharge’ indicates the line side converter is executing a precharge.
Bit 26 ‘At Limit’ indicates the output of one or more control functions is being limited. Refer to parameter 13:226 [At Limit Status].
Bit 27 ‘Cur Limit’ indicates current is being limited by control.
Bit 28 ‘Conv Bus Reg’ indicates line side converter is actively regulating the DC Bus Voltage.
Bit 29 ‘Enable On’ indicates a digital input is configured for the line side converter Enable function, and it is energized (set).
Bit 30 ‘Motoring’ indicates line side converter is drawing power from the incoming AC line.
Bit 31 ‘Regenerating’ indicates line side converter is modulating and sending power to the incoming AC line.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 401

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 88 - Port 13: Diagnostics File

Status Group (Continued)

FW Revision
No. Display Name Values

Access Level
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

226 At Limit Status RO Bit 1.x 0

At Limit Status
Displays the At Limit Status of control functions in the line side converter.

Regen PwrLmt
kVAR Cmd Lmt

Mtrng PwrLmt
Options
kVAR RateLmt

Vdc Cmd Lmt

Vdc Rate Lmt

Current Lmt
Id Cmd Lmt

Iq Cmd Lmt
Iq Rate Lmt

BusObsLmt
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Current Lmt’ – Indicates that the Current regulator is constrained by level limits.
Bit 1 ‘BusObsLmt’ – Indicates that the Bus Observer is constrained by the current level limit.
Bit 2 ‘Mtrng PwrLmt’ – Indicates that the power that is drawn from the AC Input by the line side converter is constrained by the Motoring Power Limit.
Bit 3 ‘Regen PwrLmt’ – Indicates that the power that is returned to the AC Input by the line side converter is constrained by the Regenerative Power Limit.
Bit 4 ‘Vdc Cmd Lmt’ – Indicates that the DC Bus Voltage regulator is constrained by the level limit.
Bit 5 ‘Vdc Rate Lmt’ – Indicates that the DC Bus Voltage regulator is constrained by the rate limit.
Bit 6 ‘Iq Cmd Lmt’ – Indicates that the quadrature component of current is constrained by the level limit.
Bit 7 ‘Iq Rate Lmt’ – Indicates that the quadrature component of current is constrained by the rate limit. This only applies when using an external reference.
Bit 8 ‘Id Cmd Lmt’ – Indicates that the direct component of current is constrained by the level limit.
Bit 9 ‘kVAR Cmd Lmt’ – Indicates that the Reactive Power is constrained by the level limit.
Bit 10 ‘kVAR RateLmt’ – Indicates that the Reactive Power is constrained by the rate limit.
228 R (L1) OL Count Units: % RO Real 1.x 0
R (L1) Phase Overload Count Default: 0.00
Displays the overload count for the R (L1) phase in percentage. It increases when the Min/Max: 0.00/200.00
current is higher than the line side converter rating for present operating conditions.
When the count reaches 50% an overload alarm occurs.
When the count reaches 100% an overload fault occurs.
Refer to parameter 13:28 [Derated Amps]. Operating without modulating the transistors
and operating with an elevated (boosted) DC Bus Reference will lower the threshold for
increasing the Overload Count.
229 S (L2) OL Count Units: % RO Real 1.x 0
S (L2) Phase Overload Count Default: 0.00
Displays the overload count for the S (L2) phase in percentage. It increases when the Min/Max: 0.00/200.00
current is higher than the line side converter rating for present operating conditions.
When the count reaches 50% an overload alarm occurs.
When the count reaches 100% an overload fault occurs.
Refer to parameter 13:28 [Derated Amps]. Operating without modulating the transistors
and operating with an elevated (boosted) DC Bus Reference will lower the threshold for
increasing the Overload Count.
230 T (L3) OL Count Units: % RO Real 1.x 0
T (L3) Phase Overload Count Default: 0.00
Displays the overload count for the T (L3) phase in percentage. It increases when the Min/Max: 0.00/200.00
current is higher than the line side converter rating for present operating conditions.
When the count reaches 50% an overload alarm occurs.
When the count reaches 100% an overload fault occurs.
Refer to parameter 13:28 [Derated Amps]. Operating without modulating the transistors
and operating with an elevated (boosted) DC Bus Reference will lower the threshold for
increasing the Overload Count.
231 IGBT Temp Units: °C RO Real 1.x 0
IGBT Temperature Degrees Celsius Default: 0.00
Displays IGBT junction temperature in degrees Celsius. Min/Max: 0.00/150.00

402 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 88 - Port 13: Diagnostics File

Status Group (Continued)

FW Revision
No. Display Name Values

Access Level
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

232 IGBT Temp Pct Units: % RO Real 1.x 0

IGBT Temperature Percentage Default: 0.00
Displays IGBT junction temperature as a percentage of the temperature threshold for a Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
Transistor Over Temperature Fault.
233 Heatsnk Temp Units: °C RO Real 1.x 0
Heatsink Temperature Default: 0.00
Displays Heatsink temperature in degrees Celsius. Min/Max: 0.00/150.00
234 Heatsnk Temp Pct Units: % RO Real 1.x 0
Heatsink Temperature Percentage Default: 0.00
Displays Heatsink temperature as a percentage of the temperature threshold for a Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
Heatsink Over Temperature Fault.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 403

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 88 - Port 13: Diagnostics File

Status Group (Continued)

FW Revision
No. Display Name Values

Access Level
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

235 L Start Inhibits RO Bit 1.x 0

Line Side Converter Start Inhibits
Displays the conditions that are inhibiting the line side converter from starting and modulating.
.

RotarySwitch
Options PLL Not Lock
DC Bus High
Ovrd Event

Precharge
Database
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved

Standby

Startup

Faulted
Enable
Alarm
Stop
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Faulted’ – indicates a Fault is present. Faults provide notification of events. They prevent the line side converter from modulating.
Bit 1 ‘Alarm’ – indicates a Type 2 alarm is present. Type 2 alarms usually indicate a configuration error. They prevent the line side converter from starting and modulating.
Bit 2 ‘Enable’ – indicates a digital input is configured for the line side converter Enable function, and it is energized (set).
Bit 3 ‘Precharge’ – indicates the line side converter is executing a Precharge.
Bit 4 ‘Stop’ – indicates the line side converter is receiving a stop command.
Bit 5 ‘Database’ – indicates the database is performing a download operation.
Bit 6 ‘Startup’ – indicates the assisted Start routine in the HIM is active and preventing a start.
Bit 7 ‘RotarySwitch’ – indicates the rotary switches on the main control board are set to a combination that prevents start.
Bit 8 ‘Standby’ – Indicates the system is in a low energy (paused) state.
Bit 9 ‘PLL Not Lock’ – Indicates the line side converter phase locked loop is not synchronized with AC line.
Bit 11 ‘DC Bus High’ – indicates a DC Bus Overvoltage fault has occurred.
Bit 12 ‘Ovrd Event’ – indicates the line side converter start is inhibited due to fault, but it can continue running.
236 LLastStrtInhibit RO Bit 1.x 0
Last Line Side Converter Start Inhibits
Displays the last condition to inhibit the line side converter from starting and modulating.
.
RotarySwitch

Options
PLL Not Lock
DC Bus High
Ovrd Event

Precharge
Database
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved

Standby

Startup

Faulted
Enable
Alarm
Stop

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Faulted’ – indicates a Fault was present. Faults provide notification of events. They prevent the line side converter from modulating.
Bit 1 ‘Alarm’ – indicates a Type 2 alarm was present. Type 2 alarms usually indicate a configuration error. They prevent the line side converter from starting and modulating.
Bit 2 ‘Enable’ – indicates a digital input was configured for the line side converter Enable function, and it was not energized (set).
Bit 3 ‘Precharge’ – indicates the line side converter was executing a Precharge.
Bit 4 ‘Stop’ – indicates the line side converter was receiving a stop command.
Bit 5 ‘Database’ – indicates the database was performing a download operation.
Bit 6 ‘Startup’ – indicates the assisted Start routine in the HIM was active and prevented a start.
Bit 7 ‘RotarySwitch’ – indicates the rotary switches on the main control board were set to a combination that prevented start.
Bit 8 ‘Standby’ – Indicates the system was in a low energy (paused) state.
Bit 9 ‘PLL Not Lock’ – Indicates the line side converter phase locked loop was not synchronized with AC line.
Bit 11 ‘DC Bus High’ – indicates a DC Bus Overvoltage fault had occurred.
Bit 12 ‘Ovrd Event’ – indicates the line side converter start was inhibited due to fault, but it could continue running.

404 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 89 - Port 13: Diagnostics File

Fault/Alarm Info Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
240 Fault Status A RO Bit 1.x 0
Fault Status A
Displays the occurrence of conditions that have been configured as faults.

HS UnderTemp
Options

UnderVoltage
AuRstExhaust
RideThruExpr
Gnd Warning

HRG GF Local
Ground Fault
PLL Not Lock

V Unbalance

Prchrg Open

OverVoltage
TransistorOT
InPhaseLoss

HS OvrTemp
HW OverCur
LineFiltFuse

I Unbalance

SW OverCur
Inverter Flt

HRG GF Sts

Reactor OT
DC Cur Err
DC Cur OC
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved
IT OL L3
IT OL L2
IT OL L1

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 1 ‘UnderVoltage’ indicates DC bus undervoltage.

Bit 2 ‘OverVoltage’ indicates DC bus overvoltage.
Bit 3 ‘HS OvrTemp’ indicates that a Heatsink Overtemperature event has been detected in one of the power modules of the line side converter.
Bit 4 ‘TransistorOT’ indicates that a Transistor Overtemperature event has been detected in one of the power modules of the line side converter.
Bit 5 ‘HS UnderTemp’ indicates that a Heatsink Undertemperature event has been detected in one of the power modules of the line side converter.
Bit 6 ‘Reactor OT’ indicates that a Reactor Overtemperature event has been detected in one of the LCL Filter modules of the line side converter.
Bit 7 ‘AuRstExhaust’ indicates the Auto Restat function has failed to clear a fault and restart within the programmed number of times.
Bit 8 ‘SW OverCur’ indicates that Software in the line side converter has detected an overcurrent condition.
Bit 9 ‘HW OverCur’ indicates that Hardware in the line side converter has detected an overcurrent condition.
Bit 10 ‘Prchrg Open’ indicates the line side converter has opened the Precharge while it was modulating.
Bit 11 ‘HRG GF Sts’ indicates the High Resistance Ground (HRG) Ground Fault function has detected a ground fault.
Bit 12 ‘HRG GF Local’ indicates the High Resistance Ground (HRG) Ground Fault function has determined the ground fault is likely associated with this drive.
Bit 13 ‘Ground Fault’ indicates Hardware has detected a Ground fault.
Bit 14 ‘Gnd Warning’ indicates measured ground current has exceeded the threshold for the Ground Fault Warning.
Bit 15 ‘RideThruExpr’ indicates a power disturbance has lasted longer than the Ride Thru Time and the Ride Thru Time has expired.
Bit 16 ‘V Unbalance’ indicates a Voltage Unbalance has occurred on the incoming AC power.
Bit 17 ‘I Unbalance’ indicates a Current Unbalance has occurred on the incoming AC power.
Bit 18 ‘DC Cur OC’ is not in CR.
Bit 19 ‘DC Cur Err’ is not in CR.
Bit 20 ‘InPhaseLoss’ indicates a Phase Loss has occurred on the incoming AC power.
Bit 21 ‘Inverter Flt’ indicates a fault in the motor side inverter control has caused the line side converter to stop modulating.
Bit 22 ‘PLL Not Lock’ indicates the Phase Lock Loop has failed to synchronize with the incoming AC power.
Bit 24 ‘IT OL L1’ indicates a Current Temperature Overload has occurred on the R (L1) phase of the line side converter.
Bit 25 ‘IT OL L2’ indicates a Current Temperature Overload has occurred on the R (L1) phase of the line side converter.
Bit 26 ‘IT OL L3’ indicates a Current Temperature Overload has occurred on the R (L1) phase of the line side converter.
Bit 28 ‘LineFiltFuse’ indicates that the main fuse in the LCL filter is blown.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 405

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 89 - Port 13: Diagnostics File

Fault/Alarm Info Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
241 Fault Status B RO Bit 1.x 0
Fault Status B
Displays the occurrence of conditions that have been configured as faults.

Freq > High A

Freq < UndrA

Freq < UndrB
Freq > HighB

Options

Freq > OverA

L31 < UndrA

L23 < UndrA
L12 < UndrA
L31 < UndrB
L23 < UndrB
L12 < UndrB

Freq < LowA

Freq < LowB

L31 > HighA

L23 > HighA
L12 > HighA
Freq >OverB

L31 > HighB

L23 > HighB
L12 > HighB

L31 > OverA

L12 > OverA

L31 > OverB
L23 > OverB
L12 > OverB

L31 < LowA

L23 < LowA
L12 < LowA
L31 < LowB
L23 < LowB
L12 < LowB

L23 >OverA
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘L12 < UndrA’ – indicates the voltage from R (L1) to S (L2) is below the threshold for an Under Voltage fault on AC Line A.
Bit 1 ‘L23 < UndrA’ – indicates the voltage from S (L2) to T (L3) is below the threshold for an Under Voltage fault on AC Line A.
Bit 2 ‘L31 < UndrA’ – indicates the voltage from T (L3) to R (L2) is below the threshold for an Under Voltage fault on AC Line A.
Bit 3 ‘L12 < LowA’ – indicates the voltage from R (L1) to S (L2) is below the threshold for a Low Voltage fault on AC Line A.
Bit 4 ‘L23 < LowA’ – indicates the voltage from S (L2) to T (L3) is below the threshold for a Low Voltage fault on AC Line A.
Bit 5 ‘L31 < LowA’ – indicates the voltage from T (L3) to R (L2) is below the threshold for a Low Voltage fault on AC Line A.
Bit 6 ‘L12 > HighA’ – indicates the voltage from R (L1) to S (L2) is above the threshold for a High Voltage fault on AC Line A.
Bit 7 ‘L23 > HighA’ – indicates the voltage from S (L2) to T (L3) is above the threshold for a High Voltage fault on AC Line A.
Bit 8 ‘L31 > HighA’ – indicates the voltage from T (L3) to R (L2) is above the threshold for a High Voltage fault on AC Line A.
Bit 9 ‘L12 > OverA’ – indicates the voltage from R (L1) to S (L2) is above the threshold for an Over Voltage fault on AC Line A.
Bit 10 ‘L23 > OverA’ – indicates the voltage from S (L2) to T (L3) is above the threshold for an Over Voltage fault on AC Line A.
Bit 11 ‘L31 > OverA’ – indicates the voltage from T (L3) to R (L2) is above the threshold for an Over Voltage fault on AC Line A.
Bit 12 ‘Freq < UndrA’ – indicates the frequency is below the threshold for an Under Frequency fault on AC Line A.
Bit 13 ‘Freq < LowA’ – indicates the frequency is below the threshold for a Low Frequency fault on AC Line A.
Bit 14 ‘Freq > HighA’ – indicates the frequency is above the threshold for a High Frequency fault on AC Line A.
Bit 15 ‘Freq > OverA’ – indicates the frequency is above the threshold for an Over Frequency fault on AC Line A.
Bit 16 ‘L12 < UndrB’ – indicates the voltage from R (L1) to S (L2) is below the threshold for an Under Voltage fault on AC Line B.
Bit 17 ‘L23 < UndrB’ – indicates the voltage from S (L2) to T (L3) is below the threshold for an Under Voltage fault on AC Line B.
Bit 18 ‘L31 < UndrB’ – indicates the voltage from T (L3) to R (L2) is below the threshold for an Under Voltage fault on AC Line B.
Bit 19 ‘L12 < LowB’ – indicates the voltage from R (L1) to S (L2) is below the threshold for a Low Voltage fault on AC Line B.
Bit 20 ‘L23 < LowB’ – indicates the voltage from S (L2) to T (L3) is below the threshold for a Low Voltage fault on AC Line B.
Bit 21 ‘L31 < LowB’ – indicates the voltage from T (L3) to R (L2) is below the threshold for a Low Voltage fault on AC Line B.
Bit 22 ‘L12 > HighB’ – indicates the voltage from R (L1) to S (L2) is above the threshold for a High Voltage fault on AC Line B.
Bit 23 ‘L23 > HighB’ – indicates the voltage from S (L2) to T (L3) is above the threshold for a High Voltage fault on AC Line B.
Bit 24 ‘L31 > HighB’ – indicates the voltage from T (L3) to R (L2) is above the threshold for a High Voltage fault on AC Line B.
Bit 25 ‘L12 > OverB’ – indicates the voltage from R (L1) to S (L2) is above the threshold for an Over Voltage fault on AC Line B.
Bit 26 ‘L23 > OverB’ – indicates the voltage from S (L2) to T (L3) is above the threshold for an Over Voltage fault on AC Line B.
Bit 27 ‘L31 > OverB’ – indicates the voltage from T (L3) to R (L2) is above the threshold for an Over Voltage fault on AC Line B.
Bit 28 ‘Freq < UndrB’ – indicates the frequency is below the threshold for an Under Frequency fault on AC Line B.
Bit 29 ‘Freq < LowB’ – indicates the frequency is below the threshold for a Low Frequency fault on AC Line B.
Bit 30 ‘Freq > HighB’ – indicates the frequency is above the threshold for a High Frequency fault on AC Line B.
Bit 31 ‘Freq > OverB’ – indicates the frequency is above the threshold for an Over Frequency fault on AC Line B.

406 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 89 - Port 13: Diagnostics File

Fault/Alarm Info Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
258 Alarm Status A RO Bit 1.x 0
Alarm Status A
Displays the status of certain conditions that can cause an Alarm.

HS UnderTemp
Inverter Alarm
Options

Gdn Warning
HRG GF Local
TVSS Tripped

PLL Not Lock

V Unbalance

TransistorOT
HS OvrTemp
LineFiltFuse

I Unbalance

CL Reduced
HRG GF Sts

Power Lmt

Reactor OT
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
IT OL L3
IT OL L2
IT OL L1

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 3 ‘HS OvrTemp’ – indicates a Heatsink Over Temperature alarm has occurred.
Bit 4 ‘TransistorOT’ – indicates an IGBT Over Temperature alarm has occurred in a power module.
Bit 5 ‘HS UnderTemp’ – indicates a Heatsink Under Temperature alarm has occurred.
Bit 6 ‘Reactor OT’ – indicates a Reactor Over Temperature alarm has occurred in a power module.
Bit 7 ‘CL Reduced’ – the Thermal Manager has reduced the Current Limit of the line side converter.
Bit 8 ‘Power Lmt’ – indicates the control is limiting the power of the line side converter.
Bit 12 ‘HRG GF Sts’ – indicates the High Resistance Ground (HRG) Ground Fault signal has exceeded the threshold for an alarm.
Bit 13 ‘HRG GF Local’ – indicates the High Resistance Ground (HRG) Ground Fault function has determined the ground fault is occurring within this drive or bus supply.
Bit 14 ‘Gnd Warning’ – indicates ground current has exceeded the Ground Fault Warning threshold for alarm.
Bit 16 ‘V Unbalance’ – indicates the Line Voltage Unbalance has exceeded the Line Voltage Unbalance Limit longer than the Line Voltage Unbalance Delay.
Bit 17 ‘I Unbalance’ – indicates the Line Current Unbalance has exceeded the Line Current Unbalance Limit longer than the Line Current Unbalance Delay.
Bit 21 ‘Inverter Alarm’ – indicates an alarm has occurred in the motor side inverter.
Bit 22 ‘PLL Not Lock’ – indicates the Basic Phase Lock Loop Error has exceeded the Basic Phase Lock Loop Error Limit for longer than the Basic Phase Lock Loop Error Delay, or
the Symmetrical Phase Lock Loop Error has exceeded the Symmetrical Phase Lock Loop Error Limit for longer than the Symmetrical Phase Lock Loop Error Delay.
Bit 24 ‘IT OL L1’ – indicates a Current over Time Overload has occurred on the R (l1) phase.
Bit 25 ‘IT OL L2’ – indicates a Current over Time Overload has occurred on the S (L2) phase.
Bit 26 ‘IT OL L3’ – indicates a Current over Time Overload has occurred on the T (l3) phase.
Bit 28 ‘LineFiltFuse’ – indicates an AC Line Filter Fuse has opened.
Bit 31 ‘TVSS Tripped’ – indicates the Transient Voltage Suppression System (MOV) in the AC Precharge Module has tripped.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 407

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 89 - Port 13: Diagnostics File

Fault/Alarm Info Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
259 Alarm Status B RO Bit 1.x 0
Alarm Status B
Displays the occurrence of conditions that have been configured as alarms.

Freq < UndrA

Freq < UndrB

Freq > HighA

Freq > HighB

Options
Freq > OverB

L31 < UndrA

L23 < UndrA
L12 < UndrA
L31 < UndrB
L23 < UndrB
L12 < UndrB

Freq < LowA

Freq < LowB

Freq >OverA

L31 > HighA

L23 > HighA
L12 > HighA
L31 > HighB
L23 > HighB
L12 > HighB

L31 > OverA

L23 > OverA
L12 > OverA
L31 > OverB
L23 > OverB
L12 > OverB

L31 < LowA

L23 < LowA
L12 < LowA
L31 < LowB
L23 < LowB
L12 < LowB
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘L12 < UndrA’ – indicates the voltage from R (L1) to S (L2) is below the threshold for an Under Voltage alarm on AC Line A.
Bit 1 ‘L23 < UndrA’ – indicates the voltage from S (L2) to T (L3) is below the threshold for an Under Voltage alarm on AC Line A.
Bit 2 ‘L31 < UndrA’ – indicates the voltage from T (L3) to R (L2) is below the threshold for an Under Voltage alarm on AC Line A.
Bit 3 ‘L12 < LowA’ – indicates the voltage from R (L1) to S (L2) is below the threshold for a Low Voltage alarm on AC Line A.
Bit 4 ‘L23 < LowA’ – indicates the voltage from S (L2) to T (L3) is below the threshold for a Low Voltage alarm on AC Line A.
Bit 5 ‘L31 < LowA’ – indicates the voltage from T (L3) to R (L2) is below the threshold for a Low Voltage alarm on AC Line A.
Bit 6 ‘L12 > HighA’ – indicates the voltage from R (L1) to S (L2) is above the threshold for a High Voltage alarm on AC Line A.
Bit 7 ‘L23 > HighA’ – indicates the voltage from S (L2) to T (L3) is above the threshold for a High Voltage alarm on AC Line A.
Bit 8 ‘L31 > HighA’ – indicates the voltage from T (L3) to R (L2) is above the threshold for a High Voltage alarm on AC Line A.
Bit 9 ‘L12 > OverA’ – indicates the voltage from R (L1) to S (L2) is above the threshold for an Over Voltage alarm on AC Line A.
Bit 10 ‘L23 > OverA’ – indicates the voltage from S (L2) to T (L3) is above the threshold for an Over Voltage alarm on AC Line A.
Bit 11 ‘L31 > OverA’ – indicates the voltage from T (L3) to R (L2) is above the threshold for an Over Voltage alarm on AC Line A.
Bit 12 ‘Freq < UndrA’ – indicates the frequency is below the threshold for an Under Frequency alarm on AC Line A.
Bit 13 ‘Freq < LowA’ – indicates the frequency is below the threshold for a Low Frequency alarm on AC Line A.
Bit 14 ‘Freq > HighA’ – indicates the frequency is above the threshold for a High Frequency alarm on AC Line A.
Bit 15 ‘Freq > OverA’ – indicates the frequency is above the threshold for an Over Frequency alarm on AC Line A.
Bit 16 ‘L12 < UndrB’ – indicates the voltage from R (L1) to S (L2) is below the threshold for an Under Voltage alarm on AC Line B.
Bit 17 ‘L23 < UndrB’ – indicates the voltage from S (L2) to T (L3) is below the threshold for an Under Voltage alarm on AC Line B.
Bit 18 ‘L31 < UndrB’ – indicates the voltage from T (L3) to R (L2) is below the threshold for an Under Voltage alarm on AC Line B.
Bit 19 ‘L12 < LowB’ – indicates the voltage from R (L1) to S (L2) is below the threshold for a Low Voltage alarm on AC Line B.
Bit 20 ‘L23 < LowB’ – indicates the voltage from S (L2) to T (L3) is below the threshold for a Low Voltage alarm on AC Line B.
Bit 21 ‘L31 < LowB’ – indicates the voltage from T (L3) to R (L2) is below the threshold for a Low Voltage alarm on AC Line B.
Bit 22 ‘L12 > HighB’ – indicates the voltage from R (L1) to S (L2) is above the threshold for a High Voltage alarm on AC Line B.
Bit 23 ‘L23 > HighB’ – indicates the voltage from S (L2) to T (L3) is above the threshold for a High Voltage alarm on AC Line B.
Bit 24 ‘L31 > HighB’ – indicates the voltage from T (L3) to R (L2) is above the threshold for a High Voltage alarm on AC Line B.
Bit 25 ‘L12 > OverB’ – indicates the voltage from R (L1) to S (L2) is above the threshold for an Over Voltage alarm on AC Line B.
Bit 26 ‘L23 > OverB’ – indicates the voltage from S (L2) to T (L3) is above the threshold for an Over Voltage alarm on AC Line B.
Bit 27 ‘L31 > OverB’ – indicates the voltage from T (L3) to R (L2) is above the threshold for an Over Voltage alarm on AC Line B.
Bit 28 ‘Freq < UndrB’ – indicates the frequency is below the threshold for an Under Frequency alarm on AC Line B.
Bit 29 ‘Freq < LowB’ – indicates the frequency is below the threshold for a Low Frequency alarm on AC Line B.
Bit 30 ‘Freq > HighB’ – indicates the frequency is above the threshold for a High Frequency alarm on AC Line B.
Bit 31 ‘Freq > OverB’ – indicates the frequency is above the threshold for an Over Frequency alarm on AC Line B.
260 Type 2 Alarms Default: 0 RO Bit 1.x 0
Type 2 Alarms Min/Max: 0/1
Displays the occurrence of conditions that have been cause Type 2 Alarms. Type 2 Alarms
are notifications of conditions. They do not stop the line side converter from modulating if
it is already running. They do prevent the line side converter from starting if it is not
already running.

408 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 90 - Port 13: Diagnostics File

Testpoints Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
280 Testpoint Sel 1 Default: 0 RW 32-bit 2.x 1
283 Testpoint Sel 2 Min/Max: 0/999 Integer
286 Testpoint Sel 3
289 Testpoint Sel 4
Testpoint Select n
Select a source for the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th test point in this port.
Data from the source streams to parameters [Testpoint REAL n] and [Testpoint DINT n].
See Port 13 Testpoint Codes on page 525 for descriptions of the test points that are
available for this parameter.
281 Testpoint REAL 1 Default: 0.000000 RO 32-bit 2.x 1
284 Testpoint REAL 2 Min/Max: -220000000.000000/ Integer
287 Testpoint REAL 3 +220000000.000000
290 Testpoint REAL 4
Testpoint REAL Display Value n
Displays data of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th test point on this port in REAL (floating point)
format. If the format of the source is REAL, use this parameter to read or trend the data
stream.
282 Testpoint DINT 1 Default: 0 RO 32-bit 2.x 1
285 Testpoint DINT 2 Min/Max: -2147483648/+2147483647 Integer
288 Testpoint DINT 3
291 Testpoint DINT 4
Testpoint DINT Display Value n
Displays data of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th test point on this port in DINT (double integer)
format. If the format of the source is DINT, use this parameter to read or trend the data
stream.

Table 91 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

Bus Observer Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
300 BusDistRej Mode Default: 2 = ‘FF Power’ RW 32-bit 4.x 1
Bus Disturbance Rejection Mode Options: 0 = ‘Disabled’ Integer
Enter a value to select the method for rejecting disturbances to the DC bus: 1 = ‘Bus Observer’
‘Disabled’ (0) – the control uses no special method. The control reacts to disturbances as 2 = ‘FF Power’
they occur. The DC bus voltage regulator uses the values in parameters 13:55 [Volt Reg
BW] and 13:56 [Volt Reg Damping].
‘Bus Observer’ (1) – the control uses the Bus Observer method. The Bus Observer
estimates and anticipates requirements for power and current. This allows the control to
compensate for them. The DC bus voltage regulator BW and damping are set based on
parameter 13:306 [BusObs Sys BW] and parameter 13:307 [BusObsSysDamping].
‘FF Power’ (2) – the control uses the feed forward power method. This sends a signal for
power demand from the motor side inverter control to the Line Side Converter control.
This is not available in bus supplies. For bus supplies, we recommend 1 ‘Bus Observer’. The
DC bus voltage regulator uses the values in parameters 13:55 [Volt Reg BW] and 13:56
[Volt Reg Damping].

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 409

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 91 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

Bus Observer Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
305 BusObs C/U Sel Default: 0 = ‘Calculated’ RW 32-bit 4.x 1
Bus Observer Calc/User Entered Select Options: 0 = ‘Calculated’ Integer
Enter a value to select whether Calculated values or User Entered values are applied to the 1 = ‘User Entered’
DC bus voltage regulator and Bus Observer. 2 = ‘LoadCalcData’
Calculated values are determined by equations based on the values in parameters 13:306
[BusObs Sys BW] and 13:307 [BusObsSysDamping], as well as the rating of the Line Side
Converter.
‘Calculated’ (0) – selects the Calculated ‘c’ values.
‘User Entered’ (1) – selects the User Entered ‘u’values.
‘LoadCalcData’ (2) – copies the Calculated ‘c’ values into the parameter for the User
Entered 'u' values. This is useful for starting with the Calculated values and then adjusting
them. After performing the copy, this switch will revert to position 1 ‘User Entered’.
306 BusObs Sys BW Units: Hz RW Real 4.x 1
Bus Observer System Bandwidth Default: 60.00
Enter the system bandwidth of the Bus Observer in units of Hz. This value is used to Min/Max: 10.00/600.00
generate Calculated values of the voltage regulator gains, and the Bus Observer gains.
This value only affects the calculated regulator gains, which are used when
parameter13:305 [BusObs C/U Sel] is set to 0 ‘Calculated’.
307 BusObsSysDamping Default: 1.000 RW Real 4.x 1
Bus Observer System Damping Min/Max: 0.400/5.000
Enter the system damping factor for the Bus Observer and DC bus voltage regulator.
This automatically sets the damping for the voltage regulator and affects the calculated
gains of the Bus Observer and the voltage regulator.
A default value of 1.0 generates a critically damping system that is suitable for most of
the applications. Lowering the damping increases responsiveness but makes the
response more oscillatory. Increasing the damping decreases responsiveness but makes
the response smoother.
This value only affects the calculated regulator gains, which are used when parameter 10/
11:905 [System C/U Sel] is set to 0 ‘Calculated’.
320 BusObs Mode Default: 1 = ‘BusObsVltEst’ RW 32-bit 4.x 1
Bus Observer Mode Options: 0 = ‘BusObs Only’ Integer
Enter a value to select the mode for the Bus Observer function. 1 = ‘BusObsVltEst’
‘BusObs Only’ (0) – Bus Observer Only mode. In this mode, the Bus Observer compensates
for the unknown capacitance and it only decouples that load. The voltage control loop
uses the actual measured DC bus voltage as the feedback signal.
‘BusObsVltEst’ (1) – Bus Observer with voltage estimate mode. In this mode, the Bus
Observer compensates for unknown capacitance to decouple that load. In addition, the
voltage control uses the estimated DC bus voltage as the feedback signal. Parameter
13:52 [Ext Bus Cap] is not used in this mode.
321 c BusObs Kp Units: Hz RO Real 4.x 1
Bus Observer Proportional Gain - Calc Default: 60.00
Displays the calculated value of the Bus Observer proportional gain. Min/Max: 0.00/6000.00
This value is used when parameter 13:305 [BusObs C/U Sel] is set to 0 ‘Calculated’.
This value is calculated based on the settings in parameters 13:306 [BusObs Sys BW] and
13:307 [BusObsSysDamping].
322 u BusObs Kp Units: Hz RW Real 4.x 1
Bus Observer Proportional Gain - User Default: 60.00
Enter the Bus Observer proportional gain in units of Hz. Min/Max: 0.00/6000.00
This value is used when parameter 13:305 [BusObs C/U Sel] is set to 1 ‘User Entered’.
323 c BusObs Ki Units: Hz RO Real 4.x 1
Bus Observer Integral Gain - Calc Default: 900.00
Displays the calculated value of the Bus Observer integral gain. Min/Max: 0.00/9000.00
This value is used when parameter 13:305 [BusObs C/U Sel] is set to 0 ‘Calculated’.
This value is calculated based on the settings in parameters 13:306 [BusObs Sys BW] and
13:307 [BusObsSysDamping].

410 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 91 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

Bus Observer Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
324 u BusObs Ki Units: Hz RW Real 4.x 1
Bus Observer Ingegral Gain - User Default: 900.00
Enter the Bus Observer integral gain in units of Hz. Min/Max: 0.00/9000.00
This value is used when parameter 13:305 [BusObs C/U Sel] is set to 1 ‘User Entered’.
325 BusObs Curr Est Units: A RO Real 4.x 1
Bus Observer Current Estimate Default: 0.00
Displays the DC bus current estimate from the Bus Observer. Min -1.15 x (√3/√2) x
Converter LV 3 s Current Normal Duty
Converter HV 3 s Current Normal Duty
Converter LV 3 s Current Heavy Duty
Converter HV 3 s Current Heavy Duty
Converter LV 3 s Current Light Duty
Converter HV 3 s Current Light Duty
Max: 1.15 x (√3/√2) x
Converter LV 3 s Current Normal Duty
Converter HV 3 s Current Normal Duty
Converter LV 3 s Current Heavy Duty
Converter HV 3 s Current Heavy Duty
Converter LV 3 s Current Light Duty
Converter HV 3 s Current Light Duty

Table 92 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

Droop Control Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
350 DroopCtrlModeSel Default: 0 = ‘Linear’ RW 32-bit 5.x 1
Droop Control Mode Select Options: 0 = ‘Linear’ Integer
Enter a value to select the Droop control mode. In droop mode, the DC bus voltage 1 = ‘Nonlinear’
reference is a function of active current. Refer to the control block diagram on page xx.
‘Linear’(0) – Selects the Linear Mode for droop control. A piecewise linear function
determines the DC bus voltage reference.
‘Nonlinear’ (1) – Selects Nonlinear Mode for droop control. A nonlinear function
determines the DC bus voltage reference. In regenerating operation, this function
produces a lower DC bus voltage than in Linear Mode. This reduces the need to derate. It
improves energy efficiency.
351 FullLd DroopGain Units: % RW Real 5.x 1
Full Load Droop Gain Default: 5.00
Enter a value to set full load droop gain as a percentage of the minimum DC bus voltage. Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
This gain is used by droop control when the absolute value of active current is greater
than parameter 13:353 [Trans Droop Cur]. This parameter only affects the DC Bus voltage
reference when parameter 13:45 [DC Bus Ref Sel] is set to 2 ‘Droop Control’.
352 NoLd DroopGain Units: % RW Real 5.x 1
No Load Droop Gain Default: 1.00
Enter a value to set no load or light load droop gain as a percentage of the minimum DC Min/Max: 0.00/10.00
bus voltage. This gain is used by droop control when the absolute value of active current is
less than parameter 13:353 [Trans Droop Cur]. This parameter only affects the DC Bus
voltage reference when parameter 13:45 [DC Bus Ref Sel] is set to 2 ‘Droop Control’.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 411

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 92 - Port 13: Dynamic Control File

Droop Control Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
353 Trans Droop Cur Units: % RW Real 5.x 1
Transition Droop Current Default: 50.00
Enter a value to set the Transition Droop Current. This defines the transition point in the Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
Linear Mode function where it changes from No Load Droop Gain to Full Load Droop Gain.
When the absolute value of active current is greater than Transition Droop Current, the
function uses the Full Load Droop Gain. See parameter 13:351 [FullLd DroopGain]. When
the absolute value of active current is less than Transition Droop Current, the function uses
the No Load Droop Gain. See parameter 13:352 [NoLd DroopGain].
Only the Linear Mode uses this parameter. See parameter 13:350 [DroopCtrlModeSel]. Set
the value to zero to use the Full Load Droop Gain throughout the entire current range.
354 Droop Gain Actv Units: % RO Real 5.x 1
Droop Gain Active Default: 0.00
Displays active droop gain being used by Droop control as a percentage of the minimum Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
DC bus voltage.
355 MaxFullLdDrpGn Units: % RO Real 5.x 1
Maximum Full Load Droop Gain Default: 0.00
Displays maximum full load droop gain as a percentage of the minimum DC bus voltage. Min/Max: 0.00/100.00
When the value entered in parameter 13:351 [FullLd DroopGain] is greater than this
parameter, it will be limited to this parameter to keep DC bus voltage within its maximum
capacity.
356 NoLdDrpDCBusRef Units: VDC RO Real 5.x 1
No Load Droop DC Voltage Reference Default: 0.00
Displays the No Load DC bus voltage reference for Droop control. Min/Max: 0.00/1144.00
357 ManDroopDCBusMin Units: VDC RW Real 5.x 1
Manual Droop DC Bus Ref Minimum Default: 0.0
Enter a value to set the minimum droop DC link voltage reference. Min/Max: 0.0/1144.0
This improves current sharing between bus supplies that have unequal input voltages. Set
to a value higher than parameter 13:46 [Auto DC Bus Ref].
Design the distribution for equal voltages. Use this parameter to compensate differences
and tolerances between transformers and cabling.
Droop Mode consumes this parameter only when it is set higher than the voltage level
given in this table:
Product Voltage 0:34 [VoltageClass Act] Voltage Level
400/480V 0 ‘Low Voltage’ 557V DC
400/480V 1 ‘High Voltage’ 692V DC
600/690V 0 ‘Low Voltage’ 865V DC
600/690V 1 ‘High Voltage’ 995V DC

412 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Line Side Power (Port 14)

Parameters
Table 93 - Port 14: Line Side Common File
System Ratings Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1 Sys Rated Amps Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
Line Side Converter Current Rating Default: 0.00
Displays the continuous output current rating of line side converter in RMS Amps. Min/Max: 0.00/1000.00
This value depends on the rating of the hardware. It reflects the settings of parameters
0:34 [VoltageClass Act] and 0:36 [Duty Rating Act].
This displays the same value as parameter 13:26 [Rated Amps].
2 Sys Rated Volts Units: VAC RO Real 1.x 0
Line Side Converter Voltage Rating Default: 0.00
Displays the voltage rating of the entire line side converter. Min/Max: 0.00/690.00
3 Effctv I Rating Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
Effective LineSideConverterCurrentRating Default: 0.00
Displays the present current rating of the line side converter in Amps RMS. Min/Max: 0.00/1000.00
This will equal parameter 14:1 [Sys Rated Amps] when all power modules in the motor
side inverter are operational. It will be less than that during N-1 operation.

Table 94 - Port 14: Line Side Common File

Status Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
10 Online Status RO Bit 1.x 0
Online Status Display
Displays whether the power modules in the line side converter successfully established fiber optic communications.
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Options
L9
L8
L7
L6
L5
L4
L3
L2
L1
L0
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
There is a bit for each power module.
A zero indicates the power module has not established communications.
A one indicates the power module has established communications.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 413

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 95 - Port 14: L0…L9 Power Module File

Module Rating Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
100 L0 Rated Volts Units: VAC RO Real 1.x 0
200 L1 Rated Volts Default: 0.00 1.x
300 L2 Rated Volts Min/Max: 0.00/690.00 1.x
400 L3 Rated Volts 1.x
500 L4 Rated Volts 1.x
600 L5 Rated Volts 4.x
700 L6 Rated Volts 4.x
800 L7 Rated Volts 4.x
900 L8 Rated Volts 4.x
1000 L9 Rated Volts 4.x
Ln Voltage Rating
Displays the voltage rating of the individual power module.
101 L0 Rated Amps Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
201 L1 Rated Amps Default: 0.00 1.x
301 L2 Rated Amps Min/Max: 0.00/1000.00 1.x
401 L3 Rated Amps 1.x
501 L4 Rated Amps 1.x
601 L5 Rated Amps 4.x
701 L6 Rated Amps 4.x
801 L7 Rated Amps 4.x
901 L8 Rated Amps 4.x
1001 L9 Rated Amps 4.x
Ln Current Rating
Displays the current rating of the individual power module.

414 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 96 - Port 14: L0…L9 Power Module File

Metering Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
105 L0 CurrentFdbk R Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
205 L1 CurrentFdbk R Default: 0.00 1.x
305 L2 CurrentFdbk R Min/Max: -10000.00/+10000.00 1.x
405 L3 CurrentFdbk R 1.x
505 L4 CurrentFdbk R 1.x
605 L5 CurrentFdbk R 4.x
705 L6 CurrentFdbk R 4.x
805 L7 CurrentFdbk R 4.x
905 L8 CurrentFdbk R 4.x
1005 L9 CurrentFdbk R 4.x
Ln Current Feedback R (L1) Display
Displays the current feedback from the R (L1) Input phase in Amperes RMS.
106 L0 CurrentFdbk S Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
206 L1 CurrentFdbk S Default: 0.00 1.x
306 L2 CurrentFdbk S Min/Max: -10000.00/+10000.00 1.x
406 L3 CurrentFdbk S 1.x
506 L4 CurrentFdbk S 1.x
606 L5 CurrentFdbk S 4.x
706 L6 CurrentFdbk S 4.x
806 L7 CurrentFdbk S 4.x
906 L8 CurrentFdbk S 4.x
1006 L9 CurrentFdbk S 4.x
Ln Current Feedback S (L2) Display
Displays the current feedback from the S (L2) Input phase in Amperes RMS.
107 L0 CurrentFdbk T Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
207 L1 CurrentFdbk T Default: 0.00 1.x
307 L2 CurrentFdbk T Min/Max: -10000.00/+10000.00 1.x
407 L3 CurrentFdbk T 1.x
507 L4 CurrentFdbk T 1.x
607 L5 CurrentFdbk T 4.x
707 L6 CurrentFdbk T 4.x
807 L7 CurrentFdbk T 4.x
907 L8 CurrentFdbk T 4.x
1007 L9 CurrentFdbk T 4.x
Ln Current Feedback T (L3) Display
Displays the current feedback from the T (L3) Input phase in Amperes RMS.
108 L0 GroundCurrent Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
208 L1 GroundCurrent Default: 0.00 1.x
308 L2 GroundCurrent Min/Max: -10000.00/+10000.00 1.x
408 L3 GroundCurrent 1.x
508 L4 GroundCurrent 1.x
608 L5 GroundCurrent 4.x
708 L6 GroundCurrent 4.x
808 L7 GroundCurrent 4.x
908 L8 GroundCurrent 4.x
1008 L9 GroundCurrent 4.x
Ln Ground Current Display
Displays the ground current feedback. The drive calculates this by summing the signed
currents of the phases. When the phases are balanced, the ground current is ideally zero.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 415

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 96 - Port 14: L0…L9 Power Module File

Metering Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
109 L0 DC BusVoltage Units: VDC RO Real 1.x 0
209 L1 DC BusVoltage Default: 0.00 1.x
309 L2 DC BusVoltage Min/Max: 0.00/1200.00 1.x
409 L3 DC BusVoltage 1.x
509 L4 DC BusVoltage 1.x
609 L5 DC BusVoltage 4.x
709 L6 DC BusVoltage 4.x
809 L7 DC BusVoltage 4.x
909 L8 DC BusVoltage 4.x
1009 L9 DC BusVoltage 4.x
Ln DC Bus Voltage Display
Displays the DC Bus Voltage measurement in Volts DC.
111 L0 IGBT Temp Units: °C RO Real 1.x 0
211 L1 IGBT Temp Default: 0.00 1.x
311 L2 IGBT Temp Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00 1.x
411 L3 IGBT Temp 1.x
511 L4 IGBT Temp 1.x
611 L5 IGBT Temp 4.x
711 L6 IGBT Temp 4.x
811 L7 IGBT Temp 4.x
911 L8 IGBT Temp 4.x
1011 L9 IGBT Temp 4.x
Ln IGBT Temperature
Displays the calculated temperature of IGBT junctions, in degrees Celsius.
The Thermal Manager uses this value.
The detectors for IGBT over-temperature alarms and faults also use it. The detector
behaviors depend on several factors: this temperature, frequency, whether heatsink fans
are running, and how long the temperature is above trip points. These behaviors are
described in the Troubleshooting section.
113 L0 Cur OLCount R Default: 0.00 RO Real 1.x 0
213 L1 Cur OLCount R Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00 1.x
313 L2 Cur OLCount R 1.x
413 L3 Cur OLCount R 1.x
513 L4 Cur OLCount R 1.x
613 L5 Cur OLCount R 4.x
713 L6 Cur OLCount R 4.x
813 L7 Cur OLCount R 4.x
913 L8 Cur OLCount R 4.x
1013 L9 Cur OLCount R 4.x
Ln Current Overload Count R (L1)
Displays the overload count for the R (L1) phase in percentage. It increases when the
current is higher than the module’s continuous rating.
When the count reaches 50% an overload alarm occurs.
When the count reaches 100% an overload fault occurs.

416 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 96 - Port 14: L0…L9 Power Module File

Metering Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
114 L0 Cur OLCount S Default: 0.00 RO Real 1.x 0
214 L1 Cur OLCount S Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00 1.x
314 L2 Cur OLCount S 1.x
414 L3 Cur OLCount S 1.x
514 L4 Cur OLCount S 1.x
614 L5 Cur OLCount S 4.x
714 L6 Cur OLCount S 4.x
814 L7 Cur OLCount S 4.x
914 L8 Cur OLCount S 4.x
1014 L9 Cur OLCount S 4.x
Ln Current Overload Count S (L2)
Displays the overload count for the S (L2) phase in percentage. It increases when the
current is higher than the module’s continuous rating.
When the count reaches 50% an overload alarm occurs.
When the count reaches 100% an overload fault occurs.
115 L0 Cur OLCount T Default: 0.00 RO Real 1.x 0
215 L1 Cur OLCount T Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00 1.x
315 L2 Cur OLCount T 1.x
415 L3 Cur OLCount T 1.x
515 L4 Cur OLCount T 1.x
615 L5 Cur OLCount T 4.x
715 L6 Cur OLCount T 4.x
815 L7 Cur OLCount T 4.x
915 L8 Cur OLCount T 4.x
1015 L9 Cur OLCount T 4.x
Ln Current Overload Count T (L3)
Displays the overload count for the T (L3) phase in percentage. It increases when the
current is higher than the module’s continuous rating.
When the count reaches 50% an overload alarm occurs.
When the count reaches 100% an overload fault occurs.
117 L0 HeatsinkTempR Units: °C RO Real 1.x 0
217 L1 HeatsinkTempR Default: 0.00 1.x
317 L2 HeatsinkTempR Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00 1.x
417 L3 HeatsinkTempR 1.x
517 L4 HeatsinkTempR 1.x
617 L5 HeatsinkTempR 4.x
717 L6 HeatsinkTempR 4.x
817 L7 HeatsinkTempR 4.x
917 L8 HeatsinkTempR 4.x
1017 L9 HeatsinkTempR 4.x
Ln Heatsink Temperature R (L1)
Displays the temperature of the heatsink in degrees Celsius. This is measured by the
Negative Temperature Coefficient (NTC) device on the R (L1) phase.
If the heatsink temperature rises to 108 °C, an over-temperature alarm occurs.
If the heatsink temperature rises to 118 °C, an over-temperature fault occurs.
If the heatsink temperature falls to -25 °C, an under-temperature alarm occurs.
If the heatsink temperature falls to -30 °C, an under-temperature fault occurs.
If the heatsink temperature rises above 150 °C, an NTC short fault occurs.
If the heatsink temperature falls below -40 °C, an NTC open fault occurs.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 417

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 96 - Port 14: L0…L9 Power Module File

Metering Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
118 L0 HeatsinkTempS Units: °C RO Real 1.x 0
218 L1 HeatsinkTempS Default: 0.00 1.x
318 L2 HeatsinkTempS Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00 1.x
418 L3 HeatsinkTempS 1.x
518 L4 HeatsinkTempS 1.x
618 L5 HeatsinkTempS 4.x
718 L6 HeatsinkTempS 4.x
818 L7 HeatsinkTempS 4.x
918 L8 HeatsinkTempS 4.x
1018 L9 HeatsinkTempS 4.x
Ln Heatsink Temperature S (L2)
Displays the temperature of the heatsink in degrees Celsius. This is measured by the
Negative Temperature Coefficient (NTC) device on the S (L2) phase.
If the heatsink temperature rises to 108 °C, an over-temperature alarm occurs.
If the heatsink temperature rises to 118 °C, an over-temperature fault occurs.
If the heatsink temperature falls to -25 °C, an under-temperature alarm occurs.
If the heatsink temperature falls to -30 °C, an under-temperature fault occurs.
If the heatsink temperature rises above 150 °C, an NTC short fault occurs.
If the heatsink temperature falls below -40 °C, an NTC open fault occurs.
119 L0 HeatsinkTempT Units: °C RO Real 1.x 0
219 L1 HeatsinkTempT Default: 0.00 1.x
319 L2 HeatsinkTempT Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00 1.x
419 L3 HeatsinkTempT 1.x
519 L4 HeatsinkTempT 1.x
619 L5 HeatsinkTempT 4.x
719 L6 HeatsinkTempT 4.x
819 L7 HeatsinkTempT 4.x
919 L8 HeatsinkTempT 4.x
1019 L9 HeatsinkTempT 4.x
Ln Heatsink Temperature T (L3)
Displays the temperature of the heatsink in degrees Celsius. This is measured by the
Negative Temperature Coefficient (NTC) device on the T (L3) phase.
If the heatsink temperature rises to 108 °C, an over-temperature alarm occurs.
If the heatsink temperature rises to 118 °C, an over-temperature fault occurs.
If the heatsink temperature falls to -25 °C, an under-temperature alarm occurs.
If the heatsink temperature falls to -30 °C, an under-temperature fault occurs.
If the heatsink temperature rises above 150 °C, an NTC short fault occurs.
If the heatsink temperature falls below -40 °C, an NTC open fault occurs.

418 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 96 - Port 14: L0…L9 Power Module File

Metering Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
120 L0 PLI BoardTemp Units: °C RO Real 1.x 0
220 L1 PLI BoardTemp Default: 0.00 1.x
320 L2 PLI BoardTemp Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00 1.x
420 L3 PLI BoardTemp 1.x
520 L4 PLI BoardTemp 1.x
620 L5 PLI BoardTemp 4.x
720 L6 PLI BoardTemp 4.x
820 L7 PLI BoardTemp 4.x
920 L8 PLI BoardTemp 4.x
1020 L9 PLI BoardTemp 4.x
Ln Power Layer Interface Board Temp
Displays the temperature measurement, from the Power Layer Interface board, in degrees
Celsius.
If the board temperature rises to 75 °C, an overtemperature alarm occurs.
If the board temperature rises to 80 °C, an overtemperature fault occurs.
If the board temperature falls to -25 °C, an undertemperature alarm occurs.
If the board temperature falls to -30 °C, an undertemperature fault occurs.
121 L0 PIB BoardTemp Units: °C RO Real 1.x 0
221 L1 PIB BoardTemp Default: 0.00 1.x
321 L2 PIB BoardTemp Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00 1.x
421 L3 PIB BoardTemp 1.x
521 L4 PIB BoardTemp 1.x
621 L5 PIB BoardTemp 4.x
721 L6 PIB BoardTemp 4.x
821 L7 PIB BoardTemp 4.x
921 L8 PIB BoardTemp 4.x
1021 L9 PIB BoardTemp 4.x
Ln Power Interface Board Temp
Displays the temperature measurement, from the Power Interface board, in degrees
Celsius.
If the board temperature rises to 75 °C, an overtemperature alarm occurs.
If the board temperature rises to 80 °C, an overtemperature fault occurs.
If the board temperature falls to -25 °C, an undertemperature alarm occurs.
If the board temperature falls to -30 °C, an undertemperature fault occurs.
122 L0HeatsinkFanSpd Units: RPM RO 32-bit 1.x 0
222 L1HeatsinkFanSpd Default: 0 Integer 1.x
322 L2HeatsinkFanSpd Min/Max: 0/220000000 1.x
422 L3HeatsinkFanSpd 1.x
522 L4HeatsinkFanSpd 1.x
622 L5HeatsinkFanSpd 4.x
722 L6HeatsinkFanSpd 4.x
822 L7HeatsinkFanSpd 4.x
922 L8HeatsinkFanSpd 4.x
1022 L9HeatsinkFanSpd 4.x
Ln Heatsink Fan Speed
Displays the speed of the heatsink fan in RPM.
If the fan speed falls below 410 RPM when the line side converter is not modulating an
alarm occurs.
If the fan speed falls below 250 RPM when the line side converter is not modulating a
fault occurs.
If the fan speed falls below 2050 RPM when the line side converter is modulating an
alarm occurs.
If the fan speed falls below 1800 RPM when the line side converter is modulating a fault
occurs.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 419

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 96 - Port 14: L0…L9 Power Module File

Metering Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
123 L0 Life MtrMWHrs Units: MWh RO Real 1.x 0
223 L1 Life MtrMWHrs Default: 0.000 1.x
323 L2 Life MtrMWHrs Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000 1.x
423 L3 Life MtrMWHrs 1.x
523 L4 Life MtrMWHrs 1.x
623 L5 Life MtrMWHrs 4.x
723 L6 Life MtrMWHrs 4.x
823 L7 Life MtrMWHrs 4.x
923 L8 Life MtrMWHrs 4.x
1023 L9 Life MtrMWHrs 4.x
Ln Lifetime Motoring Megawatt Hours
Displays the energy (Megawatt Hours) consumed by the drive or bus supply in the
lifetime of the power module.
124 L0 Life RgnMWHrs Units: MWh RO Real 1.x 0
224 L1 Life RgnMWHrs Default: 0.000 1.x
324 L2 Life RgnMWHrs Min/Max: 0.000/10000.000 1.x
424 L3 Life RgnMWHrs 1.x
524 L4 Life RgnMWHrs 1.x
624 L5 Life RgnMWHrs 4.x
724 L6 Life RgnMWHrs 4.x
824 L7 Life RgnMWHrs 4.x
924 L8 Life RgnMWHrs 4.x
1024 L9 Life RgnMWHrs 4.x
Ln Lifetime Regenerating Megawatt Hours
Displays the energy (Megawatt Hours) generated by the drive or bus supply in the
lifetime of the power module.
125 L0 HS Fan 2 Spd Units: RPM RO 32-bit 4.x 0
L0 Heatsink Fan 2 Speed Default: 0 Integer
Displays the speed of the second heatsink fan in RPM for Panel Mount frame 5 and 7 Min/Max: 0/220000000
drives and bus supplies.
Frames 5:
If it falls below 1631 RPM when the Line Side Converter is not modulating an alarm
occurs.
If it falls below 1593 RPM when the Line Side Converter is not modulating a fault occurs.
If it falls below 6612 RPM when the Line Side Converter is modulating an alarm occurs.
If it falls below 6460 RPM when the Line Side Converter is modulating a fault occurs.
Frames 6:
If it falls below 1631 RPM when the Line Side Converter is not modulating an alarm
occurs.
If it falls below 1593 RPM when the Line Side Converter is not modulating a fault occurs.
If it falls below 6525 RPM when the Line Side Converter is modulating an alarm occurs.
If it falls below 6375 RPM when the Line Side Converter is modulating a fault occurs.
Frame 7:
If it falls below 4785 RPM when the Line Side Converter is not modulating an alarm
occurs.
If it falls below 4675 RPM when the Line Side Converter is not modulating a fault occurs.
If it falls below 6526 RPM when the Line Side Converter is modulating an alarm occurs.
If it falls below 6375 RPM when the Line Side Converter is modulating a fault occurs.

420 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 96 - Port 14: L0…L9 Power Module File

Metering Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
126 L0 PFB BoardTemp Units: °C RO Real 4.x 0
L0 Power Feedback Board Temp Default: 0.00
Displays the temperature measurement from the power feedback board in frame 5 and 6 Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00
panel mount drives and bus supplies in degrees Celsius.
If it rises to 80 °C, an overtemperature alarm occurs.
If it rises to 85 °C, an overtemperature fault occurs.
If it falls to -25 °C, an undertemperature alarm occurs.
If it falls to -30 °C, an undertemperature fault occurs.
148 L0 St Fan 1 Spd Units: RPM RO 32-bit 4.x 0
L0 First Stirring Fan Speed Default: 0 Integer
Displays the speed of the first stirring fan in RPM for Panel Mount Frame 5 and 6 drives Min/Max: 0/220000000
and bus supplies.
The system will monitor fan speed and set alarm and fault conditions should the fan
speed drop below the following thresholds.
Frame 5 and 6:
• Low speed alarm threshold = 9570
• Low speed fault threshold = 9350
149 L0 St Fan 2 Spd Units: RPM RO 32-bit 4.x 0
L0 Second Stirring Fan Speed Default: 0 Integer
Displays the speed of the second stirring fan in RPM for Panel Mount Frame 5 and 6 drives Min/Max: 0/220000000
and bus supplies.
The system will monitor fan speed and set alarm and fault conditions should the fan
speed drop below the following thresholds:
Frame 5 and 6:
• Low speed alarm threshold = 9570
• Low speed fault threshold = 9350

Table 97 - Port 14: L0…L9 Power Module File

Predictive Main Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
116 L0 St FanPctLife Units: % RO Real 5.x 1
L0 Stirring Fan Percent Life Default: 0.000
Displays the consumed life of the stirring fans as a percentage of their total life. Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
The Predictive Maintenance function calculates this based on component data,
temperature, speed and run time. It also uses the value of parameter 0:510 [Fan Derate]
in the calculation.
The event configured in parameter 0:518 [StirFanEvntActn] will occur when the value of
this parameter exceeds the threshold specified in parameter 0:517 [StirFanEventLvl].
When you replace these fans, use parameters 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] parameter 14:130
[L0PredMaintReset] to reset this meter.
The Predictive Maintenance function treats the stirring fans as a single unit. Replace all of
them at the same time.
127 L0StFanElpsdLife Units: h RO Real 4.x 1
L0 Stirring Fan Elapsed Life Default: 0.00
Displays the unprocessed elapsed life of the stirring fans in frame 5 and 6 panel mount Min/Max: 0.00/21474836.47
drives and bus supplies.
When you replace these fans, use parameter 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] parameter 14:130
[L0PredMaintReset] to reset this meter.
The Predictive Maintenance function treats the stirring fans as a single unit. Replace all of
them at the same time.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 421

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 97 - Port 14: L0…L9 Power Module File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
128 L0StFanRemainLif Units: h RO Real 4.x 1
L0 Stirring Fan Remaining Life Default: 0.00
Displays the remaining life for the stirring fans in frame 5 and 6 panel mount drives and Min/Max: -1000000000000.00/
bus supplies. +1000000000000.00
This is the calculated time until the Stirring Fan Event. The calculation uses Event Level
and the record of operating conditions from the past thirty days. These conditions include
component data, temperature, speed and run-time. It also uses the value of parameter
0:510 [Fan Derate].
Positive values indicate the number of hours projected before the event. These count
down.
Negative values indicate the number of hours that have passed since the projected event.
129 L0 StFanResetLog Default: 0 RO 32-bit 4.x 1
L0 Stirring Fan Reset Log Min/Max: 0/4294967295 Integer
Displays the number of times that Stirring Fan Elapsed Life parameter has been reset.
130 L0PredMaintReset Default: 0 = ‘Ready’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
LineSideConv0 PredMantenance Reset Min/Max: 0 = ‘Ready’ Integer
Select a value, in order to reset an elapsed life meter in this power module. 1 = ‘L HSFan Life’
Do not perform a reset while the product is in an Energy Pause ‘Paused’ state. 2 = ‘LBusCap Life’
‘Ready’ (0) – indicates the Predictive Maintenance function is ready to reset a meter. 3 = ‘StirFan Life’
‘L HSFan Life’ (1) – resets the Heatsink Fan elapsed life parameter for the power module.
‘LBusCap Life’ (2) – resets the Bus Capacitor elapsed life parameter for the power module.
‘StirFan Life’ (3) – resets the stirring fan elapsed life parameter for frame 5…7 panel
mount drives and bus supplies.
After the meter has been reset the value of this parameter returns to 0 ‘Ready’.
230 L1PredMaintReset Default: 0 = ‘Ready’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
330 L2PredMaintReset Min/Max: 0 = ‘Ready’ Integer 1.x
430 L3PredMaintReset 1 = ‘L HSFan Life’ 1.x
530 L4PredMaintReset 2 = ‘LBusCap Life’ 1.x
630 L5PredMaintReset 1.x
730 L6PredMaintReset 4.x
830 L7PredMaintReset 4.x
930 L8PredMaintReset 4.x
1030 L9PredMaintReset 4.x
LineSideConvn PredMantenance Reset 4.x
Select a value, in order to reset an elapsed life meter in this power module.
Do not perform a reset while the product is in an Energy Pause ‘Paused’ state.
‘Ready’ (0) – indicates the Predictive Maintenance function is ready to reset a meter.
‘L HSFan Life’ (1) – resets the Heatsink Fan elapsed life parameter for the power module.
‘LBusCap Life’ (2) – resets the Bus Capacitor elapsed life parameter for the power module.
After the meter has been reset the value of this parameter returns to 0 ‘Ready’.

422 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 97 - Port 14: L0…L9 Power Module File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
131 L0 Meas Amb Tmp Units: °C RO Real 1.x 1
231 L1 Meas Amb Tmp Default: 0.00 1.x
331 L2 Meas Amb Tmp Min/Max: -100.00/+100.00 1.x
431 L3 Meas Amb Tmp 1.x
531 L4 Meas Amb Tmp 1.x
631 L5 Meas Amb Tmp 4.x
731 L6 Meas Amb Tmp 4.x
831 L7 Meas Amb Tmp 4.x
931 L8 Meas Amb Tmp 4.x
1031 L9 Meas Amb Tmp 4.x
LineSideConvn Measured Ambient Temp
Displays the measured temperature of the air entering the power module, in degrees
Celsius.
An over temperature fault occurs if the value goes above 70 °C.
An over temperature alarm occurs if the value goes above 60 °C.
An under temperature fault occurs if the value falls below -30 °C.
An under temperature alarm occurs if the value falls below -25 °C.
This value is also used by Predictive Maintenance functions.
Important: This parameter is not present in frame 5 or 6 products.
134 L0HSFanPctLife Units: % RO 32-bit 5.x 1
234 L1HSFanPctLife Default: 0.000 Integer
334 L2HSFanPctLife Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
434 L3HSFanPctLife
534 L4HSFanPctLife
634 L5HSFanPctLife
734 L6HSFanPctLife
834 L7HSFanPctLife
934 L8HSFanPctLife
1034 L9HSFanPctLife
Ln Heatsink Fan Percent Life
Displays the consumed life of the power module heatsink fan as a percentage of its total
life.
The Predictive Maintenance function uses component data, temperature, speed, and
runtime to calculate this value. It also uses the value of parameter 0:510 [Fan Derate] in
the calculation.
The event configured in parameter 0:563 [HSFan EventActn] will occur when the value of
this parameter exceeds the threshold specified in parameter 0:562 [HSFan EventLevel].
When you replace this fan, use parameter 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and corresponding
[LnPredMaintReset] to reset this meter.
135 L0HSFanElpsdLife Units: h RO Real 1.x 1
235 L1HSFanElpsdLife Default: 0.000 1.x
335 L2HSFanElpsdLife Min/Max: 0.000/21474836.470 1.x
435 L3HSFanElpsdLife 1.x
535 L4HSFanElpsdLife 1.x
635 L5HSFanElpsdLife 4.x
735 L6HSFanElpsdLife 4.x
835 L7HSFanElpsdLife 4.x
935 L8HSFanElpsdLife 4.x
1035 L9HSFanElpsdLife 4.x
LineSideConvn Heatsink Fan Elapsed Life
Displays the unprocessed elapsed life of this Heatsink fan in this power module.
When you replace this fan, use parameter 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and corresponding
[LnPredMaintReset] to reset this meter.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 423

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 97 - Port 14: L0…L9 Power Module File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
136 L0HSFanRemainLif Units: h RO Real 1.x 1
236 L1HSFanRemainLif Default: 0.00 1.x
336 L2HSFanRemainLif Min/Max: -1000000000000.00/ 1.x
436 L3HSFanRemainLif +1000000000000.00 1.x
536 L4HSFanRemainLif 1.x
636 L5HSFanRemainLif 4.x
736 L6HSFanRemainLif 4.x
836 L7HSFanRemainLif 4.x
936 L8HSFanRemainLif 4.x
1036 L9HSFanRemainLif 4.x
LineSideConvn HeatsinkFan Remaining Life
Displays the remaining life for the heatsink fan in this power module.
This is the calculated time until the heatsink Fan Event. The calculation uses Event Level
and the record of operating conditions from the past thirty days. These conditions include
component data, temperature, speed and run-time. It also uses the value of parameter
0:510 [Fan Derate].
Positive values indicate the number of hours projected before the event. These count
down.
Negative values indicate the number of hours that have passed since the projected event.
137 L0 HSFanResetLog Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 1
237 L1 HSFanResetLog Min/Max: 0/4294967295 Integer 1.x
337 L2 HSFanResetLog 1.x
437 L3 HSFanResetLog 1.x
537 L4 HSFanResetLog 1.x
637 L5 HSFanResetLog 4.x
737 L6 HSFanResetLog 4.x
837 L7 HSFanResetLog 4.x
937 L8 HSFanResetLog 4.x
1037 L9 HSFanResetLog 4.x
LineSideConvn Heatsink Fan Reset Log
Displays the number of times that Heatsink Fan Elapsed Life parameter has been reset.
138 L0IGBT PctLife Units: % RO 32-bit 5.x 1
238 L1IGBT PctLife Default: 0.000 Integer
338 L2IGBT PctLife Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
438 L3IGBT PctLife
538 L4IGBT PctLife
638 L5IGBT PctLife
738 L6IGBT PctLife
838 L7IGBT PctLife
938 L8IGBT PctLife
1038 L9IGBT PctLife
Ln IGBT Percent Life
Displays the consumed life of the power module IGBTs as a percentage of their total life.
The Predictive Maintenance function uses a model that incorporates component data,
temperature, runtime, and load to calculate this value. The number of overload
conditions is another important input to the model.
The event configured in parameter 0:567 [IGBT Event Actn] will occur when the value of
this parameter exceeds the threshold specified in parameter 0:566 [IGBT Event Level].

424 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 97 - Port 14: L0…L9 Power Module File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
139 L0IGBT ElpsdLife Units: h RO Real 1.x 1
239 L1IGBT ElpsdLife Default: 0.00 1.x
339 L2IGBT ElpsdLife Min/Max: 0.00/21474836.47 1.x
439 L3IGBT ElpsdLife 1.x
539 L4IGBT ElpsdLife 1.x
639 L5IGBT ElpsdLife 4.x
739 L6IGBT ElpsdLife 4.x
839 L7IGBT ElpsdLife 4.x
939 L8IGBT ElpsdLife 4.x
1039 L9IGBT ElpsdLife 4.x
LineSideConvn IGBT Elapsed Life
Displays the unprocessed elapsed life of the IGBTs in the power module.
140 L0IGBT RemainLif Units: h RO Real 1.x 1
240 L1IGBT RemainLif Default: 0.00 1.x
340 L2IGBT RemainLif Min/Max: -1000000000000.00/ 1.x
440 L3IGBT RemainLif +1000000000000.00 1.x
540 L4IGBT RemainLif 1.x
640 L5IGBT RemainLif 4.x
740 L6IGBT RemainLif 4.x
840 L7IGBT RemainLif 4.x
940 L8IGBT RemainLif 4.x
1040 L9IGBT RemainLif 4.x
LineSideConvn IGBT Remaining Life
Displays the remaining life for the IGBTs in this power module.
This is the calculated time until the IGBT Event. The calculation uses Event Level and the
record of operating conditions from the past thirty days. These conditions include
component data, temperature, load (current) and run-time.
Positive values indicate the number of hours projected before the event. These count
down.
Negative values indicate the number of hours that have passed since the projected event.
The precision of this parameter is limited to the eight most significant digits. The three
least significant digits are determined by rounding. For example an internal value of
18760230188 is represented in this parameter as 18760230000.
141 L0BusCapPctLife Units: % RO 32-bit 5.x 1
241 L1BusCapPctLife Default: 0.000 Integer
341 L2BusCapPctLife Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
441 L3BusCapPctLife
541 L4BusCapPctLife
641 L5BusCapPctLife
741 L6BusCapPctLife
841 L7BusCapPctLife
941 L8BusCapPctLife
1041 L9BusCapPctLife
Ln IGBT Percent Life
Displays the consumed life of the power module IGBTs as a percentage of their total life.
The Predictive Maintenance function uses a model that incorporates component data,
temperature, runtime, and load to calculate this value. The number of overload
conditions is another important input to the model.
The event configured in parameter 0:567 [IGBT Event Actn] will occur when the value of
this parameter exceeds the threshold specified in parameter 0:566 [IGBT Event Level].

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 425

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 97 - Port 14: L0…L9 Power Module File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
142 L0BusCapElpsdLif Units: h RO Real 1.x 1
242 L1BusCapElpsdLif Default: 0.00 1.x
342 L2BusCapElpsdLif Min/Max: 0.00/21474836.47 1.x
442 L3BusCapElpsdLif 1.x
542 L4BusCapElpsdLif 1.x
642 L5BusCapElpsdLif 4.x
742 L6BusCapElpsdLif 4.x
842 L7BusCapElpsdLif 4.x
942 L8BusCapElpsdLif 4.x
1042 L9BusCapElpsdLif 4.x
LineSideConvn DC Bus Cap Elapsed Life
Displays the unprocessed elapsed life of the DC bus capacitors in the power module.
143 L0BusCapRmngLife Units: h RO Real 1.x 1
243 L1BusCapRmngLife Default: 0.00 1.x
343 L2BusCapRmngLife Min/Max: -1000000000000.00/ 1.x
443 L3BusCapRmngLife +1000000000000.00 1.x
543 L4BusCapRmngLife 1.x
643 L5BusCapRmngLife 4.x
743 L6BusCapRmngLife 4.x
843 L7BusCapRmngLife 4.x
943 L8BusCapRmngLife 4.x
1043 L9BusCapRmngLife 4.x
LineSideConvn DC Bus Cap Remaining Life
Displays the remaining life for the DC bus capacitors in this power module.
This is the calculated time until the DC Bus Capacitor Event. The calculation uses Event
Level and the record of operating conditions from the past thirty days. These conditions
include component data, temperature, load (current), DC bus ripple, and runtime.
Positive values indicate the number of hours projected before the event. These count
down.
Negative values indicate the number of hours that have passed since the projected event.
144 L0BusCapResetLog Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 1
244 L1BusCapResetLog Min/Max: 0/4294967295 Integer 1.x
344 L2BusCapResetLog 1.x
444 L3BusCapResetLog 1.x
544 L4BusCapResetLog 1.x
644 L5BusCapResetLog 4.x
744 L6BusCapResetLog 4.x
844 L7BusCapResetLog 4.x
944 L8BusCapResetLog 4.x
1044 L9BusCapResetLog 4.x
LineSideConvn DC Bus Cap Reset Log
Displays the number of times that the DC bus capacitor elapsed life parameter has been
reset.

426 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 98 - Port 14: AC Precharge File

Status Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1100 ACP0 Status RO Bit 1.x 0
ACP0 Status Display
Indicates the status of conditions and signals in the AC Precharge 0 module.

Frames 5 and 6

PreCharge Done
Options

PreChrgTmOut

PreChrgBusOk
PreChrg Reg
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Ready
Alarm
Fault
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Frames 7…15

PreCharge Done
Options

MCBSpChrgOut
MCBShtRelOut

MCBUVDlyOut

PreChrgBusOk
MCBClCoilOut
MCB Opening
PreChrgLimit

MCB Trip Out

MCB Closing

PreChrg Reg
PCC Coil Out

Fuse Disc In
MCB Bell In

MCB Aux In

Ctrl Pwr OK
PCC Aux In
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved
TVSS In

Ready
Alarm
Fault
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Ready’ indicates the AC Precharge is ready to receive a precharge request.

Bit 1 ‘Fault’ indicates there is a fault condition in the AC Precharge.
Bit 2 ‘Alarm’ indicates there is an alarm condition in the AC Precharge.
Bit 3 ‘Ctrl Pwr OK’ indicates the 240 VAC control power is within the acceptable range.
Bit 5 ‘PreChrg Req’ indicates the Precharge module has received a Precharge request from the main control board.
Bit 6 ‘PreChrgBusOk’ indicates the Precharge module has received a Precharge Bus Okay signal from the main control board.
Bit 7 ‘PreChrg Done’ indicates that Precharge is complete.
Bit 8 ‘PreChrgTmOut’ indicates that precharge has timed out and the condition has been raised.
Bit 9 ‘Fuse Disc In’ indicates the status of the Auxiliary input on the fused disconnect (FD1).
Bit 10 ‘MCBSpChrgOut’ indicates the status of the Spring Motor output on the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1).
Bit 11 ‘MCBUVDlyOut’ indicates the status of the Under Voltage Delay output on the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1).
Bit 12 ‘MCBClCoilOut’ indicates the status of the Close Coil output on the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1).
Bit 13 ‘MCBShtRelOut’ indicates the status of the Shunt Relay output on the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1).
Bit 14 ‘MCB Aux In’ indicates the status of the Auxiliary input on the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1).
Bit 15 ‘MCB Closing’ indicates the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1) is closing.
Bit 16 ‘MCB Opening’ indicates the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1) is opening.
Bit 17 ‘MCB Bell In’ indicates the status of the Bell Alarm input on the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1).
Bit 18 ‘MCB Trip Out’ indicates the status of the Trip Release output on the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1).
Bit 20 ‘TVSS In’ indicates the status of the input on the Transient Voltage Suppression System (TVSS).
Bit 21 ‘PCC Aux In’ indicates the status of the Auxiliary input on the Precharge Contactor (M1).
Bit 22 ‘PCC Coil Out’ indicates the status of the Contactor Coil output on the Precharge Contactor (M1).
Bit 23 ‘PreChrgLimit’ indicates the limit of 10 precharge cycles in ten minutes has been exceeded.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 427

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 98 - Port 14: AC Precharge File

Status Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1110 ACP1 Status RO Bit 4.x 0
ACP1 Status Display

PreCharge Done
Options

MCBSpChrgOut
MCBShtRelOut

MCBUVDlyOut

PreChrgBusOk
MCBClCoilOut
MCB Opening
PreChrgLimit

MCB Trip Out

MCB Closing

PreChrg Req
PCC Coil Out

Fuse Disc In
MCB Bell In

MCB Aux In

Ctrl Pwr OK
PCC Aux In
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved
TVSS In

Ready
Alarm
Fault
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Ready’ indicates the AC Precharge is ready to receive a precharge request.

Bit 1 ‘Fault’ indicates there is a fault condition in the AC Precharge.
Bit 2 ‘Alarm’ indicates there is an alarm condition in the AC Precharge.
Bit 3 ‘Ctrl Pwr OK’ indicates the 240 VAC control power is within the acceptable range.
Bit 5 ‘PreChrg Req’ indicates the Precharge module has received a Precharge request from the main control board.
Bit 6 ‘PreChrgBusOk’ indicates the Precharge module has received a Precharge Bus Okay signal from the main control board.
Bit 7 ‘PreChrg Done’ indicates that Precharge is complete.
Bit 9 ‘Fuse Disc In’ indicates the status of the Auxiliary input on the fused disconnect (FD1).
Bit 10 ‘MCBSpChrgOut’ indicates the status of the Spring Motor output on the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1).
Bit 11 ‘MCBUVDlyOut’ indicates the status of the Under Voltage Delay output on the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1).
Bit 12 ‘MCBClCoilOut’ indicates the status of the Close Coil output on the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1).
Bit 13 ‘MCBShtRelOut’ indicates the status of the Shunt Relay output on the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1).
Bit 14 ‘MCB Aux In’ indicates the status of the Auxiliary input on the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1).
Bit 15 ‘MCB Closing’ indicates the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1) is closing.
Bit 16 ‘MCB Opening’ indicates the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1) is opening.
Bit 17 ‘MCB Bell In’ indicates the status of the Bell Alarm input on the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1).
Bit 18 ‘MCB Trip Out’ indicates the status of the Trip Release output on the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1).
Bit 20 ‘TVSS In’ indicates the status of the input on the Transient Voltage Suppression System (TVSS).
Bit 21 ‘PCC Aux In’ indicates the status of the Auxiliary input on the Precharge Contactor (M1).
Bit 22 ‘PCC Coil Out’ indicates the status of the Contactor Coil output on the Precharge Contactor (M1).
Bit 23 ‘PreChrgLimit’ indicates the limit of 10 precharge cycles in ten minutes has been exceeded.

Table 99 - Port 14: AC Precharge File

Metering Group
FW Revision
No. Display Name Values Access Level
Read-Write

Data Type

Full Name
Description
1105 ACP0 LineVltg RS Units: VAC RO Real 1.x 0
ACP0 Line Voltage R (L1) - S (L2) Default: 0.00
Displays line to line voltage between R (L1) leg and S (L2) leg in Volts RMS. Min/Max: 0.00/999.99
1106 ACP0 LineVltg TR Units: VAC RO Real 1.x 0
ACP0 Line Voltage T (L3) - R (L1) Default: 0.00
Displays line to line voltage between T (L3) leg and R (L1) leg in Volts RMS. Min/Max: 0.00/999.99
1107 ACP0 LineVltg ST Units: VAC RO Real 1.x 0
ACP0 Line Voltage S (L2) - T (L3) Default: 0.00
Displays line to line voltage between S (L2) leg and T (L3) leg in Volts RMS. Min/Max: 0.00/999.99
1109 ACP0 DC Bus Vltg Units: VDC RO Real 1.x 0
AC Precharge 0 DC Bus Voltage Default: 0.00
Displays DC Bus Voltage. Min/Max: 0.00/999.99

428 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 99 - Port 14: AC Precharge File

Metering Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1111 ACP0 BoardTemp Units: °C RO Real 1.x 0
AC Precharge 0 Board Temperature Default: 0.00
Displays the temperature measurement, from the AC Precharge board, in degrees Celsius. Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00
If the board temperature rises to 75 °C, an overtemperature alarm occurs.
If the board temperature rises to 80 °C, an overtemperature fault occurs.
If the board temperature falls to -25 °C, an undertemperature alarm occurs.
If the board temperature falls to -30 °C, an undertemperature fault occurs.
1112 ACP0 PwrSup Vltg Units: VAC RO Real 1.x 0
AC Power Supply Voltage Default: 0.00
Displays the voltage of the AC Power Supply in Volts RMS. This is Control Power. It should Min/Max: 0.00/999.99
have a nominal voltage around 240V.
If this falls below 187V, an AC Precharge Control Power Low event occurs. The response to
the event is configurable in parameter 14:1132 [ACP CP Low Actn].
If the power supply falls below 154V before precharge is complete, an AC Precharge
Control Power Off alarm occurs.
If the power supply falls below 154V after precharge is complete, an AC Precharge Control
Power Off fault occurs.
1115 ACP1 LineVltg RS Units: VAC RO Real 4.x 0
ACP1 Line Voltage R (L1) - S (L2) Default: 0.00
Displays line to line voltage between R (L1) leg and S (L2) leg. Min/Max: 0.00/999.99
1116 ACP1 LineVltg TR Units: VAC RO Real 4.x 0
ACP1 Line Voltage T (L3) - R (L1) Default: 0.00
Displays line to line voltage between T (L3) leg and R (L1) leg. Min/Max: 0.00/999.99
1117 ACP1 LineVltg ST Units: VAC RO Real 4.x 0
ACP1 Line Voltage S (L2) - T (L3) Default: 0.00
Displays line to line voltage between S (L2) leg and T (L3) leg. Min/Max: 0.00/999.99
1119 ACP1 DC Bus Vltg Units: VAC RO Real 4.x 0
ACP1 DC Bus Voltage Default: 0.00
Displays DC Bus Voltage. Min/Max: 0.00/999.99
1121 ACP1 BoardTemp Units: °C RO Real 4.x 0
ACP1 Board Temperature Default: 0.00
Displays the temperature measurement, from the AC Precharge board, in degrees Celsius. Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00
If the board rises to 75 °C, an overtemperature alarm occurs
If the board rises to 80 °C, an overtemperature fault occurs
If the board falls to -25 °C, an undertemperature alarm occurs
If the board falls to -30 °C, an undertemperature fault occurs.
1122 ACP1 PwrSup Vltg Units: VAC RO Real 4.x 0
ACP1 AC Power Supply Voltage Default: 0.00
Displays the voltage of the AC Power Supply in Volts RMS. This is Control Power. It should Min/Max: 0.00/999.99
have a nominal voltage around 240V.
If this falls below 187V, an AC Precharge Control Power Low event occurs. The response to
the event is configurable in parameter 1132 [ACP CP Low Actn].
If it falls below 154V before precharge is complete, an AC Precharge Control Power Off
alarm occurs.
If it falls below 154V after precharge is complete, an AC Precharge Control Power Off fault
occurs.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 429

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 100 - Port 14: AC Precharge File

Configuration Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1130 ACP FD1 Off Actn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
AC Precharge Fused Disc 1 Off Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action taken when the fused disconnect (FD1) is open prior to starting. 1 = ‘Alarm’
Selecting ‘Ignore’ (0) causes the drive or bus supply to do nothing when the event occurs. 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
Selecting ‘Alarm’ (1) causes the drive or bus supply to produce an alarm when the event 3 = ‘Flt Stop’
occurs.
Selecting ‘Flt Minor’ (2) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce minor fault when the
event occurs. If running, converter continues to run.
Selecting ‘Flt Stop’ (3) – causes the drive or bus supply to produce a major fault when the
event occurs. This stops the converter from running.
1131 ACP TVSS Action Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
AC Precharge TVSS Blown Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action taken when the Transient Voltage Suppression System (TVSS) has 1 = ‘Alarm’
blown. 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
Selecting ‘Ignore’ (0) causes the drive or bus supply to do nothing when the event occurs. 3 = ‘Flt Stop’
Selecting ‘Alarm’ (1) causes the drive or bus supply to produce an alarm when the event
occurs.
Selecting ‘Flt Minor’ (2) causes the drive or bus supply to produce minor fault when the
event occurs. If running, converter continues to run.
Selecting ‘Flt Stop’ (3) causes the drive or bus supply to produce a major fault when the
event occurs. This stops the converter from running.
1132 ACP CP Low Actn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 1.x 2
AC Precharge Control Power Low Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Select the action to take place when the 240V AC control power is low. The AC precharge 1 = ‘Alarm’
determines this when the voltage is below the minimum threshold (less than 187V). 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
Selecting ‘Ignore’ (0) causes the drive or bus supply to do nothing when the event occurs. 3 = ‘Flt Stop’
Selecting ‘Alarm’ (1) causes the drive or bus supply to produce an alarm when the event
occurs.
Selecting ‘Flt Minor’ (2) causes the drive or bus supply to produce minor fault when the
event occurs. If running, converter continues to run.
Selecting ‘Flt Stop’ (3) causes the drive or bus supply to produce a major fault when the
event occurs. This stops the converter from running.

430 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 101 - Port 14: AC Precharge File

Predictive Main Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1140 ACP0 PredMntRst Default: 0 = ‘Ready’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
ACP0 Predictive Maintenance Reset Options: 0 = ‘Ready’ Integer
Enter a value to reset specific Predictive Maintenance life parameters in the AC Precharge 1= ‘MCB Life’
module. 2 = ‘PCC Life’
Do not perform a reset while the product is in an Energy Pause ‘Paused’ state.
‘MCB Life’ (1) – resets the life parameter for the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1).
‘PCC Life (2) – resets the life parameter for the Precharge Contactor (M1).
1141 ACP0 MCBPctLife Units: % RO Real 5.x 1
ACP0 Main Circuit Breaker Percent Life Default: 0.000
Displays the consumed life of the main circuit breaker in the AC precharge assembly for Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
the power module as a percentage of its total life.
The Predictive Maintenance function calculates this based on component data and the
number of cycles.
The event configured in parameter 0:579 [MCB LifeEvntActn] will occur when the value of
this parameter exceeds the threshold specified in parameter 0:578 [MCB LifeEvntLvl].
When you replace this circuit breaker, use parameters 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and
14:1140 [ACP0 PredMntRst] to reset this meter.
1142 ACP0 MCBElpsdLif Units: Cycl RO 32-bit 1.x 1
ACPC0 Main Circuit Breaker Elapsed Life Default: 0 Integer
Displays the unprocessed elapsed life of the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1), in number of Min/Max: 0/4294967295
cycles.
When you replace this circuit breaker, use parameter 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and
14:1140 [ACP0 PredMntRst] to reset this meter.
1143 ACP0 MCB RmngLif Units: h RO Real 1.x 1
ACPC0 Main CircuitBreaker Remaining Life Default: 0.00
Displays the remaining life of the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1) of this AC precharge module. Min/Max: -1000000000000.00/
This is the calculated time until the Main Circuit Breaker Event. The calculation uses Event +1000000000000.00
Level and the record of operating conditions from the past thirty days. These conditions
include component data and the number of cycles under certain conditions.
Positive values indicate the number of hours projected before the event. These count
down.
Negative values indicate the number of hours that have passed since the projected event.
1144 ACP0 MCBResetLog Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 1
ACPC0 Main Circuit Breaker Reset Log Min/Max: 0/4294967295 Integer
Displays the number of times Main Circuit Breaker elapsed life has been reset.
1145 ACP0 PCCElpsdLif Units: Cycl RO 32-bit 1.x 1
ACPC0 Precharge Contactor Elapsed Life Default: 0 Integer
Displays the unprocessed elapsed life of the Precharge Contactor (M1), in number of Min/Max: 0/4294967295
cycles.
When you replace this contactor, use parameter 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and 14:1140
[ACP0 PredMntRst] to reset this meter.
1146 ACP0 PCC RmngLif Units: h RO Real 1.x 1
ACPC0 Precharge Contactor Remaining Life Default: 0.00
Displays the remaining life of the Precharge Contactor (M1) in this AC precharge module. Min/Max: -1000000000000.00/
This is the calculated time until the Precharge Contactor Event. The calculation uses Event +1000000000000.00
Level and the record of operating conditions from the past thirty days. These conditions
include component data and the number of cycles under certain conditions.
Positive values indicate the number of hours projected before the event. These count
down.
Negative values indicate the number of hours that have passed since the projected event.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 431

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 101 - Port 14: AC Precharge File

Predictive Main Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1147 ACP0 PCCResetLog Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 1
ACPC0 Precharge Contactor Reset Log Min/Max: 0/4294967295 Integer
Displays the number of times Precharge Contactor elapsed life has been reset.
1148 ACP0 PCC PctLife Units: % RO Real 5.x 1
ACP0 Precharge Contactor Percent Life Default: 0.000
Displays the consumed life of the precharge contactor in the AC precharge assembly for Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
the power module as a percentage of its total life.
The Predictive Maintenance function calculates this based on component data and the
number of cycles.
The event configured in 0:583 [PCC LifeEvntActn] will occur when the value of this
parameter exceeds the threshold specified in parameter 0:582 [PCC LifeEvntLvl].
When you replace this contactor, use parameters 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and 14:1140
[ACP0 PredMntRst] to reset this meter.
1150 ACP1 PredMntRst Default: 0 = ‘Ready’ RW 32-bit 4.x 1
ACP1 Predictive Maintenance Reset Options: 0 = ‘Ready’ Integer
Enter a value to reset specific Predictive Maintenance life parameters in the AC Precharge 1= ‘MCB Life’
module. 2 = ‘PCC Life’
Do not perform a reset while the product is in an Energy Pause ‘Paused’ state.
‘MCB Life’ (1) – resets the life parameter for the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1).
‘PCC Life (2) – resets the life parameter for the Precharge Contactor (M1).
1151 ACP1 MCBPctLife Units: % RO Real 5.x 1
AC10 Main Circuit Breaker Percent Life Default: 0.000
Displays the consumed life of the main circuit breaker in the AC precharge assembly for Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
the power module as a percentage of its total life.
The Predictive Maintenance function calculates this based on component data and the
number of cycles.
The event configured in parameter 0:579 [MCB LifeEvntActn] will occur when the value of
this parameter exceeds the threshold specified in parameter 0:578 [MCB LifeEvntLvl].
When you replace this circuit breaker, use parameters 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and
14:1150 [ACP1 PredMntRst] to reset this meter.
1152 ACP1 MCBElpsdLif Units: Cycl RO 32-bit 4.x 1
ACP1 Main Circuit Breaker Elapsed Life Default: 0 Integer
Displays the unprocessed elapsed life of the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1) of the second Min/Max: 0/4294967295
precharge, in number of cycles.
When you replace this circuit breaker, use parameter 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and
14:1150 [ACP1 PredMntRst] to reset this meter.
1153 ACP1 MCB RmngLif Units: h RO Real 4.x 1
ACP1 Main Circuit Breaker Remaining Life Default: 0.00
Displays the remaining life of the Main Circuit Breaker (CB1) of this AC precharge module. Min/Max: -1000000000000.00/
This is the calculated time until the Main Circuit Breaker Event. The calculation uses Event +1000000000000.00
Level and the record of operating conditions from the past thirty days. These conditions
include component data and the number of cycles under certain conditions.
Positive values indicate the number of hours projected before the event. These count
down.
1154 ACP1 MCBResetLog Default: 0 RO 32-bit 4.x 1
ACP1 Main Circuit Breaker Reset Log Min/Max: 0/4294967295 Integer
Displays the number of times Main Circuit Breaker elapsed life has been reset.
1155 ACP1 PCCElpsdLif Units: Cycl RO 32-bit 4.x 1
ACP1 Precharge Contactor Elapsed Life Default: 0 Integer
Displays the unprocessed elapsed life of the Precharge Contactor (M1) of the second AC Min/Max: 0/4294967295
precharge, in number of cycles.
When you replace this contactor, use parameter 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and 14:1150
[ACP1 PredMntRst] to reset this meter.

432 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 101 - Port 14: AC Precharge File

Predictive Main Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1156 ACP1 PCC RmngLif Units: h RO Real 4.x 1
ACP1 Precharge Contactor Remaining Life Default: 0.00
Displays the remaining life of the Precharge Contactor (M1) in this AC precharge module. Min/Max: -1000000000000.00/
This is the calculated time until the Precharge Contactor Event. The calculation uses Event +1000000000000.00
Level and the record of operating conditions from the past thirty days. These conditions
include component data and the number of cycles under certain conditions.
Positive values indicate the number of hours projected before the event. These count
down.
Negative values indicate the number of hours that have passed since the projected event.
1157 ACP1 PCCResetLog Default: 0 RO 32-bit 4.x 1
ACP1 Precharge Contactor Reset Log Min/Max: 0/4294967295 Integer
Displays the number of times Precharge Contactor elapsed life has been reset.
1158 ACP1 PCC PctLife Units: % RO Real 5.x 1
ACP1 Precharge Contactor Percent Life Default: 0.000
Displays the consumed life of the precharge contactor in the AC precharge assembly for Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
the power module as a percentage of its total life.
The Predictive Maintenance function calculates this based on component data and the
number of cycles.
The event configured in 0:583 [PCC LifeEvntActn] will occur when the value of this
parameter exceeds the threshold specified in parameter 0:582 [PCC LifeEvntLvl].
When you replace this contactor, use parameters 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and 14:1150
[ACP1 PredMntRst] to reset this meter.

Table 102 - Port 14: F0…F9 LCL Filter File

Module Rating Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1200 F0 Rated Volts Units: VAC RO Real 1.x 0
1400 F2 Rated Volts Default: 0.00 1.x
1500 F3 Rated Volts Min/Max: 0.00/900.00 4.x
1600 F4 Rated Volts 1.x
1700 F5 Rated Volts 4.x
1800 F6 Rated Volts 4.x
1900 F7 Rated Volts 4.x
2100 F9 Rated Volts 4.x
Fn LCL Filter Voltage Rating
Displays the voltage rating of LCL harmonic filter.
Functions in the product that determine compatibility and mismatch use this parameter.
1201 F0 Rated Amps Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
1401 F2 Rated Amps Default: 0.00 1.x
1501 F3 Rated Amps Min/Max: 0.00/1456.00 4.x
1601 F4 Rated Amps 1.x
1701 F5 Rated Amps 4.x
1801 F6 Rated Amps 4.x
1901 F7 Rated Amps 4.x
2101 F9 Rated Amps 4.x
Fn LCL Filter Current Rating
Displays the current rating of LCL harmonic filter.
Functions in the product that determine compatibility and mismatch use this parameter.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 433

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 103 - Port 14: F0…F9 LCL Filter File

Status Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1205 F0 CapFltResCode Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 0
1405 F2 CapFltResCode Min/Max: 0/99999 Integer 1.x
1505 F3 CapFltResCode 4.x
1605 F4 CapFltResCode 1.x
1705 F5 CapFltResCode 4.x
1805 F6 CapFltResCode 4.x
1905 F7 CapFltResCode 4.x
2105 F9 CapFltResCode 4.x
Fn LCL Filter Capacitor Fault Reset Code
Displays the code generated when you request to clear an LCL filter capacitor fault or a
CRC error in the CSB board of the LCL filter.
Enter this 5-digit code generated into the corresponding [Fn CapFltClrCode] parameter to
acknowledge that the faulty capacitors have been inspected or replaced.
1206 F0 CapFltClrCode Default: 0 RW 32-bit 1.x 0
1406 F2 CapFltClrCode Min/Max: 0/99999 Integer 1.x
1506 F3 CapFltClrCode 4.x
1606 F4 CapFltClrCode 1.x
1706 F5 CapFltClrCode 4.x
1806 F6 CapFltClrCode 4.x
1906 F7 CapFltClrCode 4.x
2106 F9 CapFltClrCode 4.x
Fn LCL Filter Capacitor Fault Clear Code
Enter the code to acknowledge that the faulty capacitors have been inspected or replaced,
when clearing the LCL filter capacitor fault or a CRC error in the CSB board of the LCL filter.
The 5-digit code is displayed in the corresponding [Fn CapFltResCode] parameter.
After entering the code and clearing the fault, you must reset the drive to resume
operation.

Table 104 - Port 14: F0…F9 LCL Filter File

Metering Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1210 F0 Cap LPF Cur R Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
1410 F2 Cap LPF Cur R Default: 0.00 1.x
1510 F3 Cap LPF Cur R Min/Max: 0.00/1456.00 4.x
1610 F4 Cap LPF Cur R 1.x
1710 F5 Cap LPF Cur R 4.x
1810 F6 Cap LPF Cur R 4.x
1910 F7 Cap LPF Cur R 4.x
2110 F9 Cap LPF Cur R 4.x
Fn LCL Capacitor LPF Current R (L1)
Displays the low pass filter current from the R (L1) input phase in Amperes RMS.
The Capacitor Current Range and Capacitor Fault detection functions use this parameter.

434 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 104 - Port 14: F0…F9 LCL Filter File

Metering Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1211 F0 Cap LPF Cur S Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
1411 F2 Cap LPF Cur S Default: 0.00 1.x
1511 F3 Cap LPF Cur S Min/Max: 0.00/1456.00 4.x
1611 F4 Cap LPF Cur S 1.x
1711 F5 Cap LPF Cur S 4.x
1811 F6 Cap LPF Cur S 4.x
1911 F7 Cap LPF Cur S 4.x
2111 F9 Cap LPF Cur S 4.x
Fn LCL Capacitor LPF Current S (L2)
Displays the low pass filter current from the S (L2) input phase in Amperes RMS.
The Capacitor Current Range and Capacitor Fault detection functions use this parameter.
1212 F0 Cap LPF Cur T Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
1412 F2 Cap LPF Cur T Default: 0.00 1.x
1512 F3 Cap LPF Cur T Min/Max: 0.00/1456.00 4.x
1612 F4 Cap LPF Cur T 1.x
1712 F5 Cap LPF Cur T 4.x
1812 F6 Cap LPF Cur T 4.x
1912 F7 Cap LPF Cur T 4.x
2112 F9 Cap LPF Cur T 4.x
Fn LCL Capacitor LPF Current T (L3)
Displays the low pass filter current from the T (L3) input phase in Amperes RMS.
The Capacitor Current Range and Capacitor Fault detection functions use this parameter.
1213 F0 CapLPF CurAvg Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
1413 F2 CapLPF CurAvg Default: 0.00 1.x
1513 F3 CapLPF CurAvg Min/Max: 0.00/1456.00 4.x
1613 F4 CapLPF CurAvg 1.x
1713 F5 CapLPF CurAvg 4.x
1813 F6 CapLPF CurAvg 4.x
1913 F7 CapLPF CurAvg 4.x
2113 F9 CapLPF CurAvg 4.x
Fn LCL Capacitor LPF Current Average
Displays the average low pass filter current from all three input phase in Amperes RMS.
1216 F0 Cap BPF Cur R Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
1416 F2 Cap BPF Cur R Default: 0.00 1.x
1516 F3 Cap BPF Cur R Min/Max: 0.00/1456.00 4.x
1616 F4 Cap BPF Cur R 1.x
1716 F5 Cap BPF Cur R 4.x
1816 F6 Cap BPF Cur R 4.x
1916 F7 Cap BPF Cur R 4.x
2116 F9 Cap BPF Cur R 4.x
Fn LCL Capacitor BPF Current R (L1)
Displays the band pass filter current from the R (L1) input phase in Amperes RMS.
The Capacitor Resonance, Capacitor Current Range and Capacitor Fault detection
functions use this parameter.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 435

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 104 - Port 14: F0…F9 LCL Filter File

Metering Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1217 F0 Cap BPF Cur S Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
1417 F2 Cap BPF Cur S Default: 0.00 1.x
1517 F3 Cap BPF Cur S Min/Max: 0.00/1456.00 4.x
1617 F4 Cap BPF Cur S 1.x
1717 F5 Cap BPF Cur S 4.x
1817 F6 Cap BPF Cur S 4.x
1917 F7 Cap BPF Cur S 4.x
2117 F9 Cap BPF Cur S 4.x
Fn LCL Capacitor BPF Current S (L2)
Displays the band pass filter current from the S (L2) input phase in Amperes RMS.
The Capacitor Resonance, Capacitor Current Range and Capacitor Fault detection
functions use this parameter.
1218 F0 Cap BPF Cur T Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
1418 F2 Cap BPF Cur T Default: 0.00 1.x
1518 F3 Cap BPF Cur T Min/Max: 0.00/1456.00 4.x
1618 F4 Cap BPF Cur T 1.x
1718 F5 Cap BPF Cur T 4.x
1818 F6 Cap BPF Cur T 4.x
1918 F7 Cap BPF Cur T 4.x
2118 F9 Cap BPF Cur T 4.x
Fn LCL Capacitor BPF Current T (L3)
Displays the band pass filter current from the T (L3) input phase in Amperes RMS.
The Capacitor Resonance, Capacitor Current Range and Capacitor Fault detection
functions use this parameter.
1219 F0 CapBPF CurAvg Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
1419 F2 CapBPF CurAvg Default: 0.00 1.x
1519 F3 CapBPF CurAvg Min/Max: 0.00/1456.00 4.x
1619 F4 CapBPF CurAvg 1.x
1719 F5 CapBPF CurAvg 4.x
1819 F6 CapBPF CurAvg 4.x
1919 F7 CapBPF CurAvg 4.x
2119 F9 CapBPF CurAvg 4.x
Fn LCL Capacitor BPF Current Average
Displays the average band pass filter current from all three input phase in Amperes RMS.
1222 F0 Cap Voltage R Units: VAC RO Real 1.x 0
1422 F2 Cap Voltage R Default: 0.00 1.x
1522 F3 Cap Voltage R Min/Max: 0.00/900.00 4.x
1622 F4 Cap Voltage R 1.x
1722 F5 Cap Voltage R 4.x
1822 F6 Cap Voltage R 4.x
1922 F7 Cap Voltage R 4.x
2122 F9 Cap Voltage R 4.x
Fn LCL Capacitor Voltage R (L1)
Displays the voltage from the R (L1) input phase in Volts AC.
The capacitor fault detection functions use this parameter.

436 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 104 - Port 14: F0…F9 LCL Filter File

Metering Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1223 F0 Cap Voltage S Units: VAC RO Real 1.x 0
1423 F2 Cap Voltage S Default: 0.00 1.x
1523 F3 Cap Voltage S Min/Max: 0.00/900.00 4.x
1623 F4 Cap Voltage S 1.x
1723 F5 Cap Voltage S 4.x
1823 F6 Cap Voltage S 4.x
1923 F7 Cap Voltage S 4.x
2123 F9 Cap Voltage S 4.x
Fn LCL Capacitor Voltage S (L2)
Displays the voltage from the S (L2) input phase in Volts AC.
The capacitor fault detection functions use this parameter.
1224 F0 Cap Voltage T Units: VAC RO Real 1.x 0
1424 F2 Cap Voltage T Default: 0.00 1.x
1524 F3 Cap Voltage T Min/Max: 0.00/900.00 4.x
1624 F4 Cap Voltage T 1.x
1724 F5 Cap Voltage T 4.x
1824 F6 Cap Voltage T 4.x
1924 F7 Cap Voltage T 4.x
2124 F9 Cap Voltage T 4.x
Fn LCL Capacitor Voltage T (L3)
Displays the voltage from the T (L3) input phase in Volts AC.
The capacitor fault detection functions use this parameter.
1225 F0 CapVoltageAvg Units: VAC RO Real 1.x 0
1425 F2 CapVoltageAvg Default: 0.00 1.x
1525 F3 CapVoltageAvg Min/Max: 0.00/900.00 4.x
1625 F4 CapVoltageAvg 1.x
1725 F5 CapVoltageAvg 4.x
1825 F6 CapVoltageAvg 4.x
1925 F7 CapVoltageAvg 4.x
2125 F9 CapVoltageAvg 4.x
Fn LCL Capacitor Voltage Average
Displays the average voltage from all three input phases in Volts AC.
1226 F0 CapVoltageRSS Units: VAC RO Real 1.x 0
1426 F2 CapVoltageRSS Default: 0.00 1.x
1526 F3 CapVoltageRSS Min/Max: 0.00/900.00 4.x
1626 F4 CapVoltageRSS 1.x
1726 F5 CapVoltageRSS 4.x
1826 F6 CapVoltageRSS 4.x
1926 F7 CapVoltageRSS 4.x
2126 F9 CapVoltageRSS 4.x
Fn LCL Filter Vltg Root Sum of Squares
Displays the square root of the sum of squares of the capacitor voltage.
The capacitor fault detection functions use this parameter.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 437

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 104 - Port 14: F0…F9 LCL Filter File

Metering Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1229 F0 Cap Curr RSS Units: A RO Real 1.x 0
1429 F2 Cap Curr RSS Default: 0.00 1.x
1529 F3 Cap Curr RSS Min/Max: 0.00/1456.00 4.x
1629 F4 Cap Curr RSS 1.x
1729 F5 Cap Curr RSS 4.x
1829 F6 Cap Curr RSS 4.x
1929 F7 Cap Curr RSS 4.x
2129 F9 Cap Curr RSS 4.x
Fn LCL Filter Curr Root Sum of Squares
Displays the square root of the sum of squares of the individual phase currents.
The Capacitor Fault detection functions use this parameter.
1232 F0 CSB BoardTemp Units: °C RO Real 1.x 0
1432 F2 CSB BoardTemp Default: 0.00 1.x
1532 F3 CSB BoardTemp Min/Max: -200.00/+200.00 4.x
1632 F4 CSB BoardTemp 1.x
1732 F5 CSB BoardTemp 4.x
1832 F6 CSB BoardTemp 4.x
1932 F7 CSB BoardTemp 4.x
2132 F9 CSB BoardTemp 4.x
Fn LCL Filter Current Sense Board Temp
Displays the temperature measurement, from the Current Sense board, in degrees Celsius.
If the board temperature rises to 75 °C, an overtemperature alarm occurs.
If the board temperature rises to 80 °C, an overtemperature fault occurs.
If the board temperature falls to -25 °C, an undertemperature alarm occurs.
If the board temperature falls to -30 °C, a an undertemperature fault occurs.
1233 F0HeatsinkFanSpd Units: RPM RO 32-bit 1.x 0
1433 F2HeatsinkFanSpd Default: 0 Integer 1.x
1533 F3HeatsinkFanSpd Min/Max: 0/32768 4.x
1633 F4HeatsinkFanSpd 1.x
1733 F5HeatsinkFanSpd 4.x
1833 F6HeatsinkFanSpd 4.x
1933 F7HeatsinkFanSpd 4.x
2133 F9HeatsinkFanSpd 4.x
Fn LCL Filter Heatsink Fan Speed
Displays the speed of the heatsink fan in RPM.
If the fan speed falls below 1631 RPM for frames 5…7 or 410 RPM for frames 8 and above
when the line side converter is not modulating, an alarm occurs.
If the fan speed falls below 1593 RPM for frames 5…7 or 250 RPM for frames 8 and above
when the line side converter is not modulating a fault occurs.
If the fan speed falls below 6375 RPM for frames 5…7 or 2050 RPM for frames 8 and
above when the line side converter is modulating an alarm occurs.
If the fan speed falls below 1593 RPM for frames 5…7 or 1800 RPM for frames 8 and
above when the line side converter is modulating a fault occurs.

438 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 104 - Port 14: F0…F9 LCL Filter File

Metering Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1234 F0 HS Fan 2 Spd Units: RPM RO 32-bit 4.x 0
F0 LCL Filter Heatsink Fan 2 Speed Default: 0 Integer
Displays the speed of the second heatsink fan in RPM for frame 5…7 drives and bus Min/Max: 0/32768
supplies.
If the fan speed falls below 1631 RPM when the Line Side Converter is not modulating an
alarm occurs.
If the fan speed falls below 1593 RPM when the Line Side Converter is not modulating a
fault occurs.
If the fan speed falls below 6375 RPM when the Line Side Converter is modulating an
alarm occurs.
If the fan speed falls below 1593 RPM when the Line Side Converter is modulating a fault
occurs.

Table 105 - Port 14: F0…F9 LCL Filter File

Predictive Main Group

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1240 F0PredMaintReset Default: 0 = ‘Ready’ RW 32-bit 1.x 1
1440 F2PredMaintReset Options: 0 = ‘Ready’ Integer 1.x
1540 F3PredMaintReset 1 = ‘F HSFan Life’ 4.x
1640 F4PredMaintReset 2 = ‘Filter Cap’ 1.x
1740 F5PredMaintReset 4.x
1840 F6PredMaintReset 4.x
1940 F7PredMaintReset 4.x
2140 F9PredMaintReset 4.x
Fn LCL Filter PredMantenance Reset
Select a value, in order to reset an elapsed life meter in the LCL filter.
Do not perform a reset while the product is in an Energy Pause ‘Paused’ state.
‘Ready’ (0) – resets the Heatsink Fan elapsed life parameter for the power module.
‘F HSFan Life’ (1) – Heatsink Fan elapsed life parameter for the LCL filter.
‘Filter Cap’ (2) – resets the LCL Filter Capacitor elapsed life parameter.
After the meter has been reset the value of this parameter returns to 0 ‘Ready’.
1241 F0 Meas Amb Tmp Units: °C RO Real 1.x 1
1441 F2 Meas Amb Tmp Default: 0.00 1.x
1541 F3 Meas Amb Tmp Min/Max: -100.00/+100.00 4.x
1641 F4 Meas Amb Tmp 1.x
1741 F5 Meas Amb Tmp 4.x
1841 F6 Meas Amb Tmp 4.x
1941 F7 Meas Amb Tmp 4.x
2141 F9 Meas Amb Tmp 4.x
Fn LCL Filter Measured Ambient Temp
Displays the measured temperature of the air entering the filter module, in degrees
Celsius.
An over temperature fault occurs if the value goes above 70 °C.
An over temperature alarm occurs if the value goes above 60 °C.
An under temperature fault occurs if the value falls below -30 °C.
An under temperature fault occurs if the value falls below -25 °C.
This value is also used by Predictive Maintenance functions.
Important: This parameter is not present in frame 5 or 6 products.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 439

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 105 - Port 14: F0…F9 LCL Filter File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1244 F0HSFanPctLife Units: % RO Real 5.x 1
1444 F2HSFanPctLife Default: 0.000
1544 F3HSFanPctLife Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
1644 F4HSFanPctLife
1744 F5HSFanPctLife
1844 F6HSFanPctLife
1944 F7HSFanPctLife
2144 F9HSFanPctLife
Fn LCL Filter Heatsink Fan Percent Life
Displays the consumed life of the LCL filter heatsink fan as a percentage of its total life.
The Predictive Maintenance function uses component data, temperature, speed, and
runtime to calculate this value. It also uses the value of parameter 0:510 [Fan Derate] in
the calculation.
The event configured in parameter 0:563 [HSFan EventActn] will occur when the value of
this parameter exceeds the threshold specified in parameter 0:562 [HSFan EventLevel].
When you replace this fan, use parameters 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and corresponding
[FnPredMaintReset] to reset this meter.
1245 F0HSFanElpsdLife Units: h RO Real 1.x 1
1445 F2HSFanElpsdLife Default: 0.00 1.x
1545 F3HSFanElpsdLife Min/Max: 0.00/21474840.00 4.x
1645 F4HSFanElpsdLife 1.x
1745 F5HSFanElpsdLife 4.x
1845 F6HSFanElpsdLife 4.x
1945 F7HSFanElpsdLife 4.x
2145 F9HSFanElpsdLife 4.x
Fn LCL Filter Heatsink Fan Elapsed Life
Displays the unprocessed elapsed life of the Heatsink fan in this LCL filter module.
When you replace this fan, use parameter 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and corresponding
[FnPredMaintReset] to reset this meter.
1246 F0HSFanRemainLif Units: h RO Real 1.x 1
1446 F2HSFanRemainLif Default: 0.00 1.x
1546 F3HSFanRemainLif Min/Max: -1000000000000.00/ 4.x
1646 F4HSFanRemainLif +1000000000000.00 1.x
1746 F5HSFanRemainLif 4.x
1846 F6HSFanRemainLif 4.x
1946 F7HSFanRemainLif 4.x
2146 F9HSFanRemainLif 4.x
Fn LCL Filter Heatsink Fan Remaining Life
Displays the remaining life for the Heatsink fan in this LCL filter module.
This is the calculated time until the Heatsink Fan Event. The calculation uses Event Level
and the record of operating conditions from the past thirty days. These conditions include
component data, temperature, speed and run-time. It also uses the value of parameter
0:510 [Fan Derate].
Positive values indicate the number of hours projected before the event. These count
down.
Negative values indicate the number of hours that have passed since the projected event.

440 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters Chapter 7

Table 105 - Port 14: F0…F9 LCL Filter File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1247 F0 HSFanResetLog Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 1
1447 F2 HSFanResetLog Min/Max: 0/4294967295 Integer 1.x
1547 F3 HSFanResetLog 4.x
1647 F4 HSFanResetLog 1.x
1747 F5 HSFanResetLog 4.x
1847 F6 HSFanResetLog 4.x
1947 F7 HSFanResetLog 4.x
2147 F9 HSFanResetLog 4.x
Fn LCL Filter Heatsink Fan Reset Log
Displays the number of times that the heatsink fan elapsed life has been reset.
1248 F0 Cap PctLife Units: % RO Real 5.x 1
1448 F2 Cap PctLife Default: 0.000
1548 F3 Cap PctLife Min/Max: 0.000/100.000
1648 F4 Cap PctLife
1748 F5 Cap PctLife
1848 F6 Cap PctLife
1948 F7 Cap PctLife
2148 F9 Cap PctLife
Fn LCL Filter Capacitor Percent Life
Displays the consumed life of the LCL filter's capacitors as a percentage of their total life.
The Predictive Maintenance function calculates this based on component data,
temperature, load (current) and run-time.
The event configured in parameter 0:587 [LCLCap EventActn] will occur when the value of
this parameter exceeds the threshold specified in parameter 0:586 [LCL Cap EventLvl].
When you replace the LCL filter capacitors, use parameters 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and
corresponding [FnPredMaintReset] to reset this meter.
1249 F0 Cap ElpsdLif Units: h RO Real 1.x 1
1449 F2 Cap ElpsdLif Default: 0.00 1.x
1549 F3 Cap ElpsdLif Min/Max: 0.00/21474840.00 4.x
1649 F4 Cap ElpsdLif 1.x
1749 F5 Cap ElpsdLif 4.x
1849 F6 Cap ElpsdLif 4.x
1949 F7 Cap ElpsdLif 4.x
2149 F9 Cap ElpsdLif 4.x
Fn LCL Filter Capacitor Elapsed Life
Displays the unprocessed elapsed life of the filter capacitors in this LCL filter module.
When you replace this capacitor, use parameter 0:504 [PredMaint Rst En] and
corresponding [FnPredMaintReset] to reset this meter.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 441

Chapter 7 Port 13 and 14 Line Side Control Parameters

Table 105 - Port 14: F0…F9 LCL Filter File

Predictive Main Group (Continued)

FW Revision
Access Level
No. Display Name Values

Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description
1250 F0 Cap RmngLife Units: h RO Real 1.x 1
1450 F2 Cap RmngLife Default: 0.00 1.x
1550 F3 Cap RmngLife Min/Max: -1000000000000.00/ 4.x
1650 F4 Cap RmngLife +1000000000000.00 1.x
1750 F5 Cap RmngLife 4.x
1850 F6 Cap RmngLife 4.x
1950 F7 Cap RmngLife 4.x
2150 F9 Cap RmngLife 4.x
Fn LCL Filter Capacitor Remaining
Displays the remaining life for the filter capacitors in this LCL filter module.
This is the calculated time until the LCL Filter Capacitor Event. The calculation uses Event
Level and the record of operating conditions from the past thirty days. These conditions
include component data, temperature, load (current) and run-time.
Positive values indicate the number of hours projected before the event. These count
down.
Negative values indicate the number of hours that have passed since the projected event.
1251 F0 Cap ResetLog Default: 0 RO 32-bit 1.x 1
1451 F2 Cap ResetLog Min/Max: 0/4294967295 Integer 1.x
1551 F3 Cap ResetLog 4.x
1651 F4 Cap ResetLog 1.x
1751 F5 Cap ResetLog 4.x
1851 F6 Cap ResetLog 4.x
1951 F7 Cap ResetLog 4.x
2151 F9 Cap ResetLog 4.x
Fn LCL Filter Capacitor Reset Log
Displays the number of times that LCL Filter Capacitor elapsed life has been reset.

442 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Chapter 8

Option Module Parameters

This chapter lists and describes the PowerFlex 750-Series drive embedded
feature and option module parameters. The parameters can be programmed
(viewed/edited) using a Human Interface Module (HIM). See the Enhanced
PowerFlex 7-Class Human Interface Module (HIM) User Manual, publication
20HIM-UM001, for information on using the HIM to view and edit
parameters. As an alternative, programming can also be performed using
Connected Components Workbench™ (version 10 or later) software and a
personal computer.
Topic Page
Safety Modules 443
Communication 444
11-Series I/O Module Parameters 446
22-Series I/O Module Parameters 457
Single Incremental Encoder Module Parameters 470
Dual Incremental Encoder Module Parameters 473
Universal Feedback Module Parameters 480

Safety Modules Each safety option module has its own manual. These publications provide
detailed information on installation, setup, and operation of the 750-Series
safety option modules.
• PowerFlex 750-Series Safe Speed Monitor Option Module Safety
Reference Manual, publication 750-RM001
• PowerFlex 750-Series Safe Torque Off Option Module User Manual,
publication 750-UM002
• PowerFlex 750-Series ATEX Option Module User Manual, publication
750-UM003
• PowerFlex 755 Integrated Safety - Safe Torque Off Option Module User
Manual, publication 750-UM004
• PowerFlex 755/755T Integrated Safety Functions Option Module User
Manual, publication 750-UM005

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 443

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Communication Logic Command/Status Words

Table 106 - Logic Command Word
Logic Bits
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Command Description
x Normal Stop 0 = Not Normal Stop
1 = Normal Stop
x Start (1) 0 = Not Start
1 = Start
x Jog 1 (2) 0 = Not Jog 1
1 = Jog 1 (speed set in Par. 10:1894)
x Clear Fault (3) 0 = Not Clear Fault
1 = Clear Fault
x x Unipolar Direction 00 = No Command
01 = Forward Command
10 = Reverse Command
11 = Hold Direction Control
x Manual 0 = Not Manual
1 = Manual
x Reserved
x x Accel Time 00 = No Command
01 = Use Accel Time 1 (Par. 10:1915)
10 = Use Accel Time 2 (Par. 10:1916)
11 = Use Present Time
x x Decel Time 00 = No Command
01 = Use Decel Time 1 (Par. 10:1917)
10 = Use Decel Time 2 (Par. 10:1918)
11 = Use Present Time
x Ref Select 1 000 = No Command
x Ref Select 2 001 = Ref A Select (Par. 10:1800)
010 = Ref B Select (Par. 10:1807)
x Ref Select 3 011 = Preset 3 (Par. 10:1816)
100 = Preset 4 (Par. 10:1817)
101 = Preset 5 (Par. 10:1818)
110 = Preset 6 (Par. 10:1819)
111 = Preset 7 (Par. 10:1820)
x Emerg OVRD 0 = No Command
1 = Emergency Override
x Coast Stop 0 = Not Coast to Stop
1 = Coast to Stop
x Current Limit Stop 0 = Not Current Limit Stop
1 = Current Limit Stop
x Run (4) 0 = Not Run
1 = Run
x Jog 2 (2) 0 = Not Jog 2 (Par. 10:1895)
1 = Jog 2
x Reserved
x Energy Pause 0 = Energy Resume
1 = Energy Pause
x Reserved
x Reserved
x Reserved
x Reserved
x Reserved
x Reserved
x Reserved
x Reserved
x Reserved
x Reserved

(1) A Not Stop condition (logic bit 0 = 0) must first be present before a 1 = Start condition will start the drive.
(2) A Not Stop condition (logic bit 0 = 0) must first be present before a 1 = Jog 1/Jog 2 condition will jog the drive. A transition to a ‘0’ will stop the drive.
(3) To perform this command, the value must switch from ‘0’ to ‘1.’
(4) A Not Stop condition (logic bit 0 = 0) must first be present before a 1 = Run condition will run the drive. A transition to a ‘0’ will stop the drive.

444 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 107 - Logic Status Word

Logic Bits
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Command Description
x Run Ready 0 = Not Ready to Run
1 = Ready to Run
x Active 0 = Not Active
1 = Active
x Command Direction 0 = Reverse
1 = Forward
x Actual Direction 0 = Reverse
1 = Forward
x Accelerating 0 = Not Accelerating
1 = Accelerating
x Decelerating 0 = Not Decelerating
1 = Decelerating
x Alarm 0 = No Alarm
1 = Alarm (Pars. 10:465, 10:466,
10:467)
x Fault 0 = No Fault (Pars. 10:461 and
10:462)
1 = Fault
x At Setpt Spd 0 = Not at Setpoint Speed
1 = At Setpoint Speed
x Manual 0 = Manual Mode Not Active
1 = Manual Mode Active
x Spd Ref ID 0 00000 = Reserved
00001 = Auto Ref A (Par. 10:1800)
x Spd Ref ID 1 00010 = Auto Ref B (Par. 10:1801)
x Spd Ref ID 2 00011 = Auto Preset Speed 3
(Par. 10:1816)
x Spd Ref ID 3 00100 = Auto Preset Speed 4
x Spd Ref ID 4 (Par. 10:1817)
00101 = Auto Preset Speed 5
(Par. 10:1818)
00110 = Auto Preset Speed 6
(Par. 10:1819)
00111 = Auto Preset Speed 7
(Par. 10:1820)
01000 = Reserved
01001 = Reserved
01010 = Reserved
01011 = Reserved
01100 = Reserved
01101 = Reserved
01110 = Reserved
01111 = Reserved
10000 = Man Port 0
10001 = Man Port 1
10010 = Man Port 2
10011 = Man Port 3
10100 = Man Port 4
10101 = Man Port 5
10110 = Man Port 6
10111 = Reserved
11000 = Reserved
11001 = Reserved
11010 = Reserved
11011 = Reserved
11100 = Reserved
11101 = Man Port 0 (Emb. ENET)
11110 = Man Port 9 (DeviceLogix)
11111 = Alternate Man Ref Sel
x Emerg OVRD 0 = No Command
1 = Emergency Override
x Running 0 = Not Running
1 = Running
x Jogging 0 = Not Jogging
1 = Jogging (Par. 10:1835)
x Stopping 0 = Not Stopping
1 = Stopping
x DC Brake 0 = Not DC Brake
1 = DC Brake
x DB Active 0 = Not Dynamic Brake Active
1 = Dynamic Brake Active
x Speed Mode 0 = Not Speed Mode
1 = Speed Mode (Par. 10:30)
x Position Mode 0 = Not Position Mode
= Position Mode (Par. 10:30)
x Torque Mode 0 = Not Torque Mode
1 = Torque Mode (Par. 10:30)
x At Zero Speed 0 = Not at Zero Speed
1 =At Zero Speed
x At Home 0 = Not at Home
1 = At Home
x At Limit 0 = Not at Limit
1 = At Limit

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 445

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 107 - Logic Status Word (Continued)

Logic Bits
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Command Description
x Current Limit 0 = Not at Current Limit
1 = At Current Limit
x Bus Freq Reg 0 = Not Bus Freq Reg
1 = Bus Freq Reg
x Enable On 0 = Not Enable On
1 = Enable On
x Motor Overload 0 = Not Motor Overload
1 = Motor Overload
x Regen 0 = Not Regen
1= Regen

11-Series I/O Module

Parameters
Table 108 - 11-Series I/O File
Digital Inputs Group

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

1 Dig In Sts RO 16-bit 0

Digital Input Status Integer

Status of the digital inputs.

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Options
Input 2
Input 1
Input 0

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Input Not Activated

1 = Input Activated
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

2 Dig In Filt Mask RW 16-bit 0

Digital Input Filter Mask Integer

Filters the selected digital input.

Important: Only used by 11-Series I/O Module models 20-750-1133C-1R2T and 20-750-1132C-2R. (Modules with 24V DC inputs.)
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Options
Input 2
Input 1
Input 0

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 = Input Not Filtered

1 = Input Filtered
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

3 Dig In Filt Units: mS RW 32-bit 0

Digital Input Filter Default: 4 Integer
Sets the amount of filtering on the digital inputs. Min/Max: 2 / 10
Important: Only used by 11-Series I/O Module models 20-750-1133C-1R2T and 20-
750-1132C-2R. (Modules with 24V DC inputs.)

446 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 109 - 11-Series I/O File

Digital Outputs Group

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

5 Dig Out Sts RO 16-bit 0

Digital Output Status Integer

Status of the digital outputs.

Trans Out 1(2)

Trans Out 0(1)
Options

Relay Out 0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
0 = Output De-energized
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 = Output Energized
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

(1) Bit 1 = ‘Trans Out 0’ for 11-Series I/O Module model 20-750-1133C-1R2T
= ‘Relay Out 1’ for 11-Series I/O Module models 20-750-1132C-2R and 20-750-1132D-2R
(2) Bit 2 is only used by 11-Series I/O Module 20-750-1133C-1R2T
6 Dig Out Invert RW 16-bit 0
Digital Output Invert Integer

Inverts the selected digital output.

Trans Out 1(2)
Trans Out 0(1)

Options
Relay Out 0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

0 = Output Not Inverted

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 = Output Inverted
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

(1) Bit 1 = ‘Trans Out 0’ for 11-Series I/O Module model 20-750-1133C-1R2T
= ‘Relay Out 1’ for 11-Series I/O Module models 20-750-1132C-2R and 20-750-1132D-2R
(2) Bit 2 is only used by 11-Series I/O Module 20-750-1133C-1R2T
7 Dig Out Setpoint RW 16-bit 0
Digital Output Setpoint Integer

Controls Relay or Transistor Outputs when chosen as the source. Can be used to control outputs from a communication device using DataLinks.
Trans Out 1(2)
Trans Out 0(1)

Options
Relay Out 0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Output De-energized

1 = Output Energized
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

(1) Bit 1 = ‘Trans Out 0’ for 11-Series I/O Module model 20-750-1133C-1R2T
= ‘Relay Out 1’ for 11-Series I/O Module models 20-750-1132C-2R and 20-750-1132D-2R
(2) Bit 2 is only used by 11-Series I/O Module 20-750-1133C-1R2T
10 RO0 Sel Default: 0.00 (Disabled) RW 32-bit 0
Relay Output 0 Select Min/Max: 0.00 / 159999.15 Integer
Selects the source that will energize the relay output.
Any status parameter bit can be used as an output source. For example 10/11:354 [Motor
Side Sts 1] bit 7 ‘Faulted.’
For Torque Proving set to Port 0, parameter 1103 bit 4. Use N.O. for safety.
11 RO0 Level Sel Default: 0 (Disabled) RW 32-bit 0
Relay Output 0 Level Select Min/Max: 0 / 159999 Integer
Selects the source of the level that will be compared.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 447

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 109 - 11-Series I/O File

Digital Outputs Group (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

12 RO0 Level Default: 0.0 RW Real 0

Relay Output 0 Level Min/Max: –/+1000000.0
Sets the level compare value.
13 RO0 Level CmpSts RO 16-bit 0
Relay Output 0 Level Compare Status Integer

Status of the level compare, and a possible source for a relay or transistor output. Relay Output n Select or Transistor Output n Select must have this selected to energize the
output. Can be used without a physical output as status information only.

AbsGrtThanEq
Options

Abs LessThan
Grt Than Equ
Less Than
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Condition False

1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Less Than’ – Level source is less than the level value.
Bit 1 ‘Grt Than Equ’ – Level source is greater than or equal to the level value.
Bit 2 ‘Abs LessThan’ – Absolute value of the level source is less than the absolute value of the level value.
Bit 3 ‘AbsGrtThanEq’ – Absolute value of the level source is greater than or equal to the absolute value of the level value.
14 RO0 On Time Units: Secs RW Real 0
Relay Output 0 On Time Default: 0.0
Sets the ‘ON Delay’ time for the digital outputs. This is the time between the occurrence Min/Max: 0.0 / 600.0
of a condition and activation of the relay.
15 RO0 Off Time Units: Secs RW Real 0
Relay Output 0 Off Time Default: 0.0
Sets the ‘OFF Delay’ time for the digital outputs. This is the time between the Min/Max: 0.0 / 600.0
disappearance of a condition and de-activation of the relay.
20 RO1 Sel Default: 0.00 (Disabled) RW 32-bit 0
Relay Output 1 Select – 11-Series I/O Module model 20-750-1132C-2R or 20-750- Min/Max: 0.00 / 159999.15 Integer
1132D-2R is installed.
TO0 Sel
Transistor Output 0 Select – 11-Series I/O Module model 20-750-1133C-1R2T is
installed.
Selects the source that will energize the relay or transistor output.
Any status parameter bit can be used as an output source. For example 10/11:354 [Motor
Side Sts 1] bit 7 ‘Faulted.’
21 RO1 Level Sel Default: 0 (Disabled) RW 32-bit 0
Relay Output 1 Level Select – 11-Series I/O Module model 20-750-1132C-2R or 20-750- Min/Max: 0 / 159999 Integer
1132D-2R is installed.
TO0 Level Sel
Transistor Output 0 Level Select – 11-Series I/O Module model 20-750-1133C-1R2T is
installed.
Selects the source of the level that will be compared.
22 RO1 Level Default: 0.0 RW Real 0
Relay Output 1 Level – 11-Series I/O Module model 20-750-1132C-2R or 20-750-1132D- Min/Max: –/+1000000.0
2R is installed.
TO0 Level
Transistor Output 0 Level – 11-Series I/O Module model 20-750-1133C-1R2T is installed.
Sets the level compare value.

448 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 109 - 11-Series I/O File

Digital Outputs Group (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

23 RO1 Level CmpSts RO 16-bit 0

Relay Output 1 Level Compare Status – 11-Series I/O Module model 20-750-1132C-2R or 20-750-1132D-2R is installed. Integer

TO0 Level CmpSts

Transistor Output 0 Level Compare Status – 11-Series I/O Module model 20-750-1133C-1R2T is installed.
Status of the level compare, and a possible source for a relay or transistor output. Relay Output n Select or Transistor Output n Select must have this selected to energize the
output. Can be used without a physical output as status information only.

AbsGrtThanEq
Options

Abs LessThan
Grt Than Equ
Less Than
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Condition False
1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Less Than’ – Level source is less than the level value.
Bit 1 ‘Grt Than Equ’ – Level source is greater than or equal to the level value.
Bit 2 ‘Abs LessThan’ – Absolute value of the level source is less than the absolute value of the level value.
Bit 3 ‘AbsGrtThanEq’ – Absolute value of the level source is greater than or equal to the absolute value of the level value.
24 RO1 On Time Units: Secs RW Real 0
Relay Output 1 On Time – 11-Series I/O Module model 20-750-1132C-2R or 20-750- Default: 0.0
1132D-2R is installed. Min/Max: 0.0 / 600.0
TO0 On Time
Transistor Output 0 On Time – 11-Series I/O Module model 20-750-1133C-1R2T is
installed.
Sets the ‘ON Delay’ time for the digital outputs. This is the time between the occurrence
of a condition and activation of the relay or transistor.
25 RO1 Off Time Units: Secs RW Real 0
Relay Output 1 Off Time – 11-Series I/O Module model 20-750-1132C-2R or 20-750- Default: 0.0
1132D-2R is installed. Min/Max: 0.0 / 600.0
TO0 Off Time
Transistor Output 0 Off Time – 11-Series I/O Module model 20-750-1133C-1R2T is
installed.
Sets the ‘OFF Delay’ time for the digital outputs. This is the time between the
disappearance of a condition and de-activation of the relay or transistor.
30 TO1 Sel Default: 0 (Disabled) RW 32-bit 0
Transistor Output 1 Select Min/Max: 0 / 159999.15 Integer
Selects the source that will energize the transistor output.
Any status parameter bit can be used as an output source. For example 10/11:354 [Motor
Side Sts 1] bit 7 ‘Faulted.’
Important: Only used by 11-Series I/O Module model 20-750-1133C-1R2T.
31 TO1 Level Sel Default: 0 (Disabled) RW 32-bit 0
Transistor Output 1 Level Select Min/Max: 0 / 159999.15 Integer
Selects the source of the level that will be compared.
Important: Only used by 11-Series I/O Module model 20-750-1133C-1R2T.
32 TO1 Level Default: 0.0 RW Real 0
Transistor Output 1 Level Min/Max: –/+1000000.0
Sets the level compare value.
Important: Only used by 11-Series I/O Module model 20-750-1133C-1R2T.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 449

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 109 - 11-Series I/O File

Digital Outputs Group (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

33 TO1 Level CmpSts RO Bit 0

Transistor Output 1 Level Compare Status
Status of the level compare, and a possible source for a transistor output. Transistor Output n Select must have this selected to energize the output. Can be used without a
physical output as status information only.

AbsGrtThanEq
Options

Abs LessThan
Grt Than Equ
Less Than
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
0 = Condition False
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Less Than’ – Level source is less than the level value.
Bit 1 ‘Grt Than Equ’ – Level source is greater than or equal to the level value.
Bit 2 ‘Abs LessThan’ – Absolute value of the level source is less than the absolute value of the level value.
Bit 3 ‘AbsGrtThanEq’ – Absolute value of the level source is greater than or equal to the absolute value of the level value.
Important: Only used by 11-Series I/O Module model 20-750-1133C-1R2T.
34 TO1 On Time Units: Secs RW Real 0
Transistor Output 1 On Time Default: 0.0
Sets the ‘ON Delay’ time for the digital outputs. This is the time between the occurrence Min/Max: 0.0 / 600.0
of a condition and activation of the transistor.
Important: Only used by 11-Series I/O Module model 20-750-1133C-1R2T.
35 TO1 Off Time Units: Secs RW Real 0
Transistor Output 1 Off Time Default: 0.0
Sets the ‘OFF Delay’ time for the digital outputs. This is the time between the Min/Max: 0.0 / 600.0
disappearance of a condition and de-activation of the transistor.
Important: Only used by 11-Series I/O Module model 20-750-1133C-1R2T.

450 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 110 - 11-Series I/O File

Motor PTC Group

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

41 ATEX Sts RO Bit 0

ATEX Status
This parameter is not latched and only displays the current status of the ATEX thermal sensor. When an ATEX fault is present, the corresponding bit value is 1. When motor
temperature is within the optimal range, the bit value is 0.
This parameter is available only when an ATEX option module is installed.

Thrmlsnsor OK
Options
PTC Selected

Voltage Loss
Thermostat

Short Cirkt
Over Temp
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
0 = Condition False
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Thrmlsnsor OK’ – Thermal sensor is Ok.

Bit 1 ‘Short Cirkt’ – Short circuit fault detected by thermal sensor.
Bit 2 ‘Over Temp’ – Over temperature fault is detected by thermal sensor.
Bit 3 ‘Voltage Loss’ – Voltage loss fault has taken place on ATEX board.
Bit 13 ‘Thermostat’ – Thermostat input has been selected.
Bit 14 ‘PTC Selected’ – PTC input has been selected.

Table 111 - 11-Series I/O File

Analog Inputs

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

45 Anlg In Type RO Bit 0

Analog Input Type
Status of the analog input mode set by the option jumpers.
Analog In 0

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

0 = Voltage Mode
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 = Current Mode
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

46 Anlg In Sqrt RW Bit 0

Analog Input Square Root
Enables/disables the square root function for each input.
Analog In 0

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

0 = Square Root Disabled

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 = Square Root Enabled
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 451

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 111 - 11-Series I/O File

Analog Inputs (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

47 Anlg In Loss Sts RO Bit 0

Analog Input Loss Status
Status of the analog input loss.
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Options

Loss 0
Loss
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = No Loss
1 = Loss Detected
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Loss’ – Indicates loss of input.

Bit 1 ‘Loss 0’ – Indicates loss of input.
50 Anlg In0 Value Units: Volt RO Real 0
Analog Input 0 Value mA
Value of the Analog input after filter, square root, and loss action. Default: 0.000 Volts
0.000 mA
Min/Max: –/+10.000 Volts
0.000 / 20.000 mA
51 Anlg In0 Hi Units: Volt RW Real 0
Analog Input 0 High mA
Sets the highest input value to the analog input scaling block. Default: 0.000 Volts
0.000 mA
Min/Max: –/+10.000 Volts
0.000 / 20.000 mA
52 Anlg In0 Lo Units: Volt RW Real 0
Analog Input 0 Low mA
Sets the lowest input value to the analog input scaling block. Default: 0.000 Volts
0.000 mA
Min/Max: –/+10.000 Volts
0.000 / 20.000 mA
53 Anlg In0 LssActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 0
Analog Input 0 Loss Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action that is taken when an analog input signal loss occurs. 1 = ‘Alarm’
Signal loss is defined as an analog signal less than 1V or 2 mA. The signal loss event ends 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
and normal operation resumes when the input signal level is greater than or equal to 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
1.5V or 3 mA. This functionality is not recommended for bipolar signals.
4 = ‘Flt RampStop’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken.
5 = ‘Flt CL Stop’
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated.
6 = ‘Hold Input’
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. If running, drive continues to run.
7 = ‘Set Input Lo’
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. Coast to Stop.
8 = ‘Set Input Hi’
‘Flt RampStop’ (4) – Major fault indicated. Ramp to Stop.
‘Flt CL Stop’ (5) – Major fault indicated. Current Limit Stop.
‘Hold Input’ (6) – Holds input at last value.
‘Set Input Lo’ (7) – Sets input to 0V or 0 mA.
‘Set Input Hi’ (8) – Sets input to 10V or 20 mA.

452 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 111 - 11-Series I/O File

Analog Inputs (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

54 Anlg In0 Raw Val Units: Volt RO Real 0

Analog Input 0 Raw Value mA
Raw Value of the analog input. Default: 0.000 Volts
0.000 mA
Min/Max: –/+10.000 Volts
0.000 / 20.000 mA
55 Anlg In0 Filt Gn Default: 1.00 RW Real 0
Analog Input 0 Filter Gain Min/Max: –/+5.00
Sets the analog input filter gain.
56 Anlg In0 Filt BW Default: 0.0 RW Real 0
Analog Input 0 Filter Bandwidth Min/Max: 0.0 / 500.0
Sets the analog input filter bandwidth.

Table 112 - 11-Series I/O File

Analog Outputs

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

70 Anlg Out Type RW Bit 0

Analog Output Type
Select the analog output mode for each analog output.
Analog Out 0

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

0 = Voltage Mode
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 = Current Mode
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

71 Anlg Out Abs RW Bit 0

Analog Output Absolute
Selects whether the signed value or absolute value of a parameter is used before being scaled to drive the analog output.
Analog Out 0

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

0 = Condition False
1 = Condition True
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

75 Anlg Out0 Sel Default: 3 RW 32-bit 0

Analog Output 0 Select Min/Max: 0 / 159999 Integer
Selects the source for the analog output.
77 Anlg Out0 Stpt Units: Volt RW Real 0
Analog Output 0 Setpoint mA
A possible source for an analog output. Can be used to control an analog output from a Default: 10.000 Volts
communication device using a DataLink. Not affected by analog output scaling. 20.000 mA
Min/Max: –/+10.000 Volts
0.000 / 20.000 mA

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 453

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 112 - 11-Series I/O File

Analog Outputs (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

78 Anlg Out0 Data Default: 0 RO Real 0

Analog Output 0 Data Min/Max: –/+100000
Displays the value of the source selected by 75 [Anlg Out0 Sel].
79 Anlg Out0 DataHi Units: pu RW Real 0
Analog Output 0 Data High Default: 1
Sets the high value for the data range of analog out scale. Min/Max: –/+21474800
80 Anlg Out0 DataLo Default: 1 RW Real 0
Analog Output 0 Data Low Min/Max: –/+21474800
Sets the low value for the data range of analog out scale.
81 Anlg Out0 Hi Units: Volt RW Real 0
Analog Output 0 High mA
Sets the high value for the analog output value when the data value is at its maximum. Default: 10.000 Volts
20.000 mA
Min/Max: –/+10.000 Volts
0.000 / 20.000 mA
82 Anlg Out0 Lo Units: Volt RW Real 0
Analog Output 0 Low mA
Sets the low value for the analog output value when the data value is at its minimum. Default: 10.000 Volts
20.000 mA
Min/Max: –/+10.000 Volts
0.000 / 20.000 mA

Table 113 - 11-Series I/O File

Predictive Main

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

99 PredMaint Sts RO Bit 0

Predictive Maintenance Status
Status of relay’s predictive maintenance.
Relay Out 0(1)

Options
Relay Out 0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Master

0 = Condition False
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

(1) Bit 1= ‘Relay Out 0’ for 11-Series I/O Module models 20-750-1132C-2R and 20-750-1132D-2R
100 RO0 Load Type Default: 1 = ‘DC Inductive’ RW 32-bit 0
Relay Output 0 Load Type Options: 0 = ‘DC Resistive’ Integer
Sets the type of load that will be applied to the relay. Must be properly set for the 1 = ‘DC Inductive’
Predictive Maintenance function to predict the relay life. 2 = ‘AC Resistive’
3 = ‘AC Inductive’
101 RO0 Load Amps Units: Amps RW Real 0
Relay Output 0 Load Amps Default: 2.000
Load current that will be applied to the relay contacts. Must be properly set for the Min/Max: 0.000 / 2.000
Predictive Maintenance function to approximate the relay life.

454 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 113 - 11-Series I/O File

Predictive Main (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

102 RO0 TotalLife Units: Cycl RO 32-bit 0

Relay Output 0 Total Life Default: 0 Integer
Total life cycles of the relay based on programmed load type and amps. Min/Max: 0 / 2147483647
103 RO0 ElapsedLife Units: Cycl RO 32-bit 0
Relay Output 0 Elapsed Life Default: 0 Integer
Non-resettable, total accumulated cycles of the relay. Min/Max: 0 / 2147483647
104 RO0 RemainLife Units: Cycl RO 32-bit 0
Relay Output 0 Remaining Life Default: 0 Integer
The difference between the Total Life and the Elapsed Life. Min/Max: 0 / 2147483647
105 RO0 LifeEvntLvl Units: % RW Real 0
Relay Output 0 Life Event Level Default: 80.000
Sets the percentage of relay life cycles before action is taken. Min/Max: 0.000 / 100.000
106 RO0 LifeEvntActn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 0
Relay Output 0 Life Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Sets the action that will be taken when the percentage of relay life cycles has been 1 = ‘Alarm’
reached. 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated. 4 = ‘Flt RampStop’
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. If running, drive continues to run. 5 = ‘Flt CL Stop’
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. Coast to Stop.
‘Flt RampStop’ (4) – Major fault indicated. Ramp to Stop.
‘Flt CL Stop’ (5) – Major fault indicated. Current Limit Stop.
110 RO1 Load Type Default: 1 = ‘DC Inductive’ RW 32-bit 0
Relay Output 1 Load Type Options: 0 = ‘DC Resistive’ Integer
Sets the type of load that will be applied to the relay. Must be properly set for the 1 = ‘DC Inductive’
Predictive Maintenance function to predict the relay life. 2 = ‘AC Resistive’
Important: Only used by 11-Series I/O Module models 20-750-1132C-2R and 20-750- 3 = ‘AC Inductive’
1132D-2R.
111 RO1 Load Amps Units: Amps RW Real 0
Relay Output 1 Load Amps Default: 2.000
Load current that will be applied to the relay contacts. Must be properly set for the Min/Max: 0.000 / 2.000
Predictive Maintenance function to approximate the relay life.
Important: Only used by 11-Series I/O Module models 20-750-1132C-2R and 20-750-
1132D-2R.
112 RO1 TotalLife Units: Cycl RO 32-bit 0
Relay Output 1 Total Life Default: 0 Integer
Total life cycles of the relay based on programmed load type and amps. Min/Max: 0 / 2147483647
Important: Only used by 11-Series I/O Module models 20-750-1132C-2R and 20-750-
1132D-2R.
113 RO1 ElapsedLife Units: Cycl RO 32-bit 0
Relay Output 1 Elapsed Life Default: 0 Integer
Non-resettable, total accumulated cycles of the relay. Min/Max: 0 / 2147483647
Important: Only used by 11-Series I/O Module models 20-750-1132C-2R and 20-750-
1132D-2R.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 455

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 113 - 11-Series I/O File

Predictive Main (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

114 RO1 RemainLife Units: Cycl RO 32-bit 0

Relay Output 1 Remaining Life Default: 0 Integer
The difference between the Total Life and the Elapsed Life. Min/Max: 0 / 2147483647
Important: Only used by 11-Series I/O Module models 20-750-1132C-2R and 20-750-
1132D-2R.
115 RO1 LifeEvntLvl Units: % RW Real 0
Relay Output 1 Life Event Level Default: 80.000
Sets the percentage of relay life cycles before action is taken. Min/Max: 0.000 / 100.000
Important: Only used by 11-Series I/O Module models 20-750-1132C-2R and 20-750-
1132D-2R.
116 RO1 LifeEvntActn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 0
Relay Output 1 Life Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Sets the action that will be taken when the percentage of relay life cycles has been 1 = ‘Alarm’
reached. 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
Important: Only used by 11-Series I/O Module models 20-750-1132C-2R and 20-750- 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
1132D-2R. 4 = ‘Flt RampStop’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 5 = ‘Flt CL Stop’
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated.
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. If running, drive continues to run.
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. Coast to Stop.
‘Flt RampStop’ (4) – Major fault indicated. Ramp to Stop.
‘Flt CL Stop’ (5) – Major fault indicated. Current Limit Stop.

456 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

22-Series I/O Module

Parameters
Table 114 - 22-Series I/O File
Digital Inputs Group

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

1 Dig In Sts RO Bit 0

Digital Input Status
Status of the digital inputs.
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Options Input 5
Input 4
Input 3
Input 2
Input 1
Input 0
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Input Not Activated
1 = Input Activated
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

2 Dig In Filt Mask RW Bit 0

Digital Input Filter Mask
Filters the selected digital input.
Important: Only used by 22-Series I/O Module models 20-750-2263C-1R2T and 20-750-2262C-2R. (Modules with 24V DC inputs.)
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Options
Input 5
Input 4
Input 3
Input 2
Input 1
Input 0

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 = Input Not Filtered

1 = Input Filtered
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

3 Dig In Filt Units: mS RW 32-bit 0

Digital Input Filter Default: 4 Integer
Sets the amount of filtering on the digital inputs. Min/Max: 2 / 10
Important: Only used by 22-Series I/O Module models 20-750-2263C-1R2T and 20-
750-2262C-2R. (Modules with 24V DC inputs.)

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 457

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 115 - 22-Series I/O File

Digital Outputs Group

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

5 Dig Out Sts RO Bit 0

Digital Output Status
Status of the digital outputs.

Trans Out 1(2)

Trans Out 0(1)
Options

Relay Out 0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Output De-energized
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 = Output Energized

(1) Bit 1 = ‘Trans Out 0’ for 22-Series I/O Module model 20-750-2263C-1R2T
= ‘Relay Out 1’ for 22-Series I/O Module models 20-750-2262C-2R and 20-750-2262D-2R
(2) Bit 2 is only used by 22-Series I/O Module 20-750-2263C-1R2T
6 Dig Out Invert RW Bit 0
Digital Output Invert
Inverts the selected digital output.
Trans Out 1(2)
Trans Out 0(1)

Options
Relay Out 0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

0 = Output Not Inverted

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 = Output Inverted
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

(1) Bit 1 = ‘Trans Out 0’ for 22-Series I/O Module model 20-750-2263C-1R2T
= ‘Relay Out 1’ for 22-Series I/O Module models 20-750-2262C-2R and 20-750-2262D-2R
(2) Bit 2 is only used by 22-Series I/O Module 20-750-2263C-1R2T
7 Dig Out Setpoint RW Bit 0
Digital Output Setpoint
Controls Relay or Transistor Outputs when chosen as the source. Can be used to control outputs from a communication device using DataLinks.
Trans Out 1(2)
Trans Out 0(1)

Options
Relay Out 0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Output De-energized

1 = Output Energized
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

(1) Bit 1 = ‘Trans Out 0’ for 22-Series I/O Module model 20-750-2263C-1R2T
= ‘Relay Out 1’ for 22-Series I/O Module models 20-750-2262C-2R and 20-750-2262D-2R
(2) Bit 2 is only used by 22-Series I/O Module 20-750-2263C-1R2T
10 RO0 Sel Default: 0.00 (Disabled) RW 32-bit 0
Relay Output 0 Select Min/Max: 0.00 / 159999.15 Integer
Selects the source that will energize the relay output.
Any status parameter bit can be used as an output source. For example 10/11:354 [Motor
Side Sts 1] bit 7 ‘Faulted.’
For Torque Proving set to Port 0, parameter 1103 bit 4. Use N.O. for safety.
11 RO0 Level Sel Default: 0 (Disabled) RW 32-bit 0
Relay Output 0 Level Select Min/Max: 0 / 159999 Integer
Selects the source of the level that will be compared.

458 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 115 - 22-Series I/O File

Digital Outputs Group (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

12 RO0 Level Default: 0.0 RW Real 0

Relay Output 0 Level Min/Max: –/+1000000.0
Sets the level compare value.
13 RO0 Level CmpSts RO Bit 0
Relay Output 0 Level Compare Status
Status of the level compare, and a possible source for a relay or transistor output. Relay Output n Select or Transistor Output n Select must have this selected to energize the
output. Can be used without a physical output as status information only.

AbsGrtThanEq
Options

Abs LessThan
Grt Than Equ
Less Than
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Condition False

1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Less Than’ – Level source is less than the level value.
Bit 1 ‘Grt Than Equ’ – Level source is greater than or equal to the level value.
Bit 2 ‘Abs LessThan’ – Absolute value of the level source is less than the absolute value of the level value.
Bit 3 ‘AbsGrtThanEq’ – Absolute value of the level source is greater than or equal to the absolute value of the level value.
14 RO0 On Time Units: Secs RW Real 0
Relay Output 0 On Time Default: 0.0
Sets the ‘ON Delay’ time for the digital outputs. This is the time between the occurrence Min/Max: 0.0 / 600.0
of a condition and activation of the relay.
15 RO0 Off Time Units: Secs RW Real 0
Relay Output 0 Off Time Default: 0.0
Sets the ‘OFF Delay’ time for the digital outputs. This is the time between the Min/Max: 0.0 / 600.0
disappearance of a condition and de-activation of the relay.
20 RO1 Sel Default: 0.00 (Disabled) RW 32-bit 0
Relay Output 1 Select – 22-Series I/O Module model 20-750-2262C-2R or 20-750- Min/Max: 0.00 / 159999.15 Integer
2262D-2R is installed.
TO0 Sel
Transistor Output 0 Select – 22-Series I/O Module model 20-750-2263C-1R2T is
installed.
Selects the source that will energize the relay or transistor output.
Any status parameter bit can be used as an output source. For example 10/11:354 [Motor
Side Sts 1] bit 7 ‘Faulted.’
21 RO1 Level Sel Default: 0 (Disabled) RW 32-bit 0
Relay Output 1 Level Select – 22-Series I/O Module model 20-750-2262C-2R or 20-750- Min/Max: 0 / 159999 Integer
2262D-2R is installed.
TO0 Level Sel
Transistor Output 0 Level Select – 22-Series I/O Module model 20-750-2263C-1R2T is
installed.
Selects the source of the level that will be compared.
22 RO1 Level Default: 0.0 RW Real 0
Relay Output 1 Level – 22-Series I/O Module model 20-750-2262C-2R or 20-750-2262D- Min/Max: –/+1000000.0
2R is installed.
TO0 Level
Transistor Output 0 Level – 22-Series I/O Module model 20-750-2263C-1R2T is installed.
Sets the level compare value.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 459

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 115 - 22-Series I/O File

Digital Outputs Group (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

23 RO1 Level CmpSts RO 16-bit 0

Relay Output 1 Level Compare Status – 22-Series I/O Module model 20-750-2262C-2R or 20-750-2262D-2R is installed. Integer

TO0 Level CmpSts

Transistor Output 0 Level Compare Status – 22-Series I/O Module model 20-750-2263C-1R2T is installed.
Status of the level compare, and a possible source for a relay or transistor output. Relay Output n Select or Transistor Output n Select must have this selected to energize the
output. Can be used without a physical output as status information only.

AbsGrtThanEq
Options

Abs LessThan
Grt Than Equ
Less Than
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Condition False
1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Less Than’ – Level source is less than the level value.
Bit 1 ‘Grt Than Equ’ – Level source is greater than or equal to the level value.
Bit 2 ‘Abs LessThan’ – Absolute value of the level source is less than the absolute value of the level value.
Bit 3 ‘AbsGrtThanEq’ – Absolute value of the level source is greater than or equal to the absolute value of the level value.
24 RO1 On Time Units: Secs RW Real 0
Relay Output 1 On Time – 22-Series I/O Module model 20-750-2262C-2R or 20-750- Default: 0.0
2262D-2R is installed. Min/Max: 0.0 / 600.0
TO0 On Time
Transistor Output 0 On Time – 22-Series I/O Module model 20-750-2263C-1R2T is
installed.
Sets the ‘ON Delay’ time for the digital outputs. This is the time between the occurrence
of a condition and activation of the relay or transistor.
25 RO1 Off Time Units: Secs RW Real 0
Relay Output 1 Off Time – 22-Series I/O Module model 20-750-2262C-2R or 20-750- Default: 0.0
2262D-2R is installed. Min/Max: 0.0 / 600.0
TO0 Off Time
Transistor Output 0 Off Time – 22-Series I/O Module model 20-750-2263C-1R2T is
installed.
Sets the ‘OFF Delay’ time for the digital outputs. This is the time between the
disappearance of a condition and de-activation of the relay or transistor.
30 TO1 Sel Default: 0 (Disabled) RW 32-bit 0
Transistor Output 1 Select Min/Max: 0 / 159999.15 Integer
Selects the source that will energize the transistor output.
Any status parameter bit can be used as an output source. For example 10/11:354 [Motor
Side Sts 1] bit 7 ‘Faulted.’
Important: Only used by 22-Series I/O Module model 20-750-2263C-1R2T.
31 TO1 Level Sel Default: 0 (Disabled) RW 32-bit 0
Transistor Output 1 Level Select Min/Max: 0 / 159999.15 Integer
Selects the source of the level that will be compared.
Important: Only used by 22-Series I/O Module model 20-750-2263C-1R2T.
32 TO1 Level Default: 0.0 RW Real 0
Transistor Output 1 Level Min/Max: –/+1000000.0
Sets the level compare value.
Important: Only used by 22-Series I/O Module model 20-750-2263C-1R2T.

460 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 115 - 22-Series I/O File

Digital Outputs Group (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

33 TO1 Level CmpSts RO 16-bit 0

Transistor Output 1 Level Compare Status Integer

Status of the level compare, and a possible source for a transistor output. Transistor Output n Select must have this selected to energize the output. Can be used without a
physical output as status information only.

AbsGrtThanEq
Options

Abs LessThan
Grt Than Equ
Less Than
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
0 = Condition False
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Less Than’ – Level source is less than the level value.
Bit 1 ‘Grt Than Equ’ – Level source is greater than or equal to the level value.
Bit 2 ‘Abs LessThan’ – Absolute value of the level source is less than the absolute value of the level value.
Bit 3 ‘AbsGrtThanEq’ – Absolute value of the level source is greater than or equal to the absolute value of the level value.
Important: Only used by 22-Series I/O Module model 20-750-2263C-1R2T.
34 TO1 On Time Units: Secs RW Real 0
Transistor Output 1 On Time Default: 0.0
Sets the ‘ON Delay’ time for the digital outputs. This is the time between the occurrence Min/Max: 0.0 / 600.0
of a condition and activation of the transistor.
Important: Only used by 22-Series I/O Module model 20-750-2263C-1R2T.
35 TO1 Off Time Units: Secs RW Real 0
Transistor Output 1 Off Time Default: 0.0
Sets the ‘OFF Delay’ time for the digital outputs. This is the time between the Min/Max: 0.0 / 600.0
disappearance of a condition and de-activation of the transistor.
Important: Only used by 22-Series I/O Module model 20-750-2263C-1R2T.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 461

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 116 - 22-Series I/O File

Motor PTC Group

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

40 PTC Cfg Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 0

Positive Temperature Coefficient Configuration Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Sets the action that will be taken when the PTC is not Ok. 1 = ‘Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated. 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. If running, drive continues to run. 4 = ‘Flt RampStop’
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. Coast to Stop. 5 = ‘Flt CL Stop’
‘Flt RampStop’ (4) – Major fault indicated. Ramp to Stop.
‘Flt CL Stop’ (5) – Major fault indicated. Current Limit Stop.
41 PTC Sts RO Bit 0
Positive Temperature Coefficient Status
Status of the PTC.
Over Temp

Options
PTC Short
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

PTC Ok

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Condition False

1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘PTC Ok’ – PTC is OK

Bit 1 ‘PTC Short’ – PTC is Shorted
Bit 2 ‘Over Temp’ – PTC is indicating over temperature
42 PTC Raw Value Units: Volt RO Real 0
Positive Temperature Coefficient Raw Value Default: 0
Displays the value of the PTC. Min/Max: 0 / 10

Table 117 - 22-Series I/O File

Analog Inputs

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Full Name Data Type

Description

45 Anlg In Type RO 16-bit 0

Analog Input Type Integer

Status of the analog input mode set by the option jumpers.

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Analog 1
Analog 0

Options

0 = Voltage Mode
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 = Current Mode
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

462 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 117 - 22-Series I/O File

Analog Inputs (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

46 Anlg In Sqrt RW 16-bit 0

Analog Input Square Root Integer

Enables/disables the square root function for each input.

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Analog 1
Analog 0
Options

0 = Square Root Disabled

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 = Square Root Enabled
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

47 Anlg In Loss Sts RO 16-bit 0

Analog Input Loss Status Integer

Status of the analog input loss.

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Options
Loss 1
Loss 0
Loss

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = No Loss
1 = Loss Detected
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Loss’ – Indicates loss of one or both inputs.

50 Anlg In0 Value Units: Volt RO Real 0
Analog Input 0 Value mA
Value of the Analog input after filter, square root, and loss action. Default: 0.000 Volts
0.000 mA
Min/Max: –/+10.000 Volts
0.000 / 20.000 mA
51 Anlg In0 Hi Units: Volt RW Real 0
Analog Input 0 High mA
Sets the highest input value to the analog input scaling block. Default: 0.000 Volts
0.000 mA
Min/Max: –/+10.000 Volts
0.000 / 20.000 mA
52 Anlg In0 Lo Units: Volt RW Real 0
Analog Input 0 Low mA
Sets the lowest input value to the analog input scaling block. Default: 0.000 Volts
0.000 mA
Min/Max: –/+10.000 Volts
0.000 / 20.000 mA

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 463

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 117 - 22-Series I/O File

Analog Inputs (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

53 Anlg In0 LssActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 0

Analog Input 0 Loss Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action that is taken when an analog input signal loss occurs. 1 = ‘Alarm’
Signal loss is defined as an analog signal less than 1V or 2 mA. The signal loss event ends 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
and normal operation resumes when the input signal level is greater than or equal to 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
1.5V or 3 mA. This functionality is not recommended for bipolar signals.
4 = ‘Flt RampStop’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken.
5 = ‘Flt CL Stop’
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated.
6 = ‘Hold Input’
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. If running, drive continues to run.
7 = ‘Set Input Lo’
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. Coast to Stop.
8 = ‘Set Input Hi’
‘Flt RampStop’ (4) – Major fault indicated. Ramp to Stop.
‘Flt CL Stop’ (5) – Major fault indicated. Current Limit Stop.
‘Hold Input’ (6) – Holds input at last value.
‘Set Input Lo’ (7) – Sets input to 0V or 0 mA.
‘Set Input Hi’ (8) – Sets input to 10V or 20 mA..
54 Anlg In0 Raw Val Units: Volt RO Real 0
Analog Input 0 Raw Value mA
Raw Value of the analog input. Default: 0.000 Volts
0.000 mA
Min/Max: –/+10.000 Volts
0.000 / 20.000 mA
55 Anlg In0 Filt Gn Default: 1.00 RW Real 0
Analog Input 0 Filter Gain Min/Max: –/+5.00
Sets the analog input filter gain.
56 Anlg In0 Filt BW Default: 0.0 RW Real 0
Analog Input 0 Filter Bandwidth Min/Max: 0.0 / 500.0
Sets the analog input filter bandwidth.
60 Anlg In1 Value Units: Volt RO Real 0
Analog Input 1 Value mA
Value of the Analog input after filter, square root, and loss action. Default: 0.000 Volts
0.000 mA
Min/Max: –/+10.000 Volts
0.000 / 20.000 mA
61 Anlg In1 Hi Units: Volt RW Real 0
Analog Input 1 High mA
Sets the highest input value to the analog input scaling block. Default: 0.000 Volts
0.000 mA
Min/Max: –/+10.000 Volts
0.000 / 20.000 mA
62 Anlg In1 Lo Units: Volt RW Real 0
Analog Input 1 Low mA
Sets the lowest input value to the analog input scaling block. Default: 0.000 Volts
0.000 mA
Min/Max: –/+10.000 Volts
0.000 / 20.000 mA

464 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 117 - 22-Series I/O File

Analog Inputs (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

63 Anlg In1 LssActn Default: 0 = ‘Ignore’ RW 32-bit 0

Analog Input 1 Loss Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Enter a value to select the action that is taken when an analog input signal loss occurs. 1 = ‘Alarm’
Signal loss is defined as an analog signal less than 1V or 2 mA. The signal loss event ends 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
and normal operation resumes when the input signal level is greater than or equal to 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
1.5V or 3 mA. This functionality is not recommended for bipolar signals.
4 = ‘Flt RampStop’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken.
5 = ‘Flt CL Stop’
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated.
6 = ‘Hold Input’
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. If running, drive continues to run.
7 = ‘Set Input Lo’
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. Coast to Stop.
8 = ‘Set Input Hi’
‘Flt RampStop’ (4) – Major fault indicated. Ramp to Stop.
‘Flt CL Stop’ (5) – Major fault indicated. Current Limit Stop.
‘Hold Input’ (6) – Holds input at last value.
‘Set Input Lo’ (7) – Sets input to 0V or 0 mA.
‘Set Input Hi’ (8) – Sets input to 10V or 20 mA.
64 Anlg In1 Raw Val Units: Volt RO Real 0
Analog Input 1 Raw Value mA
Raw Value of the analog input. Default: 0.000 Volts
0.000 mA
Min/Max: –/+10.000 Volts
0.000 / 20.000 mA
65 Anlg In1 Filt Gn Default: 1.00 RW Real 0
Analog Input 1 Filter Gain Min/Max: –/+5.00
Sets the analog input filter gain.
66 Anlg In1 Filt BW Default: 0.0 RW Real 0
Analog Input 1 Filter Bandwidth Min/Max: 0.0 / 500.0
Sets the analog input filter bandwidth.

Table 118 - 22-Series I/O File

Analog Outputs

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

70 Anlg Out Type RW 16-bit 0

Analog Output Type Integer

Select the analog output mode for each analog output.

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Analog 1
Analog 0

Options

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Voltage Mode

1 = Current Mode
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 465

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 118 - 22-Series I/O File

Analog Outputs (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

71 Anlg Out Abs RW 16-bit 0

Analog Output Absolute Integer

Selects whether the signed value or absolute value of a parameter is used before being scaled to drive the analog output.
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Analog 1
Analog 0
Options

0 = Condition False
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

75 Anlg Out0 Sel Default: 3 RW 32-bit 0

Analog Output 0 Select Min/Max: 0 / 159999 Integer
Selects the source for the analog output.
76 Anlg Out0 Stpt Units: Volt RW Real 0
Analog Output 0 Setpoint mA
A possible source for an analog output. Can be used to control an analog output from a Default: 10.000 Volts
communication device using a DataLink. Not affected by analog output scaling. 20.000 mA
Min/Max: –/+10.000 Volts
0.000 / 20.000 mA
77 Anlg Out0 Data Default: 0 RO Real 0
Analog Output 0 Data Min/Max: –/+40000.000
Displays the value of the source selected by 75 [Anlg Out0 Sel].
78 Anlg Out0 DataHi Units: pu RW Real 0
Analog Output 0 Data High Default: 1
Sets the high value for the data range of analog out scale. Min/Max: –/+40000.000
79 Anlg Out0 DataLo Default: 1 RW Real 0
Analog Output 0 Data Low Min/Max: –/+40000.000
Sets the low value for the data range of analog out scale.
80 Anlg Out0 Hi Units: Volt RW Real 0
Analog Output 0 High mA
Sets the high value for the analog output value when the data value is at its maximum. Default: 10.000 Volts
20.000 mA
Min/Max: –/+10.000 Volts
0.000 / 20.000 mA
81 Anlg Out0 Lo Units: Volt RW Real 0
Analog Output 0 Low mA
Sets the low value for the analog output value when the data value is at its minimum. Default: 0.000 Volts
0.000 mA
Min/Max: –/+10.000 Volts
0.000 / 20.000 mA
82 Anlg Out0 Val Units: Volt RO Real 0
Analog Output 0 Value mA
Displays the analog output value. Default: 10.000 Volts
20.000 mA
Min/Max: –/+10.000 Volts
0.000 / 20.000 mA
85 Anlg Out1 Sel Default: 7 RW 32-bit 0
Analog Output 1 Select Min/Max: 0 / 159999 Integer
Selects the source for the analog output.

466 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 118 - 22-Series I/O File

Analog Outputs (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

86 Anlg Out1 Stpt Units: Volt RW Real 0

Analog Output 1 Setpoint mA
A possible source for an analog output. Can be used to control an analog output from a Default: 10.000 Volts
communication device using a DataLink. Not affected by analog output scaling. 20.000 mA
Min/Max: –/+10.000 Volts
0.000 / 20.000 mA
87 Anlg Out1 Data Default: 0.000 RO Real 0
Analog Output 1 Data Min/Max: 0.000 / 3200.00
Displays the value of the source selected by 85 [Anlg Out1 Sel].
88 Anlg Out1 DataHi Default: 1.000 RW Real 0
Analog Output 1 Data High Min/Max: 0.000 / 3200.00
Sets the high value for the data range of analog out scale.
89 Anlg Out1 DataLo Default: 0.000 RW Real 0
Analog Output 1 Data Low Min/Max: 0.000 / 3200.00
Sets the low value for the data range of analog out scale.
90 Anlg Out1 Hi Units: Volt RW Real 0
Analog Output 1 High mA
Sets the high value for the analog output value when the data value is at its maximum. Default: 10.000 Volts
20.000 mA
Min/Max: –/+10.000 Volts
0.000 / 20.000 mA
91 Anlg Out1 Lo Units: Volt RW Real 0
Analog Output 1 Low mA
Sets the low value for the analog output value when the data value is at its minimum. Default: 0.000 Volts
0.000 mA
Min/Max: –/+10.000 Volts
0.000 / 20.000 mA
92 Anlg Out1 Val Units: Volt RO Real 0
Analog Output 1 Value mA
Displays the analog output value. Default: 10.000 Volts
20.000 mA
Min/Max: –/+10.000 Volts
0.000 / 20.000 mA

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 467

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 119 - 22-Series I/O File

Predictive Main

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

99 PredMaint Sts RO 16-bit 0

Predictive Maintenance Status Integer

Status of relay's predictive maintenance.

Relay Out 0(1)

Options

Relay Out 0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Master

0 = Condition False
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

(1) Bit 1= ‘Relay Out 0’ for 22-Series I/O Module models 20-750-2262C-2R and 20-750-2262D-2R
100 RO0 Load Type Default: 1 = ‘DC Inductive’ RW 32-bit 0
Relay Output 0 Load Type Options: 0 = ‘DC Resistive’ Integer
Sets the type of load that will be applied to the relay. Must be properly set for the 1 = ‘DC Inductive’
Predictive Maintenance function to predict the relay life. 2 = ‘AC Resistive’
3 = ‘AC Inductive’
101 RO0 Load Amps Units: Amps RW Real 0
Relay Output 0 Load Amps Default: 2.000
Load current that will be applied to the relay contacts. Must be properly set for the Min/Max: 0.000 / 2.000
Predictive Maintenance function to approximate the relay life.
102 RO0 TotalLife Units: Cycl RO 32-bit 0
Relay Output 0 Total Life Default: 0 Integer
Total life cycles of the relay based on programmed load type and amps. Min/Max: 0 / 2147483647
103 RO0 ElapsedLife Units: Cycl RO 32-bit 0
Relay Output 0 Elapsed Life Default: 0 Integer
Non-resettable, total accumulated cycles of the relay. Min/Max: 0 / 2147483647
104 RO0 RemainLife Units: Cycl RO 32-bit 0
Relay Output 0 Remaining Life Default: 0 Integer
The difference between the Total Life and the Elapsed Life. Min/Max: –/+2147483647
105 RO0 LifeEvntLvl Units: % RW Real 0
Relay Output 0 Life Event Level Default: 80.000
Sets the percentage of relay life cycles before action is taken. Min/Max: 0.000 / 100.000
106 RO0 LifeEvntActn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 0
Relay Output 0 Life Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Sets the action that will be taken when the percentage of relay life cycles has been 1 = ‘Alarm’
reached. 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated. 4 = ‘Flt RampStop’
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. If running, drive continues to run. 5 = ‘Flt CL Stop’
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. Coast to Stop.
‘Flt RampStop’ (4) – Major fault indicated. Ramp to Stop.
‘Flt CL Stop’ (5) – Major fault indicated. Current Limit Stop.
110 RO1 Load Type Default: 1 = ‘DC Inductive’ RW 32-bit 0
Relay Output 1 Load Type Options: 0 = ‘DC Resistive’ Integer
Sets the type of load that will be applied to the relay. Must be properly set for the 1 = ‘DC Inductive’
Predictive Maintenance function to predict the relay life. 2 = ‘AC Resistive’
Important: Only used by 22-Series I/O Module models 20-750-2262C-2R and 20-750- 3 = ‘AC Inductive’
2262D-2R.

468 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 119 - 22-Series I/O File

Predictive Main (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

111 RO1 Load Amps Units: Amps RW Real 0

Relay Output 1 Load Amps Default: 2.000
Load current that will be applied to the relay contacts. Must be properly set for the Min/Max: 0.000 / 2.000
Predictive Maintenance function to approximate the relay life.
Important: Only used by 22-Series I/O Module models 20-750-2262C-2R and 20-750-
2262D-2R.
112 RO1 TotalLife Units: Cycl RO 32-bit 0
Relay Output 1 Total Life Default: 0 Integer
Total life cycles of the relay based on programmed load type and amps. Min/Max: 0 / 2147483647
Important: Only used by 22-Series I/O Module models 20-750-2262C-2R and 20-750-
2262D-2R.
113 RO1 ElapsedLife Units: Cycl RO 32-bit 0
Relay Output 1 Elapsed Life Default: 0 Integer
Non-resettable, total accumulated cycles of the relay. Min/Max: 0 / 2147483647
Important: Only used by 22-Series I/O Module models 20-750-2262C-2R and 20-750-
2262D-2R.
114 RO1 RemainLife Units: Cycl RO 32-bit 0
Relay Output 1 Remaining Life Default: 0 Integer
The difference between the Total Life and the Elapsed Life. Min/Max: –/+2147483647
Important: Only used by 22-Series I/O Module models 20-750-2262C-2R and 20-750-
2262D-2R.
115 RO1 LifeEvntLvl Units: % RW Real 0
Relay Output 1 Life Event Level Default: 80.000
Sets the percentage of relay life cycles before action is taken. Min/Max: 0.000 / 100.000
Important: Only used by 22-Series I/O Module models 20-750-2262C-2R and 20-750-
2262D-2R.
116 RO1 LifeEvntActn Default: 1 = ‘Alarm’ RW 32-bit 0
Relay Output 1 Life Event Action Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Sets the action that will be taken when the percentage of relay life cycles has been 1 = ‘Alarm’
reached. 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
Important: Only used by 22-Series I/O Module models 20-750-2262C-2R and 20-750- 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
2262D-2R. 4 = ‘Flt RampStop’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 5 = ‘Flt CL Stop’
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated.
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. If running, drive continues to run.
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. Coast to Stop.
‘Flt RampStop’ (4) – Major fault indicated. Ramp to Stop.
‘Flt CL Stop’ (5) – Major fault indicated. Current Limit Stop.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 469

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Single Incremental Encoder

Module Parameters
Table 120 - Single Incremental Encoder Module File

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

1 Encoder Cfg RW 16-bit 0

Encoder Configure Integer

Configures the direction, speed calculation method, signal type and active encoder channels.

Single Ended
Options

A Chan Only
Inv Home In

Z Chan Enbl
Edge Mode
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Direction

0 = Condition False
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Z Channel Enbl’ – Configures the Channel Z to be used and monitored for Phase Loss. A value of 0 = the Z channel will be ignored. Must be set if the encoder marker
pulse is used.
Bit 1 ‘A Chan Only’ – Configures the module to use only the A channel, and ignore the B channel. In this mode, direction cannot be determined, and the position counter
will always count up.
Bit 2 ‘Edge Mode’ – Configure the module to use AB edge time data for speed calculation rather than accumulated count.
Bit 3 ‘Inv Home In’ – Configures the home input to be inverted. 1 = inverted, 0 = not inverted
Bit 4 ‘Single Ended’ – Configure when the A Quad B encoder has single ended signals. In this mode, Phase Loss detection is disabled. 0 = Differential, 1 = Single Ended
Bit 5 ‘Direction’ – Inverts the feedback count up/down associated with a given rotation direction internally. 1 = invert, 0 = do not invert This bit is changed by the direction
test in the Start-Up routine when encoder direction is determined to be incorrect and ‘Change Logic’ is selected when prompted.
2 Encoder PPR Default: 1024 RW Real 0
Encoder Pulses Per Revolution Min/Max: 2 / 20000
Configures the encoder module for the Pulses Per Revolution (Encoder Lines) of the
incremental encoder.
3 Fdbk Loss Cfg Default: 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’ RW Real 0
Feedback Loss Configure Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’
Configures how the drive reacts to an error status condition for the feedback. 1 = ‘Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated. 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. If running, drive continues to run.
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. Coast to Stop.
4 Encoder Feedback Default: 0 RO Real 0
Encoder Feedback Min/Max: –/+2147483647
Displays the position feedback value of the encoder. This can be used as a source for the
main control (Port 0) Feedback Select.

470 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 120 - Single Incremental Encoder Module File (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

5 Encoder Status RO 16-bit 0

Encoder Status Integer

Status information for the Incremental Encoder Module.

HomMrk Armed

Options
HomeIn Armed
HomMrk Event

HomeIn Event

Marker Event
Inv Home In

A Chan Only
Home Input

Z Chan Enbl
A Not Input
B Not Input
Z Not Input
Direction

A Input
B Input
Default Z Input
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Condition False
1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Z Chan Enbl’ – State of the corresponding bit in the [Encoder Cfg] parameter.
Bit 1 ‘A Chan Only’ – State of the corresponding bit in the [Encoder Cfg] parameter.
Bit 2 ‘A Input’ – State of encoder A input signal.
Bit 3 ‘A Not Input’ – State of encoder A Not input signal.
Bit 4 ‘B Input’ – State of encoder B input signal.
Bit 5 ‘B Not Input’ – State of encoder B Not input signal.
Bit 6 ‘Z Input’ – State of encoder Z input signal.
Bit 7 ‘Z Not Input’ – State of encoder Z Not input signal.
Bit 8 ‘Marker Event’ – When channel Z (marker pulse) is used, indicates that a marker pulse is detected. Automatically cleared in the homing routine or due to clearing of
faults. This bit will remain on until cleared by either the homing function, spindle orient function or clear fault. For the Single and Dual Incremental encoder options, the
marker input can only be used by the homing and spindle orient functions. Clearing the encoder faults will also clear the Marker Event status. The single and dual encoder
cards use the same clear fault mechanism that is used to clear the drive faults.
Bit 9 ‘Inv Home In’ – State of the corresponding bit in the [Encoder Cfg] parameter. When set, the home input signal will be inverted.
Bit 10 ‘Home Input’ – Active state of the Home Input signal. This status bit gets inverted if the ‘Inv Home In’ bit is enabled.
Bit 11 ‘HomeIn Armed’ – Indicates that the homing logic is configured to latch the encoder position upon the next transition of the home input.
Bit 12 ‘HomeIn Event’ – Indicates that the homing logic has latched the encoder position in response to a transition of the home input.
Bit 13 ‘HomMrk Armed’ – Indicates that the homing logic is configured to latch the encoder position upon the next marker (Z channel) pulse.
Bit 14 ‘HomMrk Event’ – Indicates that the homing logic has latched the encoder position in response to a marker (Z channel) pulse.
Bit 15 ‘Direction’ – State of the corresponding bit in the [Encoder Cfg] parameter.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 471

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 120 - Single Incremental Encoder Module File (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

6 Error Status RO 16-bit 0

Error Status Integer

Status information that will result in a feedback loss condition.

SI Comm Loss

Options

Phase Loss
Open Wire
Quad Loss
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Condition False
1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Open Wire’ – Indicates that an input signal (A, B or Z) is in the same state as its complement (A Not, B Not, Z Not). For open wire detection to work, the encoder signals
must be differential (not single ended). The Z channel is only checked when enabled. See parameter 1 [Encoder Cfg].
Bit 1 ‘Phase Loss’ – Indicates that more than 30 phase loss (open wire) events have occurred over an 8 msec time period. The same restrictions apply as on [Encoder Cfg] Bit
0. The Z channel will be ignored if not enabled. Checking for phase loss on the Z channel is only done when the Z channel is enabled.
Bit 2 ‘Quad Loss’ – Quadrature loss events occur when simultaneous edge transitions occur on both the A and B encoder channels. Indicates that more than 10 quad loss
events over a 8 msec time period are detected. Only valid when both A and B channels are used (not 'A Chan Only' in [Encoder Cfg]).
Bit 15 ‘SI Comm Loss’ – Indicates a communication loss between the main control board and the encoder module over the Serial Interface backplane.
7 Phase Loss Count Default: 0 RO Real 0
Phase Loss Count Min/Max: 0 / 127
Displays the total number of encoder errors detected by the encoder card every 1
millisecond sample interval. These values are reset to zero every 1 millisecond.
Diagnostic Items are available for the encoder that show the errors counted over 8
milliseconds as well as the peak error values. The peak values are reset when the drive
faults are cleared.
8 Quad Loss Count Default: 0 RO Real 0
Displays the total number of encoder errors detected by the encoder card every 1 Min/Max: 0 / 15
millisecond sample interval. These values are reset to zero every 1 millisecond.
Diagnostic Items are available for the encoder that show the errors counted over 8
milliseconds as well as the peak error values. The peak values are reset when the drive
faults are cleared.

472 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Dual Incremental Encoder

Module Parameters
Table 121 - Dual Incremental Encoder Module File
Encoder 0

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

1 Enc 0 Cfg RW 16-bit 0

Encoder 0 Configure Integer

Configures the position direction, speed calculation method, signal type and active encoder channels used for Encoder 0 (primary encoder).

Single Ended
Options

A Chan Only
Z Chan Enbl
Edge Mode
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Direction

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Condition False

1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Z Channel Enbl’ – Configures the Channel Z to be used and monitored for Phase Loss. A value of 0 = the Z channel will be ignored.
Bit 1 ‘A Chan Only’ – Configures the module to use only the A channel, and ignore the B channel. In this mode, direction cannot be determined, and the position counter
will always count up.
Bit 2 ‘Edge Mode’ – Configure the module to use AB edge time data for speed calculation rather than accumulated count.
Bit 4 ‘Single Ended’ – Configure when the A Quad B encoder has single ended signals. In this mode, Phase Loss detection is disabled.
0 = Differential, 1 = Single Ended
Bit 5 ‘Direction’ – Inverts the feedback count up/down associated with a given rotation direction internally. 1 = invert, 0 = do not invert
2 Enc 0 PPR Default: 1024 RW 32-bit 0
Encoder 0 Pulses Per Revolution Min/Max: 2 / 20000 Integer
Configures the encoder module's primary input (Encoder 0) for the Pulses Per Revolution
(Encoder Lines) of the A Quad B Encoder.
3 Enc 0 FB Lss Cfg Default: 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’ RW 32-bit 0
Encoder 0 Feedback Loss Configure Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Configures how the drive reacts to an error status condition for Encoder 0 (primary 1 = ‘Alarm’
encoder). 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated.
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. If running, drive continues to run.
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. Coast to Stop.
4 Enc 0 FB Default: 0 RO 32-bit 0
Encoder 0 Feedback Min/Max: –/+2147483647 Integer
Displays the position feedback value of Encoder 0 (primary encoder). This should be used
as a source for the main control (Port 0) Feedback Select.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 473

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 121 - Dual Incremental Encoder Module File

Encoder 0 (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

5 Enc 0 Sts RO 32-bit 0

Encoder 0 Status Integer

Status information for Encoder 0.

HomMrk Armed
Options

HomeIn Armed
HomMrk Event

HomeIn Event

Marker Event

A Chan Only
Inv Home In
Home Input

Z Chan Enbl
A Not Input
B Not Input
Z Not Input
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Direction

A Input
B Input
Z Input
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Z Chan Enbl’ – State of the corresponding bit in the [Enc 0 Cfg] parameter.
Bit 1 ‘A Chan Only’ – State of the corresponding bit in the [Enc 0 Cfg] parameter.
Bit 2 ‘A Input’ – State of encoder A input signal.
Bit 3 ‘A Not Input’ – State of encoder A Not input signal.
Bit 4 ‘B Input’ – State of encoder B input signal.
Bit 5 ‘B Not Input’ – State of encoder B Not input signal.
Bit 6 ‘Z Input’ – State of encoder Z input signal.
Bit 7 ‘Z Not Input’ – State of encoder Z Not input signal.
Bit 8 ‘Marker Event’ – When channel Z (marker pulse) is used, indicates that a marker pulse is detected. Automatically cleared in the homing routine or due to clearing of
encoder faults.
Bit 9 ‘Inv Home In’ – State of the corresponding bit in the [Enc 0 Cfg] parameter. When set, the home input signal will be inverted.
Bit 10 ‘Home Input’ – Active state of the Home Input signal. This status bit gets inverted if the ‘Inv Home In’ bit is enabled.
Bit 11 ‘HomeIn Armed’ – Indicates that the homing logic is configured to latch the encoder position upon the next transition of the home input.
Bit 12 ‘HomeIn Event’ – Indicates that the homing logic has latched the encoder position in response to a transition of the home input.
Bit 13 ‘HomMrk Armed’ – Indicates that the homing logic is configured to latch the encoder position upon the next marker (Z channel) pulse.
Bit 14 ‘HomMrk Event’ – Indicates that the homing logic has latched the encoder position in response to a marker (Z channel) pulse.
Bit 15 ‘Direction’ – State of the corresponding bit in the [Enc 0 Cfg] parameter.

474 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 121 - Dual Incremental Encoder Module File

Encoder 0 (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

6 Enc 0 Error Sts RO 32-bit 0

Encoder 0 Error Status Integer

Status information that will result in a feedback loss condition for Encoder 0.

SI Comm Loss
Options

Phase Loss
Open Wire
Quad Loss
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Open Wire’ – Indicates that an input signal (A, B or Z) is in the same state as its complement (A Not, B Not, Z Not). For open wire detection to work, the encoder signals
must be differential (not single ended). The Z channel is only checked when enabled.
Bit 1 ‘Phase Loss’ – Indicates that more than 30 phase loss (open wire) events have occurred over an 8msec
time period. The same restrictions apply as on [Enc 0 Cfg] Bit 0 ‘Z Chan Enbl.’
Bit 2 ‘Quad Loss’ – Quadrature loss events occur when simultaneous edge transitions occur on both the A and B encoder channels. Indicates that more than 10 quad loss
events over a 10 msec time period are detected. Only valid when both A and B channels are used (not 'A Chan Only' in [Enc 0 Cfg]).
Bit 15 ‘SI Comm Loss’ – Indicates a communication loss between the main control board and the encoder module over the Serial Interface backplane.
7 Enc 0 PhsLss Cnt Default: 0 RO 32-bit 0
Encoder 0 Phase Loss Count Min/Max: 0 / 127 Integer
Displays the active value of the encoder module's Encoder 0 phase loss counter hardware
register. Values in this register accumulated over 8 msec are used to detect Phase Loss
errors.
8 Enc 0 QuadLssCnt Default: 0 RO 32-bit 0
Encoder 0 Quad Loss Count Min/Max: 0 / 15 Integer
Displays the active value of the encoder module's Encoder 0 quad loss counter hardware
register. Values in this register accumulated over 8 msec are used to detect Quad Loss
errors.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 475

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 122 - Dual Incremental Encoder Module File

Encoder 1

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

11 Enc 1 Cfg RW 16-bit 0

Encoder 1 Configure Integer

Configures the position direction, speed calculation method, signal type and active encoder channels used for Encoder 1 (secondary encoder).

Single Ended
Options

A Chan Only
Z Chan Enbl
Edge Mode
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Default Direction
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Condition False
1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Z Channel Enbl’ – Configures the Channel Z to be used and monitored for Phase Loss. A value of 0 = the Z channel will be ignored.
Bit 1 ‘A Chan Only’ – Configures the module to use only the A channel, and ignore the B channel. In this mode, direction cannot be determined, and the position counter
will always count up.
Bit 2 ‘Edge Mode’ – Configure the module to use AB edge time data for speed calculation rather than accumulated count.
Bit 4 ‘Single Ended’ – Configure when the A Quad B encoder has single ended signals. In this mode, Phase Loss detection is disabled.
0 = Differential, 1 = Single Ended
Bit 5 ‘Direction’ – Inverts the feedback count up/down associated with a given rotation direction internally. 1 = invert, 0 = do not invert
12 Enc 1 PPR Default: 1024 RW 32-bit 0
Encoder 1 Pulses Per Revolution Min/Max: 2 / 20000 Integer
Configures the encoder module’s secondary input (Encoder 0) for the Pulses Per
Revolution (Encoder Lines) of the A Quad B Encoder.
13 Enc 1 FB Lss Cfg Default: 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’ RW 32-bit 0
Encoder 1 Feedback Loss Configure Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Configures how the drive reacts to an error status condition for Encoder 0 (secondary 1 = ‘Alarm’
encoder). 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated.
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. If running, drive continues to run.
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. Coast to Stop.
14 Enc 1 FB Default: 0 RO 32-bit 0
Encoder 1 Feedback Min/Max: –/+2147483647 Integer
Displays the position feedback value of Encoder 1 (secondary encoder). This should be
used as a source for the main control (Port 0) Feedback Select.

476 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 122 - Dual Incremental Encoder Module File

Encoder 1 (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

15 Enc 1 Sts RO 32-bit 0

Encoder 1 Status Integer

Status information for Encoder 1.

HomMrk Armed
Options

HomeIn Armed
HomMrk Event

HomeIn Event

Marker Event

A Chan Only
Inv Home In
Home Input

Z Chan Enbl
A Not Input
B Not Input
Z Not Input
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Direction

A Input
B Input
Z Input
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Z Chan Enbl’ – State of the corresponding bit in the [Enc 0 Cfg] parameter.
Bit 1 ‘A Chan Only’ – State of the corresponding bit in the [Enc 0 Cfg] parameter.
Bit 2 ‘A Input’ – State of encoder A input signal.
Bit 3 ‘A Not Input’ – State of encoder A Not input signal.
Bit 4 ‘B Input’ – State of encoder B input signal.
Bit 5 ‘B Not Input’ – State of encoder B Not input signal.
Bit 6 ‘Z Input’ – State of encoder Z input signal.
Bit 7 ‘Z Not Input’ – State of encoder Z Not input signal.
Bit 8 ‘Marker Event’ – When channel Z (marker pulse) is used, indicates that a marker pulse is detected. Automatically cleared in the homing routine or due to clearing of
encoder faults.
Bit 9 ‘Inv Home In’ – State of the corresponding bit in the [Enc 0 Cfg] parameter. When set, the home input signal will be inverted.
Bit 10 ‘Home Input’ – Active state of the Home Input signal. This status bit gets inverted if the ‘Inv Home In’ bit is enabled.
Bit 11 ‘HomeIn Armed’ – Indicates that the homing logic is configured to latch the encoder position upon the next transition of the home input.
Bit 12 ‘HomeIn Event’ – Indicates that the homing logic has latched the encoder position in response to a transition of the home input.
Bit 13 ‘HomMrk Armed’ – Indicates that the homing logic is configured to latch the encoder position upon the next marker (Z channel) pulse.
Bit 14 ‘HomMrk Event’ – Indicates that the homing logic has latched the encoder position in response to a marker (Z channel) pulse.
Bit 15 ‘Direction’ – State of the corresponding bit in the [Enc 0 Cfg] parameter.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 477

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 122 - Dual Incremental Encoder Module File

Encoder 1 (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

16 Enc 1 Error Sts RO 32-bit 0

Encoder 1 Error Status Integer

Status information that will result in a feedback loss condition for Encoder 1.

SI Comm Loss
Options

Phase Loss
Open Wire
Quad Loss
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Open Wire’ – Indicates that an input signal (A, B or Z) is in the same state as its complement (A Not, B Not, Z Not). For open wire detection to work, the encoder signals
must be differential (not single ended). The Z channel is only checked when enabled.
Bit 1 ‘Phase Loss’ – Indicates that more than 30 phase loss (open wire) events have occurred over an 8msec
time period. The same restrictions apply as on [Enc 0 Cfg] Bit 0 ‘Z Chan Enbl.’
Bit 2 ‘Quad Loss’ – Quadrature loss events occur when simultaneous edge transitions occur on both the A and B encoder channels. Indicates that more than 10 quad loss
events over a 10 msec time period are detected. Only valid when both A and B channels are used (not 'A Chan Only' in [Enc 0 Cfg]).
Bit 15 ‘SI Comm Loss’ – Indicates a communication loss between the main control board and the encoder module over the Serial Interface backplane.
17 Enc 1 PhsLss Cnt Default: 0 RO 32-bit 0
Encoder 1 Phase Loss Count Min/Max: 0 / 127 Integer
Displays the active value of the encoder module’s Encoder 1 phase loss counter hardware
register. Values in this register accumulated over 8 msec are used to detect Phase Loss
errors.
18 Enc 1 QuadLssCnt Default: 0 RO 32-bit 0
Encoder 1 Quad Loss Count Min/Max: 0 / 15 Integer
Displays the active value of the encoder module’s Encoder 1 quad loss counter hardware
register. Values in this register accumulated over 8 msec are used to detect Quad Loss
errors.

Table 123 - Dual Incremental Encoder Module File

Homing Cfg

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

20 Homing Cfg RW 16-bit 0

Homing Configure Integer

Configures options for the homing function. Common to both encoders.

Inv Home In

Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Not Inverted

1 = Inverted
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Inv Home In’ – Inverts the home input signal.

478 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 124 - Dual Incremental Encoder Module File

Module Sts

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

21 Module Sts RO 16-bit 0

Module Status Integer

Encoder module status information. Common to both encoders.

Safety Mode
SafetyVoltHi
Options
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Cleared
1 = Set
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Safety Mode’ – Indicates that the dip switch on the dual encoder module is configured to place its feedback signals on the SI backplane for use by the Safe Speed
Monitor module. If multiple dual encoder modules are present, only one dual encoder can be configured for Safety Mode. 0 = Safety Mode Off. 1 = Safety Mode On.
Bit 1 ‘SafetyVoltHi’ – Indicates the status (configured by a jumper on the module) of the safety feedback voltage mode. 0 = 5V safety feedback mode, 1 = 12V safety
feedback mode.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 479

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Universal Feedback Module

Parameters
Table 125 - Universal Feedback Module File
Module

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

1 Module Sts RO 16-bit 0

Module Status Integer

Shows error and alarm information of the Feedback Option module.

Hardware Err

Module Error
Alarm Type 2
Alarm Type 1
Firmware Err
Options

System Error
FB0FB1 Cflct

EncOut Cflct
Safety Cflct
Initializing

FB1 Alarm
FB0 Alarm
Sec Safety
DPI Ready

Cfg Alarm
Pri Safety
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved
FB1 Error
FB0 Error
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 = False
1 = True
Bit 0 ‘Module Error’ – Indicates that the Feedback Option module has any error. This bit is set if at least one of the bits ‘FB0 Error’, ‘FB1 Error’, or ‘System Error’ is set.
Bit 1 ‘Alarm Type 1’ – Indicates that there is any alarm of type 1 active on the Feedback Option module. Bits 8…10 indicate what kind of alarm is active.
Bit 2 ‘Alarm Type 2’ – Indicates that there is any alarm of type 2 active on the Feedback Option module. Bits 20 and 21 indicate what kind of alarm is active.
Bit 4 ‘FB0 Error’ – Indicates that Feedback 0 has an error. This bit is set if any Feedback 0 error bit in 10 [FB0 Sts] is set. If this bit is set, Bit 0 ‘Module Error’ is also set.
Bit 5 ‘FB1 Error’ – Indicates that Feedback 1 has an error. This bit is set if any Feedback 1 error bit in 10 [FB1 Sts] is set. If this bit is set, Bit 0 ‘Module Error’ is also set.
Bit 6 ‘System Error’ – Indicates that there is a feedback independent error on the Feedback Option module. Bits 12 and 13 show the type of the System Error. If this bit is set,
Bit 0 ‘Module Error’ is also set.
Bit 8 ‘FB0 Alarm’ – Indicates that feedback device 0 has an alarm. This bit is set if there is an alarm in the Feedback 0 encoder. If this bit is set, bit 1 ‘Alarm Type 1’ and 10
[FB0 Sts] bit 12 ‘Encoder Alm’ will also be set. The specific alarm condition may be shown in a status found under the diagnostics tab for the Universal Feedback Module.
Separate diagnostic items are provided for both ports and for both of the following devices: EnDat and BiSS. Alarm conditions for Linear Stahl feedback devices can be
found in 27 [FB0 LinStahl Sts] and 57 [FB1 LinStahl Sts].
Bit 9 ‘FB1 Alarm’ – Indicates that feedback device 1 has an alarm. This bit is set if there is an alarm in the Feedback 1 encoder. If this bit is set, bit 1 ‘Alarm Type 1’ and 40
[FB1 Sts] bit 12 ‘Encoder Alm’ will also be set. The specific alarm condition may be shown in a status found under the diagnostics tab for the Universal Feedback Module.
Separate diagnostic items are provided for both ports and for both of the following devices: EnDat and BiSS. Alarm conditions for Linear Stahl feedback devices can be
found in 27 [FB0 LinStahl Sts] and 57 [FB1 LinStahl Sts].
Bit 10 ‘Cfg Alarm’ – Indicates that there is a feedback independent alarm on the Feedback Option module. Bits 16 and 17 show the type of the Cfg Alarm. If this bit is set, bit
1 ‘Alarm Type 1’ is also set.
Bit 12 ‘Hardware Err’ – Indicates that there is a Hardware Error on the Feedback Option module. If this bit is set, bit 6 ‘System Error’ is also set. The hardware is self tested by
the board at powerup. Specific details of the hardware failure are not available.
Bit 13 ‘Firmware Err’ – Indicates that there is a Firmware Error on the Feedback Option module. A Firmware Error occurs if the Hardware and the downloaded Firmware are
not compatible. If this bit is set, bit 6 ‘System Error’ is also set.
Bit 16 ‘EncOut Cflct’ – If set, there is one of the following problems with the Encoder Output:
• The selection in 80 [Enc Out Sel] is not possible since the required pins on the terminal blocks are already used for Feedback 0 or 1 according to 6 [FB0 Device Sel] and 36
[FB1 Device Sel].
• 80 [Enc Out Sel] is set to ‘Sine Cosine’ and there is no signal connected to the pins 1…4 of the Terminal Block 1.
• 80 [Enc Out Sel] is set to ‘Sine Cosine’, the value of [FBn IncAndSC PPR] is not a power of two, and the parameter 84 [Enc Out Z PPR] is not set to 0 ‘1 ZPulse.’ This is not
allowed.
• 80 [Enc Out Sel] is set to ‘Channel X’ or ‘Channel Y’ and there is no encoder connected to that channel.
• 80 [Enc Out Sel] is set to ‘Channel X’ or ‘Channel Y’ and there is a linear encoder connected to this channel. If this bit is set, bit 10 ‘Cfg Alarm’ is also set.
Bit 17 ‘Safety Cflct’ – If set, the Safety DIP switches are in an invalid position. If this bit is set, bit 10 ‘Cfg Alarm’ is also set.
Bit 20 ‘FB0FB1 Cflct’ – If set, the combination of the feedback selection done with the parameters 6 [FB0 Device Sel] and 36 [FB1 Device Sel] is invalid, i.e. both feedbacks
have Sin-Cos-Signals (There is only place for one set of Sin-Cos-Signals on the Terminal Blocks). If this bit is set, bit 2 ‘Alarm Type 2’ is also set.
Bit 21 ‘Initializing’ – Indicates that the Universal Feedback State Machine is in the Initialize State. This Type 2 alarm makes sure that the motor cannot be started during the
initialization state. If this bit is set, bit 2 ‘Alarm Type 2’ is also set.
Bit 29 ‘Pri Safety’ – Indicates that the UFB is used as primary safety module.
Bit 30 ‘Sec Safety’ – Indicates that the UFB is used as secondary safety module.
Bit 31 ‘DPI Ready’ – This bit tells the MCB if the UFB is ready for DPI communication.

480 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 125 - Universal Feedback Module File

Module (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

2 Module Err Reset Default: 0 = ‘Ready’ RW 32-bit 0

Module Error Reset Options: 0 = ‘Ready’ Integer
Selects the module reset type. The Universal Feedback module allows errors to be reset 1 = ‘Clr FB Intlz’
directly on the module. The drive’s fault and alarm clear mechanisms will do this 2 = ‘Clear Errors’
automatically and should normally be used instead of this parameter. In cases where the 3 = ‘FB Initlz’
errors need to be reset directly, this parameter can be used.
‘Ready’ (0) – This is the normal state for this parameter. All other states are temporary.
This parameter will return to ‘Ready’ once the requested reset operation is complete.
‘Clr FB Intlz’ (1) – Requests the module to clear all errors and re-execute its initialization
routines. Only possible when the drive is stopped.
‘Clear Errors’ (2) – Requests the module to clear all errors without re-executing its
initialization routines. Allowed if the drive is active.
‘FB Initlz’ (3) – Requests the module to execute a software reset. Only possible when the
drive is stopped.

Table 126 - Universal Feedback Module File

Feedback 0

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

5 FB0 Position Default: 0 RO 32-bit 0

Feedback 0 Position Min/Max: –2147483648 / 2147483647 Integer
Displays the position value from the feedback 0 device.
For parameter 6 [FB0 Device Select] options 1, 2, 3, and 4, one revolution of the feedback
= 1048576. For options 11, 12, and 13, typically one revolution of the feedback is 4 x
Pulses Per Revolution.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 481

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 126 - Universal Feedback Module File

Feedback 0 (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

6 FB0 Device Sel Default: 0 = ‘None’ RW Real 0

Feedback 0 Device Select Options: 0 = ‘None’
Specifies the encoder type for the feedback 0 device. In some cases, there is a choice of 1 = ‘EnDat SC’
terminal blocks to use. Channel X refers to devices wired to TB1 and Channel Y refers to 2 = ‘Hiperface SC’
TB2. 3 = ‘BiSS SC’
‘None’ (0) – No feedback device selected. Use this selection if the feedback device is 4 = ‘SSI SC’
unused. For example, only one feedback device is present and it is used on the other
feedback. 5 = ‘EnDat FD ChX’
‘EnDat SC’ (1) – EnDat encoder with sine/cosine signals (Heidenhain). Terminal block 1. 6 = ‘EnDat FD ChY’
‘Hiperface SC’ (2) – Hiperface encoder with sine/cosine signals (Stegmann). Terminal 7 = ‘BiSS FD ChX’
block 1. 8 = ‘BiSS FD ChY’
‘BiSS SC’ (3) – BiSS encoder with sine/cosine signals. Terminal block 1. 9 = ‘Reserved’
‘SSI SC’ (4) – SSI encoder with sine/cosine signals. Terminal block 1. 10 = ‘Reserved’
‘EnDat FD ChX’ (5) – Full digital EnDat encoder without sine/cosine signals (Heidenhain). 11 = ‘SinCos Only’
Terminal block 1. 12 = ‘Inc A B Z’
‘EnDat FD ChY’ (6) – Full digital EnDat encoder without sine/cosine signals (Heidenhain). 13 = ‘Inc SC’
Terminal block 2. 14 = ‘LinTempo ChX’
‘BiSS FD ChX’ (7) – Full digital BiSS encoder without sine/cosine signals. Terminal block 1. 15 = ‘LinTempo ChY’
‘BiSS FD ChY’ (8) – Full digital BiSS encoder without sine/cosine signals. Terminal block 2. 16 = ‘LinStahl ChX’
‘Reserved’ (9) – X SSI Rotary 17 = ‘LinStahl ChY’
‘Reserved’ (10) – Y SSI Rotary 18 = ‘LinSSI ChX’
‘SinCos Only’ (11) – Generic sine/cosine encoder. Terminal block 1. 19 = ‘LinSSI ChY’
‘Inc A B Z’ (12) – A Quad B encoder with Z marker. Terminal block 1, Pins 17…22.
‘Inc SC’ (13) – A Quad B encoder without Z marker. Terminal block 1, Pins 1…4.
‘LinTempo ChX’ (14) – Temposonic linear encoder. Terminal block 1.
‘LinTempo ChY’ (15) – Temposonic linear encoder. Terminal block 2.
‘LinStahl ChX’ (16) – Stahl linear encoder. Terminal block 1.
‘LinStahl ChY’ (17) – Stahl linear encoder. Terminal block 2.
‘LinSSI ChX’ (18) – Any linear encoder with an SSI interface. Terminal block 1.
‘LinSSI ChY’ (19) – Any linear encoder with an SSI interface. Terminal block 2.

482 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 126 - Universal Feedback Module File

Feedback 0 (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

7 FB0 Identify RO 16-bit 0

Feedback 0 Identify Integer

Displays the used encoder type for the feedback 0 device, e.g. Multi turn, rotary encoder with EnDat 2.1 interface including SIN/COS incremental signals.

Incremental
Temposonic

Options

Single Turn
Full Digital
EnDat 2p2
EnDat 2p1

Multi Turn
Enh Resol
Hiperface
Reserved

Sin Cos

Rotary
Linear
Stahl

BiSS
SSI

0 = Condition False
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Rotary’ – Rotary encoder (incremental type).

Bit 1 ‘Linear’ – Linear encoder (Temposonic and Stahl type).
Bit 2 ‘Single Turn’ – Single turn absolute encoder. This encoder type can only track absolute position for one turn of the encoder shaft.
Bit 3 ‘Multi Turn’ – Multiturn absolute encoder. This encoder type can track absolute position across multiple encoder turns.
Bit 4 ‘Enh Resol’ – High resolution encoder. This bit is set if there are more than 24 bits resolution (full digital encoders) or the PPR is greater than or equal to 16384. If this
bit is set, bit 1 ‘24-bit Resol’ in parameter [FB0 Cfg] should also be set.
Bit 5 ‘Sin Cos’ – Sine / Cosine encoder, abbreviated SC. This encoder type makes use of an analog sine/cosine signal pair. This is the analog counterpart to the A quad B
incremental encoder. A fine interpolation algorithm is sometimes used to provide high resolution feedback by processing the full sine/cosine cycle. Lower resolution
feedback is also implemented by counting only zero crossings.
Bit 6 ‘Full Digital’ – Full digital encoder, abbreviated FD. Refers to devices that use a serial communication interface, such as a clock and data lines to transmit data to/from
the module. The analog (sine/cosine) signals are not used with a Full Digital interface.
Bit 7 ‘Incremental’ – Typically an A quad B encoder, with optional Z (marker) channel. ‘A Channel Only’ is possible (no B channel), but rarely used because this configuration
lacks direction capability. Single channel incremental could be used to provide a speed (magnitude only) reference signal.
Bit 8 ‘EnDat 2p1’ – Heidenhain absolute encoder with EnDat 2.1 command set support. EnDat is a proprietary protocol developed by Heidenhain. It is a synchronous,
bidirectional serial interface. EnDat is a full digital interface.
Bit 9 ‘EnDat 2p2’ – Heidenhain EnDat 2.2 command set support. This version supports incremental as well as absolute encoders.
Bit 10 ‘Hiperface’ – Dedicated serial interface protocol for Stegmann devices. Hiperface is short for High Performance Interface. This interface makes use of both analog
(sine/cosine) and digital (clock/data) signals.
Bit 11 ‘BiSS’ – Bidirectional Synchronous Serial Interface. This is an open protocol and is hardware-compatible with SSI. Both mixed SC with digital and FD types are
supported. Presently, only BiSS encoders from Hengstler GmbH are supported.
Bit 12 ‘SSI’ – Synchronous Serial Interface. Only the mixed SC with digital version is supported. Rotary version is mixed analog/digital, linear version is full digital.
Bit 13 ‘Temposonic’ – Linear position sensor from MTS Systems Corp. Full digital SSI interface, absolute device uses magnetostrictive technology.
Bit 14 ‘Stahl’ – Linear position sensor from Stahl GmbH. Full digital SSI interface, absolute device uses an encoded rail.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 483

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 126 - Universal Feedback Module File

Feedback 0 (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

8 FB0 Cfg RW 16-bit 0

Feedback 0 Configuration Integer

Configure the direction, position data format, as well as the baud rate for the serial communication interface for the feedback 0 device.

FD Low Baud
Options

SC Quadrant

24-bit Resol
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Direction
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Condition False
1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Direction’ – Inverts the direction internally.

Bit 1 ‘24-bit Resol’ – If set, the high resolution 32-Bit feedback position is formatted as 8/24 bit. The 8 refers to the upper 8 most significant bits or left most 8 bits. These 8
bits count the number of complete encoder shaft revolutions. The remaining lower right least significant 24 bits indicate the encoder position within a single turn of the
encoder shaft. The 24-Bit resolution is only available when bit 4 ‘Enh Resol’ of the FB Identify parameter is set. If clear, the feedback position is formatted as 12/20 bit. The
upper 12 bits count the number of complete encoder shaft revolutions. The lower 20 bits indicate the encoder position within a single turn. The 12/20 bit format is the
default setting for high resolution feedback.
Bit 2 ‘FD Low Baud’ – Full Digital Low Baud refers to the serial data interface between the encoder and Universal Feedback module. If set, the communication baud rate is
reduced from the default setting for the connected encoder with a serial communication channel. The actual value of the lower baud setting will vary, depending upon the
specific interface and device type in use. For feedback 0, UFB diagnostic item 8 will indicate the exact baud rate in use. For feedback 1, Universal Feedback diagnostic item
14 will indicate the baud rate. Diagnostic items can be found in the ‘Diagnostics Items’ window in Connected Components Workbench. The possible settings for diagnostic
item 8 [Fdbk0 Baud Rate] and item 14 [Fdbk1 Baud Rate] are as follows:
0 = ‘None’ – No digital communication.
1 = ‘9.6 kBaud’ – 9.6 kBaud: Used for communication with Hiperface encoders.
2 = ‘100 kHz’ – 100kHz: Used for communication with
– SSI encoders with sine cosine signals (only in Initialize state).
– Linear SSI encoders if the ‘Low BaudRate’ in [Fdbk0 Pos Config] is set.
3 = ‘200 kHz’ – 200kHz: Used for communication with
– EnDat encoders with sine cosine signals (only in Initialize state).
– BiSS encoders with sine cosine signals (only in Initialize state).
– Linear SSI encoders if the ‘Low BaudRate’ in [Fdbk0 Pos Config] is cleared.
4 = ‘400 kHz’ – Not used.
5 = ‘1 MHz’ – 1MHz: Used for communication with
– SSI encoders if the ‘Low BaudRate’ in [Fdbk0 Pos Config] is set.
6 = ‘2 MHz’ – 2MHz: Used for communication with
– SSI encoders if the ‘Low BaudRate’ in [Fdbk0 Pos Config] is cleared.
– EnDat2.1 encoders without sine cosine signals.
– EnDat2.2 encoders that do not manage 8MHz.
7 = ‘4 MHz’ – 4MHz: Used for communication with
– EnDat2.2 encoders if the ‘Low BaudRate’ in [Fdbk0 Pos Config] is set.
8 = ‘5 MHz’ – 5MHz: Used for communication with
– BiSS encoders if the ‘Low BaudRate’ in [Fdbk0 Pos Config] is set.
9 = ‘8 MHz’ – 8MHz: Used for communication with
– EnDat2.2 encoders if the ‘Low BaudRate’ in [Fdbk0 Pos Config] is cleared.
10 = ‘10 MHz’ – 10MHz: Used for communication with
– BiSS encoders if the ‘Low BaudRate’ in [Fdbk0 Pos Config] is cleared.
Bit 3 ‘SC Quadrant’ – Reserved for future use.
9 FB0 Loss Cfg Default: 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’ RW 32-bit 0
Feedback 0 Loss Configuration Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Configures how the drive reacts to an error status condition on the feedback 0 device. 1 = ‘Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated. 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. If running, drive continues to run.
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. Coast to Stop.

484 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 126 - Universal Feedback Module File

Feedback 0 (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

10 FB0 Sts RO 16-bit 0

Feedback 0 Status Integer

Shows feedback specific errors and alarms for the feedback 0 device.

Msg Checksum
Options

SC Amplitude
Encoder Alm

SpplyVltRng
Unsupp Enc

Encoder Err
Phase Loss

Diagnostic
Open Wire
Quad Loss
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved

Timeout
Comm
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Condition False
1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Encoder Err’ – When set, indicates that a device specific error has occurred. Further detail can be found for each of the following devices:
– Linear Stahl device on Feedback 0, see 27 [FB0 LinStahl Sts] bits 4, 8…14.
– Linear Stahl device on Feedback 1, see 57 [FB1 LinStahl Sts] bits 4, 8…14.
– EnDat device on Feedback 0, see Universal Feedback diagnostic Item 9 [FB0 EnDat Sts] bits 0…6.
– EnDat device on Feedback 1, see Universal Feedback diagnostic Item 15 [FB1 EnDat Sts] bits 0…6.
– BiSS device on Feedback 0, see Universal Feedback diagnostic Item 10 [FB0 BiSS Sts] bits 0, 8…15.
– BiSS device on Feedback 1, see Universal Feedback diagnostic Item 16 [FB1 BiSS Sts] bits 0, 8…15.
– Hiperface device (either feedback, 0 or 1), see diagnostic Item 18 [Hiperface Sts] bits 0…31.
Bit 1 ‘Msg Checksum’ – When asserted, the module has experienced a checksum error while attempting to communicate to an encoder via the serial communication
channel.
Bit 2 ‘Timeout’ – When asserted, the module has experienced a time out condition while attempting to communicate to the encoder via the serial communication channel.
Bit 3 ‘Comm’ – When asserted, there was an error (except Checksum and Time Out) while attempting to communicate to an encoder via the serial communication channel.
Bit 4 ‘Diagnostic’ – When asserted, the module has experienced a diagnostic test failure on power up.
Bit 5 ‘SpplyVltRng’ – When asserted, the voltage source to the encoder is out of range.
Bit 6 ‘SC Amplitude’ – When asserted, the Universal Feedback option module has detected that the analog Sine/Cosine (SC) signal amplitude is out of tolerance.
Bit 7 ‘Open Wire’ – When asserted, the module has detected an open wire. The open wire condition for A quad B devices checks that the A, B, and Z signals are in opposite
states to their corresponding NOT signals. Note that when the ‘A Chan Only’ configuration is selected, the B signal will be ignored. If the ‘Z Chan Enbl’ configuration is not
selected, then then the Z signal will be ignored. The open wire condition for sine/cosine devices checks the analog signal levels. An open wire condition will occur when
both the sine and cosine signals are smaller than 0.03V. If only one of the two analog signals is missing, then a ‘SC Amplitude’ error condition will occur.
Bit 8 ‘Quad Loss’ – Indicates that there is a signal quadrature error.
Bit 9 ‘Phase Loss’ – Indicates that an A or B signal of an A Quad B Incremental encoder was not detected.
Bit 10 ‘Unsupp Enc’ – Indicates that the connected encoder is not supported.
Bit 12 ‘Encoder Alm’ – When asserted, there is an Encoder Alarm.
15 FB0 IncAndSC PPR Units: PPR RW 32-bit 0
Feedback 0 Incremental and Sine Cosine Pulses Per Revolution Default: 1024 Integer
Indicates the Pulses Per Revolution (Encoder Lines) of the SinCos or A Quad B encoder for Min/Max: 1 / 100000
the feedback 0 device.
For the following selections, PPR is automatically read from the encoder:
• EnDat SC
• BiSS SC (not manually configured)
• Hiperface SC
For the following selections, PPR has to be entered by the user:
• BiSS SC, Manually configured
• Gen SinCos
• A Quad B
Important: Parameter is only updated on power up.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 485

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 126 - Universal Feedback Module File

Feedback 0 (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

16 FB0 Inc Cfg RW Bit 0

Feedback 0 Incremental Configuration
Configures Incremental Feedback for the feedback 0 device.

Single Ended
Options

A Chan Only
Z Chan Enbl
Edge Mode
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 = Condition False
1 = Condition True
Bit 0 ‘Z Chan Enbl’ – When set, Channel Z is also monitored for Phase Loss. When cleared, Channel Z is ignored for Phase Loss detection.
Only used if [FB0 Device Sel] = ‘Inc A B Z.’
Bit 1 ‘A Chan Only’ – When set, logic monitors only channel A. When clear, logic monitors both A and B.
Bit 2 ‘Edge Mode’ – When set, speed calc uses AB edge data. When clear, speed calc does not use AB edge data.
Bit 4 ‘Single Ended’ – This bit has to be set if the connected A Quad B encoder has single ended signals. For these encoders, the Phase Loss detection is switched off.
17 FB0 Inc Sts RO Bit 0
Feedback 0 Incremental Status
Displays Incremental Feedback status for the feedback 0 device.

A Chan Only
Z Chan Enbl
Options

A Not Input
B Not Input
Z Not Input
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

A Input
B Input
Z Input
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

0 = Condition False
1 = Condition True
Bit 0 ‘Z Chan Enbl’ – Indicates that Channel Z is monitored for Phase Loss. Only used if [FB0 Device Sel] = ‘Inc A B Z.’
Bit 1 ‘A Chan Only’ – Indicates only A channel is monitored, B channel not used.
Bit 2 ‘A Input’ – State of encoder A input signal
Bit 3 ‘A Not Input’ – State of encoder A Not input signal
Bit 4 ‘B Input’ – State of encoder B input signal
Bit 5 ‘B Not Input’ – State of encoder B Not input signal
Bit 6 ‘Z Input’ – State of encoder Z input signal
Bit 7 ‘Z Not Input’ – State of encoder Z Not input signal

486 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 126 - Universal Feedback Module File

Feedback 0 (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

20 FB0 SSI Cfg RW Bit 0

Feedback 0 SSI Configuration
Configures the communication to a SSI encoder for the feedback 0 device. Transmission format: [MSB...Position...LSB], [Error Bit]*, [Parity Bit]*.

DblWordQuery
Options

Err Bit Enbl

Gray Code
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Parity Bit
0 = Condition False
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Parity Bit’ – If set, SSI encoder has to support a parity bit (even parity).
Bit 2 ‘Gray Code’ – Enables the gray to binary conversion of the position.
Bit 3 ‘Err Bit Enbl’ – If set, there is an error bit transmitted by the encoder.
Bit 4 ‘DblWordQuery’ – If set, a Double Word Query is executed at startup which means that the same position is transmitted twice by the encoder. If the two positions are
not identical, the ‘Comm’ error bit in [FB0 Sts] is set. This bit only needs to be cleared if the encoder does not support Double Word Query and it does not send zeros instead
of the second position (which it actually should according to the SSI specification).
21 FB0 SSI Resol Units: Bits RW 32-bit 0
Feedback 0 SSI Resolution Default: 13 Integer
Configures the number of bits for the position within one revolution (resolution) of the Min/Max: 8 / 32
SSI encoder for the feedback 0 device. Setting is based on the encoder specifications.
22 FB0 SSI Turns Units: Bits RW 32-bit 0
Feedback 0 SSI Turns Default: 12 Integer
Configures the number of bits for the revolutions of the SSI encoder for the feedback 0 Min/Max: 0 / 16
device. Setting is based on the encoder specifications. Set to 0 for a linear SSI encoder.
25 FB0 Lin CPR Default: 0 RW 32-bit 0
Feedback 0 Linear Encoder Counts Per Revolution Min/Max: 0 / 4294967295 Integer
Specifies the counts per motor revolution for a linear encoder for the feedback 0 device.
This reflects the relationship between motor feedback counts and linear feedback counts
when using linear load side feedback. When a load side position feedback device is used,
the counts per rev for that device must be entered using the effective change in position
feedback per one motor revolution, taking into account machine mechanics. The setting
for this parameter is not used by encoder but instead is used by the position control
routine firmware on the main control board.
26 FB0 Lin Upd Rate Default: 2 = ‘1.5 ms’ RW 32-bit 0
Feedback Linear Update Rate Options: 0 = ‘0.5 ms’ Integer
Sets the sample rate for the linear channel for the feedback 0 device. This determines 1 = ‘1.0 ms’
how often the Universal Feedback module will sample the absolute position device. 2 = ‘1.5 ms’
3 = ‘2.0 ms’

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 487

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 126 - Universal Feedback Module File

Feedback 0 (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

27 FB0 LinStahl Sts RO Bit 0

Feedback 0 Linear Stahl Status
Displays the error status of the linear Stahl encoder for the feedback 0 device.

OutOfRailAlm
Options

Optics Alarm
EPROM Error

Read Head 2
Read Head 1

OutOfRailErr
No Position

ROM Error

RAM Error
Reserved

Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Condition False
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 = Condition True

Bit 0 ‘Optics Alarm’ – Displays an alarm when optics require cleaning.

Bit 1 ‘OutOfRailAlm’ – Indicates that the read encoder count is at the maximum value (524,287).
Bit 4 ‘OutOfRailErr’ – Indicates that there is no more room between the read head and the rail.
Bit 8 ‘Read Head 1’ – Indicates that the read head must be cleaned or installed correctly.
Bit 9 ‘Read Head 2’ – Indicates that the read head must be cleaned or installed correctly.
Bit 10 ‘RAM Error’ – Indicates a RAM error. Reading head needs to be repaired.
Bit 11 ‘EPROM Error’ – Indicates an EPROM error. Reading head needs to be repaired.
Bit 12 ‘ROM Error’ – Indicates a ROM error. Reading head needs to be repaired.
Bit 14 ‘No Position’ – Indicates that no position value was available. Only happens after power on or reset.

Table 127 - Universal Feedback Module File

Feedback 1

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

35 FB1 Position Default: 0 RO 32-bit 0

Feedback 1 Position Min/Max: –2147483648 / 2147483647 Integer
Displays the position value from the feedback 1 device.
For parameter 36 [FB1 Device Select] options 1, 2, 3, and 4, one revolution of the
feedback = 1048576. For options 11, 12, and 13, typically one revolution of the feedback
is 4 x Pulses Per Revolution.

488 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 127 - Universal Feedback Module File

Feedback 1 (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

36 FB1 Device Sel Default: 0 = ‘None’ RW Real 0

Feedback 1 Device Select Options: 0 = ‘None’
Specifies the encoder type for the feedback 1 device. In some cases, there is a choice of 1 = ‘EnDat SC’
terminal blocks to use. Channel X refers to devices wired to TB1 and Channel Y refers to 2 = ‘Hiperface SC’
TB2. 3 = ‘BiSS SC’
‘None’ (0) – No feedback device selected. Use this selection if the feedback device is 4 = ‘SSI SC’
unused. For example, only one feedback device is present and it is used on the other
feedback. 5 = ‘EnDat FD ChX’
‘EnDat SC’ (1) – EnDat encoder with sine/cosine signals (Heidenhain). Terminal block 1. 6 = ‘EnDat FD ChY’
‘Hiperface SC’ (2) – Hiperface encoder with sine/cosine signals (Stegmann). Terminal 7 = ‘BiSS FD ChX’
block 1. 8 = ‘BiSS FD ChY’
‘BiSS SC’ (3) – BiSS encoder with sine/cosine signals. Terminal block 1. 9 = ‘Reserved’
‘SSI SC’ (4) – SSI encoder with sine/cosine signals. Terminal block 1. 10 = ‘Reserved’
‘EnDat FD ChX’ (5) – Full digital EnDat encoder without sine/cosine signals (Heidenhain). 11 = ‘SinCos Only’
Terminal block 1. 12 = ‘Inc A B Z’
‘EnDat FD ChY’ (6) – Full digital EnDat encoder without sine/cosine signals (Heidenhain). 13 = ‘Inc SC’
Terminal block 2. 14 = ‘LinTempo ChX’
‘BiSS FD ChX’ (7) – Full digital BiSS encoder without sine/cosine signals. Terminal block 1. 15 = ‘LimTempo ChY’
‘BiSS FD ChY’ (8) – Full digital BiSS encoder without sine/cosine signals. Terminal block 2. 16 = ‘LinStahl ChX’
‘SinCos Only’ (11) – Generic sine/cosine encoder. Terminal block 1. 17 = ‘LinStahl ChY’
‘Inc A B Z’ (12) – A Quad B encoder with Z marker. Terminal block 1, Pins 17…22. 18 = ‘LinSSI ChX’
‘Inc SC’ (13) – A Quad B encoder without Z marker. Terminal block 1, Pins 1…4. 19 = ‘LinSSI ChY’
‘LinTempo ChX’ (14) – Temposonic linear encoder. Terminal block 1.
‘LinTempo ChY’ (15) – Temposonic linear encoder. Terminal block 2.
‘LinStahl ChX’ (16) – Stahl linear encoder. Terminal block 1.
‘LinStahl ChY’ (17) – Stahl linear encoder. Terminal block 2.
‘LinSSI ChX’ (18) – Any linear encoder with an SSI interface. Terminal block 1.
‘LinSSI ChY’ (19) – Any linear encoder with an SSI interface. Terminal block 2.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 489

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 127 - Universal Feedback Module File

Feedback 1 (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

37 FB1 Identify RO Bit 0

Feedback 1 Identify
Displays the used encoder type for the feedback 1 device, e.g. Multi turn, rotary encoder with EnDat 2.1 interface including SIN/COS incremental signals.

Incremental
Temposonic

Options

Single Turn
Full Digital
EnDat 2p2
EnDat 2p1

Multi Turn
Enh Resol
Hiperface
Reserved

Sin Cos

Rotary
Linear
Stahl

BiSS
SSI

0 = Condition False
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Rotary’ – Rotary encoder (incremental type).

Bit 1 ‘Linear’ – Linear encoder (Temposonic and Stahl type).
Bit 2 ‘Single Turn’ – Single turn absolute encoder. This encoder type can only track absolute position for one turn of the encoder shaft.
Bit 3 ‘Multi Turn’ – Multiturn absolute encoder. This encoder type can track absolute position across multiple encoder turns.
Bit 4 ‘Enh Resol’ – High resolution encoder. This bit is set if there are more than 24 bits resolution (full digital encoders) or the PPR is greater than or equal to 16384. If this
bit is set, Bit 1 ‘24-bit Resol’ in parameter [FB0 Cfg] should also be set.
Bit 5 ‘Sin Cos’ – Sine / Cosine encoder, abbreviated SC. This encoder type makes use of an analog sine/cosine signal pair. This is the analog counterpart to the A quad B
incremental encoder. A fine interpolation algorithm is sometimes used to provide high resolution feedback by processing the full sine/cosine cycle. Lower resolution
feedback is also implemented by counting only zero crossings.
Bit 6 ‘Full Digital’ – Full digital encoder, abbreviated FD. Refers to devices that use a serial communication interface, such as a clock and data lines to transmit data to/from
the module. The analog (sine/cosine) signals are not used with a Full Digital interface.
Bit 7 ‘Incremental’ – Typically an A quad B encoder, with optional Z (marker) channel. ‘A Channel Only’ is possible (no B channel), but rarely used because this configuration
lacks direction capability. Single channel incremental could be used to provide a speed (magnitude only) reference signal.
Bit 8 ‘EnDat 2p1’ – Heidenhain absolute encoder with EnDat 2.1 command set support. EnDat is a proprietary protocol developed by Heidenhain. It is a synchronous,
bidirectional serial interface. EnData is a full digital interface.
Bit 9 ‘EnDat 2p2’ – Heidenhain EnDat 2.2 command set support. This version supports incremental as well as absolute encoders.
Bit 10 ‘Hiperface’ – Dedicated serial interface protocol for Stegmann devices. Hiperface is short for High Performance Interface. This interface makes use of both analog
(sine/cosine) and digital (clock/data) signals.
Bit 11 ‘BiSS’ – Bidirectional Sychronous Serial Interface. This is an open protocol and is hardware-compatible with SSI. Both mixed SC with digital and FD types are
supported. Presently, only BiSS encoders from Hengstler GmbH are supported.
Bit 12 ‘SSI’ – Synchronous Serial Interface. Only the mixed SC with digital version is supported. Rotary version is mixed analog/digital, linear version is full digital.
Bit 13 ‘Temposonic’ – Linear position sensor from MTS Systems Corp. Full digital SSI interface, absolute device uses magnetostrictive technology.
Bit 14 ‘Stahl’ – Linear position sensor from Stahl GmbH. Full digital SSI interface, absolute device uses an encoded rail.
38 FB1 Cfg RW Bit 0
Feedback 1 Configuration
Configure the direction, position data format, as well as the baud rate for the serial communication interface for the feedback 1 device.
FD Low Baud

Options
SC Quadrant

24-bit Resol
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Direction

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Condition False

1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Direction’ – Inverts the direction internally.

Bit 1 ‘24-bit Resol’ – If set, the data format of the parameter [FB1 Position] is set to 8/24 (8 bit resolution, 24 bits position within one revolution). Otherwise, the data
format is set to 12/20. It only makes sense to set this bit if the bit ‘Enh Resol’ in parameter [FB1 Identify] is set.
Bit 2 ‘FD Low Baud’ – Reduces the communication baud rate from the default setting for the connected encoder with a serial communication channel.
Bit 3 ‘SC Quadrant’ – Reserved for future use.

490 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 127 - Universal Feedback Module File

Feedback 1 (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

39 FB1 Loss Cfg Default: 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’ RW 32-bit 0

Feedback 1 Loss Configuration Options: 0 = ‘Ignore’ Integer
Configures how the drive reacts to an error status condition on the feedback 1 device. 1 = ‘Alarm’
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken. 2 = ‘Flt Minor’
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated. 3 = ‘FltCoastStop’
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. If running, drive continues to run.
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. Coast to Stop.
40 FB1 Sts RO 16-bit 0
Feedback 1 Status Integer

Shows feedback specific errors and alarms for the feedback 1 device.

Msg Checksum
Options
SC Amplitude
Encoder Alm

SpplyVltRng
Unsupp Enc

Encoder Err
Phase Loss

Diagnostic
Open Wire
Quad Loss
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved

Timeout
Comm

0 = Condition False
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Encoder Err’ – When asserted, there is an Encoder Error.

Bit 1 ‘Msg Checksum’ – When asserted, the module has experienced a checksum error while attempting to communicate to an encoder via the serial communication
channel.
Bit 2 ‘Timeout’ – When asserted, the module has experienced a time out condition while attempting to communicate to the encoder via the serial communication channel.
Bit 3 ‘Comm’ – When asserted, there was an error (except Checksum and Time Out) while attempting to communicate to an encoder via the serial communication channel.
Bit 4 ‘Diagnostic’ – When asserted, the module has experienced a diagnostic test failure on power up.
Bit 5 ‘SpplyVltRng’ – When asserted, the voltage source to the encoder is out of range.
Bit 6 ‘SC Amplitude’ – When asserted, the module detected that the encoder signal amplitude is out of tolerance.
Bit 7 ‘Open Wire’ – When asserted, the module has detected an open wire.
Bit 8 ‘Quad Loss’ – Indicates that there is a signal quadrature error.
Bit 9 ‘Phase Loss’ – Indicates that an A or B signal of an A Quad B Incremental encoder is disconnected.
Bit 10 ‘Unsupp Enc’ – Indicates that the connected encoder is not supported.
Bit 12 ‘Encoder Alm’ – When asserted, there is an Encoder Alarm.
45 FB1 IncAndSC PPR Units: PDR RW 32-bit 0
Feedback 1 Incremental and Sine Cosine Pulses Per Revolution Default: 1024 Integer
Indicates the Pulses Per Revolution (Encoder Lines) of the SinCos or A Quad B encoder for Min/Max: 1 / 100000
the feedback 1 device.
For the following selections, PPR is automatically read from the encoder:
• EnDat SC
• BiSS SC (not manually configured)
• Hiperface SC
For the following selections, PPR has to be entered by the user:
• BiSS SC, Manually configured
• Gen SinCos
• A Quad B

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 491

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 127 - Universal Feedback Module File

Feedback 1 (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

46 FB1 Inc Cfg RW Bit 0

Feedback 1 Incremental Configuration
Configures Incremental Feedback for the feedback 1 device.

Single Ended
Options

A Chan Only
Z Chan Enbl
Edge Mode
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 = Condition False
1 = Condition True
Bit 0 ‘Z Chan Enbl’ – When set, Channel Z is also monitored for Phase Loss. When cleared, Channel Z is ignored for Phase Loss detection.
Only used if [FB1 Device Sel] = ‘Inc A B Z.’
Bit 1 ‘A Chan Only’ – When set, logic monitors only channel A. When clear, logic monitors both A and B.
Bit 2 ‘Edge Mode’ – When set, speed calc uses AB edge data. When clear, speed calc does not use AB edge data.
Bit 4 ‘Single Ended’ – This bit has to be set if the connected A Quad B encoder has single ended signals. For these encoders, the Phase Loss detection is switched off.
47 FB1 Inc Sts RO Bit 0
Feedback 1 Incremental Status
Displays Incremental Feedback status for the feedback 1 device.

A Chan Only
Z Chan Enbl
Options

A Not Input
B Not Input
Z Not Input
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

A Input
B Input
Default Z Input
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

0 = Condition False
1 = Condition True
Bit 0 ‘Z Chan Enbl’ – Indicates that Channel Z is monitored for Phase Loss. Only used if [FB1 Device Sel] = ‘Inc A B Z.’
Bit 1 ‘A Chan Only’ – Indicates only A channel is monitored, B channel not used.
Bit 2 ‘A Input’ – State of encoder A input signal
Bit 3 ‘A Not Input’ – State of encoder A Not input signal
Bit 4 ‘B Input’ – State of encoder B input signal
Bit 5 ‘B Not Input’ – State of encoder B Not input signal
Bit 6 ‘Z Input’ – State of encoder Z input signal
Bit 7 ‘Z Not Input’ – State of encoder Z Not input signal

492 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 127 - Universal Feedback Module File

Feedback 1 (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

50 FB1 SSI Cfg RW 16-bit 0

Feedback 1 SSI Configuration Integer

Configures the communication to a SSI encoder for the feedback 1 device. Transmission format: [MSB...Position...LSB], [Error Bit]*, [Parity Bit]*.

DblWordQuery
Options

Err Bit Enbl

Gray Code
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Parity Bit
0 = Condition False
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Parity Bit’ – If set, SSI encoder has to support a parity bit (even parity).
Bit 2 ‘Gray Code’ – Enables the gray to binary conversion of the position.
Bit 3 ‘Err Bit Enbl’ – If set, there is an error bit transmitted by the encoder.
Bit 4 ‘DblWordQuery’ – If set, a Double Word Query is executed at startup which means that the same position is transmitted twice by the encoder. If the two positions are
not identical, the ‘Comm’ error bit in [FB1 Sts] is set. This bit only needs to be cleared if the encoder does not support Double Word Query and it does not send zeros instead
of the second position (which it actually should according to the SSI specification).
51 FB1 SSI Resol Units: Bits RW 32-bit 0
Feedback 1 SSI Resolution Default: 13 Integer
Configures the number of bits for the position within one revolution (resolution) of the Min/Max: 8 / 32
SSI encoder for the feedback 1 device.
52 FB1 SSI Turns Units: Bits RW 32-bit 0
Feedback 1 SSI Turns Default: 12 Integer
Configures the number of bits for the revolutions of the SSI encoder for the feedback 0 Min/Max: 0 / 16
device. Setting is based on the encoder specifications. Set to 0 for a linear SSI encoder.
55 FB1 Lin CPR Default: 0 RW 32-bit 0
Feedback 1 Linear Encoder Counts Per Revolution Min/Max: 0 / 4294967295 Integer
Specifies the counts per motor revolution for a linear encoder for the feedback 1 device.
56 FB1 Lin Upd Rate Default: 2 = ‘1.5 ms’ RW 32-bit 0
Feedback Linear Update Rate Options: 0 = ‘0.5 ms’ Integer
Sets the sample rate for the linear channel for the feedback 1 device. 1 = ‘1.0 ms’
2 = ‘1.5 ms’
3 = ‘2.0 ms’

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 493

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 127 - Universal Feedback Module File

Feedback 1 (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

57 FB1 LinStahl Sts RO 16-bit 0

Feedback 1 Linear Stahl Status Integer

Displays the error status of the linear Stahl encoder for the feedback 1 device.

OutOfRailAlm
Options

Optics Alarm
EPROM Error

Read Head 2
Read Head 1

OutOfRailErr
No Position

ROM Error

RAM Error
Reserved

Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
0 = Condition False
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Optics Alarm’ – Displays an alarm when fiber optics require cleaning.
Bit 1 ‘OutOfRailAlm’ – Indicates that the read encoder count is at the maximum value (524,287).
Bit 4 ‘OutOfRailErr’ – Indicates that there is no more room between the read head and the rail.
Bit 8 ‘Read Head 1’ – Indicates that the read head must be cleaned or installed correctly.
Bit 9 ‘Read Head 2’ – Indicates that the read head must be cleaned or installed correctly.
Bit 10 ‘RAM Error’ – Indicates a RAM error. Reading head needs to be repaired.
Bit 11 ‘EPROM Error’ – Indicates an EPROM error. Reading head needs to be repaired.
Bit 12 ‘ROM Error’ – Indicates a ROM error. Reading head needs to be repaired.
Bit 14 ‘No Position’ – Indicates that no position value was available. Only happens after power on or reset.

Table 128 - Universal Feedback Module File

Encoder Out

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

80 Enc Out Sel Default: 0 = ‘None’ RW 32-bit 0

Encoder Output Select Options: 0 = ‘None’ Integer
Selects the Encoder Output. If the feedback 0 or 1 device is configured as A Quad B Z then 1 = ‘Reserved’
this parameter has to be set to None. Otherwise, there is an Encoder Output Alarm (bit 16 2 = ‘Sine Cosine’
of [Module Sts]). 3 = ‘Channel X’ (FB0 Channel)
4 = ‘Channel Y’ (FB1 Channel)
81 Enc Out Mode Default: 0 = ‘A Quad B’ RW 32-bit 0
Encoder Output Mode Options: 0 = ‘A Quad B’ Integer
Configures the Encoder Output type. 1 = ‘Inv A Quad B’
‘A Quad B’ (0) – Sets the phase relationship between the A and B signal.
‘Inv A Quad B’ (1) – Inverts the phase relationship between the A and B signal. Forward
and reverse exchange meanings.
82 Enc Out FD PPR Default: 1 = ‘1024 PPR’ RW 32-bit 0
Encoder Output Pulses Per Revolution Options: 0 = ‘512 PPR’ Integer
Specifies the encoder output PPR for the simulated encoder mode ([Enc Out Sel] = 1 = ‘1024 PPR’
‘Channel X’ or ‘Channel Y’). In the emulated encoder mode, the SIN/COS signals PPR 2 = ‘2048 PPR’
defines the encoder output PPR. 3 = ‘4096 PPR’

494 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 128 - Universal Feedback Module File

Encoder Out (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

83 Enc Out Z Offset Units: PPR RW 32-bit 0

Encoder Output Z Offset Default: 0 Integer
Configures the offset of the Z pulse for both simulated and emulated encoder output. The Min/Max: 0 / 100000
marker offset is specified within one revolution.
Simulated mode is used for full digital rotary devices and is selected by ‘Channel X’ and
‘Channel Y’ in 80 [Enc Out Sel].
Emulated mode is used when ‘Sine Cosine’ devices are selected in 80 [Enc Out Sel].
The encoder output function cannot be used with linear feedback devices.
84 Enc Out Z PPR Default: 0 = ‘1 Z-Pulse’ RW 32-bit 0
Encoder Output Z Pulses Per Revolution Options: 0 = ‘1 Z-Pulse’ Integer
Configures the number of Z-Pulses per encoder revolution. 1 = ‘2 Z-Pulses’
For example, if ‘32 Z-Pulses’ (5) is selected, then 32 Z pulses will be generated for each 2 = ‘4 Z-Pulses’
complete revolution of the full digital input encoder. Each input encoder revolution will 3 = ‘8 Z-Pulses’
produce the number of output pulses specified on the A and B output channels in 4 = ‘16 Z-Pulses’
addition to 32 pulses on the Z output channel. The Z pulses will be evenly spaced
throughout the specified number of A/B output pulses. 5 = ‘32 Z-Pulses’

Table 129 - Universal Feedback Module File

Registration

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

90 Rgsn Arm RO 16-bit 0

Registration Arm Integer

Selects Registration Latches to be used.

Arm Latch 10

Options
Arm Latch 9
Arm Latch 8
Arm Latch 7
Arm Latch 6
Arm Latch 5
Arm Latch 4
Arm Latch 3
Arm Latch 2
Arm Latch 1
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

0 = Condition False
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

91 Rgsn In 0 Filter Default: 0 = ‘A Quad B’ RW 32-bit 0

Registration Input 0 Filter Options: 0 = ‘A Quad B’ Integer
Configures a digital filter for the registration input 0. This filter can be used to reject 1 = ‘Inv A Quad B’
spurious noise. The filter works by waiting a programmed time before deciding that the
signal is valid. This waiting imposes a mandatory delay in the registration signal. The
filter delay is programmable in increments of 100 nanoseconds from 0 (or no delay) up to
1500 nanoseconds.
92 Rgsn In 1 Filter Default: 1 = ‘1024 PPR’ RW 32-bit 0
Registration Input 1 Filter Options: 0 = ‘512 PPR’ Integer
Configures a digital filter for the registration input 1. This filter can be used to reject 1 = ‘1024 PPR’
spurious noise. The filter works by waiting a programmed time before deciding that the 2 = ‘2048 PPR’
signal is valid. This waiting imposes a mandatory delay in the registration signal. The 3 = ‘4096 PPR’
filter delay is programmable in increments of 100 nanoseconds from 0 (or no delay) up to
1500 nanoseconds.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 495

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Table 129 - Universal Feedback Module File

Registration (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

93 Rgsn HmIn Filter Units: PPR RW 32-bit 0

Registration Home Input Filter Default: 0 Integer
Configures a digital filter for the home input. This filter can be used to reject spurious Min/Max: 0 / 100000
noise. The filter works by waiting a programmed time before deciding that the signal is
valid. This waiting imposes a mandatory delay in the registration signal. The filter delay
is programmable in increments of 100 nanoseconds from 0 (or no delay) up to 1500
nanoseconds.
94 Rgsn Sts RO 16-bit 0
Registration Status Integer

Status of the configured registration events.

Latch10Armed
Latch10Found
Options

Latch9 Armed

Latch8 Armed

Latch7 Armed

Latch6 Armed

Latch5 Armed

Latch4 Armed

Latch3 Armed

Latch2 Armed

Latch1 Armed
Latch9 Found

Latch8 Found

Latch7 Found

Latch6 Found

Latch5 Found

Latch4 Found

Latch3 Found

Latch2 Found

Latch1 Found
Rgsn Input 1
Rgsn Input 0
Home Input

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

0 = False
1 = True

496 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Table 129 - Universal Feedback Module File

Registration (Continued)

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

100 Rgsn Latch1 Cfg RO 16-bit 0

103 Rgsn Latch2 Cfg Integer
106 Rgsn Latch3 Cfg
109 Rgsn Latch4 Cfg
112 Rgsn Latch5 Cfg
115 Rgsn Latch6 Cfg
118 Rgsn Latch7 Cfg
121 Rgsn Latch8 Cfg
124 Rgsn Latch9 Cfg
127 Rgsn Latch10 Cfg
Registration Latch n Configure
Configures Registration Latch n.
The registration function consists of 10 sets of latches. The latched data includes a feedback position and associated time parameter. Time is relative to when the feedback
devices were last sampled. Once the registration function has been armed, the values for these parameters are captured (latched) upon the occurrence of a trigger event.
See functionality tables on following page.
The registration trigger for each latch is separately configured by its Latch Configuration Parameter. Refer to Figure 3 on page 499. The trigger logic includes two separate
trigger stages. Each trigger stage is separately configured to use one of three possible registration input signals or the marker (Z pulse) of the selected feedback channel.
Trigger combination logic determines how the two stages are combined to define the trigger event conditions.
Stg2EdgeRise

Stg1EdgeRise

Options
Stg2EdgeFall

Stg1EdgeFall

Fwd Capture
Rev Capture
Logic Sel b1
Logic Sel b0

Channel Sel
Stg2 In b1
Stg2 In b0

Stg1 In b1
Stg1 In b0
Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Condition False

1 = Condition True
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 0 ‘Channel Sel’ – Channel select (FB0 or FB1).

Bit 1 ‘Fwd Capture’ – Direction select forward.
Bit 2 ‘Rev Capture’ – Direction select reverse.
Bit 3 ‘Stg1 In b0’ – Latch stage 1 input selection b0
Bit 4 ‘Stg1 In b1’ – Latch stage 1 input selection b1
Bit 6 ‘Stg1EdgeRise’ – Latch stage 1 edge/level select: Rising edge or high level
Bit 7 ‘Stg1EdgeFall’ – Latch stage 1 edge/level select: Falling edge or low level
Bit 8 ‘Logic Sel b0’ – Trigger stage combination logic
Bit 9 ‘Logic Sel b1’ – Trigger stage combination logic
Bit 10 ‘Stg2 In b0’ – Latch stage 2 input selection b0
Bit 11 ‘Stg2 In b1’ – Latch stage 2 input selection b1
Bit 13 ‘Stg2EdgeRise’ – Latch stage 2 edge/level select: Rising edge or high level
Bit 14 ‘Stg2EdgeFall’ – Latch stage 2 edge/level select: Falling edge or low level

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 497

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Registration Latch Configuration Parameters

Functionality of the Registration Latch Configuration parameter bits are listed in the tables that follow.
The registration parameters 100, 103, 106, …127 can only be used when the drive’s Spindle Orientation and Homing functions are active. These functions will
overwrite any manually entered configuration.
Feedback Selection
Selects the feedback device for registration and marker pulse.
Bit 0 ‘Channel Sel’ – 0 = Feedback 0
1 = Feedback 1
Direction Selection

Bit 2 ‘Rev Capture’ Bit 1 ‘Fwd Capture’ Description

0 1 Latch only if rotation is forward
1 0 Latch only if rotation is reverse
1 1 Latch for both forward and reverse rotation
0 0 Not defined. No latch will occur

Trigger Stage 1

Bit 4 ‘Stg1 In b1’ Bit 3 ‘Stg1 In b0’ Description

0 0 Registration Input 0 (TB2: -R0, +R0)
0 1 Registration Input 0 (TB2: -R1, +R1)
1 0 Home Input (TB2: -Hm, +Hm)
1 1 Marker Input of respective feedback channel. (Z channel must be activated for
respective feedback channel.)

Bit 7 ‘Stg1EdgeFall’ Bit 6 ‘Stg1EdgeRise’ Description

0 0 Trigger Disabled
0 1 Trigger on rising edge or high level of signal
1 0 Trigger on falling edge or low level of signal
1 1 Trigger on either edge. (Invalid as level select. Result is always true for level select.)

Trigger Stage Combination Logic

The two trigger stages are combined to form the final or resulting trigger condition for each registration latch.

Bit 9 ‘Logic Sel b1’ Bit 8 ‘Logic Sel b0’ Description

0 0 None: Stage 1 Only (Stage 2 ignored)
0 1 THEN: Stage 1 Edge Transition THEN Stage 2 Edge Transition
1 0 OR: Stage 1 Edge Transition OR Stage 2 Edge Transition
1 1 AND: Stage 1 Level Transition AND Stage 2 Level Transition

Trigger Stage 2

Bit 11 ‘Stg2 In b1’ Bit 10 ‘Stg1 In b0’ Description

0 0 Registration Input 0 (TB2: -R0, +R0)
0 1 Registration Input 0 (TB2: -R1, +R1)
1 0 BEFORE: Stage 1 edge causes acquisition of time and position data. Stage 2 edge
causes the latch of the last acquired position.
1 1 Marker Input of respective feedback channel. (Z channel must be activated for
respective feedback channel.)

Bit 14 ‘Stg2EdgeFall’ Bit 13 ‘Stg2EdgeRise’ Description

0 0 Trigger Disabled
0 1 Trigger on rising edge or high level of signal
1 0 Trigger on falling edge or low level of signal
1 1 Trigger on either edge. (Invalid as level select. Result is always true for level select.)

498 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Option Module Parameters Chapter 8

Figure 3 - Registration Trigger Logic

Feedback
Device One
Marker (Z) associated with channel. (Channel 1)

Position One

Switch 1, SW1 Feedback

Input Device Two
Marker (Z) associated with channel. (Channel 2)
Switch 2, SW2
Input Position Two

Home
Input

Timer Registration Latch 0

(Cleared on Device Specification 0:
system event.) – Channel Select
– Rotation Select
Trigger Logic
Option Bus I/O
Trigger Config 0 – Stage 1 Trigger Combination
Inputs Logic Config 0
Trigger Config 0 – Stage 2
Registration Command
Bit pairs, 1 for each registration
latch: Latched Time 0 Latched Position 0
– Arm (Output) (Output)
– Disarm

Outputs
Registration Status Registration Latch N
Bit pairs, 1 for each registration Device Specification N:
latch: – Channel Select
– Armed – Rotation Select
– Found
Trigger Logic
Latched Position 0 Trigger Config N – Stage 1 Trigger Combination
Latched Time 0 Logic Config N
Trigger Config N – Stage 2
t
t
t
Latched Position N Latched Time N Latched Position N
Latched Time N (Output) (Output)

Not Shown:
Non-Registration related data

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 499

Chapter 8 Option Module Parameters

Parameter 30
No. Display Name Values

[Access Level]
Read-Write

Data Type
Full Name
Description

101 Rgsn Latch1 Psn Default: 0 RO 32-bit 0

104 Rgsn Latch2 Psn Min/Max: 2147483648 / 2147483647 Integer
107 Rgsn Latch3 Psn
110 Rgsn Latch4 Psn
113 Rgsn Latch5 Psn
116 Rgsn Latch6 Psn
119 Rgsn Latch7 Psn
122 Rgsn Latch8 Psn
125 Rgsn Latch9 Psn
128 Rgsn Latch10 Psn
Registration Latch X Position
Position Captured during the Registration Event for Latch X.
102 Rgsn Latch1 Time Units: Cnt RO 32-bit 0
105 Rgsn Latch2 Time Default: 0 Integer
108 Rgsn Latch3 Time Min/Max: 0 / 4294967295
111 Rgsn Latch4 Time
114 Rgsn Latch5 Time
117 Rgsn Latch6 Time
120 Rgsn Latch7 Time
123 Rgsn Latch8 Time
126 Rgsn Latch9 Time
129 Rgsn Latch10 Time
Registration Latch X Time
Time Captured when the Registration Event occurred for Latch X.

500 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Chapter 9

Troubleshooting

This chapter provides information to guide through troubleshooting

PowerFlex TotalFORCE® Control common symptoms and corrective actions.

Topic Page
Fault and Alarm Code Descriptions 501
Faults 502
Alarms 502
Events 502
Configurable Conditions 502
Viewing Faults and Alarms 502
HIM Indication (Fault Display Screen) 503
Manually Clearing Faults 503
Status Indicators 504
Setting Factory Defaults 513
Fan Usage by Product 516
Hardware Service Manual 517
Fault and Alarm Display Codes 517
Common Symptoms and Corrective Actions 518
Testpoint Codes and Functions 520
Reset as Shipped 528
Recovery Mode 529
Secure Erase 530
Configurable LCL Filter Capacitor Failure Response 532
Configurable LCL Filter Capacitor Over Resonance Response 532
PowerFlex 755T Lifting/Torque Proving 533
Technical Support Options 534

Fault and Alarm Code TotalFORCE control fault, alarm, event, and exception codes are listed in the
Microsoft® Excel® spreadsheet publication that is available on at rok.auto/
Descriptions literature.

Use this link to access the PowerFlex Drives with

TotalFORCE Control Conditions Reference Data,
publication 750-RD100, for fault, alarm, event, and
exception codes (applicable to firmware revisions 6.xxx and
earlier). Download the spreadsheet for offline access.

To view the fault, alarm, event, and exception code descriptions and for full
functionality (filter and search), open the file in the Microsoft® Excel
application.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 501

Chapter 9 Troubleshooting

Faults A fault is a condition that stops the drive. There are four types of faults.
Type Description
Major Fault If this type of fault occurs while the line side converter or motor side inverter is modulating, it
stops modulating. If it occurs while the line side converter or motor side inverter is not
modulating, it prevents starting. It prevents starting until the fault is cleared.
Minor Fault If this type of fault occurs while the line side converter or motor side inverter is modulating, it
allows modulation to continue. If it occurs while the line side converter or motor side inverter
is not modulating, it prevents starting. It prevents starting until the fault is cleared.
Resettable This type of fault can be cleared. Resettable faults are identified by ‘Resettable Fault’.
Non-Resettable This type of fault normally requires drive or motor repair. The cause of the fault must be
corrected before the fault can be cleared. The fault will be reset on power up after repair. Non-
Resettable faults are identified by ‘Non-Reset Fault’.

Alarms An alarm is a condition that, if left unaddressed, can stop the drive if running
or does not allow starting of the drive. There are two types of alarms.
Type Description
Alarm 1 Alarms of type 1 indicate that a condition exists. Type 1 alarms are user configurable.
Alarm 2 Alarms of type 2 indicate that a configuration error exists and the drive cannot be started. Type
2 alarms are non-configurable.

Events Events occur under normal operation of the product. When an event occurs, an
entry consisting of a numeric event code and a time stamp is recorded in an
event queue. Events can help to troubleshoot problems if they occur.

Configurable Conditions You can use a configuration parameter to set user-configurable conditions to
either fault, alarm, or ignore.
Type Description
Configurable Options can include:
‘Ignore’ (0) – No action is taken.(1)
‘Alarm’ (1) – Type 1 alarm indicated.
‘Flt Minor’ (2) – Minor fault indicated. If running, drive continues to run.
‘FltCoastStop’ (3) – Major fault indicated. Coast to Stop.
‘Flt RampStop’ (4) – Major fault indicated. Ramp to Stop.
‘Flt CL Stop’ (5) – Major fault indicated. Current Limit Stop.
(1) When ‘Ignore’ (0) is the default setting, the occurrence is recorded in the exceptions queue. When you set a configuration
parameter to ‘Ignore’ (0), the occurrence is recorded in the event queue.

Viewing Faults and Alarms The fault and alarm queues, that are accessible through software or the HIM,
provide you with a history of faults, alarms, and events. You can also access
diagnostic file parameters for additional information.
Port 0: Diagnostics File Status Group Port 10/11: Diagnostics File Status Port 13: Diagnostics File Status Group
Group
Port 0: Diagnostics File Fault/Alarm Port 10/11: Diagnostics File Fault/ Port 13: Diagnostics File Fault/Alarm
Info Group Alarm Info Group Info Group

502 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Troubleshooting Chapter 9

HIM Indication (Fault Display The popup fault display screen automatically appears when a fault condition
for the host drive or any connected peripheral is detected. By default, the status
Screen) bar flashes to alert the operator. To change the display flash mode, see the
PowerFlex 20-HIM-A6 and 20-HIM-C6S HIM User Manual, publication
20HIM-UM001 for instructions.

The fault display screen displays the following information.

• Fault Code number (See Fault and Alarm Display Codes on page 517.)
• Fault description
• Elapsed time (in hh:mm:ss format) from fault detection

Figure 4 - Pop-Up/Flashing Fault Display Screen

Stopped AUTO
0.00 Hz F
– – FAULTED – –
Fault Code 81
Port 1 DPI Loss
Elapsed Time 01:26:37
ESC CLR

Soft Key Functions

Label Name Description
ESC Escape Reverts back to the previous screen without clearing the fault.
CLR Clear Removes the pop-up Fault Display screen from the display and clears the
fault.

Single Function Key

Key Name Description
Stop Removes the pop-up Fault Display screen from the display and clears the
fault.

Manually Clearing Faults

Step Key(s)
1. Press the ‘Clear’ soft key to acknowledge the fault. The fault information will be removed so
that you can use the HIM. CLR
2. Address the condition that caused the fault.
The cause must be corrected before the fault can be cleared.
3. After corrective action has been taken, clear the fault by one of these methods:
Press Stop (if running the drive will stop)
Cycle drive power
Select the ‘Clear’ soft key on the HIM Diagnostic folder Faults menu.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 503

Chapter 9 Troubleshooting

Status Indicators Status indicators report the condition of the product.

HIM Cradle Status Indicators

IMPORTANT The status indicators on the HIM cradle do not indicate the status of an
installed communication adapter option. If an optional communication
adapter is installed, refer to the adapter user manual for the location a
description of any status indicators.

Table 130 - PowerFlex 755T Status Indicator Descriptions

Name Color State Description

STS Green Flashing The product is ready, but not running, with no converter or inverter faults or
(Status) alarms present.
Steady The product is running (that is, the converter or inverter are active) with no faults
or alarms present.
Yellow Flashing A start inhibit condition is present in the converter or inverter. The product
cannot be started until the start inhibit condition is cleared.
Steady A type 1 (user configurable) alarm condition is present in the converter or
inverter while the drive is not running. The product can be started without
clearing the alarm condition.
See parameters 10/11:465 [Alarm Status A] and 10/11:466 [Alarm Status B].
Red Flashing A major fault (for example, an EEPROM CRC fault) is present causing converter
and inverter modulation to stop. The product cannot be restarted until the fault
condition is cleared. See parameter 0:610 [Last Fault Code].
Steady A non-resettable fault (for example, a user FPGA configuration not loaded) is
present in the converter or inverter.
Red / Flashing A minor fault is present that does not stop converter or inverter modulation.
Yellow Alternately However, the product cannot be restarted until the fault condition is cleared.
Yellow / Flashing The product is running with a type 1 alarm present that does not stop
Green Alternately modulation in the converter or inverter. The product can be restarted without
clearing the alarm condition.
See parameters 10/11:465 [Alarm Status A] and 10/11:466 [Alarm Status B].
Green / Flashing The product is updating the nonvolatile memory for firmware on the main
Red Alternately control board, an option card, or a peripheral device.
Unlit Off Main control board is not powered.
ENET Unlit Off Embedded EtherNet/IP™ is not properly connected to the network or needs an IP
address.
Red Flashing An EtherNet/IP connection has timed out. Explicit messaging control timed out.
Network address rotary switches have changed or IP address is invalid
(defaulting to DHCP) or DHCP lease expired.
Steady Adapter failed the duplicate IP address detection test.
Rotary switches are set to 888 or the DHCP lease has expired.
Red / Flashing Adapter is performing a self-test.
Green Alternately
Green Flashing Adapter is properly connected but is not communicating with any devices on the
network.
Steady Adapter is properly connected and communicating on the network.
LNK1 (Link 1) Unlit Off Adapter is not powered or is not transmitting on the network.
LNK2 (Link 2) Green Flashing Adapter is properly connected (100 Mbps) and transmitting data packets on the
network.
Steady Adapter is properly connected (100 Mbps) but is not transmitting on the
network.
Yellow Flashing Adapter is properly connected (10 Mbps) and transmitting data packets on the
network.
Steady Adapter is properly connected (10 Mbps) but is not transmitting on the network.

504 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Troubleshooting Chapter 9

Power Layer Interface (PLI) Circuit Board Status Indicators

PowerFlex 755T power modules use status indicators and a 7-segment display
to report conditions. The power layer interface circuit board is located behind
the connections cover of the power module chassis.

Name Color State Description

DS3 Green Flashing at 2 Hz Active mode in process.
Connections Cover Flashing at 0.5 Hz Update in process.
Frame 8 and Larger Green / Flashing Login mode in process.
Power Module Yellow Alternately
Green / Flashing Erase in process.
Frame 7 Power Module Red Alternately
Yellow Flashing at 2 Hz Loopback fiber test mode is in process.
Flashing at 0.5 Hz Boot mode is in process.
Red Blink 2 Count Clock fault
Blink 3 Count Firmware fault
Blink 4 Count FLEXBUS fault
Blink 5 Count PRGM fault
Blink 6 Count FPGA PRGM fault
Blink 7 Count SFLASH PRGM fault
DS5/DS6 Green Flashing Fiber connection is online.
Red Flashing Fiber connection is offline.

Lit Segment Description

Fiber loss

The PLI is not online.

The PLI is online but not initialized or logged in.

The PLI is initialized and logged in. The right display indicates the module number (Ln/Mn).
This display indicates that the module is in a ready state.

The PLI is initialized, logged in, and PWM active. The right display indicates the module number
(Ln/Mn).

The PLI is initialized, logged in, and faulted. The right display indicates the module number
DS6 (Ln/Mn).
DS5
The PLI initialization is complete.
7-Segment Display
Fiber is online.

The PLI is faulted.

DS3 PWM is enabled.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 505

Chapter 9 Troubleshooting

AC Precharge Circuit Board Status Indicators

The PowerFlex 755T AC precharge module uses status indicators and a 7-

segment display to report conditions. See Figure 5 on page 507 for the location
of the AC precharge board.

Name Color State Description

DS1 (AC Precharge) Green Flashing Fiber connection is online.
Red Flashing Fiber connection is offline.
DS2 (240V AC) Green Steady 240V AC Okay
Yellow Steady 240V AC Low Alarm
Red Flashing 240V AC Loss Fault
Unlit Off 240V AC Loss Alarm
DS3 (Communications) Green Steady Fiber connection is online.
Yellow Flashing Communications Loss
Unlit Off Inactive
DS4 (AC Precharge) Green Steady Precharge Done (Main circuit breaker is closed.)
Flashing Main circuit breaker is closing.
Input Bay
Yellow Steady Main circuit breaker is opening.
Flashing Not Ready
Red Flashing Main circuit breaker opened.
Unlit Off Ready
DS5 (Firmware Status) Green Steady No faults or alarms are present.
Green / Flashing Update in progress.
Red Alternately
DS1 Yellow Steady Alarm is present.
Red Flashing Fault is present.
7-Segment Display Red Steady Normal Operation
7-Segment Display
• At power-up, the display indicates the major firmware
revision number, the minor revision number, and the
build number for 1 second each.
• After power-up is complete, the display indicates the
number that is assigned to the module by the main
control board. (Shown: P0 = Precharge 0)
Alarms
• When an alarm condition exists, the display indicates the
alarm code.
• If there are multiple alarm codes, the display cycles
through the codes and displays each code for 2 seconds.
Flashing Faults
DS2
• When a fault condition exists, the display indicates the
DS3 fault code.
DS4 • If there are multiple fault codes, the display cycles
through the codes and displays each code for 2 seconds.
DS5 • If the device is faulted, the display only indicates fault
codes. Alarm codes are omitted.

506 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Troubleshooting Chapter 9

Figure 5 - AC Precharge Location

Frame 7 Drive Frame 8 Input Bay

Frame 9 Input Bay Frame 10…15 Input Bay

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 507

Chapter 9 Troubleshooting

Table 131 - AC Precharge 7-Segment Display Fault and Alarm Codes

Display Code Display State Condition Code Condition Name
0 Flashing 14001 Image Watchdog Fault
0 Steady 14070 Board Over Temperature Alarm
1 Flashing 14002 Constants Message Invalid
1 Steady 14071 Board Over Temperature Fault
2 Flashing 14003 Constants Checksum
2 Steady 14072 Board Under Temperature Alarm
3 Steady 14073 Board Under Temperature Fault
4 Flashing 14004 Nonvolatile Data Checksum Fault
5 Flashing 14005 Power Supply Undervoltage
6 Flashing 14006 Precharge Fault
6 Steady 14108 240V AC Low
7 Flashing 14007 MCB Failed to Close or Wiring Bay Overtemp
7 Steady 14109 240V AC Loss
8 Flashing 14008 MCB Failed to Open
8 Steady 14110 Fused Disconnect Open (MCB open)
9 Flashing 14009 MCB Aux Mismatch or Wiring Bay Overtemp
9 Steady 14130 TVSS Open
10 Flashing 14120 PCC Failed to Close
11 Flashing 14121 PCC Failed to Open
12 Flashing 14122 PCC Aux Mismatch
12 Steady 14126 AC Line Over Voltage
13 Flashing 14123 MCB Trip Reset
14 Flashing 14124 MCB Overcurrent
15 Flashing 14010 240V AC Loss Fault
16 Flashing 14011 240V AC Over Voltage
17 Flashing 14012 Fused Disconnect Open (MCB closed)
32 Steady 14127 MCB Life Threshold Exceeded
33 Steady 14128 PCC Life Threshold Exceeded

508 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Troubleshooting Chapter 9

DC Precharge Circuit Board Status Indicators

The PowerFlex 755T DC precharge module uses status indicators and a 7-

segment display to report conditions. The DC precharge circuit board is
located behind a transparent panel on the left side of the DC precharge
module chassis.

Name Color State Description

DS7 (DC Precharge) Green Flashing Fiber connection is online.
DC Precharge Module
Red Flashing Fiber connection is offline.
DS2 (240V AC) Green Steady 240V AC Okay
Yellow Steady 240V AC Low Alarm
Red Flashing 240V AC Loss Fault
Unlit Off 240V AC Loss Alarm
DS3 (Communications) Green Steady Fiber connection is online.
Yellow Flashing Communications Loss
Unlit Off Inactive
DS4 (DC Precharge) Green Steady Precharge Done (Molded case switch is closed.)
Flashing Molded case switch is closing.
Yellow Steady Molded case switch is opening.
Flashing Not Ready
Red Flashing Molded case switch opened.
Unlit Off Ready
DS7
DS5 (Firmware Status) Green Steady No faults or alarms are present.
Green / Flashing Update in progress.
Red Alternately
Yellow Steady Alarm is present.
Red Flashing Fault is present.
7-Segment Display Red Steady Normal Operation
• At power-up, the display indicates the major firmware
revision number, the minor revision number, and the
build number for 1 second each.
• After power-up is complete, the display indicates the
number that is assigned to the module by the main
control board. (Shown: P1 = Precharge 1)
Alarms
• When an alarm condition exists, the display indicates the
alarm code.
• If there are multiple alarm codes, the display cycles
through the codes and displays each code for 2 seconds.
DS2
Flashing Faults
DS3 • When a fault condition exists, the display indicates the
fault code.
DS4
• If there are multiple fault codes, the display cycles
DS5 through the codes and displays each code for 2 seconds.
7-Segment Display • If the device is faulted, the display only indicates fault
codes. Alarm codes are omitted.

Table 132 - DC Precharge 7-Segment Display Fault and Alarm Codes

Display Code Display State Condition Code Condition Name
0 Flashing 12001 Image Watchdog Fault
0 Steady 12070 Board Over Temperature Alarm
1 Flashing 12002 Constants Message Invalid

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 509

Chapter 9 Troubleshooting

Table 132 - DC Precharge 7-Segment Display Fault and Alarm Codes (Continued)
Display Code Display State Condition Code Condition Name
1 Steady 12071 Board Over Temperature Fault
2 Flashing 12003 Constants Checksum
2 Steady 12072 Board Under Temperature Alarm
3 Steady 12073 Board Under Temperature Fault
4 Flashing 12004 Nonvolatile Data Checksum Fault
5 Flashing 12005 Power Supply Undervoltage
6 Flashing 12006 Precharge Fault
6 Steady 12108 240V AC Low
7 Flashing 12007 MCS Failed to Close or Wiring Bay Overtemp
7 Steady 12109 240V AC Loss
8 Flashing 12008 MCS Shunt Trip
9 Flashing 12009 MCS Aux Mismatch or Wiring Bay Overtemp
10 Flashing 12010 240V AC Loss Fault
10 Steady 12110 Fused Disconnect Open (MCS Open)
11 Flashing 12011 240V AC Over Voltage
12 Flashing 12012 Fused Disconnect Open (MCS closed)
15 Flashing 12050 Bus Fuse Harness
16 Flashing 12051 Bus Positive Fuse Blown
17 Flashing 12052 Bus Negative Fuse Blown
32 Steady 12053 Molded Case Switch Life Threshold Exceeded

510 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Troubleshooting Chapter 9

Fiber-optic Interface Circuit Board Status Indicator

The PowerFlex 755T fiber-optic interface uses a status indicator to report

conditions. The fiber-optic interface circuit board is mounted on the rear panel
of the control pod assembly and is used with frame 7…15 drives and bus
supplies.

Name Color State Description

DS1 Green Flashing at 2 Hz Active mode in process.
Flashing at 0.5 Hz Update in process.
Green / Flashing Login mode in process.
Yellow Alternately
Green / Flashing Erase in process.
Red Alternately
Yellow Flashing at 2 Hz Loopback fiber test mode is in process.
Flashing at 0.5 Hz Boot mode is in process.
Red Blink 2 Count Clock fault
Blink 3 Count Firmware fault
Blink 4 Count FLEXBUS fault
Blink 5 Count PRGM fault
Blink 6 Count FPGA PRGM fault
Blink 7 Count SFLASH PRGM fault
Control Pod Assembly

DS1

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 511

Chapter 9 Troubleshooting

Fiber-optic Transceiver Circuit Board Status Indicators

PowerFlex 755T fiber-optic transceiver circuit boards use status indicators to

report conditions. The fiber-optic transceiver circuit boards plug into edge
connectors on the fiber interface circuit board in the control pod assembly of
frame 7…15 drives and bus supplies.

Name Color State Description

DS1, DS2 Green Flashing Fiber connection is online.
Red Flashing Fiber connection is offline.
Control Pod Assembly

DS2
DS1

512 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Troubleshooting Chapter 9

Setting Factory Defaults The PowerFlex 20-HIM-A6 / -C6S HIM User Manual, publication 20HIM-
UM001, provides detailed instructions on using Human Interface Module
capabilities including setting PowerFlex 750-Series drive to factory settings.

The following tables list the parameters that are not reset when Set Defaults
‘Most’ is executed. Also, the internal date and time properties are not reset by
this operation.
Port 0: Product Config File, Preferences Group

Number Display Name Full Name

30 Access Level User Access Level
31 Language Display Language
46 Velocity Units Velocity Units

Port 0: Product Config File, Control Config Group

Number Display Name Full Name

33 VoltageClass Cfg Voltage Class Configure
35 Duty Rating Cfg Duty Rating Configure

Port 0: Product Config File, Port Mode Group

Number Display Name Full Name

65 Pri MtrCtrl Mode Primary Motor Control Mode
70 Application Sel Application Select

Port 0: Product Config File, Option Cfg Group

Number Display Name Full Name

80 DCP Option DC Precharge Option
82 TAM Option Torque Accuracy Module Option

Port 0: Feedback & I/O File, Command Group

Number Display Name Full Name

134 DI EmergencyOVRD Digital Input Emergency Override

Port 0: Embedded ENET File, Address Config Group

Number Display Name Full Name

300 Net Addr Sel Network Address Selection
302 IP Addr Cfg 1 IP Address Configuration 1
303 IP Addr Cfg 2 IP Address Configuration 2
304 IP Addr Cfg 3 IP Address Configuration 3
305 IP Addr Cfg 4 IP Address Configuration 4
306 Subnet Cfg 1 Subnet Configuration 1
307 Subnet Cfg 2 Subnet Configuration 2
308 Subnet Cfg 3 Subnet Configuration 3
309 Subnet Cfg 4 Subnet Configuration 4
310 Gateway Cfg 1 Gateway Configuration 1
311 Gateway Cfg 2 Gateway Configuration 2

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 513

Chapter 9 Troubleshooting

Port 0: Embedded ENET File, Address Config Group (Continued)

Number Display Name Full Name

312 Gateway Cfg 3 Gateway Configuration 3
313 Gateway Cfg 4 Gateway Configuration 4
314 Net Rate Cfg 1 Net Rate Configuration 1
316 Net Rate Cfg 3 Net Rate Configuration 3

Port 0: Protection File, Overrides Group

Number Display Name Full Name

454 Emerg OVRD Mode Emergency Override Mode
455 Emerg Prot OVRD ProtectionsOverridenbyEmergencyOverride

Port 0: Protection File, Predictive Main Group

Number Display Name Full Name

504 PredMaint Rst En Predictive Maintenance Reset Enable
505 Pred Maint Reset Predictive Maintenance Reset

Port 12: M0…M9 Power Module File, Predictive Main Group

Number Display Name Full Name

130 M0PredMaintReset MtrSideInv 0 Predictive Mantenance Reset
… … …
1030 M9PredMaintReset MtrSideInv 9 Predictive Mantenance Reset

Port 14: L0…L9 Power Module File, Predictive Main Group

Number Display Name Full Name

130 L0PredMaintReset LineSideConv0 PredMantenance Reset
… … …
1030 L9PredMaintReset LineSideConv9 PredMantenance Reset

Port 14: AC Precharge File, Predictive Main Group

Number Display Name Full Name

1140 ACP0 PredMntRst ACP0 Predictive Maintenance Reset

Port 14: F0…F9 LCL Filter File, Predictive Main Group

Number Display Name Full Name

1240 F0PredMaintReset F0 LCL Filter PredMantenance Reset
… … …
2140 F9PredMaintReset F9 LCL Filter PredMantenance Reset

514 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Troubleshooting Chapter 9

Parameter 0:457 [Purge Frequency]

ATTENTION: Unintended parameter value can result due to This Port Only
reset. Parameter 0:457 [Purge Frequency] is reset to the default value when
a Set Defaults for This Port Only is applied to port 10 or port 11.

Peripheral Set Defaults Operation Resets Host Product

The parameters for some PowerFlex 750-Series option modules reside on the
main control board of the host product. Because of this scheme, performing a
Set Defaults operation for one of these peripheral devices resets the host
product. The peripherals that behave in this way are listed in this table.

Peripheral Cat. No.

11-Series I/O option modules 20-750-1132C-2R
20-750-1133C-1R2T
20-750-1132D-2R
22-Series I/O option modules 20-750-2232C-2R
20-750-2233C-1R2T
20-750-2232D-2R
Single incremental encoder option module 20-750-ENC-1
Dual incremental encoder option module 20-750-DENC-1

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 515

Chapter 9 Troubleshooting

Fan Usage by Product These tables list the fans that are present in each product frame size and
enclosure rating.

Fan Type Frame 5 Drives Frame 6 Drives Frame 7 Drives

IP21, UL Type 1 IP54, UL Type 12
Control Pod Fan None None Single Single
Stirring Fan Present Present None None
Heatsink Fan Present Present Present Present
Input Bay Fan None None None None
Power Bay Roof Fan None None Present Present
Wire Bay Fan None None None None
Control Bay Fan None None None None

Fan Type Frame 8 Drives Frame 9 Drives Frame 10…15 Drives

IP21, UL Type 1 IP54, UL Type 12 IP21, UL Type 1 IP54, UL Type 12 IP21, UL Type 1 IP54, UL Type 12
Control Pod Fan Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual
Stirring Fan None None None None None None
Heatsink Fan Present Present Present Present Present Present
Input Bay Fan Present Present Present Present Present Present
Power Bay Roof Fan None Present None Present None Present
Present (with option) Present (with option) Present (with option) Present (with option) Present (with option) Present (with option)
Wire Bay Fan Present Present Present Present Present Present
Control Bay Fan None None None None None None

Fan Type Frame 8 Bus Supplies Frame 9 Bus Supplies Frame 10…15 Bus Supplies
IP21, UL Type 1 IP54, UL Type 12 IP21, UL Type 1 IP54, UL Type 12 IP21, UL Type 1 IP54, UL Type 12
Control Pod Fan Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual
Stirring Fan None None None None None None
Heatsink Fan Present Present Present Present Present Present
Input Bay Fan Present Present Present Present Present Present
Power Bay Roof Fan None Present None Present None Present
Present (with option) Present (with option) Present (with option) Present (with option) Present (with option) Present (with option)
Wire Bay Fan Present Present Present Present Present Present
Control Bay Fan None None None None None None

Fan Type Frame 8 Common Bus Inverters Frame 9 Common Bus Inverters Frame 10…15 Common Bus Inverters
IP21, UL Type 1 IP54, UL Type 12 IP21, UL Type 1 IP54, UL Type 12 IP21, UL Type 1 IP54, UL Type 12
Control Pod Fan Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual
Stirring Fan None None None None None None
Heatsink Fan Present Present Present Present Present Present
Input Bay Fan None None None None None None
Power Bay Roof Fan None Present None Present None Present
Wire Bay Fan Present (with option) Present (with option) Present (with option) Present (with option) Present (with option) Present (with option)
Control Bay Fan Present (with option) Present (with option) Present (with option) Present (with option) Present (with option) Present (with option)

516 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Troubleshooting Chapter 9

Hardware Service Manual The PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drive Hardware Service Manual, publication
750-TG100, provides schematics and detailed instructions on part
replacement for PowerFlex 755T products.

Fault and Alarm Display Event numbers for PowerFlex 750-Series faults and alarms are displayed in one
of three formats.
Codes
• Port 00 (Host Drive) displays the event number only. For example, Fault
21 ‘Clr Fault Queue’ is displayed as:
Fault Code 21.
• Ports 01 through 09 use the format PEEE, indicating port number (P)
and event number (EEE). For example, Fault 1 ‘Analog In Loss’ on an I/
O module installed in Port 4 is displayed as:
Fault Code 4001.
• Ports 10 through 14 use the format PPEEE, indicating port number
(PP) and event number (EEE). For example, Fault 37 ‘S OverTemp Alm’
on Port 14 is displayed as:
Fault Code 14037.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 517

Chapter 9 Troubleshooting

Common Symptoms and Drive does not Start from Start or Run Inputs wired to the terminal block.
Corrective Actions Cause(s) Indication Corrective Action
Drive is Faulted Flashing red Clear fault.
status light • Press Stop
• Cycle power
• ‘Clear Faults’ on the HIM Diagnostic
menu.
Incorrect input wiring. See Installation None Wire inputs correctly.
Instructions, publication 750-IN100, for wiring
examples.
• 2 wire control requires Run, Run Forward, Run
Reverse or Jog input.
• 3 wire control requires Start and Stop inputs.
• Verify 24 Volt Common is connected to Digital
Input Common.
Incorrect digital input programming. None Configure input function.
• Mutually exclusive choices have been made
(i.e., Jog and Jog Forward). Flashing yellow Resolve input function conflicts.
• 2 wire and 3 wire programming may be status light and
conflicting. ‘DigIn Cnfg B’
• Start configured without a Stop configured. or
‘DigIn Cnfg C’
indication on LCD
HIM.
10/11:355 [Motor
Side Sts 2] shows
type 2 alarm(s).
Terminal block does not have control. None Check 0:41 [Logic Mask].

Drive does not Start from HIM.

Cause(s) Indication Corrective Action

Drive is configured for 2 wire level None Change 0:101 [Digital In Cfg] to correct control
control. function.
Another device has Manual control. None
Port does not have control. None Change 0:41 [Logic Mask] to enable correct port.

Drive does not respond to changes in speed command.

Cause(s) Indication Corrective Action

No value is coming from the source of LCD HIM Status 1. If the source is an analog input, check wiring and
the command. Line indicates ‘At use a meter to check for presence of signal.
Speed’ and
output is 0 Hz.
Incorrect reference source has been None 2. Check 10/11:1800 [VRef A Sel] for the source of
programmed. the speed reference.
3. Reprogram 10/11:1800 [VRef A Sel] for correct
source.
Incorrect Reference source is being None 4. Check 10/11:354 [Motor Side Sts 1], bits 12 and
selected via remote device or digital 13 for unexpected source selections.
inputs. 5. Check 0:100 [Digital In Sts], to see if inputs are
selecting an alternate source.
6. Check configuration of 173…175 [DI Speed Sel
n] functions

518 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Troubleshooting Chapter 9

Motor and/or drive will not accelerate to commanded speed.

Cause(s) Indication Corrective Action
Acceleration time is excessive. None Reprogram 10/11:1915/1916 [VRef Accel Timen].
Excess load or short acceleration times None Check 10/11:354 [Motor Side Sts 1], bit 27 to see if
force the drive into current limit, the drive is in Current Limit.
slowing or stopping acceleration. Remove excess load or reprogram 10/11:1915/1916
[VRef Accel Timen].
Speed command source or value is not None Check for the proper Speed Command using Steps 1
as expected. through 7 above.
Programming is preventing the drive None Check 10/11:1898 [Vel Limit Pos], 10/11:1899 [Vel
output from exceeding limiting values. Limit Neg], and 10/11:422 [Maximum Freq] to
assure that speed is not limited by programming.

Motor operation is unstable.

Cause(s) Indication Corrective Action
Motor data was incorrectly entered or None 1. Correctly enter motor nameplate data.
Autotune was not performed. 2. Perform ‘Static Tune’ or ‘Rotate Tune’ Autotune
procedure. See parameter 10/11:910 [Autotune]
on page 268.

Drive will not reverse motor direction.

Cause(s) Indication Corrective Action
Digital input is not selected for None Check that the DI Reversing function is correctly
reversing control. configured.
Digital input is incorrectly wired. None Check digital input wiring.
Direction mode parameter is None Reprogram 10/11:930 [Direction Mode], for analog
incorrectly programmed. ‘Bipolar’ or digital ‘Unipolar’ control.
Motor wiring is improperly phased for None Switch two motor leads.
reverse.
A bipolar analog speed command None 1. Use meter to check that an analog input voltage
input is incorrectly wired or signal is is present.
absent. 2. Check bipolar analog signal wiring.
Positive voltage commands forward direction.
Negative voltage commands reverse direction.

Stopping the drive results in a Decel Inhibit fault.

Cause(s) Indication Corrective Action
The bus regulation feature is enabled Decel Inhibit fault 1. Reprogram parameters 10/11:116/117 [Bus Reg
and is halting deceleration due to screen. Mode n] to eliminate any ‘Adjust Freq’ selection.
excessive bus voltage. Excess bus LCD Status Line 2. Disable bus regulation (parameters 10/11:116/
voltage is normally due to excessive indicates 117 [Bus Reg Mode n]) and add a dynamic brake.
regenerated energy or unstable AC line ‘Faulted.’ 3. Correct AC input line instability or add an
input voltages. isolation transformer.
Internal timer has halted drive 4. Access 10/11:170 [Dec Inhibit Actn] to select
operation. desired fault action.
5. Reset drive.

Problems adding a datalink.

Cause(s) Indication Corrective Action
Another device is communicating with None Verify that a PLC is not communication with the
the processor. drive. Disconnect communication cable or inhibit
communication in PLC software.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 519

Chapter 9 Troubleshooting

Testpoint Codes and Select testpoint with a [Testpoint Sel n] parameter. View testpoint values with
[Testpoint REAL n] and [Testpoint DINT n] parameters.
Functions
Table 133 - Port 9 Testpoint Codes
No. Name Description Data Type Units
1 TrqPrvState The present state of the Torque Proving state DINT t/f
machine.
2 TrqPrvSpdBandTimer Timer count for the Speed Band function in Torque REAL Sec
Proving.
3 TrqPrvBrkSlipStartActv Indicated the Brake Slip start has occurred and is DINT t/f
presently active.

Table 134 - Port 10 Testpoint Codes

No. Name Description Data Type Units
1 VRef Ramp In Velocity Reference at the input to the ramp and S REAL PU
Curve function.
2 VelRamp Rate This signal is the active rate of change of the velocity REAL PU/S
reference. It is produced by the velocity reference
ramp and S curve function.
3 Vel Droop Velocity Droop offset signal output from droop REAL PU
function.
10 PRef Sel Del This signal is the change in 10/11:1684 [PRef DINT Cnts
Selected] every millisecond. It is applied to the input
of the Electronic Gear Ratio function. Position units
are encoder edge counts.
11 PRef Sel EGR This signal is the output of the Position Reference DINT C/ms
Electronic Gear Ratio function. It is similar to the EGR
input in that it is a position change over 1
millisecond. This signal is re-accumulated to create
10/11:1686 [Pref EGR Out]. Position units are
encoder edge counts.
12 PRef Ofst In This signal is the summation of 10/11:1691 [Psn DINT Cnts
Offset 1] and 10/11:1694 [Psn Offset 2]. It is the user
input to the Position Reference Offset function.
Position units are encoder edge counts.
13 PRef OfstPsn This signal is the output of the Position Reference DINT Cnts
Offset function. It represents the total offset that is
to be applied to the Position Reference. Position
units are encoder edge counts.
14 PRef OfstOut This signal is the change in Position Reference Offset DINT Cnts
that is to be applied to every millisecond. It is
summed with the output of the position reference
EGR. Position units are encoder edge counts.
15 PRef NF Out This signal is the output of the Position Reference DINT Cnts
Notch Filters. It represents a Position Command
change over 1 millisecond. This signal is re-
accumulated to create 10/11:1731 Position
Command. Position units are encoder edge counts.
20 LdPsn Fb Del This signal is the change in the Load Position DINT C/ms
Feedback every millisecond. It is the input the Load
Position Feedback Gear Ratio. Position units are
encoder edge counts.

520 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Troubleshooting Chapter 9

Table 134 - Port 10 Testpoint Codes (Continued)

No. Name Description Data Type Units
21 Psn Fb Del This signal is the change in 10/11:1746 [Position Fb] DINT C/ms
every millisecond. It is subtracted from the output of
the Position Reference Notch Filters. The result of
this subtraction when re-accumulated becomes 10/
11:1750 [Position Error]. Position units are encoder
edge counts.
22 PReg LdError This signal is the difference between the output of DINT Cnts
the Position Reference Notch Filters and the Load
Position Feedback Gear Ratio function. Position
units are encoder edge counts.
23 LdPsn Geared This signal is the output of the Load Position DINT Cnts
Feedback Gear Ratio function. When re-
accumulated this becomes 10/11:1748 [Psn Load
Actual]. Position units are encoder edge counts.
30 VRef PID Sel If this signal is non-zero, then the PID Output Meter DINT t/f
has exclusive control of the Velocity Reference. If this
signal is zero, then the Velocity Reference is
controlled by 10/11:1892 [VRef Selected].
31 VRef Homing Velocity reference signal used for the Homing REAL PU
function.
32 VRef DIR Sel If this signal is non-zero, then the active direction for DINT t/f
Unipolar Direction Mode will be forward. If this
signal is zero, then the active direction for Unipolar
Direction Mode will be reverse.
33 Vref CLmt In Velocity Reference signal at the input to the Min and REAL PU
Max Velocity Command Limiters.
34 VRef SkipOut Velocity Reference signal at the output of the Skip REAL PU
Band function.
35 VRef Psn FF Velocity feed forward reference signal used when REAL PU
position control is active. Sums with velocity ramp
output.
36 VRef NF In Velocity Reference at the input to the reference REAL PU
notch filters. The output of these filters is 10/
11:1925 [Vref Filtered].
37 VRef Scaled Velocity Reference at the output of the multiply REAL PU
block that applies 10/11:1932 [VRef Scale].
38 VRef FLmt In Velocity Reference signal at the input to the Final REAL PU
velocity limiter. The output of this limiter is 10/
11:1933 [VRef Final].
40 VReg SrvLock Output of the Servo Lock function in the Velocity REAL PU
Regulator. Sums with 10/11:1951 [Velocity Error].
41 aVRegKp Internal proportional gain used in the velocity REAL R/S
regulator. Incorporates gain scaling from Adaptive
Tuning and Alternate Feedback. Also includes
conversion from Hz to rad/sec.
42 aVRegKi Internal integral gain used in the velocity regulator. REAL R/S
Incorporates gain scaling from Adaptive Tuning and
Alternate Feedback. Also includes Kp gain and
conversion from Hz to rad/sec.
43 VReg Lmt In Input signal to the Acceleration Limiter in the REAL PU/S
Velocity Regulator. Units are PU Velocity per second.
44 Kj Scale factor used to convert acceleration signals to REAL Sec
torque signals. Proportional to system inertia.
Acceleration units are PU Vel/sec. Torque units are
PU motor torque.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 521

Chapter 9 Troubleshooting

Table 134 - Port 10 Testpoint Codes (Continued)

No. Name Description Data Type Units
50 Trq Scale Scale factor used to convert acceleration signals to REAL
torque signals. Proportional to system inertia.
Acceleration units are rev/sec2. Torque units are
percent of rated motor torque.
51 TrqRefPosLimActv Positive limit that is being applied to the Trq Ref REAL Nm
Filtered parameter. Result is displayed in Trq Ref
Limited parameter.
52 TrqRefNegLimActv Negative limit that is being applied to the Trq Ref REAL Nm
Filtered parameter. Result is displayed in Trq Ref
Limited parameter.
100 EncdrlsCompTestState Encoderless test state. DINT n/a
101 IqsRefLmtd Torque producing Current Reference. Output of the REAL PkA
Current Rate Limiter.
105 PhsLossAmptdRO Ratio of second harmonocs amplitdue to sixth DINT n/a
harmonics.
106 PhsLossDtctCnts Input phase loss detection counts. REAL Cnts
110 OloopOmegaOutput Electrical speed generated in FV open loop control REAL R/S
mode.
111 OmegaRotor Rotor speed generated in FV open loop control REAL R/S
mode.
115 IaFbk A-phase simultaneously sampled current feedback REAL PkA
scaled to units of the system.
116 IbFbk B-phase simultaneously sampled current feedback REAL PkA
scaled to units of the system.
117 IcFbk C-phase simultaneously sampled current feedback REAL PkA
scaled to units of the system.
120 FreqSync Enhanced This signal indicates the status of the delay when DINT t/f
Delay Flying Start function is activated. This is for the CEMF
mode of the Flying Start function.
121 FreqSync Enhanced This signal indicates the status of flying start DINT t/f
State operating state. This is for the CEMF mode of the
Flying Start function.
122 FreqSync Sweep State This signal indicates the status of flying start DINT t/f
operating state. This is for the Sweep mode of the
Flying Start function.
125 PrchrgState State of the Precharge state machine. DINT t/f
130 LineLoss Act If this signal is non-zero, then a Line Loss Condition DINT t/f
is active. If this signal is zero, then a Line Loss
Condition is not active.
135 Power State Handler The present state being executed by the power state DINT t/f
handler.
136 PwrStateCmd Commanded state from the PowerStateMach to the DINT t/f
PowerStateHandler.
140 Current Limit Stop If this signal is non-zero, then a Current Limit DINT t/f
Active Stopping Sequence is active. If this signal is zero,
then a Current Limit Stopping Sequence is not
active.
141 Sequencer State The present state of the Sequencer. DINT t/f
145 ActvPwmFreq Active PWM frequency REAL Hz
146 MaxJuncTemp Active max junction temperature used in thermal REAL °C
manager.

522 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Troubleshooting Chapter 9

Table 134 - Port 10 Testpoint Codes (Continued)

No. Name Description Data Type Units
150 TrqRefAtZero If this signal is non-zero, then the 10/11:2150 [Trq DINT t/f
Ref Filt In] will be forced to a value of zero. If this
signal is zero, then the Torque Reference is supplied
by 10/11:2076 [Trq Ref Selected] after offset by the
Friction Compensation and Torque Step signals. This
signal could become non-zero as part of a stop
sequence or during Autotune.
155 RideThruRcvrLvl This is the level of DC Bus voltage where the PWM REAL VDC
can become active again when power loss has
occurred and power is recovered.
156 RideThruStrtLvl This is the level of bus voltage where the PwrLoss REAL VDC
mode is triggered.
157 VbusUnderVltgLvl This is the level set to trigger a bus under voltage REAL VDC
event.
160 Theta_e This signal is the Theta_e, the electrical stator REAL Rad
angle, in radians.
161 Theta_r This signal is the Theta_r, the electrical rotor angle, REAL Rad
in radians.
170 IdSyncFdbk Flux current feedback. REAL PkA
171 IqSyncFdbk Torque current feedback. REAL PkA
172 VdSyncFdbk This signal is the d-axis voltage feedback. REAL PkV
173 VqSyncFdbk This signal is the q-axis voltage feedback. REAL PkV
180 VdsCmd D-axis voltage command in synchronous reference REAL PkV
frame.
181 VqsCmd Q-axis voltage command in synchronous reference REAL PkV
frame.
190 FieldWeakSts If this signal is non-zero, then the field weakening DINT t/f
control is active.
191 FluxRegFdFwd This signal is the flux regulator output feed forward REAL PkA
term.
192 FlxRegOmgLim If this signal is non-zero, then the flux regulator is DINT t/f
not active. If this signal is zero, then the flux
regulator is active.
193 IdCompMtrnIq This signal displays the corresponding Iq Ref values REAL PU
for IdComp during motoring operation.
194 IdCompMtrnPu This signal displays the required IdComp values REAL PU
during motoring.
195 IdCompRegnIq This signal displays the corresponding Iq Ref values REAL PU
for IdComp during regen operation.
196 IdCompRegnPu This signal displays the required IdComp values REAL PU
during regen operation.
197 FlxIdSyncRef This signal is the d-axis current reference, which is REAL PkA
the output of the flux regulator.
198 NegIdsLim If this signal is non-zero, then the flux regulator is at DINT t/f
negative Id current limit.
199 PosIdsLim If this signal is non-zero, then the flux regulator is at DINT t/f
positive Id current limit.
200 VqsFdbkFltrd This signal is the filtered q-axis voltage feedback. REAL PkV
210 FLARPM This signal is the Slip RPM at full load amps, which is REAL RPM
calculated based on the filtered slip gain.
211 OmegSlipFilt This signal is the filtered slip in rad/sec. REAL R/S

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 523

Chapter 9 Troubleshooting

Table 134 - Port 10 Testpoint Codes (Continued)

No. Name Description Data Type Units
212 RsGain This signal is the Rs gain, which is calculated based REAL PU
on the filtered slip gain.
213 SlipGnFltrd This signal is the filtered slip gain. REAL R/S/A
214 SlipGnLatchd This signal is the latched slip gain in the slip REAL R/S/A
regulator.
215 SlipGnLmtd This signal is the limited slip gain, which is the slip REAL R/S/A
regulator output.
216 SlipLoTrqLim If this signal is non-zero, then the slip regulator is DINT t/f
not active because the q-axis current reference is
below the set value.
217 SlipGnMaxLim If this signal is non-zero, then the slip regulator is at DINT t/f
maximum slip gain limit.
218 SlipGnMinLim If this signal is non-zero, then the slip regulator is at DINT t/f
minimum slip gain limit.
219 SlipIntegOut This signal is the integration term of the slip REAL R/S/A
regulator output.
220 SlipPropOut This signal is the proportional term of the slip REAL R/S/A
regulator output.
221 VdsFdbkFltrd This signal is the filtered d-axis voltage feedback. REAL PkV
230 IdSyncRef Flux current command. REAL PkA
231 IqSyncRef Torque command. REAL PkA
232 VdSyncFF_Ref This signal is the feed forward d-axis voltage REAL PkV
reference.
233 VqSyncFF_Ref This signal is the feed forward q-axis voltage REAL PkV
reference.
240 LambdaDsSync This signal is the d-axis stator flux. REAL VSec
241 LambdaDsFilt This signal is the filtered d-axis stator flux. REAL VSec
242 LambdaQsSync This signal is the q-axis stator flux. REAL VSec
243 LambdaQsFilt This signal is the filtered q-axis stator flux. REAL VSec
250 TrqEst This signal is the estimated torque in N•m. REAL Nm
251 TrqEstFltrd This signal is the filtered estimated torque in N•m. REAL Nm
255 ActvCurLim This is the active current limit value. REAL PkA
260 FluxCurMax This is the maximum flux current value. REAL PkA
261 FluxCurMin This is the minimum flux current value. REAL PkA
262 LambdaDsRtd This signal is the rated d-axis stator flux. REAL VSec
263 MtrRtdTrq This is the motor rated torque value in N•m that is REAL Nm
calculated from motor name plate data.
264 SlipGnRtd This is the rated slip gain value. REAL R/S/A

524 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Troubleshooting Chapter 9

Table 135 - Port 13 Testpoint Codes

No. Display Name Description Data Type Units
1 VL12Inst The grid line voltage L12 instantaneously sampled REAL Volts
voltage feedback scaled to units of the system.
2 VL23Inst The grid line voltage L23 instantaneously sampled REAL Volts
voltage feedback scaled to units of the system.
3 VL31Inst The grid line voltage L31 instantaneously sampled REAL Volts
voltage feedback scaled to units of the system.
4 VqSyncFdbk The instantaneous value of the grid line voltage q- REAL Volts
axis voltage component in the synchronous
reference frame scaled to units of the system.
5 VqSyncFilt The grid line voltage q-axis voltage component in REAL Volts
the synchronous reference frame filtered with a low
pass filter that has a cutoff frequency of 1 ms, and
scaled to units of the system.
6 VqSyncFilt1 The grid line voltage q-axis voltage component in REAL Volts
the synchronous reference frame filtered with a low
pass filter that has a cutoff frequency of 10 ms, and
scaled to units of the system.
7 VdSyncFdbk The instantaneous value of the grid line voltage d- REAL Volts
axis voltage component in the synchronous
reference frame scaled to units of the system.
8 VdSyncFilt The grid line voltage d-axis voltage component in REAL Volts
the synchronous reference frame filtered with a low
pass filter that has a cutoff frequency of 1 ms, and
scaled to units of the system.
9 VdSyncFilt1 The grid line voltage d-axis voltage component in REAL Volts
the synchronous reference frame filtered with a low
pass filter that has a cutoff frequency of 10 ms, and
scaled to units of the system.
10 VabFdbkFilt The grid line voltage L12 instantaneously sampled REAL Volts
voltage feedback filtered by a low pass filter that has
0.1 ms cut off frequency and scaled to units of the
system.
11 VbcFdbkFilt The grid line voltage L23 instantaneously sampled REAL Volts
voltage feedback filtered by a low pass filter that has
0.1 ms cut off frequency and scaled to units of the
system.
12 VcaFdbkFilt The grid line voltage L31 instantaneously sampled REAL Volts
voltage feedback filtered by a low pass filter that has
0.1 ms cut off frequency and scaled to units of the
system.
13 IaInst A-phase simultaneously sampled current feedback REAL A
scaled to units of the system.
14 IbInst B-phase simultaneously sampled current feedback REAL A
scaled to units of the system.
15 IcInst C-phase simultaneously sampled current feedback REAL A
scaled to units of the system.
16 I0Fdbk The instantaneous value of the zero sequence REAL A
current/summation of the feedback currents.
17 VbusRateLim Selected voltage rate of change of the bus voltage, REAL V/S
this value is set by a user parameter in case of
manual bus reference and it is set to a very high
value when it is in optimized mode.
18 VbusOptRef Optimized value of the DC Bus Reference. REAL Volts

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 525

Chapter 9 Troubleshooting

Table 135 - Port 13 Testpoint Codes (Continued)

No. Display Name Description Data Type Units
19 VbusRefLoLim The calculated minimum possible value of the DC REAL Volts
Bus command.
20 VbusRefHiLim The calculated maximum possible value of the DC REAL Volts
Bus command.
21 VbusLimSts A status signal indicates if the bus reference is DINT t/f
limited.
22 VbusErr The instantaneous error signal between the DC Bus REAL Volts
command and the measured DC bus. This signal is
processed through the controller of the bus
regulator to generate the current reference
command.
23 VbusRegKi The integral gain of the bus voltage regulator. REAL AS/V
24 VbusRegKp The proportional gain of the bus voltage regulator. REAL A/V
25 IqRefVbusReg The instantaneous value of the active current REAL A
command generated by the DC bus voltage
regulator.
26 IqRefComp The instantaneous value of the active current (q-axis REAL A
current component in the synchronous reference
frame) calculated by the LCL steady state
compensation algorithm.
27 VqRefComp The instantaneous value of the grid line voltage (q- REAL Volts
axis voltage component in the synchronous
reference frame) calculated by the LCL steady state
compensation algorithm.
28 VdRefComp The instantaneous value of the grid line voltage (d- REAL Volts
axis voltage component in the synchronous
reference frame) calculated by the LCL steady state
compensation algorithm.
29 IdRefComp The instantaneous value of the reactive current (d- REAL A
axis current component in the synchronous
reference frame) calculated by the LCL steady state
compensation algorithm.
30 IqVbusCurLim The maximum value of the active current REAL A
component for a given DC bus value, line voltage
magnitude, and line reactance, this limit is
calculated based on the maximum active power
transfer theoretically achievable between the AFE
converter and the grid.
31 IdVbusCurLim The maximum value of the reactive current REAL A
component for a given DC bus value, line voltage
magnitude, and line reactance, this limit is
calculated based on the maximum reactive power
transfer theoretically achievable between the AFE
converter and the grid.
32 ILmtUserSts A status signal that indicates current is limited by DINT t/f
the user current limit parameter.
33 IdRefSts A status signal that indicates d-axis current at limit. DINT t/f
34 IqSyncErr The instantaneous error signal between the active REAL A
current command and the calculated active current.
This signal is processed through the controller of the
current regulator to generate the reference voltage
command.
35 IdSyncErr The instantaneous error signal between the reactive REAL A
current command and the calculated reactive
current component. This signal is processed through
the controller of the current regulator to generate
the reference voltage command.

526 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Troubleshooting Chapter 9

Table 135 - Port 13 Testpoint Codes (Continued)

No. Display Name Description Data Type Units
36 CurRegKiIq The integral gain of the current regulator of the REAL VSec/A
active current component.
37 CurRegKpIq The proportional gain of the current regulator of the REAL V/A
active current component.
38 CurRegKiId The integral gain of the current regulator of the REAL VSec/A
reactive current component.
39 CurRegKpId The proportional gain of the current regulator of the REAL V/A
reactive current component.
40 CurRegqOut The output signal of the current regulator used to REAL Volts
regulate the active current component which
includes the effect of both the proportional action
and the integral action.
41 CurRegdOut The output signal of the current regulator used to REAL Volts
regulate the reactive current component which
includes the effect of both the proportional action
and the integral action.
42 VqSyncRef The final q-axis component of the voltage reference REAL Volts
that is connected to the modulator. This component
is used along with the d-axis component of the
voltage reference to generate the magnitude and
the angle of the final voltage reference connected to
the modulator.
43 VdSyncRef The final d-axis component of the voltage reference REAL Volts
that is connected to the modulator. This component
is used along with the q-axis component of the
voltage reference to generate the magnitude and
the angle of the final voltage reference connected to
the modulator.
45 CurRegqI The output of the integral term of the of the current REAL Volts
regulator used to regulate the active current
component.
46 CurRegqP The output of the proportional term of the of the REAL Volts
current regulator used to regulate the active current
component.
47 VltRefLim The limited value of the magnitude of the voltage REAL Volts
reference used to generate the three phase
modulator signals.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 527

Chapter 9 Troubleshooting

Reset as Shipped The TotalForce control platform can be reset as shipped using the IP address
rotary switches. All parameter data is defaulted. Use the following procedure to
perform a reset as shipped.

Reset as Shipped Procedure

1. Power down the product.

2. Locate the three IP address switches on the main control board.
3. Record the positions of the switches so they can be set back to these
positions at the end of the procedure.

Hundreds Position Tens Position Ones Position

4. Set all three switches to position 8, for an overall value of 888.

Hundreds
Position

Tens
Position

Ones
Position

5. Power up the product.

Wait for the STS indicator to turn flashing red and the ENET indicator
to turn solid red.
6. Power down the product.
7. Set the IP address switches to the positions recorded in step 3.
8. Power up the product.

528 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Troubleshooting Chapter 9

Recovery Mode The TotalFORCE control platform has a recovery mode. Recovery mode
recreates the product file system and all parameter data is defaulted. Use the
following procedure if the processor fails to start up.

Recovery Mode Procedure

1. Power down the product.
2. Locate the three IP address Switches on the main control board.
3. Record the positions of the switches so they can be set back to these
positions at the end of the procedure.
Hundreds Position Tens Position Ones Position

4. Set all three switches to position 8, for an overall value of 888.

Hundreds
Position

Tens
Position

Ones
Position

5. Power up the product.

6. Wait for the STS indicator to turn flashing red and the ENET indicator
to turn steady red.
7. Power down the product.
8. Set the tens position switch to position 9 and the ones position switch to
position 7, for an overall value of 897.

Hundreds
Position

Tens
Position

Ones
Position

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 529

Chapter 9 Troubleshooting

9. Power up the product.

10. Wait for the STS indicator to turn flashing red and ENET indicator to
turn steady red.
11. Power down the product.
12. Set the IP address switches to the positions recorded in step 3.
13. Power up the product.

Secure Erase PowerFlex 750-Series drives with TotalFORCE control firmware revision
11.xxx and later can be reset with the Secure Erase feature. Secure Erase
permanently removes all control and network configurations from the product.
This technology protects the product from any attempt at data recovery.

Use Secure Erase

• When the product is decommissioned for disposal
• When the product is decommissioned and repurposed
• Before return for repair

Secure Erase Procedure

1. Power down the product.

2. Locate the three IP address Switches on the main control board.
3. Record the positions of the switches so they can be set back to these
positions at the end of the procedure.

Hundreds Position Tens Position Ones Position

4. Set all three switches to position 8, for an overall value of 888.

Hundreds
Position

Tens
Position

Ones
Position

5. Power up the product.

530 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Troubleshooting Chapter 9

6. Wait for the STS indicator to turn flashing red and the ENET indicator
to turn steady red.
7. Power down the product.
8. Set the Ones Position switch to position 9, for an overall value of 889.
9. Power up the product.
As Secure Erase executes, the STS indicator and ENET indicator turn
flashing red.
Wait for the ENET indicator to turn steady red meaning a successful
completion of Secure Erase. The procedure takes approximately 15
minutes to complete.
10. Power down the product.

To return the product to service:

1. Set the IP address switches to the positions recorded in step 3.

2. Power up the product.
3. Recommission the product.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 531

Chapter 9 Troubleshooting

Configurable LCL Filter Review the Attention statement that follows if you intend to configure the
Line Side Converter to produce an alarm instead of a fault when the LCL
Capacitor Failure Response Capacitor Failure event occurs.

ATTENTION: You must read the following information before you can enable
the Line Side Converter to produce an alarm instead of a fault when the
LCL Filter Capacitor Failure event occurs.
Operating the product (drive or bus supply) during the LCL Capacitor Failure
event may damage the LCL filter. This damage may lead to catastrophic product
failure and collateral damages.
It is your responsibility to configure drive parameters, understand the causes
and consequences of LCL capacitor failure, and meet safety requirements in
accordance with all applicable codes and standards. If enabling the Line Side
Converter to produce an alarm instead of a fault when the LCL Capacitor Failure
event occurs is desired, you must certify the safety of the application. To
acknowledge that you have read this ‘Attention’ and properly certified the
application, set bit 6 ‘CapFailAlrm’ of parameter 13:40 [Conv Options Cfg]. This
action removes Fault 24, ‘CapFailureCfg’. It allows parameter 0:452
[LCLCapFailActn] to be set to 0 ‘Alarm’, enabling an alarm instead of a fault.

Configurable LCL Filter Review the Attention statement that follows if you intend to configure the
Line Side Converter to produce an alarm instead of a fault when the LCL
Capacitor Over Resonance Capacitor Over Resonance event occurs.
Response
ATTENTION: You must read the following information before you can enable
the Line Side Converter to produce an alarm instead of a fault when the
LCL Filter Capacitor Over Resonance event occurs.
Operating the product (drive or bus supply) during the LCL Capacitor Over
Resonance event may damage the LCL filter. This damage may lead to
catastrophic product failure and collateral damages.
It is your responsibility to configure drive parameters, understand the causes
and consequences of LCL capacitor over resonance, and meet safety
requirements in accordance with all applicable codes and standards. If enabling
the Line Side Converter to produce an alarm instead of a fault when the LCL
Capacitor Over Resonance event occurs is desired, you must certify the safety of
the application. To acknowledge that you have read this ‘Attention’ and properly
certified the application, set bit 5 ‘CapORsncAlrm’ of parameter 13:40 [Conv
Options Cfg]. This action removes Fault 56, ‘CapOvrRsncCfg’. It allows parameter
0:453 [CapOvrRsncActn] to be set to 0 ‘Alarm’, enabling an alarm instead of a
fault.

532 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Troubleshooting Chapter 9

PowerFlex 755T Lifting/ Review the Attention statement that follows if you intend to use the
TorqProve™ feature without an encoder.
Torque Proving
ATTENTION: You must read the following information before you can use
TorqProve with no encoder.
Encoderless TorqProve must be limited to lifting applications where personal
safety is not a concern. Encoders offer additional protection and must be used
where personal safety is a concern. Encoderless TorqProve cannot hold a load at
zero speed without a mechanical brake and does not offer additional protection
if the brake slips/fails. Loss of control in suspended load applications can cause
personal injury and/or equipment damage.
It is your responsibility to configure drive parameters, test any lifting
functionality, and meet safety requirements in accordance with all applicable
codes and standards. If encoderless TorqProve is desired, you must certify the
safety of the application. To acknowledge that you have read this ‘Attention’ and
properly certified the encoderless application, set bit 3 ‘EnclsTrqProv’ of
parameter 10/11:420 [Mtr Options Cfg] to a value of 1. This action removes
Alarm 9014 ‘TP Encls Config’ and allows bit 1 ‘Encoderless’ of parameter 9:50
[Trq Prove Cfg] to be changed to 1 enabling encoderless TorqProve.

For information on TorqProve applications, see the PowerFlex 750-Series with

TotalFORCE Control reference manual, publication 750-RM100.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 533

Chapter 9 Troubleshooting

Technical Support Options What You Need When You Call Tech Support

When you contact Technical Support, please be prepared to provide the

following information:
• Order number
• Product catalog number and drives series number (if applicable)
• Product serial number
• Firmware revision level
• Fault code listed in 0:610 [Last Fault Code]
• Installed options and port assignments

Also be prepared with:

• A description of your application
• A detailed description of the problem
• A brief history of the drive installation
• First-time installation, product has not been running
• Established installation, product has been running

The data contained in the following parameters will help in initial

troubleshooting of a faulted drive. You can use the table below to record the
data provided in each parameter listed.

Parameter No. Parameter Name Parameter Data

0:610 Last Fault Code
10/11:460 Condition Sts A
10/11:461 Fault Status A
10/11:462 Fault Status B
10/11:465 Alarm Status A
10/11:466 Alarm Status B
10/11:467 Type 2 Alarms
13:240 Fault Status A
13:241 Fault Status B
13:258 Alarm Status A
13:259 Alarm Status B
13:260 Type 2 Alarms

534 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Troubleshooting Chapter 9

Technical Support Wizards

If you are connected to a drive via Connected Components Workbench™

(version 10 or later) software, you can run a Tech Support wizard to gather
information that will help diagnose problems with your drive and/or
peripheral device. The information gathered by the wizard is saved as a text file
and can be emailed to your remote technical support contact.
\

IMPORTANT The Tech Support wizard cannot be accessed when the Control Bar is
launched.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 535

Chapter 9 Troubleshooting

Notes:

536 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Appendix A

PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Flow diagrams on the following pages illustrate the PowerFlex 755T drive
control algorithms.

Table 136 - 755T Control Block Diagrams

Diagram Page
PowerFlex 755T Converter – Overview 540
Metering 541
Phase Locked Loop 542
Power Loss 543
Line Side Converter Data 544
Current Reference Generator 545
Reactive Power Control 546
Droop Control 547
Dynamic Bus Control 548
Voltage Reference Generator 549
Voltage Control 550
DC Bus Observer 551
Power Factor Correction 552
Current/Power Limits 553
Current Control 554
LSC Control Configuration 555
Drive Derating 556

Table 137 - 755TM Common Bus Inverter Control Block Diagrams

Diagram Page
Flux Vector Overview 557
Variable Frequency, SV Overview 558
CBI Metering 559
Feedback Configuration & Status 560
Position Homing 561
Position Reference 1 562
Position Reference – Move Profiles 563
Position Reference 2 564
Position Regulator 565
Position Control – Phase Locked Loop 566

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 537

Appendix A PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Diagram Page
Position Control – Position Reference CAM 567
Position Control – Profiler/Indexer 1 568
Position Control – Profiler/Indexer 2 569
Position Control – Roll Position Indicator 570
Position Control – Spindle Orient 571
Velocity Reference Overview 572
Velocity Reference Selection 573
Velocity Reference – All 574
Velocity Reference CAM 575
Velocity Reference – Flux Vector 576
Velocity Reference Flux Vector – Move Profiles 577
Velocity Regulator – Flux Vector 578
Torque Overview 579
Torque Reference Selection 580
Load Observer 581
Friction Compensation 582
Torque Reference CAM 583
Torque Reference 584
Torque Filters 585
Torque Control – Current IM, SPM 586
Torque Control – Current IPM 587
Process Control 1 588
Process Control 2 589
MOP Control 593
22-Series Inputs & Outputs – Digital 594
22-Series Inputs & Outputs – Analog 595
11-Series Inputs & Outputs – Digital 596
11-Series Inputs & Outputs – Analog 597
11-Series Inputs & Outputs – ATEX 598
Control Logic 599
Inverter Overload IT 600
Motor Overload 601

538 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams Appendix A

Diagram Conventions and

Definitions
Definitions of the Per Unit system: PowerFlex 755T - CBI
1.0 PU Position = Distance traveled / 1 second at Base Velocity
1.0 PU Velocity = Base Velocity of the Motor
1.0 PU Torque = Base Torque of the Motor * Notes, Important:

Symbol Legend: (1) These diagrams are for reference only and may
Drive Option Module Requires port number. not accurately reflect all logical control signals;
Parameters Parameters actual functionality is implied by the approximated
diagrams. Accuracy of these diagrams is not
Read Only Parameter guaranteed.
Read / Write Parameter

Read Only Parameter with Bit Enumeration

Read / Write Parameter with Bit Enumeration

Provides additional information.

( ) = Enumeration Parameter
XX[ ] = Page and Coordinate
ex. Tst [A2] = pg Tst, Column A, Row 2
= Constant value

‘d’ = Prefix refers to Diagnostic Item Number

ex. d33 = Diagnostic Item 33
‘X:YY’ = Parameter in PORT X

TP0000 = Software Testpoint (Name and Number)

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 539

540
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Overview

PowerFlex 755T Converter - Overview

Current Reference Generator Current Control
Power Factor Curr/Pwr Limits Active Current
Active Cur Cmd 67
LSC Control Cfg Correction
Iq Rate Lmt 7 PI
Active Cur Ref 65 Regulator
226 7
Reference
Selection
and Limiter 40 2 Option Select Cur Reg BW 75 Ki

Active Curr Rate 66 Vq, Vd

PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Conv Options Cfg LCL Cur Reg Damping 76

AC Line kW 13 Kp
AC Line Model Cur Lmt
1 101
Freq Command u Cur Reg Ki 79
Port 0 Regen Pwr
0 3 106
DC Bus Volts Avail u Cur Reg Kp 77
Motor Pwr PWM
107
AC Line Freq 1 Avail Cur Reg C/U Sel 74 Auto
Line Side Converter Control Diagrams

Voltage Reference Generator Limit

Gain
Calc
Regen Power Lmt 104 AC Line kVA A 32 Calculation
DC Bus Ref Sel Phase Lock Loop
45
226 4 Vdc Cmd Lmt 105 AC Line Imped% A 34
Motor Power Lmt
ManDCBus Ref Sel 47 Line Voltage
Feedback 80 c Cur Reg Ki
Current Lmt 100 AC Line kVA B 33
226 5 Vdc Rate Lmt Line Angle
DC Bus Ref Preset 48 PLL Config 85 78 c Cur Reg Kp
Reference AC Line Imped% B 35
46 Auto DC Bus Ref
DC Bus Rate Lmt 49 Selection AC Line Freq
Basic PLL Kp 86
and Limiter Phase 1 KVAR Ref 69 AC Line Source 31
2 Basic PLL Ki 87 Locked
AC Line Voltage
Loop KVAR Rate Limit 70
DroopVdcRef 50 DC Bus Command 88 Reactive Current
2nd Harm Filt BW 89
82
VARCtrlVdcRef Basic PLL ErrorBusAutoAdjReg Kp VAR Control 8
DC Offst Filt BW 90 VARCtrlVdcRef PI
BusAutoAdjReg Ki 83 Regulator
DC Offst LPF BW 91
VarDCBAdjDis 40 3
Reactv Cur Cmd 73
Voltage Control
Drive Derating Power Loss
Line Voltage
Power Factor 16
PI
Derated
Port 0 3 Regulator 28 Grid Current Feedback Voltage Sag Condition Status
Port 0 Derating Amps
DC Bus Volts DFDT Limit Condition Status
Figure 6 - PowerFlex 755T Converter – Overview

DC Bus Volts 3 Block

1
Power Ride Through
AC Line Freq Line Sync Loss Condition Status
Disturbance Configuration

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

Auto DC Bus Ref 46 Phase Loss Condition Status
Volt Reg BW 55 Basic PLL Error 88 Monitor
Power Loss Condition Status

Volt Reg Damping 56 BasicPLL Err Lmt 192

c Volt DroopCtrl BasicPLL Err Dly 193

Ext Bus Cap 52 Auto 60 Reg Ki
Gain Metering
Calculation VltgSag Det Actn 173
u Volt Reg Ki 59
DroopCtrlModeSel 350
c Volt 356 NoLdDrpDC Line Voltage 174
58 AC Line LSCPhLossDetActn 176 VltgSagRTExpActn
57 Reg Kp BusRef Feedback
u Volt Reg Kp FullLd DroopGain 351 0 Voltage 177 PhsLossRTExpActn
RMS DFDT Det Actn 179
Volt Reg C/U Sel 54 MaxFullLd Processing Line Voltage Feedback
NoLd DroopGain 352 355
DrpGn 180 DFDTRdTHrExpACtn
PLL LOS Det Actn 181
Trans Droop Cur 353 Linear Converter Current
Droop 171 PwrLossRTExpActn
DrpGn Converter Feedback
225 9 PwrLoss Det Actn 170
Control Limit Sts
ManDroopDCBusMin 357 Current
Processing RMS RideThrough Time 172
1
Regen Power Lmt 104 Converter Current Feedback
354 Droop Gain
Actv LineSideCnv Data
Motor Power Lmt 105 NonLinear LCL Filter
Droop Grid 13 AC Line kW
Auto DC Bus Ref 46 Control DroopVdcRef Capacitor Current
Current Feedback
Processing Line Voltage Instantaneous 14 AC Line kVA
Rated Volts 25 Feedback
Power
Calculator 15 AC Line kVAR
Active Cur Cmd 67 Converter Current
DC Bus DC Bus Feedback
Voltage Voltage Feedback 16 Power Factor
Processing
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Metering

A B C D E F G H I
VqSyncFilt VqSyncFilt1
LPF LPF1

1
Metering (Metering)
Vrs VqSyncFdbk Active Current
Ir
Vq
AC Line Voltage Analog to Digital 3
2
7
Conversion, Scaling and
Vst Converter Current Analog to
Is 3
2

Processing 2
Digital Conversion, Scaling I0Fdbk
Vtr
dq Vd and Processing 2
dq 8
It
VdSyncFdbk
Reactive Current
VL12Inst LPF LPF1
Display Filter 307 0 VdSyncFilt VdSyncFilt1
VL23Inst OR Display Filter 307 0
Display Filter 307 OR
2 2
VL31Inst Display Filter 307 3

0 AC Line Voltage
0
Peak to RMS 2
Averaging Peak to RMS 6
Conversion Averaging
Figure 7 - Metering

LPF 1 Conversion
LPF 1
Input AC Line Current
LPF 21
0
ACLineMemory 0
3 Init
IaInst
1 9
LPF VabFdbkFilt 1
3 LPF
R-S Line Volts
0 22 IbInst R Phase Current
0
4
1 ACLineMemReset 10
LPF VbcFdbkFilt IcInst 1
LPF
S-T Line Volts
0 S Phase Current
0
5 11
LPF 1 VcaFdbkFilt
LPF 1
T-R Line Volts Converter Current T Phase Current
Display Filter 307 0
Display Filter 307 0
Feedback OR
Display Filter 307

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

OR 3
4 Display Filter 307 9
AC Line Voltage
Feedback

Phase A
DC Voltage Analog to Digital Conversion, Line Current
Scaling 0
Port 0
5 and Processing 3 DC Bus Volts LCL Capacitor
LPF 1
Current Analog to Digital Phase B
text Conversion, Scaling ∑
and Processing Line Current
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Display Filter 307 0

OR Phase C
Display Filter 307 11 LCL Capacitor Current Line Current
DC Bus Voltage
Feedback
Feedback
6

541
Appendix A
542
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog PLL

A B C D E F G H I

1
Phase Locked Loop (PLL)
Nom Line Freq 30
PLL DC Offst 85 2
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Basic PLL Error 88

Line Voltage
Metering [B1] 3

0
2 PI Regulator Integrator
dq Line Angle

Basic PLL Kp 86
0 1 AC Line Freq
DC Offset 1 Basic PLL Ki 87
Cancellation
Figure 8 - Phase Locked Loop

PLL Freq Src 85 3

3
PLL Unbl Rej 85 1
DC Offst Filt BW 90

DC Offst LPF BW 91 LPF 1

0 0
0

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4

89 Unbalance
Rejection 1
2 nd Harm Filt BW
1
Display Filter 307 0
OR
Display Filter 307 1
5

6
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog PwrLoss

A B C D E F G H I

1 Power Loss (PwrLoss)

RideThrough Time 172 To Condition Handler
AC Ride Thru 935 21 (Faults & Alarms)

RMS Line Voltage Power Loss PwrLoss Det Actn 170 Ride Through PowerLoss Det
Metering [D3] Detection Configuration
Timer PowerLoss RTExp

2 PwrLossRTExpActn 171

Voltage Sag VltgSag Det Actn 173 Ride Through Line Sag Det
Figure 9 - Power Loss

Line Voltage
Metering [B1] Detection Configuration Line Sag RT Exp
Timer

VltgSagRTExpActn 174
3

935 22 Input Phase Loss

Phase Loss Ride Through Phase Loss Det

LSCPhLossDetActn 176
Detection Configuration Phase Loss RTExp
Line Current Feedback Timer
Metering [H5]

PhsLossRTExpActn

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

177
4

AC Line Freq DFDT DFDT Det Actn 179 Ride Through High df/dt Det
1
PLL [H3] Detection Configuration High df/dt Det RTExp
Timer

DFDTRdTHrExpACtn 180

BasicPLL Error 88
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Line Sync LnSyncLoss Det

BasicPLL Err Lmt 192 PLL LOS Det Actn 181 Ride Through
Loss
Configuration
Detection Timer LnSyncLoss RTExp
BasicPLL Err Dly 193
935 23 AC Line Sync
6

543
Appendix A
544
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog LscData

A B C D E F G H I

1 LineSideCnv Data (LscData)

Vrs
Metering [B1]
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Ir X 16 Power Factor
Metering [F1] X

13 AC Line kW
2
Vst
Metering [B1]

Is X2
Metering [F1] X

√X 14 AC Line kVA
3
It
Metering [F2] X
Figure 10 - Line Side Converter Data

X2

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4
X 15 AC Line kVAR

1/√3

Vtr
Metering [B1] X

6
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog CurRefGen

A B C D E F G H I

1
Current Reference Generator (CurRefGen)

LscCtrlCfg [C3]
Active Cur Ref 65
Rate
Limit 226 7

Iq Rate Lmt

3 Active Curr Rate 66

Figure 11 - Current Reference Generator

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4

5
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

545
Appendix A
546
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DroopCtrl CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog VarCtrl

A B C D E F G H I

1 Reactive Power Control (VarCtrl)

BusAutoAdjReg Kp 82 VarDCBAdjDis 40 3
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

BusAutoAdjReg Ki 83

2 Vq
Metering [D1] BusRefAutoAdjReg 0

Port 0,DC Bus Volts

Metering [D5] VoltRefGen [C5}
3

Vq
Metering [D1] 1
3
Figure 12 - Reactive Power Control

SourceImpedance
LscData [C5]
BusRefAutoAdjCalculation

Active Cur Cmd 67

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4

CurrPwrLmt [F5}
Reference Reactive Current
5 Calculation
KVAR Ref 69
Rate
Limit

KVAR Rate Limit 70

6
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog DroopCtrl

A B C D E F G H I

Droop Control -Linear Mode

+100% Regen Power Limit
1 Regen +100%
Power Lmt 104 |u| 0%
0%
355 MaxFullLdDrpGn
Abs Limit
Limit
+100% Motor Power Limit
Motor 105 |u| 0%
Power Lmt FullLd Droop Gain Lmtd
Abs
Limit

Auto DC 46 Limit 225 9 DrpGn Limit

Bus Ref Droop
ManDroop Gain
Vdc Vdc Minimum
357 Limit 0%
DCBusMin Minimum
Calc
2 sel
Man Droop NoLd Droop Gain Lmtd
DcBusRefMin
Enbl

VbusRef Vbus Ref Maximum CurPwrLmt [G3]

Rated Volts 25 Max Calc CurPwrLmt [G3] Active Cur Cmd 67
Active Cur
Trans Droop 67
353 Cmd Droop Gain Actv
Cur Active
Droop
354
Figure 13 - Droop Control

NoLd 352 Gain FullLdDrpGainPrc

DroopGain Calc
Vdc Droop Ref Calc
FullLd
3 351 NoLdDrpGainPrc
DroopGain No Load Droop Vdc
Ref Calc
Trans Droop Cur
No Load Vdc Ref
Vdc Min
Motoring Limit
356 NoLdDrpDCBusRef

Droop Control - NonLinear Mode 356 NoLdDrpDCBusRef

DroopVdcRef
No Load Vdc Ref VoltRefGen [C5]

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

0%
4

1stOrderCoef Prc
3rdOrderCoef Limited No Load Droop Vdc
Vdc Minimum
Ref Calc
Vdc Droop Ref Calc
Motor Power Limit 3rdOrderCoef Prc
Limit 225 9 DrpGn Limit

Regen Power Limit Coef 3rdOrderCoef Max

Limit
Calc
Vbus Ref Maximum 67
Active Cur Cmd
+100% CurPwrLmt [G3]
5 FullLd 1stOrderCoef MaxFullLdDrpGn 355 MaxFullLdDrpGn
351
DroopGain Gain 0%
Coeff Calc
Scaling
NoLd 3rdOrderCoef Limit
352
DroopGain
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

1stOrderCoef

1stOrderCoef Active
Droop 354 Droop Gain Actv
CurPwrLmt [G3] 3rdOrderCoef
Gain
6 Calc
Active Cur Cmd 67

547
Appendix A
548
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog DBC

A B C D E F G H I

1 Dynamic Bus Control (DBC)

DBC Mode Sel
DBC NomMtrPwrLm 330
61

DBC IdleMtrPwrLm 331

DBCMtrngPwrLimActv
CurPwrLmt [B2]
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

332
DBC NomRgnPwrLm
Parameter
DBC IdleRgnPwrLm 333 Linear DBC Power Limit Calc Selection

2
104
Regen Power Lmt
DBCMtrngPwrLimActv

Motor Power Lmt 105

3
NonLinear-
Port 0,DC Bus Volts OrderRegen

Metering [D5]
3
Figure 14 - Dynamic Bus Control

Parameter DBCRegenPwrLimActv
Nonlinear Order Calc Selection CurPwrLmt [B2]
NonLinear DBC Power Limit Calc

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4

DBCRegenPwrLimActv

NonLinear-
OrderMtrng DBC Mode Sel(61):
62

DBC V Thresh Lo
0- Linear
63 DBCVdcRef 1-Nonlinear.
5
DBC Vref Calc
VoltRefGen [B6]
DBC V Thresh Hi

64
DBC V Thresh Nom

7
Active Current
6
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog VoltRefGen

A B C D E F G H I

DC Bus Ref Selector: Voltage Reference Generator (VoltRefGen)

1
0- Auto
1- Manual
2- Droop Ctrl
3- VAR Control

VbusRefHiLim

DC Bus Ref Sel 45

2 Auto DC Bus Ref 46
0
VbusOptRef

High
Max Boost 1
1.02 MAX
Voltage

Rms DC Bus Command

0
AC Line Voltage 2 x
[2E2] Pk 50
Calc
3

ManDCBusRefSel VoltCtrl [F2]

47 VbusRefLmtd
MAX
Figure 15 - Voltage Reference Generator

Low
DC BusRef Preset
Inverter DC Bus Limit VbusRefLowLim
48
ManDC BusAnlgHi

41 Limit 226 4 Vdc Cmd Lmt

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4 1
42 Parameter
Anlg In Selection VbusLimSts
ManDC BusAnlgLo

Rate
Limit 226 5 Vdc Rate Lmt
DC Bus Rate Lmt 49

VbusRateLim

DroopVdcRef 2
5
DroopCtrl [I4]
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

KVARVdcRef 3
KVARCtrl [G2]

DBCVdcRef 4
DynamicBusCtrl [E5]
6

549
Appendix A
550
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog VoltCtrl

A B C D E F G H I

1 Volt Reg C/U Sel Selector: Voltage Control (VoltCtrl)

0- Calculated
1- User Entered
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Port 0,DC Bus Volts

Metering [D5]

BusObsMode (320): 3

2
BusObsMode BusDistRejMode
0- BusObs Only
1- BusObsVltEst 320 300 BusRegIntegTerm

0,2
0 DC Bus Command BusRegPropTerm
1 50 VbusErr
BusObs Volt Est 1 IqRefVbusReg
BusDistRejMode(300): DC Bus Obs
Figure 16 - Voltage Control

DC Bus Obs VoltRefGen [G3] PI Regulator

[H5] A[2]
3
0- Disabled
1-BusObserver.
2- FF Power. Volt Reg C/U Sel 54
VbusRegKi

c Volt Reg Ki 60
Volt Reg BW 55 0

Volt Reg Damping 56

u Volt Reg Ki 59 1
Auto Gain

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4 Calculation
VbusRegKp
c Volt Reg Kp 58
0

u Volt Reg Kp 57 1

Internal Bus Capacitance Total Sys Cap

DcBusObs [C1]

Ext Bus Cap 52

6
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog DCBusObs

A B C D E F G H I

1
DC Bus Obs
Total Sys Cap
VoltCtrl [C4]

LscCtrlCfg [C5]
IqRefVbusReg
IqRefDcBusObs
+ X
- Limit
2 Cur Lmt Command
101

BusDistRejMode(300): -1
BusObs Curr Est

0- Disabled X 325
1-BusObserver.
2- FF Power.
Figure 17 - DC Bus Observer

X
3
0
0,2 1 0,2 1
DistRejMode 300

1.0

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4

VoltCtrl [F3]
1 BusObs Volt Est
Port 0
3 + X
DC Bus Volts
-

5
c BusObs Kp 321 323 cBus Obs Ki
u BusObs Kp 322 324 u BusObs Ki
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

X X
6

551
Appendix A
552
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog PFC

A B C D E F G H I

1
Power Factor Correction (PFC)
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

2
IqRefComp
AC Line Freq 1
PLL [H3]
Active Current CurPwrLmt [E4]
0 Compensation

LCL Data VqRefComp

3
VqFeedFwd
Vq, Vd Feed Forward
Figure 18 - Power Factor Correction

LscCtrlCfg [F3]
and Decoupling
VdRefComp

VdFeedFwd
Vd
Metering [D1]

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4 IdRefComp
Reactive Current
Vq Compensation
CurPwrLmt [F5]
Metering [D1]

6
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog CurPwrLmt

A B C D E F G H I

DC Bus Ref Sel

45 Curr/Pwr Limits (CurPwrLmt)

1

0,1,2, 3
Regen Power Lmt 104

DBCRegenPwrLimActv 4 Derated Amps 28

DynamicBusCtrl [H2] DriveDerating [H3]
106 Regen Pwr Avail
AC Line kW 13
LscData [D2]
2
Available
Power 107 Motor Pwr Avail
Calculation
Motor Power Lmt
0,1,2, 3 71 KVAR Available
105

DBCMtrngPwrLimActv
DynamicBusCtrl [H4] 4

3
Figure 19 - Current/Power Limits

ILmtUsrSts

Vq
226 0 Current Lmt
Metering [D1]
Vd IqVbusCurLim
226 2 Mtrng PwrLmt
Metering [D1]
Port 0 3 DC Bus Iq Current Active Cur Cmd
Iq Cur Lim Abs 226 3 Regen PwrLmt
DC Bus Volts Limit

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

Current Limit 67
4 Metering [D5] Calculation
Calculation 100
Current Limit
AC Line Frequency
1 CurrCtrl [11F2]
PLL [H3] PFC [H2] 226 6 Iq Cmd Lmt
Total Inductance
101 Cur Lmt Command
Reactv Cur Cmd
IdVbusCurLim
73

CurrCtrl [11F4]
5 Iq Ref Lmtd

Id Cur Lim Abs Id Current

Limit 226 8 Id Cmd Lmt
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

VarCtrl [G5] Calculation

PFC [H4] 72 KVAR Command

553
Appendix A
554
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog CurrCtrl

A B C D E F G H I

1
Current Control (CurrCtrl)

Cur Reg C/U Sel Selector:

PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

0- Calculated
1- User Entered IqSyncErr CurRegqOut

Active Cur Cmd 67

2
CurPwrLmt [G3] PI Regulator

Active Current
7
Cur Reg C/U Sel 74 CurRegKiIq
Metering [I1]
VqSyncRef
PFC [G3]
Figure 20 - Current Control

c Cur Reg Ki 80 CurRegKpIq

Cur Reg BW 75 0
3
P
Cur Reg Damping 76 W
u Cur Reg Ki 79 1
Auto Gain M
Calculation CurRegKpId

LCL Data c Cur Reg Kp 78 CurRegKiId

VdSyncRef
0

u Cur Reg Kp 77 1

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4 IdSyncErr CurRegdOut
AC Line Source 31
Reactv Cur Cmd 73

CurPwrLmt [G4]
PI Regulator
AC Line kVA A 32
Reactive Current
AC Line Imped% A 34
Source
8
Impedance
Processing Metering [I2]
AC Line kVA B 33
PFC [G4]

5 AC Line Imped% B 35

6
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog LscCtrlCfg

A B C D E F G H I

1
LSC Control Cfg (LscCtrlCfg)
BusDistRejMode(300):

0- Disabled
1-BusObserver.
2- FF Power.

IqRefOpSel

40 2

Conv Options Cfg

CurRefGen [F2]

3
PFC [A2,E2,A4,E4]
Figure 21 - LSC Control Configuration

VoltCtrl [H2]
DistRejMode Converter Mode Select
300
0
0

FF Power Gain 13:44

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

2
4
X
Output Power 10:4

DC Bus Obs[H2] 1
IqRefDcBusObs

5
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

555
Appendix A
556
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog DriveDerating

A B C D E F G H I

1
Drive Derating (DriveDerating)
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Running
225 16
Figure 22 - Drive Derating

Line Side Sts 1

Port 0
3 DC Bus Volts 3
Metering [D5]
X Low Pass Filter a 3X 3 + a 2X 2 + a 1X + a 0 1
Auto DC Bus Ref 46 Rated Amps 26
Power Factor 16
X 28 Derated Amps

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4 DFE Derating 0
Data

6
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Vector Overview

Position Control Flux Vector Overview (Vector Overview)

PReg Fb Sel Position Init
Position Fb Preset
1013 1745 Position Actual
Home Psn Σ
Feedback 1746 Homing
Position
User 1648
Option
Fdbk Proportional Channel
Cards '
Selection
Load Psn [N]
Load Fdbk ' Integration Channel
Fb Sel Selection
[D]
1014 Gear Ratio

PTP Reference u PReg Kp

PsnVelTrq Actv
PTP Command 1404 1755 PReg Vel Out 1767
Profiler Pos Profiler 34 Velocity Control – Regulator
Steps 1-16 Spd Profiler 1391 Vel Limit Pos
u PReg Ki
PsnVelTrq Actv
1898

( PReg Vel Out )

Psn 1757
PTP Ref PTP PRef
PTP Ref PTP Mode 34 VReg Output
Sel 1383 Position
Selection Selection Selected VRef Final
Planner 1969
PRef EGR Out
+
Vel 1684 + 1933
Vel PI +
1686 Regulator x PI Regulator
PCAM Psn PCAM Limit
Motor Side Inverter Control Diagrams

1426 Planner Pos

Select 1042
[N]
PLL Ext Vel Position 1899 Vel Fb Active
1591 [D] '
Vel Sel PLL Mode 1752 Psn Gear Ratio
Pos Gear Ratio
Droop RPM
Planner Selection 1961
PLL PRef 1595 Vel Limit Neg at FLA
System BW 906
Sel Position + Ref NF 1 &
Offset + 1731 Position Command
Ref NF 2 VReg Kp 1955 1956
PRef Direct
PRef VReg Ki 1957 1958
Direct Ref
1681 Selection
1683
Select

( VReg Output )
Psn Gear Ratio 1752 x ( VRef Profilr ) ( Vel FF Ref )
Velocity Control – Reference Torque Control

( Vel Comp Out )

Accel FF Gain 1973 1974 TqCAM Trq Out
VRef A Sel Trq PsnVelTrq Actv
Figure 23 - Flux Vector Overview

PTP VRef Fwd 1405 Ref

PsnVelTrq Actv 2524 Trq Ref Out
1800 VRef Selected Accel FF Mode 1972 CAM 34 Torque Step
34 Vel Comp Sel 1927 2072
VRef B Sel 1892 PCAM Vel Out 1503
Accel FF 2077 Trq Ref Trq Ref Limited
1752 Psn Gear Ratio

( VRef Scaled )
1807 Output Filtered 2087
PLL Vel Out 1612 Vel FF +
RefA TrimPct Sel VRef Selection x Accel FF 2070 + + X 2080
Selection Position/ FOC
&
-
1850 FrctnComp Velocity/ Perm Magn
+ Torque
Limits VRef Vel FF Gain Vel Comp 1930 Mode FrctnComp Torque + Ref
RefB TrimPct Sel 1923 Load Total + & Vector
Ramped Out Mode + Filters
PsnVelTrq Actv x 1760 Vel Comp 2050 Observer Inertia Control
1860 PID Output Sel Selection
Out 2057 Limit
Speed 34 1761
RefA Trim Sel Ref 9:14 2020
x Friction Comp 2076 Current
1855 TrimPct
Ref Vector LdObs Mode Processing
Speed

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

Trim + + Ref NF 1 Trq Ref Selected
RefB Trim Sel PID Vel Vel Profiling Jogging Ramp &
Ref + & + X
Exclusive Ref Selection Selection Move
1865 Selection Ref NF 2 + 1042 Torque
CAM Profiles Trq
Limit
1814 Vel Fb Active Ref
Preset Speed 1 Generation Motor
CAM
Jog Speed 1 1894
Preset Speed 2 1815
1932 E1
Preset Speed 3 1816 Jog Speed 2 1895 PID Speed Trq Ref A Stpt Trq Ref A Sel Trq
Virtual Encoder Trim VRef Scale 2001 2000 Commanded
Preset Speed 4 1817 Selection Torque Gear
1818 Trq Ref B Stpt Trq Ref B Sel Ref 2073
Preset Speed 5
9:14 Selection
1819 2008 2007 Load
Preset Speed 6
1820 PID Output Sel
Preset Speed 7 E2

PID Torque
Trim / Excl
Process Control ( PID Output Meter ) Selection

PID Output Meter 9:14

PID Ref Meter
PID 9:13
Reference
PID Output Sel
PID Ref Sel 9:25 9:26
Selection
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

PID Fdbk Meter PID Regulator ( PID Output Meter )

PID
PID Fdbk Sel 9:35 Feedback 9:36
Selection Limit

PID LPF
PID Prop Gain 9:4 9:10
BW

PID Int Time 9:5

PID Deriv Time 9:6

557
Appendix A
558
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Freq Overview

A B C D E F G H I

1
Variable Frequency (V/Hz), SV Overview (Freq Overview)
Velocity
Jog Speed 1 1894 Convert
Vref 1923 Limited Electrical to
MOP Jog Speed 2 1895 Mechanical Units
VRef All [I4] VRef Ramped
PID Output Sel 9:14 VRef
Commanded
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Vref Sel Vref All 1914 Velocity Control – Current/Bus Limiter

1892

VRef Selected
2
954 Ref NF1 Freq Act
From Anti-Sway [D2] 956 Ref NF1 Depth Act
957 Ref NF1 Gain Act
Velocity Referencing (I/O) - Frequency 943 Ref NF1 Width

Variable Torque
Max Speed
Auto Tune Start/ Stop Convert Limits
Boost Proving
Override Override Mechanical to Bus/Current
Override Override
Electrical Units Limiter
Ref NF1 Ref NF2 '
Σ and
VelRamp Rate Rate Integrator
3 Limit
2
Control Ref NF2 Freq 948
Ref NF2 Width 949
Mtr Cfg 420 15 Vel Limit Pos 1898
VRef Ramp In V/F Ramp and Rate Select Options Ref NF2 Depth 950
(Jerk Select)
1 Ref NF2 Gain 951 Vel Limit Neg 1899
Overspeed Limit 1904
Figure 24 - Variable Frequency, SV Overview

Vel Ctrl Options 1950

Accel Time 1 1915 Velocity Ramp Rate
Scale and Display
Accel Time 2 1916 Filter
1044 Motor Vel Fb
Status

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

Ramp 1942 Output Frequency
4 Decel Time 1 1917 Convert Vel Fb Active
S Curve
Decel Time 2 1918 Electrical to 1933 VRef Final
Mechanical Units
1
V/Hz
Jog Acc Dec Time 1896
VRef Accel, Decel Jerk 1919 1920 Fdbk [D5], Current
Limit
Proc 1 [E4], Processing
Vel Limit Pos 1898 Proc 1 [H3]

Vel Limit Neg 1899

Vel Limit Pos

Overspeed Limit 1904
1898
Motor
5 Vel Limit Neg 1899 Limit At Limit Status 365 3
(OverSpd Lmt)

Frequency Adder
Process Control
Vel Droop 3 Mtr Cfg Options 420 14
PID VCL CReg C/U Sel 444
Droop RPM at FLA (SlipCompSclr)
Limit 1 1
c Slip RPM atFLA 489
1961 [NP Spd] [NP Spd] 1
9:13 X u Slip RPM atFLA 490
X
Filtered (100 R/S) Iq Feedback (pu) LPF
6 PID Output Meter Vel Limit Pos 1898 Iq Feedback (pu) 0
0
Vel Limit Neg 1899 Slip Comp LPF BW 491
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog CBI Metering

A B C D E F G H I

1 CBI Metering Signals (CBI Metering)

Command Signals Output Signals

2
VRef Commanded 1914 1 Output Frequency
VRef Final 1933 Common Bus Inverter (CBI) 2 Output Voltage
Trq Commanded * 2073 3 Output Current
Position Command ** 1731 4 Output Power
Motor Side Power Structure 5 Output Pwr Factr
Figure 25 - CBI Metering

DC + Bus

U Motor Phase

AC
V Motor Phase
Motor
W Motor Phase Digital
Encoder
Option

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4 Feedback Signals

8 Torque Cur Fb

DC - Bus 9 Flux Cur Fb

11 Motor Voltage Fb
13 DC Bus Memory
1044 Motor Vel Fb – for Freq control modes, this is filtered VRef Final

1745 Position Actual **

1746 Position Fb **
5
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

* Flux Vector Only

** Flux Vector with Encoder Only

559
Appendix A
560
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Fdbk

A B C D E F G H I

1
LdObs Mode [2020]:
Fdbk Loss
Feedback Configuration & Status (Fdbk)
Fb Loss Action 1019 Detect
0- Disabled
1- LdObs Only
2- LdObs VelEst 1002 c Vel Fb LPF BW 355 5 Motor Side Sts 2
Vel Fb Taps (Fdbk Loss Sw0)
3- Vel Est Only 1003 u Vel Fb LPF BW
4- Accel Fdbk 1001
1004 c Vel Fb LPF Gn LdObs Mode
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

2020
1005 u Vel Fb LPF Gn Ld Obs [C3]

Pri Vel Feedback Vel Fb Active

Pri Vel Primary VReg Vect [A3],
0 0, 1, 4
Feedback Velocity Fb LPF 1040 1042 Cur IM [B3]
2 Source Processing Cur IPM [B3]
Parameter
Selection 1008 c AltVelFbLPF BW
Ld Obs [H5]
Pri VelFb Sel 1000 1009 u AltVelFbLPF BW Trq Ref [C4]
Alt Vel Fb Taps 1021 c AltVelFbLPF Gn LdObs Vel Est Motor Vel Fb
1007 2, 3 Display
1022 u AltVelFbLPF Gn 2034 1044
Filtering

Alternate Alt Vel Feedback Note: Load Observer Velocity

Alt Vel 1 LdObs Vel Fb In
Velocity Fb LPF 1041 Estimate is not available in
Feedback
Processing Torque or SLAT Modes or with 2028
Source
3 Parameter Open Loop Feedback
Selection
0 Ld Obs [A5],
Alt VelFb Sel 1006 Trq Ref [A4]
1
Figure 26 - Feedback Configuration & Status

Homing [B4],
Pri Psn Pri Position Fb Position Fb PRef 1 [C5],
0
Feedback 1769 1746 PReg [A3, A4]
Source Roll Psn [A2].

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4 Slip RPM atFLA Virtual Enc EPR Parameter Spdl Orient [A2].
Selection
489 490 1018
VF or SV & PReg Fb Sel 1013
VRef Final Open Loop Open Loop Fb
Open Loop Alt Position Fb
1933 Virtual Encoder
1048
Alt Psn
VRef Freq [G4] 1
Load Ratio Virtual Enc EPR Feedback 1770
Control Mode/ 901 Source
1018 Parameter
Feedback Mode
1 Selection
***INTERNAL CONDITION ONLY*** Output Frequency Enc VRef Taps
Alt PReg Fb Sel 1012
VRef Freq [I4]
1833
5
8
Torque Cur Fb Simulator Fb Enc VRef
Aux Encoder Vel Aux Velocity
Motor Simulator
Virtual Encoder
1050 Reference Reference 1834 VRef Sel [A3]
Source Processing
Parameter
Trq Ref Limited Selection
Cur IM SPM [E2] 2087 Enc VRef Sel 1832
Cur IPM [E2] 900
6 Motor Inertia
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Homing

A B C D E F G H I

1 1. When Homing function is enabled,

Position Homing (Homing)
Home Psn Actual ( 1647) is loaded
with Position Fb (1746) .
Alarm Status B
2. When Homing function is complete, Homing Actv
466 8
Zero Position ( 1697) is loaded with
Home Psn Actual [1647] - Home Psn
User [1648].Then Position Actual
[1745] is loaded with Position Fb
[1746] - Zero Position [1697].
Speed VRef Homing
3. When Position Redefine is enabled, Homing VRef All [G3]
2 Home Psn Actual [1647] is loaded with Find Home Speed 1643
Position Fb [1746] .

Find Home Ramp 1644

PTP Command
Position 1391 PRef 1 [E2]
Figure 27 - Position Homing

Zero Position
Home Psn User 1648 - 1697 PReg [B3]
3 +

Home Psn Actual - Position Actual

+ 1745 PReg [B3]
1647

Position Fb
1746
Fdbk [H4]

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4 Home Ctrl Options Homing Status
1640 0 Find Home 1641 0 Home Request

1 Home DI 1 Home Enabled

2 Home Marker 2 Homing

3 Return Home 3 At Home

4 Psn Redefine

5 Homing Alarm

6 Home DI Inv

5 7 Hold At Home

0:170 DI Find Home

PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

0:171 DI Return Home

0:172 DI Redefine Psn

0:173 DI OL Home Limit

561
Appendix A
562
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog PRef1

A B C D E F G H I

Profile Indexer

1
Position Reference 1 (PRef1) Position Mode Selection
Step 1-16 Values 1209 1220 1374 Profile Indexer PTP Planner and Move Profiles (PRef Move) PsnVelTrq Actv
Trq Ref [E5]
34
Step 1-16 Dwell 1210 1221 1375 Ref Move Type
1202 0-4 StrStepSel0-4 Zero Torque 0
Step 1-16 Batch 1211 1222 1376
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

PsnVelTrq Actv 931

1212 1223 1377 Profile 8 Hold Step
Step 1-16 Next
Command Trq Ref [E5]
1213 1224 1378 10 Restart Step Speed Reg 1
Step 1-16 Action
34 PTP VRef Fwd
2 PTP Reference and Indexer Profiler 1405 Torque Reg 2
PTP
PRef Move [H3]
PTP Control 1381 0 Vel Override PTP Mode 1382 Command
Psn PTP SLAT Min
1391 1404 3
4 Intgrtr Hold ¦
Absolute Absolute 0 LinScurve
PRef Move [B3], PTP Reference
5 Ref Pause Position Prof Ind 1 [H3], SineSquared
Homing SLAT Max 4
6 Ref Sync Homing [H2]
PTP EGR [G2] Poly5
Move Mult/Div
Cubic
PTP PTP Sum 5
1388 1641 1 Home Enabled
Ref Scale Control 1381 1
PTP Ref Sel 1383 1389 Homing Status
3 1385
PTP Setpoint 6
Figure 28 - Position Reference 1

Psn PTP
PCam Planner
1384 [N] Index 1
Index
X PCam [G3] Profiler
Other Ref Position [D] PCAM Psn Select 1426 11
PCAM Vel Out
Sources Parameter Gear Rat PCAM
Selection 1427 1575 PRef
PTP Psn Stpt
Psn Ref CAM Psn Selected
Control Camming 8
X Other Ref 1574 1684
DI Indx Step 0:176 1381 2 Reverse Move Sources Parameter
DI Indx StepRev 0:177 PCAM Psn Out PRef 2 [A1]
1386 3 Preset Psn Selection Psn PLL 9
PCam [G2]

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

DI Indx StepPrst 0:178 PTP PCAM Main
4 1446
Index Pt M 0...15 1422 PCAM Mode
Psn Direct 7
Preset Immediate 2
Change PCAM Main
1478 1445 PCAM Main Types
Pt S 0...15 Psn SpndlOrnt 10
Direct Position Reference Selection
PLL Planner 0,1,2,3,4,5
0
PRef Select 1681 PLL Ext Vel Sel 1591 PLL Vel Out
PLL Ext 1612
Psn Direct Stpt 1592 PLL [H3] Spd Ref
1682 Vel Stpt PLL Enc Out 0,1,2,3,4,5,7
Other Ref 1615 0
Parameter
Sources PLL PLL [H4]
5 Virtual EncDelay Selection
Control PLL Vel Out Adv
1017 Psn PTP 6
VRef Vect [H2] PLL Psn 1613
1596
Parameter Stpt
Virtual Enc Psn PLL Enc Out Adv PLL [H3]
1046 Selection Other Ref Profiler 11 Vel FF
VRef Vect [H2] Parameter 1616
Sources Selection PLL [H4]
VRef Vect
PLL PRef Sel 1595 Psn
Other Ref Camming 8 [I4]
Sources
1683
6 Psn PLL 9
PRef Direct
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog PRef Move

A B C D E F G H I

1
PTP Position Reference – Move Profiles (PRef Move)
Ref Move Type Point to Point parameter initializations
performed with Position Regulator
931 INACTIVE

Max Speed Fwd 1392 PTP Reference [1404], PTP Feedback

1393 [1396], PTP Command [1391] are
Max Speed Rev PTP Feedback
loaded with Position Actual [1745].
Virtual
PTP Vel Override 1402 1396
Encoder

2 These parameters apply to all Move Types

PTP Accel Time 1398 PTP PRef Status

1380 0 ZeroFFSpdRef
PTP Decel Time 1399 LinScurve (0)
1 Ref Complete

PTP S Curve 2 PTP Int Hold

1403
3 SpdFFRef En

3 PTP VRef Fwd

PTP 1405
Command
PRef 1 [E2] 1391 ¦ 1404 PRef 1 [G2]
Ref Time Base PTP Reference
933
Figure 29 - Position Reference – Move Profiles

0 = Rate
1406 PTP Vel Max

1 = Time 1407 PTP Accel Max

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

Ref Accel Time 934
4 1408 PTP Decel Max
0 = Rate 1409 PTP Move Time PTP Move Status
1410 0 Vel Limited
1 = Time
Ref Decel Time 935 1411 PTP Move Seg 1 AccelLimited
SineSquared (1)

0 = Rate Poly5 (2) 2 DecelLimited

Cubic (3) 0- Accel Decel
1- Dwell Decel 3 Zero Move
RefEnergyBalance 932
2- Decel
Ref Max Accel 936 4 Move Failed
3- Reversing
Ref Max Decel 937
5

941 24
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Ref Fault Config PTP VelMax Time

25 PTP AccMaxTime
26 PTP DecMaxTime
27 PTP Time Left
28 PTP Iterations

563
Appendix A
564
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog PRef2

A B C D E F G H I

1 EGR is skipped when

PRef EGR Out
Position Reference 2 (PRef2)
Electronic Gear Ratio Position Command
Point to Point Position 1686
PRef Selected control is active. 1731 PRef NF Del
15
[N] PRef NF Del
PRef 1 [I4] 1684 + Ref NF 1 Ref NF 2 ¦
[D] + PReg [C3]
Gear Rat
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Psn Offset 1 Sel 1690 Psn EGR Mult 1687

PRef OfstPsn
Psn Offset 1 Psn EGR Div 1688 13
1691 954 Ref NF1 Freq Act 948 Ref NF2 Freq
2 Position Reference Offset 949 Ref NF2 Width
Other Ref 956 Ref NF1 Depth Act
Sources Parameter 950 Ref NF2 Depth
Selection 12 PRef Ofst In 957 Ref NF1 Gain Act
951 Ref NF2 Gain
+ 0
Virtual 943 Ref NF1 Width
ReRef Encoder
Psn Offset 2 Sel 1693 +

From Anti-Sway [D2]

Psn Offset 2 1 Rate Lim
1694
2 1730
Other Ref
Sources Parameter Psn Ctrl Options 1695
Selection
Psn Ctrl Options
(OffsetReRef) 1730 3
Psn Offset Vel (OffsetVel En)
3
Figure 30 - Position Reference 2

P o s i ti o n W a tc h 1 P o s i ti o n W a tc h 2

Psn Ctrl Options Psn Ctrl Options

1730 6 PsnWtch1Arm 1730 8 PsnWtch2Arm
7 PsnWatch1Dir 9 PsnWatch2Dir

PsnWatch1 DtctIn 1738 PReg Status PsnWatch2 DtctIn 1742 PReg Status

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4 1732 9 PsnW1Detect 1732 10 PsnW2Detect
Other Ref Other Ref
Sources Parameter
Sources Parameter
Selection Position Watch 1 Selection Position Watch 2
PsnWatch1 Select 1737 PsnWatch2 Select 1741
1739 1743
PsnWatch1 Stpt PsnWatch2 Stpt

In Position Detect
5
PReg Status

Position Error 1750 1732 11 InPsn Detect

PReg [D3]

In Position Detect
In PosPsn Window 1734
In PosPsn Dwell 1735
6
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog PReg

A B C D E F G H I

Parameter initializations performed with

906 System BW Position Regulator INACTIVE
1 Position Regulator (PReg)
* Set (905) System C/U Sel = 1010 AltFb Gn Scale
User to manually adjust Kp 1. If Homing function is enabled,
and Ki gains. Otherwise the 907 System Damping Position Actual (1745) is loaded with
following params determine Position Fb (1746) .
Calc gains. 901 Load Ratio 2. Else, if Zero Psn (1730 Bit 04) is
set, Position Actual (1745) is loaded
902 Load Coupling with Position Fb (1746) – Zero
Position [1697).
3. Else, Position Command (1731) and
PRef EGR Out (1686) are loaded with
Position Actual (1745)
2 *4. EGR is skipped when Point to
Point Position control is active
(included Profiler, PLL with PTP)

PRef NF Del PReg Vel Limit Pos 1766

PRef 2 [H1] PReg Vel Limit Neg 1768
Psn Feedback Scaling PI Regulator

Psn Ctrl Options Zero Position

(Zero Psn) Position Actual
4 1730 1697 1745 Position Error PReg Vel Out
1
Figure 31 - Position Regulator

3 Calib VRef Vect

Homing + ¦ 1750 kp + 1767
Const [D5]
[H3] - +
Xzero PRef 2 [C5] Limit
¦ Psn Fb Del P Gain 0
Preset 21
0

1746 Psn Gear Ratio c PReg Kp* 1754

' Motor Speed 1752 PReg Status
( Gear Output Spd ) u PReg Kp* 1755
Position Fb PReg Int Out
1732 0 OffsetIntgrtr
Fdbk [H4] Psn Load Actual 1748 PReg LdError Psn Ctrl Options
1765 1 Offset ReRef
22
Load Psn Fb Sel ki
Calib kp 1730 0 Reserved 2 Psn Intgrtr
+ ¦ + s

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

1014 - Const -
4 LdPsn Fb Del 1 Intgrtr En 3 Psn Reg Lmt
P Gain I Gain
20
¦ PReg Offset ReRef
2 4 Reserved
Status
Position LdPsn Geared 3 OffsetVel En 5 Reserved
[N] c PReg Ki* 1756 1732 8 Intgrtr Hold
Feedback ' 23
[D] 4 Zero Psn 6 Reserved
Sources u PReg Ki* 1757
Parameter Gear Rat 5 Intgrtr Hold 7 Psn Reg Actv
Selection
PReg Droop 6 PsnWtch1Arm 8 Intgrtr Hold
1763 7 PsnWatch1Dir 9 PsnW1Detect
Load Psn Fb Mult 1015 8 PsnWtch2Arm 10 PsnW2Detect
Droop 9 PsnWatch2Dir 11 InPsn Detect
5 Load Psn Fb Div 1016
10 Add Spd Ref

On PReg Output Limit

PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Intgrtr En
Or Inv
Intgrtr Hold

565
Appendix A
566
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Psn PLL

A B C D E F G H I

1
Position Control – Phase Locked Loop
(Psn PLL)

PLL Ctrl Options

PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

1590 0 PLL Enable

- Bit4 enables PCAM function with PLL.
1 Velocity FF - Bit5 enables PTP function with PLL
PLL Ext VelScale - Bit6 enables Profiler function with PLL
2 Ext Vel FF
1593 PLL Ctrl Can not select multiple bits.
PLL Ctrl PLL Ctrl 3 Accel Comp
2 Options PLL Ctrl Options PLL LPF BW PLL references must connect to
Options Options
4 PCAM Enable appropriate outputs of the function.
1590 1590 2 1590 1 1590 3 1598
1592 5 PTP Enable
PLL Ext Vel Stpt Ext Velocity Accel
0 Vel FF FF Comp 6 Prof Enable
1
Other Ref X
Sources Parameter 0 1
Selection LPF
0
PLL Ext Vel Sel 1591 0
PLL Ctrl Options

3 PCAM Enable 1 1590 0 PLL Enable

PCAM Vel Out 1575 4 X to V PLL BW
1 Conv 1600 1612 PLL Vel Out
PTP Enable Delay
5 PRef1 [G5]
Prof Enable
1
1405 1
PTP VRef Fwd 6 1613 PLL Vel Out Adv
PRef1 [G5]
0
0
Delay 1615 PLL Enc Out
PLL Psn Stpt 1596 PRef1 [G5]
Figure 32 - Position Control – Phase Locked Loop

0 + 1
Loop

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

+ + VE 1616 PLL Enc Out Adv
Other Ref -
4 Filter PRef1 [G5]
Sources Parameter 0
Selection
0

1597 PLL Psn Out Fltr

PLL PRef Sel 1595

PCAM Enable 1
PCAM Psn Out 1574 4 EGR
[ ]
PTP Enable 1
5
1 [ ]
Prof Enable
PTP Reference 1404 6
5 1604 PLL Virt Enc RPM

PLL EPR Input 1606 X X

1607 PLL EPR Output

PLL Rvls Input 1609 1610 PLL Rvls Output

6
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Psn CAM

A B C D E F G H I

Position Control – Position Reference CAM

1
(Psn Ref CAM)
PCAM Mode 1422 0 - Off
1 - Single step
2 - Continuous Position Reference CAM
3 – Persistent *
*(not for P1420 [PCAM Type] = 1 - TCAM )
PCAM Slave Scale 1436
Y (slave)
Other Ref
Sources Parameter
2 Selection
1574 PCAM Psn Out
PCAM SlaveSclSel 1435 Pref 1 [G4]

PCAM Type 1420

Unwind FIR
X 1575 PCAM Vel Out
Filter *
PCAM Psn Stpt 1427 Pref 1 [G3]
0 - PCAM
X (master) 1576
Other Ref Unwind
Sources Parameter PCAM Vel OutTaps
time
3 Selection *(PCAM only)
1 - TCAM

PCAM Psn Select 1426 Virtual Encoder

PCAM Psn Ofst 1428 ' PCAM Master Scl 1434

0– Pnt Zero
1– Last Stop
PCAM PsnOfst Eps 1429 2– Actl Input PCAM Vel Scale 1438 DI PCAM Start 0:880
3– Remainder Other Ref
PCAM Start Cfg 1425 Sources Parameter

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

PCAM Status 1423
Selection
4
Figure 33 - Position Control – Position Reference CAM

PCAM Control 1421

Started 0
Profile Definition PCAM Vel SclSel 1437 In Cam 1 Start 0
TCAM 2
Pt M00 1446 Pt S00 1478 Both Main and Aux CAM DirectionOut 1
PCAM Start Slope 1442 Single Step 3 Aux Cam En 2
Pt M01 1447 Pt S01 1479 Pt M01 1512 Pt S01 1543 Continuous 4
PCAM End Slope 1443 VReg IntHold 3
DirectionOut 5 Reserved 4
PCAM Pt M15 1461 Pt S15 1493 PCAM Pt M15 1526 Pt S15 1557 Aux Cam En 6 Reserved 5
Main Aux 7
VReg IntHold Direction In 6
5 Types 1445 0 - - 14 x Types 1511 x 1 - 14 x
MainWrongOrd 8
Linear or Cubic Linear or Cubic Offset En 7 Not
EndPnt 1444 AuxWrongOrd 9 TCAM
End Pnt 1510 RerefPsnOfst 8
Persist Mode 10
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Unidirection 9
Direction In 11 CamProfNrml 10
Not
Offset En 12 TCAM
RerefPsnOfst 13
6 Unidirection 14
PCAM 15

567
Appendix A
568
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Prof Ind 1

A B C D E F G H I

Position Control – Profiler/Indexer (1)

1
Step Step Step Step Step Step (Prof Ind 1)
1 2 3 4 15 16
Speed/Position Profiler/Indexer
Type 1205 1216 1227 1238 1359 1370
Velocity 1206 1217 1228 1239 1360 1371
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Vref Prof Ind 1

Accel 1207 1218 1229 1240 1361 1372
Vref All [C3]
Move Table
Decel 1208 1219 1230 1241 1362 1373
1209 1220 1231 1242 1363 1374 PsnVelTrq Actv
Value
Dwell 1210 1221 1232 1243 1364 1375 34 Trq Ref [D5]
2
Batch 1211 1222 1233 1244 1365 1376
Profiler
Next 1212 1223 1234 1245 1366 1377 PTP
Action 1213 1224 1235 1246 1367 1378 Command
Time Other
0 1391
Blend P1 Sel 1214 1225 1236 1247 1368 1379
Blend P2 Sel 1215 1226 1237 1248 1369 1419 Pref 1 [E2]

Dig In 0:860 0:861 0:862 0:863 0:874 0:875

Profile Command Profile Status

3 Prof DI Invert 0:850 0 Hold Step Counts Per Unit 1203 1202 0 StrStepSel0 1200 0 Step Bit 0 1201 Units Traveled
1 Abort Step ProfVel Override 1204 1 StrStepSel1 1 Step Bit 1
Starting Current
2 AbortProfile 2 StrStepSel2 Step 2 Step Bit 2 Step
(0-16) (0-16)
3 Vel Override 3 StrStepSel3 3 Step Bit 3

4 StrStepSel0 4 StrStepSel4 4 Step Bit 4

5 StrStepSel1 5 Reserved 5 Reserved

6 StrStepSel2 6 Reserved 6 Reserved

Figure 34 - Position Control – Profiler/Indexer 1

7 StrStepSel3 7 Reserved 7 Reserved

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4 8 StrStepSel4 0:851 DI Hold Step 8 Hold Step 8 Enabled

9 Step1 0:852 DI Abort Step 9 Vel Override 9 Running

10 Step2 0:853 DI Abort Profile 10 Restart Step 10 PositionMode

11 Step3 0:854 DI Vel Override 11 HomNotSetAlm 11 Dwell

12 Step4 0:855 DI StrtStep Sel0 12 Prof Run Alm 12 Holding

13 Step5 0856 DI StrtStep Sel1 13 In Position

14 Step6 0:857 DI StrtStep Sel2 Alarm Status B 14 Complete

15 Step7 0:858 DI StrtStep Sel3 466 7 Profile Actv 15 Stopped

5 16 Step8 0:859 DI StrtStep Sel4 9 Not Home Set 16 Resume

17 Step9 17 Restart Step

18 Step10 18 Vel Override

19 Step11 19 Home Not Set

20 Step12

21 Step13

22 Step14
6
23 Step15

24 Step16
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Prof Ind 2

A B C D E F G H I

1
Position Control – Profiler/Indexer (2)
(Prof Ind 2)

Type = Position Absolute (Posit Abs)

Action Posit Blend Time Param Digin (+/-) Wait Step to Next End
Blend Blend Blend Digin
Velocity Move ve N/A N/A N/A Move ve Move ve N/A
Accel Move acce N/A N/A N/A Move acce Move acce N/A
Decel Move dece N/A N/A N/A Move dece Move dece N/A
2 Value Absolute N/A N/A N/A Absolute Absolute N/A
Target pos Target pos Target pos
Dwell N/A N/A N/A N/A Dwell Tim Dwell Tim Dwell
Time
Batch N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Next Next Step N/A N/A N/A Next Step Next Step N/A
Next Step Position > N/A N/A N/A DigIn Position > Restart
Condition Value transition Value Indexer
DigIn # N/A N/A N/A N/A Digin # N/A N/A

Type = Position Incremental (Posit Incr)

Action Posit Blend Time Param Digin (+/-) Wait Step to Next End
Blend Blend Blend Digin
3 Move ve N/A N/A N/A Move ve Move ve N/A
Velocity
Accel Move acce N/A N/A N/A Move acce Move acce N/A
Decel Move dece N/A N/A N/A Move dece Move dece N/A
Value Incrementa N/A N/A N/A Incrementa Incrementa N/A
Target pos Target pos Target pos
Dwell N/A N/A N/A N/A Dwell Tim Dwell Tim Dwell
Time
Batch N/A N/A N/A N/A Batch # Batch # N/A
Next Next Step N/A N/A N/A Next Step Next Step N/A
Next Step Position > N/A N/A N/A DigIn Position > Restart
Value transition Value Indexer
Figure 35 - Position Control – Profiler/Indexer 2

Condition
DigIn # N/A N/A N/A N/A Digin # N/A N/A

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4
Type = Speed Profile
Action Posit Blend Time Blend Param Blend Digin (+/-) Wait Step to Nex End
Blend Digin
Velocity Move ve Move ve Move ve Move Ve Move ve Move ve N/A
Accel Move acce Move acce Move acce Move Move acce Move acce N/A
acce
Dece Move dece Move dece Move dece Move Move dece Move dece N/A
dece
Value Incrementa Total Tim Compare Param N/A Total Tim Total Tim N/A
Target pos (+/-)
Dwel N/A N/A CompareParam # Dwell Dwell Tim Dwell Tim Dwell
Time Time
Batch N/A N/A N/A Batch # Batch # Batch # N/A
Next Next Step Next Step Next Step Next Step Next Step Next Step N/A
5 Next Step Position > Time > Param[Blend P1] Digin Digin Time > Restart
Condition Value Value Compare to [Value] transition Value Profile
Param [Blend P2] transition
DigIn # N/A N/A N/A Digin # Digin # N/A N/A
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

569
Appendix A
570
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Roll Psn

A B C D E F G H I

1 Position Control – Roll Position Indicator

(Roll Psn)
Roll Psn Offset
1085
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Roll Psn Config

Roll Psn Config
1080 0 Enable Roll Psn Status
ReRef 1080 2 Rereference
1081 0 Enable

Roll Psn Config 1 Rereference

2
' 1080 1 Preset

RP Pos Fd Stpt 1083 RPsn Mod In

Roll Psn Preset 64
Position Fb 1746 1
EGR 1084
[ ] Modulo Divider
+ 0
' + ¦ Mod 1090 RP Psn Output
Other Ref [ ]
Sources Parameter 60
Selection RPsn Dlt In 63
RPsn Dlt Out X 1092 RP Unit Out
3
RP Psn Fb Sel 1082
62 61
RPsn EGR Den RPsn EGR Num

X X
*1 *1

1086 1087 1088 1089 1091

RP EPR Input RP Rvls Input RP Rvls Output RP Unwind RP Unit Scale

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

Figure 36 - Position Control – Roll Position Indicator

4
Gear Ratio
*1: Product need to be within 32-bits integer range

RP Psn Output
1090

RP Unwind 1089

Position
0 Feedback
Input

6
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Spindle

A B C D E F G H I

SO Config Position Control – Spindle Orient

1060 0 Home DI
1 (Spindle)
1
Home DI
Rising
0 Edge SO Status SO Config
Marker Pulse 1061 0 At SO Speed 1060 0 Home DI

1 Mode 1 Home DI Inv

Spindle Position Indicator
2 Orient Cplt 2 Recap Hm Psn
SO Offset 1063 ReCap
3 ShortestPath
EGR
2 [ ] Modulo Divider SO Position Out 4 Scale Invert

Position Fb 1746 ' + ¦ Mod 1069

[ ] -
SO Config 1060 4 Scale Invert

0 SO Unit Out
X 1070
1013

Preg Fb Sel 1
ReCap ÷
3
X X
*1 *1

SO Offset SO Cnts per Rvls

Figure 37 - Position Control – Spindle Orient

1064 1065 1066 1063 1067 SO Unit Scale 1068

SO Vel Lim Fwd SO Vel Lim Rev
SO EPR Input SO Rvls Input SO Rvls Output SO Status 1073 1074
1061 1 Mode

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4 Gear Ratio

*1: Product need to be within 32-bits integer range

SO Setpoint
1062 Spindle Position Command Spindle Position Planner

SO Vel Lim Fwd

Vref Ramped 1923
1073
SO Position Out
5
1069 1071 1072
SO Accel Time SO Decel Time
1067
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

SO Cnts per Rvls Limit

1074
0 Position Feedback Input
6
SO Vel Lim Rev

571
Appendix A
572
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog VRef Overview

A B C D E F G H I

Velocity Reference Selection

1
Velocity Reference Overview (VRef Overview)
VRef Selected

VRef A
RefA Auto Velocity Reference Control
RefA Trim
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

+
RefA TrimPct

VelRefCAM/ VRef
VRef B Profiling/ Limited
VRef Commanded Direction Limit VRef
2 Jogging/ Skip
+ Switch Stop / Torque
RefB Auto Lift App/ Mode Bands
RefB Trim Control Proving
Autotune/
+ Homing/ Limit
RefB TrimPct Overrides
From
PI Regulator
Presets 3-7 Auto (Exclusive Mode)
DPI Ports 1-6 Manual
ENet VRef

3
Accel Accel FF
Vector Velocity Control FF to Trq Ref
Virtual
Encoder
Vel
Figure 38 - Velocity Reference Overview

Comp Friction Friction Comp

Vector Ramp and
Move Profiles Comp Torque Ref

Flux Velocity VRef Ramped

Vector Ref NF 1 Motor VRef
Ramp &
& x
Move

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

Ref NF 2
4 Profiles 1933 VReg
Limit
From From Vel Limit
VRef Final Ref
PTP Profile PI Regulator VRef Scale
Generator (Trim Mode)
Rate
Select From Position
Regulator

VRef Ramped V/F Velocity Control

VF or SV Linear Ref NF 1
5 Ramp & & 1 Frequency
S Curve Ref NF 2 Ref
Output
Limit Limit Frequency
V/F Ramp S-Curve
Vel Limit Vel Limit &
Droop Overspeed Limit

From
From Velocity
Slip Comp Status
PI Regulator Velocity Feedback Status
(Trim Mode) Vector Ramp Status
6 FF Ramp Status
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog VRef Sel

A B C D E F G H I

VRef A Sel Velocity Reference Selection (VRef Sel)

1 1800
* Note: Analog Hi, Lo
scaling only used when 350 VRef Source
Analog Input is selected ‘d’ Prefix Refers to Diagnostic Item Number (ex. d33) – Reference Symbol Legend Velocity Units 0:46
1870 VelTrimPctRefSrc
Disabled (0)
1871 Vel Trim Source
VRef A Stpt 1801 1890 VRef Sel Sts
RefA TrmPct Sel RefA Trim Sel
1850 1855 0:47 Vel Units Act
Preset Speed 1 1814
Preset Speed 2 1815
Motor Side Sts 1 354 9 14 13 12 11 10
Preset Speed 3 1816 Man Ref Ref Ref Ref Ref
2 Disabled (0) Disabled (0) Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Preset Speed 4 1817 0
0
Preset Speed 5 1818 RefA TrimPct Stpt 1851 Default RefA Trim Stpt 1856 Default
1
( Ref A Auto ) VRef Sel
Preset Speed 6 1819
Port 1 Reference 0:214 Port 1 Reference 0:214 VRef All [A1]
Preset Speed 7 1820 2
( Ref B Auto )
Port 2 Reference 0:215 Port 2 Reference 0:215
MOP Reference 1823 Port 3 Reference 0:216 Port 3 Reference 0:216 3
1816 ( Preset Speed 3 )
MOP [G3]
Parameter Port 4 Reference 0:217 Port 4 Reference 0:217 4
Enc VRef 1834 Selection 1817 ( Preset Speed 4 )
Fdbk [H5] Port 5 Reference 0:218 Port 5 Reference 0:218
3 Parameter Parameter
Port 6 Reference 0:219 Selection Port 6 Reference 0:219 Selection 5
Default 1818 ( Preset Speed 5 )
Port 1 Reference 0:214
Port 2 Reference 0:215 6
Anlg In1 PortVal Anlg In1 PortVal 1819 ( Preset Speed 6)
Port 3 Reference 0:216 (option port) (option port)
7
Figure 39 - Velocity Reference Selection

1820 ( Preset Speed 7)

Port 4 Reference 0:217 Anlg In2 PortVal Anlg In2 PortVal
(option port) (option port) 17
Port 5 Reference 0:218 0:214 ( DPI Prt1 Man )
Port 6 Reference 0:219
RefA TrmPct AnHi 1852 * RefA Trim AnHi 1857 * ( DPI Prt2 Man )
18
0:215
Option Ports: 1853 1858

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

RefA TrmPct AnLo RefA Trim AnLo
4 19
Analog, EtherNet 0:216 ( DPI Prt3 Man )

VRefA AnlgHi
* x x + ( DPI Prt4 Man )
20
1802 0:217
VRefA AnlgLo 1803 VRef A Mult 21
0:218 ( DPI Prt5 Man )
1804
22
0:219 ( DPI Prt6 Man )

Disabled (0) Disabled (0) Disabled (0)

VRef B Stpt 1808 RefB TrmPct Stpt 1861 RefB Trim Stpt 1866
DI ManRef AnlgHi
5 VRefB AnlgHi 1809 RefB TrmPct AnHi 1862 RefB Trim AnHi 1867 0:148 16
( DI Man Sel )
VRefB AnlgLo 1810 RefB TrmPct AnLo 1863 RefB Trim AnLo 1868 0:149
* Parameter * Parameter Parameter
* Parameter
Other Ref Sources Selection Other Ref Sources Selection Other Ref Sources
* Selection DI ManRef AnlgLo Selection
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

0:147 DI Man Ref Sel

VRef B Sel 1807 RefB TrmPct Sel 1860 RefB Trim Sel 1865 Alt Man Ref AnHi
1836 31
x ( Alt Man Sel )
+ 1837 * Parameter
6 x Alt Man Ref AnLo Selection
VRef B Mult 1811
1835 Alt Man Ref Sel

573
Appendix A
574
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog VRef All

A B C D E F G H I

Position Control – Add Speed Reference Option

Trq Ref [E5] Psn Ctrl Options Velocity Reference – All (VRef All)
1 PsnVelTrq Actv (Add VRef)
34 1730 10
Position VRef Selected
VRef Sel (>= 6) 1
1892 Velocity Reference CAM V e l o c i ty P r o f i l i n g J o g g in g Lift App (Micro Positioning) Pump Application Homing
VRef Sel [I2]
0
Non-position 0 Trq Ref [E5] Motor Side Sts 1 Trq Prove Status
(< 6)
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

PsnVelTrq Actv (Jogging)

Homing Status
VCAM Status (Micro Psn) Oil Well 2 [H4]
Oil Well 1 [H3]
2203 34 354 17 9:52 2 PumpJackSpdRefEnbl POfVelRefSts 1641 1
PI Speed Exclusive
0 ≠6 0 0 0
0 0 0
2
1 Vel Ref Profiler 1,0 PumpJack 1 1 1
9:13 6 Jog 1 1 POf Vel Ref
PID Output Meter CAM [H2] 1894 x SpdRef
Proc 1 [H2] Speed 1 Oil Well 2 [H4]
VCAM Vel Out Profile Status Oil Well 1 [H3]
Jog 0,1
PID Enable 2354 Position 1895
PID Status 9:3 0 1200 10 Speed 2
Mode 9:71
Motor Side Vel 1 1 Position MicroPsn
354 16 Running & Ref 0 Logic [H3] VRef Homing
Sts 1 ScalePct
CAM
Speed Excl Drive Logic Jog1 31
9:14 0 Speed 879 2 19
30 VRef Profilr Rslt Jog2
VRef PID Sel 67
PID Output Sel = 1 VRef Homing x 1752
3 Homing [H2] Psn Gear Ratio
VRef Prof Ind 1752 Psn Gear Ratio
x
Prof Ind 1 [H2]
Figure 40 - Velocity Reference – All

Direction Mode Control Autotune Tests Limit Switch Control Velocity Ref Command Limits VRef Commanded
1914
Direction Mode VRef Sel Sts VRef Sel Sts
Direction Skip Bands
(Decel Lmt Sw) (End Lmt Sw)
Test Min Velocity Max Velocity

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

930
4 Limits Limits VRef SkipOut
1890 13 1890 14 VRef CLmt In 34
Bipolar 33 VRef Vect [A1]
1 0 0 0 1906 Skip
Rev Disable VRef Limited Bands
2 1 1
Max 1 Limit Limit
5 Hz 0 Proc 2 [B2]
0 Unipolar 0
X Skip Speed 1 1908 VRef OverRide
912
1814 Testpoint 39:
Foward Autotune Preset Speed 1
Skip Speed 2 1909 0- No Override
Command Vel Lim Id or 1- Psn Cntrl – Add Spd Ref Option
Logic Inertia Vel Low Lim Pos 1900 Skip Speed 3 1910 2- PI Speed Exclusive
5 VRef Dir Sel 32 Test 3- Speed Profiling
Vel Low Lim Neg 1901 Skip Speed 4- Jogging
Unipol 1 1911
(+1) Band 5- Homing
Fwd
Vel Limit Pos 1898 6- Autotune
Unipol 0 7- Direction Test
(-1) Rev Vel Limit Neg 1899
8- Limit Switch Decel Limit
Internal Load Dependent 9- Limit Switch End Limit
Max Limit 10- Torque Proving
(Lift Application) 11-Oil Well Pump
12-Variable Boost
6 Trq Prove Status
9:52 5 13-Velocity Ref CAM
(LoadTestActv)
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog VelRefCAM

A B C D E F G H I

Velocity Reference CAM

1
(Vel Ref CAM)
VCAM Mode 2202 0 - Off
1 - Single step
2 – Continuous (not for P2200 [VCAM Type] = 2 – VCAM) Velocity Reference CAM
3 – Persistent (not for P2200 [VCAM Type] = 1 – TCAM)
VCAM Slave Scale 2216
Y (slave)
Other Ref
Sources Parameter
2 Selection
2354 VCAM Vel Out
VCAM SlaveSclSel 2215 VRef All [D3]

VCAM Type 2200

VCAM Psn Stpt 2207

0 - PCAM
Other Ref X (master)
Unwind
Sources Parameter
3 Selection

time 1 - TCAM
VCAM Psn Select 2206 Virtual Encoder
Figure 41 - Velocity Reference CAM

VCAM Psn Ofst 2208 '

VCAM PsnOfst EPS 2209 0:883
VCAM Status 2203 DI VCAM Start

VCAM Vel Stpt 2211 Started 0

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

2 - VCAM In Cam 1
4 Other Ref VCAM Control 2201
Sources TCAM 2
Parameter
Selection Single Step 3 Start 0
0– Pnt Zero
1– Last Stop Continuous 4 DirectionOut 1
VCAM Vel Select 2210 VCAM Master Scl 2214
2– Actl Input DirectionOut Aux Cam En 2
5
3– Remainder
VCAM Start Cfg 2205 Aux Cam En 6 Cam Enable 3

Profile Definition Reserved 7 Reserved 4

MainWrongOrd 8 Reserved 5
Pt M00 2226 Pt S00 2258 Both Main and Aux CAM AuxWrongOrd 9 Direction In 6
5 VCAM Start Slope 2222
Persist Mode 10 Offset En 7 Not
Pt M01 2227 Pt S01 2259 Pt M01 2292 Pt S01 2323 TCAM
VCAM End Slope 2223 Direction In 11 RerefPsnOfst 8
Not
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Offset En 12 TCAM Unidirection 9

VCAM Pt M15 2241 Pt S15 2273 VCAM Pt M15 2306 Pt S15 2337
Main RerefPsnOfst 13 CamProfNrml 10
Aux
Types 2225 0 - - 14 x Types 2291 x 1 - 14 x Unidirection 14
Linear or Cubic Linear or Cubic 15
PCAM
EndPnt 2224 End Pnt 2290
6 VCAM 16

575
Appendix A
576
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog VRef Vect

A B C D E F G H I

Start/Stop
Velocity Reference - Flux Vector (VRef Vect)
1 Motor Side Sts 1 (Running) Velocity Ramp and Move Profiles (VRef Move)
VRef OverRide
354 16 (Testpoint 39) = Vel Ctrl Options
Motor Side Sts 1 OR Velocity Ref (Delayed Ref)
(Stopping)
355 9 CAM (13)?
VRef Ramp In 1950 8
VRef Commanded 354 18 Motor Side Sts 2 1923 VRef Ramped
1
0 (Autotuning) 1 0 Proc 2 [C2] 0
VRef All [I4] 1914
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Not Stopping
and Active
Virtual Encoder
0
0
1 VRef Delayed
0 One 1
Stopping LinScurve 1924
or Not Active Scan
2 SineSquared Delay PRef 1 [C5]
Virtual Enc EPR Virtual Enc Psn
Poly5 (Edges Per Rev)

Cubic 1018 1046

931 One
1017
Ref NF2 Freq 948 Ref Move Type Scan
Ref NF2 Width 949 Delay Virtual EncDelay
Virtual Encoder
Int Ramp Ref PRef 1 [C5]
Ref NF2 Depth 950 1
Trq Ref [G1] Ref NF2 Gain 951
Velocity Control
3
VRef Filtered
VRef NF In
Accel Feed Forward 1925
36
Ref NF2 Ref NF1
Accel FF Mode
Accel FF Output
1972 Velocity Comp
2070
Figure 42 - Velocity Reference – Flux Vector

Disabled Vel Comp Sel

0 Accel 0
0 1927
FF
Int Ramp Ref 1 d Accel FF Output Not Used
1 0
0 Trq Ref [A2] Vel Comp Out

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

dt 905 System C/U Sel
4 Ext Ramped Ref Ramped Ref 1 1930 From Anti-Sway [D2]
d
2 d
1978 1973 c Accel FF Gain 140 Cur Lmt Stop dt VRef Psn FF
dt OR Rate Ref 2 35 1760 c Vel FF Gain
3 1974 u Accel FF Gain 1931 Speed 954 Ref NF1 Freq Act
1931 130 LineLoss Act 0
Comp x 1761 u Vel FF Gain
FF Vel Rate Ref 956 Ref NF1 Depth Act
FF Vel Rate Ref 1975 Accel FF NegGain
c Vel Comp Gain 1928 1 Vel FF
957 Ref NF1 Gain Act 0
u Vel Comp Gain 1929 943 Ref NF1 Width PRef 1 [I5]
354 17 1752
VRef Scaled
37 Motor Side Sts 1 Psn Gear Ratio
X Velocity Ref Final Limits (Jogging)
1932
5 VRef Scale 140 Cur Lmt Stop

Position Reg Output At Limit Status OR

PI Velocity Trim
VRef FLmt In (MaxSpeed Lmt) 130 LineLoss Act
Max Speed Limit
2 0 38
Proc 1 [H2] 9:13 0 365 2
PReg Vel Out 1767 0
PID Output Meter ≠2 VReg Vect [A3]
0 1 PReg [H3] PReg Vel Out 1
0 1
0
Limit 0 1933
9:14 354 17 354 17 Vel Limit Pos 1898 VRef Final
PID Output Sel Motor Side Sts 1
6 (Speed Trim) (Jogging) Motor Side Sts 1 Vel Limit Neg 1899
(Jogging)
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Ref Move

A B C D E F G H I

1
Velocity Reference, Flux Vector – Move Profiles (VRef Move)
Ref Move Type
Motor Side Sts 1 354 17 Jogging
931
0
1,0 VelRamp Rate
VRef Accel Time1 1915
2
VRef Accel Time2
0,1
1916 Vel Ctrl Options 1950
MS Logic Rslt (Ramp Hold) 0
0:200 8 9
(Accel Time 1, 2)
1 (Ramp Disable) 1
Jog Acc Dec Time 1896 (StpNoSCrvAcc) 2
2
0 (NoSCrvSpdChg) 9
Logic [H3] 1917 1,0
VRef Decel Time1
VRef Decel Time2 1918 0,1
LinScurve (0)
MS Logic Rslt
0:200 10 11
(Decel Time 1, 2)
Logic [H3]
VRef Accel Jerk 1919
VRef Decel Jerk 1920

3 VRef Ramped
VRef Ramp In 1923
1
Proc 2 [C2]
VRef Vect [E1] VRef Vect [G1]
Ref Time Base
933

0 = Rate
1934 VRef Accel Max

1 = Time 1935 VRef AccJerk Max

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

Ref Accel Time 934
4 1936 VRef DecJerk Max
0 = Rate 1937 VRef Move Time VRef Move Status
Figure 43 - Velocity Reference Flux Vector – Move Profiles

1938 0 AccelLimited
1 = Time
Ref Decel Time 935 1939 VRef Move Seg 1 AccelJerkLim
SineSquared (1)

0 = Rate Poly5 (2) 2 DecelJerkLim

Cubic (3) 0- Accel Decel
1- Dwell Decel 3 Zero Move
RefEnergyBalance 932
2- Decel
Ref Max Accel 936 4 Move Failed
3- Reversing
Ref Max Decel 937
5
Ref Max AccJerk 938

Ref Max DecJerk 939

941 4 VRefAccelMaxTime
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Ref Fault Config

5 VRefAcJrkMaxTime
6 VRefDcJrkMaxTime
7 VRef Time Left
8 VRef Iterations

577
Appendix A
578
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog VReg Vect

A B C D E F G H I

1
Velocity Regulator - Flux Vector (VReg Vect)
906 System BW
System C/U Sel (905):
* Set (905) System C/U Sel = 1010 AltFb Gn Scale
905 0- Calculated* User to manually adjust Kp
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

and Ki gains. Otherwise the 907 System Damping

1- User Entered
following params determine
2- Load Calculated then revert Calc gains. 901 Load Ratio
to User Entered
902 Load Coupling
2

nff

1953 FeedFwd

VReg Anti Backup

At Limit Status VReg Enable
Velocity Error (Spd Reg Lmt) 45
aVRegKp 365 4
1951 VReg Lmt In 0
41
43 0
3 VReg Output
VRef Vect [H6]
- 1
1933 + + + kp + 1969
- + +
VRef Final Trq Ref [B2]
c VReg Kp 1955 P Gain Limit
+10%
ks
u VReg Kp 1956
s -10% 1965
VelFb Active aVRegKi
Figure 44 - Velocity Regulator – Flux Vector

ServoLck Limit 42
1042 Accel Limit Pos
Fdbk [G2] 40
ki 1966
VReg SrvLock
+ kp
- s Accel Limit Neg

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

Servo Lock Gain 1952
4 P Gain I Gain
Hold / Reset
At Limit Status 365 1962 VReg Int Out
c VReg Ki 1957
PTP PsnRefStatus u VReg Ki 1958
1380 2
(PTP Int Hold)
c Alt Kvi OL Fb 1959
Vel Ctrl Options 1950 3 u Alt Kvi OL Fb 1960
(SpdRegIntRes) Vel Droop
4
(SpdRegIntHld) 3
(Jog No Integ) 6
Droop
Kj
Preset
5 VReg Trq Preset 1980 1961 44

Droop RPM at FLA

Trq Ref Selected 2076
Trq Ref [G3]

PsnVelTrq Actv 34 Bumpless

Trq Ref [E5]

6
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Trq Overview

A B C D E F G H I

1 Torque Overview (Trq Overview)

Trq
VReg PI Out
Ref
Accel FF VReg CAM
Output +
Trim -
Select
2
Torque Step

VelFb
Load
Observer Position /
Trq Ref
Velocity / Te
+ Filtered Torque
Torque + + Trq Iq Current
Mode + Filters Torque Current Rate Ref
Limit Calc Limit Limit
Select
Figure 45 - Torque Overview

Friction
Trq Ref 1 Torque Comp
3
Reference
Trq Ref 2 Scale
and
Trq Trim
Trim

Pos Torque Limit

Regen Power Limit

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4
Drive Voltage and Current
Current Ratings Pwr
Bus Torque Limit
+ Te
DC Bus Voltage Voltage + Limit Processing
Regulator Select and
Calc Selection
Brake/Bus Config

Neg Torque Limit

Power, Torque, and Current Limit Reference Generation

5
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

579
Appendix A
580
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Trq Ref Sel

A B C D E F G H I

* Note: Analog Hi, Lo Torque Reference Selection (Trq Ref Sel)

1 scaling only used when
Analog Input is selected
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Trq Ref B Sel 2007

2
0.0 ( Disabled ) Default

Trq Ref B Stpt 2008 ( Setpoint )

From DIO Option Card ( Analog In 1 )

Parameter
( Analog In 2 ) Selection
From DIO Option Card

Trq Ref B AnlgHi 2009

Trq Ref A Sel 2000 Trq Ref B AnlgLo 2010
*
3
0.0 ( Disabled )
Trq Ref A Stpt
2001 ( Setpoint ) Default
Figure 46 - Torque Reference Selection

From DIO Option Card ( Analog In 1 )

From DIO Option Card ( Analog In 2 ) Default 0

Parameter
Selection PID Output Sel
Trq Ref A AnlgHi 2002 1

Trq Ref A AnlgLo 2003

* 9:14

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4 PID Output Meter 3 = Torque Excl
(PID Torque Trim) 4 = Torque Trim

Proc 1 [H2 ]
3,4
9:13
Trq Commanded
Bit Other
0 2073
Source
Parameter Other Trq Ref [B4],
DI M TorqueStptA 0:167 Selection x +
Trq Ref B Mult 2011 Proc 1 [A4]
3
0
5
Other
Trq Ref A Mult 2004 x
3
0

6
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Ld Obs

A B C D E F G H I

Trq Scale
Motor NP RPM 403 44 Kj Load Observer (Ld Obs)
1 50
Mtr NP Pwr Units 405

Motor NP Power 406 Acc

Motor Inertia 900 Trq
Load Ratio 901 LdObs Acc Ref Out Trq Ref Out
Calc
2037 2072

LdObs Acc Ref In 2027 + X Trq Ref [D2]

TrqRefPosLimActv
-
Trq Ref [B2]
51 Limit
2
Active Pos 1
Torque Limit Trq Scale
Cur IM, SPM [E3] TrqRefNegLimActv
52
Cur IPM [E3] Active Neg
LdObs Mode (2020): 1 Trq Ref [D3]
Torque Limit
Trq Scale
LdObs Torque Est
0- Disabled
1- LdObs Only X 2036
2- LdObs VelEst
Figure 47 - Load Observer

3- Vel Est Only X Trq Ref [C3]

4- Accel Fdbk LdObs Accel Est
3
0
0,3 4 1,2 0,4 1,2,3 2035
LdObs Mode 2020

0 0.5

K j * aVRegK p
1961 ----------------- -
Np RPM +
Droop RPM at FLA

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4

1.0
LdObs Vel Error
2031
Fdbk [E3]
1,2,3,4 LdObs Vel Est
LdObs VelFb In
2028 + X 2034
Fdbk [G3] -

5
c LdObs Kp 2021 2023 c LdObs Ki
u LdObs Kp 2022 2024 u LdObs Ki
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

X X
6

581
Appendix A
582
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Friction Comp

A B C D E F G H I

1
Friction Compensation (Friction Comp)
Friction Compensation Adjustments
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Torque

2 2056
+
+ FrctnComp Rated
2054
+ FrctnComp Stick

2055
+ FrctnComp Slip

3
2052
Figure 48 - Friction Compensation

2051 FrctnComp Hyst 403

403
- -Motor NP RPM - FrctnComp Trig + Motor NP RPM +
Speed
+ FrctnComp Trig
2051
FrctnComp Hyst
2052

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4
- FrctnComp Slip
2055

- FrctnComp Stick
2054

- FrctnComp Rated
2056

-
5

6
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Trq RefCAM

A B C D E F G H I

Torque Reference CAM

1
(Trq Ref CAM)
TqCAM Mode 2372 0 - Off
1 - Single step
2 – Continuous (not for TqCAM Type [2370] = 2 – VCAM) Torque Reference CAM
3 – Persistent (not for TqCAM Type [2370] = 1 – TCAM)
TqCAM SlaveScale 2386
Y (slave)
Other Ref
Sources Parameter
2 Selection
2524 TqCAM Trq Out
TqCAM SlvSclSel 2385 Trq Ref [H3]

TqCAM Type 2370

TqCAM Psn Stpt 2377

0 - PCAM
Other Ref Unwind
X (master)
Sources Parameter
3 Selection
Figure 49 - Torque Reference CAM

time 1 - TCAM
TqCAM Psn Select 2376 Virtual Encoder

TqCAM Psn Ofst 2378

TqCAM PsnOfstEPS 2379 0:886
TqCAM Status 2373 DI TqCAM Start

TqCAM Vel Stpt 2381 Started 0

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

2 - VCAM In Cam 1
4 Other Ref TqCAM Control 2371
TCAM 2
Sources Parameter
Selection Single Step 3 Start 0
0– Pnt Zero
1– Last Stop TqCAM Master Continuous 4 DirectionOut 1
TqCAM Vel Select 2380 2384
2– Actl Input Scl
DirectionOut 5 Aux Cam En 2
3– Remainder
TqCAM Start Cfg 2375 Aux Cam En 6 Cam Enable 3

Profile Definition Reserved 7 Reserved 4

MainWrongOrd 8 Reserved 5
Pt M00 2396 Pt S00 2428 Both Main and Aux CAM AuxWrongOrd 9 Direction In 6
5 TqCAM StartSlope 2392
Persist Mode 10 Offset En 7 Not
Pt M01 2397 Pt S01 2429 Pt M01 2462 Pt S01 2493 TCAM
TqCAM End Slope 2393 Direction In 11 RerefPsnOfst 8
Not
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Offset En 12 TCAM Unidirection 9

TqCAM Pt M15 2411 Pt S15 2443 TqCAM Pt M15 2476 Pt S15 2507
Main RerefPsnOfst 13 CamProfNrml 10
Aux
Types 2395 0 - - 14 x Types 2461 x 1 - 14 x Unidirection 14
Linear or Cubic Linear or Cubic 15
PCAM
EndPnt 2394 End Pnt 2460
6 VCAM 16

583
Appendix A
584
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Trq Ref

A B C D E F G H I

403 44 Kj
Motor NP RPM
Ld Obs[2020] modes: Mtr NP Pwr Units 405
Torque Reference (Trq Ref)
1 50 Trq Scale
406 Acc FrctnComp Mode FrctnComp Out
0- Disabled Motor NP Power
1- LdObs Only 900 2050 2057
Motor Inertia Trq
2- LdObs VelEst Disabled
3- Vel Est Only Load Ratio 901 0 Friction
0
4- Accel Fdbk Calc Comp
***INTERNAL CONDITION ONLY***
1
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Logic Ctrl State VRef Filtered 1925

Ld Obs [A2] Ld Obs [H2] 2051 FrctnComp Trig
(Forced Spd) VRef Vect [D3]
LdObs LdObs Ext Ramped Ref
OR 2 2052 FrctnComp Hyst
Acc Ref In Acc Ref Out Trq Ref Out 1978
Min/Max Cntrl
2027 2037 Zero Torque (Forced Spd) 2053 FrctnComp Time
2 2072 0 Vel Fb Active
VReg Output 0 2054 FrctnComp Stick
1042 3
1969 Speed Reg 1 0
VReg Vect [H3] + + X 2055 FrctnComp Slip
+ -
2056 FrctnComp Rated
Accel FF Output Torque Reg 2 1
VRef Vect [C4] 2070 SLAT TrqRefAtZero
Min 3
Min Trq Ref Selected 150
Trq Ref Filt In
Ld Obs [H3]
+ 0
LdObs SLAT 2076 +++ 2150 Trq Filt [A2]
Torque Est Max 4 +
VReg Vect [D5]
Figure 50 - Torque Reference

2036 Max 1
c LdObs Kp 2021 LdObs 0
3
LdObs Mode Accel Est
u LdObs Kp 2022 Sum 5
2020 2035
Torque
2077 TqCAM
0,3 X + Step
Load Disabled 0 + Trq Out
c LdObs Ki 2023
Observer 2524
1,2,4
u LdObs Ki 2024 6
Psn PTP Trq Ref CAM [H2]
LdObs Vel Est
2,3 7
LdObs VelFb In 2028 2034 Vel Feedback
Psn Direct Trq
Fdbk [G3] Fdbk [E3]
2031 Ref

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

8
4 Psn Camming CAM
LdObs Vel Error
9
Psn PLL

Trq Commanded 10
Psn SpdlOrnt
Trq Ref Sel [H5] 2073
Profiler 11

Prof Ind 1 [H2],

VReg Vect [D6],
PsnVelTrq Mode A 30 PRef 1 [D2, H1],
5 ABCD VRef All [A1], 34 PsnVelTrq Actv
Select Motor Side Sts 1
PsnVelTrq Mode B 31 VRef All [D2]
0 0
354 21 22 23
PsnVelTrq Mode C 0 1 Select
32
1 0 Logic Torque Mode
PsnVelTrq Mode D 33 1 1 PositionMode
SLAT Err Stpt 39 Speed Mode
DI SpTqPs Sel 1 0:161 SLAT Dwell Time 40
DI SpTqPs Sel 0 0:160 Mtr Cfg Options
6 (Zero TrqStop)
(Trq ModeStop) 420 0 1 2
(Trq ModeJog)
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Trq Filt

A B C D E F G H I

Torque Filters (Trq Filt)

1

Trq Ref Filtered

2080
Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque
2150 Lead Low Notch Notch Notch Notch
Trq Ref Filt In
Trq Ref [H3] Lag Pass Filter Filter Filter Filter
Filters Filter 1 2 3 4 Cur IM [B2]
2
Cur IM SPM [B2],
Cur IPM [B2]

Trq LLF BW
2152
Trq LLF Gain
2153
Figure 51 - Torque Filters

*2156 Trq LPF BW Act

3 *2160 Trq NF1 Freq Act *2170 Trq NF2 Freq Act *2180 Trq NF3 Freq Act *2190 Trq NF4 Freq Act
Key
*2162 Trq NF1 Width Act *2172 Trq NF2 Width Act *2182 Trq NF3 Width Act *2192 Trq NF4 Width Act
* Save in non-volatile
memory *2164 Trq NF1 Depth Act *2174 Trq NF2 Depth Act *2184 Trq NF3 Depth Act *2194 Trq NF4 Depth Act

*2166 Trq NF1 Gain Act *2176 Trq NF2 Gain Act *2186 Trq NF3 Gain Act *2196 Trq NF4 Gain Act

AdptTune Config 2110

Trq NF Threshold 2111

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4
Trq NF Freq LLim 2112
Trq NF Freq HLim 2113
Adaptive Tuning
Trq NF WidthMin 2114
Note: User Trq NF and Selected LPF gains pass through as Active gains when Adaptive Tuning is disabled.
Trq NF WidthMax 2115
Trq LPF BW LLim 2116
AdptTune NF Num 2118
System C/U Sel 905 2120 AdptTune Status
AdptTuneMinScale 2119
c Trq LPF BW 2154 Trq NF1 Freq 2159 Trq NF2 Freq 2169 Trq NF3 Freq 2179 Trq NF4 Freq 2189 *2121 AdptTune GnScale
5 u Trq LPF BW 2155 Trq NF1 Width 2161 Trq NF2 Width 2171 Trq NF3 Width 2181 Trq NF4 Width 2191
2123 Trq NF Freq Est
Trq NF1 Depth 2163 Trq NF2 Depth 2173 Trq NF3 Depth 2183 Trq NF4 Depth 2193
2124 Trq NF Mag Est
Trq NF1 Gain 2165 Trq NF2 Gain 2175 Trq NF3 Gain 2185 Trq NF4 Gain 2195
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

2125 Trq NF Wdth Est

585
Appendix A
586
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Cur IM SPM

A B C D E F G H I

Torque Control - Current, for Induction Motor and Surface Permanent Magnet Motor
1
Flux Vector (Cur IM, SPM)
At Limit Status 365 21 Trq Pos Lmt 25 Cur Lmt FV
22 Trq Neg Lmt 26 Therm RegLmt At Limit Status
23 Mtrng PwrLmt 27 BusVltgFVLmt
365 17 TrqCurPosLmt
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

24 Regen PwrLmt 28 Mtr Vltg Lkg

18 TrqCurNegLmt

IqsRefLmtd
Trq Ref Filtered 101
2 Te
Trq Filt [H2] 2080 2087 Torque Current Ref
Iq
Trq Ref Limited Calc
Limit Limit Rate Lim
Fdbk [C6]
Torque Limit Neg 2084 Cur IPM [E2]
TrqRefNegLimActv TrqRefPosLimActv
VelFb Active 52 51 Neg Pos
Flux Limit 227
Active Neg Active Pos Limit
Fdbk [G2] 1042 Torque Limit Torque Limit
Current Rate Lim
Ld Obs [C2]
Regen Power Lim 229 1
{Regen PwrLmt} Max
-1 Flux
3
Bus + Pwr
{BusVltgFVLmt} + -1
Regulator Te
Calc
1
Min
Motor Power Lim Flux
230
{Mtrng PwrLmt}
Figure 52 - Torque Control – Current IM, SPM

Torque Limit Pos 2083

Flux Flux

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4
Voltage Ref/ Pk Torque Iq Current Limit
{Mtr Vltg Lkg} Limit
Generation Min Active Iq Current Limit
Is,Id
Iq Flux Vector
Flux Cur Fb Calc Iq,Id (3,6)

9 Is
Calc

Current Lmt Sel 221

ActvCurLim
Power VF or SV
255
Current Limit 1 222 Thermal Mgr Current Limit (0-2,4,5,7,8)
Unit Scale
224 Active Cur Lim
Thermal RMS
Current Limit 2 223 Invert IT [D2]
Parameter Protection
Selection Port 0
{Therm RegLmt} 65
{Cur Lmt FV} Pri MtrCtrl Mode
6
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Cur IPM

A B C D E F G H I

Torque Control - Current, for Interior Permanent Magnet Motor

1
Flux Vector (Cur IPM)
At Limit Status 365 21 Trq Pos Lmt 25 Cur Lmt FV
22 Trq Neg Lmt 26 Therm RegLmt At Limit Status
23 Mtrng PwrLmt 27 BusVltgFVLmt
365 17 TrqCurPosLmt
24 Regen PwrLmt 28 Mtr Vltg Lkg
18 TrqCurNegLmt

IqsRefLmtd
Trq Ref Filtered Trq Ref Limited 101
2 Torque
Trq Filt [H2] 2080 2087 Te Current
Iq Ref
Fdbk [C6] Id
Limit Limit Rate Lim
Cur IPM [E2]
Torque Limit Neg 2084
TrqRefNegLimActv TrqRefPosLimActv
Calc Neg Pos
VelFb Active Limit Limit
52 51
Active Neg Active Pos
227
Fdbk [G2] 1042 Torque Limit Torque Limit Is,Id
Current Rate Lim
Iq
Voltage
Regen Power Lim 229 Calc
{Regen PwrLmt} Max Limit Id
-1
3 Te Current
Id
Bus + Pwr Ref
{BusVltgFVLmt} + Calc Limit
Regulator Ld Obs [C2]
Te
Calc
Min
Figure 53 - Torque Control – Current IPM

Motor Power Lim 230

{Mtrng PwrLmt}

Torque Limit Pos 2083

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4
Voltage Ref/ Pk Torque Iq Current Limit
{Mtr Vltg Lkg} Limit
Generation

Current Lmt Sel 221

ActvCurLim
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Power 255
Current Limit 1 222 Thermal Mgr Current Limit
Unit Scale
224 Active Cur Lim
Thermal RMS
Current Limit 2 223 Invert IT [D2]
Parameter Protection
Selection
{Therm RegLmt}
{Cur Lmt FV}
6

587
Appendix A
588
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Proc 1

A B C D E F G H I

From Anti-Sway [D2] Process Control 1 (Proc 1)

DI PID Invert
1
954 Ref NF1 Freq Act 9:23
PID Ref Sel PID Deriv
9:6
948 Ref NF2 Freq Time
9:25 956 Ref NF1 Depth Act -1
Ref NF2 Width Option E
949
Port:
PID Ref PID Ref 957 Ref NF1 Gain Act 950 Ref NF2 Depth Digital In
AnlgHi AnlgLo - PID Status
943 Ref NF1 Width 951 Ref NF2 Gain Parameter + kd-S (PID In Limit)
9:29 9:30 PID Selection
PID Prop Gain PID Output 9:3 3
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Deadband
PID Error D Gain Mult
9:9 Invert Error Meter 9:4
Option Parameter 9:15
Port: Selection 9:1 1 PID Cfg 9:12
0 0
Analog In (Ramp Ref)
Analog Types PID Output Limited
0 Ref Ref 1 +
x NF1 NF2 +- -1 kp + x Proc 2 [A2]
2 MOP [G3] Scale 1 +
Error Deadband
MOP Reference 1 200% Limit
Limit P Gain
1823 9:27 0 Proc 1 [C5] PID Upper Limit
Float Types Ramp 9:2 3
Hold Request 9:7
PID Ref
PID Setpoint PID Control
Mult
(PID InvError) 9:8
9:28 Default 9:26 9:3 0
9:10 PID Status PID Lower Limit
PID Ref PID Status Filter 9:3 1
PID LPF Hold (PID Hold)
Meter (PID Enabled) VRef Freq [I4]
LPass BW
PID Fdbk Sel Output Frequency
PID Fdbk Per
9:35 9:36 1 Hz

Meter Unit
Figure 54 - Process Control 1

PID Fdbk Mult PID Cfg (Anti Conv

3 PID Output Sel Windup)
Option 9:38
9:14 9:1 5 PID Cfg
Port: 0
Proc 1 [E5] (Preload Int)
Analog In Float Types
1 PID Status 9:1 3
x 1
MOP [G3]
(PID Enabled)
PID Fdbk PID Fdbk AntiWind PID Output Sel
MOP Reference -1 9:3 0
AnlgHi AnlgLo Up Z 9:14
1823 PID Cfg VRef Freq [I4]
9:39 9:40 9:1 3 PID Preload
(Fdbk Sqrt) Output Frequency 0 0
PID Fdbk Stpt 9:11
Parameter Per
1 Hz
1
9:37 Default Unit 1
Selection
Conv
Trq Ref Sel [H5] Analog Types DI PID Enable
Trq Commanded 0,2,3,4
9:20

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

2073 Drive 0.0
4 Scale PID FBLoss SpSel
ki + 1 InLimit Accel Conditional
Torque Cur Fb 9:42 +
Analog Loss Option s 1
1,2 ≠0 Motor Side Sts 2 1
8 355 10 Port:
(PID FB Loss) Digital In Motor Side Sts 1 I Gain 0
Output Current 3,4 ≠0 (Stopping) 0.0
Proc 2 [D3, D6] Parameter 0
3 Selection 354 18 PID Control
9:14 9:43 9:5 (PID Reset)
Output Power PID Enable
PID Output Sel PID FBLoss TqSel PID Int Time 2 9:2
PID Status
4 1 9:3 0
(PID Enabled)
0 PID Status
Proc 1 [H3] 1 9:3 2
PID Control (PID Reset)
Option 0 9:2
(PID Enable) 354 16
Port: ≠0
Digital In 9:20 Motor Side Sts 1
5 (Running)
Parameter DI PID Enable
DI PID Hold 9:21 PID Reset
Selection
PID Output Sel PID
PID Hold Stop Option
9:14
≠0 Mode Port:
1 Hold Request 2 0 Digital In
Proc 1 [F2] 1 Parameter
9:22
Selection
9:2 PID Control DI PID Reset
1
(PID Hold) 4 9:1 18 354 9:13 PID Output Meter
PID Cfg Motor Side Sts 1
6 Drive (Stop Mode) (Stopping)
365 1 2 17-31
InLimit
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Proc 2

A B C D E F G H I

PID FBLoss SpSel

PID Output Sel 9:42 Process Control 2 (Proc 2)

1 9:14

Parameter
Selection
Not MOP Reference
PID Output Limited
1823 Float Types
Used 0 MOP [G3]

Proc 1 [H2] VRef A Sel

1800 Default

VRef Ramped
Speed
1923 A
2 Excl 1 To VRef |A| > |B|
[6B2] VRef Vect [G1], B
>0
VRef Freq [D2] -1
Neg Limit
PID Cfg + 1 0
1906 Vref Limited 1
(Percent Ref) +
VRef All [G4]
6 9:1 1 1 PID Output Meter
Speed
Trim 2 0 9:13
1 1 0
X
Pos Limit 354 18
Motor Side Sts 1 VRef Vect [B5]
Stopping VRef Freq [A5]
0 0 0
Figure 55 - Process Control 2

2 9:1
3 355 10 Motor Side Sts 2
PID Cfg
(Zero Clamp) Proc 1 [C4]

PID FBLoss TqSel

9:43

Parameter
Selection
MOP Reference

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4 Float Types
MOP [G3] 1823

Trq Ref A Stpt

676 Default
PID Output Sel
9:14
Torq Ref A
+
Torq Ref B 3
>0
-1
Torque Neg Limit
Excl 3 + 4 1
1 +
PID Output Meter
Torque
5 Trim 4 1 0 9:13
Pos Limit Trq Ref Sel [G4]

0 0
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

2 9:1
355 10
PID Cfg
(Zero Clamp) Motor Side Sts 2
(PID FB Loss)
6 Proc 1 [C4]

589
Appendix A
590
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog AntiSway

A B C D E F G H I

1
Reference Notch Filter 1 Tuning for Crane
Application (Anti-Sway)
Crane Length 1
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

966

1 g ≠0
NF1 freq = 954 Ref NF1 Freq Act
2
Crane Length1
0
g = earth acceleration gravity (i.e. 9.81 m/s^2) Ref NF1 Freq 942
Freq Overview [G2]
≠0 VRef Vect [F4]
0 956 Ref NF1 Depth Act
PRef 2 [E2]
0 Proc1 [C1]
3 Ref NF1 Depth 944

1 ≠0
957 Ref NF1 Gain Act

0
Ref NF1 Gain 945

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4
Figure 56 - Reference Notch Filter 1 for Crane Application

6
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Oil Well 1

A B C D E F G H I

1
Pump Jack and Progressive Cavity Pump (Oil Well 1)
Torq Thresh Low 9:154 TorqAlmTimeoutLo 9:161
TrqRefThreshLo
OilWell Pump Cfg 9:100 X
TorqThreshLo Oil Well Low
Motor Sheave 9:110 Oil well 1 [D3] Torq Timeout 9:104 8 OW TrqLvl Lo
Trq Ref Limited Condition
Gearbox Ratio 9:116 Cur IM [E2] 2087 |u|
Gear 9:109 Total Gear Ratio
Ratio Motor Side Sts 1
2 Gearbox Sheave 9:117 354 8
(AtSpeed)

PCP Pump Sheave 9:160 TrqRefThreshHi

X
OilWell Pump Cfg Motor Side Sts 1
Torq Thresh High 9:151 354 8
9:100 1 PumpJack (AtSpeed)

PrgrsvCavity TorqAlarm Dwell 9:150

Oil Well High
2 9:104 7 OW TrqLvl Hi
TorqAlarm Config ≠0 Torq Condition
9:149 1 TorqThreshLo Trq Ref Limited
(TorqThreshLo) Cur IM [E2] 2087 |u|
=0
0 TorqThreshHi
3 TorqAlarm Config ≠0 Oil well 1 [D3]
(TorqThreshHi) 9:149 0 TorqThreshHi OW TrqLvl TO

1814 9:104 9
Min Rod Speed 9:154 Preset Speed 1
1900 Vel Low Limit Pos
X PumpJackSpdRef
Total Gear Ratio TorqAlmTimeoutHi 9:152
-1 1901 Vel Low Limit Neg Oil Well High
Oil Well [C2] 9:109 VRef All [G2]
TorqAlarmTOActHi 9:153 6 Torq Timeout
1898 Vel Limit Pos
X TorqAlarm Action Condition
Max Rod Speed 9:156 9:148 1 PumpJackSpdRefEnbl
Limit Preset Spd1
Total Gear Ratio

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

Online Max Oil Well [C2] 9:109 VRef All [G2]
Figure 57 - Pump Jack and Progressive Cavity Pump

4 Vel Limit Pos 1898

Online Min Motor Side Sts 1
Vel Limit Pos 1898 354 8
(AtSpeed)

-1 1899 Vel Limit Neg

Limit
OilWell Pump Cfg 9:100 Online Max VRef Commanded
Vel LimitNeg 1899
Total Gear Ratio Online Min VRefAll [I4] 1914
Vel Limit Neg 1899 X 9:145 Rod Speed Cmd
Oil Well [C2] 9:109 Total Gear Ratio
5 Max Torque Limits 1
Max Rod Torque Oil Well 1 [C2] 9:109
9:157 u
Troq 2083 Torq Lim Pos Vel Fb Active X 9:143 Rod Speed
Gearbox Limit 9:114 Lim Fdbk [G2] 1042
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Limit
Gearbox Rating 9:115 Total Gear Ratio
Oil Well 1 [C2] 9:109
Online Max Trq Ref Limited X 9:144 Rod Torque
Torque Limit Pos 2083 Cur IM [E2] 2087
Online Min
6 Torque Limit Pos 2083

591
Appendix A
592
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Oil Well 2

A B C D E F G H I

OilWell Pump Cfg 9:100 1 Pump Jack Selected

Pump Off (Oil Well 2)
1 TP65 POf Trq Pk
TP60 POf Trq Filt TP66 POf MinTrq
TP69 POfDrpTrqInt

Trq Ref Filt In 2150 LPF 9:124 Pct Cycle Trq

9:102 9:125
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

TP70 POf Cyc Psn Pump Off Setup Pct Lift Trq
9:130 Stroke Per Min
TP58 Pos Filter 0 Torque 9:126 Pct Drop Trq
POf Psn
2 Calculation
Pos Min Trq 9:132 Pump Off Count
Vel Fb Active 1042
2 +
- TP53 POf Psn 1
9:109 Position 9:133 PumpOff SleepCnt
Total Gear Ratio 9:129 TP54
Calculation POf Psn 2
Stroke Pos Count TP55 POf Psn 3
Pos Offset 9:102 1 POf Psn [B2]
TP56 POf Psn 4 9:134 Day Stroke Count
Set Top of TP52 TP57
Pump Off Config 9:101 POf Psn 5
Figure 58 - Pump Off

Stroke POfTopStkPsn Pump Off 9:104 OW Pump Status

0 TP59 POf PsnState Pump Off control
Automatic Position Setup
9:119 TP71 0 Pump Off Enbl
SetTopofStrk Sts Position
POf Test1 state
SetTopofStrk Cmd 9:118 1
0 Ready 1 Pump Slowed
Disable 0 Cycle 2 0 - InitBaseLine
9:112 Pump Cy Str Sts 2 Pump Stopped
3 1 Active
Enable 1 Ready
1 - Running
0 3 Cycle Used
Pump Cy Str Cmd 9:111 2 - ReturnToRun
1 Active
0 3 - PumpOffBaseOne 4 TopOf Stroke
Disable
2 Complete 4 - PumpOffWaitOne
Enable 1 5 PumpOff Alrm
Error
5 - PumpOffBaseTwo
3
6 - PumpOffWaitTwo 6 Pump Stable
Stroke Pos Count [D2] 7 - PumpOffStop
POfTopStkPsn [D2] TP50 POfVelRefSts

DI PumpOff Disbl 9:138 TP51 POf Vel Ref

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

TP61
4
VRef All [H2]

DI Pump Baseline 9:139 TP62

POf State POf Avg Trq
Pump Off Time 9:108 TP63 POf Cyc Cnts

Pump Off Level 9:106 Torque Setpoint 9:120

TP64 POf Alm Cnts
X
1/100 TP67 POf Lo Lvl
Pump Off Speed 9:107 X
TP68 POf Hi Lvl
Pump Off Action 9:105
Change Speed 0
5 Always Stop 1
Pump Off Control 9:103 9:102 Pump Off Setup
Stop After 1 2
Disable 0 3 Cycle PO Pos
Stop After 2 3
Baseline Set 1 4 Dis Baseline
Fixed Setpt 2 5 RstPmpOffCnt
6 RstPmpSlpCnt

6 Position rolls over at 10000 counts representing one torque cycle

 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog MOP

A B C D E F G H I

1
DI M MOP Inc 0:151 MOP Control (MOP)
MOP Rate Parameter
Indirect Option Port:
1825
Digital In
MOP Limit High
MOP Inc
1826

2
Calc 0
+
Step MOP Reference
0
1823
MOP Init Select 0 Limit
- VRef Sel [A3]
1828
Figure 59 - MOP Control

Reset / Save

1827
3 Zero Speed (0) Parameter
Option Port: Indirect MOP Limit Low
MOP Init Stpt 1829 Default Digital In
MOP Inc
Preset Speed 1 1814

Preset Speed 2 1815

DI M MOP Dec 0:152
Preset Speed 3 1816

Preset Speed 4 1817

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4
Parameter
Preset Speed 5 1818 Selection
0 0 1

Preset Speed 6 1819

Preset Speed 7 1820 1824 1 351 4

MOP Ref Save M Start Inhibits
MOP Limit High 1826 (At Stop) (Stop)

MOP Limit Low 1827 1

0 0
5
Vel Low Lim Pos 1900

Vel Low Lim Neg 1901 1824 0 351 3

PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

MOP Ref Save M Start Inhibits

(At Pwr Down) (Precharge)

593
Appendix A
594
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog 22Series IO Digital

A B C D E F G H I

22-Series Inputs & Outputs – Digital (22-Series IO Digital)

1
Outputs
Inputs
RO0 Off Time
15 Dig Out Sts
Dig In Sts
Dig Out Invert
1 5 4 3 2 1 0 5 0 NC
6 0
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Dig In Fltr
Relay Out0 0
3 Timer Common
Source
Parameter 1
In5 Inv
Selection
Filter
NO
Dig In Fltr Mask 10 14
2
Dig In Fltr RO0 Sel RO0 On Time
2 5
3

In4 RO1/TO0 Off Time

Filter
25 Dig Out Sts
Dig In Fltr Mask
Dig Out Invert
Dig In Fltr 5 1
2 4
3 6 1
NC
Relay Out1
In3 0
Filter Transistor Out0 Timer
Source
Dig In Fltr Mask Parameter 1 Common
3 Selection Inv OR
2 3 Dig In Fltr
3 20 24
NO
In2 RO1/TO0 Sel RO1/TO0 On Time
Filter

Dig In Fltr Mask

*-1R2T (1-Relay / 2-Transistor) I/O Modules Only
Dig In Fltr
2 2 TO1 Off Time
3
35 Dig Out Sts
In1
Dig Out Invert
Figure 60 - 22-Series Inputs & Outputs – Digital

Filter 5 2
Dig In Fltr Mask 6 2

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4 Dig In Fltr
2 1 Transistor Out1 0
3 Timer
Source NO
In0 Parameter 1
Filter Selection Inv
Dig In Fltr Mask 30 34

Com 2 0 TO1 Sel TO1 On Time

Output Compare

RO0 Level Sel RO1/TO0 Level Sel *-1R2T (1-Relay / 2-Transistor) I/O Modules Only

11 21 RO1/TO0 Level CmpSts TO1 Level Sel 31 TO1 Level CmpSts

5 RO0 Level CmpSts
23 1 0 33 1 0
13 1 0
RO0 Level RO1/TO0 Level TO1 Level
Source Source Source
A A≥B A A≥B
Parameter A A≥B Parameter Parameter
Option Module Parameters – Reference Symbol Legend Selection Selection Selection
A<B A<B
A<B
RO1/TO0 Level 22 B TO1 Level 32 B
RO0 Level 12 B

6
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog 22Series IO Digital

A B C D E F G H I

Inputs 22-Series Inputs & Outputs – Analog (22-Series IO Analog)

1
Anlg In Loss Sts Anlg In0 Value
Anlg In0 LssActn 53
49 1 50
Voltage V/mA

Loss Loss Anlg In0 Hi

Anlg In Type
Detection Pre Scaled Scaled
+ 45 0 Value 51 Value
Option Module Parameters – Reference Symbol Legend
V/mA
- Ignore 0 (kn * s) + wn In-Lo
ADC s + wn Hi-Lo
+ Square
1 Root Lead Lag Scale
Alarm
V/mA
2 Current -
2 46 0 52
Flt Continue
Anlg In Sqrt Anlg In0 Lo
3
FltCoastStop
Anlg In0 Filt Gn 55
4
Flt RampStop 56
Anlg In0 Filt BW
5
Flt CL Stop

Hold 6 Outputs
Input
3 Anlg Out0 Val
7
Set Input Lo 82

8 Anlg Out0 DataHi V/mA

Set Input Hi
Anlg Out0 Data 78 Anlg Out0 Hi Analog Out Type Voltage
77 80 70 0 +
V/mA

Anlg Out0 Stpt 76 -

Anlg In Loss Sts Anlg In1 Value In-Lo
Anlg In1 LssActn 63
Abs Hi-Lo
DAC
Other Ref Sources +
49 2 60
Figure 61 - 22-Series Inputs & Outputs – Analog

Parameter Scale
Voltage V/mA Selection
71 0 V/mA -

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

Anlg In Type Loss Loss Anlg In1 Hi
4 Anlg Out0 Sel 75 Anlg Out Abs 81
Detection Scaled Current
Pre Scaled
+ 45 1 Value 61 Value
Anlg Out0 Lo
V/mA 79
- Ignore 0 In-Lo Anlg Out0 DataLo
(kn * s) + wn
ADC s + wn Hi-Lo
+ Square
1 Root Lead Lag Scale Anlg Out1 Val
Alarm
V/mA
- 92
2 46 1 62
Current Flt Continue Anlg Out1 DataHi V/mA
Anlg In Sqrt Anlg In1 Lo
Anlg Out1 Data 88
3 Anlg Out1 Hi Analog Out Type Voltage
FltCoastStop 87
Anlg In1 Filt Gn 65 90 70 1 +
5
4 V/mA
Flt RampStop 66
Anlg In1 Filt BW Anlg Out1 Stpt 86 -
In-Lo
5 Abs Hi-Lo
DAC
Flt CL Stop Other Ref Sources +
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Parameter Scale
Selection
Hold 6 71 1 V/mA
Input
-
Anlg Out1 Sel 85 Anlg Out Abs 91 Current
7
Set Input Lo Anlg Out1 Lo
89

6 8 Anlg Out1 DataLo

Set Input Hi

595
Appendix A
596
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog 11-Series IO Digital

A B C D E F G H I

11-Series Inputs & Outputs – Digital (11-Series IO Digital) Outputs

1
Inputs RO0 Off Time
15 Dig Out Sts
Dig Out Invert
5 0 NC
Dig In Sts 6 0
1 2 1 0
Relay Out0 0
Timer Common
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Source
Parameter 1
Selection Inv
Dig In Fltr NO
10 14
3
2 RO0 Sel RO0 On Time
In2
Filter

Dig In Fltr Mask RO1/TO0 Off Time

Dig In Fltr 25 Dig Out Sts
2 2 Dig Out Invert
3 5 1
In1 6 1
Filter NC
Relay Out1
Dig In Fltr Mask 0
Transistor Out0 Timer
Dig In Fltr Source
2 1 Parameter 1 Common
3 Selection Inv OR

3 In0 20 24
Filter NO
RO1/TO0 Sel RO1/TO0 On Time
Dig In Fltr Mask

Com 2 0
*-1R2T (1-Relay / 2-Transistor) I/O Modules Only

TO1 Off Time

35 Dig Out Sts
Dig Out Invert
5 2
Figure 62 - 11-Series Inputs & Outputs – Digital

6 2

Transistor Out1 0

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

Timer
4 Source NO
Parameter 1
Selection Inv

30 34

TO1 Sel TO1 On Time

Output Compare

RO0 Level Sel RO1/TO0 Level Sel *-1R2T (1-Relay / 2-Transistor) I/O Modules Only

11 21 RO1/TO0 Level CmpSts TO1 Level Sel 31 TO1 Level CmpSts

5 RO0 Level CmpSts
23 1 0 33 1 0
13 1 0
RO0 Level RO1/TO0 Level TO1 Level
Source Source Source
A A≥B A A≥B
Parameter A A≥B Parameter Parameter
Option Module Parameters – Reference Symbol Legend Selection Selection Selection
A<B A<B
A<B
RO1/TO0 Level 22 B TO1 Level 32 B
RO0 Level 12 B

6
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog 22-Series IO Analog

A B C D E F G H I

11-Series Inputs & Outputs – Analog (11-Series IO Analog)

1

Option Module Parameters – Reference Symbol Legend

Input
2
Anlg In Loss Sts Anlg In0 Value
Anlg In0 LssActn 53
49 1 50
V/mA
Voltage Loss Loss Anlg In0 Hi
Anlg In Type
Detection Pre Scaled Scaled
+ 45 0 Value 51 Value
V/mA
- Ignore 0 (kn * s) + wn In-Lo
ADC s + wn Output
Hi-Lo
+ Square
1 Root Lead Lag Scale Anlg Out0 Val
Alarm
V/mA
3 - 82
2 46 0 52
Current Flt Continue Anlg Out0 DataHi V/mA
Anlg In Sqrt Anlg In0 Lo Anlg Out0 Data 78 Anlg Out0 Hi Analog Out Type Voltage
3
FltCoastStop 77
Anlg In0 Filt Gn 55 80 70 0 +
4 V/mA
Flt RampStop 56
Anlg In0 Filt BW Anlg Out0 Stpt 76 -
In-Lo
5
Abs Hi-Lo
DAC
Flt CL Stop Other Ref Sources +
Parameter Scale
Selection
71 0
Figure 63 - 11-Series Inputs & Outputs – Analog

Hold 6 V/mA -
Input Anlg Out Abs
Anlg Out0 Sel 75 81 Current

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4 7
Set Input Lo Anlg Out0 Lo
79
8 Anlg Out0 DataLo
Set Input Hi

5
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

597
Appendix A
598
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog 22-Series IO Analog

A B C D E F G H I

11-Series Inputs & Outputs – ATEX (11-Series IO ATEX)

1
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Motor PTC/Thermostat Input

Motor PTC
+
PTC/Thermostat Buffer & PTC
Comparator
41 0 Thml Snsor OK
Input Monitor
2 - 1 Short Cirkt
2 Over Temp
3 Voltage Loss
13 Thermostat
14 PTC Selected

Common
ATEX Relay Output
Fault AND
Logic
Transistor
Latch
Figure 64 - 11-Series Inputs & Outputs – ATEX

NO
Reset AND
Logic

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4

6
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Logic

A B C D E F G H I

1
Control Logic (Logic)
Note:
The following parameters are typically referenced
0 when configuring or monitoring Control Logic;
P10:351 [M Start Inhibits]
Digital Inputs

15
0

DPI Port 1
2 (Drv Mounted HIM)

15
0
0:230 Write Mask Cfg
DPI Port 2
Logic Parser
15
Figure 65 - Control Logic

DPI Port 3
3 0:200 MS Logic Rslt
15 VRef Sel [G2],
0 0 VRef All [E3],
Mask Evaluation VRef Vect [E2, E3]
DPI Port 4 Owner Logic Logic Evaluation
Logic
15 31
0

DPI Port 5

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4 15
0

DPI Port 6

15 Bit Bit
0 Masks Owners
Masks Act Status 00 Stop 16 Coast Stop
01 Start 17 Climit Stop
Embedded Ethernet 02 Jog1 18 Run
03 Clear Faults 19 Jog 2
04 Forward 20 Reserved
15 05 Reverse 21 Reserved
5 0:260 Stop Owner 06 Manual 22 Reserved
0:41 Logic Mask 0:231 Write Mask Act 07 Reserved 23 Reserved
0:42 Auto Mask 0:261 Start Owner 08 Accel Time 1 24 Reserved
0:43 Manual Cmd Mask 0:233 Port Mask Act 0:262 Jog Owner 09 Accel Time 2 25 Reserved
0:44 Manual Ref Mask 0:263 Dir Owner 10 Decel Time 1 26 Reserved
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

0:264 Clear Flt Owner 11 Decel Time 2 27 Reserved

12 SpdRef Sel 0 28 Reserved
0:265 Manual Owner 13 SpdRef Sel 1 29 Reserved
0:266 Ref Select Owner 14 SpdRef Sel 2 30 Reserved
15 Reserved 31 Reserved

599
Appendix A
600
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Invert

A B C D E F G H I

1 Inverter Overload (IT)

Inverter Overload IT (Invert IT)
Power Frame Reading Data 357 Drive OL Count
NTC
359 IGBT Temp Pct

Voltage Class 305 360 IGBT Temp

Heatsink and
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Duty Cycle / Rating 306 Junction Degree 362 Heatsnk Temp Pct
Calculator
Drive OL Mode 220 363 Heatsnk Temp
224 Active Cur Lim
2 PWM Frequency 425
Cur IM [H5]
DC Bus Volts 0:3
426 PWM Freq Act
Output Current 3
Alarm Status B

960 0 IGBT OT
Current Limit 1 222
1 Heatsink OT
Current Limit 2 223
4 Drive OL
Parameter
Other Ref Sources Selection 5 CurLmt Reduc
3
Figure 66 - Inverter Overload IT

6 PWMFrq Reduc

Current Lmt Sel 221 Fault Status B

953 2 Drive OL

3 Heatsink OT

4 Transistor OT

5 SinkUnderTmp

6 Excess Load
Bus Reg Lvl Cfg 118

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4 Bus Regulator
Bus Memory Bus Reg Mode A 116
0
DC Bus Memory 13 Bus Reg Mode B 117

BusReg Level 1 dc bus

Bus Voltage Reference
Bus Reg Level 119

LineSideRef 2
DC Bus Command 13:50 Bus Reg Ki 121
Bus Reg Kp 120

5
Bus Limit Kp 122 *
Converter Control Bus Limit Kd 123
Bus Limit ACR Ki 125
Bus Limit ACR Kp 124

* Note: Parameters are

not functional when any
6 of the FV motor control
modes are selected
 Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog Motor I2T

A B C D E F G H I

1
Motor Overload (Motor I 2 T)

Mtr Over Load (I 2 T)

Motor
Current
206 MtrOL Rst Time
Mtr OL Action 200
Mtr OL at Pwr Up 201 207 Mtr OL Counts
Figure 67 - Motor Overload

Mtr OL Alm Level 202 150% right of curve

208 Mtr OL Trip Time
3 Mtr OL Rst Level 205
102%
60 (Hot) time (sec)
Motor 180 (Cold)
Current
Alarm Status A
Mtr OL Factor 203 1.0 - 2.0 959 2 Motor OL
X (1.025 Typ)
Motor NP Amps 401

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

50% Fault Status A
4
952 2 Motor OL
Motor
Speed (Hz)
Mtr OL Hertz 204

5
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

601
Appendix A
602
Overview VarCtrl PFC Vector Overview PRef Move Prof Ind 2 VelRefCAM Ld Obs Cur IPM MOP Logic
Metering DroopCtrl CurPwrLmt Freq Overview PRef2 Roll Psn VRef Vect Friction Comp Proc 1 22Series IO Digital Invert
Appendix A

PLL DBC CurrCtrl CBI Metering PReg Spindle Ref Move Trq RefCAM Proc 2 22Series IO Digital Motor I2T
PwrLoss VoltRefGen LscCtrlCfg Fdbk Psn PLL VRef Overview VReg Vect Trq Ref AntiSway 11-Series IO Digital High Speed Wizard
LscData VoltCtrl DriveDerating Homing Psn CAM VRef Sel Trq Overview Trq Filt Oil Well 1 22-Series IO Analog
CurRefGen DCBusObs PRef1 Prof Ind 1 VRef All Trq Ref Sel Cur IM SPM Oil Well 2 22-Series IO Analog High Speed Wizard

A B C D E F G H I

Start Trend Stop Trend

High Speed Trend Wizard
1

Trend Sample Configuration Not

Configured Trend Status
8 buffers of 4096 samples; minimum interval of 1 ms
or Download
16 buffers of 1024 samples; minimum interval of 1 ms Running
PowerFlex 755T Control Block Diagrams

Trend Mode or Ready or Start

4 buffers of 1024 samples; minimum interval of 125 us (select one)
Complete Stop Gather pre-trigger
samples
Pre-Trigger 0 to maximum (4096 or 1024) samples
2 Buffers Full Finishing
Trigger Condition
Sample Interval Mimimum (1 ms or 125 us) Met
Gather post-
Stop trigger samples

Download Trend Configuration

Compare Two Parameters Trend Trigger Setup

OR
Compare Parameter to a Trigger Value Test bit in a Parameter Compare Two bits in Two Parameters Buffers Full
3 Trigger Condition Met
Test Options: bit is
Param A Compare Trigger Param A Trigger Param A bit True or False Trigger
OR Test Options: bit OR
Options: Condition Condition Condition
Figure 68 - High Speed Trend Wizard

is True or False Compare Options:

Param B >, <, =, ≠, ≥, or ≤ Met Bit ‘nn’ Met Param B bit Met
AND, OR, XOR
OR
Trigger Value

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

4 Specify Trend Buffer Data Sources Trend Buffers 8 buffers of 4096 samples; minimum interval of 1 ms
or
Parameter or Bit Trend Buffer 1 Trend Buffer 2 Trend Buffer 16 16 buffers of 1024 samples; minimum interval of 1 ms
Trend Data (circular, 1024 or (circular, 1024 or (circular, 1024 or
Source 4096 samples) 4096 samples) samples) 4 buffers of 1024 samples; minimum interval of 125 us
...

5
Trend Upload/Download
OR Upload Trend Save Trend
Computer Download Computer Results.
Load Trend Configuration Save/Load OR Configuration
Trend OR Configuration Save buffers to .xml file
Configuration from .xml file to .csv file
to Drive

6
Trend Buffer Contents
 Index

Numerics RO1 TotalLife (No. 112) 455

11-Series I/O Module Parameters TO0 Level (No. 21) 448
Anlg In Loss Sts (No. 47) 452 TO0 Level CmpSts (No. 23) 449
Anlg In Sqrt (No. 46) 451 TO0 Level Sel (No. 21) 448
Anlg In Type (No. 45) 451 TO0 Off Time (No. 25) 449
Anlg In0 Filt BW (No. 56) 453 TO0 On Time (No. 24) 449
Anlg In0 Filt Gn (No. 55) 453 TO0 Sel (No. 20) 448
Anlg In0 Hi (No. 51) 452 TO1 Level (No. 32) 449
Anlg In0 Lo (No. 52) 452 TO1 Level CmpSts (No. 33) 450
Anlg In0 LssActn (No. 53) 452 TO1 Level Sel (No. 31) 449
Anlg In0 Raw Val (No. 54) 453 TO1 Off Time (No. 35) 450
Anlg In0 Value (No. 50) 452 TO1 On Time (No. 34) 450
Anlg Out Abs (No. 71) 453 TO1 Sel (No. 30) 449
Anlg Out Type (No. 70) 453 11-Series Inputs & Outputs - Analog
Anlg Out0 Data (No. 78) 454 Block Diagram 597
Anlg Out0 DataHi (No. 79) 454 11-Series Inputs & Outputs - ATEX
Anlg Out0 DataLo (No. 80) 454 Block Diagram 598
11-Series Inputs & Outputs - Digital
Anlg Out0 Hi (No. 81) 454
Anlg Out0 Lo (No. 82) 454 Block Diagram 596
22-Series I/O Module Parameters
Anlg Out0 Sel (No. 76) 453
Anlg Out0 Stpt (No. 77) 453 Anlg In Loss Sts (No. 47) 463
Anlg In Sqrt (No. 46) 463
Dig In Filt (No. 3) 446
Anlg In Type (No. 45) 462
Dig In Filt Mask (No. 2) 446
Anlg In0 Filt BW (No. 56) 464
Dig In Sts (No. 1) 446
Anlg In0 Filt Gn (No. 55) 464
Dig Out Invert (No. 6) 447
Anlg In0 Hi (No. 51) 463
Dig Out Setpoint (No. 7) 447
Anlg In0 Lo (No. 52) 463
Dig Out Sts (No. 5) 447
Anlg In0 LssActn (No. 53) 464
PredMaint Sts (No. 99) 454
Anlg In0 Raw Val (No. 54) 464
PTC Sts (No. 35) 451
Anlg In0 Value (No. 50) 463
RO0 ElapsedLife (No. 103) 455
Anlg In1 Filt BW (No. 66) 465
RO0 Level (No. 12) 448
Anlg In1 Filt Gn (No. 65) 465
RO0 Level CmpSts (No. 13) 448
Anlg In1 Hi (No. 61) 464
RO0 Level Sel (No. 11) 447
Anlg In1 Lo (No. 62) 464
RO0 LifeEvntActn (No. 106) 455
Anlg In1 LssActn (No. 63) 465
RO0 LifeEvntLvl (No. 105) 455
Anlg In1 Raw Val (No. 64) 465
RO0 Load Amps (No. 101) 454
Anlg In1 Value (No. 60) 464
RO0 Load Type (No. 100) 454
Anlg Out Abs (No. 71) 466
RO0 Off Time (No. 14) 448
Anlg Out Type (No. 70) 465
RO0 On Time (No. 14) 448
Anlg Out0 Data (No. 77) 466
RO0 RemainLife (No. 104) 455
Anlg Out0 DataHi (No. 78) 466
RO0 Sel (No. 10) 447
Anlg Out0 DataLo (No. 79) 466
RO0 TotalLife (No. 102) 455
Anlg Out0 Hi (No. 80) 466
RO1 ElapsedLife (No. 113) 455
Anlg Out0 Lo (No. 81) 466
RO1 Level (No. 21) 448
Anlg Out0 Sel (No. 75) 466
RO1 Level CmpSts (No. 23) 449
Anlg Out0 Stpt (No. 76) 466
RO1 Level Sel (No. 21) 448
Anlg Out0 Val (No. 82) 466
RO1 LifeEvntActn (No. 116) 456
Anlg Out1 Data (No. 87) 467
RO1 LifeEvntLvl (No. 115) 456
Anlg Out1 DataHi (No. 88) 467
RO1 Load Amps (No. 111) 455
Anlg Out1 DataLo (No. 89) 467
RO1 Load Type (No. 110) 455
Anlg Out1 Hi (No. 90) 467
RO1 Off Time (No. 25) 449
Anlg Out1 Lo (No. 91) 467
RO1 On Time (No. 24) 449
Anlg Out1 Sel (No. 83) 466
RO1 RemainLife (No. 114) 456
Anlg Out1 Stpt (No. 86) 467
RO1 Sel (No. 20) 448

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 603

Index

Anlg Out1 Val (No. 92) 467 A

Dig In Filt (No. 3) 457 AC Line Current (No. 6) 374
Dig In Filt Mask (No. 2) 457
AC Line Freq (No. 1) 374
Dig In Sts (No. 1) 457
AC Line Imped% A (No. 34) 378
Dig Out Invert (No. 6) 458
AC Line Imped% B (No. 35) 378
Dig Out Setpoint (No. 7) 458
AC Line kVA (No. 14) 375
Dig Out Sts (No. 5) 458
AC Line kVA A (No. 32) 377
PredMaint Sts (No. 99) 468
AC Line kVA B (No. 33) 378
PTC Cfg (No. 40) 462
AC Line kVAR (No. 15) 375
PTC Raw Value (No. 42) 462
AC Line kW (No. 13) 375
PTC Sts (No. 41) 462
AC Line Source (No. 31) 377
RO0 ElapsedLife (No. 103) 468
AC Line Voltage (No. 2) 374
RO0 Level (No. 12) 459
Accel FF GainNeg (No. 1975) 324
RO0 Level CmpSts (No. 13) 459
Accel FF Mode (No. 1972) 323
RO0 Level Sel (No. 11) 458
Accel FF Output (No. 2070) 335
RO0 LifeEvntActn (No. 106) 468
Accel Limit Neg (No. 1966) 323
RO0 LifeEvntLvl (No. 105) 468
access documentation on
RO0 Load Amps (No. 101) 468
alarm codes 6, 501
RO0 Load Type (No. 100) 468
event codes 6, 501
RO0 Off Time (No. 15) 459
exception codes 6, 501
RO0 On Time (No. 14) 459
fault codes 6, 501
RO0 RemainLife (No. 104) 468
Access Level (No. 30) 38, 109
RO0 Sel (No. 10) 458
ACLineMemory (No. 21) 375
RO0 TotalLife (No. 102) 468
ACLineMemReset (No. 22) 375
RO1 ElapsedLife (No. 113) 469
ACP CP Low Actn (No. 1132) 430
RO1 Level (No. 22) 459
ACP FD1 Off Actn (No. 1130) 430
RO1 Level CmpSts (No. 23) 460
ACP TVSS Action (No. 1131) 430
RO1 Level Sel (No. 21) 459
ACP0 BoardTemp (No. 1111) 429
RO1 LifeEvntActn (No. 116) 469
ACP0 DC Bus Vltg (No. 1109) 428
RO1 LifeEvntLvl (No. 115) 469
ACP0 LineVltg RS (No. 1105) 428
RO1 Load Amps (No. 111) 469
ACP0 LineVltg ST (No. 1107) 428
RO1 Load Type (No. 110) 468
ACP0 LineVltg TR (No. 1106) 428
RO1 Off Time (No. 25) 460
ACP0 MCB RmngLif (No. 1143) 431
RO1 On Time (No. 24) 460
ACP0 MCBElpsdLif (No. 1142) 431
RO1 RemainLife (No. 114) 469
ACP0 MCBPctLife (No. 1141) 431
RO1 Sel (No. 20) 459
ACP0 MCBResetLog (No. 1144) 431
RO1 TotalLife (No. 112) 469
ACP0 PCC RmngLif (No. 1146) 431
TO0 Level (No. 22) 459
ACP0 PCCElpsdLif (No. 1145) 431
TO0 Level CmpSts (No. 23) 460
ACP0 PCCPctLife (No. 1148) 432
TO0 Level Sel (No. 21) 459
ACP0 PCCResetLog (No. 1147) 432
TO0 Off Time (No. 25) 460
ACP0 PredMntRst (No. 1140) 431
TO0 On Time (No. 24) 460
ACP0 PwrSup Vltg (No. 1112) 429
TO0 Sel (No. 20) 459
ACP0 Status (No. 1100) 427
TO1 Level (No. 32) 460
ACP1 BoardTemp (No. 1121) 429
TO1 Level CmpSts (No. 33) 461
ACP1 DC Bus Vltg (No. 1119) 429
TO1 Level Sel (No. 31) 460
ACP1 LineVltg RS (No. 1115) 429
TO1 Off Time (No. 35) 461
ACP1 LineVltg ST (No. 1117) 429
TO1 On Time (No. 34) 461
ACP1 LineVltg TR (No. 1116) 429
TO1 Sel (No. 30) 460
ACP1 MCB RmngLif (No. 1153) 432
22-Series Inputs & Outputs - Analog
ACP1 MCBElpsdLif (No. 1152) 432
Block Diagram 595
ACP1 MCBPctLife (No. 1151) 432
22-Series Inputs & Outputs - Digital
ACP1 MCBResetLog (No. 1154) 432
Block Diagram 594
ACP1 PCC RmngLif (No. 1156) 433
4MchLubeEventActn (No. 330) 228
ACP1 PCCElpsdLif (No. 1155) 432
ACP1 PCCPctLife (No. 1158) 433

604 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Index

ACP1 PCCResetLog (No. 1157) 433 Anlg Out0 DataLo (No. 79) 466
ACP1 PredMntRst (No. 1150) 432 Anlg Out0 DataLo (No. 80) 454
ACP1 PwrSup Vltg (No. 1122) 429 Anlg Out0 Hi (No. 80) 466
ACP1 Status (No. 1110) 428 Anlg Out0 Hi (No. 81) 454
Active Cur Cmd (No. 67) 385 Anlg Out0 Lo (No. 81) 466
Active Cur Lim (No. 224) 218 Anlg Out0 Lo (No. 82) 454
Active Cur Ref (No. 65) 384 Anlg Out0 Sel (No. 75) 466
Active Curr Rate (No. 66) 384 Anlg Out0 Sel (No. 76) 453
Active Current (No. 7) 374 Anlg Out0 Stpt (No. 76) 466
Actv Damping Gn (No. 81) 387 Anlg Out0 Stpt (No. 77) 453
AdptTune Config (No. 2110) 336 Anlg Out0 Val (No. 82) 466
AdptTune GnScale (No. 2121) 338 Anlg Out1 Data (No. 87) 467
AdptTune NF Num (No. 2118) 337 Anlg Out1 DataHi (No. 88) 467
AdptTune Status (No. 2120) 338 Anlg Out1 DataLo (No. 89) 467
AdptTuneMinScale (No. 2119) 337 Anlg Out1 Hi (No. 90) 467
AdptTuneStabFreq (No. 2129) 338 Anlg Out1 Lo (No. 91) 467
AdptTuneStabMag (No. 2130) 338 Anlg Out1 Sel (No. 83) 466
alarm codes Anlg Out1 Stpt (No. 86) 467
access documentation on 6, 501 Anlg Out1 Val (No. 92) 467
Alarm Status A (No. 258) 407 Application Act (No. 71) 120
Alarm Status A (No. 465) 238 Application Sel (No. 70) 120
Alarm Status B (No. 259) 408 At Limit Status (No. 226) 402
Alarm Status B (No. 466) 239 At Limit Status (No. 365) 233
Alt Fb GnScale (No. 1010) 274 Auto DC Bus Ref (No. 46) 380
Alt Man Ref AnHi (No. 1836) 311 Auto Mask (No. 42) 113
Alt Man Ref AnLo (No. 1837) 311 Auto Retry Fault (No. 60) 117
Alt Man Ref Sel (No. 1835) 311 Auto Rstrt Delay (No. 62) 118
Alt Position Fb (No. 1770) 308 Auto Rstrt Tries (No. 61) 118
Alt PReg Fb Sel (No. 1012) 274 Autotune (No. 910) 268
Alt Vel Fb Sel (No. 1006) 274 Autotune Psn Lim (No. 911) 268
Alt Vel Fb Taps (No. 1007) 274 Autotune Trq Lim (No. 913) 268
Alt Vel Feedback (No. 1041) 276 Autotune Vel Lim (No. 912) 268
Anlg In Loss Sts (No. 47) 452, 463 Average Power (No. 15) 109
Anlg In Sqrt (No. 46) 451, 463
Anlg In Type (No. 45) 451, 462
Anlg In0 Filt BW (No. 56) 453, 464 B
Anlg In0 Filt Gn (No. 55) 453, 464 Basic Parameter View 41, 52, 86
Anlg In0 Hi (No. 51) 452, 463 Basic PLL Error (No. 88) 388
Anlg In0 Lo (No. 52) 452, 463 Basic PLL Ki (No. 87) 388
Anlg In0 LssActn (No. 53) 452, 464 Basic PLL Kp (No. 86) 388
Anlg In0 Raw Val (No. 54) 453, 464 BasicPLL Err Dly (No. 193) 399
Anlg In0 Value (No. 50) 452, 463 BasicPLL Err Lmt (No. 192) 399
Anlg In1 Filt BW (No. 66) 465 Block Diagrams 537
Anlg In1 Filt Gn (No. 65) 465 11-Series Inputs & Outputs - Analog 597
Anlg In1 Hi (No. 61) 464 11-Series Inputs & Outputs - ATEX 598
Anlg In1 Lo (No. 62) 464 11-Series Inputs & Outputs - Digital 596
Anlg In1 LssActn (No. 63) 465 22-Series Inputs & Outputs - Analog 595
Anlg In1 Raw Val (No. 64) 465 22-Series Inputs & Outputs - Digital 594
Anlg In1 Value (No. 60) 464 CBI Metering Signals 559
Anlg Out Abs (No. 71) 453, 466 Control Logic 599
Anlg Out Type (No. 70) 453, 465 Current Control 554
Anlg Out0 Data (No. 77) 466 Current Reference Generator 545, 546, 547
Anlg Out0 Data (No. 78) 454 Current/Power Limits 553
Anlg Out0 DataHi (No. 78) 466 Drive Derating 556
Anlg Out0 DataHi (No. 79) 454 Feedback Configuration & Status 560

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 605

Index

Flux Vector Overview 557 Bus Reg Ki (No. 121) 214

Friction Compensation 582, 583 Bus Reg Kp (No. 120 214
Inverter Overload IT 600 Bus Reg Level (No. 119) 213
Line Side Converter Data 544 Bus Reg Lvl Cfg (No. 118) 213
Load Observer 581 Bus Reg Mode A (No. 116) 213
LSC Control Configuration 555 Bus Reg Mode B (No. 117) 213
Metering 541 Bus Utilization (No. 428) 244
MOP Control 592, 593 BusAutoAdjReg Ki (No. 83) 387
Motor Overload 601, 602 BusAutoAdjReg Kp (No. 82) 387
Phase Locked Loop 542 BusCap EventActn (No. 571) 166
Position Control - Phase Locked Loop 566 BusDistRej Mode (No. 300) 409
Position Control - Position Reference CAM BusObs C/U Sel (No. 305) 410
567 BusObs Curr Est (No. 325) 411
Position Control - Profiler/Indexer 1 568 BusObs Mode (No. 320) 410
Position Control - Profiler/Indexer 2 569 BusObs Sys BW (No. 306) 410
Position Control - Roll Position Indicator 570 BusObsSysDamping (No. 307) 410
Position Control - Spindle Orient 571
Position Homing 561
Position Reference - Move Profile 563 C
Position Reference 1 562 c Accel FF Gain (No. 1973) 323
Position Reference 2 564 c Alt Kvi OL Fb (No. 1959) 322
Position Regulator 565 c AltVelFbLPF BW (No. 1008) 274
Power Factor Correction 552 c AltVelFbLPF Gn (No. 1022) 276
Power Loss 543 c BusObs Ki (No. 323) 410
PowerFlex 755T Converter Overview 540 c BusObs Kp (No. 321) 410
Process Control 1 588 c Cur Reg Ki (No. 80) 387
Process Control 2 589 c Cur Reg Kp (No. 78) 387
Torque Control - Current IPM 587 c EncLs AngCmp (No. 520) 250
Torque Filters 585 c Flux Cur Ref (No. 517) 250
Torque Overview 579 c FluxUpTime (No. 432) 244
Torque Reference 584 c IM Leakage L (No. 514) 250
Torque Reference - Current IM, SPM 586 c IM Stator Res (No. 511) 250
Torque Reference Selection 580 c IM StatResComp (No. 523) 250
Variable Frequency, SV Overview 558 c LdObs Ki (No. 2023) 332
Velocity Reference - Flux Vector 576 c LdObs Kp (No. 2021) 332
Velocity Reference All 574, 575 c PM CEMF Vltg (No. 613) 255
Velocity Reference Flux Vactor - Move c PM Ld at 0 (No. 626) 255
Profiles 577 c PM Ld at 100 (No. 628) 256
Velocity Reference Overview 572 c PM Lq at 125 (No. 645) 256
Velocity Reference Selection 573 c PM Lq at 150 (No. 647) 257
Velocity Regulator - Flux Vector 578 c PM Lq at 175 (No. 648) 257
Voltage Control 550 c PM Lq at 200 (No. 651) 257
Voltage Reference Generator 549 c PM Lq at 25 (No. 636) 256
Brake Test Torq (No. 64) 185 c PM Lq at 50 (No. 638) 256
Break Frequency (No. 484) 247 c PM Lq at 75 (No. 640) 256
Break Voltage (No. 483) 247 c PM Lq at 75 (No. 642) 256
Brk Alarm Travel (No. 62) 185 c PM Stator Res (No. 619) 255
Brk Release Time (No. 60) 185 c PReg Ki (No. 1756) 307
Brk Set Time (No. 61) 185 c PReg Kp (No. 1754) 307
Brk Slip Thresh (No. 52) 185 c Slip RPM atFLA (No. 489) 249
Bus Cap EventLvl (No. 570) 166 c Trq LPF BW (No. 2154) 340
Bus Limit ACR Ki (No. 125) 214 c VCL CReg Ki (No. 448) 246
Bus Limit ACR Kp (No. 124) 214 c VCL CReg Kp (No. 446) 245
Bus Limit Kd (No. 123) 214 c Vel Comp Gain (No. 1928) 319
Bus Limit Kp (No. 122) 214 c Vel Fb LPF BW (No. 1002) 273

606 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Index

c Vel Fb LPF Gn (No. 1004) 273 DC Bus Memory (No. 13) 201
c Vel FF Gain (No. 1760) 307 DC Bus Rate Lmt (No. 49) 380
c Volt Reg Ki (No. 60) 381 DC Bus Ref Sel (No. 45) 379
c Volt Reg Kp (No. 58) 381 DC Bus Volts (No. 3) 38, 108
c VReg Ki (No. 1957) 322 DC BusRef Preset (No. 48) 380
c VReg Kp (No. 1955) 322 DC Offset Ctrl (No. 453) 246
CapOvrRsncActn (No. 453) 153 DC Offst Filt BW (No. 90) 388
CBI Metering Signals DC Offst LPF BW (No. 91) 388
Block Diagram 559 DCBrk Cur Reg BW (No. 154) 215
Cfg Acknowledge (No. 91) 116 DCP CP Low Actn (No. 40) 355
Cfg Status (No. 90) 116 DCP FD1 Off Actn (No. 41) 355
Clear Flt Owner (No. 264) 141 DCP Option (No. 80) 121
Comm Flt Action (No. 360) 148 DCP Option Act (No. 81) 121
Common Symptoms, Troubleshooting 518 DCPn Board Temp (No. 173…1073) 371
Condition Sts A (No. 460) 235 DCPn DC Bus Vltg (No. 171…1071) 371
Control Logic DCPn MainDCBusV (No. 172…1072) 371
Block Diagram 599 DCPn PwrSup Vltg (No. 174…1074) 372
Conv Logic Rslt (No. 227) 137 DCPn Status (No. 170…1070) 370
Conv Options Cfg (No. 40) 378 DCPnMCS ElpsdLif (No. 145…1045) 368, 370
Counts Per Unit (No. 1203) 282 DCPnMCS PctLife (No. 148…1048) 369
Ctrl Pod Temp (No. 25) 109 DCPnMCS Rem Life (No. 146…1046) 369
CtrlFanElpsLif (No. 552) 165 DCPnMCS ResetLog (No. 147…1047) 369
CtrlFanEventLvl (No. 554) 165 Dead Time Comp (No. 452) 246
CtrlFanEvntActn (No. 555) 165 DeadTimeCompAmps (No. 451) 246
CtrlFanRem Life (No. 553) 165 Dec Inhibit Actn (No. 170) 216
CtrlFanResetLog (No. 556) 165 Default Parameter Settings 513
Cur Lmt Command (No. 101) 389 Derated Amps (No. 28) 377
Cur Reg BW (No. 75) 386 DFDT Det Actn (No. 179) 398
Cur Reg C/U Sel (No. 74) 386 DFDTRdThrExpActn (No. 180) 398
Cur Reg Damping (No. 76) 386 DI Abort Profile (No. 853) 132
Current Control DI Abort Step (No. 852) 132
Block Diagram 554 DI AC LineSource (No. 136) 127
Current Lim Sel (No. 221) 218 DI Aux Fault (No. 115) 124
Current Limit (No. 100) 389 DI Brake Fdbk (No. 68) 185
Current Limit 1 (No. 222) 218 DI Clear Fault (No. 114) 38, 124
Current Limit 2 (No. 223) 218 DI Find Home (No. 170) 130
Current Limit Kd (No. 234) 219 DI FloatMicroPsn (No. 78) 186
Current Limit Ki (No. 233) 219 DI FwdDecLimit (No. 181) 134
Current Limit Kp (No. 232) 219 DI FwdEndLimit (No. 180) 134
Current Rate Lim (No. 227) 218 DI Hold Step (No. 851) 132
Current Rate Lmt (No. 102) 389 DI Indx Step (No. 176) 131
Current Reference Generator DI Indx StepPrst (No. 178) 131
Block Diagram 545, 546, 547 DI L Enable (No. 105) 123
Current/Power Limits DI L Run (No. 123) 125
Block Diagram 553 DI L start (No. 119) 125
DI L Stop (No. 112) 124
DI M Accel Time (No. 144) 128
D DI M BusRegMode (No. 163) 129
Datalink DI M Coast Stop (No. 111) 124
problems adding 519 DI M CurLmt Stop (No. 110) 124
DC Brake Level (No. 153) 215 DI M Decel Time (No. 145) 128
DC Brake Lvl Sel (No. 151) 215 DI M Enable (No. 103) 123, 126
DC Brake Time (No. 153) 215 DI M Fwd Reverse (No. 130) 126
DC Bus Command (No. 50) 380 DI M HOA Start (No. 118) 125
DC Bus Mem Reset (No. 292) 225 DI M Jog 1 (No. 124) 126

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 607

Index

DI M Jog 2 (No. 127) 126 DLX DINT Out SPn (No. 1140…1143) 196
DI M Manual Ctrl (No. 132) 126 DLX DINT SPn (No. 1090…1097) 195
DI M MOP Dec (No. 152) 128 DLX InvldIO Actn (No. 1003) 193
DI M MOP Inc (No. 151) 128 DLX OperationCmd (No. 1000) 193
DI M Pwr Loss (No. 166) 129 DLX OperationSts (No. 1001) 193
DI M PwrLossMode (No. 164) 129 DLX PowerupStart (No. 1002) 193
DI M Run (No. 120) 125 DLX Prog Cond (No. 1004) 194
DI M Speed Sel 0 (No. 140) 127 DLX Real In SPn (No. 1110…1117) 196
DI M Speed Sel 1 (No. 141) 127 DLX Real Out SPn (No. 1120…1127) 196
DI M Speed Sel 2 (No. 142) 127 DLX Real SPn (No. 1070…1085) 195
DI M SpTqPs Sel0 (No. 160) 129 DPI Ptn Flt (No. 204, 206, 208) 137
DI M SpTqPs Sel1 (No. 161) 129 DPI Ptn Flt Ref (No. 205, 207, 209) 137
DI M Start (No. 117) 125 Drive Derating
DI M Stop (No. 108) 123 Block Diagram 556
DI M Stop Mode B (No. 109) 123 Drive faults when stopped 519
DI M TorqueStptA (No. 167) 129 Drive OL Count (No. 357) 232
DI ManRef Sel (No. 147) 128 Drive OL Mode (No. 220) 218
DI Mtr Ctrl Sel (No. 169) 130 Drive State 504
DI NHw OvrTrvl (No. 185) 136 Drive will not
DI OL Home Limit (No. 173) 130, 131, 132, 133 accelerate 519
DI PCAM Start (No. 880) 133 change motor direction 519
DI PHw OvrTrvl (No. 184) 135 change speed 518
DI PID Enable (No. 20) 178 start 518
DI PID Hold (No. 21) 178 Droop Gain Actv (No. 354) 412
DI PID Invert (No. 23) 178 Droop RPM at FLA (No. 1961) 322
DI PID Reset (No. 22) 178 DroopCtrlModeSel (No. 350) 411
DI Prchrg Seal (No. 191) 112, 136 Dual Incremental Encoder
DI Precharge (No. 190) 112, 136 Parameters 473
DI Redefine Psn (No. 172) 130 Dual Incremental Encoder Module
DI Regen OK (No. 116) 124 Parameters
DI Return Home (No. 171) 130 Enc 0 Cfg (No. 1) 473
DI RevDecLimit (No. 183) 135 Enc 0 Cfg (No. 11) 476
DI RevEndLimit (No. 182) 135 Enc 0 Error Sts (No. 16) 478
DI Stepn (No. 860…875) 133 Enc 0 Error Sts (No. 6) 475
DI StrtStep Seln (No. 855…859) 133 Enc 0 FB (No. 14) 476
DI TqCAM Start (No. 886) 136 Enc 0 FB (No. 4) 473
DI Vel Override (No. 854) 133 Enc 0 FB Lss Cfg (No. 13) 476
Dig In Filt (No. 3) 446, 457 Enc 0 FB Lss Cfg (No. 3) 473
Dig In Filt Mask (No. 2) 446, 457 Enc 0 PhsLss Cnt (No. 17) 478
Dig In Sts (No. 1) 446, 457 Enc 0 PhsLss Cnt (No. 7) 475
Dig Out Invert (No. 6) 447, 458 Enc 0 PPR (No. 12) 476
Dig Out Setpoint (No. 7) 447, 458 Enc 0 PPR (No. 2) 473
Dig Out Sts (No. 5) 447, 458 Enc 0 QuadLssCnt (No. 18) 478
Digital In Cfg (No. 101) 123 Enc 0 QuadLssCnt (No. 8) 475
Digital In Sts (No. 100) 122 Enc 0 Sts (No. 15) 477
Dir Owner (No. 263) 141 Enc 0 Sts (No. 5) 474
Direction Mode (No. 930) 269 Homing Cfg (No. 20) 478
Display Filter (No. 23) 376 Module Sts (No. 21) 479
DL From Net nn (No. 321…336) 147 Duty Rating Act (No. 36) 111
DL To Net nn (No. 340…355) 147 Duty Rating Cfg (No. 35) 111
DLs From Net Act (No. 356) 148
DLs To Net Act (No. 357) 148
DLX Bool SPn (No. 1100…1103) 195 E
DLX DigOut Sts (No. 1006) 194 Econ AccDec Ki (No. 502) 249
DLX DINT In SPn (No. 1130…1133) 196 Econ AccDec Kp (No. 501) 249

608 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Index

Econ At Ref Ki (No. 500) 249 F

Effctv I Rating (No. 3) 354, 413 F0 HS Fan 2 Spd (No. 1234) 439
Elapsed kWH (No. 6) 108
Fan Derate (No. 510) 160
Elapsed MWH (No. 5) 108
Fast Brake Freq (No. 166) 215
Elapsed Run Time (No. 7) 108
Fast Brake Power (No. 165) 215
Elpsd Mtr kWHrs (No. 10) 109
Fast Braking Ki (No. 164) 215
Elpsd Rgn kWHrs (No. 11) 109
Fast Braking Kp (No. 163) 215
Elpsd Rgn MWHrs (No. 9) 108
fault codes
Elpsed Mtr MWHrs (No. 8) 108
access documentation on 6, 501
Emb Enet Ref (No. 211) 138
Fault Status A (No. 240) 405
Emb Logic Act (No. 73) 121
Fault Status A (No. 461) 236
Emb Logic Ref (No. 221) 138
Fault Status B (No. 241) 406
Emb Logic Select (No. 72) 121
Fault Status B (No. 462) 237
Emerg OVRD Mode (No. 454) 154
Fb Loss Action (No. 1019) 276
Emerg Prot OVRD (No. 455) 155
FB0 Cfg (No. 8) 484
EmergMode Status (No. 456) 159
FB0 Device Sel (No. 6) 482
Enc 0 Cfg (No. 1) 473
FB0 Identify (No. 7) 483
Enc 0 Cfg (No. 11) 476
FB0 Inc Cfg (No. 16) 486
Enc 0 Error Sts (No. 16) 478
FB0 Inc Sts (No. 17) 486
Enc 0 Error Sts (No. 6) 475
FB0 IncAndSC PPR (No. 15) 485
Enc 0 FB (No. 14) 476
FB0 Lin CPR (No. 25) 487
Enc 0 FB (No. 4) 473
FB0 Lin Upd Rate (No. 26) 487
Enc 0 FB Lss Cfg (No. 13) 476
FB0 LinStahl Sts (No. 27) 488
Enc 0 FB Lss Cfg (No. 3) 473
FB0 Loss Cfg (No. 9) 484
Enc 0 PhsLss Cnt (No. 17) 478
FB0 Position (No. 5) 481
Enc 0 PhsLss Cnt (No. 7) 475
FB0 SSI Cfg (No. 20) 487
Enc 0 PPR (No. 12) 476
FB0 SSI Resol (No. 21) 487
Enc 0 PPR (No. 2) 473
FB0 SSI Turns (No. 22) 487
Enc 0 QuadLssCnt (No. 18) 478
FB0 Sts (No. 10) 485
Enc 0 QuadLssCnt (No. 8) 475
FB1 Cfg (No. 38) 490
Enc 0 Sts (No. 15) 477
FB1 Device Sel (No. 36) 489
Enc 0 Sts (No. 5) 474
FB1 Identify (No. 37) 490
Enc Out FD PPR (No. 82) 494
FB1 Inc Cfg (No. 46) 492
Enc Out Mode (No. 81) 494
FB1 Inc Sts (No. 47) 492
Enc Out Sel (No. 80) 494
FB1 IncAndSC PPR (No. 45) 491
Enc Out Z Offset (No. 83) 495
FB1 Lin CPR (No. 55) 493
Enc Out Z PPR (No. 84) 495
FB1 Lin Upd Rate (No. 56) 493
Enc VRef (No. 1834) 311
FB1 LinStahl Sts (No. 57) 494
Enc VRef Sel (No. 1832) 311
FB1 Loss Cfg (No. 39) 491
Enc VRef Taps (No. 1833) 311
FB1 Position (No. 35) 488
Enclosure Type (No. 32) 110
FB1 SSI Cfg (No. 50) 493
Encoder Cfg (No. 1) 470
FB1 SSI Resol (No. 51) 493
Encoder Feedback (No. 4) 470
FB1 SSI Turns (No. 52) 493
Encoder PPR (No. 2) 470
FB1 Sts (No. 40) 491
Encoder Status (No. 5) 471
Fdbk Loss Cfg (No. 3) 470
Error Status (No. 6) 472
Fdbk Thresh (No. 56) 356
event codes
Feedback Configuration & Status
access documentation on 6, 501
Block Diagram 560
exception codes
FF Power Gain (No. 44) 379
access documentation on 6, 501
FF Vel Rate Ref (No. 1931) 319
Ext Bus Cap (No. 52) 380, 387
File Group Parameter Organization 39
Ext Ramped Ref (No. 1978) 324, 335
Find Home Ramps (No. 1644) 302
Find Home Speed (No. 1643) 301
Float Tolerance (No. 70) 186
Flt Cfg DL nn (No. 370…385) 150

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 609

Index

Flt Cfg Logic (No. 364) 150 Block Diagram 582, 583
Flt Cfg Ref (No. 365) 150 FS Brk Lvl CEMF (No. 78) 209
Flux Braking En (No. 138) 214 FS Brk Lvl Swp (No. 87) 210
Flux Braking Ki (No. 140) 214 FS Brk Time CEMF (No. 79) 210
Flux Braking Kp (No. 139) 214 FS Brk Time Swp (No. 88) 210
Flux Braking Lim (No. 141) 214 FS ExciteKi CEMF (No. 76) 209
Flux Cur Fb (No. 9) 201 FS ExciteKp CEMF (No. 75) 209
Flux Down Ki (No. 436) 245 FS FreqSwpTm Swp (No. 89) 210
Flux Down Kp (No. 435) 245 FS InitVltKi Swp (No. 93) 211
Flux Reg Enable (No. 535) 251 FS InitVltKp Swp (No. 92) 210
Flux Reg Ki (No. 537) 251 FS Ki CEMF (No. 72) 209
Flux Reg Kp (No. 536) 251 FS Kp CEMF (No. 71) 209
Flux Vector Overview FS RecntDly CEMF (No. 77) 209
Block Diagram 557 FS RecntDly Swp (No. 86) 210
FluxUpTm C/U Sel (No. 431) 244 FS Recvr Ki Swp (No. 94) 211
FlyingStart Mode (No. 70) 209 FS SpdDetLvl Swp (No. 97) 211
Fn Cap BPF Cur R (No. 1216…2116) 435 FS SpdDtcTim Swp (No. 98) 211
Fn Cap BPF Cur S (No. 1217…2117) 436 FS VHz EndPt Swp (No. 90) 210
Fn Cap BPF Cur T (No. 1218…2118) 436 FS VHz Fixed Swp (No. 91) 210
Fn Cap Curr RSS (No. 1229…2129) 438 FS VReg Ki CEMF (No. 74) 209
Fn Cap ElpsdLif (No. 1249…2149) 441 FS VReg Ki Swp (No. 96) 211
Fn Cap LPF Cur R (No. 1210…2110) 434 FS VReg Kp CEMF (No. 71) 209
Fn Cap LPF Cur S (No. 1211…2111) 435 FS VReg Kp Swp (No. 95) 211
Fn Cap LPF Cur T (No. 1212…2112) 435 FS ZSpdThreshSwp (No. 85) 210
Fn Cap PctLife (No. 1248…2148) 441 FSZSpdThresh CEMF (No. 80) 210
Fn Cap ResetLog (No. 1251…2151) 442 FullLd DroopGain (No. 351) 411
Fn Cap RmngLife (No. 1250…2150) 442
Fn Cap Voltage R (No. 1222…2122) 436
Fn Cap Voltage S (No. 1223…2123) 437 G
Fn Cap Voltage T (No. 1224…2124) 437 Gateway Cfg nn (No. 310…313) 146
Fn CapBPF CurAvg (No. 1219…2119) 436 General Precautions 7
Fn CapFltClrCode (No. 1206…2106) 434 GnStab TorqueLim (No. 2134) 339
Fn CapFltResCode (No. 1205…2105) 434 Ground Current (No. 12) 375, 400
Fn CapLPF CurAvg (No. 1213…2113) 435
Fn CapVoltageAvg (No. 1225…2125) 437
Fn CapVoltageRSS (No. 1226…2126) 437
H
Fn CSB BoardTemp (No. 1232…2132) 438 Heatsnk Temp (No. 233) 403
Fn HSFanResetLog (No. 1247…2147) 441 Heatsnk Temp (No. 363) 233
Fn Meas Amb Tmp (No. 1241…2141) 439 Heatsnk Temp Pct (No. 234) 403
Fn Rated Amps (No. 1201…2101) 433 Heatsnk Temp Pct (No. 362) 232
Fn Rated Volts (No. 1200…2100) 433 Hi TR EventActn (No. 590) 167
FnHeatsinkFanSpd (No. 1233…2133) 438 High Freq Dly A (No. 147) 394
FnHSFanElpsdLife (No. 1245…2145) 440 High Freq Dly B (No. 161) 396
FnHSFanPctLife (No. 1244…2144) 440 High Freq Lmt A (No. 146) 394
FnHSFanRemainLif (No. 1246…2146) 440 High Freq Lmt B (No. 160) 396
FnPredMaintReset (No. 1240…2140) 439 High Volt Dly A (No. 117) 391
FrctnComp Hyst (No. 2052) 334 High Volt Dly B (No. 131) 393
FrctnComp Mode (No. 2050) 334 High Volt Lmt A (No. 116) 391
FrctnComp Out (No. 2057) 335 High Volt Lmt B (No. 130) 393
FrctnComp Rated (No. 2056) 335 HighFreqLmtAActn (No. 148) 394
FrctnComp Slip (No. 2055) 334 HighFreqLmtBActn (No. 162) 396
FrctnComp Stick (No. 2054) 334 HighVltLmtAActn (No. 118) 391
FrctnComp Time (No. 2053) 334 HighVltLmtBActn (No. 132) 393
FrctnComp Trig (No. 2051) 334 Home Ctrl Opts (No. 1640) 301
Friction Compensation Home Psn Actual (No. 1647) 302
Home Psn User (No. 1648) 302

610 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Index

Home Status (No. 1641) 301 InPhase LossActn (No. 289) 225
Homing Cfg (No. 20) 478 Inverter Overload IT
HRG GF Flt Actn (No. 425) 152 Block Diagram 600
HRG GF Flt Pk Vltg (No. 429) 152 IP Addr Cfg n (No. 302…305) 146
HRG GF Freq (No. 427) 152 IPM AltOfstCom (No. 688) 257
HRG GF Neut Vltg (No. 428) 152 IPM PriOfstCom (No. 684) 257
HRG GF Thresh (No. 426) 152 Iq Lo FreqCur Kp (No. 237) 219
HSFan EventActn (No. 563) 166
HSFan EventLevel (No. 562) 165
J
Jerk Gain (No. 239) 219
I Jog Acc Dec Time (No. 1896) 314
I/O Modules Parameters 446 Jog Owner (No. 262) 141
Id Lo FreqCur Kp (No. 236) 219 Jog Speed 1 (No. 1894) 314
IdComp Enble (No. 770) 259 Jog Speed 2 (No. 1895) 314
IdComp Mtrng1 (No. 771) 259
IdComp Mtrng1 Iq (No. 772) 259
IdComp Mtrng2 (No. 773) 259 K
IdComp Mtrng2 Iq (No. 774) 259 kVAR Available (No. 71) 385
IdComp Mtrng3 (No. 775) 259 kVAR Command (No. 72) 385
IdComp Mtrng3 Iq (No. 776) 259 kVAR Rate Limit (No. 70) 385
IdComp Mtrng4 (No. 777) 260 kVAR Ref (No. 69) 385
IdComp Mtrng4 Iq (No. 778) 260
IdComp Mtrng5 (No. 779) 260
IdComp Mtrng5 Iq (No. 780) 260
L
IdComp Mtrng6 (No. 781) 260 L GF Thresh (No. 424) 151
IdComp Mtrng6 Iq (No. 782) 260 L Gnd Warn Actn (No. 422) 151
IdComp Regen1 (No. 791) 260 L Last StartSrc (No. 607) 172
IdComp Regen1 Iq (No. 792) 260 L Last Stop Src (No. 605) 170
IdComp Regen2 (No. 793) 261 L Start Inhibits (No. 235) 404
IdComp Regen2 Iq (No. 794) 261 L0 HS Fan 2 Spd (No. 125) 420
IdComp Regen3 (No. 795) 261 L0 PFB BoardTemp (No. 126) 421
IdComp Regen3 Iq (No. 796) 261 L0 St Fan 1 Spd (No. 148) 421
IdComp Regen4 (No. 797) 261 L0 St Fan 2 Spd (No. 149) 421
IdComp Regen4 Iq (No. 798) 261 L0 StFanResetLog (No. 129) 422
IdComp Regen5 (No. 799) 261 L0PredMaintReset (No. 130) 422
IdComp Regen5 Iq (No. 800) 262 L0StFanElpsdLife (No. 127) 421
IdComp Regen6 (No. 801) 262 L0StFanPctLife (No. 116) 421
IdComp Regen6 Iq (No. 802) 262 L0StFanRemainLif (No. 128) 422
Idle Flt Actiont (No. 361) 149 Language (No. 31) 110
IGBT Event Actn (No. 567) 166 Last Fault Code (No. 610) 172
IGBT Event Level (No. 566) 166 LCL Cap EventLvl (No. 586) 167
IGBT Temp (No. 231) 402 LCLCap EventActn (No. 587) 167
IGBT Temp (No. 360) 232 LCLCapFailActn (No. 452) 152
IGBT Temp Pct (No. 232) 403 LdObs Acc Ref In (No. 2027) 333
IGBT Temp Pct (No. 359) 232 LdObs Accel Est (No. 2035) 333
In Fan EventLvl (No. 524) 162 LdObs AccRef Out (No. 2037) 333
In FanElpsLife (No. 522) 162 LdObs Mode (No. 2020) 332
In FanEventActn (No. 525) 162 LdObs Torque Est (No. 2036) 333
In FanPctLife (No. 521) 162 LdObs Vel Error (No. 2031) 333
In FanRemainLif (No. 523) 162 LdObs Vel Est (No. 2034) 333
In FanReset Log (No. 526) 162 LdObs Vel Fb In (No. 2028) 333
In PosPsn Dwell (No. 1735) 305 LEDs 504
In PosPsn Window (No. 1734) 305 Line Cur Unbal (No. 190) 399
InPhase Loss Lvl (No. 290) 225 Line I Unbal Dly (No. 189) 399
Line I Unbal Lmt (No. 188) 399

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 611

Index

Line Side Converter Data Low Volt Dly A (No. 114) 391
Block Diagram 544 Low Volt Dly B (No. 128) 392
Line Side Sts 1 (No. 225) 401 Low Volt Lmt A (No. 113) 391
Line V Unbal Lmt (No. 185) 399 Low Volt Lmt B (No. 127) 392
Line Volts Unbal (No. 187) 399 LowFreqLmtAActn (No. 145) 394
LLastStrtInhibit (No. 236) 404 LowFreqLmtBActn (No. 159) 395
Ln Cur OLCount R (No. 113…1013) 416 LowVltLmtAActn (No. 115) 391
Ln Cur OLCount S (No. 114…1014) 417 LowVltLmtBActn (No. 129) 392
Ln Cur OLCount T (No. 115…1015) 417 LS Manual Ctrl (No. 64) 118
Ln CurrentFdbk R (No. 105…1005) 415 LS Start Mode (No. 63) 118
Ln CurrentFdbk S (No. 106…1006) 415 LSC Control Configuration
Ln CurrentFdbk T (No. 107…1007) 415 Block Diagram 555
Ln DC BusVoltage (No. 109…1009) 416 LSC TurnOffDelay (No. 43) 379
Ln GroundCurrent (No. 108…1008) 415 LSCPhLossDetActn (No. 176) 397
Ln HeatsinkTempR (No. 117…1017) 417
Ln HeatsinkTempS (No. 118…1018) 418
Ln HeatsinkTempT (No. 119…1019) 418 M
Ln HSFanResetLog (No. 137…1037) 424 M Gnd Warn Actn (No. 420) 151
Ln IGBT Temp (No. 111…1011) 416 M Gnd Warn Lvl (No. 421) 151
Ln Life MtrMWHrs (No. 123…1023) 420 M Gnd Warn Lvl (No. 423) 151
Ln Life RgnMWHrs (No. 124…1024) 420 M Last StartSrc (No. 606) 171
Ln Meas Amb Tmp (No. 131…1031) 423 M Last Stop Src (No. 604) 169
Ln PIB BoardTemp (No. 120…1020) 419 M Start Inhibits (No. 351) 230
Ln PLI BoardTemp (No. 121…1021) 419 ManDCBus AnlgHi (No. 41) 379
Ln PredMaintReset (No. 130…1030) 422, ManDCBus AnlgLo (No. 42) 379
423 ManDCBus Ref Sel (No. 47) 380
Ln Rated Amps (No. 101…1001) 414 ManDroopDCBusMin (No. 357) 412
Ln Rated Volts (No. 100…1000) 414 ManRef DI AnlgHi (No. 1840) 311
LnBusCapElpsdLif (No. 142…1042) 426 ManRef DI AnlgLo (No. 1841) 311
LnBusCapPctLife (No. 141…1041) 425 Manual Cmd Mask (No. 43) 114
LnBusCapResetLog (No. 144…1044) 426 Manual Owner (No. 265) 142
LnBusCapRmngLife (No. 143…1043) 426 Manual Preload (No. 52) 115
LnHeatsinkFanSpd (No. 122…1022) 419 Manual Ref Mask (No. 44) 114
LnHSFanElpsdLife (No. 135…1035) 423 Max Speed Fwd (No. 1392) 291
LnHSFanRemainLif (No. 136…1036) 424 Max Speed Rev (No. 1393) 291
LnIGBT ElpsdLife (No. 139…1039) 425 MaxFullLdDrpGn (No. 355) 412
LnIGBT PctLife (No. 138…1038) 424 Maximum Freq (No. 422) 243
LnIGBT RemainLif (No. 140…1040) 425 Maximum Voltage (No. 421) 243
Lo TR EventActn (No. 591) 167 MCB LifeEvntActn (No. 579) 167
Load Coupling (No. 902) 266 MCB LifeEvntLvl (No. 578) 166
Load Loss Action (No. 250) 221 MchBrngElpsdLife (No. 322) 227
Load Loss Level (No. 251) 221 MchBrngEventActn (No. 325) 227
Load Loss Speed (No. 253) 222 MchBrngEventLvl (No. 324) 227
Load Loss Time (No. 252) 221 MchBrngPctLife (No. 320) 227
Load Observer MchBrngRemainLif (No. 323) 227
Block Diagram 581 MchBrngResetLog (No. 326) 228
Load Psn Fb Div (No.1016) 275 MchBrngTotalLife (No. 321) 227
Load Psn Fb Mult (No. 1015) 275 MchLube EventLvl (No. 329) 228
Load Psn Fb Sel (No. 1014) 275 MchLubeElpsdHrs (No. 328) 228
Load Ratio (No. 901) 266 MCS Event Action (No. 575) 166
Logic Mask (No. 41) 113 MCS Event Level (No. 574) 166
Low Freq Dly A (No. 144) 394 Meas Amp Tmp (No. 503) 160
Low Freq Dly B (No. 158) 395 Metering
Low Freq Lmt A (No. 143) 394 Block Diagram 541
Low Freq Lmt B (No. 157) 395 MicroPsnScalePct (No. 71) 186

612 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Index

MLastStrtInhibit (No. 352) 230 Motor Overload

Mn Cur OL Count (No. 116…1016) 359 Block Diagram 601, 602
Mn CurrentFdbk U (No. 105…1005) 358 Motor Poles (No. 407) 242
Mn CurrentFdbk V (No. 106…1006) 358 Motor Power Lim (No. 230) 219
Mn CurrentFdbk W (No. 107…1007) 358 Motor Power Lmt (No. 105) 390
Mn DC BusVoltage (No. 109…1009) 359 Motor Pwr Avail (No. 107) 390
Mn GroundCurrent (No. 108…1008) 358 Motor Side Sts 1 (No. 354) 231
Mn HeatsinkTempU (No. 117…1017) 360 Motor Side Sts 2 (No. 355) 232
Mn HeatsinkTempV (No. 118…1018) 360 Motor Vel Fb (No. 1044) 201, 276
Mn HeatsinkTempW (No. 119…1019) 361 Motor Voltage Fb (No. 11) 201
Mn HSFanResetLog (No. 137…1037) 366 MS Logic Rslt (No. 200) 137
Mn IGBT Temp (No. 111…1011) 359 MSg Flt Action (No. 363) 149
Mn Life MtrMWHrs (No. 123…1023) 362 Mtr Cfg Optionss (No. 420) 243
Mn Life RgnMWHrs (No. 124…1024) 363 Mtr Ctrl Sel Act (No. 75) 121
Mn Meas Amb Tmp (No. 131…1031) 364 Mtr NP Pwr Units (No. 405) 241
Mn PIB BoardTemp (No. 121…1021) 361 Mtr NP Sync Spd (No. 404) 241
Mn PLI BoardTemp (No. 120…1020) 361 Mtr OL Action (No. 200) 216
Mn Rated Amps (No. 101…1001) 357 Mtr OL Alm Level (No. 202) 216
Mn Rated Volts (No. 100…1000) 357 Mtr OL at Pwr Up (No. 201) 216
MnBusCapElpsdLif (No. 142…1042) 367 Mtr OL Counts (No. 207) 217
MnBusCapPctLife (No. 141…1041) 367 Mtr OL Factor (No. 203) 217
MnBusCapResetLog (No. 144…1044) 368 Mtr OL Hertz (No. 204) 217
MnBusCapRmngLife (No. 143…1043) 368 Mtr OL Rst Level (No. 205) 217
MnHeatsinkFanSpd (No. 122…1022) 362 Mtr OL Rst Time (No. 206) 217
MnHeatsinkFanSpd (No. 122…522) 362 Mtr OL Trip Time (No. 208) 217
MnHSFanElpsdLife (No. 135…1035) 365 Mtr Stop Mode A (No. 110) 212
MnHSFanPctLife (No. 134…1034) 365 Mtr Stop Mode B (No. 111) 213
MnHSFanRemainLif (No. 136…1036) 365 MtrBrng ResetLog (No. 315) 226
MnIGBT ElpsdLife (No. 139…1039) 366 MtrBrngElpsdLife (No. 311) 226
MnIGBT PctLife (No. 138…1038) 366 MtrBrngEventActn (No. 314) 226
MnIGBT RemainLif (No. 140…1040) 367 MtrBrngEventLvl (No. 313) 226
MnPredMaintReset (No. 130…1030) 364 MtrBrngPctLife (No. 309) 226
Module Err Reset (No. 2) 481 MtrBrngRemainLif (No. 312) 226
Module Sts (No. 1) 480 MtrBrngTotalLife (No. 310) 226
Module Sts (No. 21) 479 MtrLubeElpsdHrs (No. 317) 227
MOP Control MtrLubeEventActn (No. 319) 227
Block Diagram 592, 593 MtrLubeEventLvl (No. 318) 227
MOP Init Select (No. 1828) 310 MtrParam C/U Sel (No. 510) 250
MOP Init Stpt (No. 1829) 311 MtrPredMainReset (No. 305) 226
MOP Limit High (No. 1826) 310
MOP Limit Low (No. 1827) 310
MOP Rate (No. 1825) 310 N
MOP Ref Save (No. 1824) 310 Net Addr Sel (No. 300) 145
MOP Reference (No. 1823) 310 Net Addr Src (No. 301) 146
Motor Net Rate Act 1 (No. 315) 147
operation is unstable 519 Net Rate Act 2 (No. 317) 147
Motor Ctrl Sel (No. 74) 121 Net Rate Cfg 1 (No. 314) 146
Motor direction Net Rate Cfg 2 (No. 316) 146
problems with 519 NoLd DroopGain (No. 352) 411
Motor Inertia (No. 900) 242, 266 NoLdDrpDCBusRef (No. 356) 412
Motor NP Amps (No. 401) 241 Nom Line Freq (No. 30) 377
Motor NP Hertz (No. 402) 241
Motor NP Power (No. 406) 242
Motor NP RPM (No. 403) 241
O
Motor NP Volts (No. 400) 241 OfstEvent Thresh (No. 57) 356
Online Status (No. 10) 354, 413

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 613

Index

Open Loop Fb (No. 1048) 277 PCAM Start Slope (No. 1442) 295
OutPhaseLoss Lvl (No. 257) 222 PCAM Status (No. 1423) 294
OutPhaseLossActn (No. 256) 222 PCAM Type (No. 1420) 293
Output Current (No. 3) 200 PCAM Vel Out (No. 1575) 298
Output Frequency (No. 1) 200 PCAM Vel OutTaps (No. 1576) 298
Output Power (No. 4) 200 PCAM Vel Scale (No. 1438) 295
Output Pwr Factr (No. 5) 200 PCAM Vel SclSel (No. 1437) 295
Output Voltage (No. 2) 200 PCC LifeEvntActn (No. 583) 167
Over Freq Dly A (No. 150) 395 PCC LifeEvntLvl (No. 582) 167
Over Freq Dly B (No. 164) 396 Phase Delay Comp (No. 540) 251
Over Freq Lmt A (No. 149) 395 Phase Locked Loop
Over Freq Lmt B (No. 163) 396 Block Diagram 542
Over Volt Dly A (No. 120) 392 Phase Loss Count (No. 7) 472
Over Volt Dly B (No. 134) 393 PhsLossRTExpActn (No. 177) 398
Over Volt Lmt A (No. 119) 392 PID Cfg (No. 1) 176
Over Volt Lmt B (No. 133) 393 PID Control (No. 2) 176
OverFreqLmtAActn (No. 151) 395 PID Deadband (No. 9) 177
OverFreqLmtBActn (No. 165) 396 PID Deriv Time (No. 6) 177
Overspeed Limit (No. 1904) 316 PID Error Meter (No. 12) 177
OverVltLmtAActn (No. 121) 392 PID FBLoss SpSel (No. 42) 180
OverVltLmtBActn (No. 135) 393 PID FBLoss TqSel (No. 43) 180
PID Fdbk AnlgHi (No. 39) 179
PID Fdbk AnlgLo (No. 40) 180
P PID Fdbk Meter (No. 36) 179
Parameter Access Level PID Fdbk Mult (No. 38) 179
Explanation 39 PID Fdbk Sel (No. 35) 179
Parameters PID Fdbk Stpt (No. 37) 179
Basic View 41, 52, 86 PID Int Time (No. 5) 177
Descriptions and Programming 37, 107, PID Lower Limit (No. 8) 177
175, 199, 353, 443 PID LPF BW (No. 10) 177
Descriptions and Programming for Port 13 PID Mtr Ctrl Sel (No. 16) 178
and 14 373 PID Output Meter (No. 13) 177
Dual Incremental Encoder 473 PID Output Mult (No. 15) 177
How Organized 39 PID Output Sel (No. 14) 177
I/O Module 446 PID Preload (No. 11) 177
Setting to Factory Defaults 513 PID Prop Gain (No. 4) 176
PCAM Aux End Pnt (No. 1510) 297 PID Ref AnlgHi (No. 29) 179
PCAM Aux Pt Mnn (No. 1512…1526) 298 PID Ref AnlgLo (No. 30) 179
PCAM Aux Pt Snn (No. 1543…1557) 298 PID Ref Meter (No. 26) 178
PCAM Aux Types (No. 1511) 297 PID Ref Mult (No. 27) 178
PCAM Control (No. 1421) 293 PID Ref Sel (No. 25) 178
PCAM End Slope (No. 1443) 295 PID Setpoint (No. 28) 179
PCAM Main EndPnt (No. 1444) 295 PID Status (No. 3) 176
PCAM Main Pt Mnn (No. 1446…1461) 296 PID Upper Limit (No. 7) 177
PCAM Main Pt Snn (No. 1478…1493) 297 PLL BW (No. 1600) 300
PCAM Main Types (No. 1445) 296 PLL Config (No. 85) 388
PCAM Master Scl (No. 1434) 295 PLL Ctrl Options (No. 1590) 299
PCAM Mode (No. 1422) 293 PLL Enc Out (No. 1615) 300
PCAM Psn Ofst (No. 1428) 295 PLL Enc Out Adv (No. 1616) 300
PCAM Psn Out (No. 1574) 298 PLL EPR Input (No. 1606) 300
PCAM Psn Stpt (No. 1426) 294 PLL EPR Output (No. 1607) 300
PCAM PsnOfst EPS (No. 1429) 295 PLL Ext Vel Sel (No. 1591) 299
PCAM Slave Scale (No. 1436) 295 PLL Ext Vel Stpt (No. 1592) 299
PCAM SlaveSclSel (No. 1435) 295 PLL Ext VelScale (No. 1593) 299
PCAM Start Cfg (No. 1425) 294 PLL LOS Det Actn (No. 181) 398

614 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Index

PLL LPF BW (No. 1600) 299 CtrlFanRem Life (No. 553) 165
PLL PRef Sel (No. 1595) 299 CtrlFanResetLog (No. 556) 165
PLL Psn Out Fltr (No. 1597) 299 DC Bus Volts (No. 3) 38, 108
PLL Psn Stpt (No. 1596) 299 DCP Option (No. 80) 121
PLL Rvls Input (No. 1609) 300 DCP Option Act (No. 81) 121
PLL Rvls Output (No. 1610) 300 DI Abort Profile (No. 853) 132
PLL Vel Out (No. 1612) 300 DI Abort Step (No. 852) 132
PLL Vel Out Adv (No. 1613) 300 DI AC LineSource (No. 136) 127
PLL Virt Enc RPM (No. 1604) 300 DI Aux Fault (No. 115) 124
PM Alt Config (No. 580) 253 DI Clear Fault (No. 114) 38, 124
PM Alt Fb Offset (No. 585) 253 DI Find Home (No. 170) 130
PM Lq Cmd BW (No. 611) 255 DI FwdDecLimit (No. 181) 134
PM Max Cur (No. 698) 258 DI FwdEndLimit (No. 180) 134
PM OfstTst CRamp (No. 588) 253 DI Hold Step (No. 851) 132
PM OfstTst Cur (No. 587) 253 DI Indx Step (No. 176) 131
PM OfstTst FRamp (No. 589) 253 DI Indx StepPrst (No. 178) 131
PM Pri Fb Offset (No. 582) 253 DI Indx StepRev (No. 177)DI Indx StepRev
PM Stc OfsTest K (No. 612) 255 (No. 177) 131
PM TrqTrim HLim (No. 705) 258 DI L Enable (No. 105) 123
PM TrqTrim Ki (No. 703) 258 DI L Run (No. 123) 125
PM TrqTrim Kp (No. 702) 258 DI L start (No. 119) 125
PM TrqTrim LLim (No. 704) 258 DI L Stop (No. 112) 124
PM us Prot (No. 691) 257 DI M Accel Time (No. 144) 128
PM Vd FF LqIqWe (No. 695) 258 DI M BusRegMode (No. 163) 129
PM Vel Max (No. 699) 258 DI M Coast Stop (No. 111) 124
PM Vq FF CEMF (No. 693) 257 DI M CurLmt Stop (No. 110) 124
PM Vq FF LqIqWe (No. 694) 257 DI M Decel Time (No. 145) 128
PM Vqs Reg Ki (No. 594) 253 DI M Enable (No. 103) 123, 126
PM Vqs Reg Kp (No. 593) 253 DI M Fwd Reverse (No. 130) 126
PodFan ElpsdLife (No. 512) 161 DI M HOA Start (No. 118) 125
PodFan Event Lvl (No. 514) 161 DI M Jog 1 (No. 124) 126
PodFan EventActn (No. 515) 161 DI M Jog 2 (No. 127) 126
PodFan PctLife (No. 511) 161 DI M Manual Ctrl (No. 132) 126
PodFan RemainLif (No. 513) 161 DI M MOP Dec (No. 152) 128
PodFan Reset Log (No. 516) 161 DI M MOP Inc (No. 151) 128
Port 0 Parameters DI M Pwr Loss (No. 166) 129
Access Level (No. 30) 38, 109 DI M PwrLossMode (No. 164) 129
Application Act (No. 71) 120 DI M Run (No. 120) 125
Application Sel (No. 70) 120 DI M Speed Sel 0 (No. 140) 127
Auto Mask (No. 42) 113 DI M Speed Sel 1 (No. 141) 127
Auto Retry Fault (No. 60) 117 DI M Speed Sel 2 (No. 142) 127
Auto Rstrt Delay (No. 62) 118 DI M SpTqPs Sel0 (No. 160) 129
Auto Rstrt Tries (No. 61) 118 DI M SpTqPs Sel1 (No. 161) 129
Average Power (No. 15) 109 DI M Start (No. 117) 125
Bus Cap EventLvl (No. 570) 166 DI M Stop (No. 108) 123
BusCap EventActn (No. 571) 166 DI M Stop Mode B (No. 109) 123
CapOvrRsncActn (No. 453) 153 DI M TorqueStptA (No. 167) 129
Cfg Acknowledge (No. 91) 116 DI ManRef Sel (No. 147) 128
Cfg Status (No. 90) 116 DI Mtr Ctrl Sel (No. 169) 130
Clear Flt Owner (No. 264) 141 DI NHw OvrTrvl (No. 185) 136
Comm Flt Action (No. 360) 148 DI OL Home Limit (No. 173) 130, 131, 132,
Ctrl Pod Temp (No. 25) 109 133
CtrlFanElpsLif (No. 552) 165 DI PCAM Start (No. 880) 133
CtrlFanEventLvl (No. 554) 165 DI PHw OvrTrvl (No. 184) 135
CtrlFanEvntActn (No. 555) 165 DI Prchrg Seal (No. 191) 112, 136

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 615

Index

DI Precharge (No. 190) 112, 136 In FanPctLife (No. 521) 162

DI Redefine Psn (No. 172) 130 In FanRemainLif (No. 523) 162
DI Regen OK (No. 116) 124 In FanReset Log (No. 526) 162
DI Return Home (No. 171) 130 IP Addr Cfg n (No. 302…305) 146
DI RevDecLimit (No. 183) 135 Jog Owner (No. 262) 141
DI RevEndLimit (No. 182) 135 L GF Thresh (No. 424) 151
DI Stepn (No. 860…875) 133 L Gnd Warn Actn (No. 422) 151
DI StrtStep Seln (No. 855…859) 133 L Last StartSrc (No. 607) 172
DI TqCAM Start (No. 886) 136 L Last Stop Src (No. 605) 170
DI Vel Override (No. 854) 133 Language (No. 31) 110
Digital In Cfg (No. 101) 123 Last Fault Code (No. 610) 172
Digital In Sts (No. 100) 122 LCL Cap EventLvl (No. 586) 167
Dir Owner (No. 263) 141 LCLCap EventActn (No. 587) 167
DL From Net nn (No. 321…336) 147 LCLCapFailActn (No. 452) 152
DL To Net nn (No. 340…355) 147 Lo TR EventActn (No. 591) 167
DLs From Net Act (No. 356) 148 Logic Mask (No. 41) 113
DLs To Net Act (No. 357) 148 LS Manual Ctrl (No. 64) 118
DPI Ptn Flt (No. 204, 206, 208) 137 LS Start Mode (No. 63) 118
DPI Ptn Flt Ref (No. 205, 207, 209) 137 M Gnd Warn Actn (No. 420) 151
Duty Rating Act (No. 36) 111 M Gnd Warn Lvl (No. 421) 151
Duty Rating Cfg (No. 35) 111 M Gnd Warn Lvl (No. 423) 151
Elapsed kWH (No. 6) 108 M Last StartSrc (No. 606) 171
Elapsed MWH (No. 5) 108 M Last Stop Src (No. 604) 169
Elapsed Run Time (No. 7) 108 Manual Cmd Mask (No. 43) 114
Elpsd Mtr kWHrs (No. 10) 109 Manual Owner (No. 265) 142
Elpsd Rgn kWHrs (No. 11) 109 Manual Preload (No. 52) 115
Elpsd Rgn MWHrs (No. 9) 108 Manual Ref Mask (No. 44) 114
Elpsed Mtr MWHrs (No. 8) 108 MCB LifeEvntActn (No. 579) 167
Emb Enet Ref (No. 211) 138 MCB LifeEvntLvl (No. 578) 166
Emb Logic Act (No. 73) 121 MCS Event Action (No. 575) 166
Emb Logic Ref (No. 221) 138 MCS Event Level (No. 574) 166
Emb Logic Select (No. 72) 121 Meas Amp Tmp (No. 503) 160
Emerg OVRD Mode (No. 454) 154 Motor Ctrl Sel (No. 74) 121
Emerg Prot OVRD (No. 455) 155 MS Logic Rslt (No. 200) 137
EmergMode Status (No. 456) 159 MSg Flt Action (No. 363) 149
Enclosure Type (No. 32) 110 Mtr Ctrl Sel Act (No. 75) 121
Fan Derate (No. 510) 160 Net Addr Sel (No. 300) 145
Flt Cfg DL nn (No. 370…385) 150 Net Addr Src (No. 301) 146
Flt Cfg Logic (No. 364) 150 Net Rate Act 1 (No. 315) 147
Flt Cfg Ref (No. 365) 150 Net Rate Act 2 (No. 317) 147
Gateway Cfg nn (No. 310…313) 146 Net Rate Cfg 1 (No. 314) 146
Hi TR EventActn (No. 590) 167 Net Rate Cfg 2 (No. 316) 146
HRG GF Flt Actn (No. 425) 152 PCAM Aux Pt Mnn (No. 1512…1526) 298
HRG GF Flt Pk Vltg (No. 429) 152 PCAM Aux Pt Snn (No. 1543…1557) 298
HRG GF Freq (No. 427) 152 PCAM Main Pt Mnn (No. 1446…1461) 296
HRG GF Neut Vltg (No. 428) 152 PCAM Main Pt Snn (No. 1478…1493) 297
HRG GF Thresh (No. 426) 152 PCC LifeEvntActn (No. 583) 167
HSFan EventActn (No. 563) 166 PCC LifeEvntLvl (No. 582) 167
HSFan EventLevel (No. 562) 165 PodFan ElpsdLife (No. 512) 161
Idle Flt Actiont (No. 361) 149 PodFan Event Lvl (No. 514) 161
IGBT Event Actn (No. 567) 166 PodFan EventActn (No. 515) 161
IGBT Event Level (No. 566) 166 PodFan PctLife (No. 511) 161
In Fan EventLvl (No. 524) 162 PodFan RemainLif (No. 513) 161
In FanElpsLife (No. 522) 162 PodFan Reset Log (No. 516) 161
In FanEventActn (No. 525) 162 Port Mask Act (No. 233) 140

616 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Index

Port Mask Cfg (No. 232) 139 WrgFanPctLife (No. 541) 128, 164, 165
Port n Reference (No. 214… 219) 138 WrgFanRem Life (No. 543) 164
Prchrg Control (No. 37) 111 WrgFanResetLog (No. 546) 164
Prchrg Delay (No. 38) 112 Write Mask Act (No. 231) 139
Prchrg Err Cfg (No. 39) 112 Write Mask Cfg (No. 230) 138
Pred Maint Reset (No. 505) 160 Port 10/11 Parameters
Pred Maint Sts (No. 500) 159 4MchLubeEventActn (No. 330) 228
PredMaint Rst En (No. 504) 160 Accel FF GainNeg (No. 1975) 324
Pri MtrCtrl Mode (No. 65) 119 Accel FF Mode (No. 1972) 323
PriMtrCtrl Act (No. 66) 119 Accel FF Output (No. 2070) 335
Prof DI Invert (No. 850) 132 Accel Limit Neg (No. 1966) 323
Purge Frequency (No. 457) 159 Accel Limit Pos (No. 1965) 323
PwrRfFanElpsdLif (No. 532) 163 Active Cur Lim (No. 224) 218
PwrRfFanEventLvl (No. 534) 163 AdptTune Config (No. 2110) 336
PwrRfFanEvntActn (No. 535) 163 AdptTune GnScale (No. 2121) 338
PwrRfFanPctLife (No. 531) 163 AdptTune NF Num (No. 2118) 337
PwrRfFanRem Life (No. 533) 163 AdptTune Status (No. 2120) 338
PwrRfFanResetLog (No. 536) 163 AdptTuneMinScale (No. 2119) 337
Ref Select Owner (No. 266) 142 AdptTuneStabFreq (No. 2129) 338
RemMed EventActn (No. 56) 115 AdptTuneStabMag (No. 2130) 338
Reset Meters (No. 55) 115 Alarm Status A (No. 465) 238
Safety Port Sts (No. 600) 168 Alarm Status B (No. 466) 239
ScaleBlk Sel nn (No. 900…928) 144 Alt Fb GnScale (No. 1010) 274
ScaleBlk Sel nn (No. 901…929) 145 Alt Man Ref AnHi (No. 1836) 311
ScaleBlk Sel nn (No. 902…930) 145 Alt Man Ref AnLo (No. 1837) 311
ScaleBlk Sel nn (No. 903…931) 145 Alt Man Ref Sel (No. 1835) 311
Sec MtrCtrl Act (No. 68) 120 Alt Position Fb (No. 1770) 308
Sec MtrCtrl Mode (No. 67) 120 Alt PReg Fb Sel (No. 1012) 274
Sn Blend P1 Sel (No. 1214…1379) 288 Alt Vel Fb Sel (No. 1006) 274
Sn Blend P2 Sel (No. 1215…1419) 288 Alt Vel Fb Taps (No. 1007) 274
Start Inhibits (No. 603) 168 Alt Vel Feedback (No. 1041) 276
Start Owner (No. 261) 141 At Limit Status (No. 365) 233
Step n Accel (No. 1207…1372) 284 Autotune (No. 910) 268
Step n Action (No. 1213…1378) 287 Autotune Psn Lim (No. 911) 268
Step n Batch (No. 1211…1376) 286 Autotune Trq Lim (No. 913) 268
Step n Decel (No. 1209…1374) 284 Autotune Vel Lim (No. 912) 268
Step n Dwell (No. 1210…1375) 286 Break Frequency (No. 484) 247
Step n Next (No. 1212…1377) 287 Break Voltage (No. 483) 247
Step n Type (No. 1205…1370) 283 Bus Limit ACR Ki (No. 125) 214
Step n Value (No. 1209…1374) 285 Bus Limit ACR Kp (No. 124) 214
Step n Velocity (No. 1206…1371) 283 Bus Limit Kd (No. 123) 214
StirFanEventActn (No. 518) 162 Bus Limit Kp (No. 122) 214
StirFanEventLvl (No. 517) 161 Bus Reg Ki (No. 121) 214
Stop Owner (No. 260) 38, 141 Bus Reg Kp (No. 120) 214
Subnet Cfg n (No. 306…309) 146 Bus Reg Level (No. 119) 213
TAM Option (No. 82) 122 Bus Reg Lvl Cfg (No. 118) 213
TAM Option Act (No. 83) 122 Bus Reg Mode A (No. 116) 213
UserData Int nn (No. 700…731) 143 Bus Reg Mode B (No. 117) 213
UserData Real nn (No. 800…831) 144 Bus Utilization (No. 428) 244
Velocity Units (No. 46) 110 BusDistRej Mode (No. 300) 409
VoltageClass Act (No. 34) 111 BusObs C/U Sel (No. 305) 410
VoltageClass Cfg (No. 33) 111, 513 BusObs Curr Est (No. 325) 411
WrgFanElpsLif (No. 542) 164 BusObs Mode (No. 320) 410
WrgFanEventLvl (No. 544) 164 BusObs Sys BW (No. 306) 410
WrgFanEvntActn (No. 545) 164 BusObsSysDamping (No. 307) 410

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 617

Index

c Accel FF Gain (No. 1973) 323 DeadTimeCompAmps (No. 451) 246

c Alt Kvi OL Fb (No. 1959) 322 Dec Inhibit Actn (No. 170) 216
c AltVelFbLPF BW (No. 1008) 274 Direction Mode (No. 930) 269
c AltVelFbLPF Gn (No. 1022) 276 Drive OL Count (No. 357) 232
c BusObs Ki (No. 323) 410 Drive OL Mode (No. 220) 218
c BusObs Kp (No. 321) 410 Droop Gain Actv (No. 354) 412
c EncLs AngCmp (No. 520) 250 Droop RPM at FLA (No. 1961) 322
c Flux Cur Ref (No. 517) 250 DroopCtrlModeSel (No. 350) 411
c FluxUpTime (No. 432) 244 Econ AccDec Ki (No. 502) 249
c IM Leakage L (No. 514) 250 Econ AccDec Kp (No. 501) 249
c IM Stator Res (No. 511) 250 Econ At Ref Ki (No. 500) 249
c IM StatResComp (No. 523) 250 Effctv I Rating (No. 3) 354
c LdObs Ki (No. 2023) 332 Enc VRef (No. 1834) 311
c LdObs Kp (No. 2021) 332 Enc VRef Sel (No. 1832) 311
c PM CEMF Vltg (No. 613) 255 Enc VRef Taps (No. 1833) 311
c PM Ld at 0 (No. 626) 255 Ext Ramped Ref (No. 1978) 324, 335
c PM Ld at 100 (No. 628) 256 Fast Brake Freq (No. 166) 215
c PM Lq at 125 (No. 645) 256 Fast Brake Power (No. 165) 215
c PM Lq at 150 (No. 647) 257 Fast Braking Ki (No. 164) 215
c PM Lq at 175 (No. 648) 257 Fast Braking Kp (No. 163) 215
c PM Lq at 200 (No. 651) 257 Fault Status A (No. 461) 236
c PM Lq at 25 (No. 636) 256 Fault Status B (No. 462) 237
c PM Lq at 50 (No. 638) 256 Fb Loss Action (No. 1019) 276
c PM Lq at 75 (No. 640) 256 FF Vel Rate Ref (No. 1931) 319
c PM Lq at 75 (No. 642) 256 Find Home Ramps (No. 1644) 302
c PM Stator Res (No. 619) 255 Find Home Speed (No. 1643) 301
c PReg Ki (No. 1756) 307 Flux Braking En (No. 138) 214
c PReg Kp (No. 1754) 307 Flux Braking Ki (No. 140) 214
c Slip RPM atFLA (No. 489) 249 Flux Braking Kp (No. 139) 214
c Trq LPF BW (No. 2154) 340 Flux Braking Lim (No. 141) 214
c VCL CReg Ki (No. 448) 246 Flux Cur Fb (No. 9) 201
c VCL CReg Kp (No. 446) 245 Flux Down Ki (No. 436) 245
c Vel Comp Gain (No. 1928) 319 Flux Down Kp (No. 435) 245
c Vel Fb LPF BW (No. 1002) 273 Flux Reg Enable (No. 535) 251
c Vel Fb LPF Gn (No. 1004) 273 Flux Reg Ki (No. 537) 251
c Vel FF Gain (No. 1760) 307 Flux Reg Kp (No. 536) 251
c VReg Ki (No. 1957) 322 FluxUpTm C/U Sel (No. 431) 244
c VReg Kp (No. 1955) 322 FlyingStart Mode (No. 70) 209
Condition Sts A (No. 460) 235 FrctnComp Hyst (No. 2052) 334
Counts Per Unit (No. 1203) 282 FrctnComp Mode (No. 2050) 334
Current Lim Sel (No. 221) 218 FrctnComp Out (No. 2057) 335
Current Limit 1 (No. 222) 218 FrctnComp Rated (No. 2056) 335
Current Limit 2 (No. 223) 218 FrctnComp Slip (No. 2055) 334
Current Limit Kd (No. 234) 219 FrctnComp Stick (No. 2054) 334
Current Limit Ki (No. 233) 219 FrctnComp Time (No. 2053) 334
Current Limit Kp (No. 232) 219 FrctnComp Trig (No. 2051) 334
Current Rate Lim (No. 227) 218 FS Brk Lvl CEMF (No. 78) 209
DC Brake Level (No. 153) 215 FS Brk Lvl Swp (No. 87) 210
DC Brake Lvl Sel (No. 151) 215 FS Brk Time CEMF (No. 79) 210
DC Brake Time (No. 1538) 215 FS Brk Time Swp (No. 88) 210
DC Bus Mem Reset (No. 292) 225 FS ExciteKi CEMF (No. 76) 209
DC Bus Memory (No. 13) 201 FS ExciteKp CEMF (No. 75) 209
DC Offset Ctrl (No. 453) 246 FS FreqSwpTm Swp (No. 89) 210
DCBrk Cur Reg BW (No. 154) 215 FS InitVltKi Swp (No. 93) 211
Dead Time Comp (No. 452) 246 FS InitVltKp Swp (No. 92) 210

618 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Index

FS Ki CEMF (No. 72) 209 IPM AltOfstCom (No. 688) 257

FS Kp CEMF (No. 71) 209 IPM PriOfstCom (No. 684) 257
FS RecntDly CEMF (No. 77) 209 Iq Lo FreqCur Kp (No. 237) 219
FS RecntDly Swp (No. 86) 210 Jerk Gain (No. 239) 219
FS Recvr Ki Swp (No. 94) 211 Jog Acc Dec Time (No. 1896) 314
FS SpdDetLvl Swp (No. 97) 211 Jog Speed 1 (No. 1894) 314
FS SpdDtcTim Swp (No. 98) 211 Jog Speed 2 (No. 1895) 314
FS VHz EndPt Swp (No. 90) 210 LdObs Acc Ref In (No. 2027) 333
FS VHz Fixed Swp (No. 91) 210 LdObs Accel Est (No. 2035) 333
FS VReg Ki CEMF (No. 74) 209 LdObs AccRef Out (No. 2037) 333
FS VReg Ki Swp (No. 96) 211 LdObs Mode (No. 2020) 332
FS VReg Kp CEMF (No. 71) 209 LdObs Torque Est (No. 2036) 333
FS VReg Kp Swp (No. 95) 211 LdObs Vel Error (No. 2031) 333
FS ZSpdThreshSwp (No. 85) 210 LdObs Vel Est (No. 2034) 333
FSZSpdThresh CEMF (No. 80) 210 LdObs Vel Fb In (No. 2028) 333
FullLd DroopGain (No. 351) 411 Load Coupling (No. 902) 266
GnStab TorqueLim (No. 2134) 339 Load Loss Action (No. 250) 221
Heatsnk Temp (No. 363) 233 Load Loss Level (No. 251) 221
Heatsnk Temp Pct (No. 362) 232 Load Loss Speed (No. 253) 222
Home Ctrl Opts (No. 1640) 301 Load Loss Time (No. 252) 221
Home Psn Actual (No. 1647) 302 Load Psn Fb Div (No.1016) 275
Home Psn User (No. 1648) 302 Load Psn Fb Mult (No. 1015) 275
Home Status (No. 1641) 301 Load Psn Fb Sel (No. 1014) 275
Id Lo FreqCur Kp (No. 236) 219 Load Ratio (No. 901) 266
IdComp Enble (No. 770) 259 M Start Inhibits (No. 351) 230
IdComp Mtrng1 (No. 771) 259 ManDroopDCBusMin (No. 357) 412
IdComp Mtrng1 Iq (No. 772) 259 ManRef DI AnlgHi (No. 1840) 311
IdComp Mtrng2 (No. 773) 259 ManRef DI AnlgLo (No. 1841) 311
IdComp Mtrng2 Iq (No. 774) 259 Max Speed Fwd (No. 1392) 291
IdComp Mtrng3 (No. 775) 259 Max Speed Rev (No. 1393) 291
IdComp Mtrng3 Iq (No. 776) 259 MaxFullLdDrpGn (No. 355) 412
IdComp Mtrng4 (No. 777) 260 Maximum Freq (No. 422) 243
IdComp Mtrng4 Iq (No. 778) 260 Maximum Voltage (No. 421) 243
IdComp Mtrng5 (No. 779) 260 MchBrngElpsdLife (No. 322) 227
IdComp Mtrng5 Iq (No. 780) 260 MchBrngEventActn (No. 325) 227
IdComp Mtrng6 (No. 781) 260 MchBrngEventLvl (No. 324) 227
IdComp Mtrng6 Iq (No. 782) 260 MchBrngPctLife (No. 320) 227
IdComp Regen1 (No. 791) 260 MchBrngRemainLif (No. 323) 227
IdComp Regen1 Iq (No. 792) 260 MchBrngResetLog (No. 326) 228
IdComp Regen2 (No. 793) 261 MchBrngTotalLife (No. 321) 227
IdComp Regen2 Iq (No. 794) 261 MchLube EventLvl (No. 329) 228
IdComp Regen3 (No. 795) 261 MchLubeElpsdHrs (No. 328) 228
IdComp Regen3 Iq (No. 796) 261 MLastStrtInhibit (No. 352) 230
IdComp Regen4 (No. 797) 261 MOP Init Select (No. 1828) 310
IdComp Regen4 Iq (No. 798) 261 MOP Init Stpt (No. 1829) 311
IdComp Regen5 (No. 799) 261 MOP Limit High (No. 1826) 310
IdComp Regen5 Iq (No. 800) 262 MOP Limit Low (No. 1827) 310
IdComp Regen6 (No. 801) 262 MOP Rate (No. 1825) 310
IdComp Regen6 Iq (No. 802) 262 MOP Ref Save (No. 1824) 310
IGBT Temp (No. 360) 232 MOP Reference (No. 1823) 310
IGBT Temp Pct (No. 359) 232 Motor Inertia (No. 900) 242, 266
In PosPsn Dwell (No. 1735) 305 Motor NP Amps (No. 401) 241
In PosPsn Window (No. 1734) 305 Motor NP Hertz (No. 402) 241
InPhase Loss Lvl (No. 290) 225 Motor NP Power (No. 406) 242
InPhase LossActn (No. 289) 225 Motor NP RPM (No. 403) 241

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 619

Index

Motor NP Volts (No. 400) 241 PCAM PsnOfst EPS (No. 1429) 295
Motor Poles (No. 407) 242 PCAM Slave Scale (No. 1436) 295
Motor Power Lim (No. 230) 219 PCAM SlaveSclSel (No. 1435) 295
Motor Side Sts 1 (No. 354) 231 PCAM Start Cfg (No. 1425) 294
Motor Side Sts 2 (No. 355) 232 PCAM Start Slope (No. 1442) 295
Motor Vel Fb (No. 1044) 201, 276 PCAM Status (No. 1423) 294
Motor Voltage Fb (No. 11) 201 PCAM Type (No. 1420) 293
Mtr Cfg Optionss (No. 420) 243 PCAM Vel Out (No. 1575) 298
Mtr NP Pwr Units (No. 405) 241 PCAM Vel OutTaps (No. 1576) 298
Mtr NP Sync Spd (No. 404) 241 PCAM Vel Scale (No. 1438) 295
Mtr OL Action (No. 200) 216 PCAM Vel SclSel (No. 1437) 295
Mtr OL Alm Level (No. 202) 216 Phase Delay Comp (No. 540) 251
Mtr OL at Pwr Up (No. 201) 216 PLL BW (No. 1600) 300
Mtr OL Counts (No. 207) 217 PLL Ctrl Options (No. 1590) 299
Mtr OL Factor (No. 203) 217 PLL Enc Out (No. 1615) 300
Mtr OL Hertz (No. 204) 217 PLL Enc Out Adv (No. 1616) 300
Mtr OL Rst Level (No. 205) 217 PLL EPR Input (No. 1606) 300
Mtr OL Rst Time (No. 206) 217 PLL EPR Output (No. 1607) 300
Mtr OL Trip Time (No. 208) 217 PLL Ext Vel Sel (No. 1591) 299
Mtr Stop Mode A (No. 110) 212 PLL Ext Vel Stpt (No. 1592) 299
Mtr Stop Mode B (No. 111) 213 PLL Ext VelScale (No. 1593) 299
MtrBrng ResetLog (No. 315) 226 PLL LPF BW (No. 1600) 299
MtrBrngElpsdLife (No. 311) 226 PLL PRef Sel (No. 1595) 299
MtrBrngEventActn (No. 314) 226 PLL Psn Out Fltr (No. 1597) 299
MtrBrngEventLvl (No. 313) 226 PLL Psn Stpt (No. 1596) 299
MtrBrngPctLife (No. 309) 226 PLL Rvls Input (No. 1609) 300
MtrBrngRemainLif (No. 312) 226 PLL Rvls Output (No. 1610) 300
MtrBrngTotalLife (No. 310) 226 PLL Vel Out (No. 1612) 300
MtrLubeElpsdHrs (No. 317) 227 PLL Vel Out Adv (No. 1613) 300
MtrLubeEventActn (No. 319) 227 PLL Virt Enc RPM (No. 1604) 300
MtrLubeEventLvl (No. 318) 227 PM Alt Fb Offset (No. 585) 253
MtrParam C/U Sel (No. 510) 250 PM Config (No. 580) 253
MtrPredMainReset (No. 305) 226 PM Lq Cmd BW (No. 611) 255
NoLd DroopGain (No. 352) 411 PM Max Cur (No. 698) 258
NoLdDrpDCBusRef (No. 356) 412 PM OfstTst CRamp (No. 588) 253
Open Loop Fb (No. 1048) 277 PM OfstTst Cur (No. 587) 253
OutPhaseLoss Lvl (No. 257) 222 PM OfstTst FRamp (No. 589) 253
OutPhaseLossActn (No. 256) 222 PM Pri Fb Offset (No. 582) 253
Output Current (No. 3) 200 PM Stc OfsTest K (No. 612) 255
Output Frequency (No. 1) 200 PM TrqTrim HLim (No. 705) 258
Output Power (No. 4) 200 PM TrqTrim Ki (No. 703) 258
Output Pwr Factr (No. 5) 200 PM TrqTrim Kp (No. 702) 258
Output Voltage (No. 2) 200 PM TrqTrim LLim (No. 704) 258
Overspeed Limit (No. 1904) 316 PM us Prot (No. 691) 257
PCAM Aux End Pnt (No. 1510) 297 PM Vd FF LqIqWe (No. 695) 258
PCAM Aux Types (No. 1511) 297 PM Vel Max (No. 699) 258
PCAM Control (No. 1421) 293 PM Vq FF CEMF (No. 693) 257
PCAM End Slope (No. 1443) 295 PM Vq FF LqIqWe (No. 694) 257
PCAM Main EndPnt (No. 1444) 295 PM Vqs Reg Ki (No. 594) 253
PCAM Main Types (No. 1445) 296 PM Vqs Reg Kp (No. 593) 253
PCAM Master Scl (No. 1434) 295 Position Actual (No. 1745) 306
PCAM Mode (No. 1422) 293 Position Command (No. 1731) 304
PCAM Psn Ofst (No. 1428) 295 Position Error (No. 1750) 306
PCAM Psn Out (No. 1574) 298 Position Fb (No. 1746) 306
PCAM Psn Stpt (No. 1426) 294 Power Loss Actn (No. 270) 223

620 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Index

PowerUp Delay (No. 52) 208 PTP Ref Scale (No. 1385) 290
PRef Direct (No. 1683) 302 PTP Ref Sel (No. 1383) 290
PRef EGR Out (No. 1686) 302 PTP Reference (No. 1404) 291
PRef Select (No. 1681) 302 PTP S Curve (No. 1403) 291
PRef Selected (No. 1684) 302 PTP Setpoint (No. 1384) 290
PReg Droop (No. 1763) 307 PTP Vel Max (No. 1406) 292
PReg Fb Sel (No. 1013) 274 PTP Vel Override (No. 1402) 291
PReg Int Out (No. 1765) 308 PTP VRef Fwd (No. 1405) 291
PReg Status (No. 1732) 305 PWM Freq Act (No. 426) 244
PReg Vel Out (No. 1767) 308 PWM Frequency (No. 425) 244
Preset Speed n (No. 1814…1820) 310 Pwr Loss A Level (No. 272) 223
Pri Position Fb (No. 1769) 308 Pwr Loss A Time (No. 273) 223
Pri Vel Fb Sel (No. 1000) 273 Pwr Loss B Level (No. 276) 223
Pri Vel Feedback (No. 1040) 276 Pwr Loss B Time (No. 277) 223
Profile Command (No. 1202) 282 Pwr Loss Mode A (No. 271) 223
Profile Status (No. 1200) 281 Pwr Loss Mode B (No. 275) 223
ProfVel Override (No. 1204) 282 PwrLoss RT ACRKi (No. 282) 224
Psn Actual Units (No. 1747) 306 PwrLoss RT ACRKp (No. 281) 224
Psn Ctrl Options (No. 1730) 304 PwrLoss RT BusKd (No. 280) 224
Psn Direct Stpt (No. 1682) 302 PwrLoss RT BusKp (No. 279) 223
Psn EGR Div (No. 1688) 303 Rated Amps (No. 21) 202
Psn EGR Mult (No. 1687) 302 Rated kW (No. 22) 202
Psn Gear Ratio (No. 1752) 307 Rated Volts (No. 20) 202
Psn Load Actual (No. 1748) 306 Ref Accel Time (No. 934) 269
Psn Offset 1 (No. 1691) 303 Ref Decel Time (No. 935) 270
Psn Offset 1 Sel (No. 1690) 303 Ref Fault Config (No. 941) 270
Psn Offset 2 (No. 1694) 303 Ref Max Accel (No. 936) 270
Psn Offset 2 Sel (No. 1693) 303 Ref Max AccJerk (No. 938) 270
Psn Offset Vel (No. 1695) 303 Ref Max Decel (No. 937) 270
PsnVelTrq Actv (No. 34) 207 Ref Max DecJerk (No. 939) 270
PsnVelTrq Mode A (No. 30) 203 Ref Move Type (No. 931) 269
PsnVelTrq Mode B (No. 31) 204 Ref NF1 Depth (No. 944) 271
PsnVelTrq Mode C (No. 32) 205 Ref NF1 Freq (No. 942) 270
PsnVelTrq Mode D (No. 33) 206 Ref NF1 Gain (No. 945) 271
PsnWatch1 DtctIn (No. 1738) 305 Ref NF1 Width (No. 943) 271
PsnWatch1 Select (No. 1737) 305 Ref NF2 Depth (No. 950) 271
PsnWatch1 Stpt (No. 1739) 305 Ref NF2 Freq (No. 948) 271
PsnWatch2 DtctIn (No. 1742) 306 Ref NF2 Gain (No. 951) 271
PsnWatch2 Select (No. 1741) 306 Ref NF2 Width (No. 949) 271
PsnWatch2 Stpt (No. 1743) 306 Ref Time Base (No. 933) 269
PTP Accel Max (No. 1407) 292 RefA Trim AnHi (No. 1857) 312
PTP Accel Time (No. 1398) 291 RefA Trim AnLo (No. 1858) 312
PTP Command (No. 1391) 290 RefA Trim Sel (No. 1855) 312
PTP Control (No. 1381) 289 RefA Trim Stpt (No. 1856) 312
PTP Decel Max (No. 1408) 292 RefA TrmPct AnHi (No. 1852) 312
PTP Decel Time (No. 1399) 291 RefA TrmPct AnLo (No. 1853) 312
PTP EGR Div (No. 1389) 290 RefA TrmPct Sel (No. 1850) 312
PTP EGR Mult (No. 1389) 290 RefA TrmPct Stpt (No. 1851) 312
PTP Feedback (No. 1396) 291 RefB Trim AnHi (No. 1867) 313
PTP Index Preset (No. 1386) 290 RefB Trim AnLo (No. 1868) 313
PTP Mode (No. 1382) 290 RefB Trim Sel (No. 1865) 313
PTP Move Seg (No. 1411) 292 RefB Trim Stpt (No. 1866) 313
PTP Move Status (No. 1410) 292 RefB TrmPct AnHi (No. 1862) 313
PTP Move Time (No. 1409) 292 RefB TrmPct AnLo (No. 1863) 313
PTP PRef Status (No. 1380) 289 RefB TrmPct Sel (No. 1860) 312

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 621

Index

RefB TrmPct Stpt (No. 1861) 312 SO Vel Lim Fwd (No. 1073) 279
RefEnergyBalance (No. 932) 269 SO Vel Lim Rev (No. 1074) 279
Regen Power Lim (No. 229) 218 Stab Angle Gain (No. 441) 245
Roll Psn Config (No. 1080) 279 Stab Volt Gain (No. 440) 245
Roll Psn Offset (No. 1085) 280 Stability Filter (No. 439) 245
Roll Psn Preset (No. 1084) 280 Start Acc Boost (No. 480) 247
RP EPR Input (No. 1086) 280 Start At PowerUp (No. 50) 208
RP Psn Fb Sel (No. 1082) 279 Stop Dwell Time (No. 145) 214
RP Psn Fb Stpt (No. 1083) 280 SVC Boost Filter (No. 455) 246
RP Psn Output (No. 1090) 280 System BW (No. 906) 267
RP Psn Status (No. 1081) 279 System C/U Sel (No. 905) 266
RP Rvls Input (No. 1087) 280 System Damping (No. 907) 267
RP Rvls Output (No. 1088) 280 Testpoint DINT 1 (No. 382) 197, 234
RP Unit Out (No. 1092) 280 Testpoint DINT 2 (No. 385) 197, 234
RP Unit Scale (No. 1091) 280 Testpoint DINT 3 (No. 388) 234
RP Unwind (No. 1089) 280 Testpoint DINT 4 (No. 391) 234
Run Boost (No. 481) 247 Testpoint REAL 1 (No. 381) 197, 234
Servo Lock Gain (No. 1952) 321 Testpoint REAL 2 (No. 384) 197, 234
ServoLkGn DclHld (No. 1954) 322 Testpoint REAL 3 (No. 387) 234
SFAdapt CnvrgLim (No. 553) 252 Testpoint REAL 4 (No. 390) 234
SFAdapt CnvrgLvl (No. 552) 252 Testpoint Sel 1 (No. 380) 234
SFAdapt SlewLim (No. 550) 252 Testpoint Sel 2 (No. 383) 234
SFAdapt SlewRate (No. 551) 252 Testpoint Sel 3 (No. 386) 234
Shear Pin 1 Actn (No. 242) 220 Testpoint Sel 4 (No. 389) 234
Shear Pin 1 Level (No. 243) 220 Torque Cur Fb (No. 8) 201
Shear Pin 1 Time (No. 244) 220 Torque Limit Neg (No. 2084) 336
Shear Pin 2 Actn (No. 245) 220 Torque Limit Pos (No. 2083) 336
Shear Pin 2 Time (No. 247) 220 Torque Step (No. 2077) 335
Shear Pin Config (No. 241) 219 TqCAM Aux End Pt (No. 2460) 349
Shear Pin2 Level (No. 246) 220 TqCAM Aux Pt Mnn (No. 2462…2476) 351
Simulator Fb (No. 1050) 277 TqCAM Aux Pt Snn (No. 2493…2507) 351
Skip Speed 1 (No. 1908) 316 TqCAM Aux Types (No. 2461) 350
Skip Speed 2 (No. 1909) 316 TqCAM Control (No. 2371) 345
Skip Speed 3 (No. 1910) 316 TqCAM End Slope (No. 2393) 348
Skip Speed Band (No. 1911) 316 TqCAM Main EndPt (No. 2394) 348
SLAT Dwell Time (No. 40) 208 TqCAM Main Types (No. 2395) 348
SLAT Err Stpt (No. 39) 208 TqCAM MainPt Mnn (No. 2226…2241) 349
Slip Adapt Iqs (No. 549) 252 TqCAM Master Scl (No. 2384) 347
Slip Comp LPF BW (No. 491) 248 TqCAM Mode (No. 2372) 345
Slip Reg Enable (No. 530) 251 TqCAM Psn Ofst (No. 2378) 347
Slip Reg Ki (No. 532) 251 TqCAM Psn Ofst (No. 2379) 347
Slip Reg Kp (No. 531) 251 TqCAM Psn Select (No. 2376) 346
SO Accel Time (No. 1071) 279 TqCAM Psn Stpt (No. 2377) 347
SO Cnts per Rvls (No. 1067) 278 TqCAM SlaveScale (No. 2386) 347
SO Config (No. 1060) 277 TqCAM SlvSclSel (No. 2385) 347
SO Decel Time (No. 1072) 279 TqCam Start Cfg (No. 2375) 346
SO EPR Input (No. 1064) 278 TqCAM StartSlope (No. 2392) 347
SO Offset (No. 1063) 278 TqCAM Status (No. 2373) 346
SO Position Out (No. 1069) 278 TqCAM Type (No. 2370) 345
SO Rvls Input (No. 1065) 278 TqCAM Vel Select (No. 2380) 347
SO Rvls Output (No. 1066) 278 TqCAM Vel Stpt (No. 2381) 347
SO Setpoint (No. 1062) 278 Trans Droop Cur (No. 353) 412
SO Status (No. 1061) 278 Trq Adapt En (No. 543) 252
SO Unit Out (No. 1070) 278 Trq Adapt Spd (No. 595) 254
SO Unit Scale (No. 1068) 278 Trq Adapt Speeds (No. 542) 251

622 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Index

Trq Commanded (No. 2073) 201, 335 Trq Ref B Sel (No. 2007) 331
Trq Comp Mtring (No. 546) 252 Trq Ref B Stpt (No. 2008) 331
Trq Comp Regen (No. 547) 252 Trq Ref Filt In (No. 2150) 340
Trq LLF BW (No. 2152) 340 Trq Ref Filtered (No. 2080) 336
Trq LLF Gain (No. 2153) 340 Trq Ref Limited (No. 2087) 336
Trq LPF BW Act (No. 2156) 340 Trq Ref Out (No. 2072) 335
Trq LPF BW LLim (No. 2116) 337 Trq Ref Selected (No. 2076) 335
Trq NF Freq HLim (No. 2113) 337 Type 2 Alarms (No. 467) 240
Trq NF Freq LLim (No. 2112) 336 u Accel FF Gain (No. 1974) 323
Trq NF Threshold (No. 2111) 336 u Alt Kvi OL Fb (No. 1960) 322
Trq NF Wdth Est (No. 2125) 338 u AltVelFbLPF BW (No. 1009) 274
Trq NF WidthMax (No. 2115) 337 u AltVelFbLPF Gn (No. 1022) 276
Trq NF WidthMin (No. 2114) 337 u BusObs Ki (No. 324) 411
Trq NF1 Depth (No. 2163) 341 u BusObs Kp (No. 322) 410
Trq NF1 Dpth Act (No. 2164) 341 u EncLs AngCmp (No. 521) 250
Trq NF1 Freq (No. 2159) 340 u Flux Cur Ref (No. 518) 250
Trq NF1 Freq Act (No. 2160) 340 u FluxUpTime (No. 433) 245
Trq NF1 Freq Est (No. 2123) 338 u IM Leakage L (No. 515) 250
Trq NF1 Gain (No. 2165) 341 u IM Stator Res (No. 512) 250
Trq NF1 Gain Act (No. 2166) 341 u IM StatResComp (No. 524) 250
Trq NF1 Mag Est (No. 2124) 338 u LdObs Ki (No. 2024) 332
Trq NF1 Wdth Act (No. 2162) 341 u LdObs Kp (No. 2022) 332
Trq NF1 Width (No. 2161) 341 u PM CEMF Vltg (No. 614) 255
Trq NF2 Depth (No. 2173) 342 u PM Ld at 0 (No. 627) 255
Trq NF2 Dpth Act (No. 2174) 342 u PM Ld at 100 (No. 629) 256
Trq NF2 Freq (No. 2169) 341 u PM Lq at 100 (No. 643) 256
Trq NF2 Freq Act (No. 2170) 341 u PM Lq at 125 (No. 645) 256
Trq NF2 Gain (No. 2175) 342 u PM Lq at 150 (No. 647) 257
Trq NF2 Gain Act (No. 2176) 342 u PM Lq at 175 (No. 649) 257
Trq NF2 Wdth Act (No. 2172) 342 u PM Lq at 200 (No. 651) 257
Trq NF2 Width (No. 2171) 341 u PM Lq at 25 (No. 636) 256
Trq NF3 Depth (No. 2183) 343 u PM Lq at 50 (No. 639) 256
Trq NF3 Dpth Act (No. 2184) 343 u PM Lq at 75 (No. 641) 256
Trq NF3 Freq (No. 2179) 342 u PM Stator Res (No. 620) 255
Trq NF3 Freq Act (No. 2180) 342 u PReg Ki (No. 1757) 307
Trq NF3 Gain (No. 2185) 343 u PReg Kp (No. 1755) 307
Trq NF3 Gain Act (No. 2186) 343 u Slip RPM atFLA (No. 490) 249
Trq NF3 Wdth Act (No. 2182) 342 u Trq LPF BW (No. 2155) 340
Trq NF3 Width (No. 2181) 342 u VCL CReg Ki (No. 449) 246
Trq NF4 Depth (No. 2193) 343 u VCL CReg Kps (No. 447) 246
Trq NF4 Dpth Act (No. 2194) 344 u Vel Comp Gain (No. 1929) 319
Trq NF4 Freq (No. 2189) 343 u Vel Fb LPF BW (No. 1003) 273
Trq NF4 Freq Act (No. 2190) 343 u Vel Fb LPF Gn (No. 1005) 273
Trq NF4 Gain (No. 2195) 344 u Vel FF Gain (No. 1761) 307
Trq NF4 Gain Act (No. 2196) 344 u VReg Ki (No. 1958) 322
Trq NF4 Wdth Act (No. 2192) 343 u VReg Kp (No. 1956) 322
Trq NF4 Width (No. 2191) 343 UnderVltg Action (No. 285) 224
Trq Ref A AnlgHi (No. 2002) 331 UnderVltg Level (No. 286) 224
Trq Ref A AnlgLo (No. 2003) 331 Units Traveled (No. 1201) 281
Trq Ref A Mult (No. 2004) 331 VB Accel Rate (No. 827) 264
Trq Ref A Sel (No. 2000) 331 VB Config (No. 820) 263
Trq Ref A Stpt (No. 2001) 331 VB Cur Thresh (No. 835) 265
Trq Ref B AnlgHi (No. 2009) 331 VB Current Hyst (No. 834) 265
Trq Ref B AnlgLo (No. 2010) 331 VB Current Rate (No. 833) 265
Trq Ref B Mult (No. 2011) 331 VB Decel Rate (No. 827) 264

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 623

Index

VB Flux Cur Filt (No. 832) 265 Virtual Enc EPR (No. 1018) 275
VB Flux Lag Freq (No. 831) 265 Virtual Enc Psn (No. 1046) 277
VB Flux Thresh (No. 830) 265 Virtual EncDelay (No. 1017) 275
VB Freq Min (No. 829) 265 VRef A AnlgHi (No. 1802) 309
VB Frequency (No. 828) 265 VRef A AnlgLo (No. 1803) 309
VB Maximum (No. 825) 264 VRef A Mult (No. 1804) 309
VB Minimum (No. 824) 264 VRef A Sel (No. 1800) 309
VB Rate Lag Freq (No. 836) 265 VRef A Stpt (No. 1801) 309
VB Status (No. 821) 264 VRef Accel Jerk (No. 1919) 318
VB Time (No. 823) 264 VRef Accel Max (No. 1934) 319
VB Voltage (No. 822) 264 VRef Accel Time1 (No. 1915) 316
VCAM Aux Pt Mnn (No. 2292…2306) 330 VRef Accel Time2 (No. 1916) 317
VCAM Aux Pt Snn (No. 2323…2337) 330 VRef AccJerk Max (No. 1935) 320
VCAM Control (No. 2201) 325 VRef B AnlgHi (No. 1809) 309
VCAM End Slope (No. 2223) 327 VRef B AnlgLo (No. 1810) 309
VCAM Main End Pt (No. 2224) 327 VRef B Mult (No. 1811) 310
VCAM Main Pt Mnn (No. 2226…2241) 328 VRef B Sel (No. 1807) 309
VCAM Main Pt Snn (No. 2258…2273) 329, VRef B Stpt (No. 1808) 309
349 VRef Commanded (No. 1914) 201, 316
VCAM Main Types (No. 2225)VCAM Main VRef Decel Jerk (No. 1920) 318
Types (No. 2225) 328 VRef Decel Time1 (No. 1917) 317
VCAM Master Scl (No. 2214) 327 VRef Decel Time2 (No. 1918) 317
VCAM Mode (No. 2202) 325 VRef DecJerk Max (No. 1936) 320
VCAM Psn Ofst (No. 2208) 327, 329 VRef Delayed (No. 1924) 318
VCAM Psn Select (No. 2206) 326 VRef Filtered (No. 1925) 318
VCAM Psn Stpt (No. 2207) 327 VRef Final (No. 1933) 319
VCAM PsnOfst EPS (No. 2209) 327 VRef Limited (No. 1906) 316
VCAM Slave Scale (No. 2216) 327 VRef Move Seg (No. 1939) 320
VCAM SlaveSclSel (No. 2215) 327 VRef Move Status (No. 1938) 320
VCam Start Cfg (No. 2205) 326 VRef Move Time (No. 1937) 320
VCAM Start Slope (No. 2222) 327 VRef Ramped (No. 1923) 318
VCAM Status (No. 2203) 326 VRef Scale (No. 1932) 319
VCAM Type (No. 2200) 325 VRef Sel Sts (No. 1890) 314
VCAM Vel Out (No. 2354) 330, 351 VRef Selected (No. 1892) 314
VCAM Vel Select (No. 2210)VCAM Vel Select VRef Source (No. 350) 230
(No. 2210) 327 VReg Anti Backup (No. 1953) 322
VCAM Vel Stpt (No. 2211) 327 VReg Int Out (No. 1962) 323
VCL CReg BW (No. 445) 245 VReg Output (No. 1969) 323
VCL CReg C/U Sel (No. 444) 245 VReg Trq Preset (No. 1980) 324
VCL CReg Damping (No. 450) 246 Zero Position (No. 1697) 303
Vel Comp Out (No. 1930) 319 Zero Speed Limit (No. 146) 215
Vel Comp Sel (No. 1927) 319 Port 12 Parameters
Vel Ctrl Options (No. 1950) 321 DCP CP Low Actn (No. 40) 355
Vel Fb Active (No. 1042) 276 DCP FD1 Off Actn (No. 41) 355
Vel Fb Taps (No. 1001) 273 DCPn Board Temp (No. 173…1073) 371
Vel Limit Neg (No. 1899) 315 DCPn DC Bus Vltg (No. 171…1071) 371
Vel Limit Pos (No. 1898) 315 DCPn MainDCBusV (No. 172…1072) 371
Vel Low Lim Neg (No. 1901) 316 DCPn PwrSup Vltg (No. 174…1074) 372
Vel Low Lim Pos (No. 1900) 315 DCPn Status (No. 170…1070) 370
Vel Trim Source (No. 1871) 313 DCPnMCS ElpsdLif (No. 145…1045) 368,
Velocity Error (No. 1951) 321 370
VelTrimPctRefSrc (No. 1870) 313 DCPnMCS PctLife (No. 148…1048) 369
VEncdls FReg Ki (No. 527) 251 DCPnMCS Rem Life (No. 146…1046) 369
VEncdls FReg Kps (No. 526) 251 DCPnMCS ResetLog (No. 147…1047) 369
VHz Curve (No. 486) 248 Fdbk Thresh (No. 56) 356

624 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Index

Mn Cur OL Count (No. 116…1016) 359 Active Current (No. 7) 374

Mn CurrentFdbk U (No. 105…1005) 358 Actv Damping Gn (No. 81) 387
Mn CurrentFdbk V (No. 106…1006) 358 Alarm Status A (No. 258) 407
Mn CurrentFdbk W (No. 107…1007) 358 Alarm Status B (No. 259) 408
Mn DC BusVoltage (No. 109…1009) 359 At Limit Status (No. 226) 402
Mn GroundCurrent (No. 108…1008) 358 Auto DC Bus Ref (No. 46) 380
Mn HeatsinkTempU (No. 117…1017) 360 Basic PLL Error (No. 88) 388
Mn HeatsinkTempV (No. 118…1018) 360 Basic PLL Ki (No. 87) 388
Mn HeatsinkTempW (No. 119…1019) 361 Basic PLL Kp (No. 86) 388
Mn HSFanResetLog (No. 137…1037) 366 BasicPLL Err Dly (No. 193) 399
Mn IGBT Temp (No. 111…1011) 359 BasicPLL Err Lmt (No. 192) 399
Mn Life MtrMWHrs (No. 123…1023) 362 BusAutoAdjReg Ki (No. 83) 387
Mn Life RgnMWHrs (No. 124…1024) 363 BusAutoAdjReg Kp (No. 82) 387
Mn Meas Amb Tmp (No. 131…1031) 364 c Cur Reg Ki (No. 80) 387
Mn PIB BoardTemp (No. 121…1021) 361 c Cur Reg Kp (No. 78) 387
Mn PLI BoardTemp (No. 120…1020) 361 c Volt Reg Ki (No. 60) 381
Mn Rated Amps (No. 101…1001) 357 c Volt Reg Kp (No. 58) 381
Mn Rated Volts (No. 100…1000) 357 Conv Logic Rslt (No. 227) 137
MnBusCapElpsdLif (No. 142…1042) 367 Conv Options Cfg (No. 40) 378
MnBusCapPctLife (No. 141…1041) 367 Cur Lmt Command (No. 101) 389
MnBusCapResetLog (No. 144…1044) 368 Cur Reg BW (No. 75) 386
MnBusCapRmngLife (No. 143…1043) 368 Cur Reg C/U Sel (No. 74) 386
MnHeatsinkFanSpd (No. 122…1022) 362 Cur Reg Damping (No. 76) 386
MnHeatsinkFanSpd (No. 122…522) 362 Current Limit (No. 100) 389
MnHSFanElpsdLife (No. 135…1035) 365 Current Rate Lmt (No. 102) 389
MnHSFanPctLife (No. 134…1034) 365 DC Bus Command (No. 50) 380
MnHSFanRemainLif (No. 136…1036) 365 DC Bus Rate Lmt (No. 49) 380
MnIGBT ElpsdLife (No. 139…1039) 366 DC Bus Ref Sel (No. 45) 379
MnIGBT PctLife (No. 138…1038) 366 DC BusRef Preset (No. 48) 380
MnIGBT RemainLif (No. 140…1040) 367 DC Offst Filt BW (No. 90) 388
MnPredMaintReset (No. 130…1030) 364 DC Offst LPF BW (No. 91) 388
OfstEvent Thresh (No. 57) 356 Derated Amps (No. 28) 377
Online Status (No. 10) 354 DFDT Det Actn (No. 179) 398
Sys Rated Amps (No. 1) 354 DFDTRdThrExpActn (No. 180) 398
Sys Rated Volts (No. 2) 354 Display Filter (No. 23) 376
ThrmMgr Curr Lmt (No. 13) 354 Ext Bus Cap (No. 52) 380, 387
Trq Accy Mod Cfg (No. 55) 356 Fault Status A (No. 240) 405
TrqAccyMod Temp (No. 50) 355 Fault Status B (No. 241) 406
Port 13 Parameters FF Power Gain (No. 44) 379
AC Line Current (No. 6) 374 Ground Current (No. 12) 375, 400
AC Line Freq (No. 1) 374 Heatsnk Temp (No. 233) 403
AC Line Imped% A (No. 34) 378 Heatsnk Temp Pct (No. 234) 403
AC Line Imped% B (No. 35) 378 High Freq Dly A (No. 147) 394
AC Line kVA (No. 14) 375 High Freq Dly B (No. 161) 396
AC Line kVA A (No. 32) 377 High Freq Lmt A (No. 146) 394
AC Line kVA B (No. 33) 378 High Freq Lmt B (No. 160) 396
AC Line kVAR (No. 15) 375 High Volt Dly A (No. 117) 391
AC Line kW (No. 13) 375 High Volt Dly B (No. 131) 393
AC Line Source (No. 31) 377 High Volt Lmt A (No. 116) 391
AC Line Voltage (No. 2) 374 High Volt Lmt B (No. 130) 393
ACLineMemory (No. 21) 375 HighFreqLmtAActn (No. 148) 394
ACLineMemReset (No. 22) 375 HighFreqLmtBActn (No. 162) 396
Active Cur Cmd (No. 67) 385 HighVltLmtAActn (No. 118) 391
Active Cur Ref (No. 65) 384 HighVltLmtBActn (No. 132) 393
Active Curr Rate (No. 66) 384 IGBT Temp (No. 231) 402

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 625

Index

IGBT Temp Pct (No. 232) 403 Rated Volts (No. 25) 376
kVAR Available (No. 71) 385 Reactive Current (No. 8) 374
kVAR Command (No. 72) 385 Reactv Cur Cmd (No. 73) 386
kVAR Rate Limit (No. 70) 385 Regen Power Lmt (No. 104) 390
kVAR Ref (No. 69) 385 Regen Pwr Avail(No. 106) 390
L Start Inhibits (No. 235) 404 RideThrough Time (No. 172) 397
Line Cur Unbal (No. 190) 399 R-S Line Volts (No. 3) 374, 399
Line I Unbal Dly (No. 189) 399 S (L2) OL Count (No. 229) 390, 402
Line I Unbal Lmt (No. 188) 399 S Phase Current (No. 10) 374, 400
Line Side Sts 1 (No. 225) 401 S-T Line Volts (No. 4) 374, 399
Line V Unbal Lmt (No. 185) 399 T (L3) OL Count (No. 230) 390, 402
Line Volts Unbal (No. 187) 399 T Phase Current (No. 11) 374, 400
LLastStrtInhibit (No. 236) 404 Testpoint DINT n (No. 282…291) 409
Low Freq Dly A (No. 144) 394 Testpoint REAL n (No. 281…290) 409
Low Freq Dly B (No. 158) 395 Testpoint Sel n (No. 280…289) 409
Low Freq Lmt A (No. 143) 394 T-R Line Volts (No. 5) 374, 399
Low Freq Lmt B (No. 157) 395 Type 2 Alarms (No. 260) 408
Low Volt Dly A (No. 114) 391 u Cur Reg Ki (No. 79) 387
Low Volt Dly B (No. 128) 392 u Cur Reg Kp (No. 77) 386
Low Volt Lmt A (No. 113) 391 u Volt Reg Ki (No. 59) 381
Low Volt Lmt B (No. 127) 392 u Volt Reg Kp (No. 57) 381
LowFreqLmtAActn (No. 145) 394 Unbl Rej Filt BW (No. 89) 388
LowFreqLmtBActn (No. 159) 395 Under Freq Dly A (No. 141) 394
LowVltLmtAActn (No. 115) 391 Under Freq Dly B (No. 155) 395
LowVltLmtBActn (No. 129) 392 Under Freq Lmt A (No. 140) 394
LSC TurnOffDelay (No. 43) 379 Under Freq Lmt B (No. 154) 395
LSCPhLossDetActn (No. 176) 397 Under Volt Dly A (No. 111) 391
ManDCBus AnlgHi (No. 41) 379 Under Volt Dly B (No. 125) 392
ManDCBus AnlgLo (No. 42) 379 Under Volt Lmt A (No. 110) 391
ManDCBus Ref Sel (No. 47) 380 Under Volt Lmt B (No. 124) 392
Motor Power Lmt (No. 105) 390 UnderVltLmtAActn (No. 112) 391
Motor Pwr Avail (No. 107) 390 UnderVltLmtBActn (No. 126) 392
Nom Line Freq (No. 30) 377 UndrFreqLmtAActn (No. 142) 394
Over Freq Dly A (No. 150) 395 UndrFreqLmtBActn (No. 156) 395
Over Freq Dly B (No. 164) 396 VltgSag Det Actn (No. 173) 397
Over Freq Lmt A (No. 149) 395 VltgSagRTExpActn (No. 174) 397
Over Freq Lmt B (No. 163) 396 Volt Reg BW (No. 55) 381
Over Volt Dly A (No. 120) 392 Volt Reg C/U Sel (No. 54) 380
Over Volt Dly B (No. 134) 393 Volt Reg Damping (No. 56) 381
Over Volt Lmt A (No. 119) 392 Port 14 Parameters
Over Volt Lmt B (No. 133) 393 ACP CP Low Actn (No. 1132) 430
OverFreqLmtAActn (No. 151) 395 ACP FD1 Off Actn (No. 1130) 430
OverFreqLmtBActn (No. 165) 396 ACP TVSS Action (No. 1131) 430
OverVltLmtAActn (No. 121) 392 ACP0 BoardTemp (No. 1111) 429
OverVltLmtBActn (No. 135) 393 ACP0 DC Bus Vltg (No. 1109) 428
PhsLossRTExpActn (No. 177) 398 ACP0 LineVltg RS (No. 1105) 428
PLL Config (No. 85) 388 ACP0 LineVltg ST (No. 1107) 428
PLL LOS Det Actn (No. 181) 398 ACP0 LineVltg TR (No. 1106) 428
Power Factor (No. 16) 375 ACP0 MCB RmngLif (No. 1143) 431
PwrLoss Det Actn (No. 170) 397 ACP0 MCBElpsdLif (No. 1142) 431
PwrLossRTExpActn (No. 171) 397 ACP0 MCBPctLife (No. 1141) 431
R (L1) OL Count (No. 228) 390, 402 ACP0 MCBResetLog (No. 1144) 431
R Phase Current (No. 9) 374, 400 ACP0 PCC RmngLif (No. 1146) 431
Rated Amps (No. 26) 376 ACP0 PCCElpsdLif (No. 1145) 431
Rated kW (No. 27) 377 ACP0 PCCPctLife (No. 1148) 432

626 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Index

ACP0 PCCResetLog (No. 1147) 432 L0 St Fan 2 Spd (No. 149) 421
ACP0 PredMntRst (No. 1140) 431 L0 StFanResetLog (No. 129) 422
ACP0 PwrSup Vltg (No. 1112) 429 L0PredMaintReset (No. 130) 422
ACP0 Status (No. 1100) 427 L0StFanElpsdLife (No. 127) 421
ACP1 BoardTemp (No. 1121) 429 L0StFanPctLife (No. 116) 421
ACP1 DC Bus Vltg (No. 1119) 429 L0StFanRemainLif (No. 128) 422
ACP1 LineVltg RS (No. 1115) 429 Ln Cur OLCount R (No. 113…1013) 416
ACP1 LineVltg ST (No. 1117) 429 Ln Cur OLCount S (No. 114…1014) 417
ACP1 LineVltg TR (No. 1116) 429 Ln Cur OLCount T (No. 115…1015) 417
ACP1 MCB RmngLif (No. 1153) 432 Ln CurrentFdbk R (No. 105…1005) 415
ACP1 MCBElpsdLif (No. 1152) 432 Ln DC BusVoltage (No. 109…1009) 416
ACP1 MCBPctLife (No. 1151) 432 Ln HeatsinkTempR (No. 117…1017) 417
ACP1 MCBResetLog (No. 1154) 432 Ln HeatsinkTempS (No. 118…1018) 418
ACP1 PCC RmngLif (No. 1156) 433 Ln HeatsinkTempT (No. 119…1019) 418
ACP1 PCCElpsdLif (No. 1155) 432 Ln HSFanResetLog (No. 137…1037) 424
ACP1 PCCPctLife (No. 1158) 433 Ln IGBT Temp (No. 111…1011) 416
ACP1 PCCResetLog (No. 1157) 433 Ln Life MtrMWHrs (No. 123…1023) 420
ACP1 PredMntRst (No. 1150) 432 Ln Life RgnMWHrs (No. 124…1024) 420
ACP1 PwrSup Vltg (No. 1122) 429 Ln Meas Amb Tmp (No. 131…1031) 423
ACP1 Status (No. 1110) 428 Ln PIB BoardTemp (No. 120…1020) 419
Effctv I Rating (No. 3) 413 Ln PLI BoardTemp (No. 121…1021) 419
F0 HS Fan 2 Spd (No. 1234) 439 Ln PredMaintReset (No. 130…1030) 422,
Fn Cap BPF Cur R (No. 1216…2116) 435 423
Fn Cap BPF Cur S (No. 1217…2117) 436 Ln Rated Amps (No. 101…1001) 414
Fn Cap BPF Cur T (No. 1218…2118) 436 Ln Rated Volts (No. 100…1000) 414
Fn Cap Curr RSS (No. 1229…2129) 438 LnBusCapElpsdLif (No. 142…1042) 426
Fn Cap ElpsdLif (No. 1249…2149) 441 LnBusCapPctLife (No. 141…1041) 425
Fn Cap LPF Cur R (No. 1210…2110) 434 LnBusCapResetLog (No. 144…1044) 426
Fn Cap LPF Cur S (No. 1211…2111) 435 LnBusCapRmngLife (No. 143…1043) 426
Fn Cap LPF Cur T (No. 1212…2112) 435 LnCurrentFdbk S (No. 106…1006) 415
Fn Cap PctLife (No. 1248…2148) 441 LnCurrentFdbk T (No. 107…1007) 415
Fn Cap ResetLog (No. 1251…2151) 442 LnGroundCurrent (No. 108…1008) 415
Fn Cap RmngLife (No. 1250…2150) 442 LnHeatsinkFanSpd (No. 122…1022) 419
Fn Cap Voltage R (No. 1222…2122) 436 LnHSFanElpsdLife (No. 135…1035) 423
Fn Cap Voltage S (No. 1223…2123) 437 LnHSFanRemainLif (No. 136…1036) 424
Fn Cap Voltage T (No. 1224…2124) 437 LnIGBT ElpsdLife (No. 139…1039) 425
Fn CapBPF CurAvg (No. 1219…2119) 436 LnIGBT PctLife (No. 138…1038) 424
Fn CapFltClrCode (No. 1206…2106) 434 LnIGBT RemainLif (No. 140…1040) 425
Fn CapFltResCode (No. 1205…2105) 434 Online Status (No. 10) 413
Fn CapLPF CurAvg (No. 1213…2113) 435 Sys Rated Amps (No. 1) 413
Fn CapVoltageAvg (No. 1225…2125) 437 Sys Rated Volts (No. 2) 413
Fn CapVoltageRSS (No. 1226…2126) 437 Port 9 Parameters
Fn CSB BoardTemp (No. 1232…2132) 438 Brake Test Torq (No. 64) 185
Fn HSFanResetLog (No. 1247…2147) 441 Brk Alarm Travel (No. 62) 185
Fn Meas Amb Tmp (No. 1241…2141) 439 Brk Release Time (No. 60) 185
Fn Rated Amps (No. 1201…2101) 433 Brk Set Time (No. 61) 185
Fn Rated Volts (No. 1200…2100) 433 Brk Slip Thresh (No. 52) 185
FnHeatsinkFanSpd (No. 1233…2133) 438 DI Brake Fdbk (No. 68) 185
FnHSFanElpsdLife (No. 1245…2145) 440 DI FloatMicroPsn (No. 78) 186
FnHSFanPctLife (No. 1244…2144) 440 DI PID Enable (No. 20) 178
FnHSFanRemainLif (No. 1246…2146) 440 DI PID Hold (No. 21) 178
FnPredMaintReset (No. 1240…2140) 439 DI PID Invert (No. 23) 178
L0 HS Fan 2 Spd (No. 125) 420 DI PID Reset (No. 22) 178
L0 PFB BoardTemp (No. 126) 421 DLX Bool SPn (No. 1100…1103) 195
L0 St Fan 1 Spd (No. 148) 421 DLX DigOut Sts (No. 1006) 194

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 627

Index

DLX DINT In SPn (No. 1130…1133) 196 Position Actual (No. 1745) 306
DLX DINT Out SPn (No. 1140…1143) 196 Position Command (No. 1731) 304
DLX DINT SPn (No. 1090…1097) 195 Position Control - Phase Locked Loop
DLX InvldIO Actn (No. 1003) 193 Block Diagram 566
DLX OperationCmd (No. 1000) 193 Position Control - Position Reference CAM
DLX OperationSts (No. 1001) 193 Block Diagram 567
DLX PowerupStart (No. 1002) 193 Position Control - Profiler/Indexer 1
DLX Prog Cond (No. 1004) 194 Block Diagram 568
DLX Real In SPn (No. 1110…1117) 196 Position Control - Profiler/Indexer 2
DLX Real Out SPn (No. 1120…1127) 196 Block Diagram 569
DLX Real SPn (No. 1070…1085) 195 Position Control - Roll Position Indicator
Float Tolerance (No. 70) 186 Block Diagram 570
MicroPsnScalePct (No. 71) 186 Position Control - Spindle Orient
PID Cfg (No. 1) 176 Block Diagram 571
PID Control (No. 2) 176 Position Error (No. 1750) 306
PID Deadband (No. 9) 177 Position Fb (No. 1746) 306
PID Deriv Time (No. 6) 177 Position Homing
PID Error Meter (No. 12) 177 Block Diagram 561
PID FBLoss SpSel (No. 42) 180 Position Reference - Move Profile
PID FBLoss TqSel (No. 43) 180 Block Diagram 563
PID Fdbk AnlgHi (No. 39) 179 Position Reference 1
PID Fdbk AnlgLo (No. 40) 180 Block Diagram 562
PID Fdbk Meter (No. 36) 179 Position Reference 2
PID Fdbk Mult (No. 38) 179 Block Diagram 564
PID Fdbk Sel (No. 35) 179 Position Regulator
PID Fdbk Stpt (No. 37) 179 Block Diagram 565
PID Int Time (No. 5) 177 Power Factor (No. 16) 375
PID Lower Limit (No. 8) 177 Power Factor Correction
PID LPF BW (No. 10) 177 Block Diagram 552
PID Mtr Ctrl Sel (No. 16) 178 Power Loss
PID Output Meter (No. 13) 177 Block Diagram 543
PID Output Mult (No. 15) 177 Power Loss Actn (No. 270) 223
PID Output Sel (No. 14) 177 PowerFlex 755T Converter Overview
PID Preload (No. 11) 177 Block Diagram 540
PID Prop Gain (No. 4) 176 PowerUp Delay (No. 52) 208
PID Ref AnlgHi (No. 29) 179 Prchrg Control (No. 37) 111
PID Ref AnlgLo (No. 30) 179 Prchrg Delay (No. 38) 112
PID Ref Meter (No. 26) 178 Prchrg Err Cfg (No. 39) 112
PID Ref Mult (No. 27) 178 Precautions, General 7
PID Ref Sel (No. 25) 178 Pred Maint Reset (No. 505) 160
PID Setpoint (No. 28) 179 Pred Maint Sts (No. 500) 159
PID Status (No. 3) 176 PredMaint Rst En (No. 504) 160
PID Upper Limit (No. 7) 177 PredMaint Sts (No. 99) 454, 468
SpdBand Intgrtr (No. 52) 184 PRef Direct (No. 1683) 302
Speed Dev Band (No. 54) 184 PRef EGR Out (No. 1686) 302
Testpoint Sel 1 (No. 1200) 197 PRef Select (No. 1681) 302
Testpoint Sel 2 (No. 1203) 197 PRef Selected (No. 1684) 302
Trq Lmt SlewRate (No. 53) 184 PReg Droop (No. 1763) 307
Trq Prove Cfg (No. 50) 183 PReg Fb Sel (No. 1013) 274
Trq Prove Setup (No. 51) 183 PReg Int Out (No. 1765) 308
Trq Prove Status (No. 52) 184 PReg Status (No. 1732) 305
ZeroSpdFloatTime (No. 72) 186 PReg Vel Out (No. 1767) 308
Port Mask Act (No. 233) 140 Preset Speed n (No. 1814…1820) 310
Port Mask Cfg (No. 232) 139 Pri MtrCtrl Mode (No. 65) 119
Port n Reference (No. 214… 219) 138 Pri Position Fb (No. 1769) 308

628 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Index

Pri Vel Fb Sel (No. 1000) 273 PTP Reference (No. 1404) 291
Pri Vel Feedback (No. 1040) 276 PTP S Curve (No. 1403) 291
PriMtrCtrl Act (No. 66) 119 PTP Setpoint (No. 1384) 290
Process Control 1 PTP Vel Max (No. 1406) 292
Block Diagram 588 PTP Vel Override (No. 1402) 291
Process Control 2 PTP VRef Fwd (No. 1405) 291
Block Diagram 589 Purge Frequency (No. 457) 159
Prof DI Invert (No. 850) 132 PWM Freq Act (No. 426) 244
Profile Command (No. 1202) 282 PWM Frequency (No. 425) 244
Profile Status (No. 1200) 281 Pwr Loss A Level (No. 272) 223
ProfVel Override (No. 1204) 282 Pwr Loss A Time (No. 273) 223
Psn Actual Units (No. 1747) 306 Pwr Loss B Level (No. 276) 223
Psn Ctrl Options (No. 1730) 304 Pwr Loss B Time (No. 277) 223
Psn Direct Stpt (No. 1682) 302 Pwr Loss Mode A (No. 271) 223
Psn EGR Div (No. 1688) 303 Pwr Loss Mode B (No. 275) 223
Psn EGR Mult (No. 1687) 302 PwrLoss Det Actn (No. 170) 397
Psn Gear Ratio (No. 1752) 307 PwrLoss RT ACRKi (No. 282) 224
Psn Load Actual (No. 1748) 306 PwrLoss RT ACRKp (No. 281) 224
Psn Offset 1 (No. 1691) 303 PwrLoss RT BusKd (No. 280) 224
Psn Offset 1 Sel (No. 1690) 303 PwrLoss RT BusKp (No. 279) 223
Psn Offset 2 (No. 1694) 303 PwrLossRTExpActn (No. 171) 397
Psn Offset 2 Sel (No. 1693) 303 PwrRfFanElpsdLif (No. 532) 163
Psn Offset Vel (No. 1695) 303 PwrRfFanEventLvl (No. 534) 163
PsnVelTrq Actv (No. 34) 207 PwrRfFanEvntActn (No. 535) 163
PsnVelTrq Mode A (No. 30) 203 PwrRfFanPctLife (No. 531) 163
PsnVelTrq Mode B (No. 31) 204 PwrRfFanRem Life (No. 533) 163
PsnVelTrq Mode C (No. 32) 205 PwrRfFanResetLog (No. 536) 163
PsnVelTrq Mode D (No. 33) 206
PsnWatch1 DtctIn (No. 1738) 305
PsnWatch1 Select (No. 1737) 305 Q
PsnWatch1 Stpt (No. 1739) 305 Quad Loss Count (No. 8) 472
PsnWatch2 DtctIn (No. 1742) 306
PsnWatch2 Select (No. 1741) 306
PsnWatch2 Stpt (No. 1743) 306
R
PTC Cfg (No. 40) 462 R (L1) OL Count (No. 228) 390, 402
PTC Raw Value (No. 42) 462 R Phase Current (No. 9) 374, 400
PTC Sts (No. 35) 451 Rated Amps (No. 21) 202
PTC Sts (No. 41) 462 Rated Amps (No. 26) 376
PTP Accel Max (No. 1407) 292 Rated kW (No. 22) 202
PTP Accel Time (No. 1398) 291 Rated kW (No. 27) 377
PTP Command (No. 1391) 290 Rated Volts (No. 20) 202
PTP Control (No. 1381) 289 Rated Volts (No. 25) 376
PTP Decel Max (No. 1408) 292 Reactive Current (No. 8) 374
PTP Decel Time (No. 1399) 291 Reactv Cur Cmd (No. 73) 386
PTP EGR Div (No. 1389) 290 Ref Accel Time (No. 934) 269
PTP EGR Mult (No. 1389) 290 Ref Decel Time (No. 935) 270
PTP Feedback (No. 1396) 291 Ref Fault Config (No. 941) 270
PTP Index Preset (No. 1386) 290 Ref Max Accel (No. 936) 270
PTP Mode (No. 1382) 290 Ref Max AccJerk (No. 938) 270
PTP Move Seg (No. 1411) 292 Ref Max Decel (No. 937) 270
PTP Move Status (No. 1410) 292 Ref Max DecJerk (No. 939) 270
PTP Move Time (No. 1409) 292 Ref Move Type (No. 931) 269
PTP PRef Status (No. 1380) 289 Ref NF1 Depth (No. 944) 271
PTP Ref Scale (No. 1385) 290 Ref NF1 Freq (No. 942) 270
PTP Ref Sel (No. 1383) 290 Ref NF1 Gain (No. 945) 271
Ref NF1 Width (No. 943) 271

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 629

Index

Ref NF2 Depth (No. 950) 271 RO1 Level CmpSts (No. 23) 449, 460
Ref NF2 Freq (No. 948) 271 RO1 Level Sel (No. 21) 448, 459
Ref NF2 Gain (No. 951) 271 RO1 LifeEvntActn (No. 116) 456, 469
Ref NF2 Width (No. 949) 271 RO1 LifeEvntLvl (No. 115) 456, 469
Ref Select Owner (No. 266) 142 RO1 Load Amps (No. 111) 455, 469
Ref Time Base (No. 933) 269 RO1 Load Type (No. 110) 455, 468
RefA Trim AnHi (No. 1857) 312 RO1 Off Time (No. 25) 449, 460
RefA Trim AnLo (No. 1858) 312 RO1 On Time (No. 24) 449, 460
RefA Trim Sel (No. 1855) 312 RO1 RemainLife (No. 114) 456, 469
RefA Trim Stpt (No. 1856) 312 RO1 Sel (No. 20) 448, 459
RefA TrmPct AnHi (No. 1852) 312 RO1 TotalLife (No. 112) 455, 469
RefA TrmPct AnLo (No. 1853) 312 Roll Psn Config (No. 1080) 279
RefA TrmPct Sel (No. 1850) 312 Roll Psn Offset (No. 1085) 280
RefA TrmPct Stpt (No. 1851) 312 Roll Psn Preset (No. 1084) 280
RefB Trim AnHi (No. 1867) 313 RP EPR Input (No. 1086) 280
RefB Trim AnLo (No. 1868) 313 RP Psn Fb Sel (No. 1082) 279
RefB Trim Sel (No. 1865) 313 RP Psn Fb Stpt (No. 1083) 280
RefB Trim Stpt (No. 1866) 313 RP Psn Output (No. 1090) 280
RefB TrmPct AnHi (No. 1862) 313 RP Psn Status (No. 1081) 279
RefB TrmPct AnLo (No. 1863) 313 RP Rvls Input (No. 1087) 280
RefB TrmPct Sel (No. 1860) 312 RP Rvls Output (No. 1088) 280
RefB TrmPct Stpt (No. 1861) 312 RP Unit Out (No. 1092) 280
RefEnergyBalance (No. 932) 269 RP Unit Scale (No. 1091) 280
Regen Power Lim (No. 229) 218 RP Unwind (No. 1089) 280
Regen Power Lmt (No. 104) 390 R-S Line Volts (No. 3) 374, 399
Regen Pwr Avail(No. 106) 390 Run Boost (No. 481) 247
RemMed EventActn (No. 56) 115
Reset Meters (No. 55) 115
Reset Parameter Defaults 513 S
Rgsn Arm (No. 90) 495 S (L2) OL Count (No. 229) 390, 402
Rgsn HmIn Filter (No. 93) 496 S Phase Current (No. 10) 374, 400
Rgsn In 0 Filter (No. 91) 495 Safe Speed Monitor
Rgsn In 1 Filter (No. 92) 495 Module Status 479
Rgsn Latchn Cfg (No. 100…127) 497 Safety Port Sts (No. 600) 168
Rgsn Latchn Psn (No. 101…128) 500 ScaleBlk Sel nn (No. 900…928) 144
Rgsn Latchn Time (No. 102…129) 500 ScaleBlk Sel nn (No. 901…929) 145
Rgsn Sts (No. 94) 496 ScaleBlk Sel nn (No. 902…930) 145
RideThrough Time (No. 172) 397 ScaleBlk Sel nn (No. 903…931) 145
RO0 ElapsedLife (No. 103) 455, 468 Sec MtrCtrl Act (No. 68) 120
RO0 Level (No. 12) 448, 459 Sec MtrCtrl Mode (No. 67) 120
RO0 Level CmpSts (No. 13) 448, 459 Servo Lock Gain (No. 1952) 321
RO0 Level Sel (No. 11) 447, 458 ServoLkGn DclHld (No. 1954) 322
RO0 LifeEvntActn (No. 106) 455, 468 SFAdapt CnvrgLim (No. 553) 252
RO0 LifeEvntLvl (No. 105) 455, 468 SFAdapt CnvrgLvl (No. 552) 252
RO0 Load Amps (No. 101) 454, 468 SFAdapt SlewLim (No. 550) 252
RO0 Load Type (No. 100) 454, 468 SFAdapt SlewRate (No. 551) 252
RO0 Off Time (No. 14) 448 Shear Pin 1 Actn (No. 242) 220
RO0 Off Time (No. 15) 459 Shear Pin 1 Level (No. 243) 220
RO0 On Time (No. 14) 448, 459 Shear Pin 1 Time (No. 244) 220
RO0 RemainLife (No. 104) 455, 468 Shear Pin 2 Actn (No. 245) 220
RO0 Sel (No. 10) 447, 458 Shear Pin 2 Time (No. 247) 220
RO0 TotalLife (No. 102) 455, 468 Shear Pin Config (No. 241) 219
RO1 ElapsedLife (No. 113) 455, 469 Shear Pin2 Level (No. 246) 220
RO1 Level (No. 21) 448 Simulator Fb (No. 1050) 277
RO1 Level (No. 22) 459

630 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Index

Single Incremental Encoder Module Step n Batch (No. 1211…1376) 286

Parameters Step n Decel (No. 1209…1374) 284
Encoder Cfg (No. 1) 470 Step n Dwell (No. 1210…1375) 286
Encoder Feedback (No. 4) 470 Step n Next (No. 1212…1377) 287
Encoder PPR (No. 2) 470 Step n Type (No. 1205…1370) 283
Encoder Status (No. 5) 471 Step n Value (No. 1209…1374) 285
Error Status (No. 6) 472 Step n Velocity (No. 1206…1371) 283
Fdbk Loss Cfg (No. 3) 470 StirFanEventActn (No. 518) 162
Phase Loss Count (No. 7) 472 StirFanEventLvl (No. 517) 161
Quad Loss Count (No. 8) 472 Stop
Skip Speed 1 (No. 1908) 316 problems with 519
Skip Speed 2 (No. 1909) 316 Stop Dwell Time (No. 145) 214
Skip Speed 3 (No. 1910) 316 Stop Owner (No. 260) 38, 141
Skip Speed Band (No. 1911) 316 Subnet Cfg n (No. 306…309) 146
SLAT Dwell Time (No. 40) 208 Support, Product 534
SLAT Err Stpt (No. 39) 208 SVC Boost Filter (No. 455) 246
Slip Adapt Iqs (No. 549) 252 Sys Rated Amps (No. 1) 354, 413
Slip Comp LPF BW (No. 491) 248 Sys Rated Volts (No. 2) 354, 413
Slip Reg Enable (No. 530) 251 System BW (No. 906) 267
Slip Reg Ki (No. 532) 251 System C/U Sel (No. 905) 266
Slip Reg Kp (No. 531) 251 System Damping (No. 907) 267
Sn Blend P1 Sel (No. 1215…1379) 288
Sn Blend P2 Sel (No. 1215…1419) 288
SO Accel Time (No. 1071) 279 T
SO Cnts per Rvls (No. 1067) 278 T (L3) OL Count (No. 230) 390, 402
SO Config (No. 1060) 277 T Phase Current (No. 11) 374, 400
SO Decel Time (No. 1072) 279 TAM Option (No. 82) 122
SO EPR Input (No. 1064) 278 TAM Option Act (No. 83) 122
SO Offset (No. 1063) 278 Technical Support
SO Position Out (No. 1069) 278 Contacting 534
SO Rvls Input (No. 1065) 278 Testpoint DINT 1 (No. 382) 197, 234
SO Rvls Output (No. 1066) 278 Testpoint DINT 2 (No. 385) 197, 234
SO Setpoint (No. 1062) 278 Testpoint DINT 3 (No. 388) 234
SO Status (No. 1061) 278 Testpoint DINT 4 (No. 391) 234
SO Unit Out (No. 1070) 278 Testpoint DINT n (No. 282…291) 409
SO Unit Scale (No. 1068) 278 Testpoint REAL 1 (No. 381) 197, 234
SO Vel Lim Fwd (No. 1073) 279 Testpoint REAL 2 (No. 384) 197, 234
SO Vel Lim Rev (No. 1074) 279 Testpoint REAL 3 (No. 387) 234
SpdBand Intgrtr (No. 52) 184 Testpoint REAL 4 (No. 390) 234
Speed command Testpoint REAL n (No. 281…290) 409
problems with 518, 519 Testpoint Sel 1 (No. 1200) 197
Speed Dev Band (No. 54) 184 Testpoint Sel 1 (No. 380) 234
S-T Line Volts (No. 4) 374, 399 Testpoint Sel 2 (No. 1203) 197
Stab Angle Gain (No. 441) 245 Testpoint Sel 2 (No. 383) 234
Stab Volt Gain (No. 440) 245 Testpoint Sel 3 (No. 386) 234
Stability Filter (No. 439) 245 Testpoint Sel 4 (No. 389) 234
Start Testpoint Sel n (No. 280…289) 409
problems with 518 ThrmMgr Curr Lmt (No. 13) 354
Start Acc Boost (No. 480) 247 TO0 Level (No. 21) 448
Start At PowerUp (No. 50) 208 TO0 Level (No. 22) 459
Start Inhibits (No. 603) 168 TO0 Level CmpSts (No. 23) 449, 460
Start Owner (No. 261) 141 TO0 Level Sel (No. 21) 448, 459
Status Indicators 504 TO0 Off Time (No. 25) 449, 460
Step n Accel (No. 1207…1372) 284 TO0 On Time (No. 24) 449, 460
Step n Action (No. 1213…1378) 287 TO0 Sel (No. 20) 448, 459

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 631

Index

TO1 Level (No. 32) 449, 460 Trq Comp Regen (No. 547) 252
TO1 Level CmpSts (No. 33) 450, 461 Trq LLF BW (No. 2152) 340
TO1 Level Sel (No. 31) 449, 460 Trq LLF Gain (No. 2153) 340
TO1 Off Time (No. 35) 450, 461 Trq Lmt SlewRate (No. 53) 184
TO1 On Time (No. 34) 450, 461 Trq LPF BW Act (No. 2156) 340
TO1 Sel (No. 30) 449 Trq LPF BW LLim (No. 2116) 337
Torque Control - Current IM, SPM Trq NF Freq HLim (No. 2113) 337
Block Diagram 586 Trq NF Freq LLim (No. 2112) 336
Torque Control - Current IPM Trq NF Threshold (No. 2111) 336
Block Diagram 587 Trq NF Wdth Est (No. 2125) 338
Torque Cur Fb (No. 8) 201 Trq NF WidthMax (No. 2115) 337
Torque Filters Trq NF WidthMin (No. 2114) 337
Block Diagram 585 Trq NF1 Depth (No. 2163) 341
Torque Limit Neg (No. 2084) 336 Trq NF1 Dpth Act (No. 2164) 341
Torque Limit Pos (No. 2083) 336 Trq NF1 Freq (No. 2159) 340
Torque Overview Trq NF1 Freq Act (No. 2160) 340
Block Diagram 579 Trq NF1 Freq Est (No. 2123) 338
Torque Reference Trq NF1 Gain (No. 2165) 341
Block Diagram 584 Trq NF1 Gain Act (No. 2166) 341
Torque Reference Selection Trq NF1 Mag Est (No. 2124) 338
Block Diagram 580 Trq NF1 Wdth Act (No. 2162) 341
Torque Step (No. 2077) 335 Trq NF1 Width (No. 2161) 341
TqCAM Aux End Pt (No. 2460) 349 Trq NF2 Depth (No. 2173) 342
TqCAM Aux Pt Mnn (No. 2462…2476) 351 Trq NF2 Dpth Act (No. 2174) 342
TqCAM Aux Pt Snn (No. 2493…2507) 351 Trq NF2 Freq (No. 2169) 341
TqCAM Aux Types (No. 2461) 350 Trq NF2 Freq Act (No. 2170) 341
TqCAM Control (No. 2371) 345 Trq NF2 Gain (No. 2175) 342
TqCAM End Slope (No. 2393) 348 Trq NF2 Gain Act (No. 2176) 342
TqCAM Main EndPt (No. 2394) 348 Trq NF2 Wdth Act (No. 2172) 342
TqCAM Main Types (No. 2395) 348 Trq NF2 Width (No. 2171) 341
TqCAM MainPt Mnn (No. 2226…2241) 349 Trq NF3 Depth (No. 2183) 343
TqCAM Master Scl (No. 2384) 347 Trq NF3 Dpth Act (No. 2184) 343
TqCAM Mode (No. 2372) 345 Trq NF3 Freq (No. 2179) 342
TqCAM Psn Ofst (No. 2378) 347 Trq NF3 Freq Act (No. 2180) 342
TqCAM Psn Ofst (No. 2379) 347 Trq NF3 Gain (No. 2185) 343
TqCAM Psn Select (No. 2376) 346 Trq NF3 Gain Act (No. 2186) 343
TqCAM Psn Stpt (No. 2377) 347 Trq NF3 Wdth Act (No. 2182) 342
TqCAM SlaveScale (No. 2386) 347 Trq NF3 Width (No. 2181) 342
TqCAM SlvSclSel (No. 2385) 347 Trq NF4 Depth (No. 2193) 343
TqCam Start Cfg (No. 2375) 346 Trq NF4 Dpth Act (No. 2194) 344
TqCAM StartSlope (No. 2392) 347 Trq NF4 Freq (No. 2189) 343
TqCAM Status (No. 2373) 346 Trq NF4 Freq Act (No. 2190) 343
TqCAM Type (No. 2370) 345 Trq NF4 Gain (No. 2195) 344
TqCAM Vel Select (No. 2380) 347 Trq NF4 Gain Act (No. 2196) 344
TqCAM Vel Stpt (No. 2381) 347 Trq NF4 Wdth Act (No. 2192) 343
T-R Line Volts (No. 5) 374, 399 Trq NF4 Width (No. 2191) 343
Trans Droop Cur (No. 353) 412 Trq Prove Cfg (No. 50) 183
Troubleshooting 501 Trq Prove Setup (No. 51) 183
Common Symptoms 518 Trq Prove Status (No. 52) 184
Trq Accy Mod Cfg (No. 55) 356 Trq Ref A AnlgHi (No. 2002) 331
Trq Adapt En (No. 543) 252 Trq Ref A AnlgLo (No. 2003) 331
Trq Adapt Spd (No. 595) 254 Trq Ref A Mult (No. 2004) 331
Trq Adapt Speeds (No. 542) 251 Trq Ref A Sel (No. 2000) 331
Trq Commanded (No. 2073) 201, 335 Trq Ref A Stpt (No. 2001) 331
Trq Comp Mtring (No. 546) 252 Trq Ref B AnlgHi (No. 2009) 331

632 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Index

Trq Ref B AnlgLo (No. 2010) 331 u VReg Ki (No. 1958) 322
Trq Ref B Mult (No. 2011) 331 u VReg Kp (No. 1956) 322
Trq Ref B Sel (No. 2007) 331 Unbl Rej Filt BW (No. 89) 388
Trq Ref B Stpt (No. 2008) 331 Under Freq Dly A (No. 141) 394
Trq Ref Filt In (No. 2150) 340 Under Freq Dly B (No. 155) 395
Trq Ref Filtered (No. 2080) 336 Under Freq Lmt A (No. 140) 394
Trq Ref Limited (No. 2087) 336 Under Freq Lmt B (No. 154) 395
Trq Ref Out (No. 2072) 335 Under Volt Dly A (No. 111) 391
Trq Ref Selected (No. 2076) 335 Under Volt Dly B (No. 125) 392
TrqAccyMod Temp (No. 50) 355 Under Volt Lmt A (No. 110) 391
Type 2 Alarms (No. 260) 408 Under Volt Lmt B (No. 124) 392
Type 2 Alarms (No. 467) 240 UnderVltg Action (No. 285) 224
UnderVltg Level (No. 286) 224
UnderVltLmtAActn (No. 112) 391
U UnderVltLmtBActn (No. 126) 392
u Accel FF Gain (No. 1974) 323 UndrFreqLmtAActn (No. 142) 394
u Alt Kvi OL Fb (No. 1960) 322 UndrFreqLmtBActn (No. 156) 395
u AltVelFbLPF BW (No. 1009) 274 Units Traveled (No. 1201) 281
u AltVelFbLPF Gn (No. 1022) 276 Universal Feedback Module Parameters
u BusObs Ki (No. 324) 411 Enc Out FD PPR (No. 82) 494
u BusObs Kp (No. 322) 410 Enc Out Mode (No. 81) 494
u Cur Reg Ki (No. 79) 387 Enc Out Sel (No. 80) 494
u Cur Reg Kp (No. 77) 386 Enc Out Z Offset (No. 83) 495
u EncLs AngCmp (No. 521) 250 Enc Out Z PPR (No. 84) 495
u Flux Cur Ref (No. 518) 250 FB0 Cfg (No. 8) 484
u FluxUpTime (No. 433) 245 FB0 Device Sel (No. 6) 482
u IM Leakage L (No. 515) 250 FB0 Identify (No. 7) 483
u IM Stator Res (No. 512) 250 FB0 Inc Cfg (No. 16) 486
u IM StatResComp (No. 524) 250 FB0 Inc Sts (No. 17) 486
u LdObs Ki (No. 2024) 332 FB0 IncAndSC PPR (No. 15) 485
u LdObs Kp (No. 2022) 332 FB0 Lin CPR (No. 25) 487
u PM CEMF Vltg (No. 614) 255 FB0 Lin Upd Rate (No. 26) 487
u PM Ld at 0 (No. 627) 255 FB0 LinStahl Sts (No. 27) 488
u PM Ld at 100 (No. 629) 256 FB0 Loss Cfg (No. 9) 484
u PM Lq at 100 (No. 643) 256 FB0 Position (No. 5) 481
u PM Lq at 125 (No. 645) 256 FB0 SSI Cfg (No. 20) 487
u PM Lq at 150 (No. 647) 257 FB0 SSI Resol (No. 21) 487
u PM Lq at 175 (No. 649) 257 FB0 SSI Turns (No. 22) 487
u PM Lq at 200 (No. 651) 257 FB0 Sts (No. 10) 485
u PM Lq at 25 (No. 636) 256 FB1 Cfg (No. 38) 490
u PM Lq at 50 (No. 639) 256 FB1 Device Sel (No. 36) 489
u PM Lq at 75 (No. 641) 256 FB1 Identify (No. 37) 490
u PM Stator Res (No. 620) 255 FB1 Inc Cfg (No. 46) 492
u PReg Ki (No. 1757) 307 FB1 Inc Sts (No. 47) 492
u PReg Kp (No. 1755) 307 FB1 IncAndSC PPR (No. 45) 491
u Slip RPM atFLA (No. 490) 249 FB1 Lin CPR (No. 55) 493
u Trq LPF BW (No. 2155) 340 FB1 Lin Upd Rate (No. 56) 493
u VCL CReg Ki (No. 449) 246 FB1 LinStahl Sts (No. 57) 494
u VCL CReg Kps (No. 447) 246 FB1 Loss Cfg (No. 39) 491
u Vel Comp Gain (No. 1929) 319 FB1 Position (No. 35) 488
u Vel Fb LPF BW (No. 1003) 273 FB1 SSI Cfg (No. 50) 493
u Vel Fb LPF Gn (No. 1005) 273 FB1 SSI Resol (No. 51) 493
u Vel FF Gain (No. 1761) 307 FB1 SSI Turns (No. 52) 493
u Volt Reg Ki (No. 59) 381 FB1 Sts (No. 40) 491
u Volt Reg Kp (No. 57) 381 Module Err Reset (No. 2) 481

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 633

Index

Module Sts (No. 1) 480 VCL CReg C/U Sel (No. 444) 245
Rgsn Arm (No. 90) 495 VCL CReg Damping (No. 450) 246
Rgsn HmIn Filter (No. 93) 496 Vel Comp Out (No. 1930) 319
Rgsn In 0 Filter (No. 91) 495 Vel Comp Sel (No. 1927) 319
Rgsn In 1 Filter (No. 92) 495 Vel Ctrl Options (No. 1950) 321
Rgsn Latchn Cfg (No. 100…127) 497 Vel Fb Active (No. 1042) 276
Rgsn Latchn Psn (No. 101…128) 500 Vel Fb Taps (No. 1001) 273
Rgsn Latchn Time (No. 102…129) 500 Vel Limit Neg (No. 1899) 315
Rgsn Sts (No. 94) 496 Vel Limit Pos (No. 1898) 315
UserData Int nn (No. 700…731) 143 Vel Low Lim Neg (No. 1901) 316
UserData Real nn (No. 800…831) 144 Vel Low Lim Pos (No. 1900) 315
Vel Trim Source (No. 1871) 313
Velocity Error (No. 1951) 321
V Velocity Reference - Flux Vector
Variable Frequency, SV Overview Block Diagram 576
Block Diagram 558 Velocity Reference All
VB Accel Rate (No. 827) 264 Block Diagram 574, 575
VB Config (No. 820) 263 Velocity Reference Flux Vector - Move
VB Cur Thresh (No. 835) 265 Profiles
VB Current Hyst (No. 834) 265 Block Diagram 577
VB Current Rate (No. 833) 265 Velocity Reference Overview
VB Decel Rate (No. 8278) 264 Block Diagram 572
VB Flux Cur Filt (No. 832) 265 Velocity Reference Selection
VB Flux Lag Freq (No. 831) 265 Block Diagram 573
VB Flux Threshq (No. 830) 265 Velocity Regulator - Flux Vector
VB Freq Min (No. 829) 265 Block Diagram 578
VB Frequency (No. 828) 265 Velocity Units (No. 46) 110
VB Maximum (No. 825) 264 VelTrimPctRefSrc (No. 1870) 313
VB Minimum (No. 824) 264 VEncdls FReg Ki (No. 527) 251
VB Rate Lag Freq (No. 836) 265 VEncdls FReg Kps (No. 526) 251
VB Status (No. 821) 264 VHz Curve (No. 486) 248
VB Time (No. 823) 264 Virtual Enc EPR (No. 1018) 275
VB Voltage (No. 822) 264 Virtual Enc Psn (No. 1046) 277
VCAM Aux Pt Mnn (No. 2292…2306) 330 Virtual EncDelay (No. 1017) 275
VCAM Aux Pt Snn (No. 2323…2337) 330 VltgSag Det Actn (No. 173) 397
VCAM Control (No. 2201) 325 VltgSagRTExpActn (No. 174) 397
VCAM End Slope (No. 2223) 327 Volt Reg BW (No. 55) 381
VCAM Main End Pt (No. 2224) 327 Volt Reg C/U Sel (No. 54) 380
VCAM Main Pt Mnn (No. 2226…2241) 328 Volt Reg Damping (No. 56) 381
VCAM Main Pt Snn (No. 2258…2273) 329, 349 Voltage Control
VCAM Master Scl (No. 2214) 327 Block Diagram 550
VCAM Mode (No. 2202) 325 Voltage Reference Generator
VCAM Psn Ofst (No. 2208) 327, 329 Block Diagram 549
VCAM Psn Select (No. 2206) 326 VoltageClass Act (No. 34) 111
VCAM Psn Stpt (No. 2207) 327 VoltageClass Cfg (No. 33) 111, 513
VCAM PsnOfst EPS (No. 2209) 327 VRef A AnlgHi (No. 1802) 309
VCAM Slave Scale (No. 2216) 327 VRef A AnlgLo (No. 1803) 309
VCAM SlaveSclSel (No. 2215) 327 VRef A Mult (No. 1804) 309
VCam Start Cfg (No. 2205) 326 VRef A Sel (No. 1800) 309
VCAM Start Slope (No. 2222) 327 VRef A Stpt (No. 1801) 309
VCAM Status (No. 2203) 326 VRef Accel Jerk (No. 1919) 318
VCAM Type (No. 2200) 325 VRef Accel Max (No. 1934) 319
VCAM Vel Out (No. 2354) 330, 351 VRef Accel Time1 (No. 1915) 316
VCAM Vel Stpt (No. 2211) 327 VRef Accel Time2 (No. 1916) 317
VCL CReg BW (No. 445) 245 VRef AccJerk Max (No. 1935) 320

634 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 Index

VRef B AnlgHi (No. 1809) 309

VRef B AnlgLo (No. 1810) 309
VRef B Mult (No. 1811) 310
VRef B Sel (No. 1807) 309
VRef B Stpt (No. 1808) 309
VRef Commanded (No. 1914) 201, 316
VRef Decel Jerk (No. 1920) 318
VRef Decel Time1 (No. 1917) 317
VRef Decel Time2 (No. 1918) 317
VRef DecJerk Max (No. 1936) 320
VRef Delayed (No. 1924) 318
VRef Filtered (No. 1925) 318
VRef Final (No. 1933) 319
VRef Limited (No. 1906) 316
VRef Move Seg (No. 1939) 320
VRef Move Status (No. 1938) 320
VRef Move Time (No. 1937) 320
VRef Ramped (No. 1923) 318
VRef Scale (No. 1932) 319
VRef Sel Sts (No. 1890) 314
VRef Selected (No. 1892) 314
VRef Source (No. 350) 230
VReg Anti Backup (No. 1953) 322
VReg Int Out (No. 1962) 323
VReg Output (No. 1969) 323

W
WrgFanElpsLif (No. 542) 164
WrgFanEventLvl (No. 544) 164
WrgFanEvntActn (No. 545) 164
WrgFanPctLife (No. 541) 128, 164, 165
WrgFanRem Life (No. 543) 164
WrgFanResetLog (No. 546) 164
Write Mask Act (No. 231) 139
Write Mask Cfg (No. 230) 138

Z
Zero Position (No. 1697) 303
Zero Speed Limit (No. 146) 215
ZeroSpdFloatTime (No. 72) 186

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 635

Index

Notes:

636 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

 PowerFlex Drives with TotalFORCE Control Programming Manual

Notes:

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022 637

Rockwell Automation Support
Use these resources to access support information.
Find help with how-to videos, FAQs, chat, user forums, Knowledgebase, and product
Technical Support Center rok.auto/support
notification updates.
Local Technical Support Phone Numbers Locate the telephone number for your country. rok.auto/phonesupport
Quickly access and download technical specifications, installation instructions, and user
Technical Documentation Center rok.auto/techdocs
manuals.
Literature Library Find installation instructions, manuals, brochures, and technical data publications. rok.auto/literature
Product Compatibility and Download Center Download firmware, associated files (such as AOP, EDS, and DTM), and access product release rok.auto/pcdc
(PCDC) notes.

Documentation Feedback
Your comments help us serve your documentation needs better. If you have any suggestions on how to improve our content, complete the
form at rok.auto/docfeedback.

Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE)

At the end of life, this equipment should be collected separately from any unsorted municipal waste.

Rockwell Automation maintains current product environmental compliance information on its website at rok.auto/pec.

Allen-Bradley, CompactLogix, Connected Components Workbench, ControlLogix, Kinetix, PowerFlex, Rockwell Automtion, Rockwell Software , Stratix, Studio 5000 Logix Designer, TorqProve, and
TotalFORCE, are trademarks of Rockwell Automation, Inc.
CIP and EtherNet/IP is a trademark of ODVA, Inc.
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies.
Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret A.Ş. Kar Plaza İş Merkezi E Blok Kat:6 34752, İçerenköy, İstanbul, Tel: +90 (216) 5698400 EEE Yönetmeliğine Uygundur

Publication 750-PM100G-EN-P - November 2022

Supersedes Publication 750-PM100F-EN-P - January 2020 Copyright © 2022 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in the U.S.A.